| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080201458 | Method and apparatus for flexible access to storage facilities - A method and apparatus for providing flexible access to storage resources in a storage area network is provided. One aspect of the invention relates to managing hosts and storage resources on a storage area network. At least one logical relationship among the storage resources is associated with each of a plurality of virtual identifiers. At least one of the plurality of virtual identifiers is then associated to an interface of each of the hosts. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080201459 | Method and system for managing computing resources using an electronic leasing agent - A method for managing computing resources involves obtaining, by an electronic leasing agent, a request to lease access to one or more computing resources, and leasing, by the electronic leasing agent, access to the computing resource(s) based on the request. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080201460 | Distribution of Content - A content distribution system is described in which indicia defining a level of copyright control are encapsulated together with content to which it relates in a datagram for a delivery over a network. Depending on the level of copyright control defined by the indicia, a terminal receiving the content is restricted in the operations it can carry out on the content including saving, reading and forwarding the content. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080201461 | CONTENTS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND CONTENTS MANAGEMENT METHOD - A system includes a contents management server that manages the locations of contents, a contents server that manages contents, a client terminal that receives or stores contents, and a network. The client terminal sends a contents sending request message to the contents management server. The contents management server, which has received the request from the client terminal, detects the network to which the client terminal belongs, instructs the contents server, which manages the network, to stream the contents. After that, the contents management server checks if there is a client terminal related to the client terminal that has sent the contents sending request. If there is a related client terminal, the contents management server instructs the contents server, which manages a network to which the related terminal belongs, to store the contents. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080201462 | Distributed Network Management System and Method - A system and method for method of managing a network. Each of a plurality of servers includes an element management system (EMS) function for managing network elements within the network and a network management system (NMS) function for managing ones of the plurality of servers running the EMS function. An NMS function is activated on one of the servers when the plurality of servers shares a one network domain. When the network domain is divided into multiple domains, e.g. by a network failure, an NMS function is activated on at least one other one of the plurality of servers whereby each of the multiple network domains has at least one associated active NMS function. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080201463 | Estimating Network Management Bandwidth - Network management bandwidth is estimated. Customer requirements are mapped to device type categories. Bandwidth requirements for each device type category are calculated using unit fault requirements and unit performance requirements that are derived from fault attributes and performance attributes, respectively. Overhead bandwidth, polling equipment bandwidth, and web portal bandwidth are also calculated using the customer requirements. A network management bandwidth requirement is calculated using the device type bandwidth requirements, the overhead bandwidth requirement, the polling equipment bandwidth, and the web portal bandwidth requirement. The network management bandwidth requirement is used to select a suitable communications link to monitor and manage a customer's network. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080209020 | DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - A dynamic power management technique to optimize the performance to a pre-defined power or temperature limit. A computing system may comprise a performance management unit that may reconfigure the performance parameters, dynamically, based on the pre-defined power or temperature limit. Such an approach may provide performance enhancements as the power consumed by various components of the computing system may be reduced. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209021 | Synchronous delivery of media content in a collaborative environment - An apparatus and method for facilitating a synchronous display of a time-based media object (e.g., a video or audio file) with a remote device is provided. In one example, the apparatus comprises control logic for controlling the display of a media object in response to a user entered command with a first device, and communication logic for causing communication of the user entered command (e.g., play, pause, skip, etc.) and a metric (e.g., time or frame reference) associated with the media object to a second device for synchronizing the display of the media object with the first and second devices. The first and second devices may communicate via peer-to-peer communications, for example, in a collaborative or social application such as an IM application. Further, the apparatus may include various devices such as a personal computer, mobile phone device and/or mobile personal entertainment device, DVR, or the like. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209022 | Systems and methods for managing computer systems - A method of managing a plurality of computer systems is disclosed. The method includes using one or more scripts to provide a list of n computer system identifiers corresponding to n computer systems, wherein n is an integer greater than 1. The method further includes establishing concurrent management sessions between a base computer system and a plurality of the n computer systems, and determining whether the total number of established management sessions between the base computer system and the plurality of computer systems is greater than a threshold amount. If the total number of determined management sessions is greater than the threshold amount, the method additionally includes waiting for a predetermined period of time before attempting to establish any additional management sessions. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209023 | Method and apparatus for processing system management messages - Method and apparatus for processing system management messages are described herein. In one embodiment, a throttling policy associated with a network node is determined for throttling system management messages to be sent to a system management server over a network. The system management messages are then sent to the system management server according to the throttling policy, where the system management server is configured to manage multiple network nodes over the network. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING VISITORS TO A WEB SERVER - Different web pages on a web server are associated with different qualification profiles, each of which is assigned a value by the web-site proprietor. Traffic data hits at the web-site are analyzed to determine which web pages the visitor viewed on the web server. Each qualifying visitor is thereafter associated with a qualification profile and a corresponding value. In another aspect of the invention, visitors arriving as a result of an advertisement on a remote web-site are tracked. The web-site proprietor is consequently able to determine a return on advertising investment based on the value of visitors brought to the site by the tracked advertisement. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209025 | STORAGE SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONNECTION METHOD - The storage system in the present invention includes: plural control units for controlling data sending/reception independently for each network; a management unit provided between a management computer and the control units, for managing the control units based on a command sent from the management computer; a virtual communication channel creation unit for creating a virtual communication channel between the management unit and the control units; a virtual communication channel connection unit for separately connecting the management unit and each control unit to the virtual communication channel created by the virtual communication channel creation unit; and a sending unit for sending, to each control unit, a command sent from the management computer via the virtual communication channel connected by the virtual communication channel connection unit. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209026 | METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY MODIFYING THE OBSERVED COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR OF INDIVIDUAL SENSOR NODES BASED ON BROADCASTING OF PARAMETERS - A method for continually controlling the collective behavior of a set of computing devices in a distributed data processing system. A gateway node disseminates a specification request comprising a set of parameters to a set of computing devices. The gateway node may be unaware of the number and identity of individual computing devices. Each computing node receiving the request determines whether its attributes satisfy the predicates expressed in the specification request. If so, the node processes the parameters in the specification request and modifies its own behavior based on the values in the parameters of the specification request. Subsequently, the gateway node may also observe the quality of information (QoI) values communicated from the set of computing devices. The gateway node iteratively modifies the parameters disseminated in subsequent specification requests based on a divergence between a computed quality of information value and a desired quality of information value. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080209027 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RECORDING BEHAVIOR HISTORY FOR ABNORMALITY DETECTION - Disclosed is an autonomic abnormality detection device having a plurality of agents, a server with a one or more processors, a data storage device and a corrective actions engine. The device is adapted to detect and diagnose abnormalities in system components. Particularly, the device uses agents to track performance/workload measurements of system components and dynamically compiles a history of those performance/workload measurements for each component. In order to detect abnormalities a processor compares current performance/workload measurements for a component to the compiled histories for that component and for other components. The processor can further be adapted to determine possible causes of a detected abnormality and to report the abnormality, including the possible causes, to a corrective actions engine. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080215716 | DOMAIN NAME HIJACK PROTECTION - A domain name registering entity (such as a domain registry, registrar, or reseller) or an independent proxy registration service may offer a domain name hijack protection to their actual or potential customers. When a domain name transfer request or notice is received in a proxy email address listed in the domain name's WHOIS records, the domain name registering entity or the proxy registration service may ignore or decline it. Customers may be given an ability to turn the domain name hijack protection service on and off, as well as an ability to adjust a variety of settings associated with the service. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080215717 | Web Based Unified Communication System and Method, and Web Communication Manager - The present invention provides a Web based unified communication system and method, and Web based communication manger. In the present invention, generating a SMIL document, based on a communication request from a terminal, for starting and controlling a communication session between the terminal and corresponding terminals, and controlling the terminals and communication channels involved in the communication session to work collectively so as to perform the communication session by interpreting and executing the SMIL document. In the invention, instead of being a kind of supplementation, the Web technique should become the core technique of such systems. Further, in the invention, terminal may be a set of user devices, the set of user devices includes one or more devices, each of said devices provides media interaction capabilities for one or more communication channels, and each of said devices is mapped to one or more media objects in said SMIL document. Therefore, various devices may work collectively to perform a communication session. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080215718 | Policy-based content delivery network selection - In a framework wherein resources of a content provider may be delivered to clients from different domains, a method distributes the requests based on content-provider policies. In some cases, the domains include at least two distinct content delivery network (CDN) domains. The domains may include a content provider domain. Responsive to a request, either the content provider domain or one of the two CDN domains is selected, the selection being based at least in part on one or more policies set by the content provider. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080215719 | Data Communication and Coherence in a Distributed Item Tracking System - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for communicating between nodes of a distributed system that tracks items. Each node receives tag-read-data corresponding to an item and communicates the tag-read-data to the designated responsible node for the item. Each node can also receive additional item information from the designated responsible node and use the received additional item information to update disposition information for the item. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080222277 | Method and Apparatus for Configuring and Managing a Robust Overlay Multicast Tree - Provided is a method and apparatus for configuring and managing an overlay multicast data delivery tree in a transmission network having a SM (session manager) and at least one MA (multicast agent). The method includes the steps of at the MA intending to joining a session, obtaining an active neighbor MA list from the SM; detecting information on QoS information of each neighbor MA in the active neighbor MA list, selecting a MA having the most optimized QoS as a parent MA based on the QoS information of each Neighbor MA in the active neighbor MA list, joining an overlay multicast data communication session through the selected parent MA, periodically receiving HB (heart beat) information having information on a path from a root to the MA and determining whether to perform a parent-switching based on me HB information and parent-switching from the current parent MA to a MA having a better QoS when it is determined to perform the parent-switching | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080222278 | System and method of global electronic job market in the Internet - A system and a method of global electronic job market in the Internet are provided. The method of operating a global electronic job market for jobseekers and employers via the Internet includes registering the jobseekers and the employers; providing information regarding offers of the jobseekers and the employers to the registered employers and jobseekers accordingly; selecting partners in the job market based on the provided information; holding competitions for job vacancies; conducting job contracts between jobseekers and employers; providing additional services of the system of global electronic job market. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080222279 | System for creating collective intelligence through multi-linear discussion over an electronic network - A system that assembles diverse individual thoughts into collective intelligence, making possible a structured conversation by a networked community. Participants contribute ideas to a robust conversational framework in modular form. This framework ensures that the conversation remains structured and continues on track. Each idea module competes with its peers through an interactive rating process controlled by the community. The resulting conversation represents collective intelligence arranged into at least two opposing viewpoints. The invention then enables these discussions to translate into real-world action by empowering the community with collaborative tools. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080222280 | PSEUDO-AGENT - A pseudo-agent is disclosed herein that bridges this divide. For purposes of the discussion herein, a pseudo-agent is a machine that is installed on a fully capable host machine, such as a Windows or UNIX machine, and that gathers and evaluates content from a management server, takes actions if so instructed, and reports the results of its evaluation upstream. However, unlike an agent in a traditional management system, which inspects and acts on the local machine, the pseudo-agent actually inspects and acts on a remote device, or many remote devices. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080222281 | Method and system for tiered distribution in a content delivery network - A tiered distribution service is provided in a content delivery network (CDN) having a set of surrogate origin (namely, “edge”) servers organized into regions and that provide content delivery on behalf of participating content providers, wherein a given content provider operates an origin server. According to the invention, a cache hierarchy is established in the CDN comprising a given edge server region and either (a) a single parent region, or (b) a subset of the edge server regions. In response to a determination that a given object request cannot be serviced in the given edge region, instead of contacting the origin server, the request is provided to either the single parent region or to a given one of the subset of edge server regions for handling, preferably as a function of metadata associated with the given object request. The given object request is then serviced, if possible, by a given CDN server in either the single parent region or the given subset region. The original request is only forwarded on to the origin server if the request cannot be serviced by an intermediate node. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080228904 | Home Gateway Architecture and State Based Distributed System and Method - A state based control system ( | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080228905 | Travelers/Commuters Portable Staging Device - One embodiment of a staging device comprises a power source capable of supplying power to a plurality of different portable devices, at least two portable devices having different power requirements. The power source comprises a fuel cell, a gel cell, a battery and/or a nuclear battery. Another embodiment of a staging device comprises a storage device capable of storing at least one of a message and data intended to be received by at least one of a plurality of portable devices, at least two portable devices having a different communication format. A controller coupled to the storage device is capable of converting the message and/or the data stored in the storage device to a communication format that is appropriate for an intended portable device. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080228906 | MANAGING LIST TAILORING FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - A network device, system, and method are directed towards enabling list content to be displayed at mobile devices having different memory page size constraints. When a mobile device requests list content, a type of mobile device is determined. This may then be used to determine a page size weight classification for the mobile device. The requested list content may then be compared against the page size weight classification, and if it exceeds the page size weight classification, the list content may be tailored. In one embodiment, the list content may be tailored by segmenting the list content into multiple segments, each segment may be coupled with and/or links. Different list content types may employ different list splitting sizes for display. For example, display of movie lists may display a different number of items within the list content than, for example, an email list of messages, or the like. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080228907 | Change detecting method for an it resource configuration - To collect configuration information of an application server, there is provided a change detecting method of detecting a change in configuration information of an application server installed in a computer system, the computer system including: one or more of the application servers; a management server for controlling the application servers; and a configuration management server for managing configuration information of the application servers, the change detecting method including: obtaining a packet transmitted from the management server to at least one of the application servers; specifying at least one of the application servers which receives the obtained packet and at least one of resources on the application servers, with reference to the configuration information held by the configuration management server by using the obtained packet; and determining whether configuration information of the resources on the application servers is likely to be changed by an operation of the specified resource. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080228908 | Management techniques for non-traditional network and information system topologies - Systems, software, and methods for managing traditional (i.e., TCP/IP-based), non-traditional, and traditional—non-traditional hybrid networks of connected electronic devices are described. In one example, network management policy and network management applications are downloaded automatically upon detection and identification of a new device, application or service on a network. In another example, information related to at least one aspect of the network is obtained by a network management device through connection to a non-TCP/IP network, or by way of a gateway device or application, at least one applicable management policy is identified, and the identified policy is used to manage at least one aspect of the network's operation. In another example, devices, applications or services presenting various behaviors under various scenarios are evaluated and placed under management. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080228909 | SYSTEM AND PROGRAM FOR MANAGING DEVICES IN A NETWORK - Provided are a system, and program for managing devices in a network. A command of a first type to perform device management operations with respect to at least one device in the network is received, wherein the received command is capable of being directed to at least one of a plurality of devices in the network. A determination is made from a first mapping of a network address of the device to which the received command is directed. A determination is made from a second mapping of at least one command of a second type associated with the received command of the first type, wherein the mapping indicates a mapping of at least one parameter included in the received command of the first type to at least one parameter in the associated command of the second type. The determined command of the second type is generated to include as parameters the at least one parameter from the command of the first type indicated in the second mapping and the generated command of the second type is transmitted to the determined network address. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080235360 | System and Method for Scheduling Downloading in a Cached Network Environment - A system and method schedules downloading of content files from a content server to a client through a cache server. A user can request a content file for future delivery at a certain service time at a certain location such as a hotspot. A cache server receives these requests and sorts them in an order which depends on the relative service times, and eliminates redundancies by only downloading content files not already stored in the cache server. A scheduling algorithm minimizes the instances of tardiness under the constraint of cache storage capacity. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080235361 | MANAGEMENT LAYER METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC ASSIGNMENT OF USERS TO COMPUTER RESOURCES - A management layer method and apparatus for dynamically assigning computer users to remote computer resources according to predetermined rules and irrespective of remote viewer protocol utilized by the user. The method and apparatus is capable of managing hundreds of thousands of users across multiple physical sites and is operable with a wide variety of network, Internet, and application solutions. The method and apparatus is useful for an increasing mobile contemporary workforce in a world where the need for around the clock coverage coexists with the ever present possibility of catastrophic network failure. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080235362 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFERENCE MANAGEMENT - A method in a mobile communication device for communication over a wireless network for managing conference equipment, including: establishing a connection with a video conferencing management server via the wireless network; receiving information from the video conferencing management server, the information including one or more lists of entries from one or more phone books or personal information of a user of the mobile device; generating a user interface to allow the user to select one or more of the entries from the one or more phone books or personal information; and creating a control message, based on at least a selected one or more of the entries from the one or more phone books or personal information, that instructs the video conferencing management server to initiate or schedule a videoconference. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080235363 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PLATFORM LEVEL DATA MODEL FOR INDICATIONS BASED EVENT CONTROL AND DATA TRANSFER - For a platform level data model for indications based event control and data transfer, a management controller may enable performing indications based management operations that may be based on a management service utilizing CIM Indications model. The management controller may enable communication of indications based messaging and/or data. The indications may be triggered based on events generated and/or triggered in a plurality of managed entities. The events generation may be performed dynamically within the plurality of managed entities, or may be initiated via the management controller. The management controller may enable processing of partially generated indications, via the plurality of managed entities, and/or as pass-through router for full indications processed via the plurality of managed entities. The indications based management operations may also comprise subscription related operations wherein the management controller may enable performing processing of subscription requests, modifications, and/or deletions to facilitate external access via the device. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080244049 | Method and System for Device Management - The device management is performed by managing objects in devices of a device management system in a mobile network infrastructure. The system has a first server with a first device management application using a first protocol, a second server with a second device management application using a second protocol, an interface between them and a device with objects to be managed. The first management application initiates a device management session with the interface in order to manage the objects in the device. The interface translates the objects to be managed into a form understood by the second management application and invokes management operations to be made by the second management application. The first management application then performs the management operations to the device. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244050 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING RESOURCES AND INTERFACES AMONGST CONNECTED COMPUTING DEVICES - A computing device is provided that includes a plurality of user-interactive mechanisms. The computing device may also include a universal communication port that is capable of receiving a connection from a device that belongs to any one of a plurality of device classes or types. The device may be equipped or configured with logic. The logic may configure or otherwise enable an operative state of user-interface mechanisms on the device. Additionally, the logic may (i) detect a connected device that connects to the universal communication port, and (ii) determine a set of functionality that the connected device is capable of performing when connected to the universal communication port. The logic may perform, or cause performance, of operations that are for use with or by the connected device. The logic may also perform at least one of (i) selectively route data to the connected device over the universal communication port, or (ii) selectively disable one or more of the plurality of user-interactive mechanisms while performing the operations. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244051 | Method And System For Managing Dynamic Associations Between Folksonomic Data And Resources - Methods and systems are described for managing dynamic associations between folksonomic data and resources. One method includes receiving from a subscriber a subscription request to establish at least one of a first subscription to tag/resource association data associated with a resource and a second subscription to tag/resource association data associated with a folksonomic tag, wherein the folksonomic tag is unstructured metadata that includes a user-defined character string and establishing at least one of the first subscription and the second subscription. The method further includes determining a change to the tag/resource association data associated with at least one of the folksonomic tag and the resource identified in the subscription request, generating a notification message including at least one of an identifier of the folksonomic tag and an identifier of the resource in response to determining the change to the tag/resource association data associated with at least one of the folksonomic tag and the resource, and sending the notification message to the subscriber pursuant to at least one of the first subscription and the second subscription. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244052 | ADAPTER BLADE WITH INTERPOSER FOR EXPANDED CAPABILITY OF A BLADE SERVER CHASSIS SYSTEM - A system chassis includes multiple chassis bays configured for receiving either of a single, conventional server blade or an adapter blade. The adapter blade can selectively secure a plurality of compact blades, such as a blade PC. The adapter blade includes an interposer disposed for electronically communicating each compact blade with a server interface as a separate node upon securing a compact blade within any of the adapter bays. Each compact blade may be configured as a server, a “client blade” or “blade PC”, or a companion blade providing application-specific features. Therefore, the use of an adapter blade increases the flexibility of and capability of the processor system. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244053 | GEOGRAPHIC READER DISPLAY DATA - A client device, system, and method are directed towards determining data on network site visits, and providing the data based on a geographical relationship of visitors to the network sites. A tracker tracks visits to, and outbound link click activity on a network site. If the click is associated with a URI, information is collected related to the click, including a network address associated with a source of the click. A geographic region may be determined based on the network address of the click source. Statistics may then be collected over time, including, what network sites, are visited for a given geographic region. Such statistics may be displayable in a variety of formats, and geographic regions, including by country, state, province, city, town, district, county, or the like. The tracker may be on the network site or on a client device of the visitor. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244054 | Abstract representation of subnet utilization in an address block - In one embodiment, a method to display a visual representation of subblock utilization in an address block is provided. A plurality of subblock sizes in the address block are determined. A subblock may be referred to as a subnet or subblock but is a portion of the addresses in the address block. The size for the subblocks is determined for each of the subblocks based on which address spaces have been assigned to each of the subblocks. Also, a positioning within the address block is determined based on which address space has been assigned to each of the subblocks. A utilization for the plurality of subblocks is then determined. The utilization may be a determination based on how many addresses have been leased in the subblock. A visual representation is then generated that shows the size of the subblocks relative to each other and also showing a utilization measurement for the subblocks. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244055 | Computer that manages devices - A computer is provided with: a device related value acquisition unit that acquires a device related value (for example a LUN), which is a value relating to a device; a calculation formula including a first variable in which the device related value is substituted; a device identification value calculation unit that calculates a device identification value of a device corresponding to the acquired device related value by substituting this device related value in the first variable; and a correspondence registration unit that registers the calculated device identification value and the acquired device related value in an electronic information resource. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244056 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION SITUATION - An action acquiring unit acquires action information corresponding to operation information from a first storage unit for a first user, and stores acquired action information in a third storage unit. A receiving unit receives, via a network, action information of a second user from an external device. A situation acquiring unit acquires, from a second storage, a communication situation corresponding to received action information. A writing unit writes the action information of the first user indicated by the communication situation to the third storage unit, additionally. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244057 | PROGRAM MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A management server | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244058 | PROGRAM - Provided is a program for causing a computer to execute the steps of: sending a request including execution environment identification information for identifying its program execution environment to a predetermined server through a network; receiving a list including installation candidates which can be installed under the program execution environment identified by the execution environment identification information from the predetermined server through the network; selecting an installation candidate from the list according to a predetermined condition; and installing the selected installation candidate. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080244059 | MANAGING APPLICATION INTERACTIONS USING DISTRIBUTED MODALITY COMPONENTS - A method for managing multimodal interactions can include the step of registering a multitude of modality components with a modality component server, wherein each modality component handles an interface modality for an application. The modality component can be connected to a device. A user interaction can be conveyed from the device to the modality component for processing. Results from the user interaction can be placed on a shared memory are of the modality component server. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080250128 | AUTOMATED TIME ZONE BASED GROUPING - Time zone data is obtained from clients, such as web browsers, which interact with a server, and used to classify metrics of the clients such as response times. This classification technique does not require that a mapping of IP addresses to geographic location is available. Metrics from the clients are communicated from the server to a manager, which aggregates the metrics for each time zone. The manager can automatically associate geographic descriptors, such as names of cities, with the metrics in a report such as in a user interface display. If a partial mapping of IP address to location is available, the report can aggregate metrics which are grouped by IP address separately from metrics which are not grouped by IP address. The user interface display can be automatically populated with selectable nodes which allow a user to selectively view the metrics. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250129 | System and Method for Binding a Subscription-Based Computing System to an Internet Service Provider - A system for binding a subscription-based computer to an internet service provider (ISP) may include a binding module and a security module residing on the computer. The binding module may identify and authenticate configuration data from peripheral devices that attempt to connect to the computer, encrypt any requests for data from the computer to the ISP, and decrypt responses from the ISP. If the binding module is able to authenticate the configuration data and the response to the request for data from the ISP, then the security module may allow the communication between the computer and the ISP. However, if either the configuration cycle or the response cannot be properly verified, then the security module may degrade operation of the computer. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250130 | System, Method and Engine for Playing Smil Based Multimedia Contents - A system for playing SMIL based multimedia contents, comprising: a plurality of SMIL engines for analyzing and interpreting SMIL documents, as well as communicating with and controlling SMIL sub engines, remote media proxies, or local media playing devices; a plurality of remote media proxies for receiving instructions from the upper level SMIL engines, starting or stopping providing media objects to the remote media playing devices, sending back events, and providing basic user interaction capabilities, wherein said a plurality of SMIL engines, a plurality of remote media proxies, and local and remote media playing devices construct a tree-link structure, of which the root node is a SMIL engine, the branch nodes are SMIL engines and remote media proxies, and the leaf nodes are local and remote media playing devices. The corresponding SMIL engines and methods are also provided. The present invention enables the playing of SMIL based multimedia contents on a set of PvC devices, which can be dynamically configured as a new multimedia terminal on demand. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250131 | SERVER AND RELATED METHOD FOR INSERTING DATA INTO STREAMING DATA FOR A NETWORK SYSTEM - A server of a network system for inserting data into a streaming data displayed by a user comprises a first store unit, a statistic unit, a selecting unit, a displaying control unit and an output unit. The first store unit is sued for storing a plurality of data contents. The statistic unit is coupled to the first store unit and used for collecting and analyzing information of the plurality of data contents and information of the user to generate a statistic result. The selecting unit is used for selecting at least one data content from the plurality of data contents according to the statistic result. The displaying control unit is used for generating a control information for controlling the timing of displaying the selected data contents over the user. The output unit is used for transmitting the control information and the selected data contents to the user. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250132 | SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING AND MANAGING NETWORK APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a network device control and managing system and method. The network device control and managing system receives network device information and subscriber information from a database server of the network device control and managing system according to the manager's client information request and realizes hierarchical combined information. The system requests state information from the network device based on the state information request of the network device and receives the state information. The system requests a control from the network device based on the network device control request, receives a corresponding response message, and changes combined information. Therefore, the device states can be easily searched in the hierarchical manner (L3-L2-AP), and the problems of network devices can be quickly sensed. Also, software for the network devices is remotely updated, and the subscriber's after sales service request is remotely processed. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250133 | PROBING NETWORK NODES FOR OPTIMIZATION - A method is disclosed for optimizing a network that is formed from a plurality of nodes. The NC node of the network compiles an order that the plurality of nodes perform a probing operation. The order is typically round robin. The NC node receives a request from a client that identifies a next node to perform the probing operation. Based on the request, the NC node changes the order so that the next node performs the probing operation after the current node that is performing the probing operation has completed the operation. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080250134 | Architecture for a Centralized Management System - An example of a solution provided here comprises: providing a logical design, including at least one hub containing central management tools, and a plurality of lower tiers containing local management tools; placing components according to the design; and providing, from the hub, one or more management functions. The lower tiers include one or more elements chosen from RIM's, spokes, and POD's. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080256223 | SCALE ACROSS IN A GRID COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - A method, grid computing environment, and computer readable medium for managing available resources in a grid computing environment are disclosed. The method includes determining, when a new job is submitted, if a first of the computing clusters has sufficient available resources to run the new job. If the first computing cluster does not have sufficient available resources to run the new job, the method further includes determining if a second of the computing clusters has sufficient available resources to run a first job that is currently running on the first computing cluster. If the second computing cluster has sufficient available resources to run the first job, the first job is migrated to the second computing cluster. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080256224 | Data communication system and session management server - A data communication system is provided that is capable of increasing or decreasing the number of session management servers flexibly, and is further capable of implementing data communication while distributing the message processing load in the session management server. The data communication system includes multiple communication devices which perform data communications mutually, multiple session management servers which manage sessions of data communication between the communication devices, and a load balancer which assigns the session management servers for processing a message received from the communication device according to a predetermined criterion, wherein, the session management server is provided with a unit for managing a currently logged-in communication device and a state of the communication performed by the communication device, and a unit for acquiring information necessary for performing communication with the communication device. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080256225 | Osgi-Based Dynamic Service Management Method for Context-Aware Systems - An OSGi-based dynamic service management method for context-aware system is provided. By adding a service bundle for service implementation to an OSGi framework, a service lifecycle is separately managed. For this purpose, the service bundle has several service implementations, and a service factory object is generated as many as the service implementations. The lifecycle of the service is managed. The service factory object installs and uninstalls the service. Accordingly, even when various sensors and devices are newly added to the context-aware system, a corresponding service can be installed and uninstalled at any time, thereby providing a dynamic management. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080256226 | SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING APPARATUS DATA ACQUISITION APPARATUS AND SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING SYSTEM - According to the present invention, there is proved a semiconductor manufacturing apparatus data acquisition apparatus, having: a production management system interface unit which may communicate with the production management system; an apparatus interface unit which communicates with the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus; and a production management system substitution unit which may communicate with the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus via the apparatus interface unit, wherein when the production management system can communicate with the production management system interface unit, the production management system and the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus communicate with each other via the production management system interface unit and the apparatus interface unit to receive process data output from the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus, and when the production management system cannot communicate with the production management system interface unit, the production management system substitution unit and the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus communicate with each other via the apparatus interface unit to receive the process data output from the semiconductor manufacturing apparatus. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080256227 | METHOD AND PRODUCT FOR CONTROLLING LABORATORY EQUIPMENT - Method, apparatus and product for controlling an automated storage system for laboratory objects. The storage system includes a plurality of storage locations for receiving the laboratory objects. The method includes defining users having access to the storage system and storing the users in a database, defining partitions, with each partition comprising at least part of the storage locations, and storing the partitions in the database, and storing properties for each of the partitions in the database. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080256228 | MINIMIZING COMPLEX DECISIONS TO ALLOCATE ADDITIONAL RESOURCES TO A JOB SUBMITTED TO A GRID ENVIRONMENT - A method, system, and program for minimizing complex decisions to allocate additional resources to a job submitted to a grid environment are provided. First, at least one decision to allocate additional resources to at least one previously submitted job is stored in a decision cache, wherein said the least one decision is stored according to at least one characteristic of the at least one previously submitted job. When another job is submitted to the grid environment needs additional resources, the characteristic of the currently submitted job is compared with the characteristics of previous submitted jobs. If there is a match, then the previously made decision associated with the matching characteristic controls allocation of additional resources for the currently submitted job, such that complex decision making for allocation of additional resources is minimized by reusing previously stored decisions to allocate additional resources. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080263187 | Interoperability of Network Applications in a Communications Environment - An interoperability system abstracts the protocols used by multiple network applications into an interoperability framework, thereby allowing the network applications to interoperate with each other and/or with modules for providing enhanced functionalities. The interoperability framework includes a number of adapters that modularize the components needed for interoperation and abstracts content from the underlying protocols and procedures used by the network applications. The interoperability framework includes a resource control that enables the network applications to access shared resources, such as data and content used by the network applications, thus allowing the applications to interoperate and for functionality enhancements to be added. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080263188 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING AND ANALYZING OF ROUTING IN IP NETWORKS - Exemplary embodiments include methods and systems for monitoring, analyzing, and troubleshooting of control plane dynamics of a network including collect data associated with the one or more probe modules associated with a network, store the data associated with the one or more probe modules, analyze the data associated with the one or more probes modules, and output a result of the analysis of the data associated with the one or more probe modules to one or more user devices. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080263189 | Secure identification of intranet network - A method is provided for network identification based on high entropy data on a network which are not easily guessed or obtained outside the network, which can prevent an attacker from “spoofing” the network. A component in a client computer connected to a network may obtain over the network a network data block including device identification information of a device controlling the network. Upon parsing the network data block, such high entropy data as unique device identifiers may be obtained from the device identification information. Depending on availability of the unique device identifiers and authentication history of the client computer, different combinations of the unique device identifiers and/or other identification information may be used to generate a unique network identifier such as a network signature. The component may provide the network signature to applications within the client computer. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080263190 | STORAGE SYSTEM - A host I/F unit has a management table for managing an MPPK which is in-charge of the control of input/output processing for a storage area of an LDEV, and if a host computer transmits an input/output request for the LDEV, the host I/F unit transfers the input/output request to the MPPK which is in-charge of the input/output processing for the LDEV based on the management table, an MP of the MPPK performs the input/output processing based on the input/output request, and the MP of the MPPK also judges whether the MPPK that is in-charge of the input/output processing for the LDEV is to be changed, and sets the management table so that an MPPK which is different from the MPPK that is in-charge is to be in-charge of the input/output processing for the LDEV. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080263191 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING PACKET FILTERING INFORMATION - A portion of management traffic, carried via network traffic, and received and/or transmitted via a network controller, may be processed externally to the network controller, wherein management messaging may be carried via network packets, and one or more headers may added to enable transmission and/or reception via the network controller. Packet filters may be setup, in the network controller, via the management controller, to enable determining network packets that may carry the management traffic. The management controller may utilize commands to setup packet filers in the network controller, wherein matching criteria, in received network packets, and/or corresponding actions that may be performed in matching packets, may be specified. The matching criteria may comprise specifying one or more header types that may be utilized in the received network packets. The network controller may generate filter identifiers, which may be utilized, subsequently, via the management controller to delete the packet filters. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080263192 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING A COMPUTER SYSTEM - In various embodiments of the invention, a server monitors a network for a startup message from a client computer as appropriate. The server may include a computer application that generates configuration instructions in response to commands from an administrator and/or information obtained from a client computer. The instructions may be in the form of scripts, data, objects, or the like. The instructions may be passed to the client computer, which may execute various administrative functions as directed. In exemplary embodiments, the instructions may command direct placement, verification and/or replacement of files, directory entries, BIOS attributes or other characteristics of the client computer. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080270584 | Method for Realizing Terminal Management in the Network Device - A method for realizing terminal management in a network device includes: receiving a message addressed to a terminal from a network management station; determining identification information of the message in accordance with information contained in the message; if receiving a Response message from the terminal, determining a destination network management station for receiving the Response message in accordance with identification information of the Response message, and forwarding the Response message to the determined network management station. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270585 | META-CONTAINER FOR MODEL-BASED DISTRIBUTED APPLICATIONS - Abstracting communication with a plurality of containers. Each container encapsulates or hosts a module (e.g., a web service, a database, etc.) associated with a distributed application. A meta-container communicates with drivers that interface with each of the containers. The meta-container represents an abstraction and a virtualization of the containers in the hierarchy. Each container may also be a meta-container for other containers. The recursion and layered hierarchy provide flexible, extensible, and efficient management of the distributed application. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270586 | ASSOCIATION TO COMMUNITIES - A system and method are directed towards managing affiliation to community sites and making such affiliations visible to visitors to the community sites, and/or a member's affiliation site. A visitor may register centrally to a plurality of community sites, and receive a member affiliation webpage. The member affiliation webpage may display community sites that the registered visitor may author, and/or community sites for which the registered visitor is affiliated. A visitor may also visit an affiliation webpage(s) for a community site that may display each visitor that is currently affiliated with that community site. By displaying members of the community site, other visitors might be able to quickly identify more interesting community sites, community sites popular to one of their friends, neighbors, family members, or the like. When a registered visitor visits a community site they may select to become affiliated or may become automatically affiliated based on a criteria. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270587 | Managing application resources - Methods of managing application resources in a computer system. The methods may comprise the steps of determining a configuration of the computer system and receiving a request to access an application resource. The methods may also comprise the step of directing the request to a data file. The data file may include a plurality of streams, and each of the plurality of streams may comprise a configuration-specific version of the application resource. In various embodiments, the methods may also comprise the step of directing the request to a first stream of the plurality of streams. The first stream may comprise version of the application resource specific to the configuration. Various system embodiments are also provided. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270588 | Verifying Management Virtual Local Area Network Identifier Provisioning Consistency - A communications network, comprising a plurality of nodes supporting connection-oriented traffic and connectionless traffic, wherein management traffic between the nodes is propagated as connectionless traffic having a unique management traffic Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) identifier (VID), and wherein at least one node is configured to perform a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) exchange operation to enable detection of inconsistent provisioning of the Management VID in at least one node. Also disclosed is a communications network component, comprising logic that enables connection-oriented traffic and VLAN-based connectionless traffic, wherein the logic propagates management messages as VLAN-based connectionless traffic having a management VID, and wherein the logic enables detection of inconsistent management VIDs in a network. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270589 | Multi-Source, Multi-Use Web Processing Through Dynamic Proxy Based Grid Computing Mechanisms - Various implementations are disclosed for service independent, scalable, multi-source, multi-user (MSMU) Web processing and transactions through dynamic proxy based grid computing mechanisms. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270590 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION AND SELF-TUNING OF INTER-NODAL COMMUNICATION RESOURCES IN A DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A database management system in which a plurality of nodes form a database instance, each node including a communication manager for dynamically configuring inter-nodal communication resources. The communication manager receives communication resource allocation requests from clients or a self-tuning algorithm. A resource self-tuning mechanism allocates or de-allocates memory blocks used for communication resource elements dynamically in real time without cycling the instance. Memory blocks are de-allocated asynchronously by placing associated communication resource elements in quarantine until all communication resource elements associated with the memory block are quarantined. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270591 | Event Notification - A method, apparatus, computer program product, and computer system for ensuring consistency between data displayed by multiple independent client programs that can simultaneously display server-provided data. The data are accessible only from a server that is not persistently connected to the client computer systems) displaying the data, so the client programs cannot retrieve the data independently without sending a request to the server. Client programs do not poll the server by sending a request to learn that data capable of being displayed by the multiple client programs have been updated. Instead, client programs are notified by the server program receiving the request to change the data at the time the request is received. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080270592 | Managing Introspectable Objects in an Enterprise - Managing object relationships in an enterprise is presented. A request manager receives a view request from a user. The request manager retrieves a management definition object (MDO) and a perspective that corresponds to the view request, which the request manager uses to generate a view that includes nodes corresponding to an enterprise's objects. The user analyzes the generated view, and sends a command request to the request manager that corresponds to a plurality of the nodes. The request manager uses the retrieved perspective, the MDO, and also may access a backend in order to identify objects that correspond to the command request. Once the objects are identified, the command manager sends a command to the identified objects to the backend through plug-ins. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080275972 | System and Method for Providing Improved Packet Traceability - A method and apparatus is described which enables location information associated with a client to easily be obtained by a service provider in a packet-based network. The location information may be the location of the client itself, or may be location information associated with devices in a communication facility established by the client. Location information associated with the client may be provided to services such as emergency services to facilitate fast dispatch of resources to assist the client. Location information associated with facilities of the client may be used to facilitate lawful interception of client communications. In one embodiment, the location information is obtained using information included in one of a Provider Backbone Bridge (PBB) or Provider Backbone Transport (PBT) packet. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275973 | DYNAMIC CLI MAPPING FOR CLUSTERED SOFTWARE ENTITIES - Techniques for mapping availability management (AM) functions to software installation locations are described. An availability management function (AMF) can look-up a component type and determine software associated with that component. For a selected AMF node, the AMF software entity can then determine a pathname prefix associated with that software. The pathname prefix can then be used for various AM functions, e.g., instantiation of a new component or service unit. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275974 | System, method, and display for managing media content for use at multiple locations - In a system and method for managing user profiles and for managing, recording, and experiencing media content, a server may store a profile, content, and an association of the content with a profile, each of multiple devices may log into the profile by accessing the profile stored at the server, and, for the profile into which the device is logged, transmit to the server a content request, for example, periodically, and the server may, responsive to the content request, determine which content stored at the server is associated with the profile and transmit to the device a copy of the content that has been determined to be associated with the profile. The content may be stored at the server in association with the profile before the device is associated with the profile. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275975 | Blade Server System with at Least One Rack-Switch Having Multiple Switches Interconnected and Configured for Management and Operation as a Single Virtual Switch - Described is a rack-switch including a rack and a plurality of blade server chassis within the rack. Each blade server chassis has a plurality of server blades in communication with at least one switch. Each switch includes a plurality of external ports. At least two of the external ports of each switch are inter-switch link (ISL) ports. The rack-switch also includes a plurality of inter-switch links. Each inter-switch link electrically connects one ISL port of one of the switches to one ISL port of another of the switches. The plurality of inter-switch links interconnects the switches such that the switches are daisy chained in a loop. The inter-switch links convey Ethernet packets representing server-to-server communications between server blades of different blade server chassis. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275976 | INFORMATION GATHERING TOOL FOR SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION - A method and program product for gathering information about a system. A user logs on to the system, and in response, computer programming automatically identifies application instances executing in the system, determines whether the system is configured for high availability, determines whether each of the identified application instances is configured for high availability, determines if the system is a node of a cluster of systems, and compiles and displays a unified report of the resulting information. The foregoing type of information is automatically compiled and displayed for other systems as well, in different respective sessions. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275977 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING INFORMATION FEED DELIVERY TO A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method and system for managing information feed delivery to communications devices is provided. In one aspect, the method involves initializing a user account in response to receiving a first communication identifying a communications device. In another aspect, the method involves associating a content object of an information publisher with an information feed for delivery to a communications device; receiving from the information publisher an updated content object for association with the information feed; and producing in response to the updated content object an updated information feed to replace the information feed. The method may involve delivering to the communications device an information feed in response to receiving an information feed identifier. The method may involve combining translated content objects. The system includes an initialization component; an updating component; and a database for storing an identifier identifying the communications device in association with one or more information feeds. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275978 | METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCATING GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATIONS OF ONLINE USERS - A location tracking system for building a geographic location database of network nodes in a computer network includes a trace engine module configured to send trace Id commands to a plurality of user terminals. The user terminals are actively coupled to a server node so that the trace engine module is able to obtain IP address of each of the user terminals and its corresponding geographic location. A first database is configured to store IP addresses obtained by the trace engine module and their corresponding geographical locations. A second database is configured to store a set of physical connections between IP addresses obtained by the trace engine module. The system can then determine the geographical location of end user terminals who employ the database as previously populated. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080275979 | System and method for clustering of group-centric networks - Exemplary systems and methods for managing a plurality of group-centric networks are provided. In exemplary embodiments, a plurality of group-centric networks is established within a network cluster. Each group-centric network comprises one or more groups having a common interest. Once established, the group-centric network defines customized administrative components for the group-centric network. In exemplary embodiments, the administrative component comprises roles and relationship definitions which define what data and functionality may be provided to a user accessing a group within the group-centric network. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080281950 | Method and Device for Peer to Peer File Sharing - A system and method for managing peer to peer traffic. The method includes: identifying a peer to peer request and in response providing at least one address of a peer to peer server within a cluster that is adapted to service peer to peer requests. The system includes a cluster of peer to peer servers; and a first device adapted to identify a peer to peer request and to provide at least one address of a peer to peer server within the cluster. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281951 | METHODS, DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR MANAGING AND DELIVERING MEDIA CONTENT - Methods, devices, systems, and computer program products for managing and delivering media content are provided. A device includes a media recording structure for capturing the media content, an input component, and a transmitter. The device further includes a processor in communication with the media recording structure, the input component, and the transmitter. The device further includes a media management application executing on the processor. The media management application performs a method. The method includes receiving a destination address for a media file including the media content captured by the media recording structure, the destination address entered via the input component. The method also includes transmitting the media file to a receiving device associated with the destination address via the transmitter. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281952 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONNECTIONS FOR NETWORKS USED BY A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The invention relates to a system and method for managing a profile list for connections to networks for a communication device is provided. The method comprises: upon detection of a connection for the device to a network, determining whether the connection is known to the device; if the connection is not known to the device, creating a temporary profile for the connection; adding temporary profile is added into a profile list of accessible connections for the device; evaluating the values of set of profile activation conditions to determine the profile should remain active; and if the values indicate that the temporary profile is to be terminated, then removing the temporary profile from the profile list. As part of defining the profile, the profile contains a set of profile activation conditions and related values for the temporary profile. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281953 | Managing network components using USB keys - Devices and methods for managing a communications network include using USB keys to provision and management components in the network by having the network component establish a connection to a network administrator device, such as a laptop, PDA, or desktop workstation. A first USB key is used to provision a network component so that it has the necessary security information to interact with a second USB key, used to enable actual management of the component. Once the component has the security information, the second USB key is inserted and certain callback data are made available to the component. It uses this data to make a “call” or connection to an administrator's device. The callback data may be an IP address of the device, an e-mail address, VoIP data, instant messaging data, dial-up data, and so on. Once the connection, initiated and established by the network component, is made the administrator can begin managing the component. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281954 | Capability requirements for group membership - A method and apparatus for adding a node to a group of nodes is provided. Group capability data is stored in volatile memory of a group manager for a group. The group capability data identifies capability requirements for members of the group. The group manager provides notification services for members of the group. A request to add a particular node to a group is received. In response to receiving the request, a determination is made as to whether the particular node satisfies the capability requirements identified by the group capability data. Upon determining that the particular node does satisfy the capability requirements identified by the group capability data, the particular node is added to the group. The capability requirements for members of a group may initially be based on the capabilities of the first node that is added to a group. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281955 | Method and System for Operating Redundant Network Elements in a Communication Network - An operation of redundant network elements in a communication network having a back-up-network element associated with each active-network element is provided. A back-up control unit is associated with each back-up-network element, and data sent to the active-network element is sent to the back-up network element. Data is processed separately by the active-network element and by the back-up-network element. Data traffic emitted by the back-up-network element is blocked by the back-up-control unit and the back-up-network element simulates the reaction of the other network elements. The back-up-control unit monitors the active-network element and switches to the back-up-network element in the event of a failure of the active-network element. The databases are created in the active-network element and in the back-up-network element in a parallel and faultless manner due to the introduction of the back-up-control unit. In the event of error, an automatic switchover may be carried out without a long delay time. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080281956 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEVICE MANAGEMENT - A system for managing one or more wireless devices in a wireless network, the system comprising: a single generic device manager for implementing device management operations; and an interface layer for translating administration client-specific requests to the generic device manager. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080288618 | Networked Device Control Architecture - A networked device control system including a plurality of networked device controllers operative to implement a protocol of automatic device discovery and control, at least one non-protocol-compliant device connected to any of the controllers and not configured for use with the protocol prior to being connected to the controller, and a management unit operative to generate any of an interface and a control element associated with any of the devices, establish a proxy configured for use with the protocol and operative to control the non-protocol-compliant device, and configure any of the controllers with the interface and control element generated for the device connected to the controller. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288619 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for managing a network is disclosed. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a network device having a controller element to modify a communication parameter of the network device based on a policy of the communication system, wherein the policy is generated based at least in part on a client request to modify the communication system and a policy template retrieved according to a policy identification communicated over the Internet by an operations support system. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288620 | Physical Network Interface Selection to Minimize Contention with Operating System Critical Storage Operations - An apparatus, program product and method dynamically select a physical network interface for use by an application running on a networked computer in a manner that attempts to minimize bandwidth contention between application-related operations and any operating system critical storage operations that may be initiated by an operating system resident on the same networked computer. The dynamic selection prioritizes at least one physical network interface that does not handle operating system critical storage operations over at least one physical network interface that does handle operating system critical storage operations, thus minimizing the likelihood of the application causing poor performance and/or failure of the operating system due to contention over limited network resources. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288621 | AGENT WORKFLOW SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method is provided for defining, executing, and managing network workflow. One or more agents execute on one or more devices in the network. A set of instructions is capable of being evaluated and executed on one or more agents. A workflow manager is for selecting which agents evaluate and execute subsets of the instructions. A workflow management document is for storing instructions created using the workflow manager, wherein at least part of the document defines the selection of the agents. One or more servers store the workflow management document and communicates with, and sends instructions to, each of the one or more agents. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288622 | Managing Server Farms - Manual management of server farms is expensive. Low-level tools and the sheer complexity of the task make it prone to human error. By providing a typed interface using service combinators for managing server farms it is possible to improve automated server farm management. Metadata about a server farm is obtained, for example, from disk images, and this is used to generate a typed environment interface for accessing server farm resources. Scripts are received, from a human operator or automated process, which use the environment interface and optionally also pre-specified service combinators. The scripts are executed to assemble and link together services in the server farm to form and manage a running server farm application. By using typechecking server farm construction errors can be caught before implementation. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288623 | System and Method for Deployment of a Wireless Infrastructure - A method is used for deployment of a wireless infrastructure. The method comprises deploying a plurality of access ports in a facility based on a layout that depends on a type of the facility. The method comprises receiving at least one parameter from at least one of the plurality of access points. The method comprises dynamically determining settings of the plurality of access points based on the at least one parameter. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288624 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR THE COMPOSITION OF SERVICES - Method for multiphase service composition in a distributed computing environment comprising at least one client and at least one server, and involving at least one service, which defines a specific format for composition messages associated with multiphase remote procedure calls. This format is different from the one of regular server messages. Once such a composition message is received by the client, it recognizes this specific format and can automatically invoke at least one service on any server by sending a new request message including the arguments passed in this composition message. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288625 | RFID DEVICE GROUPS - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates configuring at least one radio frequency identification (RFID) device. An RFID network can include at least one device associated with a device group, wherein the device group corresponds to a characteristic. An organizational manager can uniformly configure the at least one device based at least in part upon membership of the device group. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288626 | STRUCTURE FOR RESETTING A HYPERTRANSPORT LINK IN A BLADE SERVER - A design structure embodied in a machine readable storage medium for designing, manufacturing, and/or testing a design is described for resetting a HyperTransport link in a blade server, including reassigning, by a blade management module, a gate signal from enabling a transceiver to signaling a HyperTransport link reset; sending, by the blade management module to a reset sync module on an out-of-band bus, the gate signal; and in response to the gate signal, sending, by the reset sync module to the blade processor, HyperTransport reset signals. The HyperTransport link includes a bidirectional, serial/parallel, high-bandwidth, low-latency, point to point data communications link. The blade server includes the blade processor, the reset sync module, and the baseboard management controller. The blade server is installed in the blade center. The blade center includes the blade management module. The blade management module is coupled to the baseboard management controller by the blade communication bus. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080288627 | STORAGE NETWORK AND METHOD FOR STORAGE NETWORK DEVICE MAPPING - Structure, Structure, system, apparatus, method, and computer program for managing and configuring a computer storage system by mapping the topology and connectivity of all servers, storage devices, and storage device controllers within the storage subsystem, based on unique identifiers especially World Wide Number (WWN) identifiers. The method includes querying a server to identify host bus adapters coupled to the server, querying each host bus adapter to identify attached device controllers, issuing a read connection information command to the device controller and returning the connection results including identifying devices coupled to the device controller, and storing the returned connection results in a data structure. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080294760 | HOT WITH MY READERS - Embodiments of the invention are directed to identifying topics that are of interest to users belonging to a selected online community, across multiple online communities visited by the users. Online communities include blogs, websites, wikis, etc. For each online community, click activity or other client behaviors are tracked and analyzed to determine statistical metrics about community activity, such as which articles, links, services, or other network resources are popular in the online community. At least some of the analysis can be performed by clients that access the online communities, by a server of each online community, and/or by a central tracking system. The results for each community may be further analyzed relative to each other. The results are filtered for the selected community and provided for the selected community. For example, a list of the most popular links for all users belonging to the authored community may be provided. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294761 | ACTIVATION OF THE CONTENT OF WELCOME SCREENS WITHOUT LOSING AVAILABILITY - The present invention is directed to the activation of the content of anonymous welcome screens without losing availability. A method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention includes: providing a wrapper application on a first set of application servers, configured for high performance and availability, with the goal of quickly providing and serving a dynamic welcome screen corresponding to the application using a second set of application servers, independent from the first set of application servers and configured for high functionality and security, wherein the content of the welcome screen is obtained by reading national language sensitive (NLS) content from corresponding updatable text storage areas; wherein the welcome screen remains available to a user regardless of an operational status of the application on the first application server. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294762 | Distributed means of organizing an arbitrarily large number of computers - A technique for organizing a plurality of computers such that message broadcast, content searching, and computer identification of the entire collection or a subset of the entire collection may be performed quickly without the use of a controlling computer. The technique describes the creation, operation, and maintenance of a connection scheme by which each computer in the collection appears to be the top level of a hierarchical array. The maintenance of this hierarchical connection scheme allows one to many communications throughout the collection of computers to scale geometrically rather than linearly. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294763 | DISPLAY OUTPUT SETTING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing device which executes steps of transmitting a request of specification information of a display device connected to a terminal via a network, receiving the specification information of a display device connected to the terminal, determining display output set values suitable for the specifications of the display device from the terminal on the basis of the specification information of the display device and display output set values for the specifications of the display device stored in a display output set value management table, setting the determined display output set values in a display output set value file, receiving input information of the terminal via the network, generating display information on the basis of the input information and the display output set values stored in the display output set value file, and transmitting the generated display information to the terminal via the network. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294764 | STORAGE MEDIUM BEARING HBA INFORMATION PROVISION PROGRAM, HBA INFORMATION PROVISION METHOD AND HBA INFORMATION PROVISION APPARATUS - A storage medium bears a program which controls a plurality of HBA drivers for controlling operations of a plurality of HBAs connected to a few storage devices through a SAN, a plurality of specific libraries in an SNIA HBA API, each having a function of acquiring information on the corresponding HBA, from the corresponding HBA driver as HBA information, and a common library in the SNIA HBA API, having a function of acquiring HBA information from the respective specific libraries, thereby to acquire the HBA information items and to provide them to a SAN management manager. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294765 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD - The present invention teaches and claims a communication device including a communication section that performs communication with respect to a peripheral device for exchanging information; a delay time measuring section that measures a delay time elapsed from when the peripheral device is inquired for information acquisition until the peripheral device returns a response; and a delay time determining section that controls the number of communication sessions based on the delay time. The present invention further claims and teaches a device management method to maximizing communications sessions and minimizes response time. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080294766 | WIRELESS MESH POINT PORTABLE DATA TERMINAL - A portable data terminal (PDT) adapted to participate in a wireless mesh network including a plurality of peer PDTs can comprise: a PDT module including an encoded information reading (EIR) device, and a mesh point (MP) module communicatively coupled to the PDT module. The MP module can include a microcontroller and at least one wireless communication interface and can be configured to perform IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless station services including authentication, de-authentication, privacy, and MAC service data unit delivery, and IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless distribution system services including association, disassociation, distribution, integration, and re-association. The MP module can be further configured, responsive to receiving a MAC frame addressed to a recipient inside the wireless mesh network, to deliver the MAC frame using the distribution service. The MP module can be further configured, responsive to receiving a MAC frame addressed to a recipient outside of the wireless mesh network, to deliver the MAC frame using the integration service. The MP module can be further configured to route an incoming MAC frame according to its destination address and the frame control field. The MP module can be further configured to cause the PDT module to exit said sleeping state responsive to receiving a mobile management software (MMS) wake-up command. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080301275 | MANAGED RACKING SYSTEM - An optimized racking system is disclosed for computer installation to communicate with a computer network. This system comprises a plurality of server modules, a plurality of switching modules and a central patching facility. Each of the server modules is adapted to receive at least one server computer, and each of the switching modules is adapted to receive at least one communications switch. The central patching facility is adapted to connect at least one switch for communication with at least one remote computer. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080301276 | System and method for controlling and managing electronic communications over a network - A system and method to control and manage electronic communications transmitted over a network are described. An electronic communication is generated at a point of origin coupled to a sender user. Status of the electronic communication is further managed at the point of origin based on a predetermined number of selectable parameters associated with the electronic communication. Specifically, a set of communication parameters are retrieved from at least one field of an electronic communication generated by a sender user. Selection of at least one identification parameter related to the electronic communication is further facilitated. An identifier code associated with the electronic communication is further generated based on the one or more identification parameters and the set of communication parameters. A duplicate copy of the electronic communication is finally generated and the duplicate copy and the associated identifier code are further stored in a data storage device designed to facilitate ready production of the stored electronic communication through various search protocols. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080301277 | Web system, communication control device, and storage medium - A disclosed Web system includes an image forming apparatus; a communication control device connected to the image forming apparatus and including a print server function; and an information processing apparatus connected via a network and the communication control device to the image forming apparatus and configured to obtain information on the image forming apparatus in the form of Web information from the communication control device. The information processing apparatus includes a Web information request unit configured to send an information request to the communication control device to obtain the Web information, the information request including a language identifier. The communication control device includes a Web information storing unit configured to store the Web information, and a Web information returning unit configured to retrieve the Web information corresponding to the language identifier from the Web information storing unit and to send the retrieved Web information to the information processing apparatus. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080301278 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING DATA BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT - A source communication device comprises a cluster manager to group destination device connections into a plurality of performance clusters. The cluster manager then causes a synchronization mechanism to be generated for each performance cluster. Each synchronization cluster can then allow data to be optimally shared between the source device and destination devices within a given cluster. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080307079 | Apparatus and Method For Managing Addresses of Network Elements - The present invention relates apparatus and method for managing addresses of network elements connected to a network. An IGD (Internet Gateway Device) of the present invention comprises a WAN device conducting gateway function of a home network or other network, and a LAN device that communicates with the WAN device and has address management information used for management of a 16-byte-long IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the element. The address management information is set or read by a command received from a remote element on the network in which a control application is running. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307080 | Network Management Method, a System and a Device - A device manages a management database in the form of objects to be managed that are referenced according to a reference specification. Equipment exchanges management data in the form of data structures indicated by patterns each corresponding to a respective referenced object and being assigned a respective identifier. In order to manage a given object, the device and the equipment store synchronization information associating the reference of the given object and the corresponding pattern identifier. In order to manage a given object, the equipment sends the corresponding pattern assigned the respective identifier and a data ticket which has a structure indicated by said pattern and is assigned said identifier. The device translates the pattern into the respective referenced object as a function of the identifier of said pattern and the synchronization information, and then stores the data from the received ticket in the management database. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307081 | System and method for controlling non-compliant applications in an IP multimedia subsystem - A system and method that enables session-based and non-session-based application services to be controlled and managed within the IMS/NGN architecture. The IMS/NGN architecture includes a service layer and a transport layer. IMS service control functions are implemented within the service layer, and RACF and transport functions are implemented within the transport layer. The transport functions include access and core network functions, which have corresponding QoS resources. The access or core network function includes an application service control function (ASCF), which includes a PD-FE and a functional element for inspecting packet data flows, and identifying and classifying application services associated with the flows. The ASCF is employed to signal the IMS service control functions on behalf of non-session-based application services, and to reserve and allocate the QoS resources needed to support packet data flows associated with the non-session-based services. As a result, service providers can provide users or subscribers of such non-session-based services with guaranteed or differentiated QoS and/or differentiated service plans, thereby allowing charges to be calculated for the non-session-based services and service plans that are commensurate with the value of the respective service or plan. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307082 | Dynamically discovering a system topology - In one embodiment, the present invention includes a method for dynamically discovering a topology of a system having a plurality of point-to-point (PTP) links via a routine that communicates a link exchanged parameter with at least one component coupled to a system bootstrap processor (SBSP), sets a minimal set of routing infrastructure information based on the communication, and determines presence of a neighboring component to a target component based on a communication from the SBSP to the target component using the minimal set of routing infrastructure information. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307083 | GATEWAY MANAGED BY SPECIFIC DOMAIN NAME AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of managing a gateway by a specific domain name is provided. The method includes firstly setting a DNS to connect to the internet. Next, a specific domain name for the gateway is defined. Then, the specific domain name is stored in the DNS for connecting the gateway according to the specific domain name. The present method maps the specific domain name to an IP address of the gateway, such that a user can manage the gateway by using the specific domain name instead of memorizing the IP address of the gateway, which is more convenient. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307084 | STORAGE UNIT INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM FOR USER TERMINAL - The invention enables the control of the information in a storage unit in a user terminal, prevents data from leaking to unauthorized users and protects information in the user terminal. A management OS manages the input/output to/from a user work OS in the user terminal, identifies a control-triggering condition set by a management server, controls the information in the storage unit storing the user work OS-related information so that information leakage can be prevented, and it also backs up the user work OS-related information to the storage apparatus using the user work OS input/output information. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307085 | ENHANCED DOMAIN NAME GENERATION AND REGISTRATION - Methods of the present inventions allow for generating and providing an enhanced domain name. An exemplary method may comprise providing an enhanced domain to a second party. The enhanced domain may comprise a domain name, a web space automatically enabled and associated with the domain name, and at least one application automatically enabled and associated with the domain name. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080307086 | Workflow Anywhere: Invocation of Workflows from a Remote Device - A method and program for providing the ability for systems personnel to use a personal wireless device, such as a mobile phone, palm device, or blackberry device, to receive a system alert regarding a developing situation requiring action and to be notified of pre-selected workflows that can resolve the situation prompting the alert. The systems personnel are then able to select a workflow, provide needed parameters, and provide the human approval to execute the workflow. The application packages the information provided by the user into a form usable by the orchestration/provisioning server. The server will perform the requested workflow as if entered on a local console and will respond to the device with a workflow status. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080313316 | Internet control system communication protocol, method and computer program - A controller, method and computer medium are provided for controlling communications between a control area network and a data network. The method includes receiving user input at a controller coupled to the control area network from a node coupled to the data network, receiving user input at the controller from a node coupled to the control area network, and instructing an internet appliance coupled to the control area network to perform a command based on at least one of the received user inputs. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080313317 | Network Management Using Peer-to-Peer Protocol - A method operates a network management system comprising nodes which are used as manager and/or agent nodes. At least one node communicates with at least one other node using a peer-to-peer protocol. A network management system and a node in a management network system are used to carry out said method. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080313318 | PROVIDING ENHANCED DATA RETRIEVAL FROM REMOTE LOCATIONS - Techniques are described for providing client computing nodes with enhanced access to data from remote locations, such as by providing and using local capabilities specific to the remote locations. In at least some situations, the access of a client computing node to data from a remote location may be enhanced by automatically performing activities local to the client computing node that improve the efficiency of communications sent between the client computing node and the remote location. As one example, access to data from a remote service may be enhanced by locally performing activities specific to the remote service, such as by using information about the remote service's internal mechanisms to cause the desired data to be provided from internal storage devices of the remote service without passing through front-end or other intermediate devices of the remote service while traveling to the client computing node. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080313319 | System and method for providing multi-protocol access to remote computers - A remote administration system's ability to communicate with remote computers using in-band communications is contingent on many factors (e.g., the operability of the network over which the in-band communications is carried and, to some extent, the correct operation of the software on the remote computer). Accordingly, there may come a time (e.g., during a network outage) where the remote administration system can no longer communicate with the remote computer over the preferred communications protocol (e.g., using in-band communications). In such a case, a status detector of the remote administration system may detect that an error has occurred (e.g., by “pinging” the remote computer and getting no response or by losing an open network connection) and then switch to a less preferred communications protocol (e.g., using out-of-band communications). | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080313320 | Method and system for generating a space signature - A method and system implementing a process for generating a signature for a network space using existing resources in the space. The process for generating a signature for a space involves discovering the resources in the space and generating a signature for the space using the identification of the devices. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080313321 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING PRESENCE INFORMATION - An improved system and method for communicating Presence Information. According to various embodiments, the sequence of actions undertaken in established Presence procedures are changed, and enhancements are also provided for Watcher information notifications. Upon the initiation of a Presence Service, the Presence Source starts publishing Presence Information about a Presentity using a soft-state approach. Instead of having publication occur first, the Presence Source makes a subscription for the Watcher information first or simply waits until the Presence Server contacts the Presence Source. As a result, publication occurs only when there is a demand therefor. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080320120 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VISUALIZATION OF WEB SERVICES DISTRIBUTED MANAGEMENT (WSDM) RESOURCES - An apparatus and method provides visualization of IT resources that are exposed as WSDM resources. A management system with a console provides visibility and functionality for WSDM resources by employing a visualization mechanism that processes standardized visualization metadata that is sent from a WSDM resource. The visualization mechanism uses standardized information to enable the management system console to display a robust presentation of the resource without needing to update the management system and console code when new types of resources are added. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090006589 | CONTROL OF SENSOR NETWORKS - A method and apparatus is provided for generating an index and creating a network of devices based on the index. Information and data may be provided via the network. In one example, a request may be received from a user at a service. The service may maintain an index containing characteristics of devices. Any number or type of devices may be selected to participate in the network. Also, the network may be subsequently modified by the addition or removal of any device from the network. Information or data received from the network devices may be returned to the user requesting the information via the service. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006590 | Method and Apparatus for Enabling a Management System to Interface with Managed Devices - The invention includes a method and apparatus for interfacing with a managed device. A method according to one embodiment includes receiving a message including an identifier indicative of a location at which interface information associated with the managed device is stored, obtaining the interface information, and initiating a request to perform a function on the managed device using the interface information. The interface information includes information adapted for use by a management system to interface with the managed device. The interface information includes one or more interface routines and one or more interface routine descriptions. The interface routine(s) is specified using an interpreted language, such as Java, Visual Basic, and the like. The interface routine description is specified using a descriptive language, such as XML, XHTML, and the like. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006591 | DASHBOARD INTERFACE GROUP IDENTIFIER - A device receives multiple identifiers associated with a customer of a network, receives multiple products associated with the customer and provided by the network, groups the multiple identifiers into a single customer identifier, and associates the single customer identifier with the multiple products. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006592 | NETWORK EVALUATION GRID TECHNIQUES - Network evaluation grid techniques are presented. Local specifications for traffic patterns are evaluated for local traffic on local grids of a grid computing environment and reported out. The local traffic reported out is then evaluated in response to global traffic pattern specifications and a global traffic policy in order to identify one or more remedial actions to take or to recommend in response to that evaluation. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006593 | REPLICA/CACHE LOCATOR, AN OVERLAY NETWORK AND A METHOD TO LOCATE REPLICATION TABLES AND CACHES THEREIN - A replica/cache locator, a method to locate replication tables and caches in an overlay network having multiple nodes and an overlay network. In one embodiment, the method includes: (1) determining a network distance between a first node of the multiple nodes in the overlay network and each of the remaining multiple nodes, (2) calculating m clusters of the multiple nodes based on the network distances and (3) designating at least a single node from the m clusters to include a replication table of the first node. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006594 | Method and system for remote manageability of networked computers - A method and system may allow a management server in a first network to communicate via a mediator server with a management module of a computing system in a second network. The mediator server may establish a communication connection to the management module and the data transferred from the management server to the management module may be associated with the communication connection. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006595 | Edge traversal service dormancy - A system maintains a dormant state in the host, in which no beacons (or “bubbles”) are transmitted from the host when no application or service (collectively, “processes”) of the host is accepting unsolicited traffic via the edge traversal service. When at least one application or service begins to accept unsolicited traffic via the edge traversal service, the host enters a qualified state and begins transmitting the beacons. As each additional application or service begins to accept such traffic, the number of accepting applications and services is maintained. As applications and services terminate acceptance of such traffic, the number of accepting applications and services is decremented. When the last application or service terminates acceptance of unsolicited traffic via the edge traversal service, the host re-enters the dormant state and ceases transmission of its beacons. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006596 | Dynamic address redemption and routing in ZigBee networks - Dynamic address redemption and reallocation is performed in a ZigBee network. When a router node attempts to join a parent with no available address space, the parent requests available address space from child router nodes and possibly from the entire network. If available address space can be found, it is redeemed and reallocated to the router node wishing to join the network. A lookup table may be maintained at all nodes to track changes in address allocation. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006597 | Trust Evaluation - A solution for evaluating trust in a computer infrastructure is provided. In particular, a plurality of computing devices in the computer infrastructure evaluate one or more other computing devices in the computer infrastructure based on a set of device measurements for the other computing device(s) and a set of reference measurements. To this extent, each of the plurality of computing devices also provides a set of device measurements for processing by the other computing device(s) in the computer infrastructure. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006598 | System and Method for Efficient Storage of Long-Lived Session State in a SIP Server - A SIP server can be deployed in a two-tier architecture, including an engine tier for processing of SIP communications and a state tier for maintaining the state associated with these communications. The state tier can include RAM-based replicas that provide data to the engines. Some of the SIP session state can be moved to the database in order to reduce the memory requirements of the state tier. Upon determining that a transaction boundary has been reached where the session state is steady, the state replica can save the data to the database. A hint can be received from the engine tier by the state replica indicating that the state data is ready to be saved. Subsequently, the data can be removed from the state tier by nulling out the bytes of actual data, while preserving the primary key, locking and timer information so as not to impact latency. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006599 | OFF-PEAK BACKGROUND DELIVERY - Methods, systems, and machine readable media are disclosed for managing bandwidth utilization including off-peak, background delivery of content. According to one embodiment, a method of managing bandwidth used for delivering content to a plurality of users can comprise determining one or more destinations for the content and determining available bandwidth for delivering the content to the one or more destinations. A set of criteria can be applied to the content, the one or more destinations for the content, and the available bandwidth. A schedule for delivery of the content can be generated based on applying the set of criteria. The content can be delivered to the one or more destinations based on the schedule. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006600 | NETWORK IDENTIFICATION AND CONFIGURATION USING NETWORK SIGNATURE - Methods, computer program products, systems and data structures for generating a signature for a network are described. A network signature may include, for example, network information associated with a network (e.g., IP address, MAC address, domain name, DNS name, routing information, phone number, etc.). A signature of a network that has previously been created can be stored to enable identification of the network in the future and to record parameters, settings, properties and attributes previously used for that network. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006601 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD IN STORAGE SYSTEM - An object of the present invention is to recognize the presence of a business-use computer that can be a management target of a management computer, and to register the recognized business-use computer as a management target host. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006602 | MULTI-HOST MANAGEMENT SERVER IN STORAGE SYSTEM, PROGRAM FOR THE SAME AND PATH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a multi-host management server that includes: a reception section that receives failure information about paths from hosts and stores the received failure information in a failure information reception queue; an extraction section that extracts from the failure information reception queue plural pieces of failure information about a plurality of paths received from a common host; a retrieval section that retrieves failure information about one path from the extracted plural pieces of failure information about the plurality of paths; a registration section that registers information indicating a host in a host refresh queue for updating path information; a deletion section that deletes, after the registration, the plural pieces of failure information about the plurality of paths received from the common host from the failure information reception queue; and an execution section that executes update of path information for the relevant host. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006603 | Methods for Operating Virtual Networks, Data Network System, Computer Program and Computer Program Product - The invention relates to a method for operating virtual networks. The method comprises providing a first virtual network ( | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090006604 | Communication across multiple game applications - Systems for communication across multiple game applications are provided. In various embodiments, systems of the present invention may include a first application server hosting a first game application, a second application server hosting a second game application that is different from the first game application, a first client device for interaction with the first game application, a second client device for interaction with the second game application, and a universe management server for maintaining information about the first client device and the second client device. The information maintained in the universe management server may include game application interaction information, which allows the universe management server to facilitate real-time communication between a user of the first client device and a user of the second client device. The universe management system may further receive communications from both client devices via the first and second application server. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090013063 | METHOD FOR ENABLING INTERNET ACCESS TO INFORMATION HOSTED ON CSD - The disclosure describes a method for enabling internet access to information hosted on a computer or a storage device (CSD), even without having a web server software on the CSD. The CSD is registered with a server and assigned an ID by the server. Information about all CSDs is stored in a database on the server. A unique resource locator (URL) is created for each file intended to be shared. The URLs of all hosted files are stored in a file called the registry file residing on the CSD. An intending recipient may enter the URL of the desired file in a web browser. The URL is sent from the web browser to the server. The server forwards the URL to the CSD The file is retrieved from the CSD and sent to the server. The server forwards the file to the recipient computer, where the web browser displays it. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090013064 | MANAGING DISTRIBUTED DEVICES WITH LIMITED CONNECTIVITY - A method of managing devices may include downloading information to a courier device from an enterprise. The information may be information for performing a device management operation. The method also includes communicating the information from the courier device to a monitored agent coupled to at least one of a disconnected device and an intermittently connected device. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090013065 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING COMPUTER PROGRAM - When an information processing apparatus has moved from one sub-area to another sub-area, anycast is performed to a plurality of management servers using an IP address for anycast in accordance with network management information. Network management information is acquired from a management server which has responded to the anycast. The acquired network management information and installed device driver information are analyzed. If there is a device driver for a device belonging to the sub-area managed by the management server which has responded, one of the devices belonging to the other sub-area is selected as a default device. This arrangement enables the selection of an appropriate default printer when a client has moved from a network environment managed by one management server to another network environment managed by another management server. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090013066 | Network management system and method - A network management method includes receiving network requirements of a network application/service of an entity. Thereafter, network resource capability is determined over a plurality of network providers to meet the received network requirements. Finally, network resources of at least one of the plurality of network providers are dynamically assigned to the network application/service, upon determining network capability over the plurality of network providers, to meet the received network requirements. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090013067 | Data transfer system, data transfer method and data transfer apparatus - A transmitter-side access point measures a transmission delay between the transmitter-side access point and a receiver-side access point, and calculates a threshold based on the transmission delay. Unless the amount of data from a source user terminal exceeds the threshold, the transmitter-side access point transmits data over a network in response to a request from the receiver-side access point. When the amount of data from the source user terminal exceeds the threshold, the data is transported as being stored in a physical medium to the receiver-side access point through transportation service. The receiver-side access point obtains the data from the transported physical medium, and transfers the data to a destination user terminal. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090019140 | Method for backup switching spatially separated switching systems - A 1:1 redundancy is provided. An identical clone being assigned to each switching system that is to be protected as a redundant partner comprising identical hardware, software, and database. The transfer is done in a fast, secure, and automatic manner by a superimposed, real-time capable monitor which establishes communication to the switching systems that are arranged in pairs. The transfer to the redundant switching system is done with the aid of the network management and the central controllers of the two switching systems. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090019141 | Network management - A tool for managing a computer network includes a gateway service module that identifies a gateway for a network and a network information service module. The network information service module identifies devices in the network, determines at least one property for each of the identified devices, and creates a network information data structure for storing device properties. A communication agent service module transmits at least one determined device property to other agent service modules associated with the network, receives at least one device property from another agent service module associated with the network, and provides the received at least one property device to the network information service module. A method of monitoring a computer network is also provided. The method includes identifying devices in a network, determining at least one property for each of the identified devices, receiving at least one determined device property from another device the network, and creating a network information data structure for storing the determined device properties. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090019142 | Fibre channel intelligent target management system - In one embodiment, a network device receives a port login directed to a target from a first host. The network device determines whether at least one other host is currently logged in to the target. The network device may then send a port login to the target corresponding to whether at least one other host is currently logged in to the target. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090019143 | Redirection techniques in a communication network - Systems and methods are provided for redirecting a client device to a network service in a communication network is described. In one implementation, the communication network includes at least a first and a second service provisioning environment each capable of providing the network service. The service provisioning environments are addressable under a common first domain name that is resolvable into a dedicated first network address of each service provisioning environment. In accordance with an exemplary method, the following steps are carried out in the first service provisioning environment: receiving a first client request at a first network address of the first service provisioning environment, responding to the first client request with a redirection to a dedicated second domain name of the first service provisioning environment, the second domain name being resolvable into a second network address of the first service provisioning environment, receiving a second client request at the second network address, and initiating the establishment of a session with the requesting client device over the second network address to provide the network service. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090019144 | Method and Apparatus for Scaling a User Interface Adaptively to an Object Discovery/Display System with Policy Driven Filtering - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and computer instructions for scaling a user interface adaptively to an object discovery or display system with policy driven filtering. A number of filters are defined by the user in an initial setup. The filter includes a target number of discovered objects and a metric for filtering discovered objects. Once the initial setup is complete, the present invention automatically triggers or deactivates the filters and dynamically applies one or more filters based on the number of discovered objects and rules defined by the user. Resulting discovered objects are displayed in the user interface to the user. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090024724 | Computing System And System Management Architecture For Assigning IP Addresses To Multiple Management Modules In Different IP Configuration - A system is provided to assign IP (Internet Protocol) addresses to plural management modules under different IP modes. The system management modules are configured in a computing system that is integrated in a single chassis. All the system management modules are connected through a first management network to be assigned with a static IP address or a DHCP. Besides, a secondary system management network is used for each of the management modules to facilitate the assignment of pre-assigned private IP addresses based on the board IDs of the management modules. When DHCP mode is selected, IP configuration will be performed automatically. Namely in DHCP mode, even if the system is disconnected from the external network, the system management can be done through the system management network with the pre-assigned private IP address. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024725 | Method and apparatus to integrate and manage an optical network terminal and a broadband home router - Common techniques for processing software updates have Optical Network Terminal (ONT) and Broadband Home Router (BHR) managers to manage the ONTs and BHRs respectively from separate remote locations in a network. In contrast, a system employing ‘an example’ embodiment of the invention may receive network traffic for an ONT and BHR (“components”) via a single management channel. The system parses signals (e.g., software updates) and processes the management signals with a processor in a first component (e.g., ONT). The system converts a remaining software update to a format compatible with a management channel between the components to forward to the second component (e.g., BHR) for processing. In this way, the system may update multiple components using a single management channel. Thus, software updates or other management procedures can be performed using a single management channel with improved efficiency. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024726 | DEVICE FOR NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING PROFILE - The present invention relates to a device for a network system and a method of transmitting a profile in a network system. The method provides a user with convenience in remote control and monitoring operation of appliances. By this method, a user, for example, who is locating at home or out-of-home, can control the operation or monitor the operational state of various appliances such as refrigerator or laundry machine through a living network installed at home, such as RS-485 network, a low power RF network, or a power line network. The method according to the present invention further provides a user with effective network service by continuously managing and updating information on all devices constituting the network using a network profile. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024727 | NETWORK SYSTEM MANAGEMENT METHOD - A network system management method is provided. According to the method, a user inside or outside home can control or monitor the operations of appliances such as refrigerator or laundry machine through a living network such as an RS-485 network, a small output RF network, and a power line network provided inside home so that the user can perform remote control and monitor. Also, when a new device to which no address is assigned is connected in a state where a plurality of network managers are connected to the living network, only an arbitrary network manager sets and registers the address of the corresponding device and updates and manages the homenet profile suitable therefor through interface with the other network manager or a primary network manager sets and registers the address of the corresponding device and updates and manages the homenet profile suitable therefor through interface with a secondary network manager so that it is possible to effectively manage and control the devices connected to the network without redundancy error on the network to which the plurality of network managers are connected. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024728 | Advanced multi-network client device for wideband multimedia access to private and public wireless networks - A wireless device (e.g., a wireless smart phone) uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data, or other position-indicating data, to accurately determine its location in relation to multi-layered wireless networks that the device may see concurrently. If location information is available, the device employs a user-defined priority table to select the order of user-contracted networks available at that location in which the device will register. If location information is unavailable, the device employs a technology priority table to select Common Air Interface (CAI) options for the invention device radio parameters (e.g., GSM, cdma2000, IS-136, IEEE 802.11x, etc.) to search for an available network to access. Information is gathered and stored in databases within the invention device allowing it to be registered in multiple wireless networks. The inventive device provides unique access codes to each wireless network with which a user has contracted, without the intervention of any “anchor” (home) network. The invention facilitates equivalent “home”, or personalized, service in any network by using these features for automatic technology adaptation. This allows the invention device to receive service as if it is in a “home” network no matter what network it is traveling through. The invention provides a ubiquitous experience allowing the user to traverse multiple wireless networks with seamless access to multiple systems and services provided by those networks. It also provides a platform to facilitate the customization of wireless services for business customers. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024729 | Method and central processing unit for managing peer-to-peer connections - The present invention relates to a method for managing a peer-to-peer connection via a communication network ( | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024730 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING MEDIA REQUEST IN MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION PROCESS - A method for processing a media request in a multimedia communication process is provided, including: adjusting, by a multimedia application server, a media request queue according to information contained in a media request message or a media request cancellation message received from a first client; determining all the media requests of which positions in the media request queue are changed due to the adjustment; and sending, to one or more clients corresponding to the media requests of which positions in the media request queue are changed, media request queue position status messages to notify the clients corresponding to the media requests of which positions in the media request queue are changed of updated position status of the media requests. A device for processing a media request in a multimedia communication process is also provided. The demands of various multimedia communication services such as the PoC service can be satisfied well. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024731 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING TASK IN NETWORK AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - A method and apparatus for generating a task having at least one action and/or at least one action based on previously agreed service standards to control a task-based device in a home network using universal plug and play (UPnP), and a recording medium storing a program for executing the method are provided. The method includes fetching a task generator using a device having a user interface (UI) function from among devices connected to the network; displaying a control menu including service items based on the fetched task generator using the UI function; and if a service item based on the task generator is selected from the service items included in the control menu, generating at the device the task based on the task generator. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090024732 | APPARATUS FOR PREFIX CONTROL AND APPARATUS FOR PREFIX CHOICE - Disclosed is a technique which enables a communication node connected to a router made to advertise a plurality of prefixes to use an address including an appropriate prefix. According to this technique, an MR (Mobile Router) ( | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090031015 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ARRANGING AND OUTPUTTING DATA ELEMENTS AT A NETWORK SITE - A system and method for arranging and providing a plurality of display elements are provided. A plurality of users are prompted to enter element information related to a plurality of corresponding display elements. Element data for each display element is received from each of the corresponding plurality of users. A plurality of display elements are generated based on the corresponding element data. Element information related to each of the display elements is stored. A request from a user for a plurality of display elements is received. Responsive to the request, a plurality of display elements is selected for output to the user based on the stored element information. An output arrangement for the plurality of selected display elements is determined based on a predetermined arrangement algorithm. The plurality of selected display elements are outputted at a network site so that they are displayed to the user in the output arrangement. The output arrangement comprises a geometrically-defined mosaic of concatenated display elements. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090031016 | INTERFACE APPARATUS, MAIN APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR USE IN THE INTERFACE APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an interface apparatus includes a register which registers each connection ID of the plurality of communication terminals registered in a registration table of the main apparatus in a registration server on the SIP network at a predetermined registration cycle, a connector which connects among the plurality of communication terminals and the SIP network, to make communication among the plurality of communication terminals registered by the resister and the SIP network, a detector which detects a failure regarding the communication in a state where communication is made with the registration server, and a controller which makes communication with the registration server at a recovery cycle that is shorter than the registration cycle, to recover connection to the registration server, when the failure is detected. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090031017 | System, Method, and Computer Program Product for Centralized Management of an Infiniband Distributed System Area Network - A method, system, and product in a data processing system are disclosed for providing centralized management of an INFINIBAND distributed system-area network that includes multiple end nodes. A manager application is established in one of the end nodes. An agent application is established in one or more end nodes. Each agent application is independent from the manager application. The manager application maintains a current list of active agent applications and uses the list to manage the agent applications in the end nodes. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090037566 | Computer Network - In a network of computers, e.g. the internet, each computer records the information sources it accesses, and these records are used to identify computers whose users share common interests, as indicated by the sources they access. A virtual network is created linking computers whose users have been identified as sharing similar interests data on what sources have been accessed by each user are shared with neighbouring computers, a defined by the virtual network. Computers can also pass on information on sources accessed received from one neighbour to other neighbours. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090037567 | LINK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A technology is disclosed for efficiently managing the peer relationship, and in particular for allowing to discover which of one or more communication links of the network entity is connected to another network entity having the same identifier. According to this technology, for example, the ID Controller ( | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090037568 | GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided apparatus for use with a group communication network having an addressing database, the apparatus being addressable by a user terminal connected to the network, the apparatus comprising: a receiver module for receiving an invitation from a user terminal connected to the network, the receiving means being arranged to accept the invitation to cause the user terminal and the apparatus to establish a communication, a data retrieval module for obtaining details of one or more users to be added to the communication, the details of being obtained from other than the addressing database, and a communication module for adding at least one user to the communication using the obtained details. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090043873 | Methods and Apparatus for Restoring a Node State - In one aspect of the invention, a method is provided. The method may include: (1) storing a snapshot of a system state of a node; (2) executing a job on the node; and (3) restoring the node to the system state using the stored snapshot of the system state. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043874 | Method and System for Replacing Hyperlinks in a Webpage - There is provided a web service system for providing a web page, which includes at least one hyperlink, to a client. Said web service system may comprise: a client history server configured to store client history information; a content repository server configured to store one or more candidate hyperlinks; and a web server configured to provide a web page to a client. Said client history information may include at least one client identifier (ID) and at least one content ID corresponding thereto. Said web server may receive from said client a request for a web page, which may comprise a client ID of said client, and obtain from said content repository server at least one content ID corresponding to the client ID of said client. Further, said web server may access said content repository server to select at least one hyperlink to be included in the web page among the candidate hyperlinks stored in said content repository server based on the at least one obtained content ID. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043875 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND NETWORK CONNECTION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - According to one embodiment, a communication apparatus performing communication via a network by using a communication section has the following units. In other words, the communication apparatus includes: a port closing unit performing port closing in which every port except a port necessary for obtaining an address of an external apparatus to be a counterpart of the communication via the network is closed; an address obtaining unit obtaining the address of the external apparatus by using the port necessary for obtaining the address of the external apparatus; a judging unit judging properness/improperness of the network by using the address obtained by the address obtaining unit, after the port closing unit performs the port closing; and a network connection managing unit controlling to open the port used for connection to the network judged to be proper by the judging unit and to cut off connection to the network judge to be improper by the judging unit. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043876 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DEVICES AND A MANAGEMENT ENTITY IN A USER NETWORK - The present invention relates to the communication field and discloses a method for managing devices in a user network and a user network management entity which handles combining and splitting operations in the user network more efficiently. In the technical solution provided by the present invention, the management entity of the user network obtains the information about the location of the managed PANs and/or stand-alone devices, and, based on the location information, checks existence of any PAN and/or stand-alone device that can be combined or split. If any such device exists, the management entity performs the combining or splitting operation according to the combining or splitting mode preset or selected by the user. In the process of combining or splitting a PAN or stand-alone device, the user can reserve the network registration information of some relevant devices as required, update the network registration information of other devices directly, and switch the service access points to ensure continuity of network services. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043877 | SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING STANDBY RESOURCE ENTITLEMENT - An apparatus and program product for transferring entitlement to standby resources between respective computers. Standby resources are made available at a destination computer by rendering unavailable corresponding resources at a source computer. As such, the aggregate number of available standby resources may remain unchanged, but the distribution of the availability may be reapportioned according to operational requirements. Where desired, this transfer of entitlement may be accomplished automatically, dynamically and/or in a secure manner. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043878 | VIRTUAL NETWORK STORAGE SYSTEM, NETWORK STORAGE DEVICE AND VIRTUAL METHOD - A virtual network storage system includes at least two network storage devices which connect to same SAN. At least one network storage device includes a device management unit for maintaining the mapping relationship between the global volume and the local volume of each network storage device, and for redirecting the access from the global volume to the network storage device which the global volume management unit of the global volume is located. At least one network storage device includes a global volume management unit for executing the access operation to the global volume according to the mapping relationship. A network storage device and virtual method are applied to the virtual network storage system. With the increasing of the network device, the ability of processing the access to the global volume is increased, and then the performance bottleneck caused by virtually operating to the network storage system. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090043879 | Clear Channel Reporting and Assisting Orphaned Nodes in a Wireless Network - In a wireless network, a device regularly communicates with at least one other node or device: generally this is its parent. If a problem with communication is detected, the device is preferably able to autonomously carry out a procedure to reacquire the network. In one embodiment, if a device is unable to communicate, it enters a temporary failsafe mode until that problem can be rectified. The device is suitably able to carry out a survey of local conditions in order to assist both it and the network to find a suitable alternative channel and, if a device is unable to immediately reconnect it broadcasts the result of its survey, the Network Environment Status (NES) message, in the hope that another device on the network will hear it. This Status message may then be used by the network to select an alternative channel. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090049162 | BUFFER MANIPULATION - A method and system for increasing throughput of incoming data and outgoing data through buffer manipulation is described. A channel connection is provided for determining which buffers are used for reading incoming data. Buffer manipulation includes enabling the reading of a subset of the incoming data directly into an application buffer associated with an application when a first set of criteria is met and enabling the reading of existing data from an intermediate buffer and storing the subset of the incoming data in the intermediate buffer when a second set of criteria is met. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090049163 | DYNAMICALLY TYPED EXTENSIBLE MIB FOR SNMP AGENTS - The exemplary embodiments provide a computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code for storing data associated with a Simple Network Management Protocol managed information base. A storage area identifier that defines a storage area is reserved. The storage area does not have an associated pre-defined set of identifiers that a user can perform Simple Network Management Protocol operations on. An input is received from a requester, wherein the input comprises an input identifier. A determination is made as to whether storage area identifier is a prefix of the input identifier. Responsive to a determination that storage area identifier is a prefix of the input identifier, the input is processed without referring to a definition file for the managed information base. A response indicating a result is sent to the requester. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090049164 | PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM ENABLING CALL AND ARRIVAL - A virtual device driver is installed in a client terminal and a server as software, and also a virtual hub is installed in a server as software. For example, by giving an L2-VPN function to the SIP terminal node itself, and installing the above-mentioned software in the existing server node, it is not necessary to install a special server node, and even when between the clients terminals which communicate use what kind of network environment and a protocol, peer-to-peer communication is enabled general-purpose. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090049165 | Method and system for generating instruction signals for performing interventions in a communication network, and corresponding computer-program product - A system for generating instruction signals arranged in workflow for performing interventions on network equipment included in a communication network, wherein the equipment is associated with resource proxy agents, each responsible for managing a single equipment in the network. The system includes a distributed architecture of intervention management proxy agents to generate the instruction signals. The intervention management proxy agents are interactively coupled with the resource proxy agents, whereby the instruction signals are a function of the status of the equipment in the network on which the interventions are performed. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090049166 | Defining and Implementing Policies on Managed Object-Enabled Mobile Devices - Embodiments of a system configured to manage policies, including decision policies and active policies, on an Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM) enabled mobile client devices is described. The system is configured to manage policies, including decision policies and active policies, on mobile devices is described that includes a device policy repository, a policy decision point, a decision policy enforcer, and an active policy enforcer. The system includes a server-side process configured to allow creation, modification and transmission of defined policies to the mobile client device, and a client-side process executed on the mobile client device and configured store the defined policies in an OMA DM management tree in the mobile client device as management objects, wherein each policy of the defined policies is represented as a subnode of the management tree. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090055518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING LIGHTWEIGHT DIRECTORY ACCESS PROTOCOL INFORMATION - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code for managing a lightweight directory access protocol environment. A replication hierarchy is identified for a plurality of lightweight directory access protocol servers within the lightweight directory access protocol environment by querying the plurality of lightweight directory access protocol servers for replication information. Environment information is collected for the plurality of lightweight directory access protocol servers using the replication hierarchy, wherein the environment information for the plurality of lightweight directory access protocol servers is used to manage the lightweight directory access protocol environment. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090055519 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEDIA ADAPTION - A method includes receiving a media request for a target device. The signaling information may be received from the target device and a media server. At least one attribute of the target device and the media server may be identified using the signaling information. At least one attribute of the target device and the media server may be evaluated against a service level objective to select a media format. The service level objective may include consideration of the target device and available bandwidth over a provider network. The media may be provided in the selected media format over the provider network to the target device. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090055520 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING OF STORAGE DEVICES - MAID (Massive Array of Idle Disks) technology can not stop an array group in a time zone in which if any access is made to the array group desired to be stopped. For realization of power saving, the power may be stopped in a time zone when there is no access, but frequent power-on or power-off has a possibility of shortening the life of a physical disk. In addition, if plural physical disks are collectively activated in a particular period, the power consumption of a storage system as a whole in that period is increased sharply, so that there is a possibility that the stable operation of the storage system is adversely affected. For realizing power saving, plural tasks using the storage system is by scheduled and the task execution and the power-on and power-off of a power controlled unit is controlled based on the schedule selected by a user. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090055521 | METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK CONNECTION AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - In a network system where a plurality of nodes are connected to each other based on a connection table stored in each of the nodes, provided are a method of managing network connections and an information processing apparatus where connection paths between the nodes can be maintained and thereby preventing an accident such as the network being split even in the situation of a sudden disconnection of a node, and there is no need for holding the connection paths more than needed. By transmitting and receiving connection information between the nodes at a prescribed timing, and by updating the stored connection tables based on the received connection information, connection paths, between each pair of nodes, that do not pass through the same node can be maintained to be a prescribed number or more. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090063668 | TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP OF A STORAGE OBJECT IN RESPONSE TO AN ORIGINAL OWNER NODE BECOMING AVAILABLE AFTER A PERIOD OF UNAVAILABILITY - Provided are a method, system, and article of manufacture, wherein a plurality of nodes coupled over a network are maintained, wherein a first node of the plurality of nodes initially owns a plurality of storage objects accessible via the network. A second node preemptively takes ownership of a selected storage object of the plurality of storage objects, in response to the first node becoming unavailable, wherein other nodes of the plurality of nodes can request ownership of the selected storage object while the first node is unavailable. A determination is made that the first node that originally owned the selected storage object has become available after a period of unavailability. A determination is made of the current owner node of the selected storage object, wherein the current owner node is one of the second node and the other nodes. The selected storage object is updated at the first node by the current owner node of the selected storage object, prior to allowing the first node to act on or assume ownership of the selected storage object. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090063669 | COMPUTER NETWORK AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME TO PRELOAD CONTENT OF SELECTED WEB PAGES - A method for operating a computer network for example a school to preload the content of web addresses on the local memory, i.e. the web cache memory for use in for example a subsequent lesson. The network comprises at least one device, a web cache memory, and internet access apparatus to connect a device on the network to internet using a web browser, relevant devices on the network being accessible to a network administrator and defined network users (teachers and pupils), a method whereby one of said defined network users (teachers) uses a modified web browser to define a set of web addresses (web pages) to be accessed, said set of web addresses being stored in the network, and operates the network to cause the content of the set of web addresses to be stored on said web cache memory, whereby the content may be accessed by the pupils during said lesson via the network without further access to internet. Limits or quotas may be set up for the amount of memory space usable by each user so as to prevent overload of the memory and users may be limited to access web pages defined by one or more preload tasks on the memory at a particular time. Software to allow the method of the invention may be loaded on the web cache. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090063670 | Method and apparatus for a network hub to diagnose network operation and broadcast information to a remote host or monitoring device - A network hub in a communication network that acts as a server to network clients to push, or transmit, information regarding the state of local and remote devices and networks. The information can be one, or more, status information, which information can be one or more predefined fields in a frame, which represents a packet of data. In one embodiment, it is desirable that the frame be a “legitimate” Ethernet-type frame. The status field can be a “push”-Type status field. The push operation can be a unicast, a multicast, or a broadcast, or a hybrid transmission. The hub can be a switch, repeater, a bridge, a router, a gateway, or a hybrid thereof. Also, the hub according to the present invention can be an OSI Layer 2 device, an OSI Layer 3 device, or a hybrid thereof. It is desirable that the hub be devoid of a microprocessor. As described herein, the hub may have plural ports, for example, four, eight, or more ports. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090070446 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SECURING OF DOCUMENT PROCESSING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH USE PATTERNS - The subject application is directed to a system and method for securing of document processing devices in accordance with use patterns. Operational data is first received associated with the historic operation of an associated document processing device is first received. Next, feature data corresponding to the available capabilities of the associated document processing device is received. Utilization data is then generated according to the received operational data and the feature data, which includes data representing underutilized capabilities of the associated document processing device. An electronic document is then output inclusive of the generated utilization data. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070447 | ENERGY MONITORING SYSTEM USING NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS - A system and method are disclosed for integrating an intelligent electronic device (IED) in a network management system. The IED may be configured to communicate using the network management protocol of the network management system. IED variables may be mapped to associated network management protocol variables to allow the network management system to access the IED variables using the network management protocol. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070448 | Techniques to allocate virtual network addresses - Techniques to allocate virtual network addresses are described. An apparatus may include a virtual network address management module. The virtual network address management module may be capable of determining an approximate age for a virtual network address, referred to herein as a virtual network address age value. The virtual network address management module may include a virtual network address assignment module, a virtual network address age generator and a message filter module. The virtual network address assignment module may be arranged to assign a virtual network address to a device at a virtual network address assignment time. The virtual network address age generator may be arranged to receive a message arrival time for a message with the virtual network address, and determine a virtual network address age value for the virtual network address with the virtual network address assignment time and the message arrival time. The message filter module may be arranged to determine whether to send the message to the device based on the virtual network address age value. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070449 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - There is described a management system which makes it possible to appropriately manage the managed apparatus, while securely maintaining the productivity of the managed apparatus. The system includes the management apparatus, the managed apparatus and the HTTP server. The managed apparatus is provided with a connection controlling section that periodically connects the managed apparatus itself to the HTTP server at a regular connecting timing, so as to read information sent from the management apparatus and to write apparatus information into the HTTP server. The connection controlling section determines whether or not the managed apparatus is coupled to the HTTP server at the regular connecting timing, based on its loading status and/or a presence or absence of the current job and connects it to the HTTP server asynchronously with the regular connecting timing, when determining that the managed apparatus is not coupled to the HTTP server at the regular connecting timing. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070450 | MAIN ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING WITHIN A NETWORK AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A MAIN ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING WITHIN THE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a main electronic device ( | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070451 | DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, DESTINATION MANAGEMENT DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE, ADDRESS BOOK ACQUISITION METHOD AND PROGRAM - When a destination management device requests an address book of each user, a data transmission device transmits the address book to the destination management device. The destination management device stores the address book received from the data transmission device. If location information of destination information is included in the address book, the destination management device transmits the location information to the data transmission device. The data transmission device transmits the location information to an LDAP server to request the destination information. Upon receipt of the destination information, the data transmission device transmits the destination information to the destination management device. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070452 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - Functional information about a plurality of workflow executing apparatuses capable of executing a processing flow including a plurality of processing steps is managed by obtaining a first set value information for executing the processing flow in a first workflow executing apparatus, and when a second workflow executing apparatus executes the processing flow, generating a second set value information for the second workflow executing apparatus based on functional information about the second workflow executing apparatus and the first set value information. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090070453 | Method and Apparatus for Limiting Reuse of Domain Name System Response Information - A method of limiting reuse of domain name information includes the steps of requesting the information by a local domain name server from an authoritative domain name server, and providing this information to a requestor, such as a client or server. The domain name information includes an allowable usage limit that represents a maximum number of times that the information can be provided to the requestor before revalidating the information. A system for limiting reuse of domain name information includes an authoritative domain name server, a local domain name server, and a requestor. The authoritative server provides the information, which includes the allowable usage limit, in response to a request by the local server. The request from the local server may include the number of times that the local server provided the information to one or more requestors as an observed usage. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090077210 | System and method for analyzing and coordinating Service-Level-Agreements (SLA) for Application-Service-Providers (ASP) - The present invention describes a system for automatically monitoring and managing Service Level Agreements on behalf of Service providers (such as Application Service providers). The system is based on a specialized SLA language that can translate complex or simple Service Level Agreements into measurable and controllable criterion. The system enables Application Service providers to set up customized Service Level Agreements with customers, and monitor, modify and control all aspects of these agreements, including billing, sales, Customer Relation Management, customer support and Quality of Service. The technology on which the present invention is based is a formula driven language that translates Service Level Agreement details into commands. As such these details can be tracked and processed to produce detailed reports and summaries. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077211 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ACCELERATED EVENT DESKTOP CLIENT - This invention relates to a network management system accelerated event desktop client. This invention also relates to a method and computer program product for controlling an accelerated event desktop client in a network management system. The network management system comprises: a probe for intercepting a system event from a monitored system and creating an event item or modifying an event item associated with the system event; a collection database server collecting, in database of event items, a new event item or modification to an existing event item; a first client and a second client; a notifying means for notifying the first client of the new event item or event item modification; and first client notifying means for notifying the second client of the new event or event item modification. Additionally the second client can retrieve event item data, corresponding to the event notification received from the first client, from the database where the event item is collected. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077212 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ACCELERATED EVENT CHANNEL - This invention relates to a network management system accelerated event channel. This invention also relates to a method and computer program product for controlling an accelerated event channel in a network management system. The network management system comprising: a probe for intercepting a system event from a monitored system and creating an event item or modifying an event item associated with the system event; a collection database server collecting, in database of event items, a new event item or modification to an existing event item; a client; a notifying means for notifying a client of the new event item or event item modification; a channel table for storing an association between a channel and a client id; and wherein the probe associates the event item with a channel and the notifying means uses the channel table to find the client association. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077213 | System and Method for Advising Network Solutions - A system and method advises network solutions. The method comprises receiving a request for a service to be implemented on a network, determining at least one solution to implement the service utilizing existing network components of the network, and presenting the at least one solution to a user. The system comprises a database storing network data for a plurality of network components in a network, an input module receiving an input indicating a requested new service for the network, a solution module searching the network data and determining at least one solution to implement the new service on the network, and an output module presenting the at least one solution to a user. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077214 | SYSTEM FOR FUSING INFORMATION FROM ASSETS, NETWORKS, AND AUTOMATED BEHAVIORS - A system for fusing information from disparate data sources is disclosed. The system comprises a database module operative to maintain an information database identifying one or more items-of-interest, and a situation display module in operative communication with the database module. An asset data plugin is in operative communication with the database module, and an asset communications plugin is operatively coupled to the asset data plugin. The asset communications plugin is configured to communicate with one or more assets. A messages plugin is in operative communication with the database module, and a network communications plugin is operatively coupled to the messages plugin. The network communications plugin is configured to communicate with one or more networks. An automated behaviors plugin is in operative communication with the database module, the asset communications plugin, and the network communications plugin. The situation display module, the asset data plugin, the messages plugin, and the automated behaviors plugin are all configured to transmit one or more items-of-interest to the database module or listen for one or more items-of-interest in the database module. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077215 | Using a managing device to configure and locally manage multiple managed devices - A management network that supports local management of managed devices by a managing device while also supporting remote management by a remote device management (DM) server. The managing device comprises a DM client that exposes a management tree for facilitating remote management by the remote DM server. The DM client comprises nodes in its management tree that correspond to the managed devices. In one embodiment, the remote DM server installs nodes needed to manage the managed devices into the management tree maintained/provided by the DM client of the managing device. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077216 | Workflow-Enabled Client - A workflow-enabled client comprises a client and a workflow manager interface unit. The workflow manager interface unit couples the client to a workflow manager to provide the automatic discovering, distributed processing and dynamic user interface generating functionality of the present invention. A communication manager of the workflow-enabled client has a registration unit that registers, and unregisters, the client with the workflow manager such as by providing a name, a data and other commands. A polling module uses a received location from the workflow manager to retrieve data. The process control module performs a plurality of processing functions such a processing polled data, storing it or providing it to other clients. The process control module can also initiate other clients. The present invention also includes a number of novel methods including a method for registering a client, a method for polling data, and a method for initiating other clients. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077217 | Workflow-Enabled Provider - A workflow-enabled provider includes a service provider and a workflow manager interface unit. The workflow manager interface unit couples the service provider to a workflow manager to provide the automatic discovering, distributed processing and dynamic user interface generating functionality. An advertisement monitor listens for broadcasts from the workflow manager regarding new clients. A request module and a response module handle the transfer of data and control signals between the workflow manager and the service provider. A process control module performs a plurality of processing functions including aggregating requests from clients, selecting requests it can service, presenting user interfaces, processing input via the service provider and controlling the service provider. The user interface module is coupled to the process control module and dynamically generates user interfaces for display by the service provider. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077218 | Software Method And System For Controlling And Observing Computer Networking Devices - Mechanisms for managing the keyboard, video or mouse commands at a target device, which may be a computer or non-computer. During a boot up cycle, the present subject matter uses the intelligent platform management interface and a BIOS management application to receive keyboard or video signals from the BIOS, convert the signals to internet protocol format, and transmit those signals to a managing computer. Controls signals may be transmitted from the managing computer to the target device. After the boot up cycle, the target device may be configured to cause the management of the computer to be transferred from the BIOS management application to an operating system management application. During normal operation, the operating system management application provides for the ability to receive at the target computer keyboard, video or mouse signals and to transmit to the managing computer keyboard, video or mouse signals generated at the target device. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090077219 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON A NETWORK INTERFACE - The disclosed invention is a system and method (collectively the “system”) for the automated management of content on a network interface. The network interface can be a web site on the World Wide Web, an Internet location, an intranet location, an extranet location, or some other form of network interface (collectively “web site”). The system can automatically create applications and links to those applications without human intervention. Examples of automated applications include newsroom applications, calendar of events, employment opportunities, project portfolio, biographies, frequently asked questions, document library, category management, product catalogs, e-mail broadcasts, surveys, and newsletters. Fully normalized hierarchies of business rules and user profiles can be supported by the system to facilitate automation and configurability. Multiple content providers can manage a single web site in a simultaneous or substantially simultaneous manner. In ASP embodiments, multiple organizations can use the system to manage multiple web sites in a substantially simultaneous manner. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090083407 | CRISSCROSS CANCELLATION PROTOCOL - Technologies, systems, and methods for ordered message delivery that avoid message races or crisscrosses between communicating nodes. For example, if Node A sends message 3 towards Node B and, shortly thereafter, Node B sends message X to Node A, Node A would like to know whether or not message X reflects Node B's state after receiving message 3. If Node B received message 3 prior to sending message X, then proper state may be maintained between the nodes. But if messages 3 and X crisscrossed, or if message 3 was never properly received by Node B, then the state between the nodes may be corrupt. Technologies, systems, and methods are provided to avoid such corruption. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090083408 | INTEGRATED DATA-MODEL AND FLOW BASED POLICY SYSTEM - Disclosed is a system for managing policies related to services offered to customers of network and service providers. The system enables operators and service providers to efficiently manage and define generic policies on top of their services via a code-free centralized interface. The infrastructure solution enables the operators, subscribers and application providers to define and enforce their service policies for each application, such as access control, charging schemes, privacy, campaign promotions, cross-selling and up-selling and mobile advertising, from one central point on top of all services and resources. Once integrated, no additional programming is required to create new policies or modify existing policies. The disclosed system enables operators to easily view and manage the data related to their business entities, such as services, handsets, subscribers and the like, and define the associated policies. The system allows defining policies on any type of service, traffic type or policy domain. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090083409 | REMOTE MONITORING OF LOCAL BEHAVIOR OF NETWORK APPLICATIONS - Computer-executable instructions comprising some or all of a program can be delivered to a client for execution on a real-time basis such that the client receives anew the computer-executable instructions for each new execution of the program. Such an environment enables instrumentation instructions to be inserted into the computer-executable instructions after a request and prior to the delivery of the computer-executable instructions. The inserted instrumentation instructions can be spread across multiple deliveries of the same computer-executable instructions, and they can be modified to account for information received from previously inserted instrumentation instructions. The instrumentation instructions can be inserted as part of the server process, the client process, or as part of a proxy server that can be used at the discretion of the program developer. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090083410 | INFORMATION NOTIFICATION SYSTEM, UPDATE INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND TERMINAL UNIT - An information notification system of the present invention includes a server unit | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090089409 | NETWORK SERVICE PROVIDER-ASSISTED AUTHENTICATION - A data store includes previously collected client data records, each previously collected client data record associated with a respective first network address. A verification module is communicatively coupled to the data store, the module configured to determine that it is a competent verification module and to receive a verification request including user data and a second network address and further configured to respond with an indication of whether the user data corresponds to the previously collected client data record identified by the first network address corresponding to the second network address. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090089410 | ENTROPY-BASED (SELF-ORGANIZING) STABILITY MANAGEMENT - In some embodiments, the invention involves calculating entropy-based stability values to be used in a framework to build a new class of network control (policy) and (state) management services. The framework may be used to build a number of self-management services to support decentralized (mesh) networks. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090089411 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING MEDIA CONTENT - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code for distributing media content. A plurality of media files are identified for distribution. A determination is made whether any of the plurality of media files is unavailable remotely. In response to a determination that a portion of the plurality of media files is unavailable remotely, a portion of the plurality of media files is placed in an archive. A playlist identifying the plurality of media files is placed in the archive. A set of links to each of the plurality of media files that are available remotely are placed in the archive, wherein the archive is used to distribute the media content. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090089412 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - The computer system includes: a first storage system having devices that are various components for storing data transmitted from a host computer; a second storage system having devices that are various components for storing data transmitted from the first storage system; and a management apparatus that manages the first and second storage systems. The management apparatus includes a storage unit that stores configuration information, performance information and threshold values used for performance management regarding the devices in the first and second storage systems connected to the management apparatus; and a setting section that adopts and sets, when internal management information and data are copied from the first storage system to the second storage system, threshold values assigned to the devices in the first storage system to the devices in the second storage systems. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090089413 | INTERMEDIATE NAS APPARATUS HAVING ACL INHERITANCE FUNCITON FOR NAMESPACE INTEGRATION - According to this invention, a computer system which provides a client node with a file system mounted into a virtual namespace, comprising: at least one file server which provides the file system; a root node which mounts the file system provided by the file server into the virtual namespace; and a network which couples the file server and the root node. The root node has an interface coupled to the network, a processor coupled to the interface, and a memory coupled to the processor. The root node is configured to: obtain access information set to a directory above a point in the virtual namespace at which the file system is to be mounted when mounting the file system into the virtual namespace; judge whether the obtained access information is to be inherited; and set, to the file system to be mounted, the obtained access information that is to be inherited. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090094355 | INTEGRATED CAPACITY AND ARCHITECTURE DESIGN TOOL - A method implemented in a computer infrastructure having computer executable code, including consolidating collected capacity architecture information, which includes data for installed resources, allocated resources and reserved resources and determining available resources based on the collected capacity architecture information. Additionally, the method includes displaying an indication the available resources and performing capacity planning based on the collected capacity architecture information and the available resources. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090094356 | Associating Physical Layer Pipes and Services Through a Program Map Table - Embodiments are directed to mapping Physical Layer Pipes (PLPs) with the service_id and with components of a service through the Program Map Table (PMT). A descriptor may be defined for this purpose. In accordance with one or more embodiments, a PLP_identifier_descriptor may contain an identifier for a physical layer pipe (PLP_id). In addition, several other PLP related parameters may be carried within the PLP_identifier_descriptor, instead of carrying the parameters in OSI Layer 1. The PLP_identifier_descriptor may be carried in several different tables, including, but not limited to, a Program Map Table (PMT). The PLP_identifier_descriptor may include a physical layer pipe identifier and, optionally, parameters for modulation, code rate, and FEC block type. A receiver, in accordance with embodiments, may be able to access the actual service content based on a combination of the L1 signalling information, legacy PSI/SI information, and the signalling information set forth in the PLP_identifier_descriptor. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090100160 | DATA SERVER ADMINISTRATION USING A CHATBOT - Provided are techniques for data server administration. Under control of a chatbot in real time, a command is received from a user for administering a data server in a natural language format. It is determined whether the data server is to be contacted to process the command. In response to determining that the data server is to be contacted, session information is retrieved to identify the data server to be contacted, the command in the natural language format is converted into one or more data server administration Application Programming Interface (API) calls, the one or more data server administration API calls to the data server are issued, and information about processing of the command is provided to the user. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100161 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS - A method and computer program product for managing interruptions including defining a communication management policy for a plurality of communication channels. Communications on the plurality of communication channels are delivered based upon, at least in part, the communications management policy. Similarly, communications on the plurality of communication channels are rejected based upon, at least in part, the communications management policy. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100162 | Sharing Policy and Workload among Network Access Devices - Aspects of the subject matter described herein relate to sharing policy and workload among network access devices. In aspects, a network access device receives a communication between a first and a second node. The network access device may be one of a set of network access devices responsible for processing traffic to and from a set of nodes. A network access device determines a policy to apply to the communication and at least one network device to apply the policy. The determination of the at least one network device to apply the policy may include determining which network access devices are capable of applying the policy as well as the workload on the network access devices. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100163 | Method and apparatus forWeb based storage on demand - The distributed virtual SAN infrastructure provides a plurality of host systems with a scalable dynamically expandable distributed virtual storage pool, which includes a virtual storage automatic construct protocol. The distributed virtual SAN infrastructure includes one or more IP SAN units, the management console, the distributing control management station and the network infrastructure, wherein the network infrastructure provides the communication links between all systems in this distributed virtual SAN. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100164 | Apparatus and method for providing content - An apparatus and method for providing content is provided, which performs a web service initialization through a provided local offline web server and manages a plurality of content provided through a multithreaded web service. The apparatus for providing content includes a communication unit receiving one or more sets of content; a thread creation unit creating one or more threads that are given to the content to process a work; and a page creation unit having a frame per thread and creating an image page for playing the content on a web browser. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100165 | DYNAMICALLY INTEGRATING DISPARATE COMPUTER-AIDED DISPATCH SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for dynamically integrating disparate computer-aided dispatch (CAD) systems are disclosed. The systems and methods provide bi-directional interoperability between disparate CAD systems and maintain stateful ongoing interactions between interconnected CAD systems. Information objects in one CAD system are associated and bound to related objects in other CAD systems through a centralized information hub that transforms data items intelligently to facilitate communication and interaction between the CAD systems connected to the hub. The described systems and methods maintain complete and current perspectives of all relevant information for each CAD system connected to the information hub, thereby eliminating the need for point-to-point intelligence maintained by the CAD systems about the other interconnected CAD systems. As information updates are passed from CAD systems to the information hub and back out to other CAD systems, the information hub transforms and evaluates the information updates ensuring that only necessary information updates are forwarded. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100166 | SYSTEM FOR DEVELOPMENT, MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF DISTRIBUTED CLIENTS AND SERVERS - A lightweight application server for use on portable or embedded devices includes an application manager and services containers. Each of these is managed by an admin server allowing for remote and rapid deployment and maintenance of applications, objects and features associated with the server-enabled portable or embedded devices. This permits portable devices like PDAs to provide server functionality to each other, in a fully portable network if desired. A system including such server-enabled portable or embedded devices may include, among other things, a decision flow server for facilitating distributed decision flow processing. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090100167 | Messaging - A device for transmitting a message for reception by another device, comprising: a processor for adding location information to the message, before transmission, wherein the location information identifies an area within which the message is to be hosted for reception by the other device; and a transmitter for transmitting the message, with the location information. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090106406 | METHOD OF INITIATING DTMF DIAGNOSTICS AND OTHER FEATURES VIA A CALL IN DIAGNOSTICS INTERFACE - A method to initiate a remote diagnostic mode in a network terminal includes determining whether a received signal corresponds to a command to initiate a remote diagnostic mode, and setting the network terminal in a remote diagnostic mode in accordance with the result of the determining. An authentication procedure may be performed prior to setting the network terminal in the remote diagnostic mode, for increased security. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106407 | CONTENT TRANSFER SYSTEM, CONTENT TRANSFER METHOD AND HOME SERVER - Provided are a content transfer system, a content transfer method, and a home server capable of backing up all backup target contents without having to transfer all backup target contents. This content transfer system includes a home storage and an online storage. The home storage transfers identifying information of a backup target content to the online storage and requests the online storage to determine the existence of a content that is identical to the backup target content upon requesting the online storage to back up the backup target content, transfers metadata to the online storage when an identical content exists in the online storage, and transfers the backup target content to the online storage in all other cases. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106408 | COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SERVER AND COMPUTER SYSTEM - Provided is a computer system, comprising a management server and a presence server. The user terminals include a first user terminal for originating a question and a second user terminal for responding to the question originated from the first user terminal. The management server comprising: an interface coupled to the network; a processor coupled to the interface; and a memory coupled to the processor. The management server calculates an unresponsive time taken until the second user terminal becomes ready to receive a notification of the question transmitted from the first user terminal by referring the presence information acquired from the presence server upon detection of an origination of the question from the first user terminal, estimates an expected response time of the second user terminal based on the calculated unresponsive time, and notifies the first user terminal of the estimated expected response time. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106409 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR MIGRATING A VIRTUAL MACHINE - In one embodiment, a method for migrating a virtual machine (VM) under operation from one server to another server among a plurality of servers is provided. The method includes providing a schema defined beforehand by an operator, an application-dependent policy using the schema, and an total optimization policy to optimize the system totally, receiving periodically a status information for the application on the VM and a static or dynamic information for the server and the VM from each server, judging whether there is any VM to migrate to another server by referring to the application-dependent policy and the total optimization policy, based on the status information of the application and the static or dynamic information of the VM, and determining a migration destination of the VM matched with the migration condition. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106410 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK DEVICE - In the case of displaying a screen for designating a distribution destination of resource data, a resource manager determines an attribute of resource data to be distributed. Based on the determined attribute of the resource data, the resource manager switches a user interface to be used for designating a distribution destination. Then, a distribution data generator generates distribution data to be distributed to the designated distribution destination. Then, a communication function unit distributes the generated distribution data to the designated distribution destination. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106411 | SCALABLE, HIGH PERFORMANCE AND HIGHLY AVAILABLE DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM FOR INTERNET CONTENT - A method for content storage on behalf of participating content providers begins by having a given content provider identify content for storage. The content provider then uploads the content to a given storage site selected from a set of storage sites. Following upload, the content is replicated from the given storage site to at least one other storage site in the set. Upon request from a given entity, a given storage site from which the given entity may retrieve the content is then identified. The content is then downloaded from the identified given storage site to the given entity. In an illustrative embodiment, the given entity is an edge server of a content delivery network (CDN). | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090106412 | NETWORK SYSTEM, NETWORK MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - Operation history information related to operations performed at a plurality of devices and communication history information related to communications performed between the devices are managed. When an operation accompanied with a communication has been performed at the device, a predetermined action corresponding to the operation accompanied with the communication is executed based on the operation history information and the communication history information which are managed. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090113031 | Method, Apparatus And Computer Program Product Implementing Multi-Tenancy For Network Monitoring Tools Using Virtualization Technology - Method, apparatus and computer program product manage a plurality of networks with a single tenant network management tool using virtualization and implement control plane virtualization of the single tenant management tool; data storage virtualization of a data storage apparatus and network address virtualization of an available address range. A virtual machine may be implemented for each network of the plurality of networks to contain an instance of the single tenant management tool. In one implementation, a proxy is used to implement data storage virtualization. In another implementation, separate data storage is maintained for each network and data storage virtualization is achieved by managing the network protocol stack virtualization. The network address virtualization may be implemented using machine-level virtualization or operating-system-level virtualization. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090113032 | FEATURE SET BASED CONTENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In an exemplary system, a plurality of access devices comprising at least a first access device and a second access device is selectively and communicatively coupled to a profile management subsystem. The profile management subsystem is configured to maintain profile data representing a feature set of at least one of the plurality of access devices, receive a profile request signal representing a request for profile data corresponding to the second access device from the first access device, and transmit the requested profile data to the first access device in response to the profile request signal. The first access device is configured to transmit content to the second access device in accordance with a feature set represented by the profile data corresponding to the second access device. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090113033 | Method and System for Managing Operations on Resources of a Distributed Network, in Particular of a Communication Network, and Corresponding Computer-Program Product - A system for generating instruction signals arranged in workflows or rules for performing interventions on equipment, such as equipment of a communication network, wherein the equipment may be associated with resource proxy agents, each responsible for managing a single equipment. The system includes a distributed architecture of intervention management proxy agents provided with respective workflow-based or rule-based engines to generate the instruction signals, each agent being associated with a terminal device. The intervention management proxy agents may be interactively coupled with the resource proxy agents or with a manager resource associated with the equipment, whereby the instruction signals are a function of the status of the equipment on which the interventions are performed. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090113034 | Method And System For Clustering - A system and a method for automatic cluster formation by automatically selecting nodes based on a selection criteria configured by the user is disclosed. During a cluster re-formation process, a failed node may automatically get replaced by one of the healthy nodes in its network, which is not part of any cluster avoiding cluster failures. In case of a cluster getting reduced to a single node due to node failures and failed nodes could not be replaced due to non-availability of free nodes, the single node cluster may be merged with a existing healthy clusters in the network providing a constant level of high availability. The proposed method may also provide an affective load balancing by maintaining a constant number of member nodes in a cluster by automatically replacing the dead nodes with a healthy node. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090113035 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A method for a network management apparatus configured to communicate with a peripheral device using a version of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) that requires key information during communication includes acquiring device-specific information from the peripheral device, generating a plurality of key information candidates using the device-specific information before performing a communication based on SNMP, acquiring an SNMP engine identification (ID) for the peripheral device, determining whether the SNMP engine ID corresponds to the device-specific information, and, if it is determined that the SNMP engine ID corresponds to the device-specific information, storing the SNMP engine ID and performing a communication based on SNMP using key information corresponding to the device-specific information and selected from among the plurality of key information candidates. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090119392 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DECISIONS, METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING A DECISION TREE, CENTRAL MANAGER, INTERMEDIATE MANAGER, TERMINAL AND CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - A method is provided for managing decisions between a central manager and at least one terminal in an architecture of networks distributed and prioritized according to N levels, with N≧2. The central manager is included in a level of rank N. The terminal is included in a level of rank 1. The method includes a step of distributing a decision tree constructed by the central manager and supported by the architecture. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119393 | SYSTEM AND ARCHITECTURE FOR SUPPORTING MOBILITY AND MULTIPATH PACKET DELIVERY IN IP NETWORK STACKS - A communication system is provided. The system has at least two nodes communicating with each other with each nodes associated with an operating system, wherein the operating system comprising a costack adapted to generate a unique or a low probability of overlap CID and intercept packets going down or up the main stack at one or more point of interception; and a subspace of a plurality of connections each connection within the subspace having a unique CID in relation to other connections. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119394 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION OF A NETWORK BLOCK - Described herein are a method and a system to assign geographic locations to network blocks. A particular embodiment of the system includes a set of intermediate assignment generators, each intermediate assignment generator being associated with at least one of a plurality of network data sources, each intermediate assignment generator being configured to generate an intermediate assignment for at least one of the plurality of network data sources, a set of classifiers each coupled to at least one of the intermediate assignment generators, each classifier being associated with at least one of the plurality of network data sources, each classifier being configured to generate at least one classification based on at least one of the intermediate assignments and corresponding training data, and an intermediate assignment selector to select a best intermediate assignment based on the classifications generated by the set of classifiers, the best intermediate assignment corresponding to a geographic location of a network block. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119395 | Information processing system and data management method - The server device includes: an allocation unit for allocating a unique identifier to each of first data and second data; a management unit for managing a correspondence between the identifier and a method for accessing the first data or second data identified by the identifier; a presentation unit for presenting the identifier managed by the management unit to the client device; a conversion unit for converting an identifier-specifying request for access to the first data or second data from the client device into a method for accessing the first data or second data corresponding to the identifier using an access method associated by the management unit with the identifier; and a data access unit for requesting access to the first data or second data using the access method converted to by the conversion unit, and sending an access result to the client device. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119396 | WORKLOAD MANAGEMENT WITH NETWORK DYNAMICS - A workload management system identifies a first source device and first destination device which can be used to perform a job function. The system further communicates information about the first source device and destination device to one or more switches, and receives a set of network parameters along a data path from the first source device to the first destination device. The system then determines resources available on the first source device and/or first destination device. In addition, the system determines whether the first source device and first destination device, if used for the job function, can satisfy a set of SLAs for that job function based on the network parameters along a data path from the first source device to the first destination device and the determined resources available on the first source device and/or first destination device. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119397 | Using virtual domain name service (DNS) zones for enterprise content delivery - A domain to be published to an enterprise ECDN is associated (either by static configuration or dynamically) with a set of one or more enterprise zones configurable in a hierarchy. When a DNS query arrives for a hostname known to be associated with given content within the control of the ECDN, a DNS server preferably responds in one of three (3) ways: (a) handing back an IP address, e.g., for an ECDN intelligent node that knows how to obtain the requested content from a surrogate or origin server; (b) executing a zone referral to a next (lower) level name server in a zone hierarchy, or (c) CNAMing to another hostname, thereby essentially restarting the lookup procedure. In the latter case, this new CNAME causes the resolution process to start back at the root and resolve a new path, probably along a different path in the hierarchy. At any particular level in the zone hierarchy, preferably there is an associated zone server. That server preferably executes logic that applies the requested hostname against a map, which, using known techniques, may be generated from given (static, dynamic, internally-generated or third party-sourced) performance metrics. Thus, a given name query to ECDN-managed content may be serviced in coordination with various sources of distributed network intelligence. As a result, the invention provides for a distributed, dynamic globally load balanced name service. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090119398 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY MANAGING A NETNWORK PORT BASED ON A CALENDAR FUNCTION - Embodiments of the invention provide a system and method for automatically managing a network port based on a calendar function. In one embodiment, a discovery protocol is provided for automatically discovering at least one port of at least one switch in a network. Furthermore, a management protocol is provided. The management protocol is configured to automatically manage the at least one port of the at least one switch in the network based on a programmable calendar function. In addition, a reconfiguration protocol is also provided. The reconfiguration protocol is configured to reconfigure the calendar function of the automatic management of the at least one port of the at least one switch in the network. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090125617 | LOCAL AUTO-CONFIGURATION OF NETWORK DEVICES CONNECTED TO MULTIPOINT VIRTUAL CONNECTIONS - Various systems and methods for automatically configuring network devices coupled to a network that provides (or is capable of providing) multipoint virtual connections are disclosed. One such method involves receiving information identifying a plurality of virtual connections (VCs) available within a network. The method identifies a set of one or more nodes that are configured with one of several Internet Protocol (IP) subnets and that have access to one of the VCs, and then assigns each of the IP subnets to a unique one of the VCs. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090125618 | OPEN PLATFORM FOR MANAGING AN AGENT NETWORK - Some embodiments of the present invention provide a system for managing software agents. This system enables a user to configure agents and to specify wiring relationships between the agents and other system components. This system also includes a hub component, which is configured to route communications to and from the agents in accordance with user-specified wiring relationships. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090125619 | AUTONOMIC DEFINITION AND MANAGEMENT OF DISTRIBUTED APPICATION INFORMATION - A method, information processing system, and computer program storage product for associating jobs with resource subsets in a job scheduler. At least one job class that defines characteristics associated with a type of job is received. A list of resource identifiers for a set of resources associated with the job class is received. A set of resources available on at least one information processing system is received. The resource identifiers are compared with each resource in the set of resources available on the information processing system. A job associated with the job class with is scheduled with a set of resources determined to be usable by the job based on the comparing. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090125620 | Assigning telecommunications nodes to community of interest clusters - The present invention provides techniques for assigning network nodes to community of interest clusters. A seed point representing a cluster is selected. One or more nodes are added to the cluster based on each node's geographic proximity to the selected seed point. Nodes that are adjacent to the cluster are identified and a clustering metric is computed that is representative of the affinity that each identified adjacent node has for the cluster. One or more of the identified nodes are added to the cluster when the clustering metric for the one or more identified nodes exceeds a predetermined value. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090125621 | DYNAMIC HTTP LOAD BALANCING - The invention is a method and apparatus for facilitating facilitates load balancing in a server farm. In accordance with various aspects of the invention, all of the information about each server necessary for a load balancing program to define and execute a load balancing algorithm is stored at a predetermined URL for each server. The load balancer can query the predefined URL, which returns the necessary information. The load balancer then dynamically configures the load balancing algorithm in accordance with the returned information. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090132688 | Method For the Dynamic Service Configuration of a Technical System - A method is disclosed for the dynamic service configuration of a technical system. According to at least one embodiment of the method: a) a functional task description is inputted and/or generated in a functional description language for an interaction task between at least one new initial service and at least one end service already existing in the technical system; b) combinations of initial services and end services for solving the interaction task are determined on the basis of the functional task description; c) a search for compatible services is carried out for at least part of the initial services, during which the initial service searches for services compatible therewith and the compatible services, in turn, search for services which are compatible with themselves, thus generating paths from successive compatible services, a path being defined as a solution path for the interaction task when the initial service of the path and the compatible end service correspond to a combination of initial services and end services discovered in step b); and d) one of the solution paths is selected and the interaction task is carried out along the selected solution path. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090132689 | TRUST BASED MODERATION - A network device, system, and method are directed towards detecting trusted reporters and/or abusive users in an online community using reputation event inputs, such as abuse reports. When an abuse report is received for a content item, the combined trust (reputation) of previous reporters on the reported content item and the trust (reputation) of the content author are compared to determine whether to trust the content item. If the content item is un-trusted, the content item may be hidden from public view. In one embodiment, the content item might still be visible to the content author, and/or members in the author's contact list, or the like, while being hidden from another user in the community. In one embodiment, the author may appeal the determined trust, and results of the appeal may be used to modify a trust of at least one reporter. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090132690 | On-Demand Download Network - A device retrieves only the application software that is missing on the device and is currently required to perform a certain function. An object-request module sends a request that identifies only the needed application. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090132691 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO MANAGE COMMUNICATIONS - A method to manage communications between a communication network using radiofrequency waves and a network such as the Internet, linked by a gateway, with control members producing; parameters related to established communications, including a user identifier and a communication identifier, or parameters related to failed connections, including a connection identifier and a user identifier, Internet access by the general public being notably allowed from the radiofrequency network in particular by a step (Etp | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090132692 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STARTING SERVER SERVICES - In one embodiment, services are not loaded if they are not needed by the user and if no services needed by the user are dependent upon them. In one embodiment, server services are represented as nodes in a graph data structure. Connections between the nodes indicate dependencies between the server services. The graph is sorted to create an ordered list of services which can be used to startup the services. In another embodiment a server services manager reads license files and user inputs and marks the ordered list of services to indicate which services are to startup. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090132693 | APPLICATION AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AUTOMATED OFFERS OF SERVICE AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INCORPORATING THE SAME - A service management application and method. In one embodiment, the service management system includes: (1) a service description repository configured to contain service descriptions that define services in terms of a set of end points that assume roles based on at least one of capabilities and attributes thereof, the end points being selected from the group consisting of devices and systems and (2) an application associable with the service description repository and configured to compare capabilities of at least one of the end points with required capabilities expressed in at least one role of at least one of the service descriptions and present a service offering to a subscriber based thereon. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090138581 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL NETWORKING DESIGN STRUCTURE - A design structure embodied in a machine readable medium used in a design process includes a multi-layer silicon stack architecture having one or more processing layers comprised of one or more computing elements; one or more networking layers disposed between the processing layers, the network layer comprised of one or more networking elements, wherein each computing element comprises a plurality of network connections to adjacently disposed networking elements and each networking element may provide network access to a plurality of other computing elements through a single hop of the network. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138582 | Multi-Level Load Balancer - The multi-level load balancing system receives requests for resources provided by any of a plurality of resource nodes. The multi-level load balancing system receives a first result from a first load balancing module that orders each of the plurality of nodes that are available to service the request based on a first algorithm. The multi-level load balancing system then receives a second result from a second load balancing module that orders each of the plurality of nodes that are available to service the request based on a second algorithm. The multi-level load balancing system combines the first result and the second result to form a third result that is uses to select one of the plurality of resources nodes to service the request. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138583 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING STATISTICS ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICE MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS AMONG ASSETS - The illustrative embodiments described herein provide a computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer program product for generating a set of statistics on information technology service management problems among assets within a network. A data processing system monitors the network for a systems management system message containing information associated with a reported problem of an asset within the network. The systems management system message is generated by the asset associated with the reported problem. Responsive to detecting the systems management system message, the data processing system stores the information associated with the reported problem of the asset contained in the systems management system message to a set of stored data. The data processing system generates the set of statistics on information technology service management problems among the assets within the network using the set of stored data. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138584 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING ROLE BASED ON CAPABILITY OF TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for setting a role based on capability of a terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a calculation unit calculating a capability value of the terminal to check whether the role set in a pertinent terminal is suitable, a determination unit determining whether the role set on the pertinent terminal is suitable based on the calculated capability value, and a setting unit changing and managing information for setting the role set in the pertinent terminal. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138585 | Method and System for Generating Messages - The present invention discloses a method and system for generating Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) message, wherein, at least one first information sets are pre-stored and each of the first information sets contains at least one piece of information. The method comprises: generating a first SOAP message which contains a second information set that contains at least one piece of information; retrieving a first information set that corresponds to the second information set; and generating a second SOAP message using the retrieved first information set and the first SOAP message. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138586 | METHOD FOR MANAGING A SERVER LOAD - Method for managing the load of at least one server able to process the requests sent via a telecommunication network by a plurality of terminals. The method includes the steps of receiving by the server a request originating from a terminal, obtaining an estimation of the load of the server, dispatching to the terminal data intended to bring about the automatic resending by the terminal of the request at a later date, dependent on a forecast relating to the load of the server, the dispatching step being executed when the estimation value is above a threshold value. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090138587 | DYNAMIC BROWSER-BASED INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION INTERFACE SYSTEM AND METHOD - An automation device interactive user interface and method of using the interface is provided herein. The interface is network based in that it employs a browser enhanced by an interactive program embedded therein and an execution engine to execute the program. The interface can be proximate to an associated automated device(s) or remotely connected thereto using a local area network (LAN) and/or a wide area network (WAN) such as the Internet. To facilitate ease of use, the embedded interactive program presents information in an appealing multimedia fashion such that interface appears live and changing. Furthermore, data associated with automation devices can be monitored, extracted, transmitted or otherwise manipulated in real time. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090144403 | MANAGEMENT OF TOPOLOGY CHANGES IN LAYER TWO NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a method for managing topology changes in a Layer 2 network is provided. The method may comprise receiving a change notification at a provider edge bridging device and associating the change notification with a customer service. The method may further comprise identifying at least one destination provider edge bridging device associated with the customer service, encapsulating the change notification in a data frame and tunnelling the data frame over a tunnel comprising at least one core device to the at least one destination provider edge bridging device associated with the customer service, the at least one core bridging device tunnelling the data frame based on information relating to the destination provider edge bridging device. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090144404 | LOAD MANAGEMENT IN A DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM - A technique for load management in a distributed system that includes multiple physical nodes is disclosed. The load management technique includes mutably assigning a number of virtual nodes to each physical node of the multiple physical nodes. A total number of virtual nodes assigned to the multiple physical nodes is maintained substantially unaltered in spite of any alterations made in the number of virtual nodes assigned to each physical node of the multiple physical nodes. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090144405 | Apparatus And Method For Presence Service On Inter-Domain - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for presence service on inter-domain. The apparatus comprises an enhanced inter-domain presence (EIP) module and an enhanced inter-domain presence authorization document (EIPAD) module. When at least a watcher requests a presence subscription to a foreign domain, the EIP module dynamically aggregates the foreign domain presentities for all local watchers having the subscription request, and produces a foreign domain document (FDD). The EIP module also acts as a presence client having the subscription for foreign-domain, and dispatches presence status information. The enhanced inter-domain presence authorization document module resolves the FDD contents, identifies the subscribed foreign-domain presentities, then accesses a corresponding presence authorization document and notifies it to the presence server on the watcher domain. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090144406 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication control apparatus includes a registration request signal receiver, a registration section, a transmitter, a group communication control signal receiver, and a group communication controller. The request signal receiver receives, from at least one terminal differing from a plurality of group communication terminals that is performing or is to perform group communication through a communication network, a control terminal registration request signal requesting the registration of the terminal as a control terminal for controlling the group communication. The registration section registers the terminal which sent the control terminal registration request signal as a control terminal. The transmitter sends, to that terminal, information indicating that the terminal has been registered as a control terminal. The control signal receiver receives from the terminal a group communication control signal for controlling the group communication. The group communication controller starts or changes the group communication in accordance with the group communication control signal. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090144407 | DOMAIN MANAGING METHOD, DOMAIN EXTENDING METHOD AND REFERENCE POINT CONTROLLER ELECTING METHOD - A method of managing a domain, a method of extending a domain, and a method of selecting a reference point controller are provided. The method of operating the domain includes: receiving a request for authenticating a reference point controller from a reference point controller candidate; invalidating a membership of the stored reference point controller; generating a unique reference point controller membership for verifying that the reference point controller candidate is a new reference point controller; and transmitting the generated reference point controller membership to the reference point controller candidate. Accordingly, even when an error occurs in the reference point controller, the function of the reference point controller can be rapidly replaced by using the reference point controller candidate. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090150532 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CLIENT COMPUTER MANAGING MULTIPLE SERVERS - A method for a client computer managing a plurality of servers via a network is provided. The method comprises the following steps. A selection list of the servers supporting a keyboard-video-mouse (KVM) over IP (iKVM) function is displayed in the client computer in which the selection list provides information corresponding to each server. At least one server is selected from the selection list in the client computer. Then, the client computer is connected to the selected server by logging into the selected server automatically such that the client computer is capable of controlling the selected server. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090150533 | DETECTING NEED TO ACCESS METADATA DURING DIRECTORY OPERATIONS - In at least some disclosed embodiments, a method includes receiving a request to list information about data in a first directory, and searching for a unique symbol in the first directory based on the request. The unique symbol is associated with a stub file in the first directory. The method further includes providing information about data in a second directory in response to the request if the unique symbol is found. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090150534 | Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache - Techniques for implementing a load balanced server system are described which may be used for effecting electronic commerce over a data network. The system comprises a load balancing system and a plurality of servers in communication with the load balancing system. Each of the plurality of servers may include a respective data cache for storing state information relating to client session transactions conducted between the server and a particular client. The load balancing system can be configured to select, using a load balancing protocol, an available first server from the plurality of servers to process an initial packet received from a source device such as, for example, a client machine of a customer. The load balancing system can also configured to route subsequent packets received from the source device to the first server. Before generating its response, the first server may verify that the state information relating to a specific client session stored in the data cache is up-to-date. If the first server determines that the state information stored in the data cache is not up-to-date, then the first server may be configured to retrieve the desired up-to-date state information from a database which is configured to store all state information relating to client sessions which have been initiated with the server system. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090150535 | GENERATING AND SUPPLYING USER CONTEXT DATA - Techniques are described for providing information about a context that is modeled with multiple context attributes. In some situations, at least some of the context attributes have values used by modules for generating values of other context attributes, and the providing includes determining that a first module is generating a first value of a first of the context attributes of the modeled context and determining that a circular reference exists when it is determined that a module is to generate another value of the first context attribute such that the generating of the another value is caused by the generating of the first value of the first context attribute. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090157857 | Data Management Method and Data Management System Using an External Recording Medium Writing Device - A data management system enables data on a network such as an internal LAN to be managed and is able to reliably prevent the data from leakage. The data management system has a network to which a management server for data management, a plurality of client PCs having a data processing function, and an optical disk publisher that issues a CD or a DVD into which the data is recorded are connected. The optical disk publisher issues the CD to only an authorized user. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157858 | Managing Virtual Addresses Of Blade Servers In A Data Center - Methods, apparatus, and products for managing virtual addresses of blade servers in a data center are disclosed that include storing, by a blade server management module (‘BSMM’) in non-volatile memory of a blade server, a parameter block, the parameter block including one or more virtual addresses for communications adapters of the blade server and one or more action identifiers; detecting, by a BIOS module of the blade server upon powering on the blade server, the parameter block; disabling, by the BIOS module, in dependence upon the one or more action identifiers of the parameter block, an original address of at least one communications adapter of the blade server; and setting, by the BIOS module, an address of the communications adapter to a virtual address included in the parameter block. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157859 | Methods And Systems For Accessing A Resource Based On URN Scheme Modifiers - Methods, systems and computer program products are described for accessing a resource identified in a URN based on URN scheme modifiers. In one aspect, a URI is received having a format that includes a URN scheme identifier for identifying a URN scheme, a scheme-dependent part for identifying a resource, and a URN scheme modifier. The URN scheme modifier includes information for determining a URL for accessing the identified resource. The URN scheme modifier is detected in the received URI, and based on the detected URN scheme modifier, the URL for accessing the resource is determined. Methods, systems and computer program products are described for providing a resource including a URI configured for accessing another resource. A generated first resource includes a determined URI formatted to include a URN scheme modifier including a resolving URL for determining a URL for accessing a second resource. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157860 | DISAGGREGATED NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Systems and methods for disaggregated management of a network fabric are presented. Network elements composing the network fabric can operate as a fabric manager with respect to one or more management functions while also continuing to operate as a communication conduit among hosts using the fabric. The roles or responsibilities of a fabric manager can migrate from one network element to another to preserve management coherency as well as to secure management of the network. Additionally, fabric managers communicate with the network fabric through one or more management channels. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157861 | INFORMATION COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION COMMUNICATION METHOD - An information communication method includes: accepting first presence information transmitted from a first terminal device which is connected so as to be communicable through a network; specifying a second terminal device as a notification destination to which the first presence information is destined; mapping the notification destination to a transmission source of the first presence information; deciding whether or not an alteration of the notification destination is required according to a state of the notification destination as indicated by second presence information accepted from the second terminal device; selecting, if alteration is required, a third terminal device to succeed the second terminal device; and notifying the first presence information to the third terminal device corresponding to the altered notification destination. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157862 | Storage System - In a storage system that manages update prohibition (WORM) information, when time management is not performed with precision, there arises a possibility that an update prohibition (WORM) attribute may be erased before a preservation period expires. This invention provides a storage system coupled to at least one of time servers through a network, including: a first time information holding unit that holds first time information to be used to manage an update prohibition attribute of data; a second time information holding unit that holds second time information to be used to establish time synchronization with a device coupled to the network; and a time update unit that manages the first time information and the second time information, in which the time update unit receives third time information from the at least one of the time servers and judges whether the third time information satisfies a predetermined condition, and updates the first time information based on the third time information when the third time information satisfies the predetermined condition. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090157863 | System and Method of Enforcing Hierarchical Management Policy - A system and method for using hierarchical policy levels for distribution of software in a computer network. In one embodiment, computers of the network are arranged into a hierarchy. A management policy server with access to the network queries the hierarchy to identify computers at or below its own level within the hierarchy. Once a set of computers is identified, software programs, updates or policies are distributed, bypassing human intervention. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090164613 | Method and system for improving client-servlet communication - A method comprises providing a one way communication path that initiates a request by a client for retrieving information from a Servlet, and sending a response by the Servlet containing at least one return code specifying success or failure of the request, and including the result of the request if available. If the Servlet identifies missing information not included in the initial request, the method includes providing a complete response to automatically open an other communication path from the Servlet via the client's web-browser to the Servlet and providing the missing information to a Servlet by making use of the response functionality of the initial request. The other communication path is supported by a further Servlet functionality component. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164614 | DNS WILDCARD BEACONING TO DETERMINE CLIENT LOCATION AND RESOLVER LOAD FOR GLOBAL TRAFFIC LOAD BALANCING - Techniques are described to determine clients residing behind LDNS resolvers. Web beacons instruct clients to retrieve zero-content images at unique hostnames. A request to the hostname is made by a client to an LDNS resolver. The LDNS sends the request to an authoritative server/beacon resolver for the hostname. The beacon resolver records the hostname with the LDNS resolver's IP address and responds with an IP address of a beacon collection server that is forwarded to the client by the LDNS. The client sends a request containing the unique hostname to the beacon collection server. The beacon collection server records the IP address of the client and the hostname. An aggregation server collects data from the beacon resolver and the beacon collection server. Using the hostnames as keys, IP addresses of clients are mapped to IP addresses of LDNS resolvers. Mapped data is exported to load balancing servers to determine routing. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164615 | CONTINUOUS SCHEDULING FOR PEER-TO-PEER STREAMING - Apparatuses and methods for distributing and/or receiving buffer content advertisements continuously to and/or from a plurality of neighboring peer apparatuses joined in a network are described. The buffer content advertisements identify the stored packets of data in a packet buffer. The continuously distributed and/or received buffer content advertisements may include incremental updates of content of the packet buffer piggybacked to every outgoing and/or incoming packet of data. The apparatus may determine packets of data advertised by a plurality of neighboring peers that the apparatus does not have in its packet buffer, and may request packets of data, of the advertised packets, from at least one of the plurality of neighboring peers. The apparatus may include a communication module to communicate buffer content advertisements continuously to the plurality of neighboring peers. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164616 | Token-based web browsing with visual feedback of disclosure - A data communications network may be browsed using one or more tokens by receiving an input keyword string from a user, determining whether there is a match between the input keyword string and a database of keyword strings, determining a category of the keyword string, rendering to the user at least one service identifier associated with the category, receiving a user-selected service identifier in response to the rendering, substituting at least one variable in a resource locator template associated with the service with a string based at least in part on the keyword string entered by the user and launching the resource locator. According to one aspect, a special rendering of a hyperlink corresponding to the resource locator is used to indicate private data will be disclosed upon launching the resource locator. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164617 | NETWORK APPARATUS HAVING A DATABASE, MANAGEMENT METHOD AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM FOR MANAGING INTERNET PROTOCOL CONNECTION RULES OF THE DATABASE - A network apparatus having a database, a management method and a tangible machine-readable medium for managing internet protocol (IP) connection rules of the database are provided. The database stores at least one first IP connection rule. The management method comprises the following steps: writing a second IP connection rule through one of a plurality of management programs; determining there is a conflict between the at least one first IP connection rule and the second IP connection rule, and eliminating the conflict according to a weight value of the at least one first IP connection rule and a weight value of the second IP connection rule. The at least one first IP connection rule and the second IP connection rule are used in one network connection. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164618 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ADMINISTRATING NETWORKS - To provide a network administrating device assists in selection of an optimum system structure for performance necessary for actual operations and a method of administrating networks. A server ( | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164619 | MANAGEMENT OF VIRTUAL AND PHYSICAL NETWORK INVENTORIES - A method for managing a network element inventory for a video and data network is provided. The method includes self-discovering a physical network inventory of the video and data network. Additionally, a logical network inventory of the video and data network is self-discovered. Further, a planned network inventory of the video and data network is provided. Once the planned, logical, and physical network inventories are collected, the physical network inventory, logical network inventory, and planned network inventory are loaded into the network element inventory. After loading, synchronization of the physical network inventory, logical network inventory, and planned network inventory in the network element inventory is performed. A view is then provided using the synchronized physical network inventory, logical network inventory, and planned network inventory when a request for the view of the network element inventory is received. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090164620 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR STREAMING IMAGES TO WIRELESS DEVICES - A method for interactively viewing raster images using scalable vector graphics (SVG), including receiving an SVG document, the SVG document including a reference to a raster image within the SVG document, the reference indicating a rectangular portion, a display width and height, and an IP address for a server computer, passing the SVG document to an SVG viewer, rendering the SVG document, including requesting from the server computer a first portion of raster image data corresponding to the rectangular portion, display width and display height, the first portion of raster image data being derived from the raster image, receiving the first portion of raster image data from the server computer, displaying the first portion of raster image data, transmitting a user request for a different portion of the raster image data, receiving a modified SVG document, modified according to the different portion requested by the user, passing the modified SVG document to the SVG viewer for re-rendering. A system and a computer readable storage medium are also described and claimed. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090172138 | USING DOMAIN NAME SERVICE FOR IDENTIFYING A HOME DOMAIN OF A ROMAING DEVICE - A method, information processing system, and wireless communication network determine a domain name associated with at least one device for providing services to the at least one device in a network. A service request ( | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172139 | BALANCED CONSISTENT HASHING FOR DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - A method, system, computer-readable storage medium and apparatus for balanced and consistent placement of resource management responsibilities within a multi-computer environment, such as a cluster, that are both scalable and make efficient use of cluster resources are provided. Embodiments reduce the time that a cluster is unavailable due to redistribution of resource management responsibilities by reducing the amount of redistribution of those responsibilities among the surviving cluster members. Embodiments further provide redistribution of resource management responsibilities based upon relative capabilities of the remaining cluster nodes. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172140 | NETWORK DEVICE - A Network Attached Storage Device (NAS) that is configured to receive at least one webfeed and display information derived from the webfeed on a display. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172141 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND DATA MANAGEMENT METHOD IN STORAGE SYSTEM - Provided is a storage center including a storage subsystem for storing content data to be used by the user's home server, and a center server for controlling the storage subsystem. The center server aggregates the content recording reservation requests sent from several home servers, obtains content data from a content server and stores the content data in the storage subsystem at a designated recording start time, and notifies the user's home server that the recording reservation is complete. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172142 | System and method for adding a standby computer into clustered computer system - There is provided a method of adding a new computer as a standby computer to a computer system that includes an active computer for performing service processing and a standby computer for storing replica of data stored in the active computer. The replica of the data stored in the standby computer is updated when the data stored in the active computer is updated. The method comprising the steps of: selecting the standby computer from the computer system; transferring the replica of the data stored in the selected standby computer to the new computer; and transferring update information on data updated in the active computer after the transferring the replica of the data is started, to the new computer. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172143 | Information-Processing Apparatus and Program Thereof - An information-processing apparatus which is capable of transmitting device identifiers of devices connected with LANs to terminals without using a broadcast command is provided. A server is connected with a World Area Network. A managing terminal and printers are connected with a LAN. The server receives a device identifier of the printer connected with any one of the LANs. The server receives an inquiry for a device identifier from a terminal connected with any one of the LANs. The server stores appended information, which is appended to the device identifier while the device identifier is transferred to the server, in a manner that the appended information is associated with the device identifier. The server transmits to the terminal the device identifier whose appended information as stored in a storage coincides with the appended information that is appended to the inquiry while the inquiry is transferred to the server. The managing terminal can obtain the device identifier of the printer connected with the same LAN as the managing terminal itself by transmitting the inquiry to the server. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172144 | ID COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM OF COMPUTER - An ID collection and management apparatus which manages identifiers of computers in a computer system including said computers and a storage system which provides said computers with a storage volume, including: a first ID acquisition unit which acquires first IDs which are IDs of a data port for said computers to transmit/receive data with said storage volume; a second ID acquisition unit which acquires second IDs to be recognized as the IDs of said computers by said storage system; and an ID management unit which manages said first IDs and said second IDs in a corresponding manner for each of said computers; wherein a first communication protocol for communication with said computers is different from a second communication protocol for communication with said storage system, wherein the first IDs are based on requirements of the first communication protocol, and the second IDs are based on requirements of the second communication protocol, such that the first IDs and second IDs differ from each other. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090172145 | INTEGRATED POINT OF PRESENCE SERVER NETWORK - A network of point of presence servers allows a customer to organize their web site by functions where functions are mapped into domain names. The functions have requirements that define what is needed by a server to satisfy the function. The domain names are mapped into resources or servers that can be addressed by the domain name and that satisfy requests for the function that domain name has been defined to support. This method of organization allows individual elements of a web page to be retrieved from different resources and gives the name server the control to direct users to an available and optimal server for a given resource. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090177765 | Systems and Methods of Packet Object Database Management - The present disclosure generally provides systems and methods of packet object database management. The database management system includes a database server designed specifically to process binary network packet data. The database server is associated with a parser, query engine, retrieval engine, virtual machine, data manger, and file processor. The database management system uses a proprietary query language to support all accesses to the database. The parser identifies whether the query is a data management query or if it is a data retrieval instruction. If the query is a data management query, the data manager manages the query request and attempts to satisfy the query request. Otherwise, query engine could further analyze or parse the query into a particular query structure or sub-structures to attempt to satisfy the query request. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090187648 | Security Adapter Discovery for Extensible Management Console - An extensible management console may use a discovery mechanism to detect and identify security services across a network. After identification, the console may download and install an adapter so that the security service may be monitored and controlled using the extensible management console. A catalog of security services may be obtained from a catalog server and used to scan various devices, registries, file systems, and active services to detect and identify security services that may be added to the extensible management console. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090187649 | Server and Method for Managing DNSSEC Requests - A domain server that comprises: means ( | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090193104 | FORWARDING OF DEVICE ABSENCE INFORMATION IN SYSTEM WITH A DYNAMICALLY CHANGING SET OF DEVICES - A suspension member for connecting a vehicle body and a suspension device that comprises a pair of side members that extend in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body and are located symmetrically relative to the center in the transverse direction of the vehicle body, and cross members interconnecting the pair of side members and extending in the transverse direction of the vehicle body. The suspension member is formed by press molding only after flat plate-like side members and cross members are welded in butt joints. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193105 | Local placement of large flows to assist load-balancing - In one embodiment, an apparatus generally comprises one or more input interfaces for receiving a plurality of flows, a plurality of output interfaces, and a processor operable to identify large flows and select one of the output interfaces for each of the large flows to load-balance the large flows over the output interfaces. The apparatus further includes memory for storing a list of the large flows, a pinning mechanism for pinning the large flows to the selected interfaces, and a load-balance mechanism for selecting one of the output interfaces for each of the remaining flows. A method for local placement of large flows to assist in load-balancing is also disclosed. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193106 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MESSAGE TRANSPORT IN A VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT - A system and method for communicating through a network wherein a user may write a message that is released into a virtual environment. The message must be selected by a second user to be read, but the second user does not know the content of the message until the message is selected to be read. The travel of the message through the virtual environment may be based on travel of a message in a bottle through waterways such as rivers, lakes or oceans. After the message is selected and read, the second user may elect to contact the sender to engage in further communications. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193107 | Synchronizing for Directory Changes Performed While Offline - Aspects of the subject matter described herein relate to synchronizing for directory actions performed while offline. In aspects, file system objects that reside on a remote data store are made available for offline use. While offline, a client receives an indication that a directory is to be deleted or renamed. In response, the client modifies its local copy of the directory and its descendants if any and stores one or more tombstones that include information that the client can use when synchronizing the changes made to the directory when the client is reconnected to the remote data store. When the client reconnects to the remote data store, the client synchronizes changes made while offline with the remote data store. Resolution conflict mechanisms may be used during this synchronization. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193108 | Critical Resource Management - In one embodiment, a method of managing critical resource usage in a storage network comprises receiving, in a storage controller, an input/output operation from a host, wherein the input/output operation identifies a storage unit, placing the input/output operation in a waiting queue, determining a maximum queue depth for at least one critical resource in the storage network required to execute the input/output command against the storage unit, and blocking one or more subsequent input/output commands from the host for the storage unit when the wait queue for the critical resource exceeds the maximum queue depth. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193109 | POWER-SAVING NETWORK APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A power-saving network apparatus includes a MAC and a PHY. The PHY includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter executes the operations of: transmitting a data signal to a remote network apparatus according to output packets of the MAC when the transmitter enters a normal state; transmitting an idle signal to the remote network apparatus when the transmitter enters an idle state; transmitting an indication signal to the remote network apparatus to notify it to enter a low power state, wherein the indication signal is different from the idle signal; entering the idle state or the normal state from the low power state in response to at least one of a predetermined period and a transmitting enable signal. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090193110 | Autonomic Storage Provisioning to Enhance Storage Virtualization Infrastructure Availability - The invention is an improvement to a storage virtualization system that enables the system to determine a class of service for potential storage devices and allows a user, administrator, or application to select a minimum class of service for any given type of data. The class of service is based upon factors that reflect a potential storage device's reliability, such as the device type and historical uptime data. In a P2P environment, the class of service also includes additional factors, such as the type of attached processing unit and the type of operating system running the attached processing unit. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090198807 | Apparatus and Method for Detecting System Reconfiguration and Maintaining Persistent I/O Configuration Data in a Clustered Computer System - In a clustered computer system with multiple power domains, a bus number manager within each power domain manages multiple nodes independently of other power domains. A node within a specified power domain includes a non-volatile memory that includes bus numbering information for its own buses as well as bus numbering information for two of its logically-interconnected neighbors. This creates a distributed database of the interconnection topology for each power domain. Because a node contains bus numbering information about its logical neighbor node(s), the bus numbers for the buses in the nodes are made persistent across numerous different system reconfigurations. The clustered computer system also includes a bus number manager that reads the non-volatile memories in the nodes during initial program load (i.e., boot) that reconstructs the interconnection topology from the information read from the non-volatile memories, and that assigns bus numbers to the buses according to the derived interconnection topology. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090198808 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING VIRTUAL WI-FI ACCESS - A method of providing virtual Wi-Fi service via a virtual Wi-Fi access network is provided. The method comprises: receiving data from an owner of an individual Wi-Fi access point; updating the owner of the Wi-Fi access point with access IDs, passwords, and security keys for a plurality of virtual Wi-Fi access subscribers; receiving subscriber data from a virtual Wi-Fi access subscriber; providing the subscriber with virtual Wi-Fi access log-in information; connecting the subscriber to the virtual Wi-Fi access network, wherein the virtual Wi-Fi access network comprises a plurality of individual Wi-Fi access points in communication with at least one virtual Wi-Fi access server; and billing the subscriber for virtual Wi-Fi access. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090198809 | Communication device, method, and computer program product - A communication device includes a receiving unit that receives, from a computer running a virtual machine that can be switched between an active state and a stopped state, screen information provided by the virtual machine; a display unit that displays the screen information; a judging unit that, from the screen information displayed by the display unit, based on a number of operation procedures required for a process to be performed, judges whether the virtual machine performing the process by the operation procedures is to be stopped; and a transmitting unit that transmits a signal to the computer running the virtual machine judged to be stopped for stopping the virtual machine. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090198810 | Method and Apparatus for Connection Exploration in a Network - An improved method for connection exploration in a network is disclosed, wherein said network includes a plurality of network elements each including at least one port, wherein a globally unique identifier is assigned to each individual port of said network elements, and wherein connected ports of two network elements transfer their globally unique identifiers over a corresponding connection using heartbeat-ordered sequences. The method comprises capturing said transferred globally unique identifiers at receiving ports, storing each of said captured globally unique identifiers at a corresponding receiving port, reading out said transferred globally unique identifiers stored at each port of said network elements using an in-band access, matching said read out globally unique identifiers to a hardware configuration data set to identify connected network elements and connections between said connected network elements, and recording information about existing connections between said network elements. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090198811 | Image Forming System, Image Forming Apparatus, User Interface Device, Extended User Interface Compatibility Confirming Method, Document Scanning Method and Setting Value Managing Method - An extended user interface compatibility confirming method has the steps of:
| 08-06-2009 |
| 20090198812 | Systems and methods for managing a network - A system for managing and documenting a local area communications network is provided which deploys power sourcing equipment and powered devices by the use of active electronic modules, having an Ethernet controller and Power over Ethernet forwarding capabilities, as integral, managed components within the cable plant, to enhance management, documentation, security and emergency 911 aspects of the network as well as extending the physical reach of the network. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090204694 | GRID COMPUTING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SERVER, PROCESSING SERVER, CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A method and system for performing a requested job. The system includes multiple processing servers and a management server. Each processing server executes an assigned program for performing the requested job. An execution direction, which identifies each of the multiple programs and an execution order for their execution (including identification of a first program to be executed), is generated. The management server sends to a first processing server the execution direction and input data. The first processing server: executes the first program using the input data, resulting in updating the input data; sends to the management server an inquiry for identification information that identifies a second processing server to execute a second program included in the execution direction; receives the identification information from the management server; and sends to the second processing server the execution direction and the updated input data for subsequent execution of the second program. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090204695 | Automation network comprising network components that produce status messages - The invention relates to an automation network and to automation equipment, network components and field devices for an automation network of this type. The network components transmit messages concerning their status to the automation equipment by means of a communication mechanism that functions according to field communication automation technology. Said automation equipment receives the status messages, evaluates them, monitors the operation of the network and controls said operation using the status messages. As the automation equipment thus contains the complete picture of the process and the network, it can react directly and rapidly to problems of the network. This eliminates the need, for example, for an additional SNMP/OPC server or a network management station. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090204696 | SERVICE DEPENDENCY DISCOVERY IN ENTERPRISE NETWORKS - The claimed subject matter provides systems and/or techniques that identify service dependencies in enterprise networks. The system can include devices that, based on received network data packets, identify packets with common five tuples, aggregate the identified packets to form transactions associated with individual hosts, and determine delay distributions between one or more services solicited from or in response to the individual hosts. Based on the delay distributions, the system differentiates between dependent service pairs and independent service pairs and thereafter assembles and outputs dependency graphs that include dependency relationships between services from the perspective of a client-side and a server-side. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090204697 | Methods and apparatus for extended error reporting in network management - Standard SNMP error reporting between a network element and a management system utilizes a set of standard error codes that provide limited information about a fault condition. Example embodiments of the invention provide reporting of an extended error code that provides information for locating the source of a fault condition and for debugging the fault condition. In response to a first request, the extended error code can be reported to a management system. In response to a request following the extended error code, meanings associated with the extended error code are reported to a management system, thereby informing a network administrator of the fault condition. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090204698 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR RESERVING BEARER RESOURCES - A method for reserving bearer resources disclosed herein includes: an address resource for receiving bearer request messages is allocated on the root termination of the MG; the MG receives the bearer request message sent to the foregoing address resource, and reports the corresponding bearer request event to the MGC; the MGC decides the resource policy according to the received bearer request event; and, if the bearer request is authorized, instructs the MG to allocate the corresponding bearer resources. The present embodiments also disclose a system for reserving bearer resources and an MG. The technical solution under the present embodiments enable the MG and MGC to receive bearer messages correctly before the resources required for the incoming session are created, thus making decision and responding in time. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090204699 | System and Method for Synchronizing the Configuration of Distributed Network Management Applications - A change management system to synchronize the configuration of network management applications. Traditional network management systems are maintained by hand-entering device lists into individual network management applications with no common-ties between the different applications. Whenever a network management application is changed or upgraded, it frequently becomes necessary to insure that the upgrade is populated throughout the network in order for devices to talk to one another in an error free way. The present invention is a system and method that automates the change management process in a real-time using a two-way communications model that permits a central database to affect changes on all or some network management applications/systems in the field, while also allowing those same field systems to affect the central database thereby reducing the time required for updating and monitoring a system when device changes take place. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090210523 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD AND SYSTEM - A network management method and system. The method includes identifying and accessing a network device. A set of software loopback interfaces configured for the network device is retrieved. A first set of Internet protocol (IP) addresses associated the set of software loopback interfaces is retrieved. A second set of IP addresses associated with the first set of IP addresses is retrieved. A set of next-hop interfaces is retrieved. A network management topology model based on the network device, the set of software loopback interfaces, the first set of IP addresses, the second set of IP addresses, and the set of next-hop interfaces is generated. The network management topology model indicates that each IP address of the second set of IP addresses that is adjacent to an IP address of the first set of IP addresses is reachable via an associated next-hop interface of the set of next-hop interfaces. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090210524 | ROUTING OF WEB-BASED CONTACTS - A method of providing access to a network of contact centres comprises providing contact links on one or more web pages which when activated initiate contacts to the contact centres. The network addresses associated with the links and to which the contacts are automatically directed are dynamically specified in the web pages and are obtained from a database. The database is dynamically updated in response to statistical updates received periodically or continually from the individual contact centres. In this way the contacts can be directed in advance to the most appropriate destination without having to evaluate each contact as it enters the contact centre network, thereby reducing processing time and delays. Alternatively one or more remote session initiation protocol (SIP) proxy servers can be updated periodically with network addresses from the database, whereby SIP requests are directed by the proxy server to the contact centre or agent most suitable to handle the contact, as determined in advance of the request from the statistical information. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090216868 | ANTI-SPAM TOOL FOR BROWSER - An anti-spam tool works with a web browser to detect spam webpages locally on a client machine. The anti-spam tool can be implemented either as a plug-in module or an integral part of the browser, and manifested as a toolbar. The tool can perform an anti-spam action whenever a webpage is accessed through the browser, and does not require direct involvement of a search engine. A spam detection module installed on the computing device determines whether a webpage being accessed or whether a link contained in the webpage being accessed is spam, by comparing the URL of the webpage or the link with a spam list. The spam list can be downloaded from a remote search engine server, stored locally and updated from time to time. A two-level indexing technique is also introduced to improve the efficiency of the anti-spam tool's use of the spam list. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090216869 | MANAGING SHELL CONFIGURATIONS TO DYNAMICALLY CONTROL USER COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS - A method for managing a user's computing environment on their computer or workstation. The method includes storing a set of files in a memory device accessible via a communications network. Each file includes data such as environment variable values defining a particular computing environment. The method includes providing an environment management engine in a user's home directory of a computer. A shell runs in the computer device to invoke and run a computing environment management engine within the shell. The engine generates a computing environment in the computer based on the computing environment definition in one of the files that is chosen based on a user-provided or otherwise determined job state (e.g., the user is working on a project or a portion of a project that is associated with a job state). The computing environment includes versions of software applications, path variables, and alias definitions. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090216870 | SIGNALING SERVER, DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SIGNALING PROCESSING PROXY METHOD AND PROGRAM - To provide a data communication system which lightens processing related to changes in the status in signaling processing performed between terminals. A signaling server communicating mutually with a plurality of terminals includes: a transmitting/receiving part for transmitting/receiving a message; a status management part for updating a registered terminal list and status management information; and a signaling processing part for judging a destination and a type of the message received at the transmitting/receiving part. The signaling processing part gives an instruction to the status management part to update the status management information in accordance with contents of the message without transferring the message to a first terminal, when the first terminal requires the signaling processing support and the message is not directly related to starting or stopping of communication with the first terminal. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090216871 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - In a managing device in a communication system including both a first terminal that carries out a control procedure with the managing device and starts data communication, and a second terminal that starts data communication without carrying out the control procedure, the start of data communication by the second terminal is recognized. Then, after recognizing the start of the data communication by the second terminal, when the start of a control procedure is requested from the first terminal, the control procedure is changed. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090222544 | FRAMEWORK FOR JOINT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SERVER PROVISIONING AND LOAD DISPATCHING FOR CONNECTION-INTENSIVE SERVER - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates managing a number of active servers in a cluster. A forecast component can predict at least one of login rate or number of connections in the cluster at a future time. A dynamic load analysis component can evaluate dynamic behaviors in login rate and number of connections in the cluster as a result of load dispatching. Moreover, a provisioning component can determine a number of servers in the cluster needed based at least in part on the prediction and dynamic behavior analysis. In addition, the provisioning component can include an additional margin in the number of servers needed in accordance with multiplicative factors. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090222545 | DEVICE CONTROL APPARATUS, DEVICE INFORMATION ACQUIRING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A device control apparatus configured to control a device based on device information acquired from the device, the device control apparatus including a search part configured to search for an information processing apparatus connected to a network; a remote control availability determining part configured to determine whether the information processing apparatus searched by the search part can be controlled by remote control; and a device information acquiring part configured to control the information processing apparatus by the remote control. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090222546 | NETWORK DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD - When a management operation for changing an IP address of a device is applied to a plurality of devices, and the devices as operation targets include a network device management apparatus, the self apparatus is put to the end of operations, and the IP address change operation is applied to other devices ( | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090222547 | Generating Displays of Networking Addresses - Technologies for generating displays of user-defined blocks of networking addresses on a map of an associated address space are provided. Each block of networking addresses is described in a user-defined table with a start address and a map size. The display for each block of network addresses may be rendered on the map at a location based on the relative position of the start address within the associated address space and of a size based on the mask size in relation to the associated address space. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090222548 | Method and Apparatus for Restricting Address Resolution Protocol Table Updates - Techniques for restricting Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table updates to updates originating from authorized subsystems is disclosed. According to an embodiment, an instruction to update an ARP table is received. It is determined whether a command interface from which the instruction originated is authorized. If the command interface is authorized, then the ARP table is updated based on the instruction. According to an embodiment, a DHCP Server may be configured to send an instruction to update an ARP table upon receiving a DHCP message indicating a network layer address that is not bound with a data link layer address. The DHCP Server may send the instruction over an authorized command interface, or be in other ways authorized to update the ARP table. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090240793 | Memory Buffer Management Method and System Having Multiple Receive Ring Buffers - The present invention is directed to a method and system of memory management that features dual buffer rings, each of which includes descriptors identifying addresses of a memory space, referred to as buffers, in which portions of data packets are stored. Typically, the header segment of each data packet is stored at a first set of a plurality of buffers, and the portion of the payload segment that does not fit among the buffers of the first set is stored in the buffers of a second set. In this manner, the size of the individual buffers associated with the first buffer rings may be kept to the smallest size of useable storage space, and the buffers corresponding to the second buffer ring may be arbitrary in size. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090240794 | TECHNIQUES UTILIZING A LAYER-2 PROXY FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT SERVICE DISCOVERY AND CONNECTIVITY IN NETWORKS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of server energy conservation in networks, comprising integrating a layer-2 service discovery proxy with an access point (AP) in the network, wherein the AP advertises the services on behalf of servers in the network to enable the servers to go to a low power state and conserve energy. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090240795 | ADDRESS REDIRECTION FOR NODES WITH MULTIPLE INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESSES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate obtaining an Internet Protocol (IP) address of a node with multiple IP addresses using address redirection in a wireless communication environment. A wireless communication component can retrieve a previously registered IP address corresponding to the node from an Authentication, Accounting, and Authorization/Home Subscriber Server (AAA/HSS). Further, a reverse query of a Domain Name Server (DNS) and a forward query of the DNS can be performed. The reverse query can be constructed based upon the previously registered IP address of the node and can resolve a name (e.g., string, . . . ). Further, the forward query can be formed based upon the name and can return a differing IP address of the node. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090240796 | MANAGEMENT SERVER, CLIENT TERMINAL, TERMINAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, TERMINAL MANAGEMENT METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A management server which is connected to a plurality of client terminals via a network, includes a storage unit adapted to store a management policy including usage-permitted time periods of the plurality of client terminals, and an application unit adapted to read out from the storage unit the management policy including the usage-permitted time period of the client terminal to be managed, output the readout management policy to the client terminal, and apply the usage-permitted time period to the client terminal, and extends the usage-permitted time period of the client terminal in accordance with a state of the client terminal. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090248844 | Hybrid Profile Management for Electronic Social Networks - In the context of electronic social networking platforms, ‘hybrid profile’ management allows a user u to create and locally manage ‘pseudo-profiles’ reflecting the profile information of real-world contacts who are not actual members of the networking platform. The first-degree electronic social network of a given user u thus includes both the profiles of other regular network users who have agreed to be direct contacts to u as well as these pseudo-profiles. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090248845 | NETWORK BANDWIDTH CONTROL FOR NETWORK STORAGE - Network bandwidth is allocated to storage access requests as a function of a client system activities. Client system activities that produce network access requests and remote storage access requests are monitored. The network bandwidth allocation between network access requests and storage access requests is modified as a function of the monitored client system activities. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090248846 | CONFIGURING COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN COMPUTING NODES - Techniques are described for configuring communications between multiple computing nodes, such as computing nodes that are separated by one or more physical networks. In some situations, the techniques may be used to provide a virtual network between multiple computing nodes that are separated by one or more intermediate physical networks, such as from the edge of the one or more intermediate physical networks by modifying communications that enter and/or leave the intermediate physical networks so as to provide an overlay network without encapsulation of the communications. In some situations, the computing nodes may include virtual machine nodes hosted on one or more physical computing machines or systems, such as by or on behalf of one or more users (e.g., users of a program execution service). | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090248847 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND VOLUME MANAGING METHOD FOR STORAGE SYSTEM - A time and an amount of data for setting information which is necessary to execute an exclusion process which is necessary when data is stored in a cluster system are reduced. A storage system included in the cluster system includes a plurality of volumes, and a plurality of virtual servers utilizing at least one or more volumes of the plurality of volumes for a data processing, each of the plurality of virtual servers can access all the plurality of volumes, and the volume utilized by the plurality of virtual servers to process data corresponds to the virtual servers. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090248848 | DRM INTEROPERABLE SYSTEM - A DRM interoperable system is provided. The DRM interoperable system includes: a domain manager which manages a domain; first and second devices which are authenticated by the domain manager and registered in the domain; and a control unit which gathers information on entities that are to participate in transmission of data when the first device requests the second device to transmit the data, controls at least two entities so that a chain including the at least two entities is constructed by using the gathered information on the entities, and controls the at least two entities so that a plurality of data is transmitted to the second device through the chain. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a DRM interoperable environment in which data can be effectively transmitted. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090248849 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A device management system, a device, and a management apparatus are provided. The device management system includes a plurality of devices that are coupled to a network; and a management apparatus that is coupled to the network. The devices include a first device and a second device. The first device stores icon image data indicating the device and including specified information embedded therein as digital watermark information. The second device stores icon image data indicating the device but not including specified information. The management apparatus includes a response information receiving unit; a response detecting unit that detects whether the specified information is embedded as the digital watermark information in the icon image data; and a device specifying unit that specifies a device as a first device or a second device. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090254643 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING GALLERIES OF MEDIA OBJECTS ON A NETWORK - Collections of media objects may be aggregated from network resources available over a network. An embodiment provides that a network resource is accessed at each of a plurality of network locations. The network resource is analyzed at each network location to determine whether the network resource includes, or provides access to, any or all media objects in a set of multiple media objects that collectively satisfy one or more editorial criteria for being deemed a gallery, as presented at the network location or network locations where the multiple media objects are provided. The information about the set of media objects may be stored. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090254644 | System of Managing Connection to Web Services and Method Thereof - The present invention relates to a system and method for managing connection between web services. The system includes an external web service connection setup server for determining an external web service to which connection is to be made, and establishing and verifying connection rules, and an external web service connection management server for conducting tests on connection to the external web service and storing the results of the tests. The system may further include a component for searching a connection target DB in which connection results are stored, and transmitting connection results to a main web service server, a component for removing a hyperlink to a failure page, and a component for sensing a sudden increase in a connection failure ratio. Accordingly, external web services belonging to all fields desired by a network manager can be easily, rapidly and efficiently connected. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090254645 | SERVER-MANAGED POWER SAVING METHOD FOR AUTOMATED TAPE LIBRARIES AND DRIVES - A system of controlling tape drives within a tape drive library where a backup server utilizes client backup schedules and pending client restore requests to efficiently control the powering on and off of tape drives within a tape drive library. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090254646 | MILARRS SYSTEMS AND METHODS - An add-on module provides extrinsic management functionality to legacy and other devices. Contemplated modules include: (a) a state agent that provides at least one of the MILARRS function, and (b) a product agent that communicates with the device using at least one serial interface. Implementations are contemplated for both legacy devices that natively provide less than complete MILARRS functionality, and newly developed devices for which the developer desires a ready-made implementation of MILARRS functionality. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090254647 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK INTERFACING - Systems and methods for network interfacing may include a communication data center with a first tier, a second tier and a third tier. The first tier may include a first server with a first single integrated convergent network controller chip. The second server may include a second server with a second single integrated convergent network controller chip. The third tier may include a third server with a third single integrated convergent network controller chip. The second server may be coupled to the first server via a single fabric with a single connector. The third server may be coupled to the second server via the single fabric with the single connector. The respective first, second and third server, each processes a plurality of different traffic types concurrently via the respective first, second and third single integrated convergent network chip over the single fabric that is coupled to the single connector. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090254648 | Method and System for Using Presence in a System Management Environment - Method, system and computer program product for communicating information regarding a managed resource in a network data processing system. A method, in a network data processing system, for communicating information regarding a managed resource includes receiving management information regarding at least one managed resource. The received management information is converted into a specified format, and the converted management information is then sent to at least one management application in conjunction with the sending of presence information to the at least one management application. The converted management information may then be extracted from the presence information for use in any desired manner. The invention provides a convenient mechanism for communicating status information and other appropriate information regarding a managed resource to interested parties connected to the network data processing system. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090259739 | System and method for remote management of a computer - There is provided a system and method for remote management of a computer. The method includes establishing a connection between a remote console and a managed server. Additionally, the method includes detecting a change in the status of the connection and issuing commands to lock the managed server if a change in status of the connection is detected. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090259740 | MANAGING OVERLAPPING ADDRESS SPACES - A network management method and system. The method includes identifying by a computing system, overlapping address spaces between networks. The computing system generates virtual servers associated with the overlapping address spaces. The computing system determines and configures a routing technique for routing the virtual servers to the overlapping address spaces. The computing system installs a copy of management software on each of the virtual servers. The computing system performs a network management installation process. The network management process prepares the virtual servers for managing the overlapping address spaces. The computing system generates and stores a log report associated with the network management installation process. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090259741 | Grid Computing Implementation - A method, apparatus, and program product that facilitates the implementation of grid or distributed network computing by automatically organizing a group of computers into a hierarchical, or tree networked system. The computer servers are selected into subgroups with each subgroup selecting a server to act as its leader. The leader is responsible for reporting performance characteristics of the servers in the subgroup to a master catalog server housed in a centralized management facility. The hierarchical system contemplated by embodiments of the invention reduces the number of messages that must be sent between the servers in the system necessary to monitor and manage the system. This reduction in the number of messages that must be sent between the servers in the system reduces the amount of server resources dedicated to overhead monitoring and managing, freeing these resources to be dedicated to performing the common processing task that grid or distributed network system was established to perform. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090259742 | CONCURRENT IGRS-UPnP - The claimed invention disclosed is used in consumer electronics device interoperability. Systems, apparatuses and methods for processing a concurrent IGRS-UPnP architecture | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090265453 | NETWORK MANAGING METHOD AND NETWORK MANAGING APPARATUS - In order to verify if upper-level router information, or ULRI (information on the upper-level router with respect to a predetermined node) is valid, MN (Mobile Node) 220 associated to ULMR (Upper-Level Mobile Router) 210 acquires ULRI such as the address of ULMR (310), inserts ULRI into a BU (Binding Update) message, and sends it to HA (Home Agent) 235 (320). On receiving the BU message with ULRI, HA sends a BA (Binding Acknowledgement) message set to pass through the router that is specified in ULRI (330). If ULRI is valid, ULMR forwards the BA message to MN (340). If ULRI is not valid, ULMR discards the BA message. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090265454 | Absence Assistance System for Multimedia-Enabled Communication Systems - The absence assistance system for at least one multimedia-enabled communication system comprising a plurality of packet-oriented client communication systems, in which the packet-oriented client communication systems support at least in part different multimedia services and at least one multimedia service of a packet-oriented client communication system is in each case assigned to at least one communication subscriber, has in each case at least one absence assistance unit per packet-oriented client communication system, the packet-oriented client communication systems being connected to one another via a peer-to-peer transmission protocol. The absence assistance units manage, in the absence of a communication subscriber, the communication connections directed to the absent communication subscriber via the at least one assigned multimedia service. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090265455 | METHOD OF RESOLVING DUPLICATE MAC ADDRESSES, NETWORK DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, SERVER, AND INFORMATION DEVICE - MAC addresses of information devices on a network are collected using a broadcast frame or multicast frame of Ethernet®. If duplicate MAC addresses are detected, an Ethernet® frame, including a device identifier of information device and a MAC address to be set, is sent by broadcast transmission or multicast transmission. The information devices receiving this Ethernet® frame compare the above device identifier with their own device identifiers. If they match, the MAC address is changed to that designated. Duplicate MAC addresses are thus resolved, enabling correct Ethernet® communications. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090271506 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - Proposed are a management apparatus and a management method capable of facilitating resource management With the provided management apparatus and management method for managing a resource allocated to a virtual node that provides a file sharing service to a client in units of a resource management group configured from a plurality of mutually associated resources, an association between the resources is extracted based on history information of access from the client, and the associated resource management groups are integrated based on the extracted association between the resources. Thus, it is possible to reduce the number of resource management groups to be managed, and resource management is thereby facilitated. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090276512 | BIOS SELECTION FOR PLURALITY OF SERVERS - A method for selecting a basic input output system (BIOS) and an operating system (OS) for a server managed by a controller in communication with a plurality of servers is provided. The server is detected. A map describing a relationship between the server and the plurality of servers is consulted. The map at least partially defines a policy for the server. Vital product data (VPD) of the server is used in conjunction with the map and the policy to select at least one of the BIOS and the OS for the server prior to an application of power to the server. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090276513 | POLICY CONTROL ARCHITECTURE FOR SERVERS - A system for implementing and controlling a plurality of server-specific policies for a plurality of servers using a management module in communication with the plurality of servers is provided. A policy controller module is operational on the management module. The policy controller module is adapted for defining a first policy of a plurality of policies for each of the plurality of servers, managing a plurality of rules relevant to an execution of the first policy, and coordinating the execution of the first policy with an execution of a second policy of the plurality of policies. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090276514 | DISCARDING SENSITIVE DATA FROM PERSISTENT POINT-IN-TIME IMAGE - A network storage server implements a method to discard sensitive data from a Persistent Point-In-Time Image (PPI). The server first efficiently identifies a dataset containing the sensitive data from a plurality of datasets managed by the PPI. Each of the plurality of datasets is read-only and encrypted with a first encryption key. The server then decrypts each of the plurality of datasets, except the dataset containing the sensitive data, with the first encryption key. The decrypted datasets are re-encrypted with a second encryption key, and copied to a storage structure. Afterward, the first encryption key is shredded. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090276515 | MULTI-MODALITY NETWORK FOR IMPROVED WORKFLOW - Described herein are systems and methods for multi-modality networks that provide access to different medical devices though a common operator interface. In an example embodiment, a multi-modality network comprises a host computer and a plurality of medical devices. The medical devices may support different diagnostic and/or therapeutic modalities. The host computer communicates with the medical devices through a communications network. In one embodiment, the host computer includes a display and a control console that allow the physician or operator to control the different medical devices and view images and measurements from the different medical devices through a common interface. Further, the host computer may provide computing resources, e.g., a general purpose image processor, that can be shared among the different modalities. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090282137 | DISTRIBUTING USER ENDPOINT REGISTRATIONS AMONG BORDER ELEMENTS IN A NEXT GENERATION NETWORK - Disclosed methods of achieving load balancing among a plurality of border elements in a next generation networks (NGN) communication network include a method for processing and user endpoint originated messages (UEOM), such as a register or invite message, generated by a user endpoint. A work load information data structure indicative of a first border element's work load and a second border element's work load is maintained when the border elements exchange work load information. Based on the work load information, a first border element responds to a UEOM by either (1) accepting the UEOM for first border element processing, (2) determining whether to accept the UEOM for first border element processing or redirect the UEOM to a second border element for second border element processing, or (3) rejecting the UEOM. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090282138 | System, method, and apparatus for electronic communication initiation contingent on busyness - An apparatus, system, and method for electronic communication initiation contingent on busyness. The method includes receiving a request from a requester to contact a user. The requested contact includes a request to engage in electronic communication. The method also includes determining a busyness of the user. The busyness is determined by accessing a quantity of active contact related tasks for the user. The method also includes comparing the busyness of the user to a condition. The condition is a complex condition having threshold levels for a plurality of contact related tasks. The method also includes contacting the user in response to satisfaction of the condition. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090282139 | Emulating A Computer Run Time Environment - Emulating a computer run time environment including: storing translated code in blocks of a translated code cache, each block of the translated code cache designated for storage of translated code for a separate one of the target executable processes, including identifying each block in dependence upon an identifier of the process for which the block is designated as storage; executing by the emulation environment a particular one of the target executable processes, using for target code translation the translated code in the block of the translated code cache designated as storage for the particular process; and upon encountering a context switch by the target operating system to execution of a new target executable process, changing from the block designated for the particular process to using for target code translation the translated code in the block of the translated code cache designated as storage for the new target executable process. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090282140 | Method and system for server location tracking - There is provided a method of locating a first server coupled to a network of servers in a data center having a plurality of servers including the first server, the network including a data center management computer. The method comprises obtaining, by a first server, an identification data from a locator coupled to the server, wherein the identification data can be utilized to determine a location of the locator in the data center; storing the identification data in a memory of the first server; and providing, by the first server, an information based on the identification data to the data center management computer. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090282141 | Server managing apparatus and server managing method - A controlling unit obtains server information from a server group in a chassis to store the obtained server information in a server information DB, an editing unit reads the server information from the server information DB, and generates, based on the read server information, as screen display information, physical server information, and logical server information including information on use application and attribute information for a logical server, which are related to a physical location of each physical server, and a displaying unit displays screen display information on a screen simulating the physical location of the physical server. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090282142 | BOOT CONTROLLING METHOD OF MANAGED COMPUTER - A managed server (srv- | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090287804 | TOPIC BASED LOOP DETECTION IN A PUBLISH/SUBSCRIBE NETWORK - When a new broker is connected to a network, a loop detection message is sent over the new connection created by the new broker. The loop detection message includes topics. At each receiving broker, topics that cannot be propagated to a neighbor broker are removed. If the loop detect message contains no topics, the loop detect message is not propagated further. If the loop detection message returns to the new broker, a loop is detected. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287805 | SYSTEM & METHOD FOR NON-HTTP SESSION BASED PUBLISH/SUBSCRIBE SUPPORT USING PRE-EMPTIVE SUBSCRIPTIONS - The invention includes a publish/subscribe system for publish/subscribe messaging utilizing pre-emptive subscriptions in a cluster of HTTP servers that includes load balancing. The system includes at least one HTTP client in a role of HTTP subscriber, and a set HTTP servers arranged as an HTTP server cluster in communication with each other and the at least one HTTP client in a network infrastructure, where each HTTP server is subscribed to a special topic: admin/subscriptions, maintains a subscription to requested topics for a client and a message history of messages published on that topic. Each server can serve messages to different HTTP clients at different times based on the HTTP client's “cursor” in the HTTP server's message history list, and wherein any HTTP client request for a “next” message on a given requested topic will follow their cursor progress through the message history list. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287806 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND PRODUCT FOR COMPARATIVE EFFICIENCY DECISIONS IN PRINT OPERATIONS - Methods, devices, services and program products are provided for selecting a printer from a plurality of printers as a function of a printer resource consumption attribute where there is a network environment comprising a plurality of printers, each of the plurality of printers having a resource consumption attribute value. A user invokes a print operation through the network environment and a processing means compares weighted resource consumption attribute values for each of the plurality of printers. Processing means automatically select at least one destination printer from the plurality of printers having a lower resource usage requirement for performing a print operation relative to at least one unselected printer of the plurality of printers. Processing means also automatically choose a destination printer as a function of an availability of each of the destination printers. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287807 | MANAGING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - There is provided a managing apparatus including a management-side communication unit that communicates with an information processing apparatus, which includes a first communication unit that communicates in a non-contact manner with an information processing terminal storing first information and second information and a second communication unit that communicates with an external device; a process target determining unit that determines whether the first communication unit is a management target based on identification information; a management information deriving unit that derives management information based on a determination result, the identification information, and service specification information, and transmits the derived management information to the information processing apparatus; a process authority determining unit that determines a process authority based on a process result transmitted from the information processing apparatus; and a processing unit that selectively executes a process related to the information processing apparatus based on a determination result. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287808 | AUTOMATED DISPLAY OF AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEM CONFIGURATION - An Information Technology (IT) system display method and computer program product. A description is provided of a configuration of devices, network segments, and vertical connectors relating to an IT structure. The devices are initially distributed to form a distribution of the devices in a matrix representing a display screen. A defined goal value of the configuration is a function of a length and weight of each network segment, a length and weight of each vertical connector, and a penalty for each crossing of a device by a network segment. An overlay pattern of the network segments and the vertical connectors overlayed on the matrix is displayed in accordance with the description and the final distribution of the devices in the matrix. The goal value for the final distribution is lower than for the initial distribution. The final distribution is displayed on the display screen together with the overlay pattern. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287809 | SERVICE BANDWIDTH CONFIGURING METHOD AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A service bandwidth configuring method of is provided by this invention, which includes the following steps: defining various kinds of service classes according to the characteristics of various services provided by a network system; defining various kinds of bandwidth specifications of the network system; establishing the mapping relationships between the various kinds of service classes and various kinds of bandwidth specifications; and configuring the service bandwidth of the network system with the mapping relationships. Besides, this invention also provides a network management system. This invention is intended to be applied to the interfaces between NMS and EMS, or interfaces between EMS and NE, and it facilitates the intercommunication between the network management systems of different manufacturers, and the unified management on network management system or devices from different manufacturers by the upper layer network management system. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090287810 | VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK MANAGEMENT - The invention provides a centralized VPN management of a plurality of VPN sites by means of a VPN Information Provider (VIP). Management of a VPN device is distributed so that at least part of the VPN configuration is centrally managed without giving away control of the firewall rulebase or other critical local configuration used in the VPN device. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090292797 | Dynamic Runtime Service Oriented Architecture - According to one embodiment, a dynamic access method for a service oriented architecture includes receiving a number of proxy endpoints from a business application, selecting one proxy endpoint from among the multiple proxy endpoints, and transmitting a request to an enterprise service bus (ESB). The request includes the one proxy endpoint for accessing the particular web service that it references. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090292798 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING CONTROL MESSAGES BETWEEN A FIRST DEVICE AND A SECOND DEVICE - An apparatus and system are provided for communicating control messages between a first device and a second device. The apparatus and system include a communication module that directs control messages between a first device and a second device through an intermediate device. The intermediate device is coupled to the first device by a control path and to the second device by a data path. The apparatus and system also include a translation module and a transmission module that cooperate to translate control messages received over the control path at the intermediate device to transport data messages and transport data messages received over the data path at the second device to control messages. Transport data messages are sent over the data path to the second device and control messages from the second device are sent over the control path to the first device. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090292799 | REMOTE ADMINISTRATION OF MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES - Apparatus and methods to manage operational features of a mobile wireless device using parameters for the mobile wireless device set in another mobile wireless device provide a mechanism to enhance the communication capabilities of wireless users. Additional apparatus, systems, and methods are disclosed. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090292800 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING ASSOCIATED PORTLETS OF A WEB PORTLET TO COLLABORATE FOR SYNCHRONIZED CONTENT DISPLAY - The invention provides method and apparatus for collaboration between a plurality of associated portlets in a portal server including: associating each portlet with a portlet descriptor describing context names; forming collaboration groups of portlets having corresponding context names for synchronized contents. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090292801 | Registering a Common Information Model Provider to a Common Information Model Object Manager - A mechanism is provided for registering a Common Information Model (CIM) provider to at least one Common Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM). The CIMOM pre-stores at least one class definition. The CIMOM sends information to the Common Information Model (CIM) provider in order for the CIM provider to determine the at least one CIMOM existing in a network. The CIMOM sends thee at least one class definition stored in the CIMOM in order for the CIM provider to determine if the CIMOM comprises a class definition suitable for the CIM provider to operate. Responsive to the CIM provider determining that the CIMOM comprises a suitable class definition, the CMOM registers the CIM provider by recording an identifier of the CIM provider under the name of the class definition suitable to the CIM provider in the at least one CIMOM. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090292802 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT APPLICATION AND NETWORK AWARENESS OF COLLABORATIVE APPLICATIONS USING MULTI-ATTRIBUTE CLUSTERING - A method of clustering communication nodes based on network attributes such as network delays and forwarding capacity; on communication interest attributes; and on application attributes such as quality of service preferences/constraints in providing communications between users and application servers. A multi-attribute communication feature vector is formed. That vector is comprised of network attributes, communication interests attributes, and quality of service requirements and is used to form efficient group communication mechanisms for distributed collaborative applications. Then the multi-attribute communication feature vectors are clustered. The clustering methods for multi-type attribute feature vectors are: iterative clustering using a generalized distance space with normalized attribute subspace metrics; fusion clustering, and nested clustering. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090300152 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR USER IDENTITY MANAGEMENT IN CLOUD-BASED NETWORKS - An identity management system can reside within the cloud computing environment. The identity management system can be linked to systems, such as virtual machines, applications, and/or appliances, both inside and outside the cloud computing environment to provide identity management to those systems. In order to provide identity management, the identity management system can be configured to link to the systems in order to receive, store, maintain, and provide identity information. The information can identify items (users, devices, products, services) associated with the systems. The identity management system can be configured to store and maintain the information in records. The identity management system can also be configured to charge owners and operators of the systems for the identity management. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300153 | Method, System and Apparatus for Identifying User Datagram Protocol Packets Using Deep Packet Inspection - An embodiment of a method, system and apparatus for prioritizing network datagram traffic includes receiving a datagram packet from a sender device. The datagram packet is addressed to a receiver device and includes a real-time data payload. The method further includes identifying the datagram packet in a network layer using deep packet inspection to determine at least one of an application or protocol associated with the datagram packet. The method still further includes generating traffic priority information associated with the datagram packet based upon identifying the datagram packet. The traffic priority information indicates traffic prioritization between the sender device and the receiver device. Various embodiments further include controlling the sending of the datagram packet to the receiver device based upon the traffic priority information. Some embodiments further include prioritizing traffic between the sender device and the receiver device in accordance with the traffic priority information. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300154 | Managing performance of a job performed in a distributed computing system - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for managing performance of a job performed in a distributed computing system, the distributed computing system comprising a plurality of compute nodes operatively coupled through a data communications network, the job carried out by a plurality of distributed pluggable processing components executing on the plurality of compute nodes, that include: identifying a current configuration of the pluggable processing components carrying out the job, the current configuration specifying a current distribution of the pluggable processing components among the compute nodes; identifying a network topology of the plurality of compute nodes in the data communications network; receiving a plurality of performance indicators produced during execution of the job; and redistributing, to a different compute node, at least one of the pluggable processing components in dependence upon the current configuration, the network topology, and the performance indicators. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300155 | Mechanism for collocation in a Java virtual machine of JSLEE, SIP servlets, and Java EE - In one embodiment, a mechanism for collocation in a JAVA Virtual Machine of JSLEE, SIP Servlets, and JAVA EE is disclosed. In one embodiment, a system includes an integrated application server including Java™ APIs for Intelligent Networks Service Logic Execution Environment (JSLEE), one or more Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Servlets, and Java™ Enterprise Edition (J2EE). In addition, the system includes one or more resource adapters communicably coupled to the integrated application server and one or more management interfaces communicably coupled to the integrated application server. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300156 | Methods And Systems For Managing Security In A Network - Methods, systems and computer readable mediums storing computer executable programs for managing security in a network are disclosed. A plurality of security policies associated with a plurality of network data anomalies are provided at a network management system. Each one of the plurality of security policies defines a network data anomaly specific mitigation response for each one of the plurality of network data anomalies. A first network data anomaly is detected at the network management system. A determination is made at the network management system regarding whether a first one of the plurality of security policies defines a first network data anomaly specific mitigation response to the first network data anomaly. A first mitigation command is issued from the network management system to at least one network system to implement the first network data anomaly specific mitigation response for a pre-defined period of time in accordance with the first security policy based on the determination. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300157 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING AT LEAST ONE GROUP OF USERS, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method is provided for managing at least one group of users who have equipment able to intercommunicate via at least one communication network. This method includes a phase of inserting a new user into the groups, the phase itself including the following steps performed by an intermediate device: receiving, from a member of the group, a first request to insert the new user into the group; and inserting the new user into the group, after receiving the first and second insertion requests. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300158 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING THE COMMUNICATION OF PRESENCE INFORMATION AMONG COMPUTING DEVICES OF A NETWORK - A method and system for aggregating presence information generated by multiple devices associated with a single user is presented. A server acting as a presence agent on behalf of a first user and the first user's computing device receives and responds to a subscription request generated by a computing device operated by a second user that wishes to be permitted as a watcher of the first user. If the server is not capable of acting as a presence agent, then the first user's computing device assumes the role of a presence agent. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300159 | MANAGING INTERWORKING COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS - Systems and methods for managing interworking protocols are provided. According to one embodiment, a policy-based provisioning methodology is used by a service management system (SMS) to provision subscriber interfaces of service processing switches based upon parameters of a predefined policy. The subscriber interfaces communicate data in accordance with a first protocol. The parameters include a window size, a window timeout, a number of allowed bad events, an event window size and/or a keep-alive interval. Transport network interfaces, which communicate in accordance with a second protocol, are provisioned to provide a transport between the subscriber interfaces. A first-protocol-over-second-protocol (FPoSP) Virtual Private Network (VPN) is created through which the subscriber sites securely exchange data by establishing a virtual router (VR) corresponding to each subscriber interface. The VRs encapsulate packets received from the subscriber sites within packets of the second protocol and transmit the encapsulated packets through the transport network interfaces. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090300160 | SERVICE DISTRIBUTION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - A service distribution method includes the steps of: firstly generating, by a management system, a corresponding configuration file from service information of a user, and sending the configuration file to an Optical Network Termination (ONT) of the user through an Optical Line Terminal (OLT); and then performing, by the ONT, corresponding configuration in accordance with the configuration file. A service distribution system and a management system are provided. The invention is applied to enable service distribution with good extendibility. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090307341 | METHOD FOR MANAGING STORAGE SYSTEM - A host server of a storage system transmits path information and a simultaneous command issue number to a storage managing server, while the path information corresponds to such paths that when the host server executes an application program, the host server accesses to a logical volume, the simultaneous command issue number corresponds to a total number of commands issued to the respective paths. A storage monitoring agent server transmits to the storage managing server, an upper limit number of command multiplex numbers. When accepting path information, a simultaneous command issue number, and the command multiplex number upper limit value, the storage managing server proportionally distributes the command multiplex number upper limit value of the port to the respective paths so as to calculate a command multiplex upper limit value, and calculated result. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090307342 | JOB EXECUTION SYSTEM, JOB EXECUTION APPARATUS, COUNTER DATA ADMINISTRATION METHOD THEREOF AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A job execution system comprises a job execution apparatus and a server apparatus interconnected via a network. The server apparatus stores in itself, counter data defining the range of using the job execution apparatus, which is allowed for a user who logs in the job execution apparatus by authentication. The job execution apparatus obtains entirely or partially the counter data of the login user from the server apparatus; returns the counter data that is reduced by job execution to the server apparatus when the user logs out thereof; judges according to conditions set on the job execution apparatus itself, whether or not the counter data returning operation should be suspended; and suspends the counter data returning operation if judges that it should be suspended. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090307343 | SERVER APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SERVER APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention provides a server apparatus that can communicate with a plurality of client apparatuses via a network, including a receiving unit configured to receive device information relating to a peripheral device capable of being connected to a client apparatus along with an acquisition scheme of the device information from the client apparatus, a storing unit configured to store the device information in association with the acquisition scheme, a judging unit configured to judge whether or not the device information received by the receiving unit has already been stored in the storing unit, and a determining unit configured to determine whether or not the device information is valid based on the acquisition scheme when it is judged by the judging unit that the received device information has already been stored in the storing unit. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090313362 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BUILDING NETWORK MODEL IN NETWORK MANAGEMENT APPLICATION - A system and associated method for building a network model of a network for a network management application. The network management application discovering a router discovers peering routers using network reachability information in a routing protocol. Undiscoverable peering routers are created within the network model by the network management application from network reachability information. Also a local subnet for the router, a remote subnet for a peer, a remote interface between the router and the peer also may be created to model the network in a network management application from information from the routing protocol. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313363 | HOSTING A REMOTE COMPUTER IN A HOSTING DATA CENTER - Methods and systems of the present invention allow for hosting a remote computer or server in a hosting provider's data center. An exemplary method may comprise the steps of resolving a registrant's domain name to access a remote computer or server via client software on a client. The remote computer or server may be storage area networked with additional computers and may access additional software via cloud computing. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313364 | DIRECT DOMAIN SOFTWARE AND FILE ACCESS COMPUTER SYSTEM - Systems and methods of the present invention allow for a portal website further comprising an online community, storage areas, additional software, email access, etc. accessible via a direct access domain or links which manipulate a domain name to allow a registrant to access a remote computer or server in a hosting provider's data center. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313365 | DATA PROCESSING - A central management system exchanges data with a store at a remote site, where a display imparts visible and/or audible information to store customers. Monitoring means at the store monitors behavior of store customers. Predetermined content data is transmitted from the central management system to the remote store site for display. Monitored customer behaviour data is transmitted from the remote store site to the central management system, to enable evaluation of the customer behaviour in response to the content data. Data transmission between the central management system and the remote store site is effected without using the in-store IT system. Stock may be monitored at a Point of Purchase (POP) display. Barcode readers may be monitored passively. Brand means may impart visible or audible information to store customers or operatives. Compliance means may monitor whether a poster is displayed at a POP. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313366 | QOS-FOR-EACH-LINE CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - When receiving a session control signal from a terminal ( | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313367 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PREDICTIVE CHANGE MANAGEMENT FOR ACCESS PATHS IN NETWORKS - Methods and systems for predictive change management in a network are provided. A configuration change can be specified and pre-validated according to the access path policy, before the actual changes are implemented. The conformance of the implemented configuration change with the access path policy is validated after implementation, because of possible consequential effects of the configuration change. If a change in one or more access paths is specified, then associated component events can be simulated before implementation, so that root causes for resulting access path violations can be detected and remedied before the changes are made. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090313368 | CROSS-ENTERPRISE WALLPLUG FOR CONNECTING INTERNAL HOSPITAL/CLINIC IMAGING SYSTEMS TO EXTERNAL STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS - A WallPlug (interface) connects DICOM devices located at a hospital to external storage and retrieval systems. The external storage and retrieval systems can be part of the National Digital Mammography Archive. The WallPlug allows secure communications within the hospital setting, and allows only selected data to be transferred between the hospital devices and the archive. The WallPlug enables cross-enterprise distribution of medical content with proper authentication and logging of transfers. The WallPlug includes two portals connected together by a private secure network. The use of two separate devices greatly enhances the security, redundancy, and manageability of the combined device. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090319650 | System and Method for the Process Management of a Data Center - An architecture for a data center is disclosed that manages the computational, power, and cooling elements of the data center according to a feedback process control function in which the operation of the data center is continuously monitored and adjusted according to monitoring data collected from the data center and a set of business rules concerning the operation of the data center. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090319651 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HOSTING ONE OR MORE VERSIONS OF A SERVICE USING A SERVICE PROXY - A method for hosting one or more versions of a service using a service proxy includes specifying an interface definition of a service which defines and uniquely identifies an interface version for the service, and an implementation definition of the service which uniquely identifies an implementation version for the service; generating one or more service proxies each representing an interface version of a service; providing a proxy configuration that contains entries for a plurality of service implementation versions, wherein each proxy utilizes the proxy configuration to access a certain one or more of the implementation versions which share the same or a compatible interface version of a service, and wherein the proxy configuration contains attributes that include information about each of the implementation versions; and wherein the proxy dynamically selects one of the implementation versions in the proxy configuration to route one or more client service requests to based on the attributes. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090319652 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI (SAS) DOMAIN MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the invention include a method, apparatus and system for providing a Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) domain management application using a domain overlay architecture. The method includes comparing user constructs or data sets defining an existing domain overlay with device data that identifies various network devices in at least one SAS domain, and binding the existing domain overlay to an SAS domain if the existing domain overlay and the SAS domain are uniquely associated with one another. The method also includes creating a new domain overlay that is uniquely associated with an SAS domain for any SAS domain that is not bound to an existing domain overlay. A domain overlay and an SAS domain are not uniquely associated with one another unless the domain overlay references only network devices within the SAS domain and the network devices within the SAS domain are referenced only by the domain overlay. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090327464 | Load Balanced Data Processing Performed On An Application Message Transmitted Between Compute Nodes - Methods, apparatus, and products are disclosed for load balanced data processing performed on an application message transmitted between compute nodes of a parallel computer that include: identifying, by an origin compute node, an application message for transmission to a target compute node, the message to be processed by a data processing operation; determining, by the origin compute node, origin sub-operations used to carry out a portion of the data processing operation on the origin compute node; determining, by the origin compute node, target sub-operations used to carry out a remaining portion of the data processing operation on the target compute node; processing, by the origin compute node, the message using the origin sub-operations; and transmitting, by the origin compute node, the processed message to the target compute node for processing using the target sub-operations. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327465 | Distributed Configuration Orchestration for Network Client Management - Described is a network configuration management technology in which an orchestration point coordinates client machines and/or other machines to each run an activity with respect to the client machines to perform management tasks. The orchestration point controls the start of the activity. A management point and server may report progress. The orchestration point coordinates running the activities, e.g., serially or in parallel among the clients, and/or based on percentage of total machines allowed to simultaneously run an activity and/or current workload. Activities may include a task sequencing activity, a desired configuration management activity, a command set-related activity and/or a custom activity generated from a script, e.g., a PowerShell™ script. Also described is a replicator activity, which may be limited (e.g., based on a percentage of the total machines) and/or throttled (e.g., based on current load). | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327466 | INTERNAL UNIFORM RESOURCE LOCATOR FORMULATION AND TESTING - A mechanism for computer-assisted generation of matching rules for a proposed internal Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to a corresponding possible public URL. After accessing the proposed internal URL from the user, one or more options for a public URL corresponding to the internal URL are generated. Also, a mechanism for testing whether a candidate public Uniform Resource Locator (URL) has a corresponding match to an internal URL. Upon accessing a candidate public URL, matching rules are used to determine whether or not the candidate public URL matches a valid internal URL using any of the matching rules. If it is determined that there is not a match, matching rules that may be used to more closely match the candidate public URL to the valid internal URL are then displayed. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327467 | DEVICE DISCOVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing device discovery in a wireless communication system is described. In one embodiment, a device discovery process is used in a wireless communication system having an apparatus for communicating with WirelessHD devices in a wireless network, where the apparatus comprises a host processor; a transceiver; a physical interface coupling the host processor and the transceiver; and a memory accessible by the host processor and the transceiver to exchange information between the host processor and the transceiver, and the device discovery process comprises: discovering a remote wireless device in the wireless network; notifying, by the transceiver, the host processor of the remote wireless device; requesting, under control of the transceiver, capability information from the remote wireless device prior to receiving a request from the host processor for the capability information; buffering, under control of the transceiver, the capability information before the capability information is requested by the host processor; receiving a capability request from the host processor; and providing the host processor access to the capability information. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327468 | Interactive Remote Command Execution Over a Stateless Client/Server Network Protocol - A mechanism for executing a remote command in a stateless client/server environment that provides progress information and allows user input that can influence command execution. A server receives a command request thread and processes the thread asynchronously by launching an asynchronous thread of execution and creating a conversation identifier for identifying the thread. In executing the command thread, if a conflict in execution of the thread exists, the server halts execution of the thread, creates a user input request to provide a resolution to the conflict and a user input request identifier, and sends the user input request, user input request identifier, and conversation identifier to the client. Responsive to receiving a response from the client, the server processes the user input and resumes execution of the command thread based on the user input. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327469 | Method for Controlling Host Throughput to a Computer Storage Subsystem - A method for controlling the throughput in a communications channel between a host and its storage subsystem is disclosed. A determination is made whether or not a total throughput value is greater than a predetermined maximum throughput value. If the total throughput value is greater than the predetermined maximum throughput value, a delay is applied to the communications channel. If the total throughput value is not greater than the predetermined maximum throughput value, another determination is made whether or not one time period has completed. If one time period has completed, a total throughput value and an exponential moving average (EMA) throughput value of the communications channel is retrieved, a new EMA throughput value is generated based on the total throughput value and the EMA throughput value, and adjusting the total throughput value based on whether or not the new throughput value is greater than a predetermined maximum throughput value. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327470 | SCALING SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT USING A STATELESS PROXY - A system for managing system devices including a first managed system, which includes hardware, an operating system executing on the hardware, and an agent management object (AMO) executing on the operating system and configured to obtain first management information about the operating system and the hardware. The system also includes a second managed system, including a first proxy management object (PMO) configured to receive the first management information from the AMO, request second management information about the hardware from the first managed system, receive the second management information from the first managed system, normalize the first management information and the second management information to obtain first normalized management information, and populate a first proxy data model associated with the PMO using the first normalized management information, where the first normalized management information is used to manage the first managed system. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327471 | MULTITENANT HOSTED VIRTUAL MACHINE INFRASTRUCTURE - A multi-tenant virtual machine infrastructure (MTVMI) allows multiple tenants to independently access and use a plurality of virtual computing resources via the Internet. Within the MTVMI, different tenants may define unique configurations of virtual computing resources and unique rules to govern the use of the virtual computing resources. The MTVMI may be configured to provide valuable services for tenants and users associated with the tenants. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327472 | DRM TIME SETTING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for setting a Digital Rights Management (DRM) time for a DRM-enabled portable terminal for securing a reliable DRM time are provided. The method includes detecting a DRM time setting event, acquiring a reference time and a local time upon detection of the DRM time setting event, determining a reference value using the reference time and the local time, and setting the DRM time or the portable terminal based on the reference value. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327473 | Methods, Systems and Computer-Readable Media for Dynamically Recognizing and Processing Service Order Types in a Network Management System - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media are provided for dynamically recognizing and processing service order types in a network management system. Service type data for a new service order type is registered in a database table while the network management system is operating. Then, a service order is received in the network management system and the service order is parsed to determine if the received service order corresponds with the new service order type based on the service type data registered in the database table. If the service order corresponds with the new service order type, then the service order is processed by the network management system. If the service order does not correspond with the new service order type, then updated service type data may be registered in the database table. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090327474 | Electronic Device and Connected Device Searching Method - According to one embodiment, a method of making it possible to identify the connection of an external device reliably, the method comprises transmitting a command to check the connection of an external device to a logical address to which no physical address has been caused to correspond in an address list, if there has been a response to the command to check the connection, transmitting to the logical address a command to obtain a physical address allocated to an external device to which the logical address has been allocated, and registering a physical address included in a response to the command to obtain the physical address so as to correspond to the logical address to which the command to check the connection has been transmitted in the address list stored in a storage unit. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20100005161 | MANAGING OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT - An exemplary embodiment of a management apparatus can be provided. For example, the exemplary managing may include a profile device/arrangement and a process device/arrangement. The profile device/arrangement can include at least one process profile. Furthermore, the process device/arrangement can generate, by using the at least one process profile, a process description. For example, the generated process description may be a description of a physical process. Further, the generated process description may be executed in order to control the physical process in accordance with the generated process description. In addition, method, program arrangement and computer-accessible medium can be provided to perform certain procedures to generate the above-described process description. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100005162 | BYPASS CONTROL MODULE AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT APPARATUS THEREOF AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE NETWORK SYSTEM - A bypass control module includes a logic circuit and a condition circuit. The logic circuit produces a logic output signal according to a state of a system power received from a network system and a state of at least one first control signal. The condition circuit is coupled to the logic circuit for producing a condition signal and determining a condition signal state according to the logic output state. The said network system selects one of the data transmission paths according to the logic circuit state for data transmission. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100005163 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for Controlling Devices - A method of controlling an apparatus comprising a plurality of features and adapted to receive messages via a first network interface, wherein said method is implemented in a filter superposed on the top of an existing architecture of the apparatus. The method comprises the following steps: receiving network management message via said first network interface; interrogating said message in order to identify a feature said network management message relates to and filtering the received management message such that said management message is rejected if the identified feature is classified as disabled and said management message is allowed top go through if said feature is classified as enabled. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100005164 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A DATA NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for providing a control channel in a data network. A method is provided that operates to provide a control channel in a data network. The method includes receiving one or more server digests, and generating a control channel digest from the one or more server digests. The method also includes communicating with a device, and transmitting the control channel digest to the device. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100005165 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN MONITORING OR CONTROLLING INTERNET ACCESS - An apparatus method and system are described for categorizing Uniform Resource Locators (URLs) when accessing the Internet | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100011096 | Distributed Computing With Multiple Coordinated Component Collections - A system having components that collectively perform functions and services of the system. The components are managed as belonging to at least a first component collection and a second component collection. The components of the first component collection operate at a time scale that is substantially temporally independent of the components of the second component collection. The components of the first component collection have a first set of temporal requirements and the components of the second component collection have a second substantially different set of temporal requirements. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100011097 | Methods of Using Control Communications to Identify Devices that are Connected Through a Communications Patching System and Related Communications Patching Systems - Methods of identifying a first networked computing device that is connected to a connector port of a communication patching system are provided in which a control communication that is transmitted by the first networked computing device is passed through the connector port. An identifier associated with the first networked computing device is extracted from this control communication. The identifier may then be logged in a connectivity database that associates the identifier with the connector port. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100011098 | Systems and methods for managing networks - A system for managing an adaptive network having a plurality of nodes, each node comprising a processor coupled to a memory containing computer readable instructions which, when executed by the processor, cause the node to fulfil one or more roles for operating the adaptive network. preferably, at least one of the nodes has an active administrative role. this administrative node is configured to determine network conditions and selectively activate roles on the plurality of nodes based on the network conditions. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100023610 | MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING MODEL FOR MINIMIZING LEASED ACCESS NETWORK COSTS - A device receives network configuration information from a network, determines a logical network based on the network configuration information, and constructs a mixed integer programming (MIP) model based on the logical network. The device also calculates an optimal solution, which minimizes network costs, using the mixed integer programming (MIP) model, performs a post-optimization mapping procedure on the optimal solution to produce an optimal network configuration mapping, and outputs the optimal network configuration mapping for implementation. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100023611 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR STORING DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM RECORDS, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PARSING DOMAIN NAME - A method, device, and terminal for storing domain name system (DNS) records are provided. The method includes: locally storing received DNS records needed to be stored; and if the size of all the stored DNS records does not satisfy a preset storing threshold, deleting a part of the stored DNS records to make the size of the remaining DNS records after deletion satisfy the storing threshold. A domain name parsing method, device, and server are provided. The method includes: receiving a DNS query request, where the DNS query request carries a domain name needed to be parsed and at least one of a service identity (ID) and user information; selecting a network address corresponding to the domain name according to the service ID and/or the user information; and if the corresponding network address is selected, returning the selected network address as a query result of the DNS query request. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100023612 | Network system, information management server, and information management method - To reduce the load on a management server in a load distributed system, a server list manager | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100030880 | FAILOVER IN PROXY SERVER NETWORKS - A system for servicing a request from a client includes at least two proxy servers, each having a corresponding proxy server configured as a buddy proxy server, and being adapted to act as a primary proxy server for servicing the request and to forward the request to a backend server. The system includes a load balancer adapted to: forward the request to a primary proxy server; forward the request to a failover proxy server in the event of failure of the primary proxy server; and forward a response from the primary proxy server or the failover proxy server to the client. The system includes a backend server adapted to receive a request from a proxy server and to send a response to the proxy server. The failover proxy server is adapted to process the request depending on a status of a matching previously stored request. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030881 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEDIATING ENTERPRISE SERVICE ACCESS FOR SMART DEVICES - Techniques are described for mediating enterprise service access for smart devices. A first message may be received at an enterprise service proxy device from a smart device via a first protocol associated with the smart device. It may be determined that the first message includes a smart device request for processing via an enterprise service located at a backend device. An enterprise service request and an associated enterprise request protocol may be determined based on the smart device request and a service adaptation description associated with the enterprise service and the first protocol. The enterprise service request may be sent to the backend device via the associated enterprise request protocol. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030882 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - It has been difficult for a management apparatus to make a communication apparatus change a communication channel in consideration of a remaining communication band of a network so as to set an appropriate communication channel. Further, setting the appropriate communication channel has been an enormous load placed on a communication apparatus provided with not many processing resources including a small CPU capacity, a small memory, and so forth. Therefore, the present invention allows for setting an appropriate communication channel ready for the remaining communication band of the network. Further, the present invention allows for reducing the load placed on the communication apparatus for setting the appropriate communication channel. Therefore, a management apparatus managing the network determines a communication channel satisfying a requested communication band and notifies at least a transmission apparatus and/or a reception apparatus of a change to the communication channel. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030883 | METHOD FOR OVERCOMING ADDRESS CONFLICTS AMONG DISPARATE NETWORKS IS A NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Converged network management application and system is provided that delivers a management platform as a service that can view and/or manage all managed networks in the aggregate, or any one of them individually (including individual devices within the managed networks), in a secure and efficient manner, providing continuously available intelligence in real time on the managed networks and systems, and overcoming integration issues including conflicting address schemas, the need to avoid unnecessary infrastructure, and the need acquire all necessary information in real time within applicable memory and bandwidth constraints. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030884 | PUBLISH AND SUBSCRIBE METHOD FOR REAL-TIME EVENT MONITORING IN A SYSTEM FOR MANAGING A PLURALITY OF DISPARATE NETWORKS - Converged network management application and system is provided that delivers a management platform as a service that can view and/or manage all managed networks in the aggregate, or any one of them individually (including individual devices within the managed networks), in a secure and efficient manner, providing continuously available intelligence in real time on the managed networks and systems, and overcoming integration issues including conflicting address schemas, the need to avoid unnecessary infrastructure, and the need acquire all necessary information in real time within applicable memory and bandwidth constraints. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030885 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONNECTION MANAGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to connection management in a telecommunication network and particularly relates to a method ( | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100030886 | CONTENTS MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS - A contents management method and system, the contents management method including: generating contents; and transmitting the generated contents to a Web server, wherein the Web server receives the contents, stores the contents, manages the contents, and maintains a list of the contents so that the contents are easily accessible by a terminal. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100036936 | MODIFICATION OF SOCIAL NETWORKS VIA DESIGN CODES - A method including receiving an update to at least one social network map encoded in a design code, modifying the social network map by inserting or deleting social contact data, and regenerating the design code to include the modified social network map. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100036937 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK COMPRISED OF ENORMOUS NODES, AND NODE AND CONTROL PROGRAM TO PERFORM SAID METHOD - A present invention provides a method for controlling roles of nodes in a network comprised of enormous nodes dynamically and distributed autonomously in such a way that the entire network can operate distributed autonomously. A method for controlling a field value u | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100042711 | Intelligent Network Information Server (NIS) Server Search - An Intelligent Network Information Server Search (INSS) decreases search time required for a client to find a network information server. A cumulative history file stores a history of network information server availability, a number of communication attempts, and a communication success rate. INSS uses a ypservers file list, and orders the network information server search according to a cumulative server success rate. A system administrator may optionally define the search order with a user defined weight given to one or more of the servers. The server link and history may be stored in a random access memory to improve performance. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100042712 | Method and Apparatus for a Distributed Control Plane - A method and apparatus for a distributed control plane. In one embodiment of the invention, a primary control card distributes control plane process instances among one or more secondary cards, including a secondary control card and/or one or more Advanced Service Engine (ASE) cards. The primary control card associates particular control messages with particular control plane process instances. Upon a line card receiving a control message that is associated with a particular control plane instance, the line card forwards the control message directly to that particular control plane instance. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100042713 | Network Group Management System - As a result of performing a comparing and determining process of determining the relationship among the distribution data band of the data distributed in real time in a local group, the incoming data band to the local group, and the outgoing data band from the local group, the increase/decrease management and the connection management of each terminal device in the local group are performed. The comparing and determining process compares, for example, a sum of the total sum of the terminal possessed transfer bands and the incoming data band from other groups to the local group with a sum of the value obtained by multiplying the distribution data band in the local group by the number of terminal devices in the local group, the outgoing data band from the local group, and a predetermined determination margin. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100042714 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING A DYNAMIC HOST CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL INTERNET PROTOCOL VERSION 4 ADDRESS RELEASE - A method and system for releasing an Internet Protocol (IP) version 4 address using a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) release in a Proxy Mobile IP version 6 (PMIPv6) of a third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Evolved Packet Core (EPC). The method includes transmitting a DHCP release request from a Serving GateWay (SGW) to a Packet Data Network (PDN) GW, transmitting a binding revocation from the PDN GW to the SGW, acknowledging the binding revocation from the SGW to the PDN GW, and deleting the IP version 4 connection for an active PDN connection. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100049842 | Computing Environment Arranged to Support Predetermined URL Patterns - A computing environment for hosting web services and applications is disclosed. The computing resources of the computing environment can be managed, controlled or utilized to facilitate improved hosting of web services, such as hosting of websites. According to one aspect, Universal Resource Locators (URLs) can be programmatically defined and utilized to centralize URL descriptions which can be utilized by the computing resources. According to another aspect, customized load balancing can be provided for the computing environment. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100049843 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR DELETING BEARER OF INTERNET PROTOCOL CONNECTION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for deleting bearers of an IP connection in a communication system includes: deleting bearers of a first IP connection and the corresponding connection channels of the bearers; determining whether an IP address of a UE is associated with a bearer among bearers of a second IP connection; and preserving the IP address of the UE if the IP address of the UE is determined to be associated with the bearer among bearers of the second IP connection. Additionally, a system and a device for deleting bearers of an IP connection in the communication system are provided. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100049844 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THEREOF - In order to identify a wireless device that is not under management in a wireless communication network, a management apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire information from the wireless terminal; a storage unit configured to correlate and store the wireless base station detected by the wireless terminal and a wireless terminal wirelessly connected to this wireless base station; a deriving unit configured to derive a wireless base station which does not have a wireless connection with a wireless terminal; a requesting unit configured to request a wireless terminal for transmission of data that has passed through this wireless base station; and a determination unit which, if requested data that has passed through the wireless base station from the wireless terminal has not been received, is configured to determine that this wireless base station is a wireless base station that is not under management. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100057896 | VENDOR GATEWAY TECHNOLOGY - Apparatus and methods for communicating between a gateway server and a plurality of other servers. The apparatus and methods may involve receiving information requests from the plurality of other servers. Each of the plurality of other servers may provide a platform for a different development environment. The apparatus and methods may further involve using the gateway server to generate an identification tag for each information request received from each of the plurality of other servers. The approved methods may include receiving a response to such information requests. In addition, the apparatus and methods may include associating the response received to the information request to which the response is responsive. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100057897 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NETWORKS - Provided is a method and apparatus for managing networks. The method includes defining a set of managed objects of each of the networks to be managed, sending a request for information about the set of managed objects to an agent of the networks to be managed, and recognizing manageable managed objects based on information representing the managed objects, which is transmitted from the agent in response to the request. A network manager requests, receives, and obtains information about managed objects of each of sensor networks, especially heterogeneous sensor networks, thereby managing the heterogeneous sensor networks in an integrated way. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100057898 | LOAD BALANCER SETTING METHOD AND LOAD BALANCER SETTING APPARATUS - An administrative manager connected to servers each in which a host OS capable of loading therein a software load balancer and a guest OS executing a service program are operable as virtual OS, performs the following processes. Namely, the server in which the guest OS for executing the service program being the transmission source of a processing request to be load balanced operates is set as a setting objective server of the software load balancer. Further, the server in which the guest OS for executing the service program being the transmission target of the processing request operates is set as a load balancing objective server. Then, an instruction is transmitted to the setting objective server to load the software load balancer in the host OS thereof, and, an instruction is transmitted to the setting objective server to set information to be used for the load balancing of transmission data. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100057899 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR AN AIRCRAFT - A network management system in an aircraft for managing and maintaining a network. An aircraft maintenance computer communicates with a first device to be managed via the SNMP protocol. The first device to be comprises a description file. Within a subnetwork one or more second devices to be managed are present which are linked with the first device to be managed. These second devices to be managed enter their data into the description file via these connections. The data are necessary for managing and maintaining the respective second device to be managed by the aircraft maintenance computer. Therefore the aircraft maintenance computer is enabled to manage and maintain the first and the second devices only by means of the central MIB | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100057900 | Terminal Apparatus, Server Apparatus, and Method for Managing Installation Position of Communication Equipment - According to one embodiment, a terminal apparatus includes a first acquisition module configured to acquire its own position information by using a known positioning system, a second acquisition module configured to acquire its own position information through another system which is different from the positioning system, when an equipment ID specifying the communication equipment is input at an installation position of the communication equipment and when it is impossible for the first acquisition module to acquire the own position information, and a transmitter which transmits a setting registration request including the equipment ID and the position information to the maintenance center via the communication network, when the transmitter is connectable to the communication network. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100057901 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND NODE DEVICE AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS THEREOF - According to one embodiment, a network management system comprises nodes and an apparatus manages a communication network. The node includes generator, buffers, notification module, transmitter, measurement module and controller. The generator generates messages of different levels depending on a type of alarms. The buffers each provided for each of the different levels and temporarily holding the message in a holding period appropriate to the level. The notification module notifies the apparatus of the held message. The transmitter transmits a test signal. The measurement module individually measures the load on the apparatus and the load on the communication network based on a reception time of a reply from the apparatus to the test signal. The controller varies the holding period in the buffers according to the level based on the measured load on the apparatus and the communication network. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100064037 | GROUP MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND GROUP MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A first management apparatus that is connected to a first equipment device group including a plurality of first equipment devices centrally manages the first equipment devices. A second management apparatus connected to a second equipment device group including a plurality of second equipment devices separate from the plurality of first equipment devices centrally manages the second equipment devices. A group management apparatus connected to the first and second management apparatus centrally manages the first and second equipment device groups. The first and second management apparatus include first and second management programs to centrally manage the first and second equipment devices. The group management apparatus includes a group management program for centrally managing the first and second equipment device groups. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100064038 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION - A method and a system for idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) are provided. The method includes: obtaining ISR activation information of a source network, and setting an ISR status of an user equipment (UE) in a target network according to the obtained ISR activation information of the source network. Thus, the ISR status of the UE can be processed when the UE is handed over between networks. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100077067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDIRECTING DATA TRAFFIC BASED ON EXTERNAL SWITCH PORT STATUS - Method for redirecting outbound VLAN traffic away from an inactive external port of a switch. A first switch monitors the active or inactive status of a designated external port. A host computer periodically queries the first switch requesting the status of the designated external port. The first switch replies to the query indicating the current status of the designated external port. If the external port is inactive, the host computer redirects data traffic away from the inactive designated external port to an alternate external port without deactivating the designated internal port. Preferably, the designated internal port continues to be used for secure internal LAN communications, such as between a host computer and a management entity. When the designated external port is again active, data traffic is returned to the designated external port. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100077068 | Processing of Service-Oriented Tasks within a Grid Computing Environment - Embodiments of the present invention enable processing of tasks within a service-oriented architecture (SOA). In embodiments, an echo mediator is a mediator SOA component that acts as a service provider by processing a service request associated with a service requester and returning the result to the service requester. In embodiments, an echo mediator handles a received sequential service request by synchronously processing it. In embodiments, an echo mediator handles a received parallel service request by storing it in a persistent store, and an echo mediator with processing capacity retrieves the stored parallel service request and asynchronously processes it. In embodiments, a group of echo mediators may be distributed among the nodes of a grid, forming an echo mediator grid in which each of the echo mediators interfaces with a common data store deployed within the grid. In embodiments, the grid of echo mediators balances the processing of stored service requests. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100077069 | COLLABORATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AMONG HETEROGENEOUS NOMADIC AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS USING GRID SERVICES - The present invention relates to a collaboration system and method among heterogeneous nomadic/mobile communication networks using a grid service. By using a system in which GSI (Grid Service Infrastructure) is overlaid on heterogeneous nomadic/mobile communication networks, access to resources that are accessible with different interfaces can be made with a single standard interface. Further, a vertical hand-off among heterogeneous networks and access to location information can be easily performed. In addition, mutual operationality among networks can be improved and an efficient collaboration environment can be constructed. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100077070 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DIRECTLY MAPPING WEB SERVICES INTERFACES AND JAVA INTERFACES - A method and system for directly mapping web services interfaces and Java interfaces. In one embodiment, a web services mapping is generated from a common mapping descriptor associated with a web services interface; updated mapping information is received, and, based on the web services mapping and the updated mapping information, a customized interface comprising a common web services and web services client interface is generated. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100082787 | Global server load balancing - A global server load-balancing (GSLB) switch serves as a proxy to an authoritative DNS and communicates with numerous site switches that are coupled to host servers serving specific applications. The GSLB switch receives from site switches operational information regarding host servers within the site switches neighborhood. When a client program requests a resolution of a host name, the GSLB switch, acting as a proxy of an authoritative DNS, returns one or more ordered IP addresses for the host name. The IP addresses are ordered using metrics that include the information collected from the site switches. In one instance, the GSLB switch places the address that is deemed “best” at the top of the list. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082788 | PROVIDING IMPROVED MESSAGE HANDLING PERFORMANCE IN COMPUTER SYSTEMS UTILIZING SHARED NETWORK DEVICES - In a massively parallel computer system embodiment, when receiving a message at a compute node from an input/output node, the compute node performs the steps of: obtaining a lock on a collective network device; checking a shared storage location for a message pending for a thread; if such a message is pending, receiving the message's remaining packets directly to a user's buffer, unlocking, and returning; if no such message is pending, receiving one packet from the network device; if the packet indicates that the message is for the thread, receiving the message's remaining packets directly to the user's buffer, unlocking, and returning; and if the packet indicates that the message is for another thread, updating the shared storage location with a thread id of the other thread, unlocking, waiting for a time out, locking, and repeating from the checking step. Accordingly, data copying is eliminated with an attendant performance benefit. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082789 | IP ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING IP SERVICE IN A ZIGBEE NETWORK SYSTEM - A ZIGBEE® network system and a method for assigning an Internet Protocol (IP) address in a ZIGBEE® network system are provided. The ZIGBEE® network system includes a client device for joining a ZIGBEE® network and being assigned an IP address used for transmitting and receiving data; a server device for assigning the IP address to the client device; and a ZIGBEE® coordinator for forming the ZIGBEE® network, storing server profile information for each server device that has joined the formed ZIGBEE® network, receiving client profile information for the client device from the client device, and determining a server device that will assign an IP address to the client device, using the received client profile information. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082790 | SERVER SCANNING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A technique for quickly locating, diagnosing and fixing problems with one or more servers is presented. The technique improves upon prior art techniques by providing a centralized utility by which multiple servers may be viewed and modified. More particularly, the technique allows a user to view, in a consolidated format, features of multiple servers and to modify parameters of such servers from a remote location. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082791 | Data transmission over a network with channel bonding - A system that transmits data over multiple networks receives data packets at a client node and forms a plurality of data aggregates from the data packets. The system then sends a request for a duplicate transmission to a coordinator node on a first network. In response to the request, the system receives a first transmission slot on the first network and a second transmission slot on a second network for transmission of the data aggregates. The system then splits the data aggregates among the first transmission slot and the second transmission slot and transmits the data aggregates on the first transmission slot and the second transmission slot. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082792 | PLUG AND PLAY ENERGY EFFICIENCY SOLUTION AND AUTOMATIC DATA-PUSH METHOD FOR SAME - An energy efficiency solution for automatically pushing data measured by IEDs in a utility system to an Internet server. Before the utility system is commissioned, the manufacturer pre-configures each IED to automatically push measured data to the server at regular intervals and associates each IED with a unique identifier that is transmitted with the data and with a customer who has purchased the solution. After commissioning, the IEDs come online and begin to automatically push their measured data to the server. The customer logs into the website via a manufacturer-provided access code to access the measured data instantly. Requests to change the type of data pushed from IEDs and other configuration changes can be made via the website. Periodically, the IEDs ask whether any configuration updates exist, and if so, the server makes available to the IEDs the updated configuration. By having IEDs initiate communications for data transmission and configuration updates, intervening firewalls are bypassed. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082793 | Server-Embedded Distributed Storage System - A server-embedded distributed storage system and methods are disclosed. An exemplary method may include presenting at least one virtual disk to a client computing device. The at least one virtual disk includes storage cells from direct attached storage (DAS) devices of a plurality of separate servers for high availability access to data stored on the at least one virtual disk. The method may also include continuing to provide access to the data stored on the at least one virtual disk even in the event an internal storage controller for at least one of the plurality of servers is unavailable for managing its DAS device. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082794 | HOME NETWORK VISUALIZATION - Intuitive visualization of a home network is provided by providing on screen images of devices in the network around an image of the TV, and by establishing sizes, motion, and other visualization features of the images to reflect selections, bandwidths, different sub-networks, etc. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082795 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - An information processor is connectable to a communication system containing a plurality of terminal devices. The information processor receives content holding terminal information for identifying a terminal device holding a content, calculates a content holding terminal number corresponding to the number of terminal devices holding the content on the basis of the received content holding terminal information, holds a determination reference serving as a reference for determining whether the content holding terminal number is below a predetermined threshold value, determines on the basis of the content holding terminal number calculated by the terminal number calculator and the determination reference whether the content holding terminal number concerned is below the predetermined threshold value, and transmits an extinction preventing instruction for making the terminal device holding the content concerned execute processing of preventing extinction of the content when determining that the content holding terminal number is below the predetermined threshold value. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082796 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - The signaling amount for acquisition of home addresses (HoA) and handover over the radio leg is reduced in a case where a mobile node (MN) requires multiple different communication IP addresses (Home address: HoA) for respective services. An AAA server holds service identifiers of all the services provided for the mobile node (MN) and home agent (HA) information, in addition to authentication information of the mobile node (MN). The AAA server also registers, for all the services provided for the mobile node (MN), an association of home addresses (HoA) used by the mobile node (MN) for the respective communication services with IP addresses (care-of address: CoA) having information of a network in which the mobile node (MN) resides, into the home agents (HA) associated with the corresponding service identifiers. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100082797 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM USED THEREIN - A communication system includes an information processing apparatus and a communication apparatus. The information processing apparatus comprises a controller configured to acquire a file that indicates feed location information and a title of a feed to be acquired in accordance with the feed location information. The controller controls the display to display at least one of the feed location information described in the file and the title described in the file, and to display at least one of the feed location information registered in a device management unit and the title registered in the device management unit. Moreover the controller registers, into the device management unit, feed location information or feed location information corresponding to a title displayed on the first portion of the display, which is specified by the user. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100088400 | INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESS MANAGEMENT FOR COMMUNICATING PACKETS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example implementation and the method includes identifying through a home bearer manager that an Internet Protocol (IP) address has been previously sent to an access terminal, the IP address being issued by a visited bearer manager as a result of the access terminal requesting registration in a visited network. The method further includes communicating the IP address to the access terminal in response to the access terminal registering in a home network. The registrations in the home and the visited network allow a plurality of packets to be communicated to the access terminal via the IP address. In more specific embodiments, the IP address serves as a care of address (CoA) address and a home IP address concurrently. The IP address can be exchanged via a mobile IP (MIP) exchange. The home and visited bearer managers are independent or interdependent. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100088401 | METHOD OF TRANSFERRING DATA BEING STORED IN A DATABASE - Anonymously transferring a selection of content provider data stored in a database, where a subscriber enters into a connection with a telecommunication supplier by sending an identifier of the content provider is disclosed. In one aspect, the telecommunication supplier transmits the identifier together with a reception time and/or a space stamp to a manager. The manager associates: (1) the identifier with an Internet delivery address of the content provider and (2) the time and/or space stamp with a code. The manager transmits delivery information to the telecommunication supplier who then transmits the delivery information to the subscriber. The data selection is transferred by: (1) selecting the Internet delivery address linked to the code or (2) accessing the delivery address with an Internet terminal and entering the code. Upon reception of the code corresponding to the time and/or space stamp, the content provider associates the code with a data selection to make the data selection available for the subscriber. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100088402 | MANAGER, AGENT, SYSTEM, AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A manager controlling an agent via a network using SNMP, the manager including a load information generating unit generating manager load information indicating a load status of the manager based on a CPU usage rate indicative of a CPU load status of the manager, a receiving state of a state variation notifying command indicative of the number of receiving state variation notifying commands, transmitted by the agent to notify of a state variation inside a device of the agent, and a load event occurring time indicating a time period before a periodic process is periodically carried out by the manager; and a control command generating unit generating a command to be sent to the agent, whereby the command generating unit generates the control command, to which the manager load information is added, and the agent controls transmission of the state variation notifying command based on the manager load information. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100094984 | METHOD FOR OPTMIZING A PRESENCE ENABLED MANAGED SERVICE - Methods, systems, processes and devices are provided for optimizing throughput and quality of service of a presence enabled managed service. The method includes at least a first entity requesting from an aggregator of presence services presence information of a second entity. The method includes looking up a profile of the aggregator stored in a cache of a presence server hosted by the presence enabled managed service. The method includes determining from the profile an aggregator level of service the aggregator has subscribed to from the presence enabled managed service, wherein the aggregator level of service is one of high level service, medium level service, and low level service. The method includes storing presence information of the second entity on a presence document on the cache and returning the presence information to the first entity based upon the aggregator level of service. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100094985 | HTTP PUSH TO SIMULATE SERVER-INITIATED SESSIONS - A mobile device apparatus uses an HyperText Transfer protocol (HTTP) push operation to simulate server-initiated sessions. The illustrative mobile device apparatus comprises a push server logic operable in a push server that sends a message to a mobile device over a network. The push server logic is configured to receive a GET command from a mobile device. The GET command includes a mobile device identifier parameter and a timeout parameter designating a maximum time interval for the push server to reply with a message. The push server logic holds a GET command session until expiration of a timeout designated by the timeout parameter in a condition that no message is targeted to the mobile device. The push server logic terminates the GET command session by sending a message immediately in a condition that the message is targeted to the mobile device. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100094986 | Source-selection based Internet backbone traffic shaping - Source-selection based Internet backbone traffic shaping, including the steps of assessing a large number of network paths through which erasure-coded fragments usually flow when transmitted from a large number of relevant fractional-storage CDN servers to an assembling device; accessing preferences for fragment delivery via many of the paths; and selecting the servers whose assessed paths fit well the preferences for fragment delivery to the assembling device. Wherein the servers are accessed via the Internet, not all servers are connected to the Internet via the same networks, and the erasure-coded fragments are encoded with a redundancy factor greater than one from contents. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100100612 | PEER-TO-PEER MODULE CONFIGURATION REDUNDANCY AND RECOVERY MANAGEMENT - A method for peer-to-peer management module configuration redundancy and recovery can be provided. The method can include fragmenting configuration data for a specified management module configured to manage systems components in a blade environment. The method also can include identifying peer management modules communicatively connected to the specified management module. The method yet further can include transmitting different ones of the fragmented configuration data to different ones of the peer management modules. In response to a reset condition in the specified management module, the method can provide for the retrieval of the fragmented configuration data from the peer management modules. Thereafter, the method can provide for the re-assembly of the retrieved fragmented configuration data and the application of the re-assembled fragmented configuration data to the specified management module. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100100613 | Devices, Methods, and Computer-Readable Media for Providing Quality of Service Optimization via Policy-Based Rearrangements - Devices, methods and computer-readable media for providing quality of service optimization via policy-based rearrangements. Customers are grouped for potential rearrangement. Multiple alternative options are generated for a particular group using policy rules. Policy rules for the particular group are used to evaluate each option using common metrics. Policy rules are used to select a best option for the particular group. The best option for the particular group is implemented. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100100614 | Protecting Subscriber Database Data Integrity in Geographical Redundant Deployments - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for ensuring data integrity during data synchronization are provided. According to one method, a number of originating requests from a plurality of user endpoints are monitored across a network. A determination is made whether the number of originating requests is below a first threshold. Responsive to determining that the number of originating requests is below the first threshold, probe messages are transmitted to at least a portion of the plurality of user endpoints across the network. A number of the user endpoints that return probe replies in response to the probe messages are monitored. A determination is made whether the number of the user endpoints is below a second threshold. Responsive to determining that the number of the user endpoints is below the second threshold, a report is made to a database that the network is unavailable, thereby causing the database to stop updating time stamps. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100100615 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ADVERTISEMENT APPLICATION - A method and apparatus for managing an advertisement application in a mobile advertising system is provided. When an advertisement application for representing an advertisement is installed in an advertisement-receiving terminal, a registration request for the installed advertisement application is made. The advertisement-receiving terminal assigns an application Identifier (ID) to the advertisement application in response to the registration request, and stores a profile of the advertisement application in association with the assigned application ID. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100100616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC BETWEEN DIFFERENT ENTITIES ON A NETWORK - A method for controlling traffic between different entities on a network in which packets of received data are inspected, and if encapsulated, are decapsulated layer by layer and, after each layer is decapsulated, the packet is inspected to determine if the packet is to be acted upon or discarded. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100106816 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A method for providing quality of service to a plurality of hosts accessing a common resource is described. The common resource may be a middle-tier or back-end server. A client IO request is received at one host of the plurality of hosts from one of a plurality clients executing as software entities on respective hosts. The host determines whether an issue queue is full. The IO request is issued to the common resource when the issue queue is not full. A current average latency observed at the host and an adjusted window size is calculated, based at least in part on the current average latency. The issue queue is resized to correspond with the adjusted window size. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100106817 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING PRIVATE NETWORK REMOTELY USING SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL - A method, apparatus, and system for remotely managing a private network by using a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) are provided. The method includes opening a port between the private network and a public network in a Network Address Translation (NAT) using a first SIP message, and managing a remote device located in the private network through the open port. Accordingly, a remote management server (or a manager) can collect and configure necessary information by actively accessing to a management target. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100115073 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI (SAS) ZONING MANAGEMENT OF A DOMAIN USING END DEVICE GROUPING - Embodiments of the invention include a method, apparatus and system for managing SAS zoning, using end device grouping. A SAS end device grouping management application is configured to group SAS end devices, such as SAS initiator devices and SAS target devices, into any number of zones or zone configurations. The end device grouping application uses these defined zones to create a minimal number of zone groups, e.g., by creating one zone group per defined zone and populating the zone group with the ZPSDS entry point phys of the end devices in the zone from which the zone group is based, and to configure the respective permissions of the created zone groups. The end device grouping application then compares all existing zone groups for common phys and removes them to a new zone group. The zone groups are compared and processed in this manner until no zone groups have common phys. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115074 | Method, Apparatus, and Computer Program for Disconnecting Network Devices - Disconnecting network devices involves receiving, at a service of an apparatus via a first network, a signal directed to an operational component of the apparatus. The operational component interacts via an ad-hoc, peer-to-peer home network, and the service operates independently of the operational component. The operational component is disconnected from the ad-hoc, peer-to-peer home network in response to receiving the signal | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115075 | DIRECTIONAL OPTIMIZATION FOR POLICY EVALUATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for directional optimization of policy statements for a Web service. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for directional optimization of policy statements in a policy document can be provided. The method can include loading a policy document referenced for a Web service, extracting a policy from the policy document, and determining whether the extracted policy is bidirectional or direction agnostic. A single run time presentation for the extracted policy can be created when the extracted policy is direction agnostic. Otherwise, separate run time presentations can be created for each direction of the extracted policy when the extracted policy is bi-directional. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115076 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MANAGING A DEVICE IN A WEB BASED ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT - Methods and systems for managing a device in a Web Based Enterprise Management (“WBEM”) environment. At least a management software component and a device management adapter are reused through receiving a network command from the management software component, and forwarding the network command to the device management adapter for conversion to a device message. The WBEM environment is supported by packaging the device message in a WBEM envelope, and transmitting the device message in the WBEM envelope to a computer system. The computer system comprises the device. Subsequently, a native command based on the device message is issued to the device. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115077 | METHOD OF BUILDING SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - Devices unnecessary for deployment are invalidated during the deployment. A method of building a system and a management server for establishing a system according to the present invention have the following configuration. The management server obtains server information from a server connected through a network, refers to the obtained server information to select devices unnecessary for deployment among devices connected to the server, and invalidates the selected devices. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115078 | DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM - Provided is a distributed storage system capable of improving reliability and continuous operability while minimizing increases in management workload. A distributed storage system ( | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115079 | INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND METHOD, TERMINAL APPARATUS, SERVER APPARATUS, DATA RECEPTION METHOD, AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD - An information distribution system and method capable of averaging a traffic load over time and effectively utilizing communication facilities, wherein a terminal station 30 transmits to a contents server 10 a distribution request for desired information including information of time limit of distribution, and the contents server 10 receives the distribution request, estimates a time band where the traffic load is small in the communications system in the period until the time limit of distribution, pages the terminal station again at that period of time, and, if the terminal station is in a state able to receive the information content, transmits the requested information content to the terminal station 30 through a network node. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115080 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A MACHINE USING PRIVATE ADDRESSES AND A COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONNECTED TO A GLOBAL NETWORK - According to one embodiment, when having received first communication data addressed to a machine migrated to a second network address port translation module, a first network address port translation module translates a destination network address in the first communication data into a global address of the second network address port translation module. The first network address port translation module transfers the translated first communication data as second communication data to the second network address port translation module. When having received the second communication data transferred by the first network address port translation module, the second network address port translation module transmits third communication data addressed to the machine corresponding to the second communication data to the machine. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100115081 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DESIGNING MULTI-TIER SYSTEMS - A system and method for selecting a preferred design for a multi-tiered architecture of components based on a set of established criteria is provided. The system and method receive a model describing different design constructions and a set of performance and availability requirements and produces a design or set of designs that best meet these requirements. The system and method include a model for representing the infrastructure design space for multi-tier systems and their properties appropriate for judging performance and availability properties of services as well as associated cost. The method and system further include a method for searching the design space in an efficient manner. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100121945 | Hybrid Unicast/Anycast Content Distribution Network System - A method includes receiving a request for an edge cache address, and comparing a requester address to an anycast group. The method can further include providing an anycast edge cache address when the requestor address is in the anycast group. Alternatively, the method can further include determining an optimal cache server, and providing a unicast address of the optimal cache server when the requester address is not in the anycast group. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100121946 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING AND SELECTING AN INTERFACE TO ACCESS A NETWORK - The present invention concerns a networking device comprising interfacing means for accessing a first network or a second network, and comprising identifying means for detecting an access to the first network, and selecting means for picking an access among a plurality of accesses to the first network for accessing a third network. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100125653 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING STORAGE RESOURCES - A network includes a management module with a first root complex, a first server with a first endpoint coupled to the first root complex, and a second server with a second root complex, a second endpoint coupled to the second root complex, a third endpoint coupled to the first root complex, and a bridge coupled to the second endpoint and to the third endpoint. A method includes discovering a PCIe host bridge adapter (PHBA) and a storage resource coupled to multiple storage extents in a PCIe domain, creating a first virtual function on the storage resource and sending a first identifier for the first virtual function to the PHBA. A network interface device includes a PCIe endpoint that is coupleable to a PCIe root complex, another PCIe endpoint that is coupleable to another PCIe root complex, and a bridge that couples the first PCIe endpoint with the second PCIe endpoint. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100125654 | Method and Apparatus for Utilizing User Identity - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus, comprising a processor configured to receive an input operation related to selecting at least a part of information related to a first user identity and at least a part of information related to a second user identity, utilize information related to the first user identity based at least in part on the input operation, and utilize information related to second user identity based at least in part on the input operation is disclosed. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100125655 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CENTRALIZED LOGIC FOR CENTRALLY MANAGED MACHINES - Aspects of a method and system for centralized logic for centrally managed machines are provided. In this regard, a plurality of networking and/or computation units (NCUs) and a central management unit (CMU) may reside in a multi-unit networking system, and information may be communicated between the plurality of NCUs and the CMU such that a console connected to the CMU may be enabled to interface with the plurality of NCUs. At least some hardware that performs management functions, human interface functions, and/or graphics functions may be implemented only once in the multi-unit system and may be implemented on the CMU. Each of the plurality of NCUs and the CMU may be, for example, a blade server or a rack-mount server. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100131632 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK COMMAND DELEGATION USING AUTO-DISCOVERED PATHWAYS - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for network command delegation using auto-discovered pathways. A network management server can generate configuration or other commands to transmit to a set of supervisory hosts, which in turn relay the commands to an underlying set of hosts and/or targets. A network map can be maintained specifying pathway(s) to the supervisory hosts and/or underlying hosts and/or targets for delivery of the commands. The pathway(s) can be automatically generated using a discovery tool which probes connections to the supervisory host(s) and/or underlying hosts/targets, and records that information to a network map. The most efficient pathways on a total-hop, transit time or other basis can be identified. A systems administrator at the network management server can issue compact commands that are automatically disseminated to destination hosts/targets over large-scale and geographically diverse networks, without manually specifying pathways. Multiple layers of supervisory hosts can be used. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100131633 | DEVICE GROUP CONTROL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, apparatus and system for providing device group control including enabling each device of a set of devices to receive a broadcast command, determine if the command applies to the device, and take action if the command applies to the device. In one embodiment of the present invention a unique identifier is determined for each recipient device and the unique identifier for each recipient device for which the communication is intended is included with a broadcast or multicast message. Upon receiving the broadcast or multicast message, each recipient device examines the message for its unique identifier to determine if the communication is intended for the device. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100131634 | Dispatching method, dispatching apparatus and dispatching system - A dispatching method, a dispatching apparatus and a dispatching system are disclosed according to embodiments of the present invention. The dispatching method includes receiving a request initiated by a user terminal, where the request carries address information of the user terminal; obtaining the address information carried in the request and obtaining key information of an access server associated with the address information; searching for a corresponding node based on the key information of the access server and treating the node as a redirected serving node. A dispatching apparatus and a dispatching system are also disclosed according to embodiments of the present invention. The technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention may well solve the dispatching issue and has a more flexible application. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100138526 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING HARDWARE UPDATES IN A SOFTWARE PROVISIONING ENVIRONMENT - A provisioning server can remotely determine target machines, requiring a hardware update, and remotely provide the hardware updates to the target machines. The provisioning server can identify hardware updates for target machines in a network it serves. The provisioning server can operate in conjunction with a network management server in order to identify the target machines, requiring the hardware update. The provisioning server can generate the hardware update for the target machines and provide the hardware update to the target machines. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100138527 | TRAFFIC FENCING MECHANISM FOR CONTROL PLANE ENABLED NETWORKS - A device receives a traffic fencing (TF) function for a network, and provides a TF attribute, based on the received TF function, over a link of the network to enable activation of a TF rule of a link state routing (LSR) algorithm used by the network to implement the TF function for the network. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100146091 | Method of providing proximity-based quality for multimedia content - A system and method for providing proximity-based quality for multimedia content, including: transmitting multimedia content, and intentionally controlling a quality level of a presentation of the multimedia content based on proximity of a user to a particular location. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146092 | Peer-to-Peer (P2P) Streaming Overlay Construction and Optimization - This document describes a directed graph model using a peer-to-peer overlay structure and a gossip-based protocol to maintain the distributed membership. A protocol suite for peers to join the live streaming session, form the P2P streaming overlay, and exchange video packets with others has also been presented. The different capabilities of the heterogeneous peers are well depicted using an adaptive out-degree mechanism. The performance of the whole system is maintained by a contribution-aware mechanism, which ensures that the peers with large contribution will get more chance to be served than those with small or no contribution. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146093 | CENTRAL CONTROLLER FOR COORDINATING MULTICAST MESSAGE TRANSMISSIONS IN DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL NETWORK SWITCH ENVIRONMENT - A centralized control processor provides a unified management mechanism for multiple multicast switches or servers running virtual switches that is also capable of sending query messages based upon a subset of ports. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146094 | Method And System For Compressing Files Based On Their Popularity In A Network - A method for file storage management. The method includes the steps of determining by a first computer, for a plurality of peer computers in a communication network of the first computer, information on the storage management of blocks of the file by the peer computers. In addition, the method includes selecting, by the first computer, blocks of the file to be made available to the first computer independently of the plurality of peer computers, responsive to the determined information and managing a storage unit of the first computer, such that the non-selected blocks of the file are not stored locally by the first computer. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146095 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING BETWEEN AND CONTROLLING DIFFERENT DEVICE ABSTRACTIONS - Illustrative embodiments of the invention provide methods and systems for managing a computer network. One illustrative embodiment forms a first representation of a network element as a physical entity in an information model, the first representation having a form independent of an implementation defined by a vendor; and maps a portion of the first representation from the information model to a second representation in a vendor-independent data model residing in a first repository, the second representation having a form suitable for use with the first repository. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146096 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system controls connection to the interface, such as an IP line to which a subscriber terminal connects, according to the information in the tables in which information is registered and updated, wherein the registered and updated information includes information as to which line type, ISDN line or analog line, is used and as to which high way (HW) of a time-division switch (TSW) of a media gateway (management device) is selected for providing TSs (timeslots) for use in the connection, as well as subscriber information on services for which a subscriber contracts. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146097 | Virtual Space Management System - A virtual space management system includes: a plurality of space management servers for respectively managing a plurality of partial spaces obtained by dividing a virtual space; and a communication control server for relaying communication between at least one of the plurality of space management servers and a user terminal. Each space management server executes a process relating to a transition in which a position in the virtual space associated with the user terminal transitions from inside a partial space managed by another space management server to inside a partial space managed by the local space management server. The communication control server maintains communication connection with the user terminal during execution of the process relating to the transition, and changes a transmission destination of data received from the user terminal to the local space management server managing the partial space to which the transition has been made according to the transition. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100146098 | INTERGRATED SERVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The present invention provides techniques for creation, operation, management, and access control of network-based storage services. Specific embodiments provide improved efficiency of the service management tasks used for designing, operating and accounting the robust and profitable network services, for example. In representative embodiments, techniques for constructing integrated network and storage services are provided. In a specific embodiment, the service comprises of three major service components: virtual private networks (VPN), application servers and storage area networks (SAN). Each of these service components has its own customer identification information, such as VPN identifier for VPN services, process identifier for application servers and logical unit number (LUN) for storage devices. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100153527 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATING NETWORK ENGINEERING - A method and system of an embodiment may include receiving network device information associated with a network device, parsing the network device information, identifying one or more network device attributes associated with the network device from the parsed network device information, displaying via a user interface, user information associated with the one or more identified network device attributes, receiving one or more user commands via the user interface, and translating, by a command interpreter module, the one or more user commands into one or more network device executable commands. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153528 | Devices, Systems and Methods for Controlling Network Services Via Address Book - Devices, systems and methods are disclosed which relate to analyzing an electronic address book for a change which impacts a service, and updating the service. An analysis engine monitors the electronic address book for changes, then evaluates whether each change impacts a service. If the change does impact a service, a reaction engine applies that change to the service. The change can be a new telephone number for an existing contact, a new group applied to a contact, a new permission for a contact, etc. These changes potentially impact a service such as caller restriction, find me/follow me, photo sharing, etc. The reaction engine applies the change to a network controller ultimately in control of the service. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153529 | ENHANCING NETWORK DETAILS USING NETWORK MONITORING SCRIPTS - The present disclosure is directed to a system and method for enhancing network details using network monitoring scripts. In some implementations, a method includes receiving a request to execute a plurality of transactions with an application of a server to evaluate one or more services using an executed LoadRunner script. In response to the service request, the plurality of transactions are automatically executed with the application using the LoadRunner script populated with values of variables transmitted between the application and a client during at least one transaction previously executed with the client. Values of the variables transmitted between the application and the executed LoadRunner script are determined during execution of the plurality of transactions. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153530 | NETWORK-BASED APPLICATION LATE BINDING - The claimed subject matter provides late network binding functionality to network or web-based applications or services. An application gateway component exposes generic interfaces for different types of network applications allowing client application developers to utilize generic functionality. Client applications can invoke the generic interfaces, at which point the application gateway component can determine contextual information related to the end user. Using the contextual information, the application gateway component can perform late network binding to a network or web-based application or service by generating and transmitting a request thereto based at least in part on the generic interface invocation and user context. The contextual information can include explicit binding information or data that can be utilized to determine or infer binding preferences. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153531 | DECOUPLED LOGICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA STORAGE WITHIN A DATBASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The subject matter herein relates to database management systems and, more particularly, to decoupled logical and physical data storage within a database management system. Various embodiments provide systems, methods, and software that separate physical storage of data from logical storage of data. These embodiments include a mapping of logical storage to physical storage to allow data to be moved within the physical storage to increase database responsiveness. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153532 | NETWORK SYSTEM, NETWORK MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND CONFIGURATION SCHEDULING METHOD - A reservation processing is executed according to the configuration request to VPN and network device to inform a user's terminal of scheduled period. In a network system including plural network devices for transmitting a packet and a management server, plural logical networks (VPNs) are formed on the plural network devices. The management server receives a configuration request including configuration data for VPN and configuration desired time from a user's terminal to generate the configuration data for the network device from the configuration data for the VPN. The management server refers to a configuration reservation table to confirm whether free time is available in the same period about all target network devices. If free time is available, the management server makes configuration reservation and configures the target network device in the reserved time. The management server notifies the user's terminal of the reserved time. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153533 | RSS CHANNEL INFORMATION PROVISION METHOD AND SYSTEM AND PORTABLE DEVICE USING THE SAME - An RSS provision method and system and portable device is provided for facilitating subscription to RSS channels and update of the subscribed RSS channels by providing RSS channels classified as being in the same category as that of a requested RSS channel. The Rich Site Summary (RSS) channel information provision method includes transmitting an RSS channel information request message from a mobile terminal, the RSS channel information request message indicating a target RSS channel; searching a database for addresses of other RSS channels classified as being in the same category as that of the target RSS channel; transmitting, when no address of other RSS channel is found, a second type RSS channel information request message to a web server; transmitting an RSS channel information response message from the web server to the gateway in response to the second type RSS channel information request message, the RSS channel information response message containing information regarding the target RSS channel and other RSS channels classified as being in the same category as that of the target RSS channel; and displaying, at the mobile terminal, the information on the target RSS channel and other RSS channels extracted from the RSS channel response message. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153534 | SYSTEMS FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA OVER A COMPUTER NETWORK AND METHODS FOR ARRANGING NODES FOR DISTRIBUTION OF DATA OVER A COMPUTER NETWORK - Various embodiments of the present invention relate to a system for distributing data (e.g., content data) over a computer network and a method of arranging receiver nodes in a computer network such that the capacity of a server is effectively increased (e.g., the capacity of a server may be effectively multiplied many times over; the capacity of the server may be effectively increased exponentially). In one embodiment the present invention may take advantage of the excess capacity many receiver nodes possess, and may use such receiver nodes as repeaters. The distribution system may include node(s) having database(s) which indicate ancestor(s) and/or descendant(s) of the node so that reconfiguration of the distribution network may be accomplished without burdening the system's primary server. An embodiment of the present invention may include a process for configuring a computer information distribution network having a primary server node and user nodes docked in a cascaded relationship, and reconfiguring the network in the event that a user node departs from the network. In one example (which example is intended to be illustrative and not restrictive), the process may include the steps of providing a new user node (or connection requesting user node) with a connection address list of nodes within the network, having the new user node (or connection requesting user node) go to (or attempt to go to) the node at the top of the connection address list, determine whether that node is still part of the distribution network, and connect thereto if it is, and if it is not, to go to (or attempt to go to) the next node on the connection address list. In another example (which example is intended to be illustrative and not restrictive), when a user node departs from the distribution network, a propagation signal may be transmitted to the nodes below it in the network, causing them to move up in the network in a predetermined order. In another example (which example is intended to be illustrative and not restrictive), the present invention may provide a decentralized approach which provides, to each new user node (or connection requesting user node) a path back to the root server. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100153535 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING A DOMAIN NAME REGISTRANT'S SOCIAL WEBSITES - Systems and methods of the present invention allow for managing multiple social websites. An exemplary method may comprise the steps of registering a domain name to a Registrant, generating a Social Domain (that corresponds to a social website) by concatenating at least one subdomain to the Registrant's domain name, mapping the Social Domain to a URL for the Registrant's social website webpage, entering the Social Domain in a browser, and displaying the Registrant's social website webpage. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100161779 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY-REFERENCED MULTIMEDIA - A system and method for providing quality-referenced multimedia including a receiver configured to receive multimedia from at least one multimedia source, and one or more processors configured to generate a quality reference based on the multimedia, format the quality reference into an elementary stream, and associate the elementary stream with the multimedia to form quality-referenced multimedia. The system and method may also include a transmitter configured to transmit the quality-referenced multimedia for output at one or more output devices and one or more storage systems for storing the quality-referenced multimedia. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100161780 | HOT DATA MANAGEMENT METHOD BASED ON HIT COUNTER - Provided is a hot data management method based on hit counter, which prevents loads from being concentrated on a specific data server due to hot data by efficiently managing the hot data in the asymmetric storage system. Each of data servers of an asymmetric storage system checks hit counter for data stored in the corresponding data server to maintain hit counter information on the data in a latest state. The data server transmits the hit counter information to a metadata server at predetermined intervals. The data server makes or deletes a copy of the data according to the determination of the metadata server whether the data is hot data. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100161781 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DIGITAL HOME DOMAIN MANAGEMENT - An apparatus for digital home domain management includes a home domain server which manages in one user domain all user terminals within a home group and provides each user terminal with a domain license in contents; and a DRM coupler which provides the contents and domain licenses converted to conform to a DRM type loaded in user terminals if contents sharing is requested among user terminals loaded with different DRMs within the home group. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100161782 | FIXED FORM DATA MANAGEMENT SERVER APPARATUS AND FIXED FORM DOCUMENT CREATING SYSTEM - The present invention provides a fixed form data managing server apparatus that automatically checks whether the version of the fixed form data included in document data created on a PC is the latest version and that transmits the check result to the PC. Prior to printing of the created document data by an image forming apparatus, the PC transmits the version information of the fixed form data included in the document data through the printing server apparatus. The fixed form data managing server apparatus that has received the version information determines whether the version information is the latest version information and, when the apparatus determines that the version information is not the latest one, transmits control information to stop the printing of the document data to the PC. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100169469 | REQUEST AND RESPONSE DECOUPLING VIA PLUGGABLE TRANSPORTS IN A SERVICE ORIENTED PIPELINE ARCHITECTURE FOR A REQUEST RESPONSE MESSAGE EXCHANGE PATTERN - A computer-implemented system and method for decoupling processing of request and response messages supporting different pluggable respective transports in a service-oriented pipeline architecture for a request-response Message Exchange Pattern (MEP) is disclosed. The method in an example embodiment includes receiving a message having coded therein information identifying a desired pluggable transport mechanism respectively for a request and a response; processing the message through a message processing pipeline; dispatching the processed message to a dispatcher; determining if the desired pluggable transport mechanism is available; activating the desired pluggable transport mechanism, if the desired pluggable transport mechanism is available; and transporting the processed message via the desired pluggable transport mechanism. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100169470 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT OF COMPUTER SYSTEM - This invention provides a method for operational management in a management server of a computer system, the computer system comprising more than one server to be managed and an OS disk image adapted to operate on any one of the servers, the management server being used to manage association between the OS disk image and one of the servers to be managed. The operational management method includes acquiring I/O device recognition information that the OS disk image on a first server to be managed recognizes, then acquiring physical device configuration information that indicates an I/O device configuration of a second server to be managed, and determining, on the basis of the acquired I/O device recognition information and physical device configuration information, whether the OS disk image operates properly when loaded into the second server and executed. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100169471 | Verification of Configuration Information in BGP VPNs - Described are mechanisms for verifying configuration information in 2547 BGP VPNs. An originating PE generates a first knowledge digest encoding first configuration information associated with a current set of information advertised for a VRF. The originating PE also generates a second knowledge digest encoding second configuration information associated with cumulative information advertised for the VRF. The originating PE is capable of receiving a message from a user PE, the message including a third knowledge digest encoding third configuration information related to the user VRF. The originating PE is capable of comparing the first knowledge digest to the third knowledge digest and producing a first indication if the third configuration information encoded in the third knowledge digest is not a subset of the first configuration information encoded in the first knowledge digest. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100174811 | NETWORK ISOLATION AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT OF CLONED VIRTUAL MACHINES - A virtual computing environment comprising virtual machines may be created to clone a computing environment for testing purposes. To provide an accurate testing environment, the network configuration of the cloned computing environment may be preserved in the virtual computing environment. However, deploying the virtual computing environment on a physical network that comprises the cloned computing environment may create addressing conflicts. Accordingly, a technique for preserving network configuration data without creating addressing conflicts is provided herein. A virtual computing environment comprising an internal virtual network and external virtual network is fenced off to isolate the virtual computing environment from a physical external network. The virtual computing systems are connected to the internal virtual network for communication, using the preserved network configuration, between virtual computing environments. The virtual computing systems are separately connected to the external virtual network for communication through the physical external network. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100180020 | IMPROVING SCALE BETWEEN CONSUMER SYSTEMS AND PRODUCER SYSTEMS OF RESOURCE MONITORING DATA - A consumer system receives capabilities metadata from a producer system that includes resource class metrics for a resource class included in the producer system. Next, the consumer system creates a rule that corresponds to one of the consumer system's managed entities. The rule includes one or more prescriptions that reference the resource class metrics and specify a periodicity, which informs the producer system as to a time interval for which to send prescription results that includes metric information pertaining to the resource class metrics. The consumer system sends the rule to the producer system and, in turn, the consumer system receives the prescription results from the producer system at the specified periodicity and applies the metric information to the managed entity. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100180021 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTE NODE DEBUGGING USING AN EMBEDDED NODE CONTROLLER - A method, system and computer program product for remotely debugging a malfunctioning node controller of a node in a distributed node network through a functioning node controller of the same node. The method comprises establishing a serial link between the malfunctioning node controller and a functioning node controller and configuring the functioning node controller as a virtual console by the remotely-located central data processing system (DPS). The method further includes receiving, via an internal Fru Support Interface (FSI) link, serial data from the malfunctioning node controller through the virtual console, and debugging, by the DPS, a failure condition of the malfunctioning node controller, in response to receipt of the serial data through the virtual console. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100180022 | REGISTRATION OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE TO SERVER - When a user management server apparatus transmits session information to a user terminal apparatus operated by a user, and receives the session information from an electronic device via a network, the user management server apparatus registers a correspondence relationship between the user who operates the user terminal apparatus and the electronic device. A temporary registration server apparatus receives the session information from the user terminal apparatus and transmits the session information and address information on the network of the user management server apparatus which should be a transmission destination of the session information to the electronic device. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100185757 | Method and Apparatus for Use in a Communications Network - A method is disclosed for use in a telecommunications network that makes use of the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). The method comprises receiving node status information in a SIP Request whose Request Uniform Resource Identifier, or Request-URI, identifies the SIP Request as comprising node status information and also identifies the intended recipients of the node status information. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100185758 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A remote management device for remotely managing plural controllers that respectively control plural devices includes a program storage unit, a group definition information registration, a first management information registration unit and a communication unit. The program storage unit is configured to store plural programs to be executed in the plural controllers. The group definition information registration unit is configured to receive registration of group definition information defining a group having an element that includes one or more programs of the plural programs. The first management information registration unit is configured to receive registration of first management information correlating at least one of the plural controllers with the group. The communication unit is configured to transmit the programs to be executed in the plural controllers to the plural controllers. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100185759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LAYER 2 DISCOVERY IN A MANAGED SHARED NETWORK - According to various embodiments of the disclosed method and apparatus, a node on a network submits to a network controller a request for discovery of information regarding communication capabilities of other network nodes. The network controller sends a request for node communication capabilities to the other nodes in the network; receives responses from the other nodes that include information regarding communication capabilities of each respective node; and send the received information regarding communication capabilities of the nodes to a plurality of nodes in the network. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100191842 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING QUEUE ORDER, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A system for managing a queue order may receive queue order registration requests from a plurality of user terminals, generate queue order information of the plurality of user terminals, and broadcast, when the queue order information changes, notification information about the change of the queue order information. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100191843 | Method and System for Selection of a Runtime Stack for Deployment of a Web Service - A method and system for selection of a runtime stack for deployment of a Web Service are provided. The method includes: generating policy assertions for a Web Service to be deployed; providing a scoring mechanism for each available runtime stack in which the ability of a stack to support each of a plurality of policy assertions is scored; applying the scoring mechanism for each available runtime stack to the policy assertions for the Web Service ( | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100198952 | Method for WALN network and device role activation - In response to receiving a capability advertisement message which comprises role capabilities, an activation message which requests at least one role capability of the capability is sent to a device on a bearer; and in response to the activation message, from the device on the bearer is received a notification message which indicates whether the role capability of the activation message was accepted. In another embodiment, a capability advertisement message which comprises role capabilities is sent; in response there is received on a bearer an activation message which requests at least one role capability of the advertisement message; and then in response to the activation message there is sent to the device on the bearer a notification message which indicates whether the role capability of the activation message is accepted. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198953 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MANAGING CONTENTION AMONG NODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of managing contention in a wireless network is described. The wireless network may include an access router and a plurality of access terminals connectable to the base station. The method may include designating a data slot as a downlink slot or an uplink slot, and sending a signal from the access router to the access terminals to indicate the designation of the data slot. The access router may determine whether the data slot should be designated as a downlink slot or an uplink slot by assessing information such QoS (quality of service) requirements contained in a REQ message received from one or more of the access terminals, and information regarding buffer level received from one or more of the access terminals. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198954 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE PROVISION SEESION CONTROL IN AN LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for enabling a local area network (LAN) appliance, supporting a synchronous-invocation/broadcast-notification protocol, to control communication sessions in a wide area network (WAN), the wide area network supporting a session-control protocol, includes: a) receiving from the LAN appliance a synchronous-invocation/broadcast-notification-protocol message invoking an operation for controlling a predetermined communication session in the wide area network, the execution of the operation involving an exchange of at least two session-control-protocol messages with at least one WAN apparatus supporting the session-control-protocol; b) processing the synchronous-invocation/broadcast-notification-protocol message received in a) to generate a first of the at least two session-control-protocol messages, which is adapted to start the execution of the operation; c) sending the message generated in b) toward said wide area network to start the execution of the operation; d) suspending a response for the LAN appliance to the invoked operation waiting for a condition indicating an outcome of the operation; e) when the condition is available, generating the response for the LAN appliance, the response being indicative of the outcome of the operation; and f) sending the response generated in e) to the LAN appliance. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198955 | COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING SOFTWARE UPDATE COMMAND PROGRAM, SOFTWARE UPDATE COMMAND METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - An information processing device is provided that provides service by executing a service provider program in a cluster system. The device includes a program information transmission unit that transmits to a monitoring node that monitors the cluster system, a node list information reception unit that receives node list information, an update target selection unit that determines which of the other information processing devices which are not yet updated with the service provider program by referring to the program information in the node list information, a command timing determination unit that determines a time after a lapse of the standby time found in the first update timing information as a command timing of the update command, an update timing information generation unit that generates second update timing information and an update command transmission unit that transmits the update command about the service provider program and the second update timing information. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198956 | TELEPHONE EXCHANGE APPARATUS AND HOST NAME INFORMATION ASSIGNING METHOD USED THEREFORE - According to one embodiment, a telephone exchange apparatus includes a generator configured to automatically generate the host name information in accordance with a predetermined condition, when a registration request about an arbitrary communication apparatus to the management table is issued, and a controller configured to register the host name information generated by the generator in the management table by associating the host name information with the corresponding-communication apparatus. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198957 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISION OF PROXIMITY NETWORKING ACTIVITY INFORMATION - Systems and methods applicable, for instance, in proximity networking activity. For example, nodes and/or other computers may record, receive, and/or provide information regarding proximity networking activity. As another example, nodes and/or other computers may act to inform their users of proximity networking activity instances. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100198958 | REAL-TIME FEEDBACK FOR POLICIES FOR COMPUTING SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - One aspect of the invention is a method for providing real-time feedback regarding the effect of applying a policy definition used for management in a computing system. An example of the method includes receiving the policy definition, and accessing stored information regarding at least one managed entity in the computing system. This example also includes applying the policy definition to the information regarding the at least one managed entity. This example further includes outputting information providing real-time feedback regarding the effect of applying the policy definition to the information regarding the at least one managed entity. Another aspect of the invention is a method for defining a policy used for management in a computing system. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100205286 | SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING CUSTOMER-SELECTED SOLUTIONS FOR MULTIPLE DATACENTER WEBSITE HOSTING - Systems of the present inventions allow for providing customer-selected solutions for multiple datacenter website hosting. An exemplary system may comprise a first datacenter comprising at least one hosting server, a second datacenter comprising at least one hosting server, and a hosting services website hosted on at least one customer interaction server. The hosting services website may be configured to offer and implement hosting of at least one customer website in the first datacenter, second datacenter, or both the first datacenter and second datacenter. The system also may comprise a network communicatively coupling the first datacenter, second datacenter, and customer interaction server. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100205287 | REMOTELY MANAGING ENTERPRISE RESOURCES - The present disclosure is directed to a system and method for remotely managing enterprise resources. In some implementations, a method includes remotely receiving information associated with heterogeneous assets in an enterprise network. Transactions for remotely managing the heterogeneous assets are generated in response to at least the information. The management transactions are stored remote from the enterprise network until a request for the management transactions is received from the enterprise network. The management transactions are transmitted to the enterprise network using a single interface. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100205288 | DYNAMIC SERVICE ACTIVATION USING COPS-PR TO SUPPORT OUTSOURCING AND CONFIGURATION MODELS FOR POLICY CONTROL - A device may include a service activation engine (SAE) including: a policy information base (PIB) file that defines a plurality of attachments that correspond to a plurality of network policies; and a server. The server may receive a request, using common open policy service for policy provisioning (COPS-PR), for a network service related to an interface handle associated with a subscriber device; determine which ones of the network policies correspond to the network service; and send, using COPS-PR, a provisioning instance (PRI) including a first of the attachments to implement the ones of the network policies to the interface handle based on the attachments. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100205289 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR PATH CONTROL, AND PATH CONTROL METHOD - Information for performing path control is added to a signaling message used in a network including a higher-level path which accommodates a lower-level path. When a state change occurs in the higher-level path, a communication device extracts using the information a lower-level path to be controlled for the same control item as the control item indicating the state change in the higher-level path. A path to be controlled is selected from among the lower-level paths accommodated in the higher-level path. By controlling the extracted path, a plurality of paths can be easily controlled when there are accommodation relationships among layers. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100205290 | MEDIUM RESOURCE RESERVATION METHOD, SERVICE PACKAGE INFORMATION OBTAINING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A medium resource reservation method, a service package information obtaining method, and a service package information obtaining apparatus are provided, which are capable of decreasing resource waste of medium resource reservation. The resource reservation method includes the following steps. A service message carrying Session Description Protocol (SDP) information is received, and the SDP information contains service package information. The service package information is parsed from the SDP information. The service package information is employed for resource reservation. The method can identify the service package, so that the service package processing efficiency is improved, and the resource waste of medium resource reservation is effectively decreased. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100211662 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SPECIFYING PLANNED CHANGES TO A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of specifying changes to a communications network is disclosed. The method uses a network model representing a current configuration of the communications network. Scope information is received defining a subset of the network model to which changes are to be made. Model information relating to the defined subset of the network model is copied in accordance with the scope information, to create a partial model copy. The partial model copy is then modified to represent a planned configuration of the communications network. The partial model may be validated as consistent with the network model for the current configuration, and to reserve resources within it. Changes within the partial model may be passed to other models, including the current configuration. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100211663 | MANAGEMENT OF POOL MEMBER CONFIGURATION - A system for providing virtual desktop images to users of pool members from a pool includes a server subsystem in data communication with a plurality of pool members, said server subsystem being configured to receive, from a user, a request to log into a first pool member from said pool; to retrieve a virtual desktop image for use by said first pool member; to inspect a user policy corresponding to said user; to modify said virtual desktop image consistently with said user policy; and to provide said virtual desktop to said first pool member. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100211664 | AGGREGATION OF PHYSICAL LAYER INFORMATION RELATED TO A NETWORK - An exemplary system includes a plurality of connector assemblies. Each of the connector assemblies includes a plurality of ports. Each of the connector assemblies is configured to read information stored on or in physical communication media that is connected to the ports of the respective connector assembly. An aggregation point is communicatively coupled to the plurality of connector assemblies. The aggregation point is configured to automatically discover the connector assemblies and cause each of the connector assemblies to send to the aggregation point at least some of the information read from the physical communication media that is connected to its ports. The aggregation point is configured to store at least some of the information sent by the connector assemblies to the aggregation point. The aggregation point can also be configured to provide at least some of the information it stores to at least one other device via the network. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100211665 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS FOR USE WITH PHYSICAL LAYER INFORMATION - One exemplary embodiment is directed to a network management system that uses physical layer information in performing a network management function. Another exemplary embodiment is directed to a method of tracking channel compliance using physical layer information. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100211666 | Method And Apparatus For Improving The Efficiency Of Resource Utilisation In A Communications System - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for requesting a transport policy for a bearer of a session in a communications system ( | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100211667 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATED DIGITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT IN NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method and system can be used to automatically manage a digital asset, from development to deployment, to control change within a network environment in a comprehensive and efficient manner. Digital assets can be tracked for progress and inaccuracies, mistakes, and incompatibilities can be addressed prior to deployment. Stages can be used to formalize and automate the flow of digital assets along the process. Further, metadata regarding the digital asset can be captured at any time to provide an audit trail for the digital asset from development all the way through deployment. The metadata can include not only the change records for the digital asset but may also include other information, such as results from staging and where the digital asset has been deployed. Any stage may have access to any or all metadata captured for the digital asset. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100217850 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EXTENDING SECURITY PLATFORMS TO CLOUD-BASED NETWORKS - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for extending a network security platform to a cloud-based network. A set of managed machines, such as personal computers or servers, can be managed by a network security engine. The network security engine can govern access to and operation of the set of managed machines through a set of security policies. According to embodiments, the set of security policies can be sub-divided into a partitioned security class corresponding to a subset of the managed network which is intended to be deployed as a cloud-accessible subset of the overall managed network. The partitioned security class can specify access restrictions for the cloud-accessible subset to receive resources from or provide resources to the external cloud environment. A corporate campus network or other managed network can therefore permit access of the cloud to some or all of its machines, while still maintaining desired local security conditions. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217851 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE TYPES OF COMMUNICATION MODES, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes multiple communication terminals that are used by multiple users; and a management unit that holds management information expressing which type of communication mode corresponding to which communication address information is used by which user and by which communication terminal, and connection information including communication address information of one communication terminal that has communicated and communication address information of the other communication terminal that has communicated. The management unit holds connection information corresponding to an instance of communication even if that instance of communication has ended. Each communication terminal can communicate with other communication terminals in one or more types of communication modes, and includes a communication support unit. In the case where a first-type communication mode of a first communication terminal that includes the communication support unit is used by a first user, the communication support unit accesses the management unit to specify communication address information corresponding to the first-type communication mode in a second communication terminal used by a second user, and the first communication terminal communicates with the second communication terminal in the first-type communication mode using the specified communication address information. The first user is a user that used a second-type communication mode prior to using the first-type communication mode of the first communication terminal. The second user is a user that communicated with the first user using the second-type communication mode prior to using the first-type communication mode of the first communication terminal. The specified communication address information is communication address information specified based on an instance of communication address information within the connection information that has another instance of communication address information corresponding to the second-type communication mode used by the first user, and based on the management information. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217852 | Wireless Terminal Device and Server Therefor - There is provided a wireless terminal device for performing a wireless communication. The wireless terminal device is capable of equipping a device and of communicating with a server. The wireless terminal device includes an application storage for storing an application program, an actuation request receiver for receiving an application actuation request including information specifying an application program to be started up, and an application actuator for starting up the application program on the basis of the information specifying the application program. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217853 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POLICY BASED MANAGEMENT FOR A HIGH SECURITY MANET - A system and method for policy based management for a high security MANET comprises policy managers, each performing policy decision-making and policy enforcement using multiple policies, containers, each related to an application and each container having one policy manager, nodes, each having an infrastructure and at least one container, and dynamic community building blocks associating the containers having a same application, the containers being in different nodes, the associated containers maintained by the dynamic community building blocks on a secure network. Each container can define a security boundary around the node. Each container can be a lightweight virtual machine. The system can also have a special container having a policy manager only evaluating policies for conflicts. In one embodiment, a node can consist of multiple network devices and each network device is a container of its own. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217854 | Method and Apparatus for Intelligent Management of a Network Element - A network element (NE) includes an intelligent interface (II) with its own operating environment rendering it active during the NE boot process, and with separate intelligence allowing it to take actions on the NE prior to, during, and after the boot process. The combination of independent operation and increased intelligence provides enhanced management opportunities to enable the NE to be controlled throughout the boot process and after completion of the boot process. For example, files may be uploaded to the NE before or during the boot process to restart the NE from a new software image. The II allows this downloading process to occur in parallel on multiple NEs from a centralized storage resource. Diagnostic checks may be run on the NE, and files, and MIB information, and other data may be transmitted from the II to enable a network manager to more effectively manage the NE. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217855 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR NOTIFYING AN APPLICATION FUNCTION OF RESOURCE RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO A COMMUNICATION SESSION - The invention relates to a method of notifying an Application Function (AF) in a communications network of resource restrictions relating to a communication session. The network includes a Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) for authorising and controlling flows of data in the session. In the method the AF sends an authorisation request to the PCRF for establishing the communication session. The authorisation request includes an indication that the AF is to be notified of resource restrictions for the data flows in the session. The PCRF notifies the AF of the resource restrictions. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217856 | Shared DNS Domain Handling - Instead of rejecting an incoming request at a node of a SIP domain, e.g. an IMS domain, when a user database query has failed, it is determined whether the DNS domain name of the request is registered as a shared domain or not. If it is found that the DNS domain name is registered as a shared domain, the DNS domain name is resolved into a globally routable URI, and the request is routed towards the terminating entity. If, however, the DNS domain name is not shared, the request is rejected. Such a mechanism enables operators to allow for a DNS domain name to be utilized by more than one SIP domain. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100217857 | CONSOLIDATING SESSION INFORMATION FOR A CLUSTER OF SESSIONS IN A COUPLED SESSION ENVIRONMENT - Provided are a method, system, and program for consolidating session information for a cluster of sessions in a coupled session environment. Information for each of a plurality of sessions comprising a cluster is stored in a memory of a processor session. Each session associates at least one primary system and at least one secondary system, wherein within each session, updates are copied from the at least one primary system to the at least one secondary system. The session information in the memory for the plurality of sessions is processed to generate consolidated session information for the cluster based on the session information for the sessions in the cluster. The consolidated session information for the cluster is written to a master data set maintaining information for sessions. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100223369 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DEPOPULATION OF USER DATA FROM NETWORK - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for depopulation of user data from a network. A network management platform can communicate with a set of managed machines in a network, and generally manage user accounts including user lDs, associated network processes, services, application files, data files, and/or other user data. In embodiments, a user may have a change in status, such as departing from the organization operating the network, changing their name or user name, or other updates. In such cases, a systems administrator may need to update or delete files, processes, services, and/or other user data associated with the user from the network. The network management platform can interrogate the network for files, processes, or other resources associated with the user ID of interest. The search can exhaustively interrogate every available node in the network, to update or purge all files associated with the subject user ID(s). | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100223370 | NETWORK SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND CONNECTION STATE DETERMINING METHOD - A network system according to an implementation of the present invention involves: determining whether or not a matching address is found by comparing (i) an apparatus address, of an apparatus connected to an HDMI network, which is obtained via the HDMI network with (ii) an apparatus address, of an apparatus connected to another network, which is obtained via the other network (S | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100223371 | METHOD FOR INTERACTING WITH USER AND TERMINAL THEREOF - The present specification related to a method for interacting with a user and terminal thereof. The present specification provides a terminal comprising a first module adapted to receive a scheduling context including scheduled device management from a server and to install the received scheduling context, and a second module adapted to provide one or more of notification to a user about the scheduled device management, and an option allowing the user to modify the scheduled device management before performing the scheduled device management. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100223372 | Methods and Systems for Performing Remote Diagnostics - Diagnostic methods and systems are described in which a client or consumer electronic device can be remotely controlled and operated for purposes which include performing diagnostics and/or implementing remedial measures designed to remedy identified problems associated with the consumer electronic device. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100223373 | Systems and Methods for Facilitating Storage Operations using Network Attached Storage Devices - A system and method for communicating, browsing, verifying and routing data in storage operation systems using network attached storage devices is provided. In some embodiments, the system may include a management module and a media management component connected to the management server, which interoperate with network attached storage devices to provide the communicating, browsing, verifying and routing functions. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100223374 | COMBINED HEADER PROCESSING FOR NETWORK PACKETS - A computer system to efficiently process packets received over a network operating in accordance with a layered protocol. The system includes logic that provides combined processing to determine whether a received packet complies with multiple requirements of the layered protocol. Combined processing determines compliance with requirements at more than one of the protocol layers of the layered protocol. If the combined processing does not verify compliance with all of the requirements of a protocol layer, those requirements may be verified in a layered fashion following the combined processing. In this way, greater efficiencies may be achieved through the combined processing of requirements from multiple protocol layers, but advantages of implementing a layered protocol in a modular fashion may still be retained. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100228843 | ELEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed are an element management system and a method thereof that efficiently manage network elements of a wireless communication network, such as an RAS and an ACR. According to the present invention, it is possible to efficiently manage an RAS and an ACR so as to provide a stable wireless communication service, by implementing an element management system for managing network elements of a wireless communication network. Further, it is possible to implement an EMS server, which has a modularized construction including modules, which correspond to functions of the EMS and are arranged in a physically separated manner, so as to facilitate future addition and change of functions of the EMS. Moreover, it is possible to reduce loads on an EMS server by efficiently implementing information transmission and control paths of an EMS server and an EMS client. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100228844 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANGING SUBSCRIPTION STATUS OF SERVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for changing a subscription status of a service in a mobile communication system, and a system thereof. A method is provided for changing a subscription status of a service by a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method includes transmitting a pause request message, in which a pause period of the subscription status is included, to a network entity; receiving, from the network entity, a pause response message including therein a possible pause period for the pause period included in the pause request message, and a trigger for changing validity for a Long-term Key stored in the terminal; and changing validity for the Long-term Key using the trigger for the possible pause period included in the pause response message. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100228845 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING TRIGGERED SESSION IN TRIGGERED LOCATION SERVICE BASED ON SUPL - Disclosed is a triggered session performance in a SUPL-based triggered location service, in particular, a triggered location service capable of pausing an ongoing session and then resuming the paused session by using a dedicated or common message and other certain parameters indicating a session pause/resume. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100228846 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING SUPL BASED LOCATION SERVICE - A method for performing an SUPL-based triggered location service, comprising: sending a pause message for a triggered session to a server, starting the triggered session for a triggered location service with the server; and sending a end message to the server if a condition added to the triggered session is satisfied during pause of the triggered session. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100228847 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERED LOCATION SERVICE IN SUPL - Disclosed is an SUPL-based triggered location service which provides a triggered location service capable of pausing an ongoing session and then resuming the paused session by using a dedicated or common message and other certain parameters indicating a session pause/resume. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100228848 | MERGING OF OVERLAY NETWORKS IN DISTRIBUTED DATA STRUCTURES - A method and system for merging together two overlay networks in a distributed data structure, each overlay network comprises, spaced around a ring, a multiplicity of nodes each of which has a unique identifier and a leaf set identifying its neighbouring nodes are provided. Subsequently an initiator node makes a data request to a destination node and data is transferred from the destination node to the initiator node in response thereto, and a token is passed from the initiator node to the destination node that includes the identifier and leaf set of the initiator node. These steps are then repeated for the remaining nodes until all the nodes have been merged together and the merge process is stopped by receipt of a token by the initiator node. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100235484 | Remotely Administering A Server - Remotely administering a server, the server including non-volatile memory upon which is disposed one or more digital images representing the server, the server also including one or more components each of which includes non-volatile memory in which is disposed one or more digital images representing the component, where the server is connected for data communications to a management module, and remotely administering the server includes: retrieving, by the management module from the server, the digital images representing the server and the digital images representing the installed components; generating, by the management module with the digital images representing the server and the digital images representing the installed components, a graphical representation of the server with the installed components; and presenting, by the management module to a user through a GUI, the graphical representation of the server with the installed components. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100235485 | PARALLEL PROCESSING OF INPUT DATA TO LOCATE LANDMARKS FOR CHUNKS - Input data is divided into a plurality of segments, which are processed, in parallel, by respective first processing elements to locate landmarks in the segments. At least one other processing element is used to produce chunks from the input data based on positions of the landmarks provided by the first processing elements. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100235486 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA FOR CONFIGURING RECEIVER LATENCY - The present disclosure is related to transmitting and receiving media channels, such as audio and video channels. These channels may be transmitted as packets from one or more transmitting devices to one or more receiving devices for playout. Certain embodiments of the present disclosure include systems, methods, and computer-readable media for determining latency of a data network for synchronised playout of received signals. Additionally, certain embodiments of the present disclosure include systems, methods, and computer-readable media for synchronising playout among devices connected to a data network. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100235487 | USE OF SNMP FOR MANAGEMENT OF SMALL FOOTPRINT DEVICES - Methods, devices, and systems are provided for managing and controlling small footprint devices with a lightweight control protocol, such as SNMP. Relatively small control messages are employed that have a compact command portion included in an object identifier portion, thereby circumventing the need for a separate command portion as well as a data body. Also, methods, devices, and systems for improving the security and privacy of processing SNMP messages on SNMP-managed devices by moving this processing together with the sensitive data that the process employ such a cryptographic keys inside the tamper-resistant and tamper-evident boundary of an integrated circuit card. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100235488 | HIGH AVAILABILITY FOR INTELLIGENT APPLICATIONS IN STORAGE NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus provide formation and management of intelligent application clusters in a storage area network. Disk arbitration mechanisms ensure that a cluster is owned by a single member. In the event of a network partition, each cluster member involved arbitrates to gain ownership of a cluster. High availability mechanisms allow monitoring of system resources and effective failover capabilities. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100250721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESERVING FUNCTION OF UPNP DEVICE - A service provided by a universal plug and play (UPnP) device. A control point (CP) discovers the device in a network, controls the device, and reserves the device to perform a specific command at a specific time. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100250722 | CONNECTIVITY MANAGEMENT FOR TRANSPORT INDEPENDENT ARCHITECTURES - A system for facilitating the configuration of access to resources residing within an operating environment comprising multiple apparatuses. Apparatuses may establish a common operating environment based on interactions taking place via a shared memory space residing on one or more of the apparatuses. Apparatuses that desire to interact with other apparatuses also participating in the common operating environment, for example in order to access resources residing on the other apparatuses, may initially obtain communication configuration information that is usable for establishing links to the other apparatuses. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100250723 | Contents distribution system, node device, leaving process delay method, and computer-readable recording medium in which leaving process delay control program is recorded - A node device in a contents distribution system receives instructions of leaving from a leaving node device which leaves the contents distribution system, and obtains transmission ability information concerning a transmission ability of the leaving node device. The node device determines a delay time in such a way that the higher the transmission ability is, the longer the delay time for use in delaying the leaving from the contents distribution system is, based on the obtained transmission ability information. The node device performs a leaving process from the contents distribution system after the determined delay time has elapsed after the receipt of the instructions of leaving | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100250724 | DEVICE FOR EQUIPMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, EQUIPEMENT APPARATUS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN EQUIPMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A management apparatus is configured to manage plural equipment apparatuses through a network. A notification receiver section is configured to receive a notification from each of the equipment apparatuses. A storage section is configured to store plural sets of identification information of the equipment apparatuses and plural sets of registration information of the equipment apparatuses for indicating a registered/unregistered status of each of the equipment apparatuses. A registration determiner section is configured to determine the registered/unregistered status of the equipment apparatuses based on a corresponding set of the identification information and a corresponding set of the registration information when the notification receiver section receives the notification. A notification prevention command creator section is configured to create a notification prevention command when each of the equipment apparatuses is determined to have the unregistered status. A command transmitter is configured to transmit the notification prevention command to each of the equipment apparatuses. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100250725 | INTEROPERABILITY USING A LOCAL PROXY SERVER - A home-networking gateway may automatically provide a function based on data identified on a device on a home network. The home-networking gateway may perform the function using another device that is capable of performing the function and is accessible to the home-networking gateway. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100262683 | Network Aware Forward Caching - An Internet service provider includes a cache server and a network aware server. The network aware server is operable to determine an optimization between a cost of retrieving content from a network and a cost of caching content from the network at the first cache server and then send a content identifier to the cache server. The cache server is operable to receive the content identifier, and determine the source of a content item. If the source is the same as the content identifier, then the cache server caches the content item. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100262684 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PACKET CLASSIFICATION - A method for classification data packets by means of an ordered access control list (L) of at least one classification rule (R | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100262685 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMAND TRACKING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a system and method of command tracking that eliminates, or at least substantially reduces, the shortcomings of prior art systems and methods for command tracking. More particularly, embodiments of the present invention provide a system and method in which a command is assigned a unique identification. State information for the command (e.g., has the command been completed, has all the data associated with the command been received and other state information) can be associated with the unique identification and recorded. According to one embodiment, the state information can be stored in various tables that correspond to particular data transport protocols and/or devices. Because the state information for the command is associated with the unique identification in the tables, state information for the same command can be identified, even if the command changes data transport protocols. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100262686 | ONLINE BUSINESS COMMUNITY WEBSITE - Systems and methods of the present invention allow for providing and managing an online business community. An exemplary system may comprise at least one Hosting Server maintained by a Hosting Entity; a Community Website accessible to a plurality of Clients and hosted on said at least one Hosting Server; a Resource Database storing a plurality of Content, wherein at least some of said Resources are generated by a Member; a Directory Database storing a plurality of Member Information; and a Network communicatively coupling said Hosting Server, said Community Website, said plurality of Clients, said Resource Database, and said Directory Database. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100268805 | Data Transfer Controlling Method, Content Transfer Controlling Method, Content Processing Information Acquisition Method And Content Transfer System - A method of controlling data transfer, a method of controlling content transfer, a method of obtaining content processing information, and a system for transferring content are provided. The method of controlling data transfer in a data interoperable environment includes: receiving a request for transmitting data from a client; gathering information on entities which are to participate in transmitting data; forming a chain including at least two entities by using the gathered information on the entities; transmitting a plurality of data through the chain; and receiving an event message for representing a transmission status of the data transmitted from at least one of the entities included in the chain. Accordingly, it is possible to control a transmission of the data so that the plurality of data can be transmitted through a single session and to receive the transmission status of the data as an event message. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268806 | Systems, apparatus, and methods for utilizing a reachability set to manage a network upgrade - A method of upgrading software components within a dispersed data storage network is disclosed. A list of identifiers corresponding to devices within the dispersed data storage network is assembled. Each member of the list is assigned to an upgrade set based on the devices that are reachable by the vaults associated with the device. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268807 | MULTI-CHASSIS COMPONENT CORRECTOR AND ASSOCIATOR ENGINE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a network management system (NMS) and a method performed on the NMS including one or more of the following: receiving a notification of a new endpoint discovered in the network, the new endpoint representing an endpoint in a multi-chassis pair; determining that an address of the new endpoint conflicts with an address of a first existing endpoint of an existing multi-chassis pair, wherein the first existing endpoint is currently paired with a second existing endpoint; determining whether the new endpoint or the first existing endpoint is a proper endpoint of the existing multi-chassis pair; and when the new endpoint is the proper endpoint of the existing multi-chassis pair, updating the data representing the topology in the storage module to replace the first existing endpoint with the new endpoint as paired with the second existing endpoint. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268808 | DISTRIBUTED AGGREGATION ON AN OVERLAY NETWORK - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for distributed aggregation on an overlay network. Embodiments of the invention utilize tiers of nodes that are cascaded in a layered system. Each tier reduces the size of data by orders of magnitude through pre-aggregation. Thus, high volume streams of messages can be reduced to lower volume streams at large scales, such as, for example, the Internet. No central coordination is used; thus there is no central point of failure or bottleneck. When a node fails, other nodes in the same tier as the failing node automatically take over the responsibilities of the failed node. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268809 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSESSING THE USABILITY AND ACCESSIBILITY OF WEB 2.0 FEATURES AND FUNCTIONALITIES OF WEBSITES - A system and method for accessing the usability and accessibility of a website includes generating a checklist of accommodations corresponding to an accessibility metric of the website, selecting one or more profiles of the website, and selecting Web 2.0 features of the website. The method may further include investigating tradeoffs of accommodations of different sets of Web 2.0 features and determining one or more accommodations necessary for a particular group of users. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268810 | Information communication system, information processing apparatus, information communication program, and information communication method - An information communication system includes: a communication line which connects a first information processing apparatus and a second information processing apparatus to each other; a transmission unit which is included in the first information processing apparatus and transmits identity information of the first information processing apparatus without passing through the communication line; a reception unit which is included in the second information processing apparatus and receives the identity information of the first information processing apparatus transmitted from the transmission unit without passing through the communication line; and an information transmission unit which is included in the second information processing apparatus and transmits information to the first information processing apparatus via the communication line by using the identity information received by the reception unit. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100268811 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISCOVERING MANAGED SYSTEMS IN A NETWORK - A method for discovering managed systems in a network including classifying a first managed system associated with a first active Internet Protocol (IP) address in the network using a plurality of network protocols, identifying a set of drivers using the classification, where the set of drivers are configured to obtain first management information about the managed system, obtaining a first set of drivers, populating a data model with the first management information obtain using at least one of the first set of drivers, and managing the first managed system using the data model. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100274879 | Dynamic Scheduling Interrupt Controller For Multiprocessors - Technologies are generally described herein for handling interrupts within a multiprocessor computing system. A priority level associated with a current task for each processor of the multiprocessor computing system can be maintained. Cache state information associated with each processor can also be maintained. Upon receiving an interrupt to the multiprocessor computing system, a cache locality score for each processor can be determined based on the maintained cache state information. A value can be computed that balances, for each processor, the priority level and the cache locality score. A processor for servicing the interrupt can be determined based on the computed value. The determined processor can be signaled to service the interrupt. Tracking state information related to processor cores can support rapid allocation of an arriving interrupt to a processor core without collecting processor core state information at interrupt time. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100274880 | Network Topology Management System, Management Apparatus, Management Method, Management Program, and Storage Media That Records Management Program - A network topology management system includes information processing units, storage units, connection units that control connection switching between the information processing units and the storage units, a management unit that manages a network topology consisting of the information processing units, the storage units and the connection units, and an emulator connected to the connection units and to the management unit the network. The emulator comprises a conversion section that converts first equipment identification information that identifies the information processing units or the storage units into second equipment identification information that is recognizable by the management unit to identify the information processing units or the storage units, and a transmitting section that sends the second equipment identification information to the management unit. The management device has a control section that manages the network topology based on the second equipment identification information. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100274881 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT USING PERIODIC STATUS MESSAGES - Methods of managing a network comprising a plurality of agents. The methods may comprise the step of storing a plurality of agent data files corresponding to the plurality of agents. The methods may also comprise the step of receiving periodic status messages from at least a portion of the plurality of agents. Upon receiving a status message from a first agent, the methods may comprise the step of updating an agent data file corresponding to the first agent. Also, the methods may comprise the steps of periodically identifying agent data files from the plurality of agent data files that have not been updated for a predetermined amount of time; and sending a request for response to a second agent corresponding to an agent data file that has not been updated for a predetermined amount of time. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100274882 | Method and System for Internet Protocol Provisioning of Customer Premises Equipment - Method and system for Internet Protocol (IP) provisioning over a cable network. The method and system including a plurality of embedded settop boxes (eSTBs) of at least two different vendors requesting IP provisioning according to a first protocol. The method and system further including a network provisioning unit (NPU) in communication with the eSTBs over the network for responding to the eSTB IP provisioning requests with IP provisioning data, wherein the eSTB IP provisioning data is outputted according to the first protocol such that provisioning of the eSTBs is standard for each vendor in so far as each eSTB utilizes the first protocol for provisioning. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100274883 | CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR COMPUTER SYSTEM INCLUDING STORAGE SYSTEMS - Responsive to a manipulation a storage administrator performs, the authority to manage the physical configuration of a storage system is either given or not given to the storage administrator. Specifically, a volume allocation program installed in a management computer gives the storage administrator the authority to manage the physical configuration of a storage system including a created volume, responsive to creation of a volume. A volume un-allocation program installed in the management computer verifies responsive to un-allocation of a volume whether the storage administrator is not given the authority to manage the physical configuration of the storage system including the un-allocated volume. Thus, by use of the two programs, the storage administrator can manage both a physical configuration and a logical configuration exclusive of other storage administrators. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100274884 | PARAMETER SETTING/STORING METHOD - Parameters necessary for browsing of content are stored in storage means while associating the parameters with location information of the content. When location information identical with location information of requested content has been stored in the storage means, parameters that have been stored in the storage means while being associated with the location information identical with the location information of the requested content are acquired from the storage means. When no location information identical with the location information of the requested content has been stored in the storage means, parameters that have been stored in the storage means while being associated with location information satisfying a prescribed rule are acquired from the storage means if such location information satisfying the prescribed rule has been stored in the storage means. The acquired parameters are applied to a process for the browsing of the requested content. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100281149 | Buffer system for managing service measurement requests - The present invention relates to a buffer system for managing a plurality of service measurement (SM) requests. In one embodiment, the buffer system includes a count buffer configured to store the SM requests. Each SM request includes a key set and a name-value pair. The name-value pair includes a name field and a value field. The buffer system further includes a send buffer configured to consolidate indices of the count buffer according to a destination address of each of the SM requests and a transport buffer configured to create at least one outgoing message based on data contents of the count buffer than correspond to the indices that have been consolidated. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100281150 | Method of Processing Event Notifications and Event Subscriptions - A method of processing event notifications and event subscriptions in a telecommunications or data network comprising a plurality of nodes, wherein an individual node performs the steps of maintaining a first repository for storing a set of event subscriptions encoded in a first summary and maintaining a second repository for storing the set of event subscriptions. The node encodes a received event notification into a second summary and then checks if the received event notification is a member of the set by comparing the first summary and the second summary. If the event notification is not a member of the set said notification is discarded. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100281151 | PROVISIONING AVAILABLE NETWORK RESOURCES - Systems and methods are provided that allow network resources to be shared across geographical distances. This can be achieved by changing the resources available for establishing and handling call or data session processing in an area. A mobility management device can alone or in combination with a DNS server change the size or the resource pool available in some embodiments. The change in resources can be dynamic according to certain predefined conditions or can be setup beforehand to account for daily demand. This sharing of resources can allow more efficient usage of resources available across a geographic region, rather than needed to over-provision each region to account for peak demands. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100281152 | Integrated Media Content Server System And Method for Customization Of Metadata That Is Associated Therewith - A system and method for the customization of media content metadata that is transmitted to any one of a plurality of end user devices of differing types. The system is adapted to modify individual records or even individual fields from the entire gamut of available metadata into a metadata feed which is optimally suited for display upon the type of end user device. Additionally, the system is also able to modify the records or individual fields from a list of all metadata instances according to pre-recorded user preferences. The result is a system that optimally utilizes the current connection path in order to reduce congestion thereon, or to alleviate any user potential frustration caused by sporadic performance of the overloaded interconnection path. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100281153 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOTELY CONTROLLING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system for remotely controlling mobile communication devices includes a redirection system, a remote control system and a mobile data communication device. The redirection system detects a triggering event at a host system and in response to the triggering event continuously redirects data items from the host system to a wireless network. The mobile data communication device receives data items from the wireless network and executes a plurality of device operations. The remote control system receives control information from a user interface and transmits the control information through the redirection system to the wireless network. The control information is received and executed by the mobile data communication device to remotely control one or more of the device operations. Methods of controlling the operation of mobile data communication devices are also disclosed. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100287267 | METHOD AND SERVER FOR WIDGET COMMUNICATION - A widget communication method includes: receiving a widget event message from a client, the widget event message indicates happening of the widget event; obtaining association information of widget events between clients; and triggering widget events on other clients that are associated with the widget event happening on the client according to the association information. A widget server is also provided. With the present invention, when a server receives a widget event message from a client, the server obtains association information of widget events between clients. Because the association information of widget events between clients associates widget events of different clients, the server triggers the widget events on other clients that are associated with the widget event happening on the client according to the association information so that widget applications can collaborate across multiple clients. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100287268 | METHODS, COMPUTER PROGRAMS, TRANSACTION SERVERS AND COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING TRANSACTIONS - The invention relates to a method, computer program and computer system for processing transactions. The method comprises providing a plurality of input connectors which interface towards a plurality of external data systems; providing a plurality of action connectors which interface towards a plurality of external data systems; receiving an input with one of the input connectors; determining, whether the input relates to a predetermined service of a customer; creating a transaction based on the input, when linking the received input to a predetermined service of a customer; processing the transaction to determine at least one output action; providing the at least one output action to at least one of the action connectors; and providing an output with the at least one action connector based on the at least one output action. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100287269 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREFOR - The network system includes: a command transmitting unit that transmits a command for requesting information required by the representative device for network management from the non-representative device, when the non-representative device has joined a network or when there is a change in a state of the non-representative device; a command receiving unit that receives a command including the information sent from the non-representative device that has received the command; a management unit that manages the information received by the command receiving unit as device management information; a representative device selecting unit that selects a next representative device using the device management information when functions of the representative device are to be disabled. The network system does not need a special management apparatus when there is a changeover between a representative device and a non-representative device and management authority as the representative device as well as accumulated information are inherited. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100287270 | CONTROL PROXY APPARATUS AND CONTROL PROXY METHOD - A control proxy apparatus includes: a management-apparatus-information storage unit that stores identification information for uniquely identifying a management apparatus that manages various apparatuses and a communication format of the management apparatus; an apparatus-information storage unit that stores apparatus information for executing various types of control, in association with each control target apparatus; an authenticating unit that determines, when receiving a control request from the management apparatus, whether authentication information in the control request is stored in the management-apparatus-information storage unit; an apparatus-information acquiring unit that acquires, when the authenticating unit determines that the authentication information is stored in the management-apparatus-information storage unit, apparatus information corresponding to the control target apparatus, from the apparatus-information storage unit; and a control executing unit that converts control information in the control request based on the apparatus information acquired by the apparatus-information acquiring unit, and executes the converted control information on the control target apparatus. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100287271 | System and Method for Restricting Data Transfers and Managing Software Components of Distributed Computers - A controller, referred to as the “BMonitor”, is situated on a computer. The BMonitor includes a plurality of filters that identify where data can be sent to and/or received from, such as another node in a co-location facility or a client computer coupled to the computer via the Internet. The BMonitor further receives and implements requests from external sources regarding the management of software components executing on the computer, allowing such external sources to initiate, terminate, debug, etc. software components on the computer. Additionally, the BMonitor operates as a trusted third party mediating interaction among multiple external sources managing the computer. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100287272 | Method For Structuring a Self-Organized Content Distribution Overlay Network For a Peer-to-Peer Network - A method for structuring a content distribution overlay network for a peer-to-peer network is presented. The method includes receiving a request from a requesting node for content at a content node. The content node has processing capabilities to process the content for presentation to the requesting node. An overlay network, including the requesting node and the content node, is dynamically assembled after receiving the request for content, where the overlay network is self-organized from available nodes of the peer-to-peer network that are available at a time of the request and based on the content requested. Using the assembled overlay network, a head node of the overlay network determines if a child node in the overlay network has processing capabilities to process the content, where the child node is then assigned to process the content for presentation to the requesting node. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100293260 | USE OF AN IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION IN A NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A method for the operation of network management systems, according to which values of attributes relating to an element are presented to a first manager and values of attributes relating to an element, which correspond to the values of the first manager, are presented to a second manager. The first and second manager determine the same identification information according to the same rule and using at least some of the values as well as store said identification information independently from a modification of the values of attributes relating to the respective element. The identification information is used during communication between the first manager and the second manager for identifying the element. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100293261 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR IMS RECOVERY UPON RESTART OF A S-CSCF - The present invention is aimed to provide means and methods for recovery of the IMS where an S-CSCF has suffered a restart after a failure, software upgrade or other reasons. To this end, the present invention provides for a first method to be applied in a HSS holding subscriber data for subscribers of the IMS and a second method to be applied in a S-CSCF selected for serving a given subscriber, upon restart of a S-CSCF assigned for serving a given subscriber. Both first and second methods cooperating to submit from the S-CSCF towards the HSS contact data required by the S-CSCF to contact the given subscriber, or to contact a proxy server where the subscriber is accessible through; storing the contact data at the HSS; and providing from the HSS towards an IMS entity, which may be the previously assigned S-CSCF or a new S-CSCF, contact information elements selectable from the contact data. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100293262 | AUTOMATED SYSTEM MANAGEMENT PROCESS - A method and apparatus for an automated system management process are described. According to an embodiment of the invention, a method comprises receiving data regarding operation of a network; automatically generating network policies based at least in part on the data regarding operation of the network using automation intelligence; applying the network policies to modify operations of the network; and receiving data regarding the operation of the network after the modification of the operations of the network. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100293263 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING A NETWORK OF DISTRIBUTED ENTITIES - System architecture for managing a network of distributed entities, including a central server and a plurality of mobile terminals connected with the server. Terminals can communicate and exchange information with the server, but also among each other. Each mobile terminal is adapted to intercept the proximity of network entities having potentially a limited processing capability: in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the entities are RFID Smart Tags, but other kinds of proximity communication protocols could be used instead (e.g. ZIGBee, Bluetooth). A central repository is maintained by the server where all the information collected by the mobile terminals is stored and is made available to the plurality of mobile terminals. The network entities must be capable of transmitting information to the mobile terminals when they are within a predetermined range. Each entity (e.g. an RFID Tag) can be coupled to any physical object and provide information about such object or the category to which the object belongs. According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention the entities are also adapted to transmit a workflow or a sequence of instructions to mobile terminals. The mobile terminals include a Task Engine for interpreting and executing such workflow received by the entities. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the mobile terminals are provided with a positioning system to be able to communicate the location of the detected entities to the server. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100293264 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING DUAL-CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY IN A NETWORKED DIGITAL MEDIA DEVICE - Described herein are systems and methods for providing dual control functionality in a networked digital media device. In overview, a networked digital media device advertises a standard digital media device, which is discoverable and controllable by a standard control device in accordance with a standard media control protocol (also referred to as a Device Control Protocol, or DCP). The networked digital media device also advertises a non-standard digital media playback device, the non-standard device being discoverable and controllable by a non-standard control device in accordance with a non-standard media control protocol. These two devices are manifested in the same device hardware, essentially allowing the device to implement dual-control such that it is able to be controlled both as a standard device and a non-standard device. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100293265 | IP MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM REGISTRATION - A method of ensuring that a currently reachable contact address is registered for a user terminal within an IP Multimedia Subsystem, the method comprising registering a first contact address for said terminal with the IP Multimedia Subsystem, subsequently determining on a network side that said terminal is no longer reachable via said first contact address, and as a consequence of such a determination, registering on the network side a second reachable contact address on behalf of the user terminal, with the IP Multimedia Subsystem. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100299422 | CLIENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A client management system includes a client terminal capable of communicating with a server terminal. The client terminal includes a storage device and a security managing module. The storage device is capable of storing data checked out data from the server terminal. The security managing module is capable of deleting the checked-out data in the storage device when a checked-out period determined by the server terminal has expired. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299423 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA INTERCEPTION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING SUCH DEVICE - A method and a device for data interception in a network are provided. The network includes a mechanism and/or a functionality according to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). The method includes a first network element provides session information to a third network element; a second network element provides identity information to the third network element; and the third network element processes and/or forwards at least a portion of the session information and/or identity information provided. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299424 | AN APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR MODIFYING A COMMAND MESSAGE IN A DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA NETWORK - An apparatus for modifying a command message (CMD) received from a source apparatus to control a target device parameter of a target apparatus within a digital multimedia network, wherein a hierarchical parameter address (HPA) or a parameter value contained in said command message (CMD) is changed according to at least one change script to provide a modified command message (CMD'). | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299425 | LICENSE TRANSFER SYSTEM, LICENSE TRANSFER METHOD, AND LICENSE TRANSFER PROGRAM - The first image forming apparatus is the image forming apparatus for the license transfer source. The second image forming apparatus is the transfer destination image forming apparatus to which a license is transferred. The license management apparatus centrally manages the issue status and the like of a license for an application to be installed on each image forming apparatus. The registration of the license to the license management apparatus is performed by the application seller through the sales company system and the like. The device management apparatus has the function of collecting, accumulating, processing the information of the image forming apparatus to be managed and the information indicating the operating state thereof, and externally providing a warning and the like. The distribution/transfer management apparatus manages the license/application to be distributed/transferred, and the state of distribution/transfer processing for the license/application. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299426 | SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE - A Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) Communication Model (CM) allows a service producer to seek out service consumer types and to send them information. The consumer, actively or passively, is also configured to “advertise.” The information that is advertised could come (passively) from information already in a system, such as an application architecture, comprising the roles and attributes in a consumer's security certificate(s). The information could come (actively) from a registry of users with a system-user ontology that is created especially for this purpose and otherwise is not already in the system. This approach will allow a producer to initiate sending information to a consumer. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299427 | CONFIGURABLE GEOGRAPHIC PREFIXES FOR GLOBAL SERVER LOAD BALANCING - In a load balancing system, user-configurable geographic prefixes are provided. IP address prefix allocations provided by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) and associated geographic locations are stored in a first, static database in a load balancing switch, along with other possible default geographic location settings. A second, non-static database stores user-configured geographic settings. In particular, the second database stores Internet Protocol (IP) address prefixes and user-specified geographic regions for those prefixes. The specified geographic region can be continent, country, state, city, or other user-defined region. The geographic settings in the second database can override the information in the first database. These geographic entries help determine the geographic location of a client and host IP addresses, and aid in directing the client to a host server that is geographically the closest to that client. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299428 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A management apparatus characterized by comprising: management means for managing a connection parameter associated with a second network which is newly formed by a communication apparatus connected to a first network and is different from the first network; and notification means for, upon receiving a request from another communication apparatus connected to the first network, notifying the request source communication apparatus of the connection parameter associated with the second network, which is managed by the management means. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100299429 | CONTROLLING ACCESS TO MANAGED OBJECTS IN NETWORKED DEVICES - Controlling access to managed objects associated with a networked device. A method comprises receiving a request from a principal for access to a managed object associated with the networked device. The managed objects are accessible based on membership in access groups that are compliant with a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). A first and a second of the access groups associated with the principal are determined. Access privileges for the principal are determined, based on the first and the second access groups. Access to the managed object is granted if permitted based on the access privileges for the principal. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100306357 | SERVER, COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MONITORING COMPUTER SYSTEM - A server, a computer system and a method for monitoring the computer system are provided. The computer system includes the server and a remote computer. The server includes a basic input/output system (BIOS) and a base management controller (BMC). The remote computer includes a processing unit. The BIOS executes a detection procedure to generate a status code, and the BMC outputs a management message according to the status code. The processing unit executes monitor software such that the processing unit generates a monitor message according to the management message. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100306358 | HANDLING OF MULTIPLE MAC UNICAST ADDRESSES WITH VIRTUAL MACHINES - A method for managing a guest OS executing on a host. The method includes receiving, from the guest OS associated with a first MAC address, a second MAC address, wherein the first MAC address is associated with a first guest VNIC, wherein the second MAC address is associated with a second guest VNIC; configuring an intermediate VNIC executing on the host OS to forward packets associated with the second MAC address to the guest OS, wherein packets associated with the first MAC address and received by the intermediate VNIC are forwarded to the guest OS; and forwarding the second MAC address from the intermediate VNIC to a device driver associated with a physical NIC, wherein the device driver configures a classifier on the physical NIC to forward packets associated with the second MAC address to a first HRR located on the physical NIC associated with the intermediate VNIC. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100306359 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF MAINFRAME RESOURCES IN PRE-BOOT ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for the management of mainframe resources in a pre-boot environment. According to embodiments, a network management platform, for instance a platform equipped or compatible with pre-boot discovery and management tools such as the known pre-boot execution environment (PXE), can integrate a set of mainframe-based virtual machines using a pre-boot management engine. The pre-boot management engine can reside in or communicate with the mainframe operating system, and present a set of resources to the network management platform to allow the platform to include time-sliced or other virtual machines or resources, into the pre-boot protocol. According to embodiments, for instance, the set of virtual machines can be assigned temporary or pseudo media access control (MAC) or other hardware identifiers, so that the network management platform can view individual mainframe-based virtual machines as having a network connection and thereby receive similar boot commands to hardware-based client machines. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100306360 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT DISCOVERY TOOL - A method, apparatus, and computer program product for discovering network paths between network devices in a distance-vector network are provided. The method may include providing a node model of network devices in a distance-vector network. The node model may include a network address corresponding to a network device. The network address may be used to query the network device for routing information. This routing information may be used to identify another network address corresponding to a second network device, and to identify a path from the first network device to the second network device. These devices and the path therebetween may be mapped in the node model. Finally, the second network device may be queried for subsequent routing information to identify and map subsequent devices and paths. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100306361 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN XML DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT ARCHITECTURE - A method is provided for use in an XML Document Management Architecture. An Aggregation Proxy of Remote Network to use for accessing an XCAP document in the remote network is determined by performing a DNS lookup. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100306362 | METHOD OF AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR MANAGING ONE OR MORE AGRICULTURAL DEVICES - A system and method for managing an agricultural device, including connecting the agricultural device to a network, collecting operational data relating to the agricultural device, | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100312868 | Logically Partitioned System Having Subpartitions with Flexible Network Connectivity Configuration - A method of configuring a data processing system for facilitating network communications involves creating a primary logical partition (LPAR) in the data processing system, the LPAR configured to host a specified operating system. The method further includes creating a first virtual network adapter within the LPAR, associating the first virtual network adapter with a first network address, and binding the first virtual network adapter to the LPAR. The method additionally involves creating a first logical subpartition (LSPAR) within the LPAR, the first LSPAR configured to employ said specified operating system and no other. The method also includes creating a second virtual network adapter within the LPAR, associating the second virtual network adapter with a second network address, wherein the second network address is not an alias network address of the first network address, and binding the second virtual network adapter to the first LSPAR. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100312871 | Executing Programs Based on User-Specified Constraints - Techniques are described for managing execution of programs on multiple computing systems, such as based at least in part of user-specified constraints. For example, constraints related to execution of a program may be based on a desired relative location of a host computing system to execute a copy of the program with respect to an indicated target (e.g., computing systems executing other copies of the program or copies of another indicated program), on particular geographic locations, and/or on factors not based on location (e.g., cost of use of a particular computing system, capabilities available from a particular computing system, etc.). Some or all of the multiple computing systems may be part of a program execution service for executing multiple programs on behalf of multiple users, and each may provide multiple virtual machines that are each capable of executing one or more programs for one or more users. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100318639 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMPUTER PROCESSES - Methods, systems and apparatuses for managing computer processes in a computing environment may be described. An exemplary method may include the defining of a plurality of computer processes; the defining of a sequence that dictates the starting and stopping of the plurality of computer processes; the Defining of any process dependencies for the plurality of computer processes; the defining of a first networked environment where the plurality of computer processes run; the determining of an action to take following a system event; and the executing of the action | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318640 | ADAPTIVE WRITE-BACK AND WRITE-THROUGH CACHING FOR OFF-LINE DATA - A method for facilitating communication between an application and a server is provided. An intermediary sits between an application and a server. The intermediary intercepts and responds to communications on behalf of the intended recipient of the communication. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318641 | SENSOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for managing reports. In certain aspects, an apparatus for managing reports including a processing system is disclosed. The processing system is configured to receive a plurality of reports from a plurality of other apparatuses, filter out one or more of the plurality of reports, and forward the remaining plurality of reports to another apparatus, wherein each of the plurality of reports comprises data based on a sensor measurement at the respective one of the plurality of other apparatuses. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318642 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING AND MONITORING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method for providing and enforcing policy management and access control through a cloud-based computing system to other cloud-based computing systems via application programming interfaces. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318643 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VIRTUALIZING FUNCTIONS AND DECENTRALIZING SERVICE DELIVERY IN A FLAT NETWORK OF INTERCONNECTED PERSONAL DEVICES - Systems and methods are described herein to virtualize functions and decentralize services in a flat-graph network of client devices. Other embodiments include apparatus and systems of devices comprising virtual node modules to perform a variety of service functions. Further embodiments include methods for overlaying service functions on a flat-graph network of client devices. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318644 | Verifying information stored on a managed network device - A method and mechanism for verifying information on a managed device is provided. A request is received at a managed device that contains one or more values that comprise proposals for a correct value of a managed object of the managed device. The managed object may be a SNMP MIB object. The managed object may store information for any attribute for the managed device. Next, a determination is made as to whether any of the one or more values in the request match the correct value of the managed object. Thereafter, a notification message is transmitted from the managed device to a management station that indicates whether any of the one or more values in the request match the correct value of the managed object. The notification message may identify which one of the one or more values in the request matches the correct value of the managed object. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318645 | MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN COMPUTING NODES - Techniques are described for managing communications between multiple intercommunicating computing nodes, such as multiple virtual machine nodes hosted on one or more physical computing machines or systems. In some situations, users may specify groups of computing nodes and optionally associated access policies for use in the managing of the communications for those groups, such as by specifying which source nodes are allowed to transmit data to particular destinations nodes. In addition, determinations of whether initiated data transmissions from source nodes to destination nodes are authorized may be dynamically negotiated for and recorded for later use in automatically authorizing future such data transmissions without negotiation. This abstract is provided to comply with rules requiring an abstract, and it is submitted with the intention that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100318646 | METHOD OF CORRECTION OF NETWORK SYNCHRONISATION - The invention relates to a method of synchronising the clock of different clusters including a first cluster ( | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100325255 | DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD - There is provided a data transmission system capable of preferably transmitting data, the real-time property of which is regarded as being important and which is generated at a short period of time, over a network that causes delay and the missing of transmission data. An avatar location processing unit ( | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100325256 | IPMI SERVER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - An intelligent platform management interface (IPMI) server management system includes a managing side and a plurality of managed sides. The managed sides includes at least on active IPMI managed sides, wherein each of the active IPMI managed side actively provides its service information to the managing side so as to establish a first list, and then the managing side searches out the managed sides which are not on the first list one by one so as to establish a second list. Therefore, the IPMI server management system may effectively sort out the managed sides which are available for application. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100325257 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING LINK MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - The present application is directed towards systems and methods for providing link management in a multi-core system. In some embodiments, the present application describes solutions for managing address resolution in IPv4 networks in a multi-core system. In other embodiments, the present application describes solutions for managing neighbor discovery in IPv6 networks in a multi-core system. In still other embodiments, the present application describes solutions for managing network bridging in a multi-core system. In yet other embodiments, the present application describes solutions for managing link aggregation in a multi-core system. And in still other embodiments, the present application describes solutions for managing virtual routers in a multi-core system. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100332633 | GENERAL AND HIGHLY SCALABLE PEER-TO-PEER DISTRIBUTION MECHANISM FOR NODES ON A NETWORK - A method for peer-to peer distributed client updates. The method includes sending an update message to one of a plurality of network accessible devices from said server computer, and updating the one of the plurality of network accessible devices. A list is then assigned for a remaining plurality of plurality network accessible devices, and the update message is transmitted from the updated network accessible device to the remaining plurality of network accessible devices in accordance with the list. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332634 | SELF-DISTRIBUTION OF A PEER-TO-PEER DISTRIBUTION AGENT - A method for peer-to peer distributed client updates. The method includes first sending a peer-to-peer agent to one of a plurality of network accessible devices from said server computer, and installing the peer-to-peer agent at the one of the plurality of network accessible devices. An update message is then sent to the one of a plurality of network accessible devices for updating the software at the device. A list is then assigned for a remaining plurality of plurality network accessible devices, and the peer-to-peer agent and update message are transmitted from the updated network accessible device to the remaining plurality of network accessible devices in accordance with the list. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332635 | MIGRATING FUNCTIONALITY IN VIRTUALIZED MOBILE DEVICES - One embodiment of the present invention is a method of migrating functionality to a target virtualized mobile device including virtualization software that supports one or more virtual machines, the method including: (a) embodying the functionality in a virtual machine; and (b) migrating the virtual machine to the target virtualized mobile device. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332636 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT REGISTERS INFORMATION ON IMAGE PROCESSING JOB IN DATA SERVER, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which enables reduction of the capacity of a data server. An intermediate server receives audit information concerning a job executed by an MFP or PC. The intermediate server registers at least one of attribute information and content information contained in the received audit information, in the data server. A registration processing determination section of the intermediate server determines a type of the job which the received audit information concerns. The section causes a job information and content information registration section to register the attribute information and the content information contained in the received audit information in the data server, or a content information registration section to register the content information in the data server without registering the attribute information therein. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332637 | VIRTUAL-MACHINE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING VIRTUAL MACHINES - A method for managing virtual machines, the method causing a management server having a database includes link relation information and connected to a plurality of physical servers, on which virtual machine hosts are installed, the method includes updating the link relation information in such a manner that a link between a virtual machine host and a first virtual machine guest is disconnected, when information regarding the first virtual machine guest cannot be acquired from the virtual machine host and updating the link relation information stored in such a manner that a link between a virtual machine host and a second virtual machine guest, when information regarding the second virtual machine guest is acquired from the virtual machine host. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332638 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPREHENSIVE NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - In a system for managing data, voice, application and video networks and associated systems and services that comprise multiple, interconnected network technologies, a management system suited for a particular networking technology manages each separate technology domain. Multiple management systems thus manage multiple domains with respect to fault, configuration, accounting, performance, and security management. The management systems that manage the individual networking technology domains are then themselves managed by a higher-level system, called an inter-domain management system, which performs cross-domain management. The individual management systems of the invention collect data from their respective technology domains and provide it to an intra-domain data collection function. This data is then utilized by an inter-domain data correlation function to determine what instructions should be sent from an intra-domain instruction function to each management system for implementation in its respective technology domains. The comprehensive management system thus collects data from each lower-level management system and, if required, sends operational instructions back to each lower level system. Event correlation and service level management are performed at both the intra-domain and inter-domain levels. Business process management is performed at the inter-domain level. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332639 | Providing Manageability To An Electronic Device That Supports Location Limited Manageability Functionality - A request for a first function is detected | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100332640 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNIFIED VIEW - Visibility and control are provided for a variety of different assets as found in a particular networked environment, such as, for example an enterprise network environment. Visibility and control of properties of assets are achieved by way of native agents, pseudo-agents that provide visibility and control of properties of assets of external systems by inspecting and applying changes into such assets, and bridges that provide visibility of other external data sources that cannot be controlled. A technique is provided that brings such visibility and control into a unified view that can be displayed in front of a console operator, for example. The controllable assets may be managed directly from the unified view at the console. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20110004678 | SCHEDULED DOWNLOADS: ENABLING BACKGROUND PROCESSES TO RECEIVE BROADCAST DATA - A digital broadcast network is disclosed that can provide scheduled updates for non-critical data in a different manner than critical data updates. Updates that included non-critical information can be scheduled to be broadcast, over a digital broadcast network, during an update window, which can he a specific period of time. Receiving devices can he notified of the update window and, utilizing background functionality, the non-critical updates can be accepted and applied at the receiving device. The non-critical updates might be accepted and applied during the update window if the receiving device is in an idle state or a period of low activity. The non-critical updates can be broadcast on a separate channel or stream. During periods other than during the update window, other data can be transmitted on the separate channel or stream. Critical updates can be applied in real-time. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110004679 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATION MANAGEMENT SERVICES - An automation management system is deployed and operates on a plurality of network devices in a network in a distributed manner. The plurality of network devices may comprise a plurality of routers, for example. Automation management services are deployed and operate on the network devices in accordance with a service-oriented architecture model. At least one of the services may comprise a first instance of the service deployed on a first network device and a second instance of the service deployed on a second network device. Methods for deploying and operating an automation management system on a plurality of network devices in a network are also provided. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110010438 | Method and Apparatus for Communicating During Automated Data Processing - A number of items of data from a data source ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010439 | Communications system - A communications system for a network of stations, is provided where stations identify themselves upon being informed of the desires of an inquisitor station. Additionally, techniques for “plug and play”, self-healing and homogenizing the heterogeneous parts of a network, are provided. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010440 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING STORAGE OPERATIONS IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - Methods and systems are described for performing storage operations on electronic data in a network. In response to the initiation of a storage operation and according to a first set of selection logic, a media management component is selected to manage the storage operation. In response to the initiation of a storage operation and according to a second set of selection logic, a network storage device to associate with the storage operation. The selected media management component and the selected network storage device perform the storage operation on the electronic data. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010441 | EQUIPMENT IN A DATA NETWORK AND METHODS FOR MONITORING, CONFIGURING AND/OR MANAGING THE EQUIPMENT - A router having one or more downstream interfaces and situated in a data network system between sources that send multicast data packets to at least one multicast group address and multiple hosts that request data from the multicast group address and sources. In one implementation the router has a management system agent and an associated management system agent database and stores for each network interface, each multicast group address and each host information in the management system agent database derived from one or more data requests made by the hosts. In one implementation the router stores for a downstream network interface and multicast group address at least one INCLUDE source record containing information about include source lists derived by data requests made by the one or more hosts and at least one EXCLUDE source record containing information about exclude source lists derived by data requests made by the one or more hosts in the management system agent database, the router using a host-router multicast routing protocol based on the IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) or the MLD (Multicast Listener Discovery) protocol to communicate with the one or more hosts, the router using a different protocol to communicate with a management system control station information stored in the management system database. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010442 | CONTENT MANAGEMENT APPLICATION FOR AN INTERACTIVE ENVIRONMENT - The content management application is an intranet application which provides a process for implementing changes to an internet website of a company by providing the company the ability to define and enforce a common style of page layout. The application can be accessed via a desktop browser and multiple users may access the application for multiple reasons at the same time. The application also dynamically generates new page designs and new component design with various people assigned to groups or teams enabling the continuous creation and processing of content. Once the content is created and reviewed, it is then launched onto the company's internet site for viewing by the internet users accessing the company's web page. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010443 | INFORMATION PROVISION SYSTEM, TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING INFORMATION, AND INFORMATION PROVISION METHOD - An information provision system ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110010444 | DATA COMMUNICATION - A management device ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110016203 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACHIEVING SCALABILITY IN DOMAIN COMPUTING - A connection management system can achieve scalability for domain computing among a plurality of domains. Each of the plurality of domains comprises a collection of machines and resources that are administrated as a unit. A connection concentrator can connect, and support communication between, a plurality of processes in a first domain and a plurality of processes in a second domain. The connection concentrator uses one connection to communicate with any one of the plurality of processes in the first domain, and can communicate with each one of the plurality of processes in the second domain. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110022696 | Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Managing Electronic Subscriptions - Methods, systems, and computer program products for managing electronic subscriptions are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method includes monitoring, at an electronic subscription client, receipt of one or more subscription messages associated with an electronic subscription. Interaction with the electronic subscription client by a client may be monitored to determine a viewing frequency of the one or more received subscription messages. Further, a prompt with a control configured for unsubscribing the user from receiving a future subscription message associated with the electronic subscription may be presented based on the determined viewing frequency. | 01-27-2011 |
| 20110029647 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUGGESTING AN OPTIMAL COMMUNICATION MODE - A method for communicating information includes ranking, by a central processing server, one or more available communication modes according to a context of a recipient of a communication and one or more rules. The ranked available communication modes may be communicated to a sender of the communication. The context of the recipient corresponds to the availability of the recipient and/or the location of the recipient. The available communication modes correspond to capabilities associated with devices that are in proximity with the recipient. Whether devices are in proximity with the recipient is accomplished by locating the devices via a device location server. The communication modes may be ranked according to a cost and/or appropriateness of the available communication modes. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029648 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING SINGLE NAME SPACE - Proposed are a computer system and a method of configuring a single name space capable of simplifying the management of a GNS and alleviating the burden of an administrator. A management apparatus collects, from each node, management information and an access log of each of the files managed by the relevant node, extracts a user who satisfies a prescribed condition as a key person for each of the nodes based on the collected management information and access log of each of the files, specifies the key person who is common to the plurality of nodes among the extracted key persons, and requests a server to integrate, as a single name space, the plurality of nodes in which the number of common key persons exceeds a predetermined first threshold. The server integrates, as a single name space, the plurality of nodes in which the number of common key persons exceeds a predetermined first threshold in response to the request. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029649 | INTEGRATED VIDEO SERVICE PEER TO PEER NETWORK SYSTEM - An integrated video service peer to peer network system, includes: a media source system, configured to divide video service data into one or more segments and each of the one or more segments into a plurality of blocks, and to generate a media description file based on segment dividing information and media format information, wherein, each of the plurality of blocks is of a self-description type and comprises a block head and a block body, the block body including media data; a media distribution management system, configured to store media distribution information, wherein, the media distribution information represents the information of the storage status of divided video service data segments at a peer source node and the information of the serving capability status of the peer source node; and a plurality of the peer source nodes, configured to store the video service data, and to transmit the video service data to a service requesting node. With the present invention, the range of sharing can be effectively extended, the usage of the client resources can be optimized, while the provider system and the client system are significantly simplified, so the cost of the operation and maintenance are reduced. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029650 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HOST INDEPENDENT PLATFORM DIAGNOSTICS - A management controller in a network device may provide host-independent diagnostics servicing corresponding to a plurality of managed resources in the network devices. The management controller may be integrated into a network controller in the network device. The diagnostics servicing may be based on one or more management protocols, such as the Web Service Management (WS-Management) protocol. The management controller may log diagnostic data and/or alerts corresponding to the managed resources. The management controller may communicate with the managed resource to request and/or receive the diagnostic data and/or alerts, using Platform Level Data Model (PLDM) based interactions for example. The management controller may incorporate diagnostics based management interface for use during diagnostics management servicing, to exchange diagnostics related management messaging with management devices and/or entities. The diagnostics based management interface may be implemented using Common Information Model (CIM) objects. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029651 | DYNAMIC SERVER CONSOLIDATION AND RATIONALIZATION MODELING TOOL - A method and system for providing efficient and flexible techniques for modeling technical and economic benefits of consolidating information technology (IT) systems, hardware, software, network, and other infrastructure are described. The system includes a data processing system configured to receive data from a user. The system also includes an input collection system communicatively coupled to the data processing system, with the input collection system designed to organize, convert, and sort the data to generate baseline server information. In addition, the system includes an optimization system communicatively coupled to the data processing system, with the optimization system designed to generate one or more server consolidation models based on the baseline server information. Further, based on the generated one or more server consolidation models, a recommendation can be generated. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING A BLADE SERVER IN A BLADE SERVER SYSTEM - A method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for activating a blade server in a blade server system. The method comprises receiving a request for activating the blade server and obtaining a hardware feature of the blade server. The method further comprises determining a virtual machine management program corresponding to the hardware feature of the blade server in accordance with a correspondence relationship between the hardware feature of the blade server and the virtual machine management program and remotely activating the blade server via a management bus by using the determined virtual machine management program. In accordance with the method, a suitable built-in virtual machine management program may be determined according to user requirements, and system security and stability upon blade server activation may be ensured. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029653 | NETMANAGER AND NETMODULE GENERAL UPNP EXTENSIONS FOR OCAP HNEXT - A computer-implemented method for a home network registers an application with a NetManager, and provides a handler to the NetManager to control discovery of desired devices or services for the application. In one aspect of the present invention, the home network is an OpenCable Application Platform home network, and the desired devices or services are Universal Plug and Play devices or services. The method receives an event notification from the NetManager when the NetManager discovers a device or service that is one of the desired devices or services, creates an object instance of NetModule for the device or service, and accesses a standard interface for the device or service through the object instance of NetModule. The method accesses the standard interface by posting an XML document to the device or service using an interface of the object instance of NetModule. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029654 | Service Control Device, Service Control System, and Method - A communication entrepreneur has an application server | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029655 | Apparatus and Method for Controlling Communications to and from Utility Service Points - An apparatus and method control transmission of messages over a fixed bandwidth link from fixed position communication devices to a central controller in a load management system. The messages include information relating to electric power consumption by power consuming devices located at service points that include the communication devices. In one embodiment, the central controller determines an identifier associated with each communication device, a reporting period during which the messages are to be transmitted by the communication devices, and transmission increments within the reporting period. The controller allocates each transmission increment to a respective group of communication devices. The controller then determines a transmission time for a message from a particular communication device based on the identifier for the particular device, a duration of a transmission increment allocated to a group of communication devices that includes the particular device, and a quantity of communication devices in the particular device's group. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110029656 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS ENABLING INTEROPERABILITY BETWEEN NETWORK-CENTRIC OPERATION (NCO) ENVIRONMENTS - A system is disclosed for enabling interoperability of different Network-Centric Operation (NCO) environments. A first computer executable module may enable plug-able import proxies and export proxies for respectively importing data from and exporting data to different NCO environments. A second computer executable module may enable plug-able software operable for configuring imported data. An infrastructure may be incorporated that integrates the first and second computer executable modules. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110035480 | Re-Synchronizing Data Between Network Elements And Network Management System Using Partial Node Discovery - An apparatus and method for improving network efficiency for data transfer utilizing partial node discovery a during system recovery are disclosed. Upon retrieving a saved last sequence number associated with a network element (“NE”) from a database in a network management system (“NMS”), a process of the partial node discovery obtains a current last sequence number associated with the NE from the NE. After identifying missing sequence numbers associated with the NE, sequence events associated with the NE in the database are updated in accordance with the missing sequence numbers. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110035481 | System and Method for Navigating and Accessing Resources on Private and/or Public Networks - The application discloses a system and method for navigating and accessing resources on private and public networks. The system allows users of a private network to register labels associated with network resources of any associated private or public network, on a database stored on one or more servers. The database allows for searching of network resources based on labels, thus allowing users to navigate resources not only on their private network, but on associated private or public networks. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110035482 | Method for Disconnecting Multiple Hosts from Network, and Network Management Device - A method for a multi-host system to exit from the network includes receiving a G-MS exit network instruction. The context information relating to the host connected to the G-MS is obtained. A host exit network instruction is sent to the host network management entity according to the ID of the host network management entity. The host is triggered to exit from the network. The obtained host context information includes the ID of the host connected to the G-MS and the ID of the host network management entity. The exit network instruction carries the host ID. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110035483 | IMS SYSTEM, AS APPARATUS AND MGW APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF NOTIFYING CONGESTION RESTRICTION IN IMS SYSTEM - The present invention provides a function of enabling common carriers to easily perform the customization of restriction information and restriction guidance, in which an AS apparatus, upon receipt of a connection start request from a terminal through an MGW apparatus, confirms whether or not a restriction state is in effect, and when no restriction is in effect, performs connection to the terminal, and when restriction is in-effect, acquires a restriction class Key to transmit a signal, to which the aforementioned acquired restriction class Key has been added, to the MGW apparatus; and the MGW apparatus, upon receipt of the signal, acquires a restriction class Key to edit and transmit to the aforementioned terminal, a restriction guidance signal which indicates the restriction content by using the data associated with the restriction class Key. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110035484 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AND MANAGING A VARIABLE NUMBER OF VISIBLE INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) ADDRESSES - A method, system and device for creating and managing a variable number of visible cyber coordinates, including at least one of means for generating a random or deterministic number; means for generating variable visible cyber coordinates based on the generated number; and means for employing the variable visible cyber coordinates during communications. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110040860 | VALIDATION OF THE CONFIGURATION OF A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK USING A VIRTUAL NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER - A virtual network operating center (VNOC) automatically and in real time obtains and validates the configuration of a data communications network, such as a wavelength division multiplexed network. The VNOC acquires network configuration data using SNMP commands and server configuration information from the hardware management console. The VNOC collates this data and validates configuration requirements for working and backup fiber paths, client protocols, data rates, regeneration requirements, and other considerations. Both ends of a network can be automatically provisioned and commissioned from a single location wherein the ends may be separated by 100 kilometers or more. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040861 | Integrated Proximity Routing for Content Distribution - A domain name server includes a processor configured to receive a request from a requester for an edge cache address, identify a first edge cache serving content requests to an anycast address from the requester, and determine a load of first edge cache. The processor is further configured to provide unicast address of an alternate edge cache to requester in response to the request when the load exceeds a threshold or to provide anycast address to requester in response to request when the load is below the threshold. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040862 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - To facilitate account information setting, in a communication system including a management apparatus which manages account information to be used to use a service provided by a server apparatus, and a user apparatus which uses the service, the management apparatus selects, based on device classification information acquired from the user apparatus, account information to be provided to the user apparatus from one or more pieces of account information stored in a storage unit, and provides the account information to the user apparatus. The user apparatus sends the device classification information of the user apparatus to the management apparatus, receives, from the management apparatus, the account information selected based on the device classification information, and uses the service provided by the server apparatus. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040863 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NOTIFICATIONS FOR SERVICE EVENTS - The communications method may include opening a communication channel, e.g. a HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) connection, between a service event source and an event management platform, and at the event management platform, generating a request to the service event source, the request including information associated with the communication channel and requested event information related to a plurality of services offered by the service event source for a mobile wireless device associated with a given service user; sending the request to the service event source. The communication channel is maintained open to receive notifications transmitted from the service event source including requested event information related to the plurality of services offered by the service event source and related to the single service user. The notifications are provided to the mobile wireless device associated with the given service user. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040864 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INFERRING SERVICES ON A NETWORK - A method and system are configured to infer one or more virtual private network (VPN) services within a physical network. Topologically relevant network information is received for the physical network with regard to nodes, interfaces, connections, and protocols, and the existence of each virtual private network service is inferred based on the stored network topology information. Network objects are also inferred, including routed paths, label switched paths, Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) tunnels, and Layer Two Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) tunnels. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040865 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY MANAGING SUB-LAYER INTERFACES - A method of providing network management information about a multiple-layer network communications interface sub-stack to a network management client includes establishing a standardized network management representation by use of an interface manager and a real driver and a pseudo driver, receiving a request from the network management client for network management information about an expected sub-layer interface, and in response to the request obtaining, by the pseudo driver, data maintained by the real driver corresponding to the requested network management information, and returning the data obtained by the pseudo driver to the network management client in satisfaction of the request. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110040866 | METHOD OF DATA MANAGEMENT FOR EFFICIENTLY STORING AND RETRIEVING DATA TO RESPOND TO USER ACCESS REQUESTS - A method of data management for efficiently storing and retrieving data in response to user access requests. The method includes receiving a request from at least one client for a title not resident in a storage server, where the title includes a play track having a plurality of chapters. The retrieval from a secondary storage device of play track portions proximate chapter delineation points is initiated, and bandwidth capacity and quality-of-service (QoS) parameters associated with the secondary storage device is determined. In the case of a client request to begin presentation of the title at one of the chapters, streaming of retrieved portions of the play track chapter to the client is initiated, masking latency associated with the secondary storage device is provided, and retrieval of at least unretrieved portions of the play track chapter and subsequent play track portions from the secondary storage device is initiated. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110047255 | MULTIMEDIA PROCESSING CONTROL APPARATUS AND MULTIMEDIA PROCESSING CONTROL METHOD - A multimedia processing control apparatus according to embodiments has a holding section which holds groups of information for management of a plurality of components generated in a first address space, and a plurality of groups of first address information, and also holds a plurality of groups of second address information in a second address space; a control section request issue section which converts, when a processing request is issued, each of the plurality of groups of second address information into the plurality of groups of first address information by referring to the holding section, and issues the processing request; a processing section request issue section which issues from the first address space the processing request; and a component processing section which controls the plurality of components on the basis of the plurality of groups of first address information the processing request. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110047256 | PORT CHUNK ALLOCATION IN NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - A system and method for providing network and port address translation is provided. A global IP address and a block (chunk) of ports are allocated for each mobile subscriber (MS) on first data connection. Subsequent data connections from the same MS are assigned the same IP address and a new port from this block. The mapping information is communicated, processed, and stored once for the complete block, instead of for every new data connection. This process reduces processing, communication, and storage requirements. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110047257 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INSTALLING SMART CARD APPLET - Disclosed are a system and a method for installing a smart card applet. A response message for an OTA message received from an external remote server is transmitted to form a communication channel based on HTTP (hyper text transfer protocol) between a smart card and the remote server. The applet is installed based on applet installation information received through the communication channel. A large scale applet is installed in a card within a short period of time. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110047258 | System and Method for Device Management - Embodiments of the present invention provide a system and method of device management. In one embodiment of the present invention, a management device can receive device management data from devices on a network in a variety of device management protocols and map the device management data to a protocol used by a device management client. Because the management device can provide device management data in a format usable by the device management client, regardless of which protocol was originally used to generate the device management data, the device management client can turn to the management device to gather all or a portion the device management data from heterogeneous devices on a network. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110047259 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - When the alternate unit detects the failure of the area unit, the alternate unit obtains the program corresponding to the program type of the area unit having the failure. The alternate unit sets the IP address of the area unit, and obtains the setting information from the management unit belonging to the area same as the area including the area unit having the failure. Then, the alternate unit collects the data from the units which previously communicate with the area unit having a failure and previously communicating with the area unit. The alternate unit performs the initialization and starts the management of the unit. Consequently, it is possible to continuously manage the sub unit being previously managed by the main unit, now having a failure, without stopping the management of the sub unit, even if the main unit is failed. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110047260 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR MANAGING A NETWORK - The present invention proposes a method of managing a network comprising a set of devices for transmitting a traffic stream using network resources. Each device of the set of devices is individually associated with an expiration time. The expiration time defines a maximum interval of sending a message by a given device among the set of devices for indicating that the given device is connected with the network. The method comprises a step of determining, based on the expiration times of said set of devices, a transmission lease time defining duration of using said network resources. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110055364 | AUTOMATIC NETWORK DISCOVERY FOR HOST CONFIGURATIONS - Techniques for automatic network discovery for host configurations are described herein. A management server may receive a first message from a first host entering a network, where the first message includes a network identifier (ID) identifying a logical network coupled to a network interface card (NIC) of the first host. In response to the first message, the management server may automatically configure the NIC of the first host using one or more network configuration parameters of a second host based on the first message, where the second host has been coupled to the logical network prior to the first host. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110055365 | Methods and Apparatus for Adaptively Scheduling a Finger Stabilization Algorithm - Methods and apparatus for adaptively scheduling a finger stabilization algorithm. A method is provided that includes comparing first and second finger determinations associated with a node, increasing a time interval between executions of a finger stabilization algorithm if differences between the finger determinations satisfy a first criteria, and decreasing the time interval between executions of the finger stabilization algorithm if differences between the finger determinations satisfy a second criteria. An apparatus is provided that includes a processor configured to compare first and second finger determinations associated with a node, and a timer coupled to the processor and configured to increase a time interval between executions of a finger stabilization algorithm if differences between the finger determinations satisfy a first criteria, and decrease the time interval between executions of the finger stabilization algorithm if the differences between the finger determinations satisfy a second criteria. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110055366 | Authentication system, multifunctional peripheral and authentication server - The multi-functional peripheral judges whether or not the last display screen at the time of logout is usable as the initial display screen at the time of next login. Then, when the last display screen at the time of logout is not usable as the initial display screen at the time of next login, not information to specify the last display screen at the time of logout but a predetermined screen information is set to be transmitted to an authentication server. The authentication server manages information to specify the last display screen given from a multi-functional peripheral, and notifies the multi-functional peripheral of the last display screen information of the user to display the screen on the multi-functional peripheral when a user logs in the multi-functional peripheral next time. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110055367 | SERIAL PORT FORWARDING OVER SECURE SHELL FOR SECURE REMOTE MANAGEMENT OF NETWORKED DEVICES - A system and method for the management of one or more wide area or local area network connected devices by a collocated managing device. The managing device uses serial port forwarding over a secure connection, such as a secure shell connection, to allow a centrally located administrative user to control the managed device. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110055368 | Connection Pool Use of Runtime Load Balancing Service Performance Advisories - Runtime connection load balancing of work across connections to a clustered computing system involves the routing of requests for a service, based on the current operational performance of each of the instances that offer the service. A connection is selected from an identified connection pool, to connect to an instance that provides the service for routing a work request. The operational performance of the instances may be represented by performance information that characterizes the response time and/or the throughput of the service that is provided by a particular instance on a respective node of the system, and is relative to other instances that offer the same service. | 03-03-2011 |
| 20110060816 | PARAMETER MANAGEMENT IN A PERSONAL DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - A method for dynamically managing network configuration and wireless subscription within a personal distributed network is described. The method comprises one or more client devices providing a device manager with necessary parameters at registration, and updating them on a need basis; the device manager storing the received parameters in memory; and one or more client devices communicating to device manager and passing network configuration and wireless subscription information. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110060817 | APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY REBOOTING VoIP COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND AN ASSOCIATED METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus is provided for remotely rebooting Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communication devices. In general, the apparatus remotely selects VoIP communication devices connected to a network, reboots the selected devices, and evaluates the status of each device. A processor allows a user to select VoIP communication devices connected to the network and receives inputs pertaining to the reboot operation, including a time input and search criteria. The processor communicates with the designated VoIP communication devices over a packet-switching network to instruct the devices to reboot and monitors each device. In this way, multiple VoIP communication devices may be rebooted from a remote location, and problems or issues that arise during the reboot process may be identified and addressed. An associated method and computer program product are also provided for remotely rebooting VoIP communication devices. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110060818 | Method and Apparatus for Packet Analysis in a Network - A method and system for monitoring traffic in a data communication network and for extracting useful statistics and information is disclosed. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110060819 | Domain Isolation Through Virtual Network Machines - A method and device for communicating information resources between subscriber end stations and nodes belonging to different network domains is described. The device instantiates different virtual network machines for different network domains using separate independently administrable network databases. Each of the administrable chores of the separate independently administrable network databases includes the assignment of access control and the configuration of the policies for those network databases. The policies include traffic filtering policies to indicate what kind of information payloads can be carried, traffic and route filtering policies to indicate what paths through the network will be used for each payload carried. Each of the network domains includes one of the different virtual network machines and each of the different network domains is virtually isolated from other network domains. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110060820 | Domain Isolation Through Virtual Network Machines - A method and device for communicating information resources between subscriber end stations and nodes belonging to different network domains is described. The device instantiates different virtual network machines for different network domains using separate independently administrable network databases. Each of the administrable chores of the separate independently administrable network databases includes the assignment of access control and the configuration of the policies for those network databases. The policies include traffic filtering policies to indicate what kind of information payloads can be carried, traffic and route filtering policies to indicate what paths through the network will be used for each payload carried. Each of the network domains includes one of the different virtual network machines and each of the different network domains is virtually isolated from other network domains. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110066711 | MANAGEMENT OF SHARED CLIENT DEVICE AND DEVICE MANAGER - A method of classifying a client device and a device manager to allow for end users to share devices is described. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110066712 | USER-DEFINED SERVICES IN A PERSONAL DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - A method of creating and managing user-defined services in a personal distributed network is described. The method comprises selecting one or more specific device elements or device element types to perform specific actions in a pre-determined sequence based on one or more triggers causing execution of one or more specific actions. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110066713 | TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A terminal device includes a first communication portion that performs tunneling communication with another terminal device via a server adapted to realize tunneling communication between the terminal device and the other terminal device by encapsulating and decapsulating packets, an identification portion that identifies, by communication with a management server, type information of at least one of a NAT device that controls an internal network to which the terminal device is connected and another NAT device that controls another internal network to which the other terminal device is connected, a selection portion that selects a start-up procedure to start peer to peer communication based on the type information, a switching portion that performs communication based on the start-up procedure, starts the P2P communication, and then switches from the tunneling communication to the P2P communication by terminating the tunneling communication, and a second communication portion that performs the P2P communication after switching. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110066714 | Generating A Subgraph Of Key Entities In A Network And Categorizing The Subgraph Entities Into Different Types Using Social Network Analysis - A method, system and computer-program product for generating a subgraph of key entities in a network and organizing entities in the subgraph are disclosed. The technique uses social network analysis centrality metrics to identify key entities in a network. The technique also uses social network analysis centrality metrics to categorize key entities into different types. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110066715 | Techniques for Feed-Based Automatic Transmission of Content to a Mobile Terminal - For improving feed-based automatic distribution of content to a mobile terminal via a mobile network, a network component ( | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110066716 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DIRECTION OF COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC - An internet traffic redirection architecture is disclosed that allows for directing of various traffic to specified sites. The system and method allow a controller, such as an ISP, to benefit from unresolved IP Address requests and keyword and hotword queries by capturing this traffic and directing it to participating partners who provide content relevant and/or geographically relevant results. The system and method can decrease lost traffic, irrelevant keyword and hotword search results, and irrelevant redirection by web browsers resident on user's personal computers. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110072122 | Methods for improved server redundancy in dynamic networks - In one embodiment, a server is assigned a candidate secondary server role such that the dynamic network employs a “make-before-break” redundancy where redundant nodes proactively synchronize replicated data and state information with a standby secondary server prior to releasing the responsibilities of active primary and/or secondary server(s). The “make-before-break” redundancy ensures relatively high availability of dynamic networks and realized services. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110072123 | AUTO-METER SYSTEM WITH CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK BUS - An auto-meter system includes a CAN-Bus for transmitting a CAN-Bus signal, and a first CAN module coupled to the CAN-Bus. The first CAN module is for receiving the CAN-Bus signal transmitted from the CAN-Bus and for transforming the CAN-Bus signal to a message signal. The auto-meter system further includes a display and a processor coupled to the CAN module and the display. The processor is for receiving the message signal and for controlling the display to show information corresponding to the message signal. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110072124 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DIRECTION OF COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC - An Internet traffic redirection architecture is disclosed that allows for directing of trash traffic to specified sites. The system or method allows a controller, such as an ISP, to benefit from mistyped Internet addresses so that participating partners of the ISP are presented to the customer when the requests a web site that is not found or does not exist. The system decreases lost traffic by means of capturing unresolved “trash” traffic on the Internet and redirecting said traffic to a search engine partner and/or other partners. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110072125 | EMPLOYING MATCHING OF EVENT CHARACTERISTICS TO SUGGEST ANOTHER CHARACTERISTIC OF AN EVENT - A device, system, and method are directed towards determining a suggested characteristic for an event. At least two events are determined. In one embodiment, at least one characteristic is determined for one of the event. A plurality of other characteristics is determined for the other event. The characteristics of the two events may be determined implicitly from communications during the events or from user input. Based on a relationship between the determined characteristics, the suggested characteristic for the event is then determined. In one embodiment, the relationship is defined as a match of characteristics. The event may then be modified based on the suggested characteristic. For example, a suggested member may be invited to join the event, or the event's time, location, or name may be changed. If the other event is current or pending, the event and the other event may be combined. | 03-24-2011 |
| 20110078296 | Systems and methods for improved multisite management and reporting of converged communication systems and computer systems - The present invention discloses improved systems and methods for multisite management of computer server systems and in particular converged communication systems based on a decentralized architecture. Certain and various aspects relating to atomic error handling, transaction-based authentication/security, intelligent bandwidth management, decoupled data/configuration messaging, improved scalability, auto-detection functions, business metrics, etc., also are disclosed. A console is disclosed that communicates with each of a plurality of converged communications systems, e.g., preferably through the use of sockets. The actual traffic load is decentralized among the computer server systems, as each one uses direct connections (e.g., via an enhanced file transfer protocol) to access update/configuration data as needed. In addition, an improved communication protocol is disclosed that is optimized for the multisite management architecture of the present invention. An improved set of graphical user interface (GUI) features are described that improve the efficiency of the management of multiple systems. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110078297 | JOB PROCESSING SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAM - A job processing system has first to third servers. The first server has a job generation program for generating jobs as requested. The second server has a storage device for storing attribute information on and a file for use in processing each job generated by the first server, a management table for managing job management information on each job by assigning a unique ID to each job, and a queue control program for registering job management information in the management table, referring to the management table, and registering the file for and attribute information on each job in the storage device. The third server has one or more job processing programs for processing jobs acquired from the second server, batch control program for acquiring jobs from the second server and issuing responses concerning the processed jobs, and a storage device for storing attribute information on and a file for each job acquired. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110078298 | DATA COLLECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A data collection apparatus includes an information storing unit which stores application information collected from a server providing a service by running an application and includes detail information indicating a detail of the application, an information collecting unit which collects the application information from the server, an information identifying unit which identifies application information in which an abnormality has occurred and application information, affected by the abnormality, a first comparing unit which compares, as to the application information identified by the information identifying unit, all application information including the detail information and all application information including the detail information collected in the previous point, and extracts application information different from the application information collected in a previous point, and an information sending unit which sends the application information, extracted by the first comparing unit, to a data management apparatus which manages the application information. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110078299 | Systems and Methods for Reconfiguring a Network Adapter in Sleep Mode - A converged network adapter in sleep mode can allow a management entity to access and alter configuration of the network adapter over the network. Configuration data such as configuration parameters, firmware, and other data related to the network adapter can be stored in a memory, which can be coupled to a portion of the adapter that receives power during sleep mode. The management entity can send configuration messages to the adapter, which messages can include commands or instructions to read or write contents of the memory. The messages can include values of the configuration parameters to be altered, firmware code, etc. The management entity can also send configuration messages to a baseboard management controller (BMC) coupled to the adapter for message validation. The adapter and the BMC can send results of memory operations back to the management entity in response messages. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110082922 | UPnP CONTROL POINT AND UPnP DEVICE BASED ON THE UPnP NETWORK AND CONNECTING METHOD USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein are a UPnP control point and a UPnP device based on the UPnP network and a connecting method using the same, in which a service connection is performed. The service connection is restrictedly performed using a configuration file defined to allow or deny a connection with a specific device on the UPnP network, so that only devices specified by a user can be connected. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110082923 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS HAVING A PLURALITY OF NETWORK INTERFACES, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus having a plurality of network interfaces and capable of properly returning MIB information requested by an external apparatus, even when a network interface actually in communication with the external apparatus and a network interface designated by the external apparatus are different. If it is determined that a value of interface information contained in a MIB information retrieval request received by a communication unit from an external apparatus is a predetermined value and a first network interface has received the request, information corresponding to the first network interface is created from the MIB information and returned to the external apparatus. If it is determined that the value is the predetermined value and that a second network interface has received the request, information corresponding to the second network interface is created from the MIB information and returned to the external apparatus. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110082924 | MANAGING NETWORK TRAFFIC BY EDITING A MANIFEST FILE - A technique for controlling the streaming of content through a network is disclosed. In an embodiment, the technique involves editing the manifest file that is used to implement an HTTP adaptive bit rate streaming protocol. For example, a manifest file is received at an intermediate network device in response to a request from a client for a content element, the manifest file is then edited at the intermediate network device, and then the edited manifest file is sent to the client. In an embodiment, editing the manifest file involves deleting and/or inserting a URI within the manifest file. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110082925 | Bandwidth Reservation for Authenticated Applications - Methods, systems, devices, and software are disclosed for providing application levels of service over a network. Embodiments of the invention maintain a list of registered applications (or application providers) that have registered with a network resources provider. Customers of the network resources provider may authenticate some or all of the registered applications, indicating a desire to allow traffic relating to those applications over their access networks. Customers may further set application levels of service with respect to those authenticated applications. Certain embodiments may manage network traffic to accord with the application levels of service. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110087763 | MAINTENANCE METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A maintenance method includes a maintenance module | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110087764 | ENGINE FOR GENERATING AND MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS CONCERNING ON-LINE COLLABORATION AMONG A PLURALITY OF USERS IN CONSIDERATION WITH A COMPUTERIZED APPLICATION - System for generating and managing communication accomplished by means of graphical layers is provided. The graphical layers may comprise graphical features, text pictures and computerized objects such as media player for displaying a selected film, The system enables a user to call one or more of her or his colleagues to on-line collaborate in consideration with a selected content. The system provides a user for generating a new graphical layer, adding or deleting user generated content (UGC) into, or off a graphical layer generated by another user. The system stores completed graphical layers in a database. The system successively combines graphical layers associated to the same selected content into a track, which is further stored in the database. The system provides a user for tracking a selected user who so permitted while selected user is wondering and searching the World Wide Web. The system is provides the tracking user with graphical layers generated by the wondering user while he is observing a URL. Thereby the system generates a “virtual blog”. Namely the tracking user may observe the UGC introduced by the wondering user overlaid across the content which triggered the wondering user to introduce this very UGC. The system automatically searches the database for content related to the selected content thereby providing the user who selected the content for receiving a picture of what the users other than her or his collaborating colleagues think about the content that he has selected. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110093575 | LOCAL EXTERNALLY ACCESSIBLE MANAGED VIRTUAL NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER - An information handling system (IHS) includes a processing system operating as a controller. A network interface controller is coupled to the processing system and receives communications from a remote administrator via a management network. An external virtual device link is coupled to the processing system. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093576 | System and Method for Storage Discovery in a Storage Area Network - A storage area network (SAN) includes a management server, a storage device, and a management station coupled to a fabric. The management server implements device domains on the SAN. The storage device instructs the management server to add new device domains on the SAN. The management station defines the new device domains to include the storage device and an initiator coupled to the fabric, and directs the storage device to instruct the management server to add the new device domains. A method includes coupling a management server to a SAN fabric, implementing device domains in the management server, defining a new device domain that includes a storage device and an initiator coupled to the SAN, and coupling a storage device to the SAN fabric, the storage device being operable to instruct the management server to add the new device domain. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093577 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING USER PREFERENCE PROFILES IN A NETWORK - A method includes creating a plurality of user preference profiles. Each user preference profile includes at least one of a profile format without active user preference profile indication, a profile format including an active user preference profile indication, and a profile format specific to each device of a user. The plurality of user preference profiles are stored in a shared server. One or more user preference profiles corresponding to a plurality of devices are activated. The one or more user preference profiles are provided to an application server. The application server implements preferences included in corresponding user preference profile. A system includes a plurality of devices of the user, a plurality of clients corresponding to the plurality of devices, an application server corresponding to the plurality of clients, and a shared server for storing a plurality of user preference profiles. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093578 | Data update for website users based on preset conditions - Updating user data on a website includes: authenticating a user who is accessing the website via a client; determining whether an operation behavior of the user satisfies a first preset condition; in the event that the first preset condition is satisfied, obtaining user identification information, including a user identifier (ID); determining whether a stored user property that corresponds to the user ID satisfies a second preset condition; and in the event that the second preset condition is satisfied, updating designated service related data of the user. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093579 | APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING NETWORK CONFIGURATION - When a failure occurs in a network or in a network apparatus, a connection state of the network is changed. There is provided a network configuration estimating apparatus for knowing logical route information quickly after a failure occurrence in accordance with information collected from network apparatuses, although it is conventionally difficult to know this information quickly. The network configuration estimating apparatus executes: a process of generating network configuration information such as physical and logical topologies from information collected in advance; a process of monitoring a network failure; a process of calculating a network configuration to be estimated after a network failure occurrence, from the network configuration information generated in advance and network failure information; a process of visually displaying the calculated network configuration; and a process of managing history of calculated network configurations. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093580 | INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, FUNCTION MANAGEMENT METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes a function management unit, a function-information acquisition unit, and a function-presenting unit. The function management unit manages an application having one or more functions and being capable of directly invoking any of the functions, where the management of the application is performed on a basis of the function. The function-information acquisition unit acquires information about functions relative to a running function of another application on a basis of the function being managed by the function management unit. The function-presenting unit that presents the information about functions acquired by the function-information acquisition unit. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093581 | Coordinated Computer Network - A method for securely obtaining data records over a coordinated computer network having a number of network members, each of which has an internal records database and a node, and a network process computer with an activity database. In a typical transaction, a target node requests an activity record of a subject. If the requested activity record resides on an internal records database belonging to another network member, an activity database is consulted. This is a central store of subject activity indicators that include the location of the activity records. An originator node is the one found to have access to the required activity record. A temporary, secure, transport link established between the target node and the originator node, managed by the network process computer, serves to transfer a copy of the subject's activity record to the target node. | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110093582 | TRANSPARENT RESOURCE ADMINISTRATION USING A READ-ONLY DOMAIN CONTROLLER - A domain controller hierarchy in accordance with implementations of the present invention involves one or more local domain controllers, such as one or more read-only local domain controllers in communication with one or more writable hub domain controllers. The local domain controllers include a resource manager, such as a Security Account Manager (“SAM”), that manages resources and/or other accounts information received from the writable hub domain controller. When a local user attempts to change the resource at the local domain controller, however, the resource manager chains the request, along with any appropriate identifiers for the request, to the writable hub domain controller, where the request is processed. If appropriate, the hub domain controller sends a response that the resource has been updated as requested and also sends a copy of the updated resource to be cached at the local domain controller, | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110099258 | Dynamic Control of Autonomic Management of a Data Center - A method, system, and article for autonomizing autonomic management of a data center, with the data center having at least one computer system and an associated component. Data is collected from the data center and used as input to identify a data center policy. A set of capabilities of elements of the data center are detected and cataloged based upon the collected data. At least one policy is dynamically selected from at least one set of master policies in a policy directory with the selected policy to support the cataloged capabilities of the data center, and to dynamically control selective application and to adapt parameters for quality of service. The selected policy is applied to manage the data center. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110099259 | Managing TCP anycast requests - Managing TCP anycast requests at content delivery network nodes is disclosed. In some embodiments, managing traffic includes receiving a request at a first node of a content delivery network, determining at the first node that the request should be serviced by a second node of the content delivery network, and redirecting the request to the second node, wherein the first node and the second node of the content delivery network comprise endpoints for serving content and wherein the content delivery network is at least in part an anycast network. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110099260 | Monitoring-target-apparatus management system, management server, and monitoring-target-apparatus management method - If both of LUN security information on storage apparatuses and configuration information on an iSNS server are acquirable, a management server makes reference to configuration situation of the LUN security acquired from a monitoring-target storage apparatus, thereby acquiring iSCSI initiator names which are permitted to access the storage apparatus. Moreover, the management server acquires, from the iSNS server, IP address of an iSCSI initiator name which does not exist on a monitoring-target host out of the iSCSI initiator names, then adding the IP address into monitoring-target nodes. Meanwhile, when an access from the management server to a monitoring-target node becomes impossible for a certain constant time-period due to a reason such that the monitoring-target node has been excluded from the network, the management server is capable of excluding the monitoring-target node from the monitoring targets on a GUI. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110099261 | HOST-LEVEL POLICIES FOR GLOBAL SERVER LOAD BALANCING - In a network, a user can configure host-level policies usable for load balancing traffic to servers of a domain. A global server load balancing (GSLB) switch provides load balancing to the servers, and is configured with the GSLB host-level policies. Users can define a host-level policy (alternatively or additionally to a globally applied GSLB policy) and apply the host-level policy to hosts in domains configured on the GSLB switch. Thus, the user can enable different policies for different hosts. This allows the user to have the flexibility to control metrics used for selection of a best address for querying clients, as well as the metric order and additional parameters used in the GSLB process, at the host level. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110099262 | DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CONSTRUCTION METHOD, SYSTEM AND TASK PROCESSING METHOD - A distributed network construction method includes: determining a domain that covers a requesting node according to an address of the requesting node which requests to join a distributed network, where the domain has a domain identifier (ID); generating a peer ID of the requesting node according to the number of peers of the domain; concatenating the domain ID with the peer ID to form the node ID of the requesting node; and sending the node ID to the requesting node, where the requesting node obtains information about a neighboring node according to the obtained node ID to join the distributed network. | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110106926 | System and method for implementing a cloud workflow - System and method for implementing a workflow of a first domain, wherein the workflow is implemented as a series of steps to accomplish a workload and wherein at least one of the steps utilizes a process, are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises establishing a mutual trust relationship between the first domain and a second domain; wherein one of the steps is authored by the second domain, the method further comprising associating with the step authored by the second domain a digital attestation for enabling the first domain to verify authorship and non-modification thereof. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106927 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING CLOUD MITIGATION AND OPERATIONS CONTROLLERS - System and method for implementing cloud mitigation and operations controllers are described. One embodiment is a system for controlling operation of a cloud computing environment, wherein the system comprises a repository for storing data regarding characteristics of the cloud computing environment, wherein the stored data includes policy notations designating compliance or noncompliance of the data with policy; an analyst module for analyzing the stored data in combination with external report information regarding the cloud computing environment and for providing results of the analysis; and a controller for evaluating the analysis results and issuing instructions for controlling operation of the cloud computing environment based on the evaluating. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106928 | PROCESSING STATE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, PROCESSING STATE MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A processing state management apparatus holds state information indicating the state of transaction processing in a distribution server as in progress after the processing state management apparatus connected to the distribution server requests the transaction processing to the distribution server which executes the transaction processing to register or delete contents to be distributed until the processing state management apparatus receives the notification of completion of the transaction processing from the distribution server. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106929 | SYSTEM FOR MANAGING A VIRTUALIZATION SOLUTION AND MANAGEMENT SERVER AND METHOD FOR MANAGING THE SAME - Disclosed is a system for managing a virtualization solution capable of controlling various kinds of virtualization solutions provided in Xen, Citrix, Vmware, etc., and easily allocating and releasing user management devices and user peripheral devices using virtualization solutions to a user's virtual machine by providing a standardized virtualization solution management system and a management server and a method for managing the same. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106930 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACCESSING A NETWORK IN A WIRELESS TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for quickly searching for an accessible network in a wireless terminal. A wireless terminal registers information about a current location and information used to access a network in an access history table, when it succeeds in accessing the network. Thereafter, when accessing a network, the wireless terminal attempts to access a network that it previously accessed, using information about a current location and the access history table. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106931 | Wireless internet gateway limiting message distribution - A wireless Internet gateway bridges wireless devices to the Internet, e.g., via a short message service center (SMSC). The gateway provides a portal to SMPP, HTTP, TNPP, or other protocol messages using Java Remote Method Invocation (RMI) techniques. Application servers insert RMI objects containing messages in a message queue handler of the gateway. The RMI objects are queued and passed either directly to a destination delivery handler (e.g., SMPP, SMTP, HTTP or TNPP protocol handler), or passed through a generic destination interface. An SMTP handler provides direct communication of SMTP protocol messages (i.e., email) to the message queue. An SMPP link proxy module provides direct access between a local application server and the destination delivery handler. The messages are packaged into relevant messages of the particular destination protocol (e.g., SMPP), and transmitted to the relevant network element (e.g., to an SMSC). | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106932 | Network Management System - A telecommunications network for providing broadband access comprising a network management node arranged to manage a plurality of network nodes forming part of the network, the network management node adapted to send, receive and process management protocol messages, the network nodes including a head node that is connected to each of a plurality of peer nodes, the head node and the peer nodes each including a management module, the management modules being configured such that the peer nodes are grouped into a hierarchical group and wherein the management module of the head node is adapted to forward a management protocol message to a first peer node of the peer nodes and wherein the management modules of the peer nodes are adapted to forward the management protocol message to each peer node within the group. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106933 | POLICY CONTROL WITH PREDEFINED RULES - The present invention relates to a method for policy control in an infrastructure network. The network comprises a Policy Enforcement Function, PEF, an Access Function, AF, and a Policy Control Function, PCF, wherein the PEF comprises at least one pre-defined Policy and Charge Control, PCC, rule. The method comprises the steps of: —the PCF determines | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110106934 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING FLOW OF MANAGEMENT TASKS TO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DATABASES - A management task data storage capability is provided for facilitating storage of management task data within a database of a management system, such as a network management system that is managing network elements of a telecommunication network. In one embodiment, the management task data storage capability controls storage of management tasks within a database of a management system based on respective priority levels associated with groups of network devices from which the management tasks are received. In this manner, the management task data storage capability ensures that higher priority network devices are provided an appropriately larger amount of management system resources than lower priority network devices, thereby enabling an appropriately larger amount of management task data storage operations to be performed for higher priority network devices than for lower priority network devices and enabling the use of database resources, for handling management tasks of network devices, to be as effective as possible in view of the priorities of the network. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110113129 | METHOD, DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND SYSTEM FOR REPRESENTING A PARTITION OF N W-BIT INTERVALS ASSOCIATED TO D-BIT DATA IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for routing in a data communications network, said method comprising the steps of: providing in a memory ( | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110113130 | Address Sharing Network - Network time techniques. An ip address can be assigned that is only valid for a specified time, so that the same IP address can be used for multiple different units, but each IP address is valid only for certain time periods. Another technique describes using the network to continually provide a time indication. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110113131 | Method of Load Balance Based on BS Architecture - The invention provides a method of loading balance that is based on BS structure, it includes the following steps: using a 4-layers switch to distribute the application request for the proxy server; using the so-called proxy server to distribute application request for application server; and establishing the corresponding WEBLOGIC clusters in accordance with each application request. This invention provides method of loading balance that is based on BS structure that is rationally configure the connection between 4-layers switch and the proxy layer of proxy server; at the same time, maintains the loading balance of the application server and eliminates the single-spot fault by utilizing the advantages of the WEBLOGIC clusters server communication and the back-up synchronization of the users' calling back. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110113132 | Method and Arrangement in a Communication Network System - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a communication system in which a network management architecture comprises modules representing a virtual reality of network nodes ( | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110113133 | SHARING MEDIA OBJECTS IN A NETWORK - A method, computer readable medium, user component, and system for sharing media object in a network environment are disclosed. A network manager may determine a similarity metric between users of the environment, between media objects, and/or between a user and media objects. Based upon the similarity metric, the network manager may share media objects with another user if the similarity metric exceeds a pre-determined value or is more similar than other retrieved media objects. A user component may also provide a network map manager to display a network map, and may provide a tailored view manager to display a web log associated with at least one of the user icons displayed in the network map. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110119361 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING REDACTED ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS USING CALLBACK TRIGGERS - Systems and methods for managing redacted electronic documents using callback triggers are provided. In one embodiment, a user device obtains a redacted version of an electronic document, which is referred to herein as a redacted electronic document, and a callback trigger associated with a redacted portion of the redacted electronic document. While a user at the user device is consuming, or reading, the electronic document, a triggering event for the callback trigger is detected. In response to detecting the triggering event, a callback action defined by the callback trigger is performed in order for the user to gain access to the redacted portion of the redacted electronic document. Once the user of the user device has acquired rights to access the redacted portion of the redacted electronic document, the user is enabled to access the redacted portion of the redacted electronic document. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119362 | EVENT ACQUISITION CONTROL METHOD, ACQUISITION APPARATUS THAT ACQUIRES EVENT, AND PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT NOTIFIES EVENT - A method for controlling acquisition of an occurred event that occurs in a network system due to the network system executing processing as requested by a request apparatus configured to request execution of the processing via a network, wherein the network system notifies an acquisition apparatus via the network about the occurred event, and wherein the acquisition apparatus is configured to acquire the occurred event, includes determining whether the request apparatus is in process of inputting a request to execute the processing, and setting, if it is determined that the request apparatus is in process of inputting the request to execute the processing, a set interval for the acquisition apparatus to acquire the occurred event, wherein the set interval is shorter than an interval that is set if it is determined that the request apparatus is not in process of inputting the request to execute the processing. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119363 | METHOD FOR NOTIFYING AN APPLICATION SERVER OF CHANGES IN DATA STORED AT A HOME SUBSCRIBER SERVER - In one aspect, a method for notifying an Application Server AS of changes in data stored at a Home Subscriber Server HSS is provided, said method comprising, in an embodiment, a step of:
| 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119364 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLOUD COMPUTING SERVICES FOR USE WITH CLIENT DEVICES HAVING MEMORY CARDS - A system, method and computer program product for cloud computing, including a cloud server including a cloud link module or program and coupled to a communications network; a client device including a device link module or program and coupled to the cloud server via the communications network; and a memory card including a card link module or program and coupled to the client device. The cloud link, client link, and card link modules or programs are configured to allocate processing of content between the cloud server, client device and memory card, such that communications bandwidth usage between the cloud server and the client device are minimized during content delivery. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119365 | MANAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SERVICING CONTENTS PROVIDED BY CONTENT PROVIDER - A managing method and an apparatus for servicing contents provided by contents provider wherein the managing apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a contents provider management module for generating an account of a contents provider based on information of the contents provider transmitted from the contents providing apparatus; a contents management module for managing a contents connection point for connecting to the contents provided from the contents providing apparatus and for managing information relative to the contents; and a menu management module for registering menus including a menu connected to the contents connection point and for managing a connection authority to a name of the menu and the menu, such that a collective management on the contents providers is possible and the contents providers can conveniently provide contents services to subscribers. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119366 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE AND METHOD FOR CUSTOMER CENTRIC NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A graphical user interface and method for customer centric network management. The graphical user interface includes a first view showing text input by a user indicative of customer identification data corresponding to a customer in a network. This data is received by a server connected to the user. The server retrieves stored information corresponding to the customer identification data from a database and provides the stored information and actual circuit path information corresponding to a customer service based on the stored information to the graphical user interface. A second view of the graphical user interface shows the stored information, and a third view shows a graphical representation of a customer path corresponding to the actual circuit path information. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119367 | Methods and Apparatus for Randomization of Periodic Behavior in Communication Network - A technique for use in a client, wherein the client supports a state-based signaling protocol (e.g., Session Initiation Protocol or SIP), includes initiating a given session state between the client and a server that also supports the state-based signaling protocol, and refreshing the given session state in a randomized manner. Further, a technique for use in a server, wherein the server supports a state-based signaling protocol (again, e.g., SIP), includes randomly assigning an expiration time duration for a given session state between the server and a client that also supports the state-based signaling protocol, and reporting the randomly assigned expiration time for the given session state to the client. By randomizing various behaviors of the client, the server, or both, bursty traffic in the communication network is reduced or eliminated. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110119368 | HOME GATEWAY POLICY CONTROLLING DEVICE, SYSTEM AND IMPLEMENTING METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for implementing policy control for home gateway comprises a Co-located Policy Decision Function Entity (PD-FE) for receiving the QoS policy issued by the PD-FE at network side and sending the QoS policy to the home gateway or issuing the QoS policy configured thereon to the home gateway. A method for implementing the policy control for home gateway, the method comprises: the Co-located PD-FE receiving the QoS policy issued by the PD-FE at network side or being configured with the QoS policy; and the Co-located PD-FE issuing the QoS policy to home gateways. With the present invention, the Resource and Admission Control Function (RACF) avoids controlling the home gateway directly or sending the policy to the home gateways in the case that there are a lot of home gateways and all the home gateways are scattered at the edge of the network. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110125886 | System and method for object abstraction and logging - A system and method of communicating with a plurality of different types of devices. A device driver is defined for each type of device. The device driver creates and maintains a set of channels for each device; each channel represents a property of the device. Newly acquired data received from one of the devices is received at the device driver and published to the channel associated with the data. Publishing the newly acquired data to the channel associated with the data includes storing the newly acquired data in a channel database with a time stamp corresponding to the time the data was received. Control information for one of the devices is received at the device driver and associated with one of the channels. The control information is passed to the device being controlled. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110125887 | MANAGING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN NODES IN A VIRTUAL NETWORK - A method for managing communication between nodes in a virtual network is provided. A first computing system utilizes first information to forward first data to the second computing system in a physical network. If the first information is incorrect, the second computing system forwards an unlearning request to the first computing system, and the first computing system updates or deletes the first information. If the first information is not available, the first computing system forwards the first data to a group of computing systems in the physical network by way of a multicast service. Upon receiving the first data, the second computing system or a third computing system in the physical network forwards a learning request to the first computing system, and the first computing system utilizes the learning request to generate the first information. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110125888 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO USE SERVICE CONTINUOUSLY BY USING HETEROGENEOUS TERMINALS - This invention provides a system and method to use continuously the same Internet services using different digital terminals even though user moves to another places. A system for providing Internet service using heterogeneous digital terminals includes a terminal registration/unregistration unit for registering and unregistering information on the digital terminals in and from an Internet service provider (ISP) server, a service management protocol unit for requesting the service from the ISP server, a terminal selection/change unit for selecting one of the registered digital terminals to use the service and reporting the selection to the ISP server, a content transmission/reception unit for receiving content service corresponding to the service request from the ISP server via the selected digital terminal, and a continuous-service preparation unit for preparing use of the service using a changed digital terminal. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110125889 | Method and apparatus for web based storage on-demand - The distributed virtual SAN infrastructure provides a plurality of host systems with a scalable dynamically expandable distributed virtual storage pool, which includes a virtual storage automatic construct protocol. The distributed virtual SAN infrastructure includes one or more SAN units including IP SAN unit and Fiber Channel SAN unit, the management console, the distributing control management station and the network infrastructure, wherein the network infrastructure provides the communication links between all systems in this distributed virtual SAN. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110125890 | VOLUME SELECTION METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - In a storage management system in which a storage apparatus is connected via a network to a volume allocation management server having a performance requirement analysis unit, a volume allocation unit, and a volume performance determining unit, the performance requirements of a business application using volume-allocating data and the performance characteristics of a volume serving as a data storage destination are determined, and on the basis of the resulting information, a volume which satisfies the performance requirements is selected as the data storage destination. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110125891 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A remote management apparatus remotely manages at least one facility device. The remote management apparatus includes a provisional registration unit and a main registration unit. The provisional registration unit registers a device identifier, which is transmitted from and identifies the facility device. The main registration unit registers user information, which is transmitted from a registration terminal and is related to a user of the facility device, such that the user information is associated with the device identifier. A remote management system includes the facility device, the remote management apparatus and a registration terminal. The registration terminal is connected to the remote management apparatus when the facility device is being registered in the remote management apparatus. In the remote management system, the facility device includes a notification unit, which reports a device identifier that identifies the facility device to the remote management apparatus. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110131306 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERVICE AGGREGATION USING GRADUATED SERVICE LEVELS IN A CLOUD NETWORK - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for service aggregation using graduated service levels in a cloud network. In embodiments, a service aggregation platform can encode a service delivery profile to manage the delivery of support services to both vendors, such as independent software vendors (ISVs), and their users in a cloud-based network or networks. Vendors may choose to host their technical support and related services in the service aggregation platform, and define a graduated set of levels of service to which their customers, subscribers, and/or other users may be registered or entitled Users of virtual machines hosted in the one or more cloud can receive technical support, help desk, updating, and/or other support directly from the service aggregation platform, or indirectly through the vendor. The aggregation platform can serve as a trusted portal for delivery of software certification, dependency testing, issue resolution, and/or other degrees or types of support. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131307 | METHOD AND NODE FOR APPLYING A POLICY TO A SESSION BASED ON A PREVIOUSLY PREDICTED SESSION STATE - A method and a policy enforcement point are provided for applying policies to a session. An eventual state of the session is predicted in a prediction engine of a policy enforcement point. The predicted state is sent to a policy controller, which returns a policy for the predicted state. If the predicted state, or a similar state, is detected, the policy enforcement point applies the policy for the predicted state to the session. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131308 | Method And Arrangement To Maintain A TCP Connection - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement to maintain a TCP connection ( | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131309 | DYNAMIC SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT FOR CLOUD COMPUTING SERVICES - A method for dynamically updating a service level agreement, performed by a cloud computing server, includes storing a preference for service selection, acquiring an actual usage level of a first service provided to a user during a predetermined time period in accordance with a first service level agreement, determining a second service level agreement different from the first service level agreement based on the actual usage level acquired during the predetermined time period, and selecting a second service that satisfies the second service level agreement. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131310 | MULTI-HOMED COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A communication apparatus able to maintain and improve the security at the time of retransmission of stored data to a network even in a network environment where multi-home connection can be made. When receiving a job through a network, the communication apparatus identifies the network through which the job is received, adds network information representing the identified network to the job, and stores the network information into a management table when the job is stored into an image forming apparatus. When acquisition of any of data stored in the image forming apparatus is requested by a terminal apparatus, whether a transmission condition is satisfied is determined based the network information for the requested data and transmission destination network information in the management table, and the requested data is transmitted, if the transmission condition is satisfied. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131311 | Optimizing Buddy Finder Telecommunication Service - A service is provided to users of communication devices present in a geographic service area. Each device is associated with a specific user. The service comprises conditionally alerting a user, via his/her communication device, to a presence of another device of another user. The alerting occurs if the other user is registered as a buddy of the user and if a geographical distance between the user's device and the buddy's device is smaller than a pre-determined threshold. A succession of polling cycles is run. In each polling cycle, the mobile devices are sequentially polled based on location and according to a ranking determined in a preceding polling cycle that minimizes a value of a sum of terms. Each respective term indicates a respective difference between rankings of the mobile device of the respective user and of the mobile device of the buddy of the respective user. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131312 | METHOD OF OPERATING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In a method of operating a data network comprising a plurality of interconnected nodes ( | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131313 | METHOD FOR PROVISIONING AND INSTALLING EVENT TRIGGERS - The present invention provides a method for provisioning and installing event triggers, which is applied to an evolved packet system. The method comprises: a policy and charging rules function entity provisions event triggers to a bearer binding and event reporting function entity based on gateway control session level; after receiving the provisioned event triggers, the BBERF installs or updates the event triggers. An evolved packet system is further provided. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110131314 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR IMPLEMENTING AT LEAST ONE POLICY FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATION AMONG A PLURALITY OF ENTITIES - Methods and apparatus are described for facilitating communication among a plurality of entities via an interoperability network. Each entity has policy data corresponding thereto governing interaction with the entity via the interoperability network. A message is transmitted from a first one of the entities to a second one of the entities. The first entity has first policy data corresponding thereto and the second entity has second policy data corresponding thereto. The transmitted message was handled in the network according to combined policy data representing a combination of the first and second policy data. | 06-02-2011 |
| 20110138027 | APPLICATION SERVER RUNLEVEL FRAMEWORK - According to one general aspect, a method for managing a plurality of different tenants on a shared computing infrastructure including at least one application server apparatus may include associating a tenant with a plurality of services, wherein each service provides a set of actions that the service is configured to perform. In some embodiments, the method may include associating at least one tenant runlevel for each associated service with the tenant. In various embodiments, the method may include, when the application server apparatus executes a service for the tenant, determining the tenant runlevel associated with the tenant, and managing the set of actions configured to be performed by the service based at least in part upon the tenant runlevel associated with the tenant and the service. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138028 | Managing Networking Events - Methods and systems for managing networking events are provided. An application for managing networking events may be provided to a mobile device. The application may or may not include information regarding a particular networking event. Such information may be imported, downloaded, or entered by a user. The user may prepare for the networking event by creating a customized agenda including the particular activities and tasks that are of interest to the user. While the user is at the networking event and participating in such activities or tasks, the user may add information to an entry regarding such activity or task. Such information may be saved and later used to generate a report, which may be published on a social media site. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138029 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO MANAGE ROUTING IN NETWORKS - Example methods, apparatus and articles to manage routing in networks are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes obtaining a first interior gateway routing protocol route selection metric associated with a first router and a second interior gateway routing protocol route selection metric associated with a second router communicatively coupled to the first router, detecting whether a mismatch exists between the first and second first interior gateway routing protocol route selection metrics, determining, using a Bellman-Ford algorithm, a target interior gateway routing protocol route selection metric when the mismatch is detected, and transmitting the target interior gateway routing protocol route selection metric to at least one of the first and second routers. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138030 | Method and System for Creating an Overlay Structure for Management Information Bases - A method, a system, and an apparatus are provided for organizing management information bases (MIB) in a network. A table, associated with an overlay MIB structure, is populated with entries. Each entry defines an object identifier (OID) of a mount point and an OID of a mount target. A selection is made between the existing OIDs and OIDs corresponding to a MIB overlay. When management communication refers to managed objects, they can be referred to in terms of OIDs defined by the MIB overlay, as an alternative to their existing OIDs. An agent infrastructure is defined to support the MIB overlay structure. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138031 | PORTABLE WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CONTENT REFERENCE SYSTEM - A portable wireless terminal includes a terminal display section, a terminal memory that stores upload information for specifying the content uploaded to an arbitrary external server, a terminal information display section that displays the information of the content specified by the upload information on the terminal display unit, a terminal deletion receiving section that receives one or more pieces of content to be deleted from the displayed information of the content, and a content deletion section that deletes the content to be deleted which is received by the terminal deletion receiving section, from an external server. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138032 | METHOD FOR MANAGING A NETWORK AND A NETWORK - For providing a significant reduction of resource consumption and network traffic within a network a method for managing a network is claimed, the network including: a plurality of network elements, each of which being able to run at least one network management function and to store management information being necessary for running the at least one management function, the method being characterized by randomly activating and deactivating the at least one management function on one or more of the network elements by a randomization process. Further, an according network is claimed, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110138033 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING EXCEPTIONAL CASE OF ESTABLISHING DEFAULT BEARER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - There are provided a method for processing an exceptional case of establishing a default bearer and a device therefor in order to solve a problem in that a user equipment cannot actually receive an IP service by accessing a packet network while failing in establishing the default bearer in a mobile communication system. A method for processing an exceptional case of establishing a default bearer in a mobility management entity includes: receiving a network attachment request from a user equipment; transmitting a network attachment acceptance including an activation request of the default bearer to the user equipment in response to the network attachment request; and cancelling a network attachment procedure when a completion response to the activation request of the default bearer is not received from the user equipment within a predetermined time. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110145380 | LIVE MULTI-HOP VM REMOTE-MIGRATION OVER LONG DISTANCE - Methods and systems of computing, involve identifying a target location for live migration of virtual machine services, delivering the virtual machine services to an operating system from a source location, migrating the virtual machine services a first time via a data network from the source location to an intermediate location, delivering the virtual machine services to the operating system from the intermediate location, and migrating the virtual machine services a second time from the intermediate location to the target location via the data network. Breaks in the virtual machine services to the operating system while migrating the virtual machine are minimal. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145381 | Distributed mesh network - A device, method, and system are disclosed. In one embodiment a computing device resides in a mesh network. The device includes a first storage device that operates when the computing device is awake. The first storage device stores a last known list of peer computing devices in the mesh network. The device also includes a a second storage device that operates regardless of whether any central processing unit in the computing device is awake or asleep. The second storage device includes a local block that stores a list of resources provided by the first computing device and a list of computing devices in the mesh network verified by the first computing device. The second storage device also includes a remote block that stores an unverified remote list of computing devices in the mesh network. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145382 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OSGi-BASED SERVICE DELIVERY FRAMEWORK - A system and a method for OBSi-based (open service gateway initiative) service delivery framework are provided. The system is adaptable to a first host executing an OSGi bundle. A mobile service module of the first host is inherited through the OSGi bundle. A second host is assigned when the OSGi bundle calls a mobilize function inherited from the mobile service module. A bytecode and an instance of the OSGi bundle are obtained through a first delivery context processing module of the first host. The bytecode and instance of the OSGi bundle are transmitted from the first host to the second host through the first delivery context processing module and a second delivery context processing module of the second host. The bytecode and instance of the OSGi bundle are installed and the OSGi bundle is executed through the second delivery context processing module. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145383 | ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A Managed Site ( | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145384 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for Presence Data Updates - Embodiments herein include a method executed in a terminal of a multimedia system. The multimedia system is accessible to terminals using any of a plurality of access technologies and comprises a presence server for recording presence data of users of those terminals. The method comprises changing an update state of the terminal from a low update state to a high update state when a high priority event is detected, and changing the update state of the terminal from a high update state to a low update state when a low priority event is detected. When the terminal is in the high update state, the method includes presenting to a user of the terminal more presence data of other users than that presented when the terminal is in the low update state. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145385 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND THE METHOD THEREOF - A remote management system comprises a remote management device, a first management computer and a second management computer, a first management program and a second management program. The remote management device includes a network interface and a computer interface connected to at least one controlled computer, and converts an image signal output by the at lest one controlled computer into a network packet. The first and second management programs respectively cause the first and second computers to output their respective control signals and perform their respective management functions for establishing a network connection between them and the remote management device through a first network and the network interface, and transmitting their respective control signal to the remote management device via the first network for managing the at least one controlled computer. One of the first and second management computers is selected as a repeater for receiving the network packet from the remote management device and forwarding the network packet to the other one of the first and second management computers via a second network. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145386 | Policy-Based Content Delivery Network Selection - In a framework wherein resources of a content provider may be delivered to clients from different domains, a method distributes the requests based on content-provider policies. In some cases, the domains include at least two distinct content delivery network (CDN) domains. The domains may include a content provider domain. Responsive to a request, either the content provider domain or one of the two CDN domains is selected, the selection being based at least in part on one or more policies set by the content provider. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145387 | MULTICAST BROADCAST SERVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A multicast broadcast service (MBS) management method, device, and system are provided, so that a service/content provision server is enabled to manage an MBS operated by the service/content provision server itself. The method includes: a universal service interface (USI) receives a management operation request message from a service/content provision server; the management operation request message is sent to a multicast and broadcast service (MCBCS) server/controller to enable the MCBCS server/controller to perform corresponding operations according to the management operation request message. The device includes a first receiving module and a second receiving module. Another device includes a receiving module and a request processing module. The system includes an MCBCS server/controller and a USI connected to the MCBCS server/controller in a communication mode. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145388 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR REALIZING REGISTRATION MECHANISM OF IP MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM - The present invention provides a method, a device, and a system for realizing a registration mechanism of an IP multimedia subsystem. In the above method, a S-CSCF obtains a private user identity and a public user identity of CS UE and characteristic information of a MSC Server from a received request message, wherein the request message includes a registration request or a de-registration request; and then matches the obtained private user identity, public user identity, and characteristic information with existing registration binding relationships. If the match is successful, an operation indicated by said request message is performed on the successfully matched registration binding relationship. Based on the solution proposed in the present invention, the logic of the registration service can be ensured to be normal. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110145389 | METHOD AND POLICY ENFORCEMENT FUNCTIONAL ENTITY FOR IMPLEMENTING QUALITY OF SERVICE REQUEST INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and policy enforcement functional entity (PE-FE) for implementing quality of service (QoS) request information. The method comprises the following steps: a PE-FE sends a policy decision functional entity (PD-FE) a QoS request message including predetermined parameters which are used to represent the QoS request information of the transport layer. The technical solutions mentioned above enable the QoS request information of the transport layer to be accurately represented, and implement the resource request process in the pull mode. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110153796 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING WEB PAGE ANALYTICS - A system and methods for a web-based analytics tracking system are provided. The system includes a data structure having a plurality of web page identifiers that are each associated with a respective web page, the web pages each located on a respective one of plurality of first servers connected together using a network, the data structure further including tag information specific to each of the plurality of respective web pages, the data structure is located on a second server different than the first servers. The system also includes a tracking script including a programmed to load a loader program located on the second server, the loader program is configured to query the data structure for tag information relating to the selected web page, build an image tag request using the tag information, and insert the image tag request into the selected web page. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110153797 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTIONS USING GLOBAL EPOCHS - A method for performing distributed transactions of a cluster. The method includes, in response to a lock request including a first epoch from a first node, setting a local epoch to a maximum of the first epoch and the local epoch, sending a first lock including the local epoch to the first node, and in response to a conflicting lock request including a second epoch from a second node, setting the local epoch to a maximum of the second epoch and the local epoch, where the conflicting lock request is delayed until after the first lock is released. The method further includes, in response to a reintegration request including a third epoch from the first node, setting the local epoch to a maximum of the third epoch and the local epoch and performing a reintegration based on the reintegration request, where the reintegration is logged using the local epoch. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110153798 | Method and apparatus for providing a remotely managed expandable computer system - A remotely managed expandable multi-user computer system is provided. The computer system includes a removable compute cartridge and a removable storage cartridge allowing easy upgrade of the computer system. The computer system self-configures when powered on to allow remote management by another system over a network. Automatic failover support is provided without the need for a separate compute element. A self-configurable removable secure-to-wireless converter to couple to a client computer system allows secure communications between the multi-user system and the client computer system via a wireless network. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110153799 | Image Display Apparatus and Control Method - A communication unit that communicates with the information terminal; an image display unit that forms and displays an image; a control unit that controls the image display unit; a storage unit that stores model data defining a model of web screen information for instructing the control of the image display unit; and a generation unit that generates the web screen information that can be displayed in the information terminal by selecting the model data stored in the storage unit, and configuring, in the model indicated by the model data, an instruction unit for instructing a control item that controls the display unit. The communication unit transmits the web screen information generated by the generation unit to the information terminal, and the control unit controls the control item of the image display unit based on an instruction signal transmitted as a result of specifying the instruction unit of the web screen information displayed in the information terminal. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110153800 | IDENTITY SHARING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - An identity protocol gate way according to the exemplary embodiments of the present invention includes an artifact generating and inquiring module generating an artifact by receiving a sharing request message from a mobile identity wallet according to a request made by an application program of a mobile device, inquiring corresponding identity information according to a request of the identity information including the artifact from a web server and transferring the inquired identity information to the web server; and a protocol converting module converting the sharing request message into a protocol message of a wired environment by receiving the sharing request message from the mobile identity wallet, transferring the protocol message to the identity web server, transferring sharing response information and the artifact to the application program of the mobile device by using a mobile protocol in response to the sharing response information from the identity web server. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110161477 | Method and System to Automatically Adapt Web Services from One Protocol/Idiom to Another Protocol/Idiom - A method and system to convert an existing web service from a first web services implantation type to a second web services implementation type. Example implementation types include SOAP and Representational State Transfer (REST). This conversion is achieved by recognizing and classifying available information from each of the distinct implementation types. After proper recognition and classification as disclosed herein, a deterministic process may be utilized to assist in converting or translating the exposed interface; thereby assisting in developing an interface, based on a different interface type than the one already exposed, may be provided. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161478 | SOCIAL WEB OF OBJECTS - According to exemplary embodiments, networked object management software, devices, systems and methods are described which use social mapping principles to streamline interactions between users and their networked objects, as well as between the networked objects themselves. Friendship relationships are established, by a network management system, between a plurality of the networked objects, each of the plurality of networked objects being associated with a use. When the network management system receives a task request, it can then assign the requested task to one of the plurality of networked objects which has a capability to perform the requested task and which also has an established friendship relationship with the user. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161479 | Systems and Methods for Presenting Content - Systems and methods for providing content. In one embodiment, a method for providing user access to online content can be provided. The method can include aggregating content from one or more third party webpages; storing at least a portion of the content in at least one data storage device; and when the user requests, via a browser program, a selection of content from the one or more third party webpages, providing the user with access to the stored portion of content. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161480 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION USING WI-FI - An apparatus, method, and system for providing information for a wireless network connection using Wi-Fi. Device information for at least one UPnP device is provided from a plurality of wireless devices including the at least one UPnP device, a device information announcement message including the device information for the at least one UPnP device is generated, and the generated device information announcement message is broadcasted. In this way, information on a UPnP device to which to connect a wireless device is provided in advance, and a user can easily perform a network connection. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161481 | Cluster Computing - A method for arranging a plurality of nodes in a cluster is disclosed. The invention proposes a scheme for creation of a cluster having optimum number of connections and with a diameter of two, meaning any two nodes are at most two edges away from each other. The present invention uses Singer Difference Set for deriving networks with a smaller number of connections per node for clusters of the same size. Further, the method envisaged by the present invention allows multiple computers to be placed at each node with the computers sharing the network in a non-conflicting manner, resulting in a powerful cluster at reduced cost. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161482 | REMOTE GRAPHICS CONSOLE AND VIRTUAL MEDIA ACCESS TO VIRTUAL MACHINE GUESTS - A data processing system supports remote graphics console and virtual media access to virtual machines. The data processing system is configured for usage with a virtualization platform that runs multiple operating systems simultaneously on at least one physical server. The data processing system comprises a virtual keyboard/video/mouse (KVM) element integrated into the virtualization platform and is configured to generate a remote management graphics console and map virtual media into the operating system plurality. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110161483 | VIRTUAL SERVER SYSTEM AND PHYSICAL SERVER SELECTION METHOD - Physical servers in which a plurality of servers can operate are classified into groups in accordance with a predetermined index, such as loads and amounts of free resources of the physical servers. A predetermined number of representative servers are selected in each group, a physical server as a destination of a target virtual server is determined from among the representative servers of each group, and the target virtual server is moved to the determined physical server as the destination. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110167142 | HIERARCHICAL SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A service management system includes data storage storing a hierarchy of a network in a user premises. The hierarchy includes virtual network layers and devices in each layer. The storage device also stores service profiles for services associated with levels in the hierarchy, and the levels include one or more of the virtual network layers. The system receives information for creating a service for a device in a layer. The information includes service functions and attributes. The system also stores a service profile for the service in the storage device, and the service profile includes the received information. The system determines whether to trigger the service based on the received data and information in the service profile. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110167143 | Independent restarting of the nodes of a peer-to-peer network - Method for restarting a peer-to-peer network formed of a set of nodes It comprises a step of determining a first node to be restarted and a set of nodes known to it; wherein each node to be restarted implements, prior to restarting:
| 07-07-2011 |
| 20110167144 | NETWORK SYSTEM, DATA PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A delivery server association button of a Web screen | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110167145 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A tool for managing a computer network includes a gateway service module that identifies a gateway for a network and a network information service module. The network information service module identifies devices in the network, determines at least one property for each of the identified devices, and creates a network information data structure for storing device properties. A communication agent service module transmits at least one determined device property to other agent service modules associated with the network, receives at least one device property from another agent service module associated with the network, and provides the received at least one property device to the network information service module. A method of monitoring a computer network is also provided. The method includes identifying devices in a network, determining at least one property for each of the identified devices, receiving at least one determined device property from another device the network, and creating a network information data structure for storing the determined device properties. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110167146 | Provision of Resource Allocation Information - A system is provided for disseminating resource allocation information from system resources to state-information observers comprising resource users and typically also at least one system resource manager. Each resource maintains state information about its identity and its allocation to one or more resource users. Each resource provides this information to a state-dissemination arrangement which disseminates it to each state-information observer. Each resource user uses the state information it receives from the state-dissemination arrangement to ascertain the resources allocated to it. Similarly, a system resource manager, when present, uses the state information it receives from the state-dissemination arrangement to ascertain the allocation of those resources that are of interest to the manager. A resource, resource user and resource manager for use in such a system are also provided. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110173309 | NETWORK DATABASE CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A network device control unit and method are provided in which, not all MIB objects under the control of the network management software are simultaneously acquired during startup of the network management software so the almost simultaneous flow of a large volume of SNMP packets in the LAN will not occur and along with a simultaneous reduction in the load on communications lines, the load on devices such as the printer and network board processing their SNMP packets will also become small. To accomplish this, windows allocated to individual network peripheral devices on a one to one basis and controlling the network device are utilized as device windows, and information to be displayed on the initial screen of the device window is acquired as the initial sheet and displayed. Device windows also acquire and display different sheet information on the device window when determined an entry has been made by the user requesting display of a different type of sheet information. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110173310 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SWITCH AND INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEM SAS PROTOCOL COMMUNICATION - An SAS domain map is automatically generated at an SAS concentrator switch by a virtual mapping device that presents itself as a target for discovery by SAS devices interfaced with the concentrator, such as information handling systems and storage devices. During the SAS protocol discovery process, the virtual mapping device generates the SAS domain map by acquiring the device name and the device port for each concentrator port that interfaces with a device. A management application running on the concentrator applies the SAS domain map to provide network functions, such as zoning or diagnostics. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110173311 | Invitation to Bind to a Device - A server device sends a list of account holders together with an invitation to bind to the server. A client device can decide to present the invitation to a user for decision only if the client device finds a match between the list and the user. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110173312 | DATA PROCESSING - A data processing apparatus is provided that includes a processing unit for processing data, including receiving data packets from a sender and sending acknowledgements to the sender, the processing unit having a first and second mode of operation for processing data, in which the second mode of operation requires more power than the first mode, and the processing unit switches between the first and second modes of operation based on a processing load; a metric module for determining a metric indicative of the processing load; an acknowledgement module for sending one acknowledgement in respect of n received data packets; and an acknowledgement configuration module for setting n to be a value m greater than a first predetermined value if the metric lies in a predetermined range that includes a value that the metric assumes when the processing unit switches between the first mode of operation and the second mode of operation, and to the first predetermined value otherwise. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110173313 | Portable Management Device - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention disclosed herein relate to a method and system for providing remote management for a computer system with a portable management device. An exemplary method comprises connecting a portable management device to a computer system and a network. The exemplary method additionally comprises receiving remote management data over the network via the portable management device and executing instructions in response to the remote management data. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110179153 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDLING A NETWORK CONNECTION - The described embodiments provide a system that controls the operating state of a network interface. During operation, in response to receiving a request from an application to use the network interface for a route, the system creates a route structure for the route and increments a route reference counter in an interface data structure for the network interface. Upon subsequently determining that the application is no longer using the route, the system sets a route expiration timer in the route structure to a predetermined expiration time. When the route expiration timer expires, the system deletes the route structure and decrements the route reference counter in the interface data structure. When decrementing the route reference counter in the interface data structure causes the route reference counter to be equal to zero, the system sends a signal to a configuration application to inform the application that the network interface can be idled. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110179154 | WEB HOSTING SERVICE BASED ON A COMMON SERVICE ARCHITECTURE AND THIRD PARTY SERVICES - A website hosting service provides a plurality of services to each of a plurality of unrelated websites, each of the plurality of services being adapted to contribute to a distinct service package for at least a plurality of unrelated websites, at least one of the plurality of services serving a third party interface that allows access to a third party service in the distinct service package. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110179155 | UNAFFILIATED WEB DOMAIN HOSTING SERVICE BASED ON COMMON SERVICE POOLS ARCHITECTURE - A website hosting architecture provides a plurality of services, from a plurality of service pools, to each of a plurality of unaffiliated websites, each of the plurality of service pools being adapted to provide services that are adapted to be combined into different packages to be delivered to at least a plurality of the unaffiliated websites. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110179156 | MIGRATING A WEB HOSTING SERVICE FROM A SHARED ENVIRONMENT FOR MULTIPLE CLIENTS TO A SHARED ENVIRONMENT FOR MULTIPLE CLIENTS - An automated tool for migrating a website hosting service from a first website hosting architecture to a second website hosting architecture, each website hosting architecture comprising a server architecture that serves a plurality of common services from a plurality of machines to a plurality of unrelated websites. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110179157 | Event Management System For Creating A Second Event - An event management system is configured to host a first event that includes a first set of event endpoints that provides first and second sets of media streams to respective first and second sets of attendees during the first event. The event management system is configured to, while hosting the first event, create a second event that includes a second set of event endpoints that provide a third set of media streams to at least one of the first set of attendees and a fourth set of media streams during the second event. At least one of the second set of event endpoints is sufficiently separated from each of the first set of event endpoints so that the second event does not substantially interfere with the first event. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110185050 | CONTROLLING EXECUTION OF SERVICES ACROSS SERVERS - Computer and internet applications are commonly hosted by a large number of servers, such as a data warehouse. One concern when hosting applications is execution reliability of the applications. Unfortunately, it may be the applications themselves that provide the point of failure (e.g., an executing service creates a memory leak that causes a server to fail). Because servers are often replicated, a failure of a single executing service may become a single point of failure for every server. Accordingly, one or more systems and techniques for balancing server loads are disclosed herein. A load balancer may be configured to delegate the execution of a service amongst a plurality of servers such that no server executes all services and no service executes on all servers. The distribution of service execution amongst the plurality of servers provides service execution diversity across servers that otherwise may be configured identically with services. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110185051 | CLIENT DEVICE IDENTIFICATION THROUGH CACHE MANIPULATION - A method of identifying a networked client device of a host machine or server includes generating an encoded modified date during a first access attempt by the client device of a server-based object, storing the encoded modified date in a local cache of the device, and processing the encoded modified date during a second access attempt by the client device. A system includes the server and a memory device on which is recorded a server-based object. The server generates and stores the encoded modified date in the local cache, e.g., via HTTP, during the first access attempt of the object by the client device, and processes the encoded modified date during a second access attempt by the same client device to uniquely identify the client device. Restricted information may be provided to the client device upon successful identification. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110185052 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING QoS ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS AND NETWORK STATE - In a communication control apparatus controlling communications between terminals and network devices, the terminal communication optimizer includes a first acquiring section for acquiring first information indicating applications running on the terminal and their destinations, and a setting section for setting QoS for each application according to second information indicating an instruction. The communication optimizer includes a second acquiring section for acquiring third information indicating the QoS requisite for each application indicated by the first information and fourth information about the state of the network, a deciding section for deciding whether or not there are network resources requisite for the applications indicated by the first information, and a communication instructing section for performing communications, when the network resources are insufficient, with higher communication priority applications communicating at a first QoS and lower communication priority applications communicating within the limit not deteriorating the first QoS. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110185053 | Agile Network Protocol For Secure Communications Using Secure Domain Names - A secure domain name service for a computer network is disclosed that includes a portal connected to a computer network, such as the Internet, and a domain name database connected to the computer network through the portal. The portal authenticates a query for a secure computer network address, and the domain name database stores secure computer network addresses for the computer network. Each secure computer network address is based on a non-standard top-. level domain name, such as .scom, .sorg, .snet, .snet, .sedu, .smil and .sint. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110185054 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND CONNECTION SWITCHING MANAGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a terminal device which can perform connection switching to a more appropriate communication network while normally executing a service from a server. The terminal device includes: an input unit ( | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110191452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING A SERVICE-AWARE MOBILE CORE NETWORK - In one embodiment, the present disclosure is a method and apparatus for enabling a service-aware mobile core network. In one embodiment, a method for managing integrated services in a communication network includes detecting a first internet protocol flow in the network, mapping the internet protocol flow to an integrated service, and managing the integrated service, including the first internet protocol flow, according to at least one policy defined for the integrated service. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191453 | APPLICABILITY DETECTION USING THIRD PARTY TARGET STATE - Aspects of the subject matter described herein relate to detecting needed updates. In aspects, an update agent receives a request to scan for updates for a target. The target may include a virtual or non-virtual device. The request may include one or more rules that indicate resources to check to determine attributes of the device. The update agent utilizes a resource accessor to access the resources indicated by the rules. The resource accessor maps resource names indicated by the update agent to corresponding resource names of the target. The update agent may provide results of evaluating the rules to an update source in a multi-pass protocol designed to eliminate irrelevant updates. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191454 | DISCOVERING PHYSICAL SERVER LOCATION BY CORRELATING EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL SERVER INFORMATION - The present invention includes a computing system for discovering a physical location of a physical server device in a datacenter. The computing system obtains at least one physical property of the physical server device pertaining to the physical location of the physical server device. The computing system acquires at least one logical property of the physical server device pertaining to a logical server name of the physical server device. The computing system correlates the at least one physical property and the at least one logical property. Thereby, the computing system matches the logical server name to the physical location. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191455 | Using Aggregated DNS Information Originating from Multiple Sources to Detect Anomalous DNS Name Resolutions - A DNS security system collects and uses aggregated DNS information originating from a plurality of client computers to detect anomalous DNS name resolutions. A server DNS security component receives multiple transmissions of DNS information from a plurality of client computers, each transmission of DNS information concerning a specific instance of a resolution of a specific DNS name. The server component aggregates the DNS information from the multiple client computers. The server component compares DNS information received from a specific client computer concerning a specific DNS name to aggregated DNS information received from multiple client computers concerning the same DNS name to identify anomalous DNS name resolutions. Where an anomaly concerning received DNS information is identified, a warning can be transmitted to the specific client computer from which the anomalous DNS information was received. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191456 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATING DATA COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TWO DEVICES - The mediation device presented here facilitates data communication between a client device and a server device. The mediation device includes a processor, a memory element coupled to the processor, and a communication module coupled to the processor. The memory element is configured to store and maintain compatibility information related to data communication capabilities of a plurality of devices, including the server device. The communication module is configured to perform data communication with client devices, and is further configured to receive, from the client device, requests for compatibility information of the server device. Upon receipt of a request for compatibility information of the server device, the processor retrieves the compatibility information of the server device from the memory element, and the communication module sends the compatibility information of the server device to the client device. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191457 | FOOTPRINT REDUCTION FOR A MANUFACTURING FACILITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A facility management system includes a combined server providing both event services and application server functionality. The combined server receives a communication request from a client and determines if the received request corresponds to an asynchronous or a synchronous communication. If the received request corresponds to an asynchronous communication, the combined server creates a task corresponding to the communication request. The combined server determines whether to execute the task locally on the combined server or on a remote combined server, and if the task is to be executed locally, executes the task. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191458 | Globalization Management System and Method Therefor - A globalization management system ( | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110191459 | CONFIGURABLE GEOGRAPHIC PREFIXES FOR GLOBAL SERVER LOAD BALANCING - In a load balancing system, user-configurable geographic prefixes are provided. IP address prefix allocations provided by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) and associated geographic locations are stored in a first, static database in a load balancing switch, along with other possible default geographic location settings. A second, non-static database stores user-configured geographic settings. In particular, the second database stores Internet Protocol (IP) address prefixes and user-specified geographic regions for those prefixes. The specified geographic region can be continent, country, state, city, or other user-defined region. The geographic settings in the second database can override the information in the first database. These geographic entries help determine the geographic location of a client and host IP addresses, and aid in directing the client to a host server that is geographically the closest to that client. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110196949 | SYSTEM FOR REMOTE ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE TO A WIDE AREA NETWORK - Addition of a wireless out-of-band communications channel to a WAN enabling expeditious communication to a WAN data processor from a NOC. A wireless network device which may be one of a router or a switch comprises a communications port which may be for example a network device console port or a universal serial bus (USB) port may be communicably connected to a wireless console communications device (WIFIC). Management programming entered into a data processor at the NOC may be functional to direct communications directly to the wireless network device using a wireless communications link which avoids the usual in-band communications channel. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196950 | NETWORK CONTROLLER CIRCUITRY TO INITIATE, AT LEAST IN PART, ONE OR MORE CHECKPOINTS - An embodiment may include network controller circuitry to be included in a first host computer that includes a host processor to execute an operating system environment. The circuitry may initiate, at least in part, one or more checkpoints of, at least in part, one or more states associated with, at least in part, the operating system environment and network traffic between the first host computer and a second host computer. The circuitry also may coordinate, at least in part, respective execution, at least in part, of the one or more checkpoints with respective execution of one or more other respective checkpoints of the second host computer. Of course, many alternatives, variations, and modifications are possible without departing from this embodiment. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196951 | COMPUTER MANAGING METHOD - A computer managing method includes the following steps. Firstly, a blade server system with M blade server units, which includes a number of server blades and a modular management blade (MMB), is provided, wherein the M MMBs are connected with each other via network paths and M is a natural number greater than 1. Then a master MMB among the M MMBs are selected in response to first user operation event. Next, the network parameter data of the master MMB are set in response to second user operation event. Then network topology of the master MMB and the rest of M−1 MMBs are obtained via the master MMB. After that, the rest of M−1 MMBs are driven for utilizing a network protocol service so that the M−1 MMBs are able to receive network parameter data from the master MMB and carry out parameter setting accordingly. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196952 | Method for controlling a network system, network system, and computer program - The invention relates to a method for controlling a network system, the network system including a wireless network to which a client is wirelessly connected, and a backbone network which is connected to the wireless network, having the following steps: | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196953 | CONTACT MANAGER METHOD AND SYSTEM - Described therein is a centralized method and system to manage contact lists among multiple mobile telephonic devices. A contact manager system resides on at least one server which is connected to a global communication network. The at least one server may communicate with a plurality of global communication network connectable mobile telephonic devices. A file repository is located at the at least one server and is used to maintain contact lists on the mobile telephonic devices. Operations which may be initiated on the contact lists include but are not limited to creation, merging, transferring, encrypting, migrating, importing, modifying. When these operations are completed, the corresponding changes are disseminated to the appropriate mobile telephonic devices. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196954 | System and Method for Migrating Applications From a Legacy System - An information processing system comprises a legacy application, a web services consumption copybook, and a set of application program interfaces for enabling the legacy application to access a selected web service via a web services consumption server. The web services consumption copybook represents data structures of the selected web service. The system can either connect to or include a set of web service proxies that each correspond to a web service available via a network connection. A web services consumption server is optionally used to route service requests from the application to the appropriate web service proxy. The system can also optionally include a developer tool for adapting legacy systems or environments to be able to consume web services using modern protocols thus allowing the migration of legacy subsystems to a networked loosely-coupled environment. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196955 | Sensor Network System for Managing the Latest Data and History Data - In a sensor network system comprising a sensor terminal and a management server, the sensor terminal transmits observation data acquired using the sensor, the management server has a latest data storage manager which manages the latest observation data among observation data received from the sensor terminal, a history data storage manager which manages the history of the observation data from any time when data was received from the sensor terminal to the latest observation data, and a missing data manager which manages missing history data, and compensates the missing history data based on a predetermined rule, and when a request for such observation data is received, at least one of the latest observation data managed by the latest data storage manager, and history data wherein the missing data has been compensated and managed by the history data storage manager, is output according to the type of request. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110196956 | MANAGING USER ACCOUNTS AND GROUPS IN MULTIPLE FORESTS - Methods, systems, and computer program products are provided for managing contact proxies and security proxies in networks that are organized as forests. For instance, contact proxies may be generated to represent user accounts and groups in forests other than the home forests of the user accounts and groups. Security proxy objects may be generated to represent group members (e.g., security principals and groups) in groups in forests other than the home forests of the group members. Furthermore, when both a contact object and a security proxy object exist for a member added to a group, one of the contact object or the security proxy object may be selected to represent the member in the group. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110202645 | Methods and Apparatus to Test Network Elements - Described are computer-based methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for testing network elements in a communication network. A record file is received, comprising one or more record file elements, each record file element including data indicative of a request received by a network element in a network during normal operation. A virtual client is created for each of one or more identified sources. One or more regenerated requests are generated, each of the one or more regenerated requests being generated based on data in a corresponding record file element from the one or more record file elements. For each of the one or more regenerated requests, the virtual client associated with the regenerated request transmits the regenerated request to a subject network element to test the subject network element, wherein the one or more regenerated requests simulate requests received by the network element during normal operation. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110202646 | POLICY CONTROLLED TRAFFIC OFFLOAD VIA CONTENT SMART-LOADING - An example method includes receiving at a user device a policy from a communication network node, and loading the user device with content data based on the policy. The policy specifies a rule set and a corresponding action to undertake in the event of a condition satisfying the rule set and may be received at the user device in response to connection of the user device to the network node. The policy received may be an updated policy, and may be based on network conditions. Example apparatuses and methods determine how (for example, what access technology and what times, to best deliver content given the particulars for a user and the device state of the user, using a rules set that can be dynamically updated without user intervention by network operators based on network management policies. Delivery includes upload, download and sideload of a user device. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110202647 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Policy and Charging Control Rule or Quality of Service Rule Modification Failures - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate handling failures in policy rule installation and/or related bearer modification procedures. A set of modified policy rules can be provided to a gateway for enforcement thereof and/or correlation with a bearer of a device. The gateway can attempt to install the modified rules and can utilize a credit control request (CCR)/credit control answer (CCA) exchange to notify of a status of the modified rule installation and/or related bearer modification. A policy charging and rules function (PCRF) can, thus, determine the status based on the CCR/CCA exchange. If the status indicates failure, the PCRF can revert to previous policy rules. In addition, an application function can be notified of the status. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110202648 | NETWORK NODE FOR AN AD-HOC NETWORK AND PROCESS FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION SERVICES IN AN AD-HOC NETWORK - A network node for an ad-hoc network having a plurality of network nodes of the same type, which provide one another with application services via wireless connections. The network node generates a list of all application services provided to it by other network nodes including associated quality classes and makes this list available to other network nodes as list of the application services provided by it with such quality classes. The quality class is at least dependent on the number of consecutive network nodes, via which the application service is provided, and the quality class specified by the last of these network nodes. The invention also relates to a method for providing application services in an ad-hoc network. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110202649 | USER-CENTRIC LAYERED SERVICE DELIVERY PLATFORM FOR ENABLING I-CENTRIC SERVICES AND SERVICE PROVIDING METHOD USING THE SAME - An apparatus for providing I-centric services using a service delivery platform which is user-centric layered and a service providing method using the same are provided. The apparatus includes a media service platform providing an enabler obtained by abstracting resources and an I-centric enabler, a service creation environment providing a layered service creation and execution environment for each user, and a service execution environment. A personal user, a third party service provider and a service provider can create and provide various personalized services using the media service platform, the service creation environment and the service execution environment. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110208848 | NETWORK SYSTEM OF WEB SERVICES BASED ON SEMANTICS AND RELATIONSHIPS - The invention has disclosed a network system of web services based on semantics and relationship. The Service Network is used in automatic discovery and (semi-)automatic composition. The service to be processed of Service Network derives from registration service and extraction service of network. Submission service extracts information and sends it to Service Network according to service registry query. Extraction service obtains the service description file with crawler and register to Service Network via interface of service registry; and composition service is automatically done according to custom's function description, the complex service is sent to Service Network. The invention is more convenient for announcement of Web services, service discovery and (semi-) automatic composition based on semantics. It can extend and combine various service semantic description languages; and construct services ecosystem with available Web services, and improve operation of automatic service composition, searching and maintenance with the help of relationship among services. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110208849 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SECURITY MAINTENANCE IN A NETWORK - A system and method for monitoring a network and detecting network vulnerabilities is provided. A communication associated with one or more programs is issued to one or more devices in a network and the response from the devices is detected and analyzed. Based on the analysis, a device response is identified as a threat response if it represents at least an alert, an unexpected response or a response time-out indicating that the device did not response to the communication. The vulnerability of the network is determined based on the threat responses of the devices. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110208850 | SYSTEMS FOR AND METHODS OF WEB PRIVACY PROTECTION - A disclosed method for implementing anti-tracking measures for a web browser includes refreshing anti-tracking data structure responsive to satisfying at least one of a set of anti-tracking refresh criteria. The anti-tracking data structure may include opt-out cookie data indicative of a set of opt-out cookies, uniform resource locator (URL) anti-tracking data indicative of a set of URLs associated with URL tracking, and Referer header field anti-tracking data indicative of a set of URLs susceptible to Referer header field tracking. Responsive to a web browser of a user device generating a request for a third-party web page specified by a browser URL, at least a portion of the browser URL is compared against the anti-tracking data structure. If a match in the URL anti-tracking data or the Referer header field anti-tracking data is detected, the browser URL may be modified. The refreshing of anti-tracking data may include pulling a current anti-tracking data structure from an anti-tracking server. Alternatively, the current anti-tracking data structure may be pushed from the anti-tracking server. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110208851 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA STORAGE, SUCH AS DISCOVERY AND MARKING OWNERSHIP OF NETWORK STORAGE DEVICES - A system and method for discovery and marking ownership of network storage devices discovers, marks ownership and auto-attaches persistent network storage devices using the AoE or other network storage/protocols by storing encoded data in a configuration string or other settable persistent memory of these devices. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110208852 | Regionally-Tiered Internet Banner Delivery and Platform for Transaction Fulfillment of E-Commerce - Regionally-tiered Internet banner delivery may be provided. A banner presentation portion configured to present banners may be provided for presentation to a user via a screen of a client computing platform. Banners associated with sponsors may be received. Individual ones banners may be configured to present media content. Two or more tiers may be defined, which include a first tier and a second tier. Individual ones of the tiers may correspond to different overlapped and/or non-overlapped geographical areas. The first tier may correspond to a larger geographical area than the second tier. A given banner may be associated with a given tier based on a desired geographical area to which the given banner is directed. Individual ones of the banners may be provided, based on a location of the user, for presentation to the user via the presentation portion of the screen of the client computing device. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110208853 | POLICY AND CHARGING CONTROL METHOD, SERVERS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS THEREFOR - A policy and charging control method includes creating by a policy and charging rules function (PCRF), first policy and charging control (PCC) rules at establishment of a user plane session associated with the UE. The first PCC rules are installed at a policy and charging enforcement function (PCEF) and the service is initiated in accordance with these rules. During the lifetime of the user plane session, a quality-of-service (QoS) change request is transmitted by the UE upon activation of a user interface command. The PCRF creates second PCC rules based on the request, and installs them at the PCEF by replacing the first PCC rules by the second PCC rules. The service is continued in accordance with the second PCC rules. PCRF and PCEF servers as well as computer programs are also defined. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110213866 | NODE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A storage resource stores a plugin information package, which is an information package comprising definition information for plugging in a node device as a management target. The definition information is information denoting at the least one of a method for acquiring information from a node device and an item of information to be acquired from a node device. A processor references the plugin information package, which is stored in the storage resource, and accesses a node device via a communication interface device based on the referenced plugin information package. The node device comprising information that has been correctly acquired in accordance with this access is regarded as the management target. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213867 | SIMULTANEOUS CONNECTIVITY AND MANAGEMENT ACROSS MULTIPLE BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM NETWORKS - A building automation system (BAS) network manager supporting a plurality of device protocols coupled to at least one communication network, and a plurality of logical connections to individual BAS networks to multiple end devices of a BAS. The BAS network manager can communicate with each of the end devices regardless of the protocol or protocol version of the BAS network by implementing a protocol stack above the link layer for each protocol or protocol version, providing an integrated multi-BAS network interface, and maintaining a device identifier for each BAS network the network manager is coupled to in the protocol stack. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213868 | METHODS FOR OBTAINING TERMINAL MULTICASTS STATUS - The present invention provides a method for sending a message to a network device with a specific MAC address, in an IP network implementing a interne group management protocol IGMP, comprising: sending, by a network terminal, to the network device, a multicast group management status message including a destination address set as the specific MAC address. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213869 | PROCESSING DATA FLOWS WITH A DATA FLOW PROCESSOR - An apparatus and method to distribute applications and services in and throughout a network and to secure the network includes the functionality of a switch with the ability to apply applications and services to received data according to respective subscriber profiles. Front-end processors, or Network Processor Modules (NPMs), receive and recognize data flows from subscribers, extract profile information for the respective subscribers, utilize flow scheduling techniques to forward the data to applications processors, or Flow Processor Modules (FPMs). The FPMs utilize resident applications to process data received from the NPMs. A Control Processor Module (CPM) facilitates applications processing and maintains connections to the NPMs, FPMs, local and remote storage devices, and a Management Server (MS) module that can monitor the health and maintenance of the various modules. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213870 | PROVIDING SERVICES TO MULTIPLE TENANTS OF AN APPLICATION - A method, system and computer program product for providing a service to multiple tenants of an application. Responsive to receiving from a client of a tenant a request, a tenant context of the tenant is bound to the request. With respect to an access to an isolation point of the application in the request, the access to the isolation point is redirected to a partition based on the tenant context bound to the request. The partition may be pre-established for the tenant with respect to the application. Hence, it is possible to provide a multi-tenant solution in a convenient, fast, and cost-effective way, and, in turn, to achieve resource sharing to a greater extent and enhance the resource efficiency. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213871 | MACHINE-TO-MACHINE GATEWAY ARCHITECTURE AND FUNCTIONALITY - A machine-to-machine (M2M) gateway (GW) includes reachability, addressing, and repository (RAR) capability. The GW maintains a local mapping table and local device application repository, performs data aggregation, address/name translation, provides event reporting and establishes GW reachability and wake-up time. The GW supports requests from M2M applications or other capabilities within the GW, and from a network and application (N&A) domain RAR. The GW may include an M2M device and M2M gateway management (MDGM) capability that receives management requests for an M2M device and functions as a network proxy. The MDGM accepts and processes requests from the N&A domain on behalf of the M2M device and performs management functions of the M2M device on behalf of the N&A domain. The MDGM may request the N&A domain for permission to interact with the M2M device, initiate an interaction for device management tasks with the M2M device, and report to the N&A domain. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213872 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT FOR MESSAGE FLOWS ACROSS MULTIPLE MIDDLEWARE ENVIRONMENTS - A method of managing information system resources to provide a message flow having a consistent level of quality of service (QoS) within and across a plurality of interconnected middleware domains is described. The method includes receiving a QoS message from a first QoS manager expressing at least one QoS requirement, translating the at least one QoS requirement to at least one parameter specific to a messaging service that communicatively couples multiple middleware domains, creating a client connection between a first middleware domain and the messaging service for receiving the message flow, transmitting the QoS message to a second middleware domain, and creating a client connection between the messaging service and the second middleware domain for transmitting the message flow. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110213873 | Method and Arrangement for Improved Session Setup Signaling Policing - In an improved method in a control node managing media sessions between nodes in a telecommunication network, exchanging S | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110219104 | NETWORK SYSTEM CAPABLE OF PROVIDING PROXY WEB SERVICE AND PROXY RESPONSE METHOD THEREFOR, NETWORK DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHODS THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A network system in which a proxy web service process performed by a device on behalf of a network device can be continued while maintaining a reduced power consumption state of the network device, without requiring these devices to be installed on the same subnet. When in a sleep state, the network device redirects a web service request received from a PC to an external device. The external device sends a web service response to the web service request in which addresses of the external device are designated as a reference destination of data contained in the web service response, to the network device. The network device sends the web service response to the network terminal. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110219105 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR APPLICATION SESSION CONTINUITY - A first device pairs with a second device via local communication and then transfers a server-implemented application session from the first device to the second device by saving as session data the current state of the first application, and the state of the application-related data being consumed. This session data is then transferred to the second device, which then runs a second application based on the state supplied by the session data. One or both of the devices communicates a session transfer request to the server, causing the server to re-route application-related data to the second device to be consumed by the second application at the state where consumption by the first application was transferred. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110219106 | Data Deletion in a Distributed Data Storage System - In one embodiment, a method for removing unused storage units is provided. One or more storage units are referenced by multiple client addresses. The method includes constructing, on a metadata server, a filter on at least a portion of block identifiers that identify storage units currently being referenced by client addresses. The metadata server stores information on which storage unit identifiers are referenced by which client addresses. The filter is transmitted from the metadata server to a block server. The filter is used by the block server to test whether storage unit identifiers that exist on the block server are present in the filter. The block server stores information on where a storage unit is stored on the block server for a storage unit identifier. Storage unit identifiers not present in the filter and associated storage units are deleted from the block server. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110219107 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COLLABORATIVE PROCESSING OF DISTRIBUTED APPLICATIONS - A system and method for generating and executing machine-language filter code. A filter generator receives a text-based filter string. The filter string contains filter criteria for filtering messages communicated from one computer program to another computer program or to the same computer program. A machine language generator converts the filter string to a machine-language filter code. A central processing unit of a host loads and executes the machine-language filter code to process or discard messages based on the filter criteria. The machine-language filter code is maintained by the computer program for continual reuse eliminating the interpretation and translation of the filter string from data to code for each message. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110219108 | Scalable, high performance and highly available distributed storage system for Internet content - A method for content storage on behalf of participating content providers begins by having a given content provider identify content for storage. The content provider then uploads the content to a given storage site selected from a set of storage sites. Following upload, the content is replicated from the given storage site to at least one other storage site in the set. Upon request from a given entity, a given storage site from which the given entity may retrieve the content is then identified. The content is then downloaded from the identified given storage site to the given entity. In an illustrative embodiment, the given entity is an edge server of a content delivery network (CDN). | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110219109 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING TRANSPARENT PROXY BETWEEN ISP AND CDN - A system and a method for sharing a proxy between an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or other Internet point of presence, and a CDN (content delivery network). | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110225275 | EFFECTIVELY MANAGING CONFIGURATION DRIFT - Configuration drift refers to changes made over time that cause a computer or service to deviate from a desired configuration. Configuration drift of a group of machines can be managed by defining configuration intent. Intent is defined by defining a configuration baseline comprised of a collection of related configuration rules. Configuration rules include settings, and targets which can be any managed entity that enables reporting of non-compliance at a more granular level. A configuration baseline can be completed by reading configuration rules from one or more well-configured computers. Configuration drift is assessed by comparing actual values to the configuration baseline values and is reported at a managed entity level instead of at a machine level. Remediation, returning the computer to a state of compliance with the configuration baseline, can be performed on demand. Remediations performed over time are retained and applied to a new instance of the service to eliminate configuration drift on the new instance. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225276 | ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE COMPUTING IN A DISTRIBUTED COMPUTER NETWORK - Implementation of environmentally sustainable computing in a distributed computer network is provided. A method includes receiving a request from a node in the network to perform a computational task and identifying nodes in the network having resources to facilitate performance of the task. Using an environmental impact rating for each of the identified nodes, selecting one or more transmission paths in the network and/or at least one of the identified nodes to facilitate performance of the task based on corresponding environmental impact ratings and applied performance efficiency criteria. Selected identified nodes represent those having the lowest environmental impact rating while meeting the applied performance efficiency criteria. The method further includes executing the task on the node via the transmission paths and/or selected identified nodes. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225277 | PLACEMENT OF VIRTUAL MACHINES BASED ON SERVER COST AND NETWORK COST - A method, information processing system, and computer program product manage server placement of virtual machines in an operating environment. A mapping of each virtual machine in a plurality of virtual machines to at least one server in a set of servers is determined. The mapping substantially satisfies a set of primary constraints associated with the set of servers. A plurality of virtual machine clusters is created. Each virtual machine cluster includes a set of virtual machines from the plurality of virtual machines. A server placement of one virtual machine in a cluster is interchangeable with a server placement of another virtual machine in the same cluster while satisfying the set of primary constraints. A server placement of the set of virtual machines within each virtual machine on at least one mapped server is generated for each cluster. The server placement substantially satisfies a set of secondary constraints. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225278 | PROCESSING PACKETS USING A VIRTUALIZED DESCRIPTOR QUEUE - In a method for processing packets among at least a first computing device and a second computing device, in which the first computing device is configured to transmit and receive packets through a Network Interface Card (NIC), in the second computing device, descriptors of packets to be one of transmitted and received by the first computing device through a device descriptor queue are received and placed in a virtualized descriptor queue accessible by the second computing device. In addition, the packets associated with the descriptors placed in the virtualized descriptor queue are processed prior to one of transmission and receipt of the packets by the first computing device. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225279 | VEHICLE CONNECTIVITY SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPLICATIONS - A connectivity device is provided. The connectivity device includes at least one network transceiver that communicates with a vehicle network. At least one wireless communication module communicates with a remote device. A message manager module manages communications between the at least one network transceiver and the at least one wireless communication module. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225280 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR COMMUNICATING POLICY INFORMATION BETWEEN A POLICY CHARGING AND RULES FUNCTION AND A SERVICE NODE - According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a method for communicating policy information. The method includes steps occurring at a policy charging and rules function (PCRF) node. The method also includes receiving, from a service node, a message requesting a policy rule, wherein the message includes an Internet protocol (IP) address associated with a subscriber. The method further includes determining a network access identifier (NAI) for the subscriber based on the IP address. The method further includes selecting a policy rule for the subscriber based on the NAI. The method further includes communicating the policy rule to the service node. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225281 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR POLICY ENFORCEMENT CORRELATION - Systems, methods, and computer readable media for policy enforcement correlation are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method for policy enforcement correlation includes, at a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) node: receiving, from a first network node, first policy and charging related information associated with a first user of a telecommunication network; receiving, from a second network node, second policy and charging related information; correlating the first and second policy and charging related information; and, in response to correlating the first and second policy and charging information, issuing a policy and charging control (PCC)-related instruction. In one embodiment, the PCC-related instruction may be sent to the first network node, the second network node, a third network node, or some combination of the above. In one embodiment, the PCRF may receive policy and charging related information from, and may issue PCC related instructions to, policy and charging enforcement functions (PCEFs), deep packet inspection (DPI) nodes, or Diameter signaling routers (DSRs). | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225282 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VIRTUALIZING OF NETWORK DEVICE - An apparatus for virtualizing network equipment provides at least one virtualized network equipment by virtualizing the network equipment, schedules the pieces of virtualized network equipment, and executes a relevant program. Here, the virtualization apparatus performs context switching according to the scheduling in the time unit of context switching and switches to another program. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225283 | APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY REBOOTING VoIP COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND AN ASSOCIATED METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus is provided for remotely rebooting Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communication devices. In general, the apparatus remotely selects VoIP communication devices connected to a network, reboots the selected devices, and evaluates the status of each device. A processor allows a user to select VoIP communication devices connected to the network and receives inputs pertaining to the reboot operation, including a time input and search criteria. The processor communicates with the designated VoIP communication devices over a packet-switching network to instruct the devices to reboot and monitors each device. In this way, multiple VoIP communication devices may be rebooted from a remote location, and problems or issues that arise during the reboot process may be identified and addressed. An associated method and computer program product are also provided for remotely rebooting VoIP communication devices. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110225284 | METHODS, APPRATUSES, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DETERMINING A NETWORK INTERFACE TO ACCESS A NETWORK RESOURCE - A method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for determining a network interface to network resource. An apparatus may comprise a processor configured to receive a request for resolution of a domain name. The processor may be further configured to access maintained domain name suffix information. The maintained domain name suffix information may comprise a plurality of domain name suffix entries. The processor may additionally be configured to search the maintained domain name suffix information for one or more domain name suffix entries corresponding to the domain name to determine one or more network interfaces through which the domain name is accessible. The processor may also be configured to select a network interface for resolving the domain name into a network address from the one or more determined network interfaces. | 09-15-2011 |
| 20110231535 | Wireless Sensor Network - In a wireless sensor network, a local wireless network serves a plurality of sensor nodes. The local wireless network is reconfigurable for accepting a mobile computing device. The mobile computing device comprises a wireless network interface, such as a dongle, and is configured for selecting a set of sensor nodes for communications. The sensor network, a gateway, or a remote computing device may select the set of sensor nodes for communicating with the mobile computing device. A dongle may be provided for coupling the mobile computing device to the local wireless network. The dongle comprises a configuration unit for interfacing the mobile computing device with the local wireless network, an identification unit for storing user data used for user authentication, and a protection module for providing secure network access. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110231536 | GROUP MANAGEMENT DEVICE - A group management device determines a priority level that represents priority order of allowing a participating terminal to preferentially participate in a group, to which the group management device belongs, based on information relating the participating terminal and information relating to terminals that are managed by the group management device only in a case where the group management device receives information relating to the participating terminal, which has transmitted a participation request to the group, to which the group management device belongs. Based on the determined priority level, the group management device determines whether to transmit the participation request to another group management device and whether to reply to the participating terminal. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110231537 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER, DEVICE MANAGEMENT CLIENT, AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A TARGET OPERATION OBJECT - In the field of communications, to solve the problem in the prior art that a device management (DM) server needs to communicate with user terminals for multiple times to obtain Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) of various user terminal DM nodes, a DM server, a DM client, and a method for locating a target operation object are provided. The location method includes: obtaining a management command sent by a DM server; and operating a target operation object according to the management command, in which the management command comprises Management Object (MO) location information, MO instance feature node information, and target operation object information. The present invention has the following beneficial effects. A target operation object of a DM client may be located by communicating once, and thus increasing the efficiency of communications between the DM server and user terminals. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110231538 | Method for executing management operation by communication terminal and a terminal and system thereof - A method for executing a management operation by a terminal in a communications system. The method comprises the followings: The terminal receives the management operation commands that indicate the operation to target operation nodes in the device capability management object and operates them. The said operation initiates the process for executing the corresponding device capability management operation, then the said management operation transfers the device capability status. Also, the corresponding terminal and system are disclosed. The present invention can centrally manage and control the terminal capability. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110231539 | Device Connection Routing for Controllers - Device connection routing for controllers is provided. A computing device is configured with multiple controllers that provide connections for peripheral devices. The controllers enable the peripheral devices to interact with the computing device through a bus. Each device connection is routed to one of the multiple controllers based on one or more pre-determined factors. These factors may include load-balancing, power saving, quality of service, data flow requirements, and the like. Device connection routing may be dynamically managed to respond to changing states of the peripheral devices and the controllers. The device connection routing may be performed for controllers associated with any type of wired or wireless buses, such as Universal Serial Bus (USB), IEEE 1394, Secure Digital Input/Output (SDIO), and the like. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110231540 | POLICY ENGINE IN AN INTERNET PROTOCOL MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM - A system includes a policy engine in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS). The policy engine may be configured to store a group of policies associated with the IMS, and forward the group of policies to a group of policy components in the IMS. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110238803 | Administration Of Virtual Machine Affinity In A Data Center - Administration of virtual machine affinity in a data center, where the data center includes a plurality of virtual machines (‘VMs’), each VM being a module of automated computing machinery installed upon a computer in the data center and characterized by a Universally Unique Identifier (‘UUID’), at least two of the VMs having an affinity requirement to be installed on separate computers, the data center further including a data center administration server operably coupled to the VMs, including communicating, by at least one of the VMs having an affinity requirement to the data center administration server, the UUIDs of the VMs having an affinity requirement; and moving by the data center administration server the VMs having an affinity requirement to separate computers in the data center. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238804 | AGER RING OPTIMIZATION - A device provides an ager ring that ages entries associated with managed resource of a device, and determines whether a particular entry associated with a particular managed resource of the device is to be updated. The device also updates, when the particular entry is to be aged out in a particular time frame, the particular entry in the ager ring based on a bucket offset and a current time bucket associated with the particular entry and based on a current time, a refresh timeout, and a maximum timeout associated with the ager ring. The device further updates, when the particular entry is being aged during processing, the particular entry in the ager ring based on a new bucket, the current time bucket, and the bucket offset associated with the particular entry and based on the maximum timeout associated with the ager ring. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238805 | Topology Aware Smart Merge - Systems, methods, and computer readable media for managing the configuration of topologically related network devices are described. In general, devices that are “topologically related” are devices that are functionally coupled in some way (e.g., network switches sharing a common trunk line or network routers providing common router services in accordance with an established priority scheme). Specifically, techniques are disclosed for verifying or changing the configuration of a first network device based on the configuration of a second, topologically related, network device. Configuration policies (or rules) are described that are used to “bridge” the configuration of one device with that of another device. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238806 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING DEVICES NOT DIRECTLY ACCESSIBLE TO DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER - Methods and devices for managing devices not directly accessible to device management server are provided. A device for communicating a Location Update Alert message to a Device Management (DM) Server via a DM Gateway includes a memory for storing code of a DM client and a plurality of DM MOs, each of the plurality of DM MOs including one or more nodes, a processor for executing the code of the DM client stored in the memory, a communications unit for receiving and sending messages for the DM client, and the DM client for communicating a Location Update Alert message to the DM Server via the DM Gateway upon detecting a change in an address of the device, based on a LocationUpdate node of at least one of the plurality of DM MOs. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238807 | RELAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVICE - A method for providing a Device Management (DM) service to various devices by a relay device is provided. In the method, the relay device registers in a DM server a relay function for providing a DM service based on the relay device to at least one device. If at least one device is discovered in a Personal Area Network (PAN) managed by the relay device, the relay device determines a relay mode with the at least one device, and provides a DM service from the DM server to the at least one device according to the determined relay mode. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238808 | PROJECTOR SYSTEM AND CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT METHOD - A projector system includes: a plurality of computers connected to a network; and a plurality of projectors connected to the network, wherein each of the computers includes a connection request unit which gives a connection request to an arbitrary projector connected to the network, and each of the projectors includes a group information acquisition unit which acquires group information including apparatus IDs of the respective projectors of a group to which the own apparatus belongs, and a connection request unit which requests the projectors excluding the own apparatus among the projectors of the group to connection with an arbitrary computer, referring to the group information, when receiving the connection request from the arbitrary computer. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238809 | METHOD OF MANAGING SELECTION INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO MEDIA CONTENT, AND USER DEVICE, SERVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - A method of managing selection information with respect to media content in a user device, a method of managing selection information with respect to media content in a server, the user device, a server, and a storage medium are provided. First information about at least one media content is output from the user device. A selection signal based on the first information is received at the user device. Second information about media content selected by the selection signal is transmitted from the user device to the server. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238810 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STATE MANAGEMENT BASED ON INSTANT MESSAGING PLATFORM - The present invention discloses a system and a method for state management based on an instant messaging platform. The system comprises a client, a registration application server, a PS application server, and at least one third party server. The method includes the third party server searching its database according to client login information, obtaining the group information of the client and member information of the group, and returning the group information and the member information of the group to the client; then the client sending its current state and group information to the PS application server; and the PS application server, after receiving the current state and group information, sending states of other on-line members in the group to the client, and forwarding the current state of the client to other on-line members in the group. The present invention separates user management from state management in the instant messaging; its PS application server only performs state management; group and user information are stored specifically in other third party server(s), thereby not only decreasing the load of other parts of the system but also reducing the network overhead for realizing smooth operation. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238811 | Switching States Between Two Computing Devices - A method is provided to enable the person to switch use of computing devices when working with records and/or documents. A method such as described may be implemented for an individual operating two (or more) computing devices that share and synchronize sets of records. One or more operations may be performed to update and maintain correspondence between the two sets of records. A switchover event may be detected, where the event corresponds to the individual using a second computing device while already using a first computing device. Once the switchover event is detected, state of use information may be received on the second computing device. This information indicates the state of use of one or more records on the first computing device. This information may be used to affect the state of use of corresponding records on the second computing device. In particular, the corresponding records on the second computing device may be placed in a state of use, or in a selected state for subsequent use. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238812 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE PROFILING OF APPLICATION EVENTS - A system and method for high-performance profiling of web-enabled application events are provided. In one embodiment, the method includes registering a profiler as a provider to an event tracer. Information associated with an event is captured using the profiler, the event is associated with a web-enabled application. A function token is associated with the captured information, which is communicated to the event tracer. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238813 | CONSISTENT CLUSTER OPERATIONAL DATA IN A SERVER CLUSTER USING A QUORUM OF REPLICAS - A method and system for increasing server cluster availability by requiring at a minimum only one node and a quorum replica set of replica members to form and operate a cluster. Replica members maintain cluster operational data. A cluster operates when one node possesses a majority of replica members, which ensures that any new or surviving cluster includes consistent cluster operational data via at least one replica member from the immediately prior cluster. Arbitration provides exclusive ownership by one node of the replica members, including at cluster formation, and when the owning node fails. Arbitration uses a fast mutual exclusion algorithm and a reservation mechanism to challenge for and defend the exclusive reservation of each member. A quorum replica set algorithm brings members online and offline with data consistency, including updating unreconciled replica members, and ensures consistent read and update operations. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110238814 | METHOD FOR CREATING GLOBAL DISTRIBUTED NAMESPACE - One example embodiment includes a method for constructing a unified namespace carried out by a domain manager service executing on a domain node in a domain network comprised of domain nodes. The method includes establishing a single, hierarchical domain tree that encompasses digital computers in a distributed data service network, where the domain manager service sends a request to all domain member nodes requesting that each domain node export the root of its sub-domain to the domain manager. The method also includes receiving the exported sub-domain roots. The method further includes grafting onto a domain root of the domain manager service the received exported sub-domain roots. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110246631 | ASSIGNING AND REMOVING CONNECTIONS UTILIZING ONLINE EVENT TRACKING - In one embodiment, a group is provided and a connection is assigned to the group. Online events involving a user and the connection are tracked. The connection is removed from the group upon passage of a period. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246632 | HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS WITH SHADOW MODULES - A shadowing platforms and systems in a network with a remote platform are provided. The shadowing platform includes a shadow health management module and platform storage coupled to the shadow health management module. The shadow health management module is configured to receive health information from the remote platform; store the health information in the platform storage; receive status information from the remote platform; and provide the health information to the remote platform when the status information is unacceptable. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246633 | PROXY DETECTION BY SERVICE PROCESSOR - Embodiments provide methods, apparatus, and systems that enable an embedded processor to detect and configure one or more network access settings. The network access settings may enable the embedded processor to communicate over a network, via out-of-band messages, with a management server or service. Other embodiments may be disclosed or claimed. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246634 | Internet Improvement Platform with Learning Module - Redirecting DNS traffic includes receiving, at an Internet improvement platform, a DNS query issued from an Internet application running on a computing device. The Internet navigation platform determines an appropriate response to the DNS query. The response is then executed. Characteristics relative to the query and to the result of a served page may be recorded and later referenced by the Internet improvement platform. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246635 | SIMPLIFYING DETERMINATION OF DEPENDENCIES AMONG SOA SERVICES - According to an aspect of the present disclosure, artifacts representing SOA services are statically inspected to determine a set of dependencies among the SOA services. The determined set of dependencies is provided to users to facilitate analysis of dependencies among the SOA services. According to another aspect of the present disclosure, such set of dependencies are displayed in the form of a graph. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246636 | Efficient Distributed Algorithm for the Location Design and Routing Problem - The Location Design and Routing problem asks to find a subset of “depot” nodes and a spanning forest of a graph such that every connected component in the forest contains at least one depot. This problem arises in a number of both logistical and computer networking problems, for example, in selecting the number and location of distribution centers in vehicle routing networks. This problem is functionally equivalent to that of supernode selection in peer-to-peer networks. A distributed algorithm approximates a solution to this problem that runs in a logarithmic number of communication rounds with respect to the number of nodes (independent of the topology of the network), and, under assumptions on the embedding of the edge weights, whose solutions are within a factor of 2 of optimal. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110246637 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A communication device of the present invention is a communication device that operates in a plurality of operating modes including a managing unit for controlling operation in a managing mode capable of managing a managed communication device, the managed communication device having a managed unit for controlling operation in a managed mode of performing communication under management of the other communication device, and an operating mode setting unit for changing the operating mode to the managing mode when the communication device receives a response request signal from the managed communication device during operation in another operating mode than the managing mode. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110252121 | RECOMMENDATION RANKING SYSTEM WITH DISTRUST - A recommendation ranking system that computes trust for entities based on negative expressions of trust. Negative expressions of trust are used to reduce the trust of entities. However, the system may discount entities that in the aggregate are distrusted. The system may be used with a social network to provide accurate, personalized recommendations for members of the social network. The network may be modeled as a voting network, with each member of the social network represented as a node and expressions of trust between members represented as weights on edges between nodes. Values of trust may be computed for nodes in the network and used to generate a recommendation. Opinions expressed on a topic may be weighted by trust in the node expressing the opinion. The system may be applied in other settings that can be modeled as a voting network, including ranking of Internet search results. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110252122 | APPLICATION LEVEL BROADCAST IN PEER OVERLAY NETWORK - A broadcast message may be initiated or received at a peer node. The node obtains an uplink bandwidth available for broadcasting the message over the network and a number of copies that can be broadcast based on the available bandwidth. The node determines a range of key values for finger nodes that should receive copies of the broadcast message from a finger table. The finger table entries include references to finger nodes and key values associated with the finger nodes. The node determines which other nodes should receive copies of the broadcast message from range of key values and the number of copies. The node also determines an End ID for each recipient node. A copy of the broadcast message and corresponding End ID is sent to a finger node if the finger node's key value is within a range of key values specified by the End ID. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110252123 | Policy And Charging Rules Function In An Extended Self Optimizing Network - A policy and charging rules function (PCRF) includes an input port, a processor, and an output port. The input port receives near-real-time network state data. The processor makes optimization decisions based upon the near-real-time network state data. The processor also produces policy enforcement messages based upon the optimization decisions. The PCRF transmits the policy enforcement message via the output port. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110258302 | System And Method For Remotely Determining Identification And Physical Location Of Equipment In A Rack - A system and method for uniquely identifying computer and support infrastructure equipment in a rack and to determine the physical location of the equipment within the rack. In one embodiment, a set of communication ports is installed in the rack, with each communication port representing a physical rack location unit. The equipment is queried via the equipment's communication port, which is coupled to one of the communication ports in the rack. Equipment which does not support identification through some protocol has its identification information stored in an intelligent device which can be queried through the same set of communication ports. A management module collects the equipment information and location and aggregates the information for the entire rack. This information can then be queried by a remotely over the network. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110258303 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERSONAL DEVICE SHARING USING SOCIAL NETWORKS - A system and method is disclosed which may comprise receiving, via a computing device, from a first user having a first personal device, a request for sharing access to a resource or a state of a second personal device of a second user, the first user and second user having an on-line social network relationship; and determining whether to grant sharing access to the one of the resource and the state of the second personal device of the second user. Determining whether to grant sharing access may be based, at least in part, upon the nature of the on-line social network relationship. The method and apparatus may comprise registering, via the computing device, an ownership link for a personal device and an owner having a certified identity within the social network; storing the ownership link; and utilizing the ownership link for determining whether to grant sharing access. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110258304 | SERVICE USAGE TERMINAL, SERVICE PROVIDING TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD OF SERVICE PROVIDING TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD OF SERVICE PROVIDING TERMINAL AND SERVICE PROVIDING SYSTEM - A communication control section according to the invention receives communication data on a transport layer from a service providing terminal which provides service in a higher layer than the transport layer, and a CPU performs a stopping process of a session layer relating to the service, when the communication data on the transport layer which is received by the communication control section relates to a stop request of the service. The CPU receives a trigger relating to the stop of the service, and the communication control section transmits the communication data on the transport layer including a request to the higher layer relating to the stop request of the service, to the service providing terminal, when the CPU receives the trigger. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110258305 | Servlet API and Method for XMPP Protocol - A communication system and method include a server hosting an interactive voice response or self-help application in a Java virtual machine. In order to leverage the advantages and facilities of the Java servlet model, a Java XMPP (Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol) servlet container is provided for the server so that the communication application can be programmed with objects defined by an XMPP servlet API, as well as objects defined by the standards-based Java EE platform such as HTTP and SIP servlets, in order to service an XMPP client. In addition to the generic class objects of the Java servlet model, the API also provides a set of XMPP-specific class objects. The Java XMPP servlet container includes a network point at a transport level for handling network connections, an XMPP service layer for managing XMPP sessions and streams, and an application layer for managing XMPP stanzas. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110258306 | Lock acquisition among node of divided cluster - The acquisition of a lock among nodes of a divided cluster is disclosed. A method is performable by each of at least one node of the cluster. A node waits for a delay corresponding to its identifier. The node asserts intent to acquire the lock by writing its identifier to X and Y variables where another node has failed to acquire the lock. The node waits for another node to acquire the lock where the other node has written to X, and proceeds where Y remains equal to its own identifier. The node waits for another node to acquire the lock where the other node has written to a Z variable, and writes its own identifier to Z and proceeds where the other node has failed. The node writes a value to Y indicating that it is acquiring the lock, and maintains acquisition by periodically writing to Z. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110258307 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS - The present invention provides an apparatus, system and method for use in remotely diagnosing electronic devices and/or providing content. The method for use in remotely diagnosing includes the initiating a diagnostic analysis of an electronic device, identifying the electronic device, receiving scripts communicated over a distributed network for diagnosing, remotely initiating diagnostic instructions with the scripts and receiving a response based on the instruction. The method can further determine further diagnostic instructions based on responses, and remotely initiate further instructions with the scripts. Additionally, a system for use in remotely diagnosing electronic devices includes a script generator coupled with a distributed network, and a remote diagnostic controller coupled with the distributed network and with an electronic device. The script generator compiles scripts and forwards them over the distributed network. The diagnostic controller implements the scripts to forward instructions to and to receive replies from the electronic device. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110264777 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD - A communications device includes a message manager that controls communication of subscription messages between applications programs on the device and a network to subscribe to messaging events. The messaging events provide message information in response to conditions occurring as determined by entities within the network. The message manager includes a subscription table for storing an association between messaging events and the applications programs, which have subscribed to the messaging events, and receives an instruction from one of the applications programs to subscribe to a messaging event and to determine from the subscription table whether one or more of the other applications programs has currently subscribed to the messaging event. The message manager, upon receipt of an incoming message generated in accordance with the messaging event, communicates the message information contained in the received incoming message to one or more of applications programs, which have subscribed to the messaging event. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264778 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING LOAD IN A SERVER - A method, apparatus, and system for managing load in a server are provided. The server performs events for a plurality of electronic communication devices, each of the devices enabled to transmit to the server, at a respective given time and at a respective given frequency, a request to perform a respective event. The server receives the requests and determines that its load is above a threshold load value during a given time period when the requests arrive. In response, for a subset of the devices, the server transmits a delay time to each electronic communication device in the subset. The delay time causes each device in the subset to change the respective given time to a respective new time comprising the delay time added to the respective given time such that a next request is transmitted from each device in the subset to the server at the respective new time. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264779 | Using Values Represented as Internet Protocol (IP) Addresses to Access Resources in a Non-Internet Protocol Address Space - Non-Internet Protocol (IP) centric resources are accessed based on a value in the form of an IP address. This value (represented as the IP address) is converted to a non-IP address, which is to used access one or more non-IP address space resources. This value (represented as the IP address) typically includes an encoding of the non-IP address and/or an indirect reference (e.g., table index, pointer to a memory location) to the non-IP address. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264780 | ACCESS NETWORK DISCOVERY - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, access network discovery information is received from an access network discovery and selection function server, access network discovery assistance information is received from a separate server, and the received access network discovery and access network discovery assistance information is used in network discovery. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264781 | TECHNIQUES FOR DIRECTORY DATA RESOLUTION - Techniques for directory data resolution are disclosed. In one particular exemplary embodiment, the techniques may be realized as a method for directory data resolution comprising receiving data identifying one or more groups of interest of a directory server, traversing, using a processor, one or more directory entries contained in hierarchical directory data, the traversal starting at a directory entry corresponding to a current group of interest, reading a first directory entry to identify a member contained in the first directory entry, adding, in the event a member is contained in the first directory entry, the current group of interest to a mapping for the member. The method may also include use of caching and recursion. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264782 | Systems and methods for improved multisite management of converged communication systems and computer systems - The present invention discloses improved systems and methods for multisite management of computer server systems and in particular converged communication systems based on a decentralized architecture. Certain and various aspects relating to atomic error handling, transaction-based authentication/security, intelligent bandwidth management, decoupled data/configuration messaging, improved scalability, auto-detection functions, business metrics, etc., also are disclosed. A console is disclosed that communicates with each of a plurality of converged communications systems, e.g., preferably through the use of sockets. The actual traffic load is decentralized among the computer server systems, as each one uses direct connections (e.g., via an enhanced file transfer protocol) to access update/configuration data as needed. In addition, an improved communication protocol is disclosed that is optimized for the multisite management architecture of the present invention. An improved set of graphical user interface (GUI) features are described that improve the efficiency of the management of multiple systems. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264783 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA FROM A PLURALITY OF FEED SOURCES - The present specification relates generally to computing devices and more particular relates to a method and apparatus for receiving data from a plurality of feed sources at a plurality of servers via a mobile device comprising a processor interconnected with a display. In one aspect, the mobile device is configured to start a feed service; register feed adapters with the feed service; receive content data via the feed adapters; and generate a list view of the content data on a display of the mobile device. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264784 | Method And System To Distribute Fault Information In A Large Scale Communication Network System - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for distributing fault information from a lower level network management node to a higher level network management node in a network management architecture comprising modules logically representing network nodes and network links under management. The higher level network management node subscribes to at least some detailed fault information. And, a notification comprising a summary of fault information sent by the lower level network management node is received by the higher level network management node. Then, the higher level network management node retrieves the subscribed detailed fault information from said received notification. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264785 | System And Method For Prioritizing Components - A system and method for prioritizing components is provided. Components, including at least one requester components and at least two service components are maintained. The components each include a historical context and access information. The requester component requests the historical contexts associated with one or more of the service components. The one or more service components are filtered to determine which of the one or more service components are accessible to the requester component using the access information. The accessible service components for the requester component are prioritized based on the associated historical contexts. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110264786 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING HYPERVISOR LEVEL DATA SERVICES FOR SERVER VIRTUALIZATION - A system for cloud-based data services for multiple enterprises, including a plurality of cloud hypervisors that cooperatively provide cloud-based services to multiple enterprises, each hypervisor including a plurality of cloud virtual servers, each cloud virtual server being associated with an enterprise, at least one cloud virtual disk that is read from and written to by the at least one virtual server, each cloud virtual disk being associated with an enterprise, and a virtual data services appliance, which provides cloud-based data services, and multiple data services managers, one data services manager per respective enterprise, each of which coordinates the respective virtual data services appliances for those cloud hypervisors that service its corresponding enterprise. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110270959 | Systems, Methods, and Computer Readable Media for Providing Applications Style Functionality to a User - Systems, methods, and computer readable media of providing applications style functionality to a user of a mobile radio terminal are disclosed. In certain embodiments, the systems, methods, and computer readable media include the steps of receiving a data stream transmission having a plurality of states, wherein each state is associated with output instructions and storage instructions, and wherein the plurality of states is configured such that moving through the states creates the appearance of executing an application on the mobile radio terminal; decoding the data stream transmission and caching each of the plurality of states with the associated output instructions according to the associated storage instructions; rendering a first state; responsive to an event on the mobile radio terminal, moving from the first state to a second state by applying the output instructions associated with the second state; and communicating a change of state to a server. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110270960 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANNOUNCING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING PARAMETERS OF COMPOSITE TRANSPORT GROUPS - An approach is provided for announcing aggregate characteristics of a composite transport group (CTG) for traffic engineering. Information specifying characteristics of a plurality of component links of the CTG is received. An aggregate characteristic of the CTG is determined based the information. The aggregate characteristic is announced to a label switched network for provisioning label switched paths on the CTG. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110270961 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, SELECTOR, REMOTE OPERATION SYSTEM, SCAN CODE TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus includes a code converting portion that converts a scan code output from a keyboard into a corresponding key code, a data converting portion that converts the key code into packets, and a changing portion that changes an output destination of the scan code from the code converting portion to the data converting portion, when an application software to operate a server apparatus remotely located is activated in the information processing apparatus, which is in connection with the server apparatus over a network. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110270962 | METHOD OF BUILDING SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - Devices unnecessary for deployment are invalidated during the deployment. A method of building a system and a management server for establishing a system according to the present invention have the following configuration. The management server obtains server information from a server connected through a network, refers to the obtained server information to select devices unnecessary for deployment among devices connected to the server, and invalidates the selected devices. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110276673 | VIRTUALLY EXTENDING THE FUNCTIONALITY OF A NETWORK DEVICE - Virtually extending the functionality of a network device to a server is provided. A virtual device which is in communication with the network device and which virtually represents functionality of the network device receives a function request from the server. The function request corresponds to a function for the network device to perform. A manner to perform the function for the network device based on the function request is determined. The function corresponding to the function request is performed based on the determined manner. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110276674 | RESOLVING INFORMATION IN A MULTITENANT DATABASE ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed herein are techniques for creating a representation of dependency relationships between computing resources within a computing environment. In some implementations, one or more sources for dependency analysis may be identified. Each source may be capable of being accessed to provide computing functionality via the computing environment. Each source may include one or more references to a respective one or more computing resources. Each computing resource may define a unit of the computing functionality available within the computing environment. A plurality of dependency relationships may be identified based on the one or more sources. A dependency relationship representation may be created based on the identified dependency relationships. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110276675 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MIGRATING NETWORKED SYSTEMS ACROSS ADMINISTRATIVE DOMAINS - Systems and methods for determining whether networked system migrations are successful are disclosed. In accordance with one method, a first set of properties of the networked system on a source platform in a first administrative domain is determined. Further, the method includes transferring the networked system to a destination platform in a second administrative domain. In addition, a second set of properties of the transferred system on the destination platform is determined, where the first and second sets of properties include functional properties and at least one of: performance properties, security properties or reliability properties. The method also includes outputting an indication that the transfer of the system to the destination platform is successful in response to determining that one or more of the properties of the second set are equivalent to corresponding properties of the first set. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110276676 | METHOD OF PROVIDING WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION SERVICE USING IP AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed is an apparatus for providing a wireless data communication service using Internet protocol. The apparatus includes a connection manager (CM) which periodically receives network information from a base station, and updates and stores the received network information; and an application unit which receives preset network information according to each application among the network information from the connection manager, and performs a function according to each application. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110276677 | CONTENT DELIVERY MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTENT DELIVERY MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND CONTENT DELIVERY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - An apparatus, a method, and a program for managing content delivery by which a content is able to be delivered by an optimum delivery variation for the user even when the delivery condition of the content varies with time are provided. The content delivery management apparatus prospects a delivery condition at each of a plurality of future times for a plurality of content delivery variations respectively, and sends a delivery condition data including a correspondence relation between the prospected delivery condition and the plurality of future times to a user terminal. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110276678 | MANAGEMENT METHOD AND A MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR VOLUME - It is made possible to update information registered in a database of iSNS, SLP and the like in response to a configurational change in a storage device, and for a host computer to discover a disk volume. In response to changes in contents of operation to alter a storage configuration such as in creating or deleting a volume or LUN, contents of the alteration are reflected in the database of iSNS or SLP. Also, in response to a change in setting of LUN masking, a discovery domain of iSNS or attribute values of SLP are updated so that the host computer can discover the disk volume. Also, objects and services are reregistered periodically according to a registration period of iSNS or lifetime of SLP to prevent registered contents from expiring. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110282980 | DYNAMIC PROTECTION OF A RESOURCE DURING SUDDEN SURGES IN TRAFFIC - Various embodiments of systems and methods for dynamically protecting a server during sudden surges in traffic are described herein. A gatekeeper is triggered by an incoming system request. Based upon queue size associated with the server and expiration of the elements of the queue, the gatekeeper determines whether to forward the incoming system request to the server. The queue size comprises a maximum allowable load within a time window. The expired elements in the queue are removed by comparing the difference of current time and time-stamped time, with time window. If the queue is not full or even if the queue is full but one of the elements in the queue is expired, the incoming system request may be forwarded to the server. If the queue is full and there are no expired elements in the queue, the incoming system request may be dropped. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110282981 | BEHAVIORAL RULE RESULTS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving a message at a PCRN; determining whether a policy decision should be made with regard to the received message; when a policy decision should be made: identifying a rule of a plurality of rules as applicable to processing the received message, wherein the identified rule specifies an action to be taken in response to the received message, performing the action in response to the received message; and when a policy decision should not be made, processing the received message according to normal procedures. Such action may include one or more of the following: rejecting a request, accepting a request, modifying a request, and performing a predefined routine. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110282982 | DYNAMIC APPLICATION PLACEMENT BASED ON COST AND AVAILABILITY OF ENERGY IN DATACENTERS - An optimization framework for hosting sites that dynamically places application instances across multiple hosting sites based on the energy cost and availability of energy at these sites, application SLAs (service level agreements), and cost of network bandwidth between sites, just to name a few. The framework leverages a global network of hosting sites, possibly co-located with renewable and non-renewable energy sources, to dynamically determine the best datacenter (site) suited to place application instances to handle incoming workload at a given point in time. Application instances can be moved between datacenters subject to energy availability and dynamic power pricing, for example, which can vary hourly in day-ahead markets and in a time span of minutes in realtime markets. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110282983 | Multimedia Communication Device Within Cloud Computing Techniques - The present invention provides an improved multimedia communication device within cloud computing techniques including a display mechanism for multimedia playing; an operation mechanism linking with the display mechanism for interpretation and implementation of the display mechanism; and a servo mechanism linking with the display mechanism for certification program of the operation mechanism and transmission of the list of multimedia service to the display mechanism; thus, the multimedia playing frequency channel located in our server cloud computing is detected at any time and the contents of the frequency channel are updated immediately; not only the needed frequency channel is quick found by an user, but also it ensures that all frequency channels located in our server cloud computing are normally linked by the user. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110282984 | Generating Displays of Networking Addresses - Technologies for generating displays of user-defined blocks of networking addresses on a map of an associated address space are provided. Each block of networking addresses is described in a user-defined table with a start address and a map size. The display for each block of network addresses may be rendered on the map at a location based on the relative position of the start address within the associated address space and of a size based on the mask size in relation to the associated address space. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110282985 | NETWORK AND INTERFACE SELECTION ON A COMPUTING DEVICE CAPABLE OF ESTABLISHING CONNECTIONS VIA MULTIPLE NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA - A system and method for carrying out network and interface selections across multiple media is disclosed. The disclosed system facilitates automated network interface configuration decision-making that spans a set of networks supporting communications via differing media. A set of media specific modules associated with differing communications media acquire network interface status/capabilities information. A rules engine thereafter applies a designated network selection rule(s) to the acquired network interface status/capabilities information, and any other appropriate parameters attributable to either an interface or network, to select one or more networks and interfaces with which to establish/maintain a connection. | 11-17-2011 |
| 20110289200 | Mobile Device Workload Management For Cloud Computing Using SIP And Presence To Control Workload And Method Thereof - A method is implemented in a computer infrastructure having computer executable code tangibly embodied on a computer readable storage medium having programming instructions. The programming instructions are operable to manage workload for cloud computing by transferring workload to at least one mobile device using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110289201 | Method and System to Add Video Capability to any Voice over Internet Protocol (Vo/IP) Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Phone - Systems and methods of configuring an add-on device to augment the capability of existing endpoint infrastructure are disclosed. In one embodiment, a video add-on device is configured to receive, augment or downgrade, and forward messages for an existing SIP audio-only phone. The video add-on device in this embodiment can receive messages from the existing SIP audio-only phone and augment the messages with information regarding the additional video capabilities being provided. The messages can then be forwarded to an infrastructure SIP Proxy/Registrar for further routing. From the perspective of the infrastructure SIP Proxy/Registrar and other network attached devices the outbound messages from the video add-on device appear as if they originated from the video add-on device, other devices will not be directly aware of the existing SIP audio phone providing its designed function. Utilizing devices similar to the disclosed video add-on device may allow incremental corporate network endpoint upgrades. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110289202 | DISTRIBUTED POLICY SERVICES FOR MOBILE AND NOMADIC NETWORKING - A method of disseminating topology information related to a subscriber in a system having one or more networks, each network having access devices and policy functions, includes identifying a current location of the subscriber by a serving policy function. The method further includes forwarding information relating to the current location from the serving policy function to an anchor policy function associated with the subscriber. The process of identifying the location of the subscriber and forwarding the information to the anchor policy server is repeated each time the subscriber changes its physical location. The system uses the current location information to route policy information from the anchor policy function to the policy function that is serving the subscriber. The system may use a push model, a pull model, or a combination thereof, to disseminate the topology information. | 11-24-2011 |
| 20110295987 | TRANSLATION OF TECHNOLOGY-AGNOSTIC MANAGEMENT COMMANDS INTO MULTIPLE MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media to translate technology agnostic management commands into multiple management protocols are disclosed. A method includes providing a software library that is includable in a web-based enterprise management (WBEM) application. The software library includes instructions executable by a computer to generate one or more classes. The instructions are also executable to bind a technology-agnostic WBEM command to one or more in a first management protocol. The instructions are further executable to bind the technology-agnostic WBEM command to one or more commands in a second management protocol that is different from the first management protocol. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295988 | MANAGING DATA ON COMPUTER AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Protecting personal information by generating entity-specific aliases for use in communication with third parties is disclosed. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295989 | NETWORK SYSTEM, NETWORK MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND GATEWAY DEVICE - It provides a network management system in which the expandability of a network management device is increased, and the cost for expanding the function is suppressed. A gateway is provided between an SNMP network and the internet, making it possible to operate an MIB using an HTTP and receive a Trap. The network management device is provided as a Web service for a Web browser, making it possible to cooperate with the other various Web services and easily expand the function by adding the Web service to the network management device. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295990 | Method and Apparatus for Embedding Information in a Short URL - A uniform resource locator (URL) encoding system and method are provided for embedding message information in a compressed URL includes associating a link identifier with a first URL, the first URL identifying a target web page. A message identifier representative of at least one message parameter is generated and the link identifier and the message identifier are combined using a reversible pairing function to generate a first combined identifier, the first combined identifier in a first base number system. The first combined identifier is converted to a second combined identifier in a second base number system which is greater than the first base number system. The second URL is generated using the second combined identifier. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295991 | Network system, controller, and network control method - A network system includes appliances provided in a network; a switch provided in the network; and a controller connected to the appliances and the switch. The switch contains a flow table. Entries in the flow table each specify an action to be performed on a packet matching with a matching condition. Upon receiving a packet, the switch refers to the flow table and performs the action specified by matching one of the entries which matches the received packet, on the received packet. A first appliance of the appliances performs a first packet process on a packet belonging to an existing flow, when being selected as an active appliance. When the active appliance is switched from the first appliance to a second appliance of the appliances, the controller performs a switching process after performing a shortcut process. In the shortcut process, the controller instructs the switch to set a first entry into the flow table, the first entry specifying that the first packet process is to be performed on a packet belonging to the existing flow. In the switching process, the controller instructs the switch to set a second entry into the flow table, the second entry specifying that a packet which is addressed to the active appliance and belongs to a new flow other than the existing flow is to be transferred to the second appliance. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295992 | SERVER AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVICE AND DEVICE RECEIVING THE DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVICE - A method for providing a Device Management (DM) service in an M2M environment that enables intelligent data collection and communication through an M2M communication function is provided. In the method, a Network Operator Server (NOS) or an ES provides a DM service menu to a subscriber device. When the subscriber device selects a desired service from the DM service menu, the NOS delegates the DM service authority for a network subscriber to the ES. The ES provides the DM service through an M2M communication with the subscriber device. The ES integrates the DM results and transmits the integrated DM results to the network operator. Accordingly, the NOS can provide an efficient DM service to more devices at a lower cost, by minimal interaction with the ES, through the cooperation enterprise specialized in the DM service. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110295993 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING APPARATUS PERFORMANCE - The method comprises and executes constitutional information collection processing of collecting constitutional information of the apparatus, constitutional information of a logical unit which is a logical existence obtained by abstracting the apparatus, constitutional information of the application and constitutional information of the dependency relation of the performance established among the apparatus, the logical unit and the application; performance information collection processing of collecting each performance information of the apparatus, the logical unit and the application; and saturation indication detection processing of analyzing a correlation between a change value with time of the performance information of the apparatus and a change value with time of the performance information of the logical unit having the dependency relation of the performance with respect to the apparatus for a predetermined period, and detecting that the apparatus has the saturation indication, when a correlation coefficient obtained by the correlation analysis is a predetermined threshold value or more. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110302286 | MANAGING COOLING DEVICES AND COMPUTING NODES IN AN INFRASTRUCTURE - A system for managing computing nodes and cooling devices cooling the computing nodes in an infrastructure includes one or more managers. The one or more managers receive a service request for a workload to be run on one or more of the computing nodes. Candidate workload placements for placing the workload on the one or more computing nodes are determined. A first cost associated with each candidate workload placements using a computational network model. A second cost associated with the cooling devices for each candidate workload placement is determined using a thermal network model. A cost function is minimized. The cost function determines an economic cost of operating the infrastructure while running the requested workload and is based upon the first cost, the second cost. A candidate workload placement is selected from the candidate workload placements based on the minimized cost function. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110302287 | QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL - Method(s) for providing Quality of Service (QoS) control in a plurality of sections of a network environment are described herein. Each of the plurality of sections includes at least one device to provide QoS control in the respective section. Further, in each of the plurality of sections of the network environment, one or more fields of a WIT are identified. An application command, generated at a section of the network environment, is provided quality of service in the plurality of sections, based on the one or more fields identified from the WIT. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110302288 | Enhanced Browser Cookie Management - Systems and methods of managing cookie handling settings provide for retrieving a web page based on a browser request and detecting one or more cookie requests associated with the web page being viewed rather than the web page associated with the cookie. A real-time dialog containing data corresponding to each cookie request associated with the web page being viewed may be generated while the web page is displayed. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110302289 | SELECTION OF A POLICY AND CHARGING RULES FUNCTION DEVICE - A system includes a first device, in a first network; a second device, in a second network; and a policy rules and charging function (PCRF) database that associates Internet Protocol (IP) addresses assigned to user equipment (UE) devices with PCRF devices; where the first device is to identify a plurality of policy rules and charging function (PCRF) devices in the first network, select a PCRF device from the plurality of PCRF devices based on a selection rule, and provide information about the selected PCRF device to the second device; and where the second device is to receive a request to set up a communication session associated with a UE device; determine an IP address associated with the UE device; identify a PCRF device, based on the determined IP address, by accessing the PCRF database, and send session information associated with the communication session to the identified PCRF device. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110302290 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CHANGES IN A NETWORK DATACENTER - The system and method described herein may include a configuration management database containing various configuration items describing every known resource in a datacenter. Upon receiving a request proposing changes to the datacenter, the proposed changes may be approved for automated execution (i.e., without human intervention) in response to analyzing relationships modeled in the configuration management database and determining that the proposed changes have no potential impacts on essential or critical resources. Otherwise, an impact workflow may be created to coordinate interaction between various human participants to resolve the potential impacts. Further, in contexts where multiple proposed changes have been approved, the multiple proposed changes may be analyzed to detect any potential conflicts. Thus, the multiple proposed changes may be approved for automated execution in response to detecting no potential conflicts, or a conflict workflow may be created to similarly coordinate human interaction to resolve the conflicts. | 12-08-2011 |
| 20110307589 | DEVICE COMMISSIONING AND REPLACEMENT - Systems and methods for associating commissioning files with components in a networked environment are provided. In one embodiment, a unique network identifier of a system component, such as a MAC address, and a network address, such as an IPv4 address may stored in an association file to link components on a network layout map to specific commissioning files. The network address may have a lease configured to infinity or to a power cycle of a component on the network. Further aspects relate to detecting if a system component has been replaced with another component. The detection may determine whether the new component has a unique network identifier not located in a association file. A user input may indicate whether the component is new or a replacement. If the new component is a replacement for another component, the unique network identifier of the first system component may be received and recorded. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307590 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A BUSINESS CALENDAR ACROSS A SHARED COMPUTING INFRASTRUCTURE - A method of scheduling availability for a computing infrastructure in a shared computing environment is disclosed. The method comprises assigning a new schedule of service to a software application in the computing environment, propagating the new schedule of service assigned to the software application to a plurality of computing components that support the software application, where the computing infrastructure is comprised of the plurality of computing components having a hierarchical relationship with each other, and determining a schedule of service for a given computing component in the computing infrastructure by aggregating schedules of service propagated to the given computing component. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307591 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND COMPUTER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT METHOD - A system management apparatus for managing a computer system receives plug-in distribution data from a plug-in distribution apparatus. The plug-in distribution data comprises plug-in definition information and template definition information. The system management apparatus uses the plug-in definition information to acquire information from the management target apparatus, and determines whether or not to issue an alert based on the template definition information. The distribution of the plug-in and the template at the same time means that the user can avoid confusion regarding the threshold setting. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307592 | Method and system to collect network addresses and transfer them to a network system - An information system network and method for use thereof for remotely gathering network addresses and sending a message to a network address, the system including at least a remote information collecting device and a network including an input device and a network device, the collecting device in remotely gathering network address and transferring the network address to the input device to be sent to a corresponding network device. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307593 | Alarm Notification Between Customer Premises Equipment And A Remote Management Server - In one embodiment, a method for alarm notification between a customer premises device and a remote management server interfacing with each other through a remote management protocol, includes detecting an alarm condition in the customer premises device, and transferring an explicit alarm notification from the customer premises device to the remote management server over the remote management protocol. The remote management server responds to the explicit alarm notification. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307594 | NETWORK SYSTEM - Provided is a network system. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING OBJECT UPDATES IN A HOME NETWORK - A method and apparatus for determining an object update in a home network. In a method for determining an object change in a home network, a media controller receives an object update identifier (objectUpdateID) and an initial update identifier (initUpdateID) for an object from an accessed media server, compares the objectUpdateID and the initUpdateID with a system update identifier (systemUpdateID) that was previously stored in the media controller, when the media controller previously accessed the media server, and determines whether the object is updated according to the comparison result. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307596 | METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING REPLICATION ENVIRONMENT AND STORAGE SYSTEM - A management computer collects a usage condition of a volume from a host computer and a storage apparatus at each site, consolidates management thereof, and prevents a volume from duplicating among applications as a copy source. This makes it possible to select a used volume in an application as a copy source without excess or deficiency and to create a copy pair configuration definition without duplication or incompatibility. If a replication environment is constructed in a large-scale storage system, the consolidated management of a usage condition of a volume collected from the host computer and the storage apparatus at each site makes it possible to create a copy pair configuration definition by a task constituted by a plurality of applications. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110307597 | METHOD FOR CREATING GLOBAL DISTRIBUTED NAMESPACE - One example embodiment includes a method for constructing a unified namespace carried out by a domain manager service executing on a domain node in a domain network comprised of domain nodes. The method includes establishing a single, hierarchical domain tree that encompasses digital computers in a distributed data service network, wherein the domain manager service sends a request to all domain nodes requesting that each domain node export the root of its sub-domain to the domain manager service. The method also includes receiving the exported sub-domain roots. The method further includes grafting onto a domain root of the domain manager service the received exported sub-domain roots. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110314139 | MANAGING A CLIENT APPLICATION SESSION BASED ON A STATUS OF A LOCAL WIRELESS CONNECTION BETWEEN PRIMARY AND SECONDARY COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - In an embodiment, a secondary communication terminal (CT) executes a client application to engage in a client application session (CAS), the secondary CT configured to connect to a primary CT over a local wireless connection (LWC), the primary CT having a higher-quality user interface environment as compared to the secondary CT. The secondary CT establishes the LWC with the primary CT during the CAS and, responsive to the establishment, negotiates with the primary CT to selectively transition the CAS to the primary CT. Alternatively, the primary CT executes the client application before the establishment and negotiates with the secondary CT to selectively transition the CAS to the secondary CT. In another embodiment, the primary CT hosts the CAS while the LWC is established with the secondary CT. Then, upon disconnection of the LWC, the secondary AT selectively transitions the CAS to the secondary CT. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110314140 | Capability Query Handling in a Communication Network - A method and apparatus for handling a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) OPTIONS capability query message in a communication network. A SIP proxy node receives a SIP OPTIONS message from a querying node. It sends the message to a plurality of devices, and receives a response from at least two of the plurality of devices. Each response includes an identity of the responding device and an indication of the capabilities of the responding device. Each received response is stored in a memory, and a reply message is generated. The reply message includes the identities and capabilities of all of the responding devices. This reply message is then sent to the querying node. This allows the querying node to receive capability information relating to all of the callee's devices rather than just the one that responds first. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20110320578 | Operations support system with modular architecture - An operations support system comprises a plurality of functionality handler modules each provide a respective operations support functionality. Each one of the functionality handler modules is an independent system architecture module with respect to each other one of the functionality handler modules thereby allowing each one of the functionality handler modules to be selectively enabled and disabled with respect to each other one of the functionality handler modules. One or more communication clients are configured for supporting communication between the operations support system and a network node management system. One or more handler interfaces are configured for supporting communication between each one of the functionality handler modules and the one or more communication client. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20110320579 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes a storage unit storing a predetermined application, a management unit managing information on a service provided by the application, a service registration unit registering, when receiving data used to register the service from another apparatus, the service by a process of the application in accordance with the data, a generation unit generating information on the service registered by the service registration unit, and an updating unit updating the information which is generated by the generation unit and which is managed by the management unit. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20110320580 | Charging Method, System and Reporting Method for Terminal Accessing Through Multiple Access Networks - The present invention provides a charging method and system for a terminal being accessed through multiple access networks, and a reporting method for a terminal being accessed through multiple access networks. When the terminal establishes one IP Connectivity Access Network (IP-CAN) session with a packet data network through at least one access network, an IP-CAN Type parameter of each access network connection passed through by a data flow of a service accessed by said terminal is sent to a charging subsystem, and said charging subsystem charges differently for data flows passing through different access network connections of said terminal according to said IP-CAN Type parameter. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20110320581 | Reallocation of Serving Proxy Function in IMS - The invention relates to a method of changing allocation of Serving-Call Session Control Functions (S-CSCFs) to a user of an IMS network. The user is being provided with services via a first S-CSCF allocated to the user. The method includes implementing a re-allocation instruction at the first S-CSCF. The reallocation instruction includes criteria for de-allocation of the user from the first S-CSCF. The S-CSCF determines if the criteria are met; and if the criteria are met, de-allocates the user. | 12-29-2011 |
| 20120005322 | Stateless-agentless system and method of managing data in a computing environment - A data management system and method including a point of control configured to manage one or more target systems. The point of control divides a command sequence into a number of individual commands, and provides the individual commands to the stateless-agentless target system for execution. Furthermore, the point of control maintains the state of the command sequence and monitors the target system. As such, the target system is both “stateless” (i.e., the target system maintains no state information related to the command sequence) and “agentless” (i.e., the target system includes no software for the purpose of monitoring the target system. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120005323 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SERVICE DISCOVERY AND DEPLOYMENT IN AN IP MULTIMEDIA NETWORK - An IP multimedia residential gateway (IMRG) determines device capabilities and service priority profiles of client devices. The determined device capabilities and service priority profiles, comprising service classes and service class priorities, may be transmitted to the service managers for service deployment. The service managers may provide services to client devices based on corresponding device capabilities and service priority profiles. The IMRG may track device capabilities and service priority profiles for self-configuration. Available services supported by networks may be discovered during network discovery. The discovered services are announced to the client devices. The IMRG may communicate content of the announced services with the client devices based on corresponding device capabilities and service priority profiles. The service managers schedules services for the client devices based on corresponding device capabilities and service priority profiles, and may communicate content of the scheduled services to the client devices via the IMRG. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120005324 | Method and System for Operations Management in a Telecommunications Terminal - A method for managing an operation in a service terminal through a remote server, wherein said service terminal comprises a plurality of modules, and a communications interface configured for communicating with said remote server, wherein said remote server comprises a plurality of applications and a communications interface. The method comprises the following steps: generating an event as a response to a user interaction with one of said modules of the service terminal; associating an information to said event; sending said information to the remote server through said communications interface; processing said received information in the remote server and running an application which obtains a response to the information associated to said event; sending said response to the service terminal through the communications interface; processing said response and identifying the module of the service terminal affected by said response; and interacting with said module by performing an operation in the service terminal. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120005325 | Systems and methods for automated processing of devices - A system and method for automatic provisioning of devices from a host system is disclosed. A computer program operating at the host system detects new devices and performs a series of provisioning operations. These provisioning operations are pre-defined by system administrator and are customizable for each enterprise's unique environment. When the devices are shipped from device manufacturers to enterprise customers, these devices have no enterprise specific information provisioned in them. When the system administrator receives these devices they have to perform several manual and labor intensive operations on the devices. The system and method described automate the provisioning of devices thus eliminating the manual steps that are currently being performed by the users. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120005326 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REMOTE DEVICE MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure provides systems and methods for remote device management. According to various embodiments, a local intelligent electronic device (IED) may be in communication with a remote IED via a limited bandwidth communication link, such as a serial link. The limited bandwidth communication link may not support traditional remote management interfaces. According to one embodiment, a local IED may present an operator with a management interface for a remote IED by rendering locally stored templates. The local IED may render the locally stored templates using sparse data obtained from the remote IED. According to various embodiments, the management interface may be a web client interface and/or an HTML interface. The bandwidth required to present a remote management interface may be significantly reduced by rendering locally stored templates rather than requesting an entire management interface from the remote IED. According to various embodiments, an IED may comprise an encryption transceiver. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120005327 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND PATH MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR MULTI-HOST ENVIRONMENT - A storage system and a path management method, which can facilitate node replacement, are proposed. In the storage system, the host sets plural paths between the host and the volume and holds path information composed of management information on each of the paths. The management apparatus includes an integrated path management unit that collects the path information on each of the paths defined between the host and the volume from the corresponding host to manage all the collected information as integrated path information; retrieves an alternate path going through a node other than a specified node but that has the same function as the specified node, for the path going through the specified node, based on the integrated path information; and displays results of the retrieval. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120011237 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSFERRING REMOTE CONTEXT - Example systems and methods provide remote context transfer and session termination. A computer-implemented method for remote context transfer between user sessions with a clinical information system includes accepting a user log on request for a user session at a first clinical information system; identifying one or more open sessions associated with the user; saving a context associated with one of the one or more open sessions; terminating the one or more open sessions identified as associated with the user; and transferring the saved context to the user session at the first clinical information system for use by the user in the user session. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120011238 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING DYNAMICALLY CREATED GROUPS - A system for transmission, reception and accumulation of the knowledge packets to plurality of channel nodes in the network operating distributedly in a peer to peer environment via installable one or more role active Human Operating System (HOS) applications in a digital devise of each of channel node, a network controller registering and providing desired HOS applications and multiple developers developing advance communication and knowledge management applications and each of subscribers exploiting the said network resources by leveraging and augmenting taxonomically and ontologically classified knowledge classes expressed via plurality search macros and UKID structures facilitating said expert human agents for knowledge invocation and support services and service providers providing information services in the preidentified taxonomical classes, wherein each of channel nodes communicating with the unknown via domain specific supernodes each facilitating social networking and relationships development leading to human grid which is searchable via Universal Desktop Search by black box search module. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120011239 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATED WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT - Methods and apparatus for automated management of workflow that allows for the automatic creation, organization, and updating of workflows upon the receipt or designation of one or more messages. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120011240 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING VIRTUAL PORTS ON STORAGE SYSTEMS - A storage system is configured to create and manage virtual ports on physical ports. The storage system can transfer associations between virtual ports and physical ports when a failure occurs in a physical port or a link connected to the physical port so that a host can access volumes under the virtual ports through another physical port. The storage system can also change associations between virtual ports and physical ports by taking into account the relative loads on the physical ports. When a virtual machine is migrated from one host computer to another, the loads on the physical ports in the storage system can be used to determine whether load balancing should take place. Additionally, the storage system can transfer virtual ports to a remote storage system that will take over the virtual ports, so that a virtual machine can be migrated to remote location. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120011241 | LICENSE AUDITING OF SOFTWARE USAGE BY ASSOCIATING SOFTWARE ACTIVATIONS WITH DEVICE IDENTIFIERS - The provided software application includes a module that determines a machine fingerprint of a client device at an appropriate time, such as during initial software load on the client. The fingerprint may comprise various machine-determinable measures of system configuration for the client. Each application copy may be associated with a serial number. A license host may collect serial number, fingerprint and/or IP address information from clients on which the application is installed. The host may generate a map of application installations, including geographic locations of installations and number of unique serial numbers per client in specified regions. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120016975 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK RESOURCE REQUESTS - Systems and methods for managing network resource requests are described herein. Servers may be configured to operate in communication with a network. A server, in accordance with embodiments described in the present disclosure, includes a resource request handling program that is stored in a memory device. The resource request handling program is configured to extract an abbreviated resource request into at least an abbreviated site name and a page symbol. The server also includes a database that is configured to store a first relationship between the abbreviated site name and a web site. The database may also store a second relationship between the page symbol and a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) address of a web page associated with the web site. | 01-19-2012 |
| 20120016976 | PERSISTING FILE SYSTEM INFORMATION ON MOBILE DEVICES - A communication device and method are provided for storing and updating file system information for a network resource such as a content server or application server over a wireless connection. Data pertaining to a folder structure or content listing is received at the device and stored in persistent memory. Upon determination that the stored file system information has aged beyond a predetermined threshold and that a last modification time for the network resource is later than a time associated with the first file system information, a request is transmitted over a wireless connection for new file system information for the network resource. The request may be intercepted by a mobile data server that communicates with the network resource to provide the information to the communication device. | 01-19-2012 |
| 20120023209 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCALABLE AUTOMATED CLUSTER CONTROL BASED ON SERVICE LEVEL OBJECTIVES TO SUPPORT APPLICATIONS REQUIRING CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY - A computer-implemented method for managing the state of a multi-node cluster includes receiving an event indicative of a possible change in a current cluster state. A goal cluster state is identified if the current cluster state does not meet a service level objective. The goal cluster state includes a replication tree for replication among the member nodes of the goal cluster state. A transition plan for transitioning from the current cluster state to the goal cluster state is generated. The transition plan is executed to transition from the current cluster state to the goal cluster state. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023210 | SERVER SYSTEM AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - An operation method for a server system includes: (A) under control of a hardware abstraction layer (HAL), a plurality of node management units sharing a hardware resource; (B) if one of the node management units needs to use the hardware resource, the node management unit sending an instruction or a data to the HAL and accordingly the HAL using the hardware resource in represent of the node management unit; and (C) if an external instruction is received, the HAL identifying which transmission port of the hardware resource receives the external instruction, so to send the external instruction to a corresponding node management unit, and after the external instruction is executed, the corresponding node management unit sending back an information to the HAL so that the HAL sends back the information to an external system administrator. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023211 | System and Method for Providing Mobility with a Split Home Agent Architecture - A method implemented by a network element functioning as a home agent (HA) for a mobile node (MN) communicating with a corresponding node (CN) using Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 (MIPv6), the method including selecting by the HA a virtual home agent (VHA) in the network to provide home agent services to the MN with a better quality of service than the HA, sending a flow switch request (FSR) message to the selected VHA, the FSR message including a home keygen token, an address of the CN and a care-of address of the MN, the FSR message to cause the selected VHA to direct the CN to send data traffic for the MN to the selected VHA instead of the HA, and receiving a flow switch acknowledgement (FSA) message from the VHA indicating that the selected VHA has successfully redirected the data traffic from the CN to the MN. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023212 | SELECTIVE INTERACTION BETWEEN NETWORKED SMART DEVICES - Selective interaction between networked smart devices is disclosed. One embodiment of the present disclosure pertains to an apparatus for interacting with associated smart appliances via a network, where the apparatus comprises a memory; and a processor. The processor is configured to identify one or more associated smart appliances upon activation of a smart device in a network, where the smart device and the associated smart appliances are configured to communicate with each other for notification or for executing one or more commands. The processor is also configured to determine a mode of the smart device upon receiving data from the associated smart appliances, where the mode of the smart device is set through configuring a user experience environment of the smart device. The processor is further configured to selectively process the data from the associated smart appliances based on the mode of the smart device. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023213 | METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF DATA STREAM EXCHANGES IN AN AUTONOMIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for managing data stream exchanges in an autonomic telecommunications network including a first phase consisting in extracting from each stream routing data and data for measuring the transfer function between at least one data producer Pi and at least one data consumer Cj, sharing the extracted routing data between processing and decision-making functional modules distributed across the said network, selecting at least one decision-making or processing module for which the access time to the measuring data of the transfer function is minimal, dynamically defining by at least one of the selected modules the said rules for optimising the transfer settings of the stream according to the said measuring data and distributed over the said network select processing modules located on the path of the said streams in order to apply the said rules. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023214 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STATE TRANSITION OF A LOAD CONTROLLER DEVICE - A method of facilitating wireless communications between a load controller device and a network component is described. The method can include the step of transitioning the load controller device from a peer-to-peer state in which the load controller device can receive initialization information to a provisioned state in which the load controller device connects to the network component using the initialization information. If there is a disruption in the connection between the load controller device and the network component in the provisioned state, the load controller device can be forced back to the peer-to-peer state from the provisioned state to enable the load controller device to receive new initialization information for reestablishment of the connection between the load controller device and the network component or for establishment of another connection between the load controller device and a different network component. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023215 | DIGITAL SPACE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A digital space management system is provided for managing a plurality of peripheral devices in a space. The digital space management system includes a communication unit for communicating with the peripheral devices, and a processing unit electrically coupled to the communication unit. The processing unit is operable to generate a space management graphic interface with a floor-planning function and a room-planning function allowing a user of the digital space management system to perform a space planning operation for the space. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023216 | NODE INFORMATION ACQUIREMENT METHOD, CLIENT, AND SERVER - The present invention discloses a method for acquiring node information, and a Client and a server, wherein the method includes: a Client receiving a Get command sent from a server, acquiring values of nodes in all items in the Get command, and determining that acquirement of values of nodes in partial items fails; and the Client sending to the server a response message which carries a new status value, wherein the new status value is adapted to indicate that acquirement of values of nodes in partial items fails when a Get command is executed, and the response message also carries a predetermined tag, wherein the predetermined tag is adapted to packet information of nodes in items in which acquirement of values is successful. By the above technical solution of the present invention, useful nodes can be acquired more effectively, nodes which can not be acquired can be located. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023217 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POLICY ENFORCEMENT USING A TAG - A method and apparatus for policy enforcement at a network device of a network are disclosed. A packet is received at the network device. A tag associated with the packet is determined. The tag includes a field that indicates a path thru the network that is assigned to the packet. The path is between an entry network device of the packet and a destination network device of the packet. The tag is mapped to a policy of a plurality of policies based on information about a client device. The client information is not available within the packet. One or more rules associated with the policy are determined and enforced. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120023218 | SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - A scientific information management system is provided. It comprises a server, and at least one content server connected to the registration server to provide networking services to a plurality of users through a network, said at least one content server comprising data comprising scientific information of experimental research projects, wherein said system comprises:-a plurality of user interfaces, at least one of them comprising means for submitting data comprising first scientific information together with a status identifying the degree of accomplishment of said project;-a data processor connected to said plurality of user interfaces, said data processor being capable of processing said data retrieved from said at least one content server to generate at least one representation of the relative position of said first scientific information compared to others scientific information and the status of said first scientific information and display said representation on the user interface. | 01-26-2012 |
| 20120030326 | Method of Servicing Requests to Manage Network Congestion and Server Load and Server Thereof - A method of servicing requests for information at a server includes receiving a request for information from a client device, and determining a number of attempts of the request made by the client device. Both the client device and the server may count the number of attempts for each request. When the number of attempts is greater than a threshold, the method includes servicing the request and sending the information to the client device. When the number of attempts is not greater than the threshold, the method includes sending a service unavailable message to the client device. A retry-after delay may be calculated by the server according to a predicted time for the server to exit the overloaded state and included in the service unavailable message. The predicted time may take into account both requests currently being serviced and requests that have been scheduled to be serviced in the future. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030327 | IDENTIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION BASE OBJECT IDENTIFIERS SUPPORTED BY A MANAGED DEVICE - Example embodiments relate to identification of management information base (MIB) object identifiers (OIDs) supported by a managed device. In example embodiments, a group of MIB OIDs to be tested for support by a managed device is identified. A series of requests including a MIB OID may then be transmitted to the managed device. Finally, MIB OIDs from the group of MIB OIDs to be tested for support that are supported by the managed device may be identified based on responses to the requests received from the managed device. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030328 | DIGITAL MEDIA DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SHARING DATA USING THE DIGITAL MEDIA DEVICE - A digital media device and a method for sharing data include a source device sending a search request to search digital media devices under a power-on status, and sending a control command to a middle device from the found digital media devices, to control the middle device to search at least one target device under a power-off status. The data sharing method further includes sending a power-on command to the middle device to power on the target device. The data sharing method further includes sharing data with the target device when the target device powering on successfully and supporting DLNA network. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030329 | Information processing apparatus, linked scenario preparation method for information processing apparatus, program, and storage medium - An information processing apparatus connectable to other information processing apparatuses useable as link partner apparatuses via a network can prepare a linked scenario. The linked scenario is preparable by linking a plurality of discrete services providable by the information processing apparatus and the link partner apparatuses. The information processing apparatus includes a processor to conduct the steps of: storing link information arranging each of the discrete services providable by the information processing apparatus and the link partner apparatuses from high to low linking closeness trend; preparing a plurality of path patterns for the linked scenario by linking a plurality of discrete services based on the link information, in which the path patterns are prepared to satisfy an inputting format and an outputting format designated for the linked scenario; displaying the plurality of path patterns prepared for the linked scenario; and registering a primary linked scenario by selecting one path. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030330 | SYSTEM FOR MANAGING WAKEUP AND SLEEP EVENTS OF COMPUTERS CONNECTED TO A MOTOR VEHICLE CAN NETWORK - A system for managing wakeup and sleep events of computers connected to a motor vehicle secondary CAN network, the secondary CAN network being connected to a main CAN network by a gateway. The system includes a master computer connected to the main CAN network and configured to manage the wakeup and sleep events of the computers through the exchange therewith of wakeup and sleep frames via the gateway. The gateway can: synthesize a single wakeup and sleep frame based on plural wakeup and sleep frames emitted by the computers, and emit the single frame to the master computer that is configured to interpret the frame. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030331 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING AND PROCESSING POLICY PROFILE RESTRICTIONS - Techniques for configuring policy restriction are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may generate a user-defined policy profile, which is information provided by a user of the WTRU for configuration of parameters for a policy and/or charging control. The WTRU may send the user-defined policy profile to a network. The user-defined policy profile may be used along with network operator-provided policy rules by a policy decision function to set up policy rules for policy and/or charging control for the WTRU. The user-defined policy profile may configure a quality of service limit, a data usage limit, a time usage limit, or an access control. The user-defined policy profile may contain a policy profile identity (ID), a policy profile type information element, and a restricted subscriber ID. The WTRU may send the user-defined policy profile in an initial attach request message or subsequent messages or include it in an SIP REGISTER message. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030332 | MANAGEMENT SERVER, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A management server | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030333 | Peer-to-Peer (P2P) Streaming Overlay Construction and Optimization - This document describes a directed graph model using a peer-to-peer overlay structure and a gossip-based protocol to maintain the distributed membership. A protocol suite for peers to join the live streaming session, form the P2P streaming overlay, and exchange video packets with others has also been presented. The different capabilities of the heterogeneous peers are well depicted using an adaptive out-degree mechanism. The performance of the whole system is maintained by a contribution-aware mechanism, which ensures that the peers with large contribution will get more chance to be served than those with small or no contribution. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030334 | DNS NAME RESOLUTION SYSTEM, OVERRIDE AGENT, AND DNS NAME RESOLUTION METHOD - A DNS name resolution system according to the present invention has a DNS server; a terminal which generates and transmits a DNS query packet containing DNS name information described in accordance with a specific description method and whose destination is said DNS server; and an override agent which is disposed along a communication path between the terminal and the DNS server. The override agent has a capture unit which captures a DNS query packet transmitted from the terminal; an analysis unit which stores in advance information concerning the specific description method based on which the DNS name information was described by the terminal, analyzes the DNS name information contained in the DNS query packet captured by the capture unit based on the specific description method, and selects the information for reply to the terminal based on the analysis results; and a reply unit which generates and transmits a DNS response packet containing the information for reply selected by the analysis unit and whose destination is the terminal | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030335 | REJUVENATION PROCESSING DEVICE, REJUVENATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - At least one host machine ( | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030336 | Method for Privacy Management in an Identity Network, Physical Entities and Computer Program Therefor - A controller ( | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030337 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING ACCESS TERMINAL - An apparatus for identifying an access terminal includes an application installation determination unit configured to generate information indicating whether or not each application on an application list is installed in the access terminal by determining whether or not each application on the application list is installed in the access terminal; and an access terminal identification code generating unit configured to generate an access terminal identification code of the access terminal by combining the information indicating whether or not each application is installed in the access terminal; and an access terminal identification unit configured to identify the access terminal by using the access terminal identification code. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030338 | WEB PAGE LOAD TIME PREDICTION AND SIMULATION - Embodiments of automated cloud service performance prediction are disclosed. The automated cloud service performance prediction includes extracting a parental dependency graph (PDG) for a webpage. The PDG encapsulates one or more dependency relationships for each web object in the webpage. The prediction further includes determining an original page load time (PLT) and original timing information of a webpage. The prediction also includes simulating a page loading of the webpage based on adjusted timing information of each web object and the PDG to estimate a new PLT of the webpage. The prediction additionally includes comparing the original PLT of the webpage to the new PLT of the webpage to determine whether the adjusted timing information increased or decreased the new PLT of the webpage. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030339 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROUTING SERVICE REQUESTS - A computer-implemented method routes service requests to services in a service framework provided by a plurality of hosts. The method comprises receiving a service request for a service in the service framework and discovering a plurality of candidate hosts that host the service. The plurality of candidate hosts are a subset of the plurality of hosts. The method further comprises selecting a candidate host from the plurality of candidate hosts based on measured latencies for the plurality of candidate hosts and routing the service request to the selected candidate host. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120030340 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO LOCATE A STORAGE DEVICE - A request is received from a client machine via a web interface for content presented on a web page. A globally unique identifier (GUID) that is associated with the user is accessed and a number is generated based on the GUID. The generated number is utilized as an index to locate the storage device from the number of storage devices. Here, the storage device stores a user profile associated with the user. The user profile is read from the located storage device and the web page is personalized based on this user profile. The personalized web page is then communicated to the client machine. Other techniques for locating a storage device are also described. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120036244 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IIP ADDRESS SHARING ACROSS CORES IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - In a multi-core system, multiple packet engines across corresponding cores may be working concurrently processing data packets from data flows of SSL VPN sessions. For example, a first core may establish a SSL VPN session with a client. Any one of the other cores, such as a second core, may received packets related to the session owned by the first core. Embodiments of the systems and method described below provide management of IIP addresses for the multi-core/multi-packet engine approach to providing SSL VPN service. In some embodiments, the approach to managing IIP addresses is to have one packet engine on a core act as a master or controller of the IIPs for the remaining packet engines and cores. The packet engines/cores use a protocol for communications regarding IIP management. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120036245 | MANAGED SERVICES PLATFORM AND METHOD OF OPERATION OF SAME - A managed services platform and method of operation of same are described herein. The platform can include a device management service (DMS) server in which the DMS server can act as a gateway for communications with one or more computing devices, and the computing devices are associated with a first entity. The platform can also include an application service (AS) server in which the AS server is communicatively coupled with the DMS server. When a first computing device contacts the DMS server, the DMS server is operable to provide a bundle to the first computing device. As an example, the bundle contains content that at least includes one or more configuration messages and an application set that contains one or more predefined applications. The content of the bundle can be determined at least in part by the first entity. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120036246 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DISTRIBUTING DIAMETER NETWORK MANAGEMENT INFORMATION - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for distributing Diameter network management information are disclosed. According to one method, a first Diameter node obtains Diameter network management subscription information. The first Diameter node obtains Diameter network management information. The first Diameter node determines, using the Diameter network management subscription information, whether at least one second Diameter node is subscribed to receive the obtained Diameter network management information. In response to determining that the at least one second Diameter node is subscribed to receive the obtained network management information, the first Diameter node sends the obtained Diameter network management information to the at least one second Diameter node. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120036247 | TERMINAL FOR DEVICE MANAGEMENT AND METHOD FOR INTIATING MANAGEMENT SESSION BY THE TERMINAL - The present invention discloses a terminal for Device Management (DM) and a method for initiating a management session by the terminal and relates to the field of electronic devices, so as to solve a problem that a terminal is incapable of actively and correctly initiating a management session. A corresponding relation between a Management Object (MO) and a DM server is preset in a terminal, and the terminal selects a DM server corresponding to a designated MO according to the corresponding relation between the MO and the DM server; and then initiates a management session to the selected DM server. The method is mainly applicable to various terminals, such as a mobile phone, and a computer. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120036248 | ASSOCIATED DEVICE DISCOVERY IN IMS NETWORKS - A method of associating multiple user endpoints (UEs) with a single IMS session in an IMS network having a serving node for controlling at least one IMS session for a user and at least a first access network for providing access to UEs. The method involves associating a first UE with the user and with an IMS session; discovering a second UE in a proximity of the first UE; discovering information about the second UE; communicating the information about the second UE to the serving node; the serving node utilizing computer-implemented policy logic to determine whether to associate the second UE with the user and the IMS session; and if the policy logic determines that the second UE is to be associated, the serving node associating the second UE with the IMS session while retaining the association with the first UE. | 02-09-2012 |
| 20120042059 | METHOD FOR INDICATING A SERVICE PRIORITY UPDATE, SERVICE PRIORITY UPDATE METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for indicating the service priority update, a service priority update method, and an apparatus. The method for indicating the service priority update includes: A priority management functional entity receives a service priority update request message sent by a user, where the update request message includes a service type identifier and a priority update indication identifier corresponding to the service type identifier; and the priority management functional entity sends a service priority update instruction message to a network side according to the update request message, where the update instruction message is used to instruct the network side to process a service corresponding to the service type identifier according to a priority level corresponding to the priority update indication identifier. In the embodiments of the present invention, priority control is exercised on all types of services of the user in an emergency. | 02-16-2012 |
| 20120047241 | Apparatus, system, and method of managing an image forming device, and medium storing control program - An apparatus, system, and method of managing an image forming device on a network, and a control program for managing the image forming device are disclosed. The management apparatus communicates with a plurality of network devices on the network by specifying a multicast address to generate a network device list, which lists address information of each of the plurality of network devices. The management apparatus communicates with one or more network devices each having the address information listed in the network device list to request each one of the one or more network devices for identification information of an image forming device. The management apparatus determines that at least one network device from which the identification information of the image forming device is successfully received as an image forming device to be managed by the management apparatus. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120047242 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS HANDLING LICENSE FILE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A disclosed information processing apparatus includes an installing part configured to install a function by downloading installing data of the function from outside the information processing apparatus, a license file acquiring part configured to acquire a license file for activating the function from the outside, a license managing part configured to manage existence of a license for the function regardless of existence of the license file, a license moving and updating part configured to move the license to or from another apparatus and update existence of the license of the function, a license returning part configured to cause the moved license to be returned based on an automatic return condition to a predetermined apparatus, and a license holding part configured to hold a predetermined license structure of the information processing apparatus set up by a user to cause the license to be moved in conformity with the predetermined license structure. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120047243 | Method for Transforming a Workflow into a Management Object Tree - A method of transforming a workflow into a management object tree for a server and a client of a service system is disclosed. The method comprises transforming a first step of the workflow into a first step subtree of the management object tree, for the client to execute the workflow according to the management object tree. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120047244 | Distributed Network Management System, Network Element Management Server, and Data Configuration Management Method - A distributed network management system is provided, The centralized network element management server is configured to synchronize service application data stored in the centralized network element management server to each of the regional network element management servers. Each regional network element management servers is configured to: store network element physical data of all network element equipments in its service region; store the service application data synchronized by the centralized network element management server; and synchronize the network element physical data and the service application data to the corresponding network element equipment. A corresponding network element management server and a corresponding data configuration management method are also provided. The service application data are independent from each region and unified to the centralized network management layer to be managed, realizing maintenance and management of the cross-regional service application data and improving the capability of the network management system supporting service applications. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120047245 | METHOD FOR PROVISIONING PARAMETERS OF TERMINAL, SYSTEM THEREOF, AND TERMINAL MANAGEMENT DEVICE - A method and system for provisioning terminal parameters, and a terminal management apparatus are disclosed. The method includes: an open mobile alliance device management (OMA DM) server, receiving terminal information of a terminal and parameter information needing to be provisioned of the terminal sent by a trusted OMA Client Provisioning (CP) server, and sending the parameter information to an OMA DM client on the terminal according to the terminal information; and the OMA DM client sending the parameter information to an OMA CP client on the terminal, and the OMA CP client performing provisioning according to the parameter information. By way of the present invention, the problem in relevant art that the OMA CP is unable to transit to the OMA DM smoothly is solved, which avoids various kinds of failure caused by the operators switching among provisioning methods. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120047246 | System and Method for Storage Discovery in a Storage Area Network Using Device Domains Under Control of a Storage Device - A storage area network (SAN) includes a management server, a storage device, and a management station coupled to a fabric. The management server implements device domains on the SAN. The storage device instructs the management server to add new device domains on the SAN. The management station defines the new device domains to include the storage device and an initiator coupled to the fabric, and directs the storage device to instruct the management server to add the new device domains. A method includes coupling a management server to a SAN fabric, implementing device domains in the management server, defining a new device domain that includes a storage device and an initiator coupled to the SAN, and coupling a storage device to the SAN fabric, the storage device being operable to instruct the management server to add the new device domain. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120059917 | SOFTWARE LICENSE MANAGEMENT WITHIN A CLOUD COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a solution to manage software licenses within a cloud computing environment. Specifically, aspects of the present invention (among other things): determine a requester's/customer's needs; identify a set (at least one) of providers capable of addressing the requester's licensing needs; and match the customer with the most appropriate provider. The embodiments of the present invention will also analyze current licensing configurations/models of the requesters, providers, and software vendors to identify areas of potential improvement. This provides the functionality necessary to adjust software license level in a dynamic fashion so as to best meet the customer's needs. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059918 | LOCATION BASED SERVICE DATA CONNECTION SUPPORT ACROSS MULTIPLE PROFILES - In a wireless data packet network, a single mobile device is provisioned to support a plurality of user profiles including a service or application that can be associated to multiple profiles. Arbitration for requests for a data connection can be made based upon priority, with applications having the same priority allowed to share the data connection. In some instances, the profile used to establish the data connection does not support the application that can be associated to multiple profiles, such as Location Based Services (LBS). To minimize subsequent rejections of requests for a data connection by the LBS, capability scans or updates determine what services are supported by the currently active profiles. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059919 | WEB SERVICES ENVIRONMENT TESTING FRAMEWORK - In one embodiment, a method of testing web services using a web service testing framework can include using a data parser to parse data for the web service to be tested. The data parser may be one of a plurality of data parsers in a test library for support of a plurality of data formats for the web service. If the web service is in a SOAP protocol, the data can be converted into framework objects. These framework objects for the SOAP protocol may then be converted into test objects. If the web service is in a REST protocol, the data itself can be converted into the test objects. A web service test can be accessed from the test library for testing the web service. The web service test can be executed using the test objects. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059920 | Traffic Modeling of Overlaid Networks - Implementations and techniques for traffic modeling of overlaid networks are generally disclosed. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059921 | VIRTUAL AD HOC NETWORK TESTBEDS FOR NETWORK-AWARE APPLICATIONS - A virtual ad hoc network testbed provides the capability to instrument a testbed in order to support the execution of network-aware applications “as is.” Network aware applications are a special class of applications that interact with a network not only by using the network for communication purposes, but also configure or read the status of network devices. Local stack management provides the means to automatically construct standard APIs for accessing the information residing in a simulated or emulated network, and instantiate these APIs. The testbed is designed to bridge a standard management module (such as SNMP) and a simulation or emulation model, starting from a MIB module. The testbed uses CORBA as a communication means. The process is divided into two parts, agent side and model side. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059922 | INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - There is described herein a method and apparatus for providing a telecommunications link between a first user and a second user in a telecommunications network. A request is received from the first user to provide a telecommunications link to the second user. The system then determines from a server hosting a networked community of users in which users interact over a communications network independent of the telecommunications network whether the first user and the second user have a specified relationship in the community of users. At least one setting for the telecommunications link is specified based on whether the first user and the second user have a specified relationship in the community of users. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059923 | Managing Network Elements - A method for use in management of network elements in a communications network performed by a network element of said network. The method comprises receiving by an agent operating in said network element a request to execute a first function, wherein said first function relates to management of at least one network element; sending to said first function a message corresponding to said request and executing said first function. Said request being from a predefined set of requests and said first function being from a predefined set of functions. Said first function is implemented in a network element where it is to be executed. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059924 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DEVICE MANAGEMENT THROUGH A GATEWAY DEVICE, AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER - The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies and discloses a method and an apparatus for performing device management through a gateway device and a Device Management Server (DMS). The method for performing device management through a gateway device includes: receiving a register message which carries a terminal ID and a gateway device address; associating and storing the terminal ID and the gateway device address; obtaining the gateway device address according to the association record; and sending a Device Management (DM) notification message to the gateway device according to the gateway device address so that the gateway device performs corresponding processing according to the DM notification message. With the technical solution of the present invention, a DMS is able to send a DM notification to a user terminal through a gateway device. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059925 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATION IN AN INTEROPERABILITY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus are described for facilitating communication among a plurality of entities via an interoperability network. Each entity has policy data corresponding thereto governing interaction with the entity via the interoperability network. A message is transmitted from a first one of the entities to a second one of the entities. The first entity has first policy data corresponding thereto and the second entity has second policy data corresponding thereto. The transmitted message was handled in the network according to combined policy data representing a combination of the first and second policy data. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120059926 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SEMANTIC SERVICE - A method and system for semantic services for registering and managing semantic services by collecting the semantic services distributed among a plurality of service servers, and combining the plurality of semantic services to be matched with a condition set by a user are provided. The system includes a semantic service management server which registers, deletes, and edits the ontology and ontology-based semantic service information, and supports an information searching function performed by a semantic broker server; the semantic broker server which searches and combines semantic services through the semantic service management server, and provides the results with one of the combined semantic services or semantic workflows; and a semantic service license server which requests the results by transmitting the corresponding condition to the semantic broker server when the user inputs the condition as well as an input factor according to the preset items, and receives and outputs the corresponding results. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120066359 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EVALUATING LINK-HOSTING WEBPAGES - A method for valuing a link-hosting webpage is provided. The method includes the act of receiving, on a computer system, at least one keyword. The method also includes the act of receiving, on a computer system, at least one identifier of a webpage, the webpage having been previously identified as a link-hosting webpage. The method also includes the act of accessing information about the webpage over a computer network. The method also includes the act of determining an importance of the webpage based on the at least one keyword and the information about the webpage. The method also includes the act of displaying the importance on a computer-based user interface. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066360 | CNAME-BASED ROUND-TRIP TIME MEASUREMENT IN A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK - Round-trip time (RTT) for communication between an edge point of presence (POP) in a content delivery network (CDN) and a local domain name server (LDNS) is determined by resolution of a canonical name (CNAME) record. A first server in a first edge POP in a CDN receives a request to resolve a domain name from a LDNS and transmits a CNAME record including a timestamp indicating when the CNAME record was transmitted to the LDNS. The first server subsequently receives a request from the LDNS to resolve the CNAME record and determines a RTT time indicating the time needed for round-trip transmission between the LDNS and the first server based on the time when the request to resolve the CNAME request was received by the first server and the time indicated by the timestamp. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066361 | SERVER DEVICE CONNECTING WITH USB DEVICE AND DEVICE SHARING METHOD - Disclosed are a server device to which a universal serial bus (USB) device is connected, and a device sharing method thereof, the server device capable of sharing the USB device with a client device through a network, the server device including: a USB controller which sets up connection information containing a device address of a connected USB device; and a USB management unit which connects the client device to the USB device by storing the connection information, allocating a virtual connection address for connecting the client device to the USB device, and mapping the virtual connection address with the device address if the client device requests for sharing the USB device. With this, there are provided a server device and a device sharing method, in which the plurality of client devices can have connection and access to the USB device. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066362 | ASSOCIATED URLVS IN EXCHANGES - Web individuals' exchanges can be easily created by users inputting in, through a personal access, their identified URLvs from differing second-top level domain names. An associated identities database and a URLv syntax database can verify that these differing second-top domain name URLvs belong to the same individual. Once URLvs are verified, the URLvs are stored in individual's personal data repositories, which can extract data from the stored URLvs' webpages, including through using APIs. The result is that URLvs can be used to easily input data into prior-art web exchanges, or can create new web exchanges by multiple people inputting in their URLvs to the new web exchange. These features enable data portability of the individual's own data and weaken current monopoly individuals' exchange websites. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066363 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING A GRIDLINK DATA SOURCE TO CONNECT AN APPLICATION SERVER WITH A CLUSTERED DATABASE - A system and method can support using a data source to connect an application server with a clustered database. The clustered database includes a plurality of database instances and is associated with a notification service. The notification service can be used by the clustered database to broadcast notifications that describe a state change in the plurality of database instances. The data source includes a connection pool, which manages a set of connections to the plurality of database instances in the clustered database. The data source operates to register with the notification service to receive notifications on the change of the clustered database, wherein the application server operates to configure and manage connection to the clustered database, adaptively according to the state change of the clustered database at run time. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066364 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus includes: a connection unit connecting an external apparatus to the information processing apparatus; a control request receiving unit receiving, from a controller, a control request for remotely controlling the external apparatus by network communication; and a change request transmitting unit transmitting, to the external apparatus, a change request so that the external apparatus is able to be remotely controlled, when the control request receiving unit receives the control request and the external apparatus is not able to be remotely controlled. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066365 | ROUTING REQUESTS FOR LOCATION-TO-SERVICE TRANSLATION (LOST) SERVICES USING PROXY SERVER - A method implemented by a proxy server is provided for routing requests for a Location-to-Service Translation (LoST) service without traversing a forest node structure. The method includes receiving a request for the LoST service initiated by a client, the request including a location of a user device and a requested service; identifying an authoritative LoST server configured to service the requested service and bounded by a service boundary that includes the location included in the request; and directly forwarding the request to the identified authoritative LoST server, without routing through any other LoST server. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066366 | AGENT-BASED BANDWITH MONITORING FOR PREDICTIVE NETWORK SELECTION - A mobile device, such as a smartphone or a laptop, connects to a network based on the available bandwidth (throughput) of the network rather than on signal strength. The device may send a request containing the device's location to a service provider who has data on networks in the device's location and specifically on bandwidth or pipe performance. This data is used to determine which network in the area would be best to connect to. The network may be a network that does not necessarily have the highest signal strength (often shown as bars on a handset device). The service provider can cause the device to transition to the network having the higher bandwidth. It can also direct the user so that blackout areas are avoided using the network data maintained by the provider. The provider uses testers to obtain current bandwidth data of networks. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066367 | METHOD, TERMINAL, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE MANAGEMENT - A method, a terminal, an apparatus, and a system for device management (DM) are provided. Specifically, a DM terminal, a DM apparatus, method for managing the terminal device are provided. The method for managing the terminal device includes the following steps: adding, by a DM terminal device, amanagement nodes in a DM tree of the DM terminal device; and recording, by the DM terminal device, MOs types supported by the DM terminal device in the management nodes added in the DM tree of the DM terminal device. Therefore, the problem that the server does not know the DM applications supported by the terminal, and in the method, a specific management operation is delivered to make the management of the server more flexible and effective. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ABSTRACTING LOGICAL TOPOLOGY INFORMATION OF PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for abstracting logical topology information of a Peer-to-Peer (P2P) network. The method includes: obtaining a set of Points of Presence (POPs) of peer clients in the P2P network; using a relevant algorithm of a routing protocol to calculate a best path between any two POPs in the set of POPs and a weight value of the best path; and collecting calculation results of the best path and the weight value that are obtained on each POP to obtain a set of abstract logical topology records of the P2P network. The embodiments of the present invention provide a universal and efficient method for abstracting logical topology information, which greatly reduces network topology information that needs to be transmitted, mitigates a risk of exposing lower-layer network topology information, and transmits the network topology information to a P2P application server securely and concisely. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120066369 | METHOD FOR ASSIGNING A NETWORK ADDRESS FOR COMMUNICATING IN A SEGMENTED NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for assigning a network address to a first node in a network comprising a plurality of second nodes, the method comprising the steps of: (a) assigning a stochastic address to the first node, (b) the first node transmitting an announcement message to a first control device, (c) the first control device checking whether the assigned network address is available, and (d) upon detecting that the assigned address is not available, the first control device transmitting a message requesting the change of the assigned address | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120072561 | VIDEO GAME SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method is provided wherein interactivity between several cellular devices and a server is provided for controlling games and other applications in a physical locale. The applications make use of the cellular device's display and input capabilities to send and receive private data. The server wirelessly communicates with the cellular devices at the locale. The server at the locale gathers input from cellular device users and outputs public information to the locale via display(s), speakers, and other output devices. The server may also interact with other servers existing at other locales by communicating over the Internet. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072562 | PERFORMING PARTIAL SUBNET INITIALIZATION IN A MIDDLEWARE MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can perform subnet initialization in a middleware machine environment. In accordance with one embodiment, a plurality of management nodes in the middleware machine environment can be interconnected so that a plurality of subnet managers that are associated with the plurality of management nodes can communicate with each other using an in-band communication protocol. The plurality of subnet managers can negotiate and elect a master subnet manager, which operates to configure and manage the middleware machine environment. The master subnet manager can replicate one or more subnet initialization policies to other subnet managers in the middleware machine environment using the in-band communication protocol. The master subnet manager can then set up a plurality of client nodes in the middleware machine environment based on the one or more subnet initialization policies. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072563 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING WELL DEFINED SUBNET TOPOLOGY IN A MIDDLEWARE MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can support a middleware machine environment. The middleware machine environment can include a subnet manager and a plurality of fabric components, wherein each said fabric component is associated with a subnet management agent (SMA). The subnet manager maintains a topology graph that indicates how ports are connected in the subnet. The subnet manager operates to periodically reevaluate one or more states associated with each fabric component in the subnet by determining whether each SMA is responding correctly to a request. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072564 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ETHERNET OVER INFINIBAND VIRTUAL HUB SCALABILITY IN A MIDDLEWARE MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can support a middleware machine environment that include one or more gateway nodes. One or more gateways that resides on the one or more gateway nodes are provided in a subnet with a plurality of host servers, wherein each host server is associated with one or more virtual network interface cards (vNICs). The middleware machine environment also include a plurality of virtual hubs (vHUB) on the one or more gateways, with each vHUB associated with one or more said vNICs. The gateways are adapted to connect with an external network, and operate to forward a multicast packet to both the external network and the plurality of host servers via the plurality of vHUBs, and prevent multicast packet traffic loops between the subnet and the external network. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072565 | Configuration Verification, Recommendation, and Animation Method for a Disk Array in a Storage Area Network (SAN) - A system and method for establishing a storage area network (SAN) is described. The method includes providing a predefined template for inputting data associated with a SAN. A first tool may utilize the template to validate an entered SAN configuration based on accessing data in a database. A second tool may utilize the template to generate a valid SAN configuration, based on accessing SAN data in a database, if component data is entered. An animated configuration of a valid SAN is generated based on at least one of the input SAN configuration or the input component data. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072566 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DATA - A method and apparatus for managing data is provided, including determining one or more network services associated with user-uploaded data stored in a database, and linking the user-uploaded data with the one or more network services to provide the user-uploaded data via the one or more network services. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072567 | METHOD, NETWORK MANAGEMENT CENTER, AND A RELATED DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING A NETWORK POLICY FOR A VIRTUAL PORT - A method, a network management center, and a related device. The method includes: obtaining a virtual network policy group, a physical network policy group, and a media access control (MAC) address of a virtual port; associating the virtual network policy group, the physical network policy group, and the MAC address of the virtual port to form a virtual port policy association table; and selecting a physical network policy group corresponding to the MAC address from the virtual port policy association table, and delivering the physical network policy group to a physical switch. When a virtual machine (VM) on the server is migrated, the method may be used to migrate the network policy for the virtual port on a real-time basis. Therefore, the real-time effect of services provided by the VM is improved in the virtualization process of the server. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072568 | SWITCH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Methods and systems for managing a service provider switch are provided. According to one embodiment, a network operating system (NOS) is provided on each processor element (PE) of the switch. The NOS includes an object manager (OM) responsible for managing global software object groups, managing software object configurations, managing local software objects and groups and routing control information between address spaces based on locations of software objects. The OM performs management plane communications among software objects by way of system calls. The OM performs data plane communications among software objects by way of object-to-object channels. The switch is provisioned with a network-based managed IP service for a particular customer of the service provider by pushing the service onto an object-to-object channel that has been established between a first software object and a second software object of the software objects. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120072569 | FAILURE SYSTEM FOR DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM CLIENT - A method performed by a domain name service client includes storing DNS entries in a local cache; sending a DNS query to another device to obtain an update to one of the DNS entries; determining whether a DNS response is received; and resetting a time-to-live (TTL) timer associated with the one of the DNS entries when the DNS response is not received. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120079087 | ONLINE HELP SYSTEM USING SESSION DETAILS - An on-line help method is provided for a user involved in an on-line session. A plurality of session details related to the on-line session, a help request from the user, and session identification information are received during the on-line session. The plurality of session details are retrieved using the session identification information, and agent help information that includes the plurality of session details is created. The agent help information is associated with the help request and sent to a help agent device. In an embodiment, the agent help information includes a plurality of web pages navigated by the user during the on-line session, and the plurality of web pages are organized according to an order in which the user navigated them. A help agent using the help agent device may use the agent help information to quickly and accurate diagnose any issues with the on-line session. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079088 | PROVING DOMAIN NAME OWNERSHIP - Verification that a customer has ownership over a particular domain name. A computing system receives a request to provide a network service to a customer for action upon a particular domain name. In response, the computing system provides information to the customer over a network, and instructs the customer to edit a domain name record for the particular domain name using the provided information. For instance, the customer might be provided with a Globally-Unique IDentifier (GUID), and instruct the customer to insert the GUID into a particular record associated with the domain name in the DNS system. Upon verifying that the domain name record has indeed been edited using the provided information, the customer is confirmed as being an owner of the domain name. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079089 | Accurate method to evaluate a system reliability of a cloud computing network - An accurate method, which is utilized to evaluate a system reliability of a cloud computer network, is disclosed. The cloud computer network includes a plurality of arcs. Each arc has a current capacity, and the current capacities are arranged to form a plurality of capacity vectors corresponding to several states of the cloud computer network. The steps of the method includes: providing a total demand, a time constraint and a budget constraint; defining a first vector group, including the capacity vectors satisfying the total demand and the time constraint; executing an adjustment procedure to change the capacity vectors unsatisfying into satisfying the budget constraint; defining a second vector group according to the result of the adjustment procedure, including the capacity vectors satisfying the total demand, the time constraint and the budget constraint; and calculating a probability according to the second vector group and defining the probability as the system reliability. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079090 | STATEFUL SUBNET MANAGER FAILOVER IN A MIDDLEWARE MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can provide stateful subnet manager failover in a middleware machine environment. The system includes a policy daemon associated with each master subnet manager candidate in a subnet in the middleware machine environment. The policy daemon manages one or more policies for the subnet. The system also includes a transactional interface associated with the policy daemon co-located with a current master subnet manager. The transactional interface allows for updating the one or more policies using a policy update transaction. The policy daemon co-located with the master subnet manager operates to replicate the policy update transaction to one or more policy daemons co-located with the subnet managers that are master candidates associated with the master subnet manager, before committing the policy update transaction. Additionally, when the master subnet manager fails, the subnet managers operate to negotiate with each other and elect a new master subnet manager. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079091 | MANAGEMENT OF DATA FLOWS BETWEEN NETWORKED RESOURCE NODES IN A SOCIAL WEB - A resource management node is disclosed that manages a plurality of resource nodes connected to at least one network. The resource management node includes a system entity database, an interaction flow database, and an interaction execution engine. The system entity database contains information identifying communication addresses for the resource nodes and associated metadata identifying capabilities of the resource nodes. The interaction flow database contains information defining data flows that are permitted between identified ones of the resource nodes and associated triggering criteria defining when identified ones of the data flows are to be performed. The interaction execution engine is configured to determine that one of the triggering criteria defined by the interaction flow database is satisfied and to respond by establishing the associated data flow between the identified ones of the resource nodes. Related methods for managing a plurality of resource nodes connected to at least one network are disclosed. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079092 | MANAGEMENT OF DATA FLOWS BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT NODES AND CLUSTERS OF NETWORKED RESOURCE NODES - Methods performed by a resource management node for managing resource nodes connected to a network are disclosed. An example method includes establishing clusters of the resource nodes and associated data flows that are permitted between the resource nodes within each cluster and a user equipment node through the network, and associated rules that control the data flows. A first one of the rules is determined to have been satisfied for controlling a data flow for a first resource node in a first cluster. Information is communicated to the user equipment node that causes the user equipment node to prioritize handling of the data flow for the first resource node and other resource nodes in the first cluster in response to the first rule being satisfied. Related resource management nodes and user equipment nodes are disclosed. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120079093 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A Device Management (DM) method, a DM apparatus and a DM system are provided. The DM method includes: receiving a DM instruction; parsing the DM instruction to be used for managing at least two terminal devices, in which management data, used for managing the at least two terminal devices, indicated in the DM instruction is the same; obtaining the management data indicated in the DM instruction only once; and delivering the obtained management data to the at least two terminal devices so that the at least two terminal devices perform DM according to the management data. The utilization of an external interface of a gateway device may be improved by adopting the DM method, the DM apparatus and the DM system. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120084419 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO BALANCE SERVERS BASED ON SERVER LOAD STATUS - A method, system, and computer program product for balancing servers based on server load status, include: receiving from a server a service response to a service request, the service response including a result from a processing of the service request and a server status indicating a computing load status of the server; obtaining the server status from the service response; receiving a next service request from a host, the next service request comprising a Uniform Resource Locator (URL); determining that the server is configured to process the URL; determining whether the server status indicates that the server is available to process the next service request; and in response to determining that the server status indicates that the server is available to process the next service request, sending the next service request to the server. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084420 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING COMPUTER NETWORK INTERFACES - According to one aspect, a computer-implemented method for managing at least one network interface of a computer system is disclosed. In one embodiment, the method includes the steps of executing of a boot loader to initialize a dedicated network interface and a side-band network interface, determining if a boot loader priority setting designates a preference to use one of a detected dedicated network interface or side-band network interface, determining if preferred network interface is available for use, then passing the priority setting to an operating system to use for network communications during run time. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084421 | MODEL SLICING AND VERSIONING - Embodiments are directed to implementing a dynamically changeable system model that is customizable per version, programmatically generating system models at runtime and to extending a programmatically generated system model. In an embodiment, a computer system determines that a dynamically changeable system model corresponds to a managed system. The dynamically changeable system model includes various managed system objects. The computer system indicates for the dynamically changeable system model which managed system objects are available in each version of the managed system. The available managed system objects are stored in a data store of the dynamically changeable system model. The computer system requests the managed system to provide current managed system information including at least a version identifier and, based on the managed system information indicated by the managed system, provides to the dynamically changeable system model those managed system objects that are provided by the indicated version of the managed system. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084422 | Graph Based Flexible Service Discovery and Management System and Method - An article including at least one computer readable medium storing a network management application comprising computer executable code that upon execution by one or more processors causes the one or more processors to receive and execute the computer executable code of the network management application to store an identifier indicative of a candidate service in a database, receive the information indicative of managed entities from the one or more input devices, transform the data indicative of the managed entities into neutral data structure represented by graphs, vertices and edges, store these neutral data structures in the database and determine whether the telecommunication network is configured to execute the candidate service by applying predetermined rules on these neutral data structures. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084423 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DOMAIN BASED DYNAMIC TRAFFIC STEERING - A method and system for domain based dynamic traffic steering is described. In one embodiment, a method for domain based dynamic traffic steering involves comparing a domain name with a domain whitelist and a domain blacklist of a packet modifying entity, and if the domain name matches the domain whitelist or the domain blacklist of the packet modifying entity, updating a corresponding Internet Protocol (IP) whitelist or IP blacklist of the packet modifying entity to include an IP address of the domain name. Other embodiments are also described. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084424 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SERVER APPARATUSES AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for managing server apparatuses and a management apparatus thereof are provided. A server apparatus is searched in the management apparatus for receiving an Internet Protocol (IP) address from a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) of the server apparatus. And identification information of an Operating System (OS) of the server apparatus is obtained according to the IP address. The IP address and the identification information are bound. Then, an out-of-band message received from the BMC is updated into a server object according to the identification information. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084425 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING NESTED POLICY CONFIGURATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing nested policy configuration in a communications network are disclosed. The method is performed at a policy charging and rules function (PCRF) node. According to one method, first policy profile information associated with a first identifier is obtained from a policy profile database, where the first identifier is associated with a first subscriber and where the first policy profile information includes a second identifier. Second policy profile information associated with the second subscriber is obtained, using the second identifier obtained with the first policy profile information, from the policy profile database. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084426 | PACKET PROCESSING IN A MULTIPLE PROCESSOR SYSTEM - Packet processing is provided in a multiple processor system including a first processor to processing a packet and to create a tag associated with the packet. The tag includes information about the processing of the packet. A second processor receives the packet subsequent to the first processor and processes the packet using the tag information. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084427 | Probing-Based Auto Moding - A method for selecting a mode of operation for at least two modems is described. First, a handshake procedure is performed in order to determine a set of possible modes of operation supported by said modems. From said set of possible modes of operation, a set of favorable modes of operation is derived. In case there exist two or more favorable modes of operation, a probing-based selection is performed that comprises evaluating respective performances of said favorable modes of operation. The favorable mode of operation with the best performance is selected as a resultant mode of operation. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120084428 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A NETWORK COMPUTING CLUSTER PROVIDING IT-SERVICES - The network computing cluster includes one or more network computing stations and one or more power autarkic network computing stations supplied by one or more associated local power generators. The power autarkic network computing stations and the local power generators are connected with a local power network. A control signal is sent to a resource managing unit of the network computing cluster via a communication network. The control signal indicates the ability of the power autarkic network computing stations to process IT-services. The resource managing unit receives the control signal via the communication network. Triggered by the control signal, the resource managing unit sends a signal for transferring an IT-service processed by a network computing station of the network computing stations to the network computing station via the communication network. The processed IT-service is transferred to one of the power autarkic network computing stations via the communication network. | 04-05-2012 |
| 20120089714 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK ADDRESS RESOLUTION - Methods and mechanisms to improve ARP cache management and to better facilitate receive load balancing on systems with multiple communications interfaces connected to a broadcast domain. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089715 | Systems and methods for communicating across various communication applications using single address strings - Systems and methods are disclosed for providing addressing strings formats and associated system implementations to minimize the number of different addressing strings used for communicating across different communication applications. The systems and methods receive a valid address string that can be inputted into a communication applications selected from a collection of communication applications wherein the same address string can be inputted for any selected communication application from that collection. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089716 | METHOD FOR ACCELERATING START UP OF A COMPUTERIZED SYSTEM - Technique for reducing start-up time of a computerized system comprising a computer application with a data base DB and one or more functional blocks with respective memories; the system comprises a communication network being managed by the computer application. The technique comprises providing each of said functional blocks with basic information about the communication network; updating the functional blocks about changes whenever take place in the network; updating objects in the base DB by the updated functional blocks; creating an image of at least one functional block of the blocks in a persistent memory, building a changes log and to in case of failure of the mentioned functional block, promptly restoring thereof by using the image in the persistent memory and the changes log. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089717 | Method and system for performing remote network management on a voice home gateway terminal - This disclosure provides a method for performing remote network management on a voice home gateway terminal, and the method includes that: a remote network management server transmits voice signaling to the voice home gateway terminal; the voice home gateway terminal determines whether the voice signaling contains a non-voice triggering identifier, processes a voice service according to the voice signaling when no non-voice triggering identifier is contained, requests non-voice configuration information from the remote network management server when a non-voice triggering identifier is contained, and processes a non-voice service according to the received non-voice configuration information. This disclosure further provides a system for performing remote network management on a voice home gateway terminal. Application of the method and system enables the remote network management server to manage simultaneously a voice service and other non-voice services. The remote management performed on the voice home gateway terminal having a voice function is reliable, and this disclosure realizes the convergence for managing the integrated services of the voice home gateway terminal. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089718 | SCALABLE SYNCHRONIZATION OF EVENTS AMONG SERVER AND CLIENTS WITH VARYING LAG-TIMES - The invention relates generally to synchronizing functions on handheld devices and more particularly to precisely synchronizing a function among a large number of devices having multiple different platforms. The invention provides the ability to cause a large number of handheld devices to perform certain functions simultaneously, within seconds or fractions of a second of each other. In certain aspects, the invention provides an apparatus for synchronizing a function among devices, including one or more processors in communication with a memory and configured to, for each of the devices, send an event to the device, receive a timepacket, and send a return timepacket, thereby causing the device to receive the event and invoke the function after a delay. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089719 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING A SERVICE - Methods and apparatus are provided for obtaining a service is provided. Information about an external device is received at a terminal from the external device. It is determined whether the external device has been registered based on the information about the external device. Service information associated with the external device is provided when at least the external device has been registered. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089720 | AGGREGATING CONNECTION MAINTENANCE TO OPTIMIZE RESOURCE CONSUMPTION - Combining network connection maintenance operations that use a resource to extend battery life. Each of the network connections has a timer and a defined tolerance for early connection maintenance. After receiving notification of an event, the network connections are accessed to identify the connections for which a maintenance operation may be performed early based on the timer and the tolerance. In an embodiment, the maintenance operation includes sending a transmission control protocol (TCP) keep-alive packet on the connection. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089721 | PARAMETERIZED RECURSIVE NETWORK ARCHITECTURE WITH TOPOLOGICAL ADDRESSING - A digital data communications network that supports efficient, scalable routing of data and use of network resources by combining a recursive division of the network into hierarchical sub-networks with repeating parameterized general purpose link communication protocols and an addressing methodology that reflects the physical structure of the underlying network hardware. The sub-division of the network enhances security by reducing the amount of the network visible to an attack and by insulating the network hardware itself from attack. The fixed bandwidth range at each sub-network level allows quality of service to be assured and controlled. The routing of data is aided by a topological addressing scheme that allows data packets to be forwarded towards their destination based on only local knowledge of the network structure, with automatic support for mobility and multicasting. The repeating structures in the network greatly simplify network management and reduce the effort to engineer new network capabilities | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120089722 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING SCHEDULING INFORMATION - The present invention relates to an information display system for displaying scheduling information regarding utilization of a resource, the information display system comprising at least one display device to be located in proximity to the said resource and including means for displaying scheduling information regarding the said resource, wherein the scheduling of the said resource is controlled by a scheduling server and wherein resource scheduling information is transmitted from the scheduling server over a computer network to the display device for being displayed on a display of the display device. The information display system includes communication means for communication with the said scheduling server by means of a communication protocol by means of which communication protocol the information display system can be automatically authenticated by the said scheduling server, so as to allow communication of scheduling information between the information display system and the scheduling server independent of installation of additional software on the scheduling server. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120096135 | MANAGING SETTINGS OF COMPUTING DEVICES - The present disclosure includes methods, systems, and machine readable and executable instructions and/or logic for managing settings of computing devices. An example method includes receiving a platform-independent template for managing settings of a plurality of applications or operating systems of a computing device, creating, based on the received template, a profile for managing settings of one of the plurality of applications or operating systems of the computing device, deploying the created profile to the computing device to manage the settings of the one application or operating system of the computing device, and receiving a report on whether the settings of the one application or operating system of the computing device were successfully managed by the created profile. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096136 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING CONTENTS USING INFORMATION OF GROUP CHANGE IN CONTENT ORIENTED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - Provided are a method and apparatus for sharing content, using information regarding a group change in a content oriented network environment. In a case where a group to which a target user equipment belongs is changed from a first group to a second group, the target user equipment may transmit, to a first group member management device, the information regarding the group change. The first group member management device may update information about a group to which the target user equipment currently belongs, based on the information regarding the group change. In response to a receiving of a content request from a requesting user equipment, the first group member management device may transfer the content request to the target user equipment. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096137 | Method for Interacting Messages Based on Simple Network Management Protocol - A method for interacting messages based on a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is disclosed by the present invention. The method includes: when receiving an SNMP message sent from an SNMP management station, an SNMP proxy estimating a suggested timeout value of the SNMP message and feeding the suggested timeout value back to the SNMP management station; and the SNMP management station waiting for a response of the above SNMP message according to the suggested timeout value. A corresponding SNMP proxy is further disclosed by the present invention. Since the method of the present invention adopts the technical measure of dynamically determining the timeout period of the management station in an interaction manner between the SNMP management station and the SNMP proxy, the drawbacks of manually setting timeout period are overcome, occurrences of timeout event are effectively reduced, and the efficiency of implementing network management using SNMP is improved. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096138 | Assignment of Network Addresses - Systems and techniques relating to hierarchical address assignment in ad hoc networks are described. A described technique includes receiving, by a device of an ad hoc network, a request to register in the ad hoc network from an enrollee device. The devices can be wireless mobile devices, and the ad hoc network can be an independent basic service set (IBSS) network. The method also includes responding to the enrollee with information representing (i) an address for the enrollee device, and (ii) a finite quantity of addresses to be assigned to future enrollee devices. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096139 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING USER RECEPTIVITY DRIVEN POLICY IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing user receptivity driven policy in a communications network are disclosed. The method includes storing subscriber preference information indicating a willingness of a subscriber to receive a first type of content as well as policy and charging enhancement information associated with the subscriber preference information. Content is received from a content provider. Based on the subscriber preference information, it is determined whether the subscriber is willing to receive the content. In response to determining that the subscriber is willing to receive the content, the content is communicated to the subscriber and a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) is communicated with for temporarily enhancing a network or charging policy of the subscriber based on the policy charging enhancement information. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096140 | Network Aware Forward Caching - A network includes a cache server and a network aware server that operates to determine an optimization between a cost of retrieving content from a communication network and a cost of caching content at the cache server. The optimization is determined as a minimum of a sum of a transit cost, a backbone cost, and a caching cost. The transit cost includes a money cost per data unit. The backbone cost includes a money cost per data unit and time unit. The caching cost includes a money cost per server unit. In response to determining the optimization, the network aware server sends a content identifier to the cache server, and the cache server receives the content identifier, determines a source of a content item, and if the source is the same as the content identifier, then cache the content item. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120096141 | SECURE DEVICE INTRODUCTION WITH CAPABILITIES ASSESSMENT - Introducing, managing and restricting devices in an environment is discussed, including how to securely introduce the devices, how to establish trust between the devices, how to manage bandwidth requirements and other resource requirements of the devices, how to aggregate resource usage when multiple devices within an environment are engaging in a common task, and how to restrict device access to environment resources. Various techniques including manual and automatic solutions are disclosed. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120102168 | Communication And Coordination Between Web Services In A Cloud-Based Computing Environment - Technologies are described herein for providing communication and coordination between web services in a cloud-based computing environment. A call to an available events operation is executed in a web service to request subscription event identifiers corresponding to available events at the web service. The subscription event identifiers are received. A subscribe operation is populated with a relevant subscription event identifier related to a subscribed event from the subscription event identifiers. A call to the subscribe operation is executed in the web service to establish a subscription to the web service. A subscription identifier corresponding to the subscription is received. Notifications related to the subscribed event at the web service are received while the subscription is active. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102169 | AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION OF TRAVEL AND NON-TRAVEL NETWORK ADDRESSES - A system to automatically classify types of IP addresses associated with a user. Information, such as user names, machine information, IP address, etc., may be obtained from logs. For each user or host in the logs, home IP addresses are identified from IP addresses where the user or host shows a predetermined level of activity. Travel IP addresses are identified, which are IP addresses at locations greater than a predetermined distance from the home IP addresses, as determined from geolocation data. A pattern analysis may be performed to determine which of the home IP addresses are work IP addresses associated with the user or host. The system may thus provide a classification of a user's or host's associated IP addresses as being one of travel, home, and work IP addresses. From this classification, mobility patterns may be derived, as well as applications to enhance security, advertising, search and network management. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102170 | Collaborative QoS for Service Oriented Architectures - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for providing collaborative quality of service (“QoS”) for service-oriented architectures are described. The application services in the service-oriented architecture implement a QoS application-programming interface (“API”) in addition to the traditional service API. The QoS API may include a QoS reporting interface for reporting values of QoS metrics of the application service, a QoS mechanism interface that exposes details of dependability mechanisms utilized by the application service, and/or a QoS negotiation interface that allows dynamic negotiation of what QoS properties the application service provides and how the QoS properties are provided. Service consumers may utilize the QoS API of the various application services in the service-oriented architecture to collect dependability information regarding the application services and make service provider selection decisions during discovery and dynamic binding. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102171 | Integration Middleware Virtualization - A computer-implemented method includes displaying virtualization level options for a business network to a user, the virtualization level options including at least: a first virtualization level option that includes externalizing interaction logic in the business network, a second virtualization level option that includes virtualizing content in the business network, and a third virtualization level option that includes virtualizing components in the business network. The method includes receiving a selection by the user of at least one of the virtualization level options. The method includes initiating a virtualization process in the business network according to the selected virtualization level option. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102172 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PEER TO PEER SEARCHING, SHARING, SOCIAL NETWORKING AND COMMUNICATION IN ONE OR MORE NETWORKS - A system for transmission, reception and accumulation of the knowledge packets to plurality of channel nodes in the network operating distributedly in a peer to peer environment via installable one or more role active Human Operating System (HOS) applications in a digital devise of each of channel node, a network controller registering and providing desired HOS applications and multiple developers developing advance communication and knowledge management applications and each of subscribers exploiting the said network resources by leveraging and augmenting taxonomically and ontologically classified knowledge classes expressed via plurality search macros and UKID structures facilitating said expert human agents for knowledge invocation and support services and service providers providing information services in the preidentified taxonomical classes, wherein each of channel nodes communicating with the unknown via domain specific supernodes each facilitating social networking and relationships development leading to human grid which is searchable via Universal Desktop Search by black box search module. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102173 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING AN ENTITY IN A MOBILE DEVICE ECOSYSTEM - A system and method of assigning an identifier to an entity operating within a mobile device ecosystem including a domain are provided. The method comprises: obtaining an identifier of the entity which uniquely identifies the entity within the domain, the identifier of the entity including length information identifying the length of identifier of the entity; obtaining an identifier of the domain within which the identifier of the entity is unique; and combining the identifier of the entity with the identifier of the domain to create a globally unique identifier of the entity which is globally unique in the mobile device ecosystem. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102174 | Policy And Charging Control Method And System For Multi-PDN Connections Of Single APN - The present invention provides a method and a system for performing policy and charging control for establishing multiple PDN connections to a single APN, the method associates the gateway control session with the subsession in the S9 session associated with the Gx session modified by the indication of IP-CAN session modification message through the PDN Connection ID, thereby, after the relocation occurs on the BBERF making the modified PCC rule be sent down to the PCEF through the associated Gx session and the modified QoS be sent down to the destination BBERF through the gateway control session, thereby implementing the policy and charging control when establishing multiple PDN connections to the single APN in the roaming scenario. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102175 | Computer System, Simulation Method and Program - In a computer environment in which different types of simulations run, a speculative communication method can be performed on a combination of any model and any simulator. The simulations are divided into one or more groups and mounted on an execution node in which a virtual OS runs. A communication protocol simulation device which is a control program of inter-simulation communication and a virtual OS execution management server device which is an execution control program of a virtual OS group run on a management node separately from the virtual OS group that executes the simulations. When the communication protocol simulation device of the management node detects a WAR hazard, the virtual OS execution management server device instructs a virtual OS execution management client device so that a virtual OS in which the WAR hazard occurs returns to a stored intermediate state and re-executes the simulation to a predetermined time. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102176 | EXTRACTING AND MANAGING FONT STYLE ELEMENTS - A system includes a computing device that includes a memory configured to store instructions. The computing device also includes a processor to execute the instructions to perform a method that includes extracting style information of an element of a network asset by using an identifier of the network asset. The method also includes presenting the extracted style information of the element for managing the network asset. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102177 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE MANAGEMENT SCHEDULED BASED ON THRESHOLD - Commands for device management to be executed within a terminal and threshold-based conditions for executing such commands included within a scheduling context are provided to the terminal ahead of time. Therefore, the terminal can perform the commands for device management, before errors occurs within the terminal since a value of a particular management object reaches the threshold. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102178 | Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Administrator Task Notification Control - The illustrative embodiments provide for automatically and proactively retrieving administrative maintenance tasks or potential issues from a set of directory servers without direct intervention from an administrator. Responsive to an operation request being sent from a requesting application to the set of directory servers and an administrative maintenance control mechanism being active, an administrative maintenance control is automatically sent to the set of directory servers. Responsive to receiving the response to the administrative maintenance control, an end user application within the data processing system is notified that the at least one of the administrative maintenance tasks or the potential issues have been received. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102179 | METHOD AND SERVER FOR AGENT SERVICE APPLIED TO WIDGET - A method for an agent service applied to a Widget is provided, where the method includes: receiving a service request for the Widget using an Application Programming Interface (API) initiated by a user terminal; forwarding the service request to an API service provider, and forwarding a response for the service request from the API service provider to the user terminal; collecting charging information generated by the Widget using an API service, and recording the collected charging information, where the charging information, together with a charging policy registered by the Widget, is used to perform uniform charging for the API service used by the Widget. An embodiment of the present invention further provides a server, which may reduce complicated user operation and bringing better user experience. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102180 | CONFIGURING A SERVICE BASED ON MANIPULATIONS OF GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF ABSTRACTIONS OF RESOURCES - A method to enable defining of a profile of a service through manipulation of graphical representations of abstractions of resources in a data center is disclosed. The profile of the service is accessed. A graphical representation of an abstraction of the first resource type is presented. A graphical representation of an abstraction of a second resource type is presented. A manipulation of the graphical representation of the abstraction of the second resource type is detected with respect to the graphical representation of the abstraction of the first resource type. Based on the manipulation, a correspondence between the abstraction of the second resource type and the profile of the service is identified and a relationship between the abstraction of the second resource type and the abstraction of the first resource type is identified. The profile of the service is updated to include information identifying the correspondence and the relationship. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102181 | MEDIA RESOURCE STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT - Provided are computer-implemented methods and systems for performing media resource storage and management. The computer-implemented method and system implemented as a request manager is capable of monitoring requests for media resources in a content delivery network. For each monitored request, the request manager determines whether to generate a multifile for the requested media resource. For example, the request manager can first determine whether the media resource is eligible for multifile generation. If eligible, the request manager then determines whether the media resource has reached a popularity threshold. If the media resource has reached the popularity threshold, the request manager initiates generation of the multifile for the requested media resource. Generally, the generated multifile is stored in a storage system associated with the content delivery network. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120102182 | POLICY PROCESSOR FOR CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - A policy processor is described that may be used to implement a system for managing the configuration of assets in a distributed computing network, such as an enterprise network. The policy processor resides on a managed node in the distributed computing network and operates to receive, evaluate and enact policies issued by one or more policy authorities in the distributed computing network. The policy processor utilizes a conflict resolution model to determine which policy rules included within the policies should be put into effect and which should not. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120110151 | Web application usage of accessory device directly connected to electronic device in non-networked manner - An accessory device is directly connected in a non-networked manner to an electronic device. The accessory device is to be used by a web application running on a computing device connected to the electronic device over a network. The accessory device has a shared context or an owned context. The shared context specifies that usage of the accessory device is shared among the web application and one or more other web applications. The owned context specifies that the usage of the accessory device is exclusive to the web application and not to any other web application. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110152 | REAL TIME PROTOCOL PACKET TUNNELING - In one embodiment a method and apparatus are provided that automatically establish an real time protocol (RTP) tunnel between an originator node or router and a terminator node or router, wherein the terminator node is close to a remote RTP peer. A method includes detecting a new flow of RTP packets wherein the RTP packets are encoded with a destination Internet Protocol (IP) address. Responsive to detecting the new flow, a probe is sent towards a same IP address as the destination IP address of the RTP packets. A response to the probe is received, the response including an identifier of a node that generated the response. Then, using the identifier, a tunnel is established with the node that generated the response, and thereafter compressed packets (compressed headers, compressed payloads, or both) are passed via the tunnel. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110153 | Administering Incident Pools For Event And Alert Analysis - Administering incident pools including creating a pool of incidents, the pool having a predetermined initial period of time; assigning each received incident to the pool; assigning, by the incident analyzer, to each incident a predetermined minimum time for inclusion in a pool; extending for one or more of the incidents the predetermined initial period of time of the pool by a particular period of time assigned to the incident; determining whether conditions have been met to close the pool; and if conditions have been met to close the pool determining for each incident in the pool whether the incident has been in the pool for its predetermined minimum time for inclusion in a pool; and if the incident has not been in the pool for its predetermined minimum time, evicting the incident from the closed pool and including the incident in a next pool. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110154 | INTEGRATION OF HETEROGENEOUS COMPUTING SYSTEMS INTO A HYBRID COMPUTING SYSTEM - An integrated hybrid system is provided. The hybrid system includes compute components of different types and architectures that are integrated and managed by a single point of control to provide federation and the presentation of the compute components as a single logical computing platform. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110155 | MANAGEMENT OF A DATA NETWORK OF A COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - An integrated hybrid system is provided. The hybrid system includes compute components of different types and architectures that are integrated and managed by a single point of control to provide federation and the presentation of the compute components as a single logical computing platform. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110156 | Configured Management-as-a-Service Connect Process Based on Tenant Requirements - An approach is provided that configures a management-as-a-service (MaaS) connect process at a MaaS provider. The MaaS connect process is configured based on a request received from a MaaS tenant. The configured MaaS connect process is transmitted to the MaaS tenant. MaaS services are provided from the MaaS provider to the MaaS tenant. These MaaS services interact with the configured MaaS connect process installed at the MaaS tenant. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110157 | WEB BROWSER-BASED BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT ENGINE - A computer-implemented process for a Web browser-based business process management engine. In an embodiment, the process embeds a lightweight business process management engine in a Web browser to form a Web browser-based business process management engine, and choreographs service invocations using the Web browser-based business process management engine. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110158 | FIELD PANEL WITH EMBEDDED WEBSERVER AND METHOD OF ACCESSING THE SAME - The systems, methods and devices disclosed herein provide for a field panel that includes a webserver. The field panel and webserver are arranged in communication with one or more automation components and/or field panels deployed for operation in connection with the building automation system. An information request may be directed to a master field panel for authorization. The master field panel may in turn query a node table containing address and/or communication information with the other field panels and/or automation components operable on the wired or wireless communication network. The information within the node table allows for direct communication to the other field panels and/or automation components operable on the network. In this way, authorized access to each of the field panels and/or automation components is achieved while any communications bottleneck at the master field panel may be significantly reduced or eliminated. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120110159 | MANAGING CDN REGISTRATION BY A STORAGE PROVIDER - A system, method, and computer readable medium for managing registration, by a network storage provider, of one or more resources with a CDN service provider are provided. A network storage provider storing one or more resources on behalf of a content provider obtains registration information for registering the one or more resources with a CDN service provider. The registration information may include a request to publish one or more resources to a CDN service provider, an identification of the one or more resources, CDN selection criteria provided by the content provider or otherwise selected, and the like. The network storage provider transmits a CDN generation request corresponding to the registration information to the CDN service provider. Then, the network storage provider manages and processes data pursuant to registration of the one or more resources with the CDN service provider. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120117211 | Fencing Data Transfers In A Parallel Active Messaging Interface Of A Parallel Computer - Fencing data transfers in a parallel active messaging interface (‘PAMI’) of a parallel computer, the PAMI including data communications endpoints, each endpoint comprising a specification of data communications parameters for a thread of execution on a compute node, including specifications of a client, a context, and a task, the compute nodes coupled for data communications through the PAMI and through data communications resources including a deterministic data communications network, including initiating execution through the PAMI of an ordered sequence of active SEND instructions for SEND data transfers between two endpoints, effecting deterministic SEND data transfers; and executing through the PAMI, with no FENCE accounting for SEND data transfers, an active FENCE instruction, the FENCE instruction completing execution only after completion of all SEND instructions initiated prior to execution of the FENCE instruction for SEND data transfers between the two endpoints. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117212 | Insertion Of Management Agents During Machine Deployment - An invention is disclosed for configuring a VM of a deployment to be managed by a management system. In an embodiment, a deployment manager of a deployment instructs a host to create a VM. The VM is created with a base management agent that exposes interfaces to the management system that enable the management system to install management agents on the VM. The deployment manager installs a management agent that corresponds to a management system on the VM, and registers the VM with the management system. The management system may then manage the VM by communicating with the installed management agent on the VM. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117213 | Negotiated Parent Joining in Directed Acyclic Graphs (DAGS) - In one embodiment, a node may request to join a parent node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG) in a computer network, and may notify the parent node of a load associated with the request, and whether the node has any other parent node options. The response received from the parent node may be either an acceptance or a denial (based on the load and other parent node options), where in the case of an acceptance, the node may join the parent node in the DAG. Alternatively, in response to a denial, in one embodiment, the node may perform load shedding to become acceptable to the parent node. In another embodiment, a node receiving a join request from a child node may determine an impact associated with allowing the child node (and its load) to join the receiving node in the DAG prior to returning an acceptance or denial, accordingly. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117214 | SERVICE DIRECTORY - Service endpoints that provide services to client devices send registration data to a service directory service. The registration data includes addresses that client devices can use to access the service endpoints along with descriptive data that describes the services that each endpoint provides, along with other information such as version numbers of applications that are supported by the service endpoints, and whether the service endpoints are running an experiment. Client devices request a manifest from the service directory service. Each request includes client metadata that describes the requesting client device. The service directory service uses the registration data and the client metadata to generate a manifest for the client device that identifies the services that the client may access and an address that the client may use to access each service. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117215 | METHOD FOR FILTERING THE STREAMING OF VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT CONTENT ASSETS, A RELATED SYSTEM, NETWORK ELEMENT AND A RELATED VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT CONTENT ASSET - The present invention relates to a Method for filtering the streaming of Virtual Environment content assets, a related system, network element and a related Virtual Environment content asset The method relates to policy enforcement on Virtual Environment assets, forwarded from a Virtual Environment of a plurality of Virtual Environments to a Virtual Environment client. The at least one Virtual Environment is coupled to a communications network comprising at least one network element where the communications network further couples the at least one Virtual Environment to the Virtual Environment client. The method first comprises the step of forwarding at least one Virtual Environment asset from the at least one Virtual Environment towards the Virtual Environment client. The method additionally comprises the step of determining a policy enforcement action for the at least one Virtual Environment asset based on at least one characteristic of the at least one Virtual Environment asset and at least one policy rule. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117216 | TRACKING MESSAGE SENDERS WITH A TOKEN ISSUANCE LOG - A communication system uses tokens in order to control communication received by the system. Tokens are generated as sets arbitrary symbols, and system operators can issue tokens to third parties by various means, including but not limited to publishing the token in a directory, printing the token on a business card, or entering the token on a website form. In each instance the token may be issued by including the token within and a system address, such as an email address or phone number. Generated tokens are stored in a token log, associated with an indication of one or more entities to whom a system operator chooses to issue the tokens, such as a directory, a business card, or a website form. When the system receives a message that contains a specific token, the token log can be consulted so that an operator provided with the associated indication. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117217 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATION IN AN INTEROPERABILITY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus are described for facilitating communication among a plurality of entities via an interoperability network. Each entity has policy data corresponding thereto governing interaction with the entity via the interoperability network. A message is transmitted from a first one of the entities to a second one of the entities. The first entity has first policy data corresponding thereto and the second entity has second policy data corresponding thereto. The transmitted message was handled in the network according to combined policy data representing a combination of the first and second policy data. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117218 | NETWORK CONNECTION MANAGEMENT USING CONNECTION PROFILES - Connections for sources to connect to a network are managed by storing connection profiles identifying network attributes for the connections. Each connection profile includes a status of available or subscribed. Requests for connections are received. If a stored connection profile is available that matches the request, the connection for the matching connection profile is assigned to the source. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117219 | METHOD OF MANAGING AN APPLICATION EMBEDDED IN A SECURED ELECTRONIC TOKEN - The invention is a method of managing an application embedded in a secured electronic token. The token is intended to receive a message from a server machine. The message has a header and a body. The token comprises an agent able to manage the message. The method comprises the steps of:
| 05-10-2012 |
| 20120117220 | Packet Classification Method And Apparatus - A method of handling packets within a packet-based communication system implementing a policy and charging control architecture. The method comprises, at one or more policy and charging enforcement functions within a packet switched access network or networks, monitoring packet flows to determine user usage on a per service class basis, and periodically reporting the determined usage from the policy and charging enforcement functions to a policy and charging rules function. At the policy and charging rules function, the received usage information is used in order to generate one or more one or more rule sets, each rule comprising one or more packet properties and one or more actions for handling a packet. The or at least one rule set is sent to the or each policy and charging enforcement function where they are applied in order to determine an action or actions for handling a packet. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120124186 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR MULTIPLE HOST MANAGEMENT - Methods, devices, and systems for multiple host management are provided. An example of a method for multiple host management includes a multiple host management device managing a plurality of host instances. The multiple host management device can provide each of the plurality of host instances with a plurality of input/output (I/O) functionalities. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120124187 | SERVICE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SERVICE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A service processing apparatus includes: a receiving unit that receives a service processing request; a first acquiring unit that acquires service configuration information; a second acquiring unit that acquires processing ability management information; a processing unit that processes the service using the installed module; and a selecting unit that selects service processing apparatuses. The service processing apparatus includes a determining unit that determines a service processing apparatus having the minimal processing load resulting from the calculation of the processing load as a request destination for a processing using the module which is installed on neither the service processing apparatus nor the different service processing apparatuses; and an installation unit that installs the module on the service processing apparatus determined by the determining unit if the module which is installed on neither the service processing apparatus nor the different service processing apparatuses is not installed on the determined service processing apparatus. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120124188 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA PROCESSING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and a device for data processing in a communication network. The method includes the following steps: (i) at least one filter applicable for a first type of connection is provided in front of at least one filter that is applicable for a second type of connection; and (ii) the order of the at least on filter applicable for the first type of connection and the at least one filter applicable for the second type of connection is inverted in case that the number of filters required for the second type of connection increases. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120124189 | AUTOMATIC INCREASING OF CAPACITY OF A VIRTUAL SPACE IN A VIRTUAL WORLD - A system for automatically increasing a capacity of a virtual space in a virtual world may include a processor and a module operating on the processor for detecting an attempt by an avatar to enter a virtual space in a virtual world. The system may also include another module for determining if an allowable number of avatars is currently in the virtual space. The allowable number of avatars may be determined by at least a capacity of a server that is hosting the virtual space. Another module may be provided for increasing a capacity of the virtual space when the allowable number of avatars is currently in the virtual space. Increasing the capacity of the virtual space may include spawning a replicate new virtual space on a different server in response to the capacity of the server that is hosting the virtual space reaching the allowable number of avatars. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120124190 | SHARING A PORT WITH MULTIPLE PROCESSES - A port listening service operating in at system level is assigned to listen on a static port. The static port can index a plurality of unique IDs associated with a plurality of applications operating in a session level. The server application can then provide to a client the unique connection ID, the IP address of the server, and the static port number for a connection. If the client connects by referencing the unique connection ID, the port listening service can forward a corresponding socket for the connection to the appropriate application instance, such that the application still operates in a session level. As such, the port listening service can dispatch connection services for a single static port to multiple different application instances running in a session level. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120124191 | MANAGING TCP ANYCAST REQUESTS - Managing TCP anycast requests at content delivery network nodes is disclosed. In some embodiments, serving a request includes receiving a request at a node of a plurality of nodes comprising a content delivery network, wherein each of the plurality of nodes share a same anycast IP address to which the request is directed and servicing the request at the node. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120131159 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING MESSAGE PASSING FOR CONTENTION DETECTION IN DISTRIBUTED SIP SERVER ENVIRONMENTS - A method, a system, and a computer program product are provided for reducing message passing for contention detection in distributed SIP server environments. The method is implemented in a computer infrastructure having computer executable code tangibly embodied on a computer readable storage medium having programming instructions operable to determine that a first site is waiting for a first object locked by a second site. The programming instructions are further operable to determine that a third site is waiting for a second object locked by the first site, and to send a first probe to the second site to determine whether the second site is waiting. A second probe is received and indicates that a site is waiting for an object locked by the first site. The second probe further indicates a deadlock in a distributed server environment to be resolved. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131160 | DISASSOCIATING AND FREEING MANAGED CONNECTIONS BASED ON USAGE PATTERNS - A method, system and computer program product for disassociating and freeing managed connection objects. Managed connections are dissociated from their connection handles based on their usage patterns, determined by various connection parameters, which more effectively reduces the idle time of the managed connections. The managed connections whose cost of disassociating and reassociating is less than the cost of keeping the managed connections idle are targeted and released to the free pool of managed connections via the dissociation from its connection handles. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131161 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MATCHING A USAGE HISTORY TO A NEW CLOUD - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for identifying usage histories and end users that may benefit from being redeployed to a new cloud-based network. In particular, a new cloud can receive usage histories corresponding to end user usage in a respective set of other pre-existing clouds. In embodiments, the new cloud can determine whether the new cloud provides sufficient resources to properly host each end user recorded in the usage histories. Further, the new cloud can determine whether there is a cost benefit or other advantage for a user to move to the new cloud. In embodiments, a deployment recommendation may be sent to an administrator of the cloud associated with the desirable usage history. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131162 | USING A WEB SERVICE TO DELETE DNS RECORDS IN A SERVER HOSTING SYSTEM - A server hosting system provides managed servers for tenants. Managed servers for different tenants can have the same IP addresses and fully-qualified domain names. A server manager for the server hosting system detects a deletion event for one of the managed servers. In response to detecting the deletion event, the server manager sends a web services request to a Domain Name Service (DNS) web service having a web API. The web services request requests invocation of a deregister method in the web API. The deregister method removes DNS records that associate a management-side fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for the managed server with a management-side IP address for the managed server. No other managed server in the server hosting system has the management-side IP address. No other managed server in the server hosting system has the management-side FQDN. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131163 | BALANCING THE LOADS OF SERVERS IN A SERVER FARM BASED ON AN ANGLE BETWEEN TWO VECTORS - A system and computer program product for balancing the loads of servers in a server farm. A vector, referred to herein as the “DesiredVector,” is computed to hold the load factors for each of the servers. Upon receipt of a client request, a vector, referred to herein as the “ActiveConnections,” is modified for each scenario where the new client request is considered to be serviced by a different server. The ActiveConnections vector holds the current number of client requests being serviced by each of the servers. Angles made by each of the different ActiveConnections vectors with the DesiredVector are computed. Upon identifying the ActiveConnections vector that produces the smallest angle with the DesiredVector, the client request is directed to the server which corresponds to the identified ActiveConnections vector. In this manner, the best possible distribution of requests among the servers is made for every client connection. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131164 | ATTACHING WEB SERVICE POLICIES TO A GROUP OF POLICY SUBJECTS - In one set of embodiments, methods, systems, and apparatus are provided to attach one or more quality of service policies to resources in an enterprise system by receiving a first global policy attachment that references an attachment attribute value and a first service policy, receiving a request to access a policy subject associated with a subject attribute value, identifying an effective policy set referenced by the first global policy attachment, the effective policy set including the first service policy if the attachment attribute value equals the subject attribute value, and granting the request to access based upon the at least one effective policy. The at least one effective policy may further include a first service policy referenced by the first global policy attachment if a first policy attachment scope referenced by the first global policy attachment matches or contains a subject scope associated with the policy subject. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131165 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING MOBILITY MANAGEMENT IN NETWORK - A method implemented by a gateway device which handles sessions over a network to which the gateway device is connected and which also enforces conditions of service provided to those network sessions, the method involving: receiving from a policy server a policy rules package, wherein the policy rules package specifies a set of rules that are to be applied to certain sessions handled by the gateway device and a set of criteria for identifying among a plurality of subscribers a group of all subscribers to which the rules are to be applied by the gateway device; based on set of criteria in the policy rules package identifying all subscribers with currently active sessions to whom the policy rules are to be applied; and applying the set of rules to the sessions of the identified subscribers. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131166 | SERVER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - A system for managing one or more services during the provision of an application to a user is provided. The system comprises an application component operably connected to a network and configuration data for the user. The configuration data specifies: one or more partner servers configured to supply one or more respective services within one or more respective service categories, each partner server in a service category being chosen from a plurality of available partner servers for the service category and communication parameters for each partner server that allow communication with the partner server over the network. During the provision of the application to the user, the application component uses the configuration data for the user to access a service provided by an appropriate partner server. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131167 | Method and Apparatus for User Registration in IMS - A method for user registration in Internet protocol multimedia subsystem is provided including receiving a registration request including a first identification of a control function, comparing said first identification of the control function with a second identification of the control function, and proceeding with the registration request based on the result of said comparing. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131168 | XDMS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN M2M - The use of existing XDMS frameworks in M2M communications allows network functionality to be used and allows the obviation of redesign of resource management functionality. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131169 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN UN-ADDRESSABLE NETWORK APPLIANCE - A network appliance is provided. The network appliance includes an un-addressable communication sub-system positioned in a communication path electronically connecting a control computing device to a target computing device that are both addressable via one or more standard networking protocols that can employed to achieve addressed communications in a structured communications network, the un-addressable communication sub-system being configured to access a data stream traveling through the communication path. The network appliance further includes memory comprising code executable by a processor to determine that a control command is present in the data stream, and permit the control command to control the network appliance only in response to an affirmative determination that the control computing device and the network appliance possess mating key portions, the mating key portions being constructed from a master key. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120131170 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FULFILLING REQUESTS USING A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system of providing an on-demand service to a requester selectable from a group of requesters is provided, each of the requesters having a mobile device at an associated location. The requesters use the mobile device to request a service from a server. The server makes available the requests to eligible service providers for display and selection. On selection of a request by a service provider, the request is removed from display. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120136976 | IDENTIFICATION OF A PRIVATE DEVICE IN A PUBLIC NETWORK - Methods, network address translation (NAT) devices, network nodes and system for allowing identification of a private device in a public network or treating traffic of a private device in a public network. The NAT may allocate a private IPv4 address to the private device, reserve a block of ports on the public IPv4 address for the private device and send an identification of the block of ports to a network node in the public network. The network node of the public network may receive an identification of a block of ports on the public IPv4 address indicating that the block of ports is reserved for the private device and activate a rule for treating traffic of the private device. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136977 | STORAGE APPLIANCE, APPLICATION SERVER AND METHOD THEREOF - A storage appliance system is disclosed which may include at least one application server for locally executing an application, and one or more storage servers in communication with the application server for I/O transmission therebetween. Also disclosed are an application server, a method, and a computer program product. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136978 | RACK SERVER SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD OF THE SAME - A rack server system management method adapted in a rack server system is provided. The rack server system management method comprises the steps as follows. The first information of a plurality of servers in the rack server system and the second information of a plurality of fan modules in the rack server system are updated every predetermined time period by a document management unit. A rack management module retrieves the first and the second information through polling the document management unit. The rack management module retrieves temperature values of the servers from the first information and adjusts the speed of the fan module according to the second information. A rack server system is disclosed herein as well. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136979 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DISTINCT IP ADDRESSES IN A SYSTEM AND RELATED SYSTEM - Logic performing unit acquires the IP addresses of operating systems and embedded management devices in network, and directly acquires a predetermined parameter from each embedded management device. Next, a reference value associated with the predetermined parameter is acquired by logic performing unit through the embedded management device's driver on the operating system under management, or the respective predetermined parameters are mounted onto respective embedded management device's virtual device by logic performing unit. If the predetermined parameter directly acquired from a specific embedded management device matches the reference value acquired through an embedded management device's driver on a specific operating system or if the predetermined parameter directly acquired from a specific embedded management device can be found in a specific operating system, logic performing unit can know a certain embedded management device and a certain operating system are on the same platform. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136980 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONFIGURATION SETTINGS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND SERVICES - A wireless mobile communication device includes a processing system, a memory device and software. The software is stored on the memory device and executable by the processing system to receive a policy setting, authenticate a sender of the received policy, and automatically apply the policy setting on the communication device based on a successful authentication of the sender. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136981 | ADMINISTERING DEVICES WITH DOMAIN STATE OBJECTS - Example embodiments of the present invention include a method for administering devices. Such example embodiments include receiving a domain state object, identifying an action in dependence upon the domain state object, and executing the action. In many example embodiments, receiving a domain state object includes receiving a signal to download the domain state object from a mobile sensor, and downloading the domain state object from the mobile sensor. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136982 | INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - An information management unit | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136983 | Method and System for use in Network Management of Communications Network - A method for management of integration of a system in a communications network comprising sending a first message by a first system. In said first message the first system requests to be managed and provides information describing its requirements. In response to said first message said first system receives a reply from a second system which confirms that said first system is managed by said second system. Said reply comprises information about capabilities of said second system. If a network resource model of the first system changed said first system sends a second message comprising information describing its changed requirements. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120136984 | SERVICE REALIZING METHOD AND SERVICE SYSTEM - A method for implementing a service and a service system, wherein the method includes: storing a service node address of a service in a peer-to-peer (P2P) node corresponding to a service identifier of the service in a P2P overlay network; a user equipment sending a service request including the service identifier to the P2P overlay network after acquiring the service identifier; a P2P node in the P2P overlay network receiving the service request sent by the user equipment, then acquiring the service node address from the P2P overlay network according to the service identifier and sending the service request to a corresponding service node according to the service node address. The service system includes a user equipment, a service node and a P2P overlay network. The present invention provides service routing based on the P2P overlay network. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120144007 | METHOD FOR SESSION TRANSFER MECHANISM BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120144008 | System and Method for Analyzing Computing System Resources - It has been recognized that to accurately measure the required resource capacity of computing systems such as servers, various relevant factors should be considered, since the capacity may be excess or insufficient. This measurement can be reflected by the ratio of the theoretical minimum server capacity required relative to the actual server capacity provisioned, hereinafter also referred to as the “fully loaded utilization”, which can be expressed in various ways, including as a percentage or an efficiency index or other number or value. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120144009 | SAMPLE-TEST-DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER, SAMPLE TEST DEVICE, SAMPLE TEST SYSTEM, AND SAMPLE TEST METHOD - There is provided a sample test system which can execute a prior process for a specific sample in consideration of priorities and process progresses of a plurality of samples processed in the sample test system. The sample test system includes a sample-test-device management server | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120144010 | UNIVERSAL PLUG AND PLAY BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A universal plug and play (UPnP)-based network system and a method of controlling the same. A UPnP device can operate according to a description of each control point (CP) when performing a command, by including the description, which is inherent information of each CP, in a command message transmitted from each CP to the UPnP device and allowing the UPnP device to analyze the command message to obtain the description of the CP. The UPnP-based network system includes a plurality of CPs, each of which stores a CP description, which is inherent characteristic information of each CP, and generates and transmits a command message including the CP description, and a UPnP device which is connected to the plurality of CPs over a network, analyzes the command message received from each CP to perform an operation according to the command message, and analyzes the CP description included in the command message to recognize each CP which transmits the command message. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120144011 | SESSION CONTROL SYSTEM, SESSION CONTROL METHOD AND SESSION CONTROL PROGRAM - A session control device connected to a web site and a client terminal through a network, which includes a calculation unit for calculating, with a state of a session in each access to a reference page which is a page whose effect is large on arrival at processing whose importance in the web site is high as a stage, a tendency of a session toward the processing whose importance is high on a stage basis, a storage unit for storing a calculated tendency toward the processing whose importance is high, a setting unit for setting a reference for limiting the session, and a collation unit for comparing a tendency toward the processing whose importance is high with respect to a stage of the session received from the client terminal and comparing with the reference to determine whether to limit the session from the client terminal. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120144012 | AGER RING OPTIMIZATION - A device provides an ager ring that ages entries associated with managed resource of a device, and determines whether a particular entry associated with a particular managed resource of the device is to be updated. The device also updates, when the particular entry is to be aged out in a particular time frame, the particular entry in the ager ring based on a bucket offset and a current time bucket associated with the particular entry and based on a current time, a refresh timeout, and a maximum timeout associated with the ager ring. The device further updates, when the particular entry is being aged during processing, the particular entry in the ager ring based on a new bucket, the current time bucket, and the bucket offset associated with the particular entry and based on the maximum timeout associated with the ager ring. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120151025 | FRAMEWORK PROVIDING UNIFIED INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT FOR POLYMORPHIC INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) FUNCTIONS ACROSS DISPARATE GROUPS IN A CLOUD COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Performance of polymorphic IT functions in a cloud computing environment can begin by providing an individualized selection mechanism for initiating polymorphic IT functions upon a node of a cloud computing environment. A polymorphic IT function can represent an IT function where the actions required to perform the IT function vary depending upon a combination of configuration parameters for the node. User-specification of the combination of configuration parameters can be rendered unnecessary by the individualized selection mechanism. A polymorphic IT function framework can receive a request identifying the node and a driver program via the individualized selection mechanism to perform a user-selected polymorphic IT function. The driver program can define actions for performing the polymorphic IT function upon the node for the combination of configuration parameters. The driver program can then be invoked. Upon completion of the driver program, notification can be sent to a designated entity. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120151026 | GENERIC AND AUTOMATIC ADDRESS CONFIGURATION FOR DATA CENTER NETWORKS - This application describes a system and method for auto configuring data center networks. The networks include a plurality of electronic devices that may include switches, servers, routers, or any other device that may be used in a data center network. Graph theory is applied to the arrangement of the network devices to determine if the intended design of the data network matches the actual implementation of the network. This may be achieved by resolving the blueprint graph with the physical graph to determine if they are isomorphic. Also, the isomorphic techniques may be used to detect miswirings in the network that do not cause a node degree change for any of the network components. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120151027 | POLICY DRIVEN DYNAMIC COMPOSITION OF SERVICE DATAFLOWS - An information processing system receives a request from a client. A first set of dataflows that enforces at least one set of policies is retrieved in response to receiving the request. Each dataflow in the first set of dataflows is a software component that processes a set of messages sent from the client to a service. A dataflow execution plan is generated that include the first set of dataflows. At least one dataflow in the first set of dataflows is determined to be associated with a dataflow policy. At least a second set of dataflows associated with the dataflow policy is retrieved in response to the determining. At the at least second set of dataflows is inserted into the dataflow execution plan preceding the at least one dataflow. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120151028 | Application Layer Protocol Support For Sleeping Nodes In Constrained Networks - Methods and systems providing application layer support for one or more sleeping nodes in constrained networks are contemplated. Embodiments contemplate inserting sleep information in a header option or payload of an application layer message. The application layer message may be conveyed in a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) or a constrained application protocol (CoAP). Embodiments contemplate communicating the application layer message to a server, which may serve as a caching and/or buffering proxy. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120151029 | Method for Interaction between Resource and Admission Control Systems and Resource and Admission Control System - The present invention discloses a method for an interaction between resource and admission control systems and a resource and admission control system, the method includes: a resource and admission control function in a fixed network receiving a request message transmitted by a Policy and Charging Rule Function (PCRF) in a mobile network, and converting the request message or parameters carried in the request message into a form that can be processed or identified by a transport functional entity in the fixed network. The technical scheme of the present invention complies with the development trend of the future network, and is simple and practical. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120151030 | NETWORK ELEMENTS, INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND METHODS FOR ROUTING CONTROL - A method for identifying whether a selective internet protocol transport opportunity (SIPTO) route is allowed to be used by at least one wireless communication unit comprises, at a core network element: storing subscription profile data associated with the at least one wireless communication unit in a home subscriber server (HSS) database, where the subscription profile data comprises an indication of whether the wireless communication unit has access rights to use a SIPTO route, and generating a SIPTO indicator for informing at least one network element that the at least one wireless communication unit is allowed to use the SIPTO route. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120158930 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NEXT HOP IDENTIFIERS IN A DISTRIBUTED SWITCH FABRIC SYSTEM - In some embodiments, an apparatus implemented in a memory and/or a processing device includes a first network control entity to manage a first data plane module associated with a port from a set of ports at a first access switch. The first network control entity associates an identifier of a peripheral processing device operatively coupled to the port from the set of ports with a next hop reference. The first network control entity provides the next hop reference to a second network control entity that manages a second data plane module at a second access switch such that the second data plane module can append the next hop reference to a data packet when the peripheral processing device is within a data path between and including the second access switch and a destination peripheral processing device. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158931 | Method and Apparatus for the Execution of Adaptable Composed Computer-Implemented Services with Integrated Policies - In one aspect, a method of executing a composed computer-implemented service having at least one policy integrated therein is provided. The method comprises executing a service portion of said composed computer-implemented service, and executing a policy portion of the composed computer-implemented service at substantially the same time as said step of executing said service portion of said composed computer-implemented service. The policy portion of the composed computer-implemented service affects a behavior of the composed computer-implemented service. The policy portion of the composed computer-implemented service and the service portion of the composed computer-implemented service are integrated into a same service code. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158932 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, A HVAC SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME AND A METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A COMPONENT FOR THE HVAC SYSTEM - A communications network, a HVAC system employing a communications system and a method of manufacturing a component for the HVAC system are disclosed. In one embodiment, the communications network includes: (1) a dominant node having a predetermined coupling impedance and (2) a plurality of end nodes coupled to the dominant node, each of the plurality having an end node coupling impedance, wherein a total of each the end node coupling impedance and the predetermined coupling impedance is substantially a defined maximum loading impedance for the communication network. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158933 | Data Reporting Using Reporting Groups in a Computer Network - In one embodiment, a node may determine a topology of a plurality of reporting nodes within a directed acyclic graph (DAG) in a computer network. The reporting nodes may then be assigned to one of a plurality of reporting groups, where reporting nodes are allowed to report only during designated time windows corresponding to their assigned reporting group. The reporting nodes may then be informed of at least their own assignment to a particular reporting group. In another embodiment, a particular reporting node may join the DAG, and may also receive an assignment to one of a plurality of reporting groups. Accordingly, the particular reporting node may also determine designated time windows corresponding to the assigned reporting group, where the particular reporting node is allowed to report only during the designated time windows. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158934 | QUEUE PROCESSING SYSTEM - A method, performed by a server device, may include receiving a request from a user device to place a user, associated with the user device, in a particular queue; determining whether the user meets one or more qualifications associated with the queue; placing the user in the particular queue, when the user meets the one or more qualifications; monitoring whether the user continues to meet the one or more qualifications, while the user is in the queue; and removing the user from the particular queue, when the user fails to meet the one or more qualifications. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158935 | METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR MANAGING SOCIAL NETWORKS - Systems and methods consistent with the disclosure relate to managing social networks. According to one exemplary embodiment, a computer-implemented method for managing social networks of a user is disclosed. The method accesses an online social network site of the user, and receives, from the online social network site, networking content related to the user and a plurality of contacts of the user. The method identifies the plurality of contacts based on the networking content, and determines relationships between the user and the respective contacts based on the networking content. The method also creates a social networking map according to the relationships. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158936 | Resource and Admission Control Method - The present invention provides a resource and admission control method applied to nomadicity and wholesale scenarios, which clarifies an interaction process between a PD-FE of a NGN home operator/NGN retail service provider and a PE-FE of a NGN home operator/NGN retail service provider, puts forward a resource request process, resource modification process and resource release process of the resource and admission control method applied to the nomadicity and wholesale scenarios, and solves problems existing in the related art. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158937 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANIPULATING MULTIMEDIA STREAMS OF IP TELECOMMUNICATIONS FOR MULTIPLE IP-ENABLED USER DEVICES - A technique for manipulating multimedia streams of IP telecommunications for multiple IP-enabled user devices is disclosed. The disclosed technique allows at least a portion of an IP telecommunication is manipulated to selected IP-enabled user devices. Various methods using the multimedia stream manipulation technique are presented. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158938 | CONTROL SERVER, SERVICE PROVIDING SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF PROVIDING A VIRTUAL INFRASTRUCTURE - A service providing system includes a control server and a physical resource(s) controlled by the control server. The control server has a virtual device providing unit(s) that provides at least one virtual object for controlling a physical resource(s), and a virtual infrastructure providing unit(s) that can provide, as a virtual object(s), a virtual infrastructure(s) configured using at least one virtual object provided by the virtual device providing unit(s), wherein the virtual infrastructure providing unit(s) can configure a virtual infrastructure(s) using the virtual object(s) provided by the virtual infrastructure providing unit(s), and can provide the virtual infrastructure(s) as a virtual object(s). | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158939 | DATA SUPPLY APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Provided is a data supply apparatus including a transmission device that sends data to another data supply apparatus; a reception device that receives data from another data supply apparatus; a data storing device that stores data in a storage device; and a data storage determination device that determines whether or not the received data should be stored in the storage device, based on a predetermined supply probability. In a typical example, the reception device receives the data to which supply probability information which indicates the supply probability has been appended; and the data storage determination device determines whether or not the received data should be stored in the storage device, based on the supply probability indicated by the supply probability information. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158940 | METHOD FOR A SECURE DEVICE TO RESOLVE AN IP ADDRESS OF A TARGET SERVER - The present invention relates to a method for a secure device to resolve an IP address of a target server to which the secure device is willing to access, said secure device being suitable to be inserted in a wireless device, wherein the secure device sends a request to a DNS client that resides on said wireless device to resolve the IP address of the target server, said target server being identified by its FQDN. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120158941 | BALANCING THE LOADS OF SERVERS IN A SERVER FARM BASED ON AN ANGLE BETWEEN TWO VECTORS - A method for balancing the loads of servers in a server farm. A vector, referred to herein as the “DesiredVector,” is computed to hold the load factors for each of the servers. Upon receipt of a client request, a vector, referred to herein as the “ActiveConnections,” is modified for each scenario where the new client request is considered to be serviced by a different server. The ActiveConnections vector holds the current number of client requests being serviced by each of the servers. Angles made by each of the different ActiveConnections vectors with the DesiredVector are computed. Upon identifying the ActiveConnections vector that produces the smallest angle with the DesiredVector, the client request is directed to the server which corresponds to the identified ActiveConnections vector. In this manner, the best possible distribution of requests among the servers is made for every client connection. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120166604 | FLEXIBLE POLICY BASED NETWORK DECISIONMAKING - A network policy system is described herein that allows computing devices to manage and control various networking decisions based on a specific policy defined by a policy administrator that may include the device manufacturer, information technology (IT) personnel maintaining the devices, or the network provider. The policies can include many factors defined by the policy administrator under various conditions, including cost, power consumption, central processing unit (CPU) time, battery life, use of pooled minutes, and so forth. Packet routing in the device happens today primarily based on hardcoded factors such as bandwidth availability or cost, but there may be other considerations that appeal to policy administrators. The network policy system allows the policy administrator to define one or more flexible policies suited to the administrator's purpose. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166605 | Remote Management Systems and Methods for Servers - Remote management systems and methods for servers are provided. The system includes at least one server and a remote management console. The server has an operating system, and includes at least one hardware component and a management controller, wherein the management controller obtains the identification data corresponding to the hardware component. The remote management console searches information of the operating system and the management controller via a network. The remote management console obtains the identification data of the hardware component from the operating system, and obtains the identification data of the hardware component from the management controller. The remote management console maps the operating system and the management controller based on the identification data respectively obtained from the operating system and the management controller. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166606 | DISTRIBUTED FILE OPERATION APPARATUS, DISTRIBUTED FILE OPERATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING DISTRIBUTED FILE OPERATION PROGRAM - A distributed file operation method is executed by a computer that is connected to an arrangement information management apparatus and a plurality of file management apparatuses through a network. The arrangement information management apparatus is configured to manage arrangement information of files. The plurality of file management apparatuses is configured to store the files. The distributed file operation method includes generating an operating request on a first file on the basis of a first protocol, making, by the computer, an inquiry to the arrangement information management apparatus on arrangement information of the first file by specifying an identifier of the first file, and transmitting the operating request to one of the plurality of file management apparatuses indicated by the arrangement information that is provided in response to the inquiry by the arrangement information management apparatus. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166607 | PORTABLE RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGE CAPTURE DEVICE, IMAGE CAPTURE CONTROLLER AND RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGE CAPTURE SYSTEM - A portable radiographic image capture device includes: an radiographic image data generating unit; a wired communication unit that includes a connecting terminal and that performs wired communication with an image capture controller; a wireless communication unit; a storing unit that stores, as an IP address used to identify the device itself, a first IP address used to perform wired communication and a second IP address used to perform wireless communication; and a setting unit that sets the first IP address as the IP address to perform communication with the image capture controller in a case in which the connecting terminal and the image capture controller are wire-connected, and sets the second IP address as the IP address to perform communication with the image capture controller in a case in which the image capture controller is disconnected from the connecting terminal. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166608 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - A method for network communication under SNMP includes: producing an access request when a first device accesses management information stored in a second device, the request containing additional information including identification information of the first device or identification information of a user of the first device in a value field included in a data field that contains an identifier field and the value field; transmitting the access request to the second device; and permitting the transmitted access request so that the number of devices or users accessing the second device may not exceed a predetermined number on the basis of the identification information of the first device or the user contained in the transmitted access request and identification information of a device or a user accessing the management information. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166609 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING DEVICE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION OF A FIELD DEVICE OF AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY AND/OR METHOD FOR SERVICING A FIELD DEVICE - A method for providing device-specific information of a field device of automation technology and/or to a method for servicing a field device, wherein a device description comprehensively describing the field device is integrated in a web server in the field device, wherein at least one part of the device description describing the field device is compiled/interpreted in a field device specific, software code in a web browser, which is connectable with the field device, and wherein, based on the field device specific, software code, there are presented on the web browser dynamically produced, device-specific web pages, via which operating personnel are provided device-specific information, and/or via which the field device is serviced by the operating personnel. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166610 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION IN APPLICATION FIELD - The present invention relates to a method and system for communication in an application field that may communicate with a sensor or a computer incorporated in an object or an environment to collect information about an object or an environment associated with the object, or process the information to semantic information to be shared and provided to a user or the object, and may recognize and determine a surrounding circumstance independently and without a command from an external source, thereby providing an intended application service. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166611 | DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF PROXY SERVERS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING OBJECTS - A distributed storage system including a plurality of proxy server and a method for managing objects. The distributed storage system may include a plurality of data nodes, a plurality of proxy server, and a global load balancer. Each one of the plurality of data nodes may be configured to perform at least one management operation and output an operation result. Each one of the plurality of proxy servers may be configured to perform operations for controlling the plurality of data nodes to perform the at least one management operation in response to an operation request from a respective client. The global load balancer may be configured to select one proxy server from the plurality of proxy servers and allocate the selected proxy server to the respective client as the responsible proxy server. The respective client may perform the management operation through the allocated responsible proxy server. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166612 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MESSAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REGISTER/UPDATE - A message transmission control method, including: a location node storing a message transmission control list of a terminal node; after the terminal node registers to an access node, the access node requesting the location node to send the message transmission control list of the terminal node; the location node searching for the message transmission control list of the terminal node, and sending to the access node; and after receiving the message transmission control list of the terminal node, the access node filtering data messages sent to the terminal node according to the message transmission control list. The present invention also provides a message transmission control system, and a register/update method and system. The control of the message transmission control list in the present invention is implemented in the access server of the wireless network, thus to avoid the wireless resource waste and the subscriber charge loss. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166613 | INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVER, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - An information management server includes an information provision request receiving unit which receives an information provision request together with request information, a probe information provision requesting unit which performs the probe information provision request to the probe information providing apparatus, a probe information obtaining unit which obtains the probe information from the probe information providing apparatus, a message information provision requesting unit which performs the message information provision request to the message information providing apparatus, a message information obtaining unit which obtains the message information from the message information providing apparatus, a response-to-request information generating unit which generates response-to-request information corresponding to the request information by using the probe information and the message information, and a response-to-request information providing unit which provides the response-to-request information to the information provision requesting apparatus and optionally aerating the composition are also disclosed. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166614 | Information Handling System Employing Unified Management Bus - An information handling system includes a host including a central processing unit, a first management controller (MC) enabled to communicate with the host, and a network interface resource (NIR) in communication with the host and operable to enable the information handling system to communicate via an external network. The NIR includes a unified management module (UMM) operable to receive and route a local management packet, sent from the host, to the first management controller via a first unified management bus (UMB) and further operable to receive and route a remote management packet, sent from a remote resource via the external network, to the first management controller via the first UMB. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120166615 | Inband Data Gathering with Dynamic Intermediary Route Selections - Included are a method to manage subscriptions over a network, where the network may comprise intermediaries, clients, and service providers, and the method may include, receiving a subscription at a network intermediary, the subscription having management application data and having application level header information. The method may further include reviewing the application level header information of the received subscription and redirecting the subscription over the network using the reviewed application level header information. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120173685 | Systems and Methods for Domain Name Exchange - A system, method, and computer-readable medium, is described that enables a domain name registrant the ability to exchange their existing domain in favor of a new domain without incurring additional domain registration fees and without affecting the other data fields of the existing domain. Once the domain exchange service is added to the domain registration, the registrant can exchange the domain name as often as it likes in accordance with the business rules of the registry until the domain exchange service expires. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173686 | MOBILITY AWARE CLOUD PROVISIONING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, data processing system and computer program product for mobility aware cloud provisioning. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for mobility aware provisioning of access to a service instance executing in a host in a cloud computing can include receiving a request from a mobile computing device for access to a service in a cloud computing environment. Thereafter, an expected path of travel for the mobile computing device can be computed and a particular instance of the service executing in memory of a host in the cloud computing environment can be selected for its proximity to the expected path of travel. Finally, the particular instance of the service can be provisioned for access by the mobile computing device. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173687 | DISSEMINATING COMMANDS FROM A DMS SERVER TO FIELDED DEVICES USING AN EXTENDABLE COMMAND ARCHITECTURE - A method of remotely managing a fielded device with a device management system (DMS). Via a processor, a DMS directive can be received on the fielded device. The DMS directive can include at least one system command for a DMS agent instantiated on the fielded device and intelligence information not previously stored on the fielded device that is necessary for the DMS agent to interpret the system command. Via the processor the DMS agent can be executed to process the system command using the intelligence information provided in the DMS directive to implement the system command without requiring an update to computer-readable program code that defines the DMS agent. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173688 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED NETWORK MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING - A network maintenance scheduling conflict interceptor that prevents duplicate and conflicting work from occurring on any network elements, which make up a network system, so that costly and disruptive outages do not occur in the network system by allowing for an intelligent way to schedule and complete maintenance activities in a complicated network is provided. This new device enables the necessary communication between network elements that allows for communication of maintenance activities taking place on specific network elements that may impact other network elements in the network. Lastly, by nature of providing for a mechanized way to schedule network maintenance activities, the new device, in essence, captures and provides for a history of maintenance activities for a network. Such historical data can provide valuable information for future network planning and maintenance. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173689 | Method And System For Migration of Managed Devices - A system and method for migrating a managed subscriber device from an incumbent managing server to a new managing server. Registration data for the subscriber device and authentication certificates are transferred to he new managing server or an associated memory device, and a DNS name and IP address mapping request is transmitted to a DNS server. When the name change is implemented, a DNS lookup for the managing server performed by the subscriber device returns an IP address associated with the new managing server. The new managing server may then assume the management functions with respect to the subscriber device. The migration may be performed for a number of subscriber devices simultaneously. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173690 | MANAGING SECURITY FEATURES OF A BROWSER - A method, system, and computer usable program product for managing a security database in a computer memory by presenting a content delivery unit in a browser window on a computer display, identifying a plurality of domains associated with the content delivery unit wherein a first set of the plurality of domains is associated with hyperlinks in the content delivery unit, receiving user input selecting a security category for a second set of domains, and associating the second set of domains with the selected security category in the security database. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173691 | ABSTRACT REPRESENTATION AND PROVISIONING OF NETWORK SERVICES - A network management device connects to a device on the network, receives a trigger for an operation command, supplies to the device a command line interface command for the operation command, wherein a randomly generated string is included at the end of the command line interface command. The network management device receives the output of the operation command from the device, detects the end of the operation command output and parses the output using an XML-based parser. XML based configuration files are used for configuration of different network devices. XML based report files are used to generate different network reports. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173692 | Redirection Service - A computing system can include an interface that receives a URL responsive to a user activating an Internet link via an application where the URL includes metadata for an item specified by a country-based Internet store; circuitry that identifies a base country of the user by resolving an Internet Protocol address associated with the user; circuitry that decides if the base country of the user differs from the country of the country-based Internet store; and circuitry that formulates, if the base country differs, a URL for redirecting the user to a country-based Internet store for a country that corresponds to the base country of the user. Various other apparatuses, systems, methods, etc., are also disclosed. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173693 | Method and Device for Association Management of Network Resources - A method for association management of network resources is provided, comprising the following steps of: a service side classifying network resources, setting resource type identifiers for the network resources and sending dependency relationships between the resource type identifiers and resource types to a system side; the system side building a data model for storing resource type dependency relationships according to the received dependency relationships between the resource type identifiers and the resource types; and the system side providing interfaces used for operating the resource type dependency relationships and one or more interfaces used for operating resource instance dependency relationships for the service side. A device for association management of network resources is also provided. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173694 | VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a virtual private network (VPN) implementation method and system. The implementation of the VPN is based on the Location/ID separation network, and the corresponding VPN attribute is added to the mapping relation between the ID identifier and the location identifier. When performing the mapping processing, if the VPN attribute of the source host is judged to be the same as that of the destination host, the location identifier of the destination host is inquired, thereby the forwarding of the data packets is implemented according to the location identifier of the destination host; if the VPN attributes are not same, an unavailable message is replied. Thus, the virtual private network is implemented efficiently, the convenience and safety of the host communication of the VPN side are ensured, and the user requirement to the virtual private network is satisfied. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173695 | AUTOMATIC EXPANSION METHOD, MANAGEMENT DEVICE, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An automatic expansion method, a management device, and a management system are disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention. In the embodiments of the present invention, information about added management nodes is received from a node management server when a new node is added, where the information about the added management nodes comprises at least address information of the added management nodes; the address information of the added management nodes is used to obtain an index corresponding to a continuous identifier (ID) segment; and an adding message of the new node is sent to all added management nodes, where the adding message includes at least a continuous ID segment managed by the new node and address information of the new node. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173696 | System and Method to Discover Clients Associated with Local Domain Name Server using Sampling - A content delivery system includes an analyzer module, a content request data collection module, and a domain name server. The collection module receives request sent to a tracking address, collects information about the request, and provides the information to the analyzer. The server receives an address request from a local domain name server associated with an autonomous system for the cache server address, provides the tracking address to the local server because the local server is associated with the second autonomous system, collects address request information about the address, and provides the address request information to the analyzer module. The analyzer module receives the address request and content request information, and determines information about clients served by the autonomous system based on the address request and content request information. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173697 | METHOD FOR ANALYZING PERFORMANCE INFORMATION - A management computer includes a communication device for communicating with a storage system and a plurality of computers. The management computer also includes a a processor executing to: store relation information between the storage system and the plurality of computers; collect a plurality of computer performance information about computer-side I/O loads generated by programs on the plurality of computers, from the plurality of computers; identify a storage resource from a plurality of storage resources in the storage system; and identify at least one computer performance information from the plurality of computer performance information based on the relation information; and output the at least one computer performance information to a display. The at least one computer performance information corresponds to a certain computer-side I/O load that generates a load to the identified storage resource. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120173698 | Concurrent Web Based Multi-task Support For Control Management System - A central controlled distributed scalable virtual machine (“CCDSVM”) of the present invention can be expanded across network domain such as LAN, WAN, Intranet and Internet. A larger number of computing systems (computing devices) in the CCDSVM can be organized into multiple groups (service pools) within a multi-layered hierarchy. The CCDSVM includes at least a top level control computing device to control and organize a management pool that includes a plurality of middle level control computing devices, where each middle control computing device can control a corresponding service pool of a plurality of computing devices. Therefore, the CCDSVM can provide a plurality of users, each with different credential and privilege, web based accessing the CCDSVM at different levels. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120179796 | ROUTING AND SERVICE PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT IN AN APPLICATION ACCELERATION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are a system, a method and an apparatus of reduction of routing and service performance management in an application acceleration environment. In one embodiment, a system includes a branch site that includes a branch client. In addition, the system includes a headquarters site that includes a headquarters server. The headquarters site including a headquarters server includes the branch site. The headquarters site is communicatively coupled over a link via transmission media. The link is identified through a link identifier. The headquarters site including a headquarters server also includes the branch client and the headquarters server being communicatively coupled over a network connection via the transmission media. The network connection is identified through a connection identifier. The system also includes a first point of presence (POP) communicatively coupled with the branch site over a first segment of the link. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179797 | METHOD AND APPARATUS PROVIDING HIERARCHICAL MULTI-PATH FAULT-TOLERANT PROPAGATIVE PROVISIONING - A method for provisioning networked servers includes virtually linking networked servers in hierarchical layers to form a virtual tree structure. The virtual tree structure including a plurality of nodes corresponding to the networked servers. The plurality of nodes including a root node in a top layer and at least two nodes in a second layer. The root node linked directly or indirectly to at least two terminal nodes in one or more lower layers of the virtual tree structure in a node-to-node manner based at least on layer-to-layer linking between nodes from the top layer to the one or more lower layers. The method also including receiving a provisioning change at the root node of the virtual tree structure and propagating the provisioning change from the root node to the other nodes in a node-to-node manner based at least in part on the virtual tree structure. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179798 | AUTONOMOUS PRIMARY NODE ELECTION WITHIN A VIRTUAL INPUT/OUTPUT SERVER CLUSTER - In a data processing system having a plurality of virtual input/output servers (VIOSes) configured within a VIOS cluster, a method, data processing system and computer program product provide for autonomous election of a primary node within a virtual input/output server (VIOS) cluster. A first VIOS performs the functions of: detecting that a primary node is required for the VIOS cluster; and autonomously initiating an election process to elect a next primary node from among the VIOSes within the VIOS cluster. When the first VIOS meets the pre-established requirements for becoming a primary node, the first VIOS obtains a lock on a primary node ID field within a VIOS database (DB) and then initiates a primary node commit process to assign the first VIOS as the primary node. The first VIOS issues a notification to the VIOS cluster to notify the other VIOSes that a primary node has been elected. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179799 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SELECTION INTERFACE BY QUEUE AND WORKLOAD FOR STORAGE OPERATION - A method selects an interface in a storage subsystem for processing storage operations, each interface associated with a corresponding processor. A management server has plural providers, each for executing storage operations on one of the processors via the corresponding interface. The method comprises: collecting information on status of each of the providers; based on the status of each provider, determining an operational characteristic of operation time as a function of a number of operational units for each provider; comparing the operational characteristics of the providers; for a given number of operational units in the storage operations to be processed, selecting from among the providers one provider which has the lowest operation time for the given number of operational units; and identifying the interface based on the selected provider to be used for executing the storage operations via the identified interface on the corresponding processor. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179800 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VARIABLE-SIZE TABLE CONSTRUCTION APPLIED TO A TABLE-LOOKUP APPROACH FOR LOAD-SPREADING IN FORWARDING DATA IN A NETWORK - A network element disposed in a network, where the network element implements a process to manage load distribution across a plurality of network interfaces of the network. The network element redirects traffic flow directed toward the plurality of network interfaces in response to changes in configuration of the plurality of network interfaces, where each traffic flow is a set of protocol data units (PDUs), having an ordered delivery requirement, and where the PDUs are transmitted across the network between a source node and a destination node. The redirection process minimizes data traffic flow disruption when the load distribution is determined using a set of load distribution tables instead of a hashing algorithm. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179801 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCTION OF MOBILE NETWORK TRAFFIC USED FOR DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM (DNS) QUERIES - Systems and methods for reduction of mobile network traffic used for domain name system (DNS) queries are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method, which may be implemented on a system, includes, querying, cached DNS entries in a local cache on a mobile device for a host name associated with an outgoing DNS query from the mobile device or providing a matching cached DNS entry as a response to the outgoing DNS query without accessing the wireless network. The matching cached DNS entry can be invalidated in the local cache when a proxy remote from the mobile device detects a changed DNS response for the outgoing DNS query. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179802 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING CLOUD SERVICES INTO THE CUSTOMER PREMISE - A cloud extension agent can be provided on a customer premise for interfacing, via an outbound secure connection, cloud based services. The cloud extension agent can reach the cloud based services through existing firewall infrastructure, thereby providing simple, secure deployment. Furthermore, the secure connection can enable substantially real-time communication with a cloud service to provide web-based, substantially real time control or management of resources on the customer premises via the cloud extension agent. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179803 | ENHANCING NETWORK-BASED IP MOBILITY MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL TO PROVIDE MULTIHOMING SUPPORT - In an embodiment, there is provided a method for enhancing a network-based IP mobility management protocol to provide multihoming support, said method including providing multihoming support based on multihoming group information, said information identifying a group of interfaces of a Mobile Node MN to be managed by a Local Mobility Anchor LMA on a Mobile Access Gateway MAG demand under a same mobility session. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179804 | MANAGEMENT METHOD OF COMPUTER SYSTEM, COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - The system includes a PCI switch connecting a plurality of computers via a PCI interface; and a management server which controls assignment of PCI devices and computers connected to the PCI switch. The PCI switch reports an addition or change of a PCI device to the management server. The management server obtains basic information for the PCI device upon receipt of the report, determines an assignment state of the PCI device to either occupation or sharing, and instructs the PCI switch to assign the PCI device to the management server in the determined assignment state. The management server reads a driver of the PCI device connected through the PCI switch, and obtains detailed information of the PCI device through the driver. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179805 | DATA PROCESSING ENVIRONMENT CHANGE MANAGEMENT METHODS AND APPARATUSES - An apparatus is provided with a change management module adapted to manage making changes to a data processing device of a data processing environment. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179806 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD - A network management system which is capable of easily identifying devices, and enhancing the operability of a device management application used by a manager. The network management system includes devices, and a server connected to the devices via a network. The server is configured to be capable of communicating with the devices by SNMPv | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179807 | Clearing SCSI Reservations for Non-Detectable Initiators for Extended Duration - A method, system and computer-usable medium are disclosed for managing storage system resources in a storage area network (SAN). A target data storage server registers itself within a storage area network (SAN) fabric to receive a Registered State Change Notification (RSCN) should a SCSI initiator become inactive. A SCSI initiator then requests reservation of a target LUN. In response, the target data server reserves the LUN for use by the SCSI initiator. If a RSCN is received by the target data storage server, then a GID_PN server request, which comprises the unique identifier of SCSI initiator, is generated after a predetermined time interval and a SAN fabric name server. If the name server's response to the GID_PN server request is positive, then the SCSI initiator was detected as being active and the target data storage server keeps the reservation for the LUN active for the SCSI initiator. Otherwise, the reservation for the LUN is released for use by other SCSI initiators. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120179808 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPLICATION SCOPE MANAGEMENT - An Application Scope Platform and a method for enabling communication between a Web Application, which is adapted to run on a first Processor of a User Device, and which is being accessible via a Web Client of the User Device, and an Application Scope, which is executable on the Application Scope Platform. The Application Scope Platform comprises a Process Manager, adapted to create and manage an event triggered Application Scope, a Web Server and a Communication Interface adapted to enable the Web Application to communicate with the Application Scope Platform via said Web Client. The Application Scope Platform being adapted to run on a second Processor, and to communicate with the Web Application, which is an Application Scope enabled Web Application, irrespective of the state of the Processor, the Web Client and/or said Web Application. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120185576 | Method and Apparatus for Acquiring Machine Type Communication Device Group Identification - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for acquiring machine type communication device group identification. This method comprises: acquiring the MTC device group identification from a user database by a mobility management network element after the user database subscribes to the MTC device group identification. With the present invention, the problem for transmitting the MTC device group identification in the network in related art is solved. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120185577 | MANAGEMENT OF NETWORK ACCESS REQUESTS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for intercepting requests from applications installed on a mobile device. The requests are system calls that establish communication channels for the mobile device. The requests are captured and held from reaching TCP/IP stack of an operating system executing on the mobile device. An intercepted request is aggregated with other intercepted requests. The aggregated requests are bundled together and released to the operating system upon the detection of a triggering event. The capture, holding, and aggregation of requests from applications occur when the mobile device is in a background mode. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120185578 | Managing Roaming Agreements between IMS Networks - A technique for managing an automatically established roaming agreement between two IMS networks ( | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120185579 | RACK-MOUNTED POSITION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A rack-mounted position management system is automatically implemented by an administrative station adapted to a rack, which is equipped with a plurality of transmitters for transmitting positional information in connection with a plurality of mounted positions for mounting a plurality of electronic devices (e.g. servers). The positional information includes coordinate information representing the setup position of the rack and secondary coordinate information representing the mounted position of the electronic device. The administrative station is connected to the electronic devices over a network. The administrative station sends a request signal to the electronic device, which in turn sends back the positional information to the administrative station. Thus, the administrative station is able to determine the mounted positions of the electronic devices independently. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120185580 | PROXY DEVICE OPERATION IN COMMAND AND CONTROL NETWORK - Embodiments of the invention are generally directed to proxy device operation in a command and control network. An embodiment of a method includes discovering one or more devices in a first network at a proxy device, generating by the proxy device virtual devices representing the one or more devices, and advertising by the proxy device the one or more virtual devices on a second network. The method includes receiving by the proxy device a command for a first virtual device of the one or more virtual devices from a command device, the command device being outside the first network, the command being received via the second network, and the first virtual device representing a target device located in the first network. The method further includes forwarding the command to the target device via the first network. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120191828 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PERFORMING REMOTE COMMAND DISPATCHING - Disclosed are an apparatus and methods of remotely managing a managed machine over a communication network. One example method of operation may include identifying the managed machine operating in a communication network and transmitting a connection establishment message to the managed machine over the communication network. In response, an acceptance message may be received from the manage machine. Once a secure channel has been established, the administrator may begin transmitting a command prompt command over the communication network to be executed on the managed machine. The management operations may be performed from a browser-based application. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PERFORMING REMOTE REGISTRY CONFIGURATION - Disclosed are an apparatus and methods of remotely managing a managed machine over a communication network. One example method of operation may include identifying the managed machine operating in a communication network and transmitting a connection establishment message to the managed machine over the communication network. In response, an acceptance message may be received from the manage machine. Once a secure channel has been established, the administrator may begin making changes to the registry configuration on the managed machine. The management operations may be performed from a browser-based application. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191830 | AVIONIC DATA COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENT - The example avionic data communication management arrangement includes a common infrastructure having a first account and a second account. The first account is configured to receive and store avionic data collected from a first aircraft. The second account is configured to receive and store avionic data collected from a second aircraft that is from a different airline than the first aircraft. The avionic data within the first account and the avionic data within the second account can both be accessed or managed by an administrating entity. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191831 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CATALOGING ASSETS IN A NETWORK - According to one example of the present invention, there is provided a system for cataloging assets in a network. The network comprises a plurality of computing devices and at least some of the computing devices include asset description data. The system comprises a network explorer to send a request on a network address of the network to obtain asset description data, to receive asset description data from a computing device connected to the network address, and to store the retrieved asset description data in a data store. The system further comprises an asset description data processor to process the data in the data store to identify known relationships between assets in the network, to infer relationships between assets in the network, and to update stored asset description data in the data store with relationship data describing any determined or inferred relationships with other assets. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191832 | DATA SHARING BETWEEN SMART DEVICES - Data sharing between networked smart devices is disclosed. One embodiment of the present disclosure pertains to a method for data sharing with one or more associated smart devices via a network. The method comprises displaying, on a display unit of the smart device, an image for each one of the associated smart devices within coverage of the network and an image of shared data. The method also comprises effecting a change in a first image for a first smart device of the associated smart devices when the first smart device is targeted as a target device for the data sharing. The method further comprises communicating the shared data with the first smart device via the network when, on the display unit, the image of the shared data is moved to or from a domain of the first image of the first smart device. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191833 | SYSTEMATIC FRAMEWORK FOR APPLICATION PROTOCOL FIELD EXTRACTION - A computer-implemented system is provided for implementing application protocol field extraction. The system includes: an automata generator configured to receive the extraction specification that specifies data elements to be extracted from data packets and generate a counting automaton; and a field extractor configured to receive a data flow and operates to extract data elements from the data packets in accordance with the counting automaton. The extraction specification is expressed in terms of a context-free grammar, where the grammar defines grammatical structures of data packets transmitted in accordance with an application protocol and includes counters used to chronicle parsing history of production rules comprising the grammar. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191834 | CACHE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING CACHING SERVICE - Provided are a cache system and a caching service providing method using a cache cloud structure. The cache system may include a plurality of cache servers, each, configured to be independently driven, and configured to be registered to a corresponding virtual layer among a plurality of virtual layers that are managed by a management server, and the management server operating on a storage device and configured to transmit information about at least one registered cache server to at least one client that is connected to the corresponding virtual layer. The at least one client is configured to generate or update a server list in response to the transmitted information, and the registered cache server and the at least one client are configured to be connected to each other based on the server list. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191835 | Locating and Retrieving Packages Over a Network - A computer-implemented method of locating and retrieving a package over a network, including a management server, is provided. The method includes sending a package request, determining a subset of primary nodes, receiving a response including address data associated with the determined subset of primary nodes, determining one or more metrics associated with each of the subset of primary nodes to determine a useful primary node, sending a request for the package, upon receipt of the request determining one or more neighbour nodes on the second subnet holding part or all of the requested package, receiving a response including address data associated with the determined one or more neighbour nodes, selecting one or more target nodes from the one or more neighbour nodes, and retrieving part or all of the package from the selected one or more target nodes. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191836 | IP ADDRESS MANAGING METHOD, PROGRAM THEREOF, NETWORK COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of managing IP addresses in a device performing communication using the IP address includes acquiring IP addresses by a plurality of methods; storing the plurality of IP addresses such that the methods are discernable when the plurality of acquired IP addresses are the same, determining an effective IP address used in the communication from the plurality of IP addresses according to predetermined priority in the methods, and setting the IP address to be used in the communication; and determining the valid IP address according to the priority from the stored IP addresses except for the disappearing IP address when the set IP address disappears, and setting the IP address to be used in the communication. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191837 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY IDENTIFYING POTENTIAL ISSUES WITH THE CONFIGURATION OF A NETWORK - A method, and an automated system or tool, for interrogating networks, and most significantly mobile networks, in order to identify network and gateway issues at the earliest point. The method uses the combination of a client device and a server to execute one or more test cases on the network and thereby determine those characteristics of the network which are relevant to the implementation of a network-based service on the said network. The network characteristics include one or more of data fidelity, protocol support, data timeout periods, data length restrictions and network performance. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191838 | System and Method for Improved SAP Communications - Improved SAP communications are provided by a terminator node that acts as termination on one end of the communication channel and links to the SAP server on the other end. A server device is also provided that optionally implements this terminator node and monitors communications between the SAP server and a client. The server device optionally condenses SAP application screens. The server device also simulates certain required responses to the SAP server to allow for a persistent session between a client and the SAP server when the actual connection may be intermittent. The server device also records required records for a transaction and provides them to a client for offline processing and then synchronizes stored offline transaction data from the client with the SAP server. The system may include a client device that optionally implements the terminator node to communicate with the server device or the SAP server. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191839 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING - A method and apparatus is provided in which a multi-site load balancing system directs a client to a site best able to respond to the client's request based on a combination of balancing methods. Performance metric balancing is employed to select sites having the best performance metrics to participate in network latency balancing to determine the site best able to respond the request. The sites participating in the network latency balancing are selected based on having performance metrics within an allowable deviation of the best performance metric. Alternatively, network latency balancing is employed to select sites having the least network latency to participate in performance metric balancing to determine the site best able to respond to the request. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120191840 | Managing Application State Information By Means Of A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) - Providing application state information based on a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) which identifies a resource in a computer network, including: receiving a string of characters representing the URI; extracting from the string of characters representing the URI, application state information; extracting from the application state information, one or more application state elements; and storing in computer memory the application state information represented by the one or more application state elements. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120198036 | CLOUD BASED MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT ARCHITECTURE - A cloud based service architecture is used in providing Master Data Management (MDM) services to clients. The MDM cloud based architecture comprises a client architecture and a server architecture. The client architecture includes synchronization services that are used to interact with the MDM cloud based service. The server architecture comprises a public Application Programming Interface (API) and a portal for accessing different MDM functionality. For example, a client may access the server architecture to create/modify MDM workflows that are hosted by the cloud based service. The cloud based service architecture also provides access to different MDM services including MDM workflows, validation, transformation, and storage relating to master data. The cloud based architecture may be used to publish master data and/or subscribe to master data. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198037 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - The invention relates to a method and an apparatus for managing network infrastructure. The apparatus comprises a binary web service interface ( | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198038 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING HEURISTICS TO NETWORK INTERMEDIARY DEVICES - A policy distribution server provides, on a subscription basis, policy updates to effect desired behaviors of network intermediary devices. The policy updates may specify caching policies, and may in some instances, include instructions for data collection by the network intermediary devices. Data collected in accordance with such instructions may be used to inform future policy updates distributed to the network intermediary devices. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198039 | SERVICE LINKAGE DEVICE, PROGRAM, SERVICE LINKAGE METHOD, AND SERVICE PROVISION SYSTEM - A processing load on service is distributed to improve the availability of linkage service even if the details of the processing of the linkage service are unknown. A service dynamic linkage device ( | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198040 | REMOTE INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND LINKING METHOD THEREOF - A remote information communication system comprises an administration server, at least one linking server and at least one remote device. The linking method of the remote information communication system comprises steps of: the administration server authenticating the remote device and linking server; the proximal device requesting the administration server to find out a specified remote device; the administration server responding an address of the linking server for establishing a link with the specified remote device; the proximal device linking with the linking server through the address responded from the administration server to find out the specified remote device via the linking server; and the linking server establishing a link between the proximal device and the specified remote device. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198041 | CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORKS MUTATORS - A method for processing content objects with resources associated with a content delivery network (CDN) having a plurality of geographically distributed points of presence (POPs) is disclosed. The resources are enrolled to be accessible from the CDN. Each resource is categorized using tags that categorize the resources. Selection of a policy from a plurality of policies is received, where the plurality of policies define processes to perform on content objects. The selected policy includes an applicability criteria and a call to the resource. Metadata is received at the CDN, the metadata being related to a content object, a requester of the content object and/or a provider of the content object. It is determined that the policy is applicable through analysis of the metadata and/or applicability criteria. The resource is called according to the call in the policy to cause the resource to perform specified processing on the content object. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198042 | POLICY MANAGEMENT FOR CONTENT STORAGE IN CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORKS - A method for processing content objects with a content delivery network (CDN) having a plurality of geographically distributed points of presence is disclosed. Selection of a policy is received from a plurality of policies, where the plurality of policies define processes to perform on content objects stored at the CDN. Each policy includes an applicability criteria and a storage disposition. Metadata is received at the CDN, the metadata characterizing a content object, a requester of the content object and/or a provider of the content object. The content object is received for storage at the CDN. A policy and other policies are determined to be applicable to the content object through analysis of the metadata and/or the applicability criteria. Overlap is resolved between the policy and the other policies found applicable to the content object. The processing of the policy is performed on the content object. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198043 | CUSTOMIZED DOMAIN NAMES IN A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK (CDN) - A computer-implemented method, operable in a content delivery network (CDN) including a plurality of cache servers and domain name servers. At a cache server in the CDN, a first domain name is obtained, the first domain name being associated with a client request for a resource from the cache server. One or more values associated with the client request are determined and a second domain name is generated, including information from the first domain name and information relating to the one or more values associated with the client request. The second domain name is provided to the client. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198044 | REMOTE COMPUTER MANAGEMENT USING NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL THAT ENABLES COMMUNICATION THROUGH A FIREWALL AND/OR GATEWAY - The invention facilitates remote management of a computer via a network. Remote computer management in which communication between a managed computer and a remote computer management server is initiated by the managed computer is implemented so that the communication is formatted in accordance with a network communications protocol that can be used to format communication that is allowed to pass through a firewall and/or gateway that mediates communication with the managed computer. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120198045 | GLOBAL LOAD BALANCING ON A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK - The invention relates to systems and methods of global load balancing in a content delivery network having a plurality of edge servers which may be distributed across multiple geographic locations. According to one aspect of the invention, a global load balancing system includes a first load balancing server for receiving a packet requesting content to be delivered to a client, selecting one of the plurality of edge servers to deliver the requested content to the client, and forwarding the packet across a network connection to a second load balancing server, which forwards the packet to the selected edge server. The selected edge server, in response to receiving the packet, sends across a network connection the requested content with an address for direct delivery to the client, thereby allowing the requested content to be delivered to the client while bypassing a return path through the first load balancing server. | 08-02-2012 |
| 20120203879 | Methods and Apparatuses for Handling Public Identities in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem Network - The present invention concern methods and apparatuses for handling public identities in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem, IMS, network. According to a method an HSS receives a request message from an S-CSCF. The request message includes a public identity. The HSS sends a response message including the registered wildcarded public identity to the S-CSCF if the request message includes an indication that the public identity is unregistered, the request message does not include a wildcarded public identity indication, and the public identity, included in the request message, matches with a wildcarded public identity, registered in the HSS. The S-CSCF is thus enabled to fetch a user profile using the wildcarded public identity. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203880 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A DLP-COMPLIANT ENVIRONMENT - The present disclosure enables remote device management. A programmatic interface is associated with each application plug-in. A web server included with the on-device agent provides access to the programmatic interfaces according to open standards such as HTML or XML. The present disclosure enables access to remote devices through existing infrastructure without the need for proprietary systems. An IT administrator or other administrator may remotely access and update software and hardware, track device data plan usage statistics, provide live support, and track current and historical device locations. Further, through the use of the present disclosure developers may provide customizable applications employing plug-ins on the remote device targeted for their own system. This disclosure also enables management of remote devices and the data thereon via a data loss prevention component. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203881 | COMPUTING SYSTEM, CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT DEVICE, AND MANAGEMENT - A computing system includes a node system configured to include each of a plurality of nodes coupled through paths processes received data and transmits data of a processing result to another node; and a configuration manager configured to include a node manager setting a first length of a path located close to an end point from which data is output in the node system to a second length greater than or equal to the first length, of a path located further away from the end point when paths coupling the nodes to one another are set, the node system processing data by using a network in which the plurality of nodes are coupled through paths set by the node manager. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203882 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - A management apparatus of the present invention includes a first selection unit configured to display a map indicating a location of a plurality of network devices on a network and select a network device as a restart target via the map, a second selection unit configured to display a list including device information of the plurality of network devices and select a network device as a restart target via the list, and a request unit configured to request the network device selected by the first or the second selection unit to restart at a desired time. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203883 | MIXED PROTOCOL MULTI-MEDIA PROVIDER SYSTEM INCORPORATING A SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL (SIP) BASED MEDIA SERVER ADAPTED TO OPERATE USING SIP MESSAGES WHICH ENCAPSULATE GR-1129 ADVANCED INTELLIGENCE NETWORK BASED INFORMATION - A system and method for processing a plurality of requests for a plurality of multi-media services received at a Private Service Exchange (PSX) defined on the system from a plurality of IP-communication devices. The system includes a Network Gateway Controller (GSX) coupled to the PSX and to a media sever (MS). The PSX is coupled to at least one IP Service Control Point (IP-SCP), which is operative to process the plurality of requests for the plurality of multi-media services. The IP-SCP further selectively directs the requests to the media server, via the PSX and GSX. The media server operates to form a preliminary multi-media communication path with a calling communication device. The MS further operates to play a plurality of announcements to the calling communication device over the preliminary multi-media communication path, as well as to collect caller-entered data from the calling communication device over the preliminary multi-media communication path. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203884 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENTLY MANAGING AND CONFIGURING VIRTUAL SERVERS - The present invention is related to providing faster and more efficient ways to deploy and manage virtual server configurations in a hosted virtual server service. Broadly, a web interface allows a user to set conditions upon which specific types of virtual servers will be instantiated or terminated on a third-party hosted virtual server service. For example, the user may wish to instantiate a new virtual server each time the load on existing virtual servers exceeds a predetermined threshold. The web interface may also allow a user to select from among a plurality of hosted virtual server services. The web interface may further allow a user to incorporate dynamic variables into configurations of instantiated virtual servers. | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120203885 | Service Linkage Control System and Method - A service linkage control system and method are disclosed for implementing service linkage identification and control for separated control channel and data channel in the communication system. The method includes that: a linkage strategy management module ( | 08-09-2012 |
| 20120209970 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING USER CONFIDENCE OVER A NETWORK - A system and method for facilitating user confidence over a network, according to one or more embodiments, includes receiving an inquiry from a user via a user device over the network, obtaining information related to the user from the inquiry, accessing a user account related to the user based on information passed with the inquiry, reviewing user transaction history of one or more previous transactions conducted over the network between the user and one or more other users, reviewing user connections of one or more other users that have prior knowledge of the user, determining a universal trust score based on user information related to the user transaction history and the user connections, and notifying the user of the universal trust score via the user device over the network. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209971 | Scheduled Network Management - A method and apparatus for managing a network. Signals are received from a plurality of time sources. A signal having a desired level of accuracy is selected from the signals. A reference time in the network is established using the signal. Data to be transmitted through the network is encrypted to form encrypted data. The encrypted data includes a number of encrypted headers and an encrypted body. A next node in the network is identified based on a destination for the encrypted data. A request is generated to reserve a number of time intervals for transmitting the encrypted data to the next node through the network. The encrypted data is transmitted in the network during the number of time intervals responsive to receiving an approval for the request from the next node. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209972 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO REMOVE OUTDATED OR ERRONEOUS ASSETS FROM FAVORITES OR RECENTLY-VIEWED LISTS - Systems and methods for creating and employing software to handle the playback of media, especially video, in browsers that, in addition to or instead of playing the media in the browser, may use second display protocols to instruct a separate display device to play the media. In one implementation, the software may be in the form of a web or other application. In particular, systems and methods are provided that describe ways to clean up bad assets from favorites or recently-viewed lists. In one implementation, systems and methods are provided that use an erroneous asset report from one user to fix other users' associated lists. In another implementation, the systems and methods employ data about defunct services, both local and global, to remove assets from those services from one or more user lists. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209973 | MODULE AND METHOD FOR SEMANTIC NEGOTIATION - Provided is a module and method for semantic negotiation. In various aspects, it is possible to provide an optimized service to a mobile terminal and a user, without prior knowledge of a service that the user prefers to use, or without a client module of a tightly coupled configuration. The optimized service may be provided by performing a semantic negotiation based on one or more ontologies. Also, it is possible to improve convenience of the user by automatically performing the semantic negotiation between the mobile terminal and a service server without intervention of a user. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209974 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND NETWORK DEVICE - When an application installed in a network device, which allows to manipulate setting values of an application from a remote plate, is not configured for that device, a management apparatus manipulates setting values using an agent. In this case, the management apparatus manipulates the setting values after the application is quitted or manipulates the setting values while the application is running, if the setting values can be manipulated while the application is running. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209975 | MOBILE BROADBAND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGEING MOBILE BROADBAND DEVICE - A method for managing a mobile broadband device includes receiving, by the Web interface module via the Web protocol stack module, a management command that is sent by a user on a Web management page of a host device, where the Web management page is provided by the Web interface module; sending, by the Web interface module via the Web protocol stack module, the management command to the Web service implementing module; and receiving, by the Web service implementing module, the management command, and invoking an application programming interface that corresponds to the management command to execute the management command. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209976 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL USING COMMON INTERNET PROTOCOLS - A network management system and methods for remote or local management of computer networking devices. The network management system comprises at least one networking device associated with a LAN; a controller that utilizes application layer protocols to code data and encapsulate the data into at least one transport layer protocol that uses lower layer protocols to effect data transfer; and of a client. The client periodically contacts and interfaces with the controller by utilizing application layer protocols to code data and encapsulate the data into at least one transport layer protocol that uses lower layer protocols to effect data transfer, and communicates with the networking device to mediate data in the computer network. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209977 | Program Update Management Server And Program Update Management Method - A program update management server includes a storage unit configured to store an update program for updating a program to be managed, a setting unit configured to set an update timing in accordance with each client in which the program to be managed is installed, an update recommending unit configured to transmit information regarding recommendation of an update so that the client acquires the update program at the update timing, and a program transmitting unit configured to transmit the update program, at the update timing, to the client that receives the information regarding recommendation of an update. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209978 | GROUP-BASED CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MTC DEVICES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A group-based control method and a group-based control apparatus for Machine Type Communication (MTC) devices in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes sending, when an attach request from an MTC device is received by a Mobility Management Entity (MME), an attach report to a Home Subscriber Server (HSS), starting, upon reception of the attach report by the HSS, a timer lasting for a preset time duration, counting the number of MTC devices requesting attachment and the number of already attached MTC devices during the preset time duration, determining, upon expiration of the timer, by the HSS, an Access Point Name-Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate (APN-AMBR) in consideration of a sum of the counted number of MTC devices requesting attachment during the preset time duration and the counted number of already attached MTC devices, and sending, by the HSS, the determined APN-ABMR to the MME. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209979 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTEXT BASED SERVICES - In one aspect of the disclosure, a method of delivering content to a portable electronic device is provided that comprises receiving a request for content; determining a subscription level for a subscriber of the portable electronic device; determining, based on the subscription level, whether to deliver supplementary content with the content; and, if delivery of the supplementary content is to be effected then determining a method of delivery of the content; determining a method of delivery of the supplementary content; determining the supplementary content; and delivering the content and the supplementary content. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209980 | SELF-MANAGED DISTRIBUTED MEDIATION NETWORKS - A distributed mediation network and method of employing such is provided, having a plurality of different types of network module. Each module has a non-reciprocal path therethrough for network traffic and the distribution of network traffic across the network is managed by an autonomic control plane. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120209981 | Remotely Administering A Server - Remotely administering a server, the server including non-volatile memory upon which is disposed one or more digital images representing the server, the server also including one or more components each of which includes non-volatile memory in which is disposed one or more digital images representing the component, where the server is connected for data communications to a management module, and remotely administering the server includes: retrieving, by the management module from the server, the digital images representing the server and the digital images representing the installed components; generating, by the management module with the digital images representing the server and the digital images representing the installed components, a graphical representation of the server with the installed components; and presenting, by the management module to a user through a GUI, the graphical representation of the server with the installed components. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120215893 | Characterizing and Selecting Providers of Relevant Information Based on Quality of Information Metrics - Mechanisms for selecting data providers to provide input data to an application are provided. A desired region and desired quality of information (QoI) function for the desired region are defined. The desired region is a region for which a condition is to be analyzed by the application. One or more provider regions and one or more QoI functions associated with the one or more provider regions are retrieved. A relevancy level between the one or more provider regions and the desired region is calculated based on the desired QoI function for the desired region and the QoI functions associated with the one or more provider regions. One or more data providers for providing input data to the application are selected based on the calculated relevancy level. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215894 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING SERVICE - A method, an apparatus, and a system for selecting a service are disclosed. The method is applied in an Open Service Architecture (OSA), and includes: receiving a service invoking request message sent by an external application; obtaining, according to the service information, policy information corresponding to the service to be invoked; and selecting, according to the policy information, a service provision entity to invoke the service. An open service entity is applied in an OSA and includes a receiving module, an obtaining module, and a selecting module. A policy provision entity is applied in an OSA, and includes a providing module. A service selection system is applied in an OSA and includes an open service entity and a policy provision entity. With the present invention, a proper service is selected for the external application according to the policy, and the services of the communication network are invoked more conveniently and accurately. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215895 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD OF THE COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a technique capable of efficient comprehensive management of a system, even if the system is a large-scale storage system. Management software acquires configuration information of a storage system (computer system) in two stages. In a first stage, the management software acquires only basic information of resources (identifiers of resources, the number of resources, and relationship between the resources) included in storage subsystems, host computers, switches, hubs, and the like. The management software determines a range and timing of acquiring detailed configuration information and necessity of holding the detailed configuration information based on the acquired basic information. In a second stage, the management software acquires the detailed configuration information of an appropriate range at appropriate timing. The management software always holds the basic information, but holds the detailed information only necessary to hold. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215896 | INCREMENTAL BROWSER-BASED DEVICE FINGERPRINTING - A method for incrementally fingerprinting a computing device includes steps for executing device-identification code programmed to retrieve a complete set of device configuration metrics from a web browser of the computing device, interrupting execution of the device-identification code after retrieval of a first subset of the device configuration metrics, generating a partial device fingerprint from the first subset, generating a temporary device identifier from the partial device fingerprint, and generating a subset indicator identifying the device configuration metrics that compose the first subset. Additional steps include writing the temporary device identifier and the subset indicator to browser-based storage of the computing device, resuming execution of the device-identification code, querying the browser-based storage for presence of the temporary device identifier, and retrieving, responsive to detecting the temporary device identifier, a second subset of the device configuration metrics, the second subset comprising device configuration metrics not identified by the subset indicator. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215897 | METHOD AND A FIRST NETWORK NODE OF MANAGING A SCCP CONNECTION - A method and a first network node for managing a signalling connection control part, “SCCP”, are provided. The SCCP connection is associated with a first SCCP identity. The first network node handles a distribution table for distributing a message to a first or a second SCCP instance. The message is provided with the first SCCP identity and is received on the SCCP connection. The first network node configures the distribution table such that the first SCCP identity is associated with the first SCCP instance, thereby allowing the message provided with the first SCCP identity to be received by the first SCCP instance. Then, the first network node reconfigures the distribution table such that the first SCCP identity is associated with the second SCCP instance, thereby managing the SCCP connection such that the message provided with the first SCCP identity is received by the second SCCP instance. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215898 | Applications of a Network-Centric Information Distribution Platform on the Internet - The predominant way of customizing and tailoring services on the Internet is the use of cookies. The invention in this disclosure is to use the http header in an http get request as a distribution mechanism of anonymized and unique metadata between the user and the web server, and then for the web server to interrogate an information storage system hosted in the cloud or in a server to get real-time information, classification, categorization of that device in real time. The invention allows the web server to customize the service for that particular session using that information. This two-tiered distribution platform on the internet can be used for a wide range of applications such as advertising, security, authentication, emergency altering, children's privacy in a reliable, robust and trust-worthy way compared to the use of cookies, and the invention is universal and works with any Internet connected device. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215899 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING POLICIES ON A COMPUTER - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for managing policies on a computer having a foreign operating system. Policies may specify hardware or software configuration information. Policies on a first computer with a native operating system are translated into configuration information usable on a second computer having a foreign operating system. In an embodiment, a translator manager manages the association between the policy on the first computer and the translator on the second computer. Computer management complexity and information technology management costs are reduced by centralizing computer management on the native operating system. Further reductions in management complexity are realized when the present invention is used in conjunction with network directory services. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215900 | PERSISTENT NETWORK RESOURCE AND VIRTUAL AREA ASSOCIATIONS FOR REALTIME COLLABORATION - Apparatus and methods relating to persistent network resource and virtual area associations for realtime collaboration include managing and displaying an object associated with a virtual area that supports establishment of respective presences of communicants operating respective client network nodes. Examples of the object include an object that has one or more user-modifiable property fields and an object that is associated with screen sharing functionality of the client network node. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215901 | DOMAIN NAME RESOLUTION FOR A HYBRID CLOUD CLUSTER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for domain name resolution for a hybrid cloud cluster. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for domain name resolution for a hybrid cloud cluster includes receiving a request for name resolution in a DNS name server proxy executing in memory of a host computer in a public cloud. Thereafter, it can be determined whether or not the request for name resolution implicates a domain name within an Intranet coupled to the proxy over a communications network. Finally, the request for name resolution can be resolved in a DNS name server disposed in the Intranet in response to determining the request to implicate a domain name within the Intranet. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120215902 | SPREAD SPECTRUM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CODE FOR DATA CENTER ENVIRONMENTS - A technique for wirelessly transmitting management data without cables in a data center is provided. Management data is obtained at a device in the data center. A wireless management data signal is generated from the management data. The wireless management data signal is configured to be transmitted at frequencies matching an ambient electromagnetic noise emitted by the data center, such that the wireless management data signal is masked in the ambient electromagnetic noise emitted by the data center. The wireless management data signal is wirelessly transmitted to another device. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120221693 | TEMPORARY RESTRICTIONS AND ROLLBACK - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following; receiving, at the session management node, an event notification; retrieving an object associated with the event, wherein the object includes an authorized value for a particular attribute; determining, based on the event notification, that the object should be temporarily modified; determining, based on the event notification, an adjusted value for the particular attribute; inserting the adjusted value for the particular attribute into the object without modifying the authorized value for a particular attribute; and reauthorizing at least one session based on the object. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221694 | DYNAMIC MAPPING OF IDENTIFIERS IN A MULTI-TENANT COMPUTING SYSTEM - Some embodiments of a system and a method to dynamically create mappings between tenant-specific user identifiers (IDs) and global user IDs in a multi-tenant computing system have been presented. In response to a request to map a tenant user identifier (ID) pair comprising a tenant identifier (ID) and a tenant-specific user ID, a server in a networked system creates a mapping of the tenant user ID pair to a global user ID that is not yet used. The server is communicably coupled to other servers in the networked system, and the tenant ID is associated with a tenant in the networked system. The server may immediately makes the mapping of the tenant user ID pair to the global user ID available to the other servers in the networked system. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221695 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO INTEGRATE LOGICAL AND PHYSICAL ACCESS CONTROL - Methods and apparatus to control access are described. One example method includes allowing physical access and logic access based on a credential associated with a mobile device, monitoring logical access by the mobile device, and revoking a physical access privilege based on termination of logical access by the mobile device. Other implementations are possible. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221696 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING A SELECTION OF CLOUD DATA DISTRIBUTION SERVICE FROM ALTERNATIVE PROVIDERS FOR STAGING DATA TO HOST CLOUDS - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for generating a selection of cloud data distribution service from alternative providers for staging data to host clouds. In aspects, a user can maintain a user premise network including servers, clients, local area networks, data stores, and/or other network assets. An administrator or other user of the premise network may wish to extract data from the premise network and transfer that data to host storage clouds to leverage cost, redundancy, consolidation, or other cloud advantages. A set of cloud data delivery (CDD) services can be established to stage the upload of the data payload to the set of destination host storage clouds. Uploads to the one or more intermediate CDD services can be made using a set of high-bandwidth managed or dedicated lines. The user can interrogate the set of alternative CDD services accessible to the premise network, and identify CDD services capable of staging the premise data to data stores in those intermediate services. Multiple CDDs can be rated and/or selected according to cost, schedule, capacity, and/or other transport parameters, and in cases the data payload can be divided for delivery over multiple CDD services. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221697 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING PROXY-BASED CONTENT DISCOVERY AND DELIVERY - An approach is provided for proxy-based content discovery and delivery. A proxy platform determines access information with respect to one or more web resources. The access information associated with a client of a proxy server. The proxy platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the access information to determine a frequency of access of the one or more web resources via the proxy server. The proxy platform then determines to initiate a caching of at least a portion of the one or more web resources at the client based, at least in part, on the frequency of access. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221698 | System and Method for Mobility Management in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for mobility management in a wireless communications system are provided. A method for proxy server operations includes determining if a communications device is capable of performing an operation, forwarding a transmission to a destination of the transmission if the communications device is capable of performing an operation, and responding to the transmission on behalf of the communications device if the communications device is not capable of performing an operation. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221699 | MANAGEMENT COMPUTER AND COMPUTER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT METHOD - A management computer | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221700 | System, Method and Program for Telecom Infrastructure Virtualization and Management - A virtualized telecom system and a method for managing service continuity and mobility in a virtualized telecom system. The system comprises a plurality of execution nodes each configured to execute a network function by registering; and a manager node for registering each of the plurality of execution nodes, assigning a node identifier (Node ID) to each of the plurality of execution nodes, periodically polling each of the plurality of execution nodes for a status, and issuing control instructions to each of the plurality of execution nodes based upon the status of a respective execution node. Each of the plurality of execution node responds to the polling by transmitting its status to the manager node. The status includes runtime information and pre-configuration information. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221701 | NETWORK BASED APPLICATION MANAGEMENT - An environment for facilitating the management of content for users associated with specific partner networks is provided. Users may be granted access to such specific partner networks in accordance with each user's affiliation with one or more organizations. In accordance with the above, a content management system facilitates the content/information exchange by accepting software applications from content providers. Additionally, the content management system accepts software application specifications or manifests from partner network administrators. Accordingly, the content management system can audit and recommend actions to users regarding applicable software application based one user organizational associations. Still further, the content management system can facilitate requests from affiliated users for specific types of content that can be forwarded to content providers and later made available to affiliated users. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221702 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING CONNECTION AMONG TERMINALS AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING CONNECTION CONTROL PROGRAM - When a request for participating in a session being performed by a plurality of participating terminals is received from a terminal that is not participated in the session, a system extracts identification information of one or more candidate terminals that are associated with the participating terminal for each one of the plurality of participating terminals, and determines whether identification information of the terminal that sends the request is included in the extracted candidate terminal identification information to generate a determination result. The determination result is used to determine whether to allow the terminal that sends the request to connect with the plurality of participating terminals to participate in the session. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221703 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA EXCHANGE BETWEEN A VEHICLE AND A SERVER - A method for data exchange between a vehicle and a server, the vehicle including a battery and a first communication unit, the server including a second communication unit. The method connects the first communication unit and the second communication unit via a connection line wherein the connection line is adapted for charging the battery via a power supply unit and exchanges data between the first communication unit and the second communication unit via the connection line. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221704 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ACCESS AMONG DEVICES - Provided are a method, system, and computer storage device for managing zone information for devices in a network. A zone group table includes entries for different pairs of zones, wherein each entry indicates whether access between a pair of the zones is permitted. An attribute zone table indicates whether devices in the zones are initiator, target and/or initiator/target. For a selected zone, indication is made of whether ports in the devices in the selected zone have an initiator, target and/or initiator/target attribute as indicated in the attribute zone table. A determination is made as to whether all the ports in the devices in the selected zone have the same attribute of initiator, target or initiator/target. If so, a division proposal is indicated for the selected zone proposing to separate devices in the selected zone into at least one new zone. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221705 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A SHARED I/O NETWORK INTERFACE CONTROLLER - A shared network interface controller (NIC) interfaces a plurality of operating system domains as part of the load-store architecture of the operating system domains. A bus interface couples the NIC to a load-store domain bus (such as PCI-Express), using header information to associate data on the bus with an originating operating system domain. Transmit/receive logic connects the NIC to the network. Association logic allows the NIC to designate, and later lookup which destination MAC address (on the Ethernet side) is associated with which operating system domain. Descriptor register files and Control Status Registers (CSR's) specific to an operating system domain are duplicated and made available for each domain. Several direct memory access (DMA) engines are provided to improve throughput. Packet replication logic, filters (perfect and hash) and VLAN tables are used for looping back packets originating from one operating system domain to another and other operations. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221706 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR NETWORK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Method and arrangement for network resource management in a communication network,especially related to transfer of content. A content resource broker is introduced, which dynamically manages resources based on the size of the content to be transferred. The method and arrangement involve the obtaining of information on current and future network capacity, which is available for transfer of content; the receiving of a request from a requesting entity concerning resources for transfer of a content C; and the determining of whether the available network capacity within a predetermined response time is sufficient for transferring the content C before the predetermined response time has expired. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120221707 | EMERGENCY SIGNALLING IN AN IP MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for handling emergency signaling in an IP Multimedia Subsystem network. A Proxy-Call Session Control Function receives a message requesting set up of a session. The message is associated with an IP Multimedia Private Identity. The P-CSCF determines that the message relates to an emergency call. If an emergency override tag associated with the IMPI is provisioned or set at the P-CSCF, then the message is forwarding the SIP message to a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF) for further handling. However, if an emergency override tag associated with the IMPI is not provisioned or set at the P-CSCF, the message is forwarded to an Emergency-Call Session Control Function (E-CSCF). The P-CSCF to exercises control over the handling of emergency signaling, according to embodiments of the invention. | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120226788 | System and method for providing multi-resource management support in a compute environment - The invention comprises systems, methods and computer-readable media for providing multiple-resource management of a cluster environment. The method embodiment of the invention is illustrative and comprises, at a cluster scheduler, defining a resource management interface, identifying a location of a plurality of services within the cluster environment, determining a set of services available from each of the plurality of resource managers, selecting a group of services available from the plurality of resource managers, contacting the group of services to obtain full information associated with the computer environment and integrating the obtained full information into a single cohesive world-view of compute resources and workload requests. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226789 | Hiearchical Advertisement of Data Center Capabilities and Resources - A cloud computing system is provided comprising a plurality of data centers, each data center comprising a plurality of pods each of which comprises network, compute, storage and service node devices. At a designated device of a data center, data center level capabilities summary data is generated that summarizes the capabilities of the data center. Messages advertising the data center level capabilities summary data is sent from a designated device of each data center to a designated device at a provider edge network level of the computing system. At the designated device at the provider edge network level, provider edge network level capabilities summary data is generated that summarizes capabilities of compute, storage and network devices for each data center as a whole and without exposing individual compute, storage and service node devices in each data center. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226790 | Extensible Attribute Summarization - In one embodiment a method includes at first a network device, identifying an attribute of the first network device, selecting a function that defines how the attribute is to be summarized together with a same attribute of a second network device, generating a message that comprises a set of information comprising an identification of the attribute and the function, and sending the message to, e.g., a next higher node in a network hierarchy of which the network device is a part. Multiple such messages may be received at an aggregation node that then summarizes the attributes according to respective functions, and sends or publishes a summarized version of the attributes to a still next higher node in the network hierarchy. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226791 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO DETECT UNIDENTIFIED INVENTORY - Techniques are disclosed for detecting unidentified inventory in a network. In one embodiment, data that was collected from a plurality of network devices is received. The data includes at least one device identifier for a neighboring network device of at least one network device of the plurality of network devices. The at least one device identifier for the neighboring network device is compared to one or more device identifiers of known network devices. In response to determining that the at least one device identifier for the neighboring network device does not match a device identifier for the known network devices, the at least one device identifier is added to a list of unidentified inventory. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226792 | IPSEC Connection to Private Networks - A server hosting system and method of connecting to managed servers using IPsec are disclosed. The server hosting system includes a plurality of managed servers, and first and second secure communication appliances. The first secure communication appliance is configured to connect to a tenant appliance at a first tenant using an IPsec tunnel, and further configured to route data between a first managed server of the plurality of managed servers and the tenant appliance at the first tenant. The second secure communication appliance is configured to connect to a tenant appliance at a second tenant using an IPsec tunnel, and further configured to route data between a second managed server of the plurality of managed servers and the tenant appliance at the second tenant. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226793 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DESCRIBING NETWORK COMPONENTS AND THEIR ASSOCIATIONS - A system and method for describing network components and their associations is provided. The network management layer receives descriptions of network components and places at least a portion of the received description into one of a plurality of sections of an electronic list of network components. Each of the plurality of sections has a standard format. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226794 | SCALABLE QUEUES ON A SCALABLE STRUCTURED STORAGE SYSTEM - A cloud computing platform contains a structured storage subsystem the provides scalable queues. The cloud computing platform monitors message throughput for the scalable queues and automatically increases or decreases subqueues that provide the operational functionality for each scalable queue. A visibility start time and cloud computing platform time are maintained for each message to provide an approximate first-in-first-out order for messages within each subqueue. A message in a subqueue may be available for processing when the current cloud computing time is greater than the visibility start of the message. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120226795 | Agile Network Protocol For Secure Communications Using Secure Domain Names - A secure domain name service for a computer network is disclosed that includes a portal connected to a computer network, such as the Internet, and a domain name database connected to the computer network through the portal. The portal authenticates a query for a secure computer network address, and the domain name database stores secure computer network addresses for the computer network. Each secure computer network address is based on a non-standard top-level domain name, such as .scom, .sorg, .snet, .snet, .sedu, .smil and .sint. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120233305 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT FOR MANAGING OPERATION - A system resource manager of a site management server registers a server domain as a group of servers having a uniform physical wire connection, registers a server group as a group of servers that use uniform software in a registered server domain, and changes an application of a server by controlling a switch of software that is stored in a RAID device connected to a server belonging to a registered server group via a SAN for each application and that is used by the server. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120233306 | UDP BROADCAST FOR A USER INTERFACE IN A DOWNLOAD AND CONFIGURATION GAMING METHOD - A system and method are disclosed for implementing a modified form of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) multicast notification system in a client-server architecture that otherwise allows only client initiated messages. The method includes: receiving a registration message at a server from a client with a client IP address in the registration message, wherein the registration message includes types of notifications desired to be received by the client, and wherein the server is a Download and Configuration Management (DCM) engine; adding the client IP address to a list in a registration message database; receiving a request for a port number by the client; and responding with the port number to the client. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120239792 | PLACEMENT OF A CLOUD SERVICE USING NETWORK TOPOLOGY AND INFRASTRUCTURE PERFORMANCE - Techniques are described for selecting an optimal data center for instantiating a first cloud service. Embodiments of the invention receive a request specifying a topology of a first cloud service to be hosted by one of a plurality of data centers which provide computing resources to host a plurality of cloud services. A suitability value is then determined for each of the data centers which measures a fitness of the data center for instantiating the first cloud service. In one embodiment, the suitability value is determined by calculating a plurality of metric values for the data center, normalizing the metric values and calculating a weighted average of the normalized values. One of the data centers is then selected for instantiating the first cloud service, based at least in part on the determined suitability values. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120239793 | Detecting Changes Through SNMP Polling - Techniques for detecting device changes using SNMP polling are described. In response to determining that an MIB of a managed device has changed, the device's SNMP agent identifies the altered objects in the device's MIB. In response to detecting such a change, the SNMP agent generates a bitmap. This bitmap identifies all the MIB's objects that have changed. The NMS may access and use this bitmap to take further action. For example, the NMS may use the bitmap to poll only the changed objects in the MIB, rather than all of the objects in the MIB (including the unchanged objects). Because fewer than all of the MIB's objects need to be polled in order to identify changes to the managed device, both the burden on the device and the bandwidth required for the polling is significantly reduced. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120239794 | Convergent network architecture and path information - Convergent network architecture and path information. Within a convergent network composed of different respective networks, each respective network may be controlled or managed internally and independently with respect to the other networks. For example, each respective network includes a forwarding and link metrics database and is managed by its own respective control entity (e.g., which may be any one of the given devices were nodes within that network). Generally speaking, each respective network may be modeled as an Ethernet bridge such that each respective bridge natively maintains its own forwarding and link metrics database. Such link metrics are specific to a given network and may cover one or both of prioritized Quality of Service (QoS) and parameterized QoS. Relays between neighboring bridges may effectively propagate and/or forward their respective databases, and update of any given database may be made asynchronously or based on a neighboring bridge query. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120239795 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATION IN AN INTEROPERABILITY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus are described for facilitating communication among a plurality of entities via an interoperability network. Each entity has policy data corresponding thereto governing interaction with the entity via the interoperability network. A message is transmitted from a first one of the entities to a second one of the entities. The first entity has first policy data corresponding thereto and the second entity has second policy data corresponding thereto. The transmitted message was handled in the network according to combined policy data representing a combination of the first and second policy data. | 09-20-2012 |
| 20120246285 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - A management system includes: plural management apparatuses each of which includes a first transmitting unit that, when processing devices connected to a communication unit are searched with reference to a first management table in which information of a processing device managed by the management apparatus is registered and a processing device which is not managed by the management apparatus is detected, transmits detection information of the processing device to the communication unit, and a first registration unit, when a processing device management request corresponding to the detection information of the processing device is received from the communication unit, registers information of the processing device related to the processing device management request in the first management table; and an information management server including a change unit that changes information of the management apparatus and a second transmitting unit that transmits the processing device management request to the communication unit. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120246286 | MODIFYING COMPUTER MANAGEMENT REQUEST - A computer-implemented process provides for intercepting a request from a management tool running on a management system. The request can be for a management tool to run on a managed system. Plural virtual consoles are created for the managed system. The original request is modified to generate a modified request that specifies that plural data types generated by said management tool are to be directed to different respective ones of said virtual consoles. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120246287 | CORRELATING INPUT AND OUTPUT REQUESTS BETWEEN CLIENT AND SERVER COMPONENTS IN A MULTI-TIER APPLICATION - The present invention relates to correlating requests between a client and a server to a particular transaction. In one embodiment, transactions in a system of clients and servers are monitored and traced. From this information, a context comprising sets or groupings of transaction call sequences are determined. For example, a sequence of method calls on a client process is traced to a socket carrying data for transmission of a request message to a server. In response to this request message, the server then executes a set of method calls that can be correlated to the request message and the socket. This set of actions is considered part of a causally related grouping, and thus, associated together. In one embodiment, HTTP requests from a client may be comprise a unique custom header that is readily identified and traced. For other protocols, a client socket is associated with a corresponding server socket or to data received over a socket receive call. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120246288 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE CONTROL SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - An electronic device includes an authentication portion for performing user authentication according to an authentication request including the user information that is sent together with image data from a client terminal; an output state determination portion for determining an output state of an image for the image data depending on the user information in a case where the user authentication is successfully performed; a preview image generation portion for generating a preview image corresponding to the output state; and a sending portion for sending to the terminal a result of the user authentication to which the preview image is added only in a case where the user authentication is successfully performed. A preview display portion displays an execution button for instructing the electronic device to execute image output together with the preview image. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120246289 | Control Entity and Method for Setting up a Session in a Communications Network, Subscriber Database and Communications Network - Control entity and method for setting up a session in a communications network, subscriber database, and communications network. The control entity advantageously has or has access to memory for storing information, and typically includes an input device for receiving a request to set up a session in the communications network, a processor unit for processing the request, and an output device for sending messages. The processor unit is arranged to determine if the request comprises a valid Communication Service Identifier (CSI) the CSI identifying the type of communication service of the session that is to be established over the communications network. And if the request does not comprise a valid Communication Service Identifier, to execute a default CSI procedure using default CSI information stored in the memory. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120246290 | DNS APPLICATION SERVER - A method for providing access to an Internet resource includes receiving a DNS query including a hostname to be resolved, receiving status data, invoking a code by a name indicated by the hostname, conveying the status data to the code, receiving from the code a selection of an infrastructure, and generating a DNS response directing a resolution to the infrastructure. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120254384 | SCTP ENDPOINT MIGRATION - An application is seamlessly migrated from one SCTP endpoint to another SCTP endpoint by determining if the application is to be migrated from a first SCTP endpoint associated with a second SCTP endpoint to a third SCTP endpoint, and migrating the application from the first SCTP endpoint to the third SCTP endpoint at the SCTP layer without packet loss occurring as a result of the migration. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254385 | Method and Apparatus for Passive Neighbor Unreachability Detection - A method and apparatus of a device that determines if an address is reachable based on the time the device has received a packet with the address of another device is described. The device receives a packet for transmission to the other device, where the packet includes an address of the second device. The device determines if that address is reachable based on a time that the device receives another packet from the second device. The device further receives another packet from the second device and stores the time the device received the other packet in a reachability record corresponding to that address. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254386 | Transfer of DNSSEC Domains - Systems and methods of transferring a DNSSEC enabled domain from a losing hosting provider to a gaining hosting provider are described in which the transfer of the domain may be achieved without disruption to a DNSSEC validation of the domain. Systems and methods, such as those directed to registry and/or registrar servers, may include transferring a DNSKEY or Delegation Signer (DS) record from a gaining hosting provider to a losing hosting provider prior to transferring the domain from the losing hosting provider to the gaining hosting provider. A gaining hosting provider may sign DNS records of the domain with the gaining hosting provider DNSKEY prior to transferring the domain from the losing hosting provider to the gaining hosting provider. Additionally, a registry server, or similar device, may be configured to act as an intermediary between the losing hosting provider and the gaining hosting provider during the transfer process. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254387 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CONTROLLERS - A method and a system for managing controllers suitable for searching and managing controllers of a plurality of servers on a network segment are provided. One of the servers is taken as a searching engine, and an account and a password of each controller is set therein. The searching engine is used for searching the controllers in the network segment, and using the account and the password of each of the controllers to login the controller for obtaining server information of the server where the controller is belonged. Accordingly, when a searching instruction is received from a client apparatus by the searching engine, the server information of the servers assigned by the searching instruction is provided to the client apparatus. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254388 | Method and apparatus for communications analysis - A method of grouping communication sessions, the method comprising: selecting a plurality of communications sessions from a data stream; determining which data structures, of said communication sessions, occur more frequently than chance; and sorting the communication sessions into groups, wherein communication sessions which have similar data structures, determined to occur more frequently than chance, are sorted into the same group. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254389 | RELAY DEVICE, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING RELAY PROGRAM, AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device, when receiving response information for initial request information, extracts, from the received response information, first session identification information for identifying a session established between an information processing terminal having transmitted the request information and an information processing device having received the request information, transmits the response information to the information processing terminal, transmits the response information to the information processing terminal, transmits session supporting address information to another relay device, extracts second session identification information from request information for the second time or later received from the information processing terminal, and queries the relay device to which the session supporting address information has already been transmitted, for the session supporting address information corresponding to the extracted second session identification information. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254390 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PUSH NOTIFICATION MESSAGE - Provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting a push notification message. To this end, connection is performed with a mobile terminal, and if a push notification message is received from a push notification service providing server, the received push notification message is transmitted to the mobile terminal, and when disconnected from the mobile terminal, a push notification message received after the disconnection is stored, such that transmission of the push notification message can be guaranteed. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254391 | INTER-CLUSTER COMMUNICATIONS TECHNIQUE FOR EVENT AND HEALTH STATUS COMMUNICATIONS - Communication between clusters of processing nodes is initiated by designating a link layer address and a target node name in a remote cluster. The link layer address is transmitted to the target node via a regular network transmission. The link layer address is stored locally in each cluster and the nodes in each cluster are signaled that a configuration change has been made, so that gateway nodes in the clusters can obtain the link layer address to use for subsequent communications with the other cluster, such as event notifications of node status changes. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254392 | SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE - A Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) Communication Model (CM) allows a service producer to seek out service consumer types and to send them information. The consumer, actively or passively, is also configured to “advertise.” The information that is advertised could come (passively) from information already in a system, such as an application architecture, comprising the roles and attributes in a consumer's security certificate(s). The information could come (actively) from a registry of users with a system-user ontology that is created especially for this purpose and otherwise is not already in the system. This approach will allow a producer to initiate sending information to a consumer. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254393 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A Device Management (DM) method, a DM apparatus and a DM system are provided. The DM method includes: receiving a DM instruction; parsing the DM instruction to be used for managing at least two terminal devices, in which management data, used for managing the at least two terminal devices, indicated in the DM instruction is the same; obtaining the management data indicated in the DM instruction only once; and delivering the obtained management data to the at least two terminal devices so that the at least two terminal devices perform DM according to the management data. The utilization of an external interface of a gateway device may be improved by adopting the DM method, the DM apparatus and the DM system. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120254394 | METHOD OF PERSONALIZING AN APPLICATION EMBEDDED IN A SECURED ELECTRONIC TOKEN - The invention is a method of personalizing an application embedded in a secured electronic token which is able to manage first and second channels that allow to convey personalization data exchanged with a distant machine. Said first and second channels are of different types. The application is of Javacard™ type and comprises at least a function which is invoked when personalization data is received from the distant machine regardless of the channel used for conveying the personalization data. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120259961 | SYSTEM OF MANAGING REMOTE RESOURCES - A system of managing remote resources that includes a local storage associated with a local storage manager constituting a local storage system. A remote storage associated with a remote storage manager constituting a local storage system. The local storage system is associated with a remote storage system by means of a first link. The local storage system is configured to send through the first link I/O remote commands complying with the SCSI protocol, for execution in the remote storage system. The system includes a second link associating the local storage system and the remote storage system. The local storage manager being responsive to remote storage management commands and being configured to send through the second link corresponding cross-storage-remote management commands that comply with the SCSI protocol, for execution in the remote storage. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259962 | REDUCTION OF ALERTS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS - Aspects of the present invention dynamically reduce a frequency at which IT infrastructure automatically generates alerts. Historical data across a plurality of data sources in the IT infrastructure is analyzed. An opportunity to reduce the frequency at which the IT infrastructure automatically generates the alerts is identified. A new alert policy addressing the opportunity to reduce alert frequency is generated. An impact of the new alert policy on a set of predefined service level objectives (SLOs) and service level agreements (SLAs) is evaluated. The new alert policy is deployed in the IT infrastructure. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259963 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST SERVER CONSOLIDATION - System and computer-implemented method for determining optimal combinations of elements having multiple dimensions, including determining the optimal number of destination servers for server consolidation, wherein existing servers are evaluated across multiple dimensions. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259964 | Cloud computing method capable of hiding real file paths - The present invention is to provide a cloud computing method capable of hiding real file paths, which includes the steps of: triggering a web browsing button of an application program and sending a browsing activation signal to a management server by a terminal device; reading a directory list of at least one file from a file server and sending a file browsing program and the directory list to the terminal device by the management server; displaying the directory list via the file browsing program and sending a file processing signal to the management server by the terminal device; downloading from the file server a file specified by the file processing signal and sending the specified file to the terminal device by the management server; and sending the specified file to a third-party application server via the application program and terminating the file browsing program by the terminal device. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259965 | APPARATUS, METHOD OF MANAGING A SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A apparatus manages a system including a gateway device, a first device and a second device. The apparatus obtains configuration information and connected device identification information with respect to at least one device, obtains software from a server, and applies the software to the device. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259966 | APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus that manages a system including a gateway device, a first device connected with the gateway device and a second device that is connected with the first device and has a greater number of devices intervening before the gateway device than the first device. The apparatus includes a configuration information acquirer that acquires configuration information from the gateway device, the first device and the second device, wherein the configuration information includes information indicating a device type, information indicating a type of connection interface, and connected-device identification information identifying a device connected with each device; and a function specifier that specifies a remote activation function activatable by the apparatus for each of the gateway device and the first device. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120259967 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UTILIZING ENVIRONMENT INFORMATION IN UPNP AUDIO/VIDEO - An environment variable for use cases such as UPnP AV use cases. The environment variable of the present invention is used to store the physical location of the user. For example, the environment variable can be used to identify a particular location as being a user's living room, kitchen, etc. The information stored in the environment variable can be used to enhance the user experience of the digital home or other environment by minimizing the number of manual selections that the user has to make in order to initiate a use case such as playing music in a bedroom or watching movies in a living room. The environment variable is used to trigger a change of a profile and select the devices needed to implement different use scenarios. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120265865 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Systems, apparatuses and methods are provided for managing a plurality of information technology devices in an information technology environment in which the plurality of information technology devices are connected to a network. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120265866 | Redirecting Function Calls - Redirecting a function included in an operating system is disclosed. The redirecting is achieved by identifying an original function call in a kernel and replacing the function call with a replacement function call so that the replacement function is called in place of the original function. In this way the original function call is bypassed and the original call is redirected to the replacement function. This may be done to augment or replace the original function. In one embodiment, when a packet is received, a replacement receiving function is called in place of the network receiving function that was provided with the kernel. In this way, different, less or additional processing of received packets may be performed. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120265867 | Dynamic Asset Marshalling Within an Incident communications Network - The present invention is directed to systems and methods for establishing incident communications networks. In an embodiment, the system includes an incident controller, a communications resource database that stores communications resources information and a marshalling rules module that stores a set of marshalling rules. A marshalling rule identifies how to select the communications resources to be marshaled into the incident communications network based on an incident trigger. Upon receipt of an incident trigger, the incident controller is configured to establish the incident communications network by obtaining a marshalling rule based on the incident trigger. The incident controller marshals communications resources based on the marshalling rule and the communications resources determined to be available. A wide variety of information sources can be used to determine an incident trigger. Information sources can either provide an incident trigger (e.g., a hurricane warning) or provide data to be analyzed to determine an incident trigger. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120265868 | System and Method for End- or Service-Node Placement Optimization - A method for producing a set of optimized node placement solutions for plural nodes of a computer network includes temporarily relocating movable ones of the nodes in the network; for each temporarily relocated movable node, determining a thermal energy of the network resulting from its temporary relocation in the network; for each temporarily relocated movable node, determining a potential energy reduction in the network resulting from its temporary relocation in the network; for each temporarily relocated movable node, determining whether to accept or reject its temporary relocation in the network; accepting the temporary relocation if an acceptance probability is greater than a randomly generated number, the acceptance probability being a function of the potential energy reduction in the network; and repeating the aforementioned steps to generate a set of optimized node placement solutions. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120265869 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MOBILE LIGHTWEIGHT CRYPTOGRAPHIC DIRECTORY ACCESS - A system for handling an LDAP service request to an LDAP server for an LDAP service comprises a client program executable on a client system and a handler program executable on a handler system. The client program is operable to generate LDAP service request data corresponding to the LDAP service and provide the LDAP service request data for transmission from the client system, and further operable to receive LDAP service reply data in response to the LDAP service request data. The handler program is operable to receive the LDAP service request data transmitted from the client system and execute the LDAP service request to the LDAP server, receive LDAP service reply data from the LDAP server during one or more passes, and upon completion of the LDAP service, provide the LDAP service reply data for transmission to the client system in a single pass. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120271930 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE CONTROL SYSTEM - A control computer | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120271931 | Method of Defining Condition Scenario In Management Object - A method of defining a condition scenario in a management object in a service system is disclosed. The MO comprises a step sub-tree and a node under the step sub-tree. The method comprises: creating at least two nodes under the node of the step sub-tree, wherein the at least two nodes comprise a first node and a second node; defining a comparison requirement for the first node and defining a comparison value for the second node; comparing the comparison value with a specific value and generating a comparison result; and executing a next step when the comparison result meets the comparison requirement. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120271932 | Method of Providing Process Operation in Software and Application Control Management Object - A method of providing process operation in a management object (MO) specification conformed to device management (DM) of Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) for a client is disclosed. The method comprises creating a first node and a second node in a process sub-tree of a management object, wherein the first node indicates an operation for the second node, and the second node indicates a destination on which the operation is executed. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120271933 | METHOD TO MANAGE AN OPPORTUNISTIC COMMUNICATION NETWORK - This relates to message propagation in an opportunistic communication network. Nodes of the network each have a ranking which is compared when the nodes connect, and message is transferred from one node to the other in dependence on the relative values of their respective rankings. The ranking is dependent on a plurality of parameters. One parameter is a social parameter determined by the social contacts of a user associate with a node, for example determined from the contact directory of that person either locally or from a central database such that located on a Face book servicer. Another parameter is the number of physical connections established by a node. The ranking values of connecting nodes is updated when they connect. By combining both parameters, a more efficient forwarding path for messages is obtained. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120271934 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND DATA MANAGEMENT METHOD IN STORAGE SYSTEM - Provided is a storage center including a storage subsystem for storing content data to be used by the user's home server, and a center server for controlling the storage subsystem. The center server aggregates the content recording reservation requests sent from several home servers, obtains content data from a content server and stores the content data in the storage subsystem at a designated recording start time, and notifies the user's home server that the recording reservation is complete. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120278459 | THROTTLING BURSTY CPU UTILIZATION DUE TO BURSTY TCP FLOWS - The rate of incoming data is adjusted based on processor utilization. A threshold of processor usage at which incoming data can be stopped by deferring TCP window updates can be specified. A threshold at which incoming data can be resumed by opening the TCP window can be specified. The threshold can be determined by the operating system or by a rate-adaptive video rendering application. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278460 | Association of Source and Cloned Device - A method described herein provides for determining at a management device a source device has been cloned to form a cloned device in a cloning process; and storing a genealogical association between the cloned device and the source device. Alternatively, an apparatus described herein may access and initiate execution an operation to be performed on an antecedent device; identify a genealogical relationship; determine that the antecedent device has a common property to a property of the descendent device; and initiate execution of the operation on the descendent device based on the genealogical relationship. Alternatively, a computer-readable medium may store instructions that, when executed, may perform a method including accessing an executable operation to be performed; identifying a device based on a stored association; and executing the operation on the identified device. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278461 | Mapping Meaningful Hostnames - A set of interacting devices within a cluster environment may use a secondary naming system to assign and transfer friendly names between devices within the cluster. The cluster may be operated inside, outside, or partially within a cloud computing environment. The secondary naming system may maintain a hosts file within the addressable memory of each member of the cluster, where the hosts file may updated and changes propagated to every member of the cluster so that each member maintains an identical hosts file. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278462 | UNIFIED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND UNIFIED COMMUNICATION METHOD USING MULTI-LOGIN, TERMINAL FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF UNIFIED COMMUNICATION TOOL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN TERMINAL - Provided are a unified communication system and a unified communication method using multi-login, a terminal for controlling an operation of a unified communication tool, and a communication method in a terminal. The unified communication system may include a communication tool provider to provide a communication tool for at least one communication server associated with a user; a login manager to manage login information of the user when the user is logged in to two or more terminals simultaneously through respective communication tools on the two or more terminals, respectively, the login manager storing the login information of the user in a storage unit; a terminal determining unit to determine, among the two or more terminals, at least one terminal to which data associated with the user is to be transmitted based on the login information; and a communication unit to transmit the data to the at least one determined terminal. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278463 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING LOAD SHEDDING IN DATA STREAM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for controlling load shedding for excluding data streams input into a data stream management system (DSMS). A method of selecting data not to be in the data process may be determined. A load shedding factor may also be determined. Data streams of the data process may be processed by applying the method of selecting the data according to the load shedding factor. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278464 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS OF DISTRIBUTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY ACROSS MULTIPLE HETEROGENEOUS DOMAINS - The various embodiments include methods, computers and communication systems for distributing telecommunications functionality across multiple heterogeneous domains within a telecommunications system, which may include determining policy-charging capabilities of a first telecommunications domain, determining policy-charging capabilities of a second telecommunications domain, determining policy-charging requirements required for a communication, partitioning the policy-charging requirements into a first group and a second group based on the determined policy-charging capabilities of the first and second telecommunications domains, sending a first message including the first group of policy-charging requirements to a public interface of the first domain, and sending a second message including the second group of policy-charging requirements to a public interface of the second domain. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278465 | Composite Code with Dynamic Linking to Internet Addresses - A composite code is created from an image and a tag that is searchable by an Internet search engine. The composite code is dynamically linked to one or more of a plurality of Internet addresses. When data about a composite code is received from a user computing device, one of the linked Internet addresses is selected based on a predetermined rule and sent back to the user computing device. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278466 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING INTERNET CONNECTION SHARING - A method and apparatus for managing Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) in a primary mobile device are provided. The method includes establishing a device management session with a service provider; receiving an Internet connection-sharing criterion from the service provider; and checking the Internet connection-sharing criterion upon receiving an Internet connection sharing request from a peer mobile device. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278467 | Fictitious Domain Name Method, System, Product, and Apparatus - A DNS server receives a DNS query based on a predetermined syntax, with the DNS query having a domain name having a highest level domain (HLD). The DNS server uses a root zone file having a resource record to resolve the DNS query in response to determining that the HLD is a top level domain alias (TLDA) that is not an HLD registered in the DNS server. The resource record of the root zone file includes an IP address corresponding to a network resource that is configured to determine a namespace provider that can process the domain name having the TLDA. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278468 | Personal Inter-Home Media Exchange Network - A system and method support the exchange of media between friends, family members, and 3rd party media providers over a closed and secure media exchange network. The media may include, for example, digital video, digital audio, digital images, digital data, or any form of digital information. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278469 | REAL-TIME FEEDBACK FOR POLICIES FOR COMPUTING SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - One aspect of the invention is a method for providing real-time feedback regarding the effect of applying a policy definition used for management in a computing system. An example of the method includes receiving the policy definition, and accessing stored information regarding at least one managed entity in the computing system. This example also includes applying the policy definition to the information regarding the at least one managed entity. This example further includes outputting information providing real-time feedback regarding the effect of applying the policy definition to the information regarding the at least one managed entity. Another aspect of the invention is a method for defining a policy used for management in a computing system. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120278470 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF USING PACKET BOUNDARIES FOR REDUCTION IN TIMEOUT PREVENTION - Systems and methods for utilizing transaction boundary detection methods in queuing and retransmission decisions relating to network traffic are described. By detecting transaction boundaries and sizes, a client, server, or intermediary device may prioritize based on transaction sizes in queuing decisions, giving precedence to smaller transactions which may represent interactive and/or latency-sensitive traffic. Further, after detecting a transaction boundary, a device may retransmit one or more additional packets prompting acknowledgements, in order to ensure timely notification if the last packet of the transaction has been dropped. Systems and methods for potentially improving network latency, including retransmitting a dropped packet twice or more in order to avoid incurring additional delays due to a retransmitted packet being lost are also described. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120284380 | IDENTIFYING OPTIMAL VIRTUAL MACHINE IMAGES IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for identifying optimal virtual machine (VM) images in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment). Specifically, in a typical embodiment, a set of system requirements, a profile, and a performance state of the networked computing environment are received as input and analyzed against a library of VM images. Based on the analysis, a set of VM images having software programs (e.g., also referred to herein as a software stack) capable of accommodating requirements defined by the input is identified. A requester can select one or more of the identified VM images, which can then be provisioned/deployed accordingly. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284381 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR EXTRACTING AND VISUALIZING USER-CENTRIC COMMUNITIES FROM EMAILS - Embodiments generally relate to systems and methods for extracting and visualizing user-centric communities from emails. A set of email data comprising a set of users can be identified and a communication graph comprising a center node can be generated from the email data. The center node can be removed from the communication graph and a set of communities can be determined from the remaining data. The center node can be reconnected to a center of each of the set of communities to form a community graph. The links connecting the center node with the center of each of the set of communities can have a weight calculated according to a formula. The community graph can be visualized and provided to an administrator. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284382 | PROGRAMMATICALLY SELECTING A SERVICE PROVIDER BASED ON ASSURED QUALITY OF SERVICE ATTRIBUTES - A method including querying a service provider for functional and nonfunctional qualifications of the service provider to provide a service having functional and nonfunctional requirements; responsive to input from the service provider, receiving by a requestor the functional qualifications and nonfunctional qualifications of the service provider including attesting by a third party, not the service provider or requestor, to at least the nonfunctional qualifications of the service provider; evaluating the functional qualifications and attested to nonfunctional qualifications of the service provider; and selecting a service provider having functional and attested to nonfunctional qualifications complying with the functional and nonfunctional requirements of the requestor. The method may be performed on one or more computing devices. Also disclosed is a computer program product. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284383 | CLOUD WORKLOAD MANAGEMENT WITH AUTOMATED WORKLOAD BIDDING - A computer program product is provided for managing workload in a computer system. Computer usable program code cause a first compute node to broadcast a workload bid request to a plurality of compute nodes, wherein the workload bid request includes workload parameters. The compute nodes each receive the request from the first compute node, and each compute node uses the workload parameters to calculate a cost of running the workload. One or more individual compute nodes within the plurality of compute nodes send a workload bid to the first compute node, wherein each workload bid includes the cost of running the workload on the individual compute node sending the workload bid. The first compute node receives and uses each workload bid to select a target compute node to run the workload, wherein the target compute node is selected from the individual compute nodes and the first compute node. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284384 | COMPUTER PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK DATA - A computer processing method includes receiving network data; filtering a node with a degree higher than a predefined threshold in the network data; storing the filtered node and its neighborhood relationship; clustering the filtered network data to obtain primary group(s); and obtaining a final group based on the filtered node and its neighborhood relationship and the primary group(s). The computer processing method and a corresponding system can be applicable to the processing for network data of large scale, and reduce greatly the processing time for clustering the network data of large scale, and the invention can be implemented well in parallel. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284385 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGEMENT OF NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for maintaining a communication link through a NAT or other boundary device. Keep-alive messages (keep-alives) are transmitted and received by the boundary device to maintain the link therethrough. Address information of a keep-alive purports that keep-alive has traversed or is to traverse a predetermined portion of the communication link, such as a wireless “over the air” portion. However, the keep-alive is inhibited from traversing the predetermined portion. This may be accomplished by one or more of: spoofing the origin of the keep-alive such that it only appears to have traversed the predetermined portion; and causing the keep-alive to be discarded before traversal of the predetermined portion. Discard may be facilitated by configuration of the TTL field of the keep-alive or by use of a filtering device. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284386 | GENERATING A SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE POLICY BASED ON A CONTEXT MODEL - A solution for generating a Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA) policy based on a context model is provided, which generates an application scope of the SOA policy; generates a context model; generates an action list for the context model based on action semantic modules customized by a user; generates a condition part of the SOA policy according to the context module; generates an action part of the SOA policy according to the action list; and combines the condition part and the action part to generate the SOA policy. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284387 | DYNAMIC HTTP LOAD BALANCING - The invention is a method and apparatus for facilitating facilitates load balancing in a server farm. In accordance with various aspects of the invention, all of the information about each server necessary for a load balancing program to define and execute a load balancing algorithm is stored at a predetermined URL for each server. The load balancer can query the predefined URL, which returns the necessary information. The load balancer then dynamically configures the load balancing algorithm in accordance with the returned information. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284388 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPERATING RESOURCE ON SHARED NETWORK ELEMENT - Management of resources on a shared network element is provided to enhance security of user information of the operators having access to the network element. An operation management command is received from a user for operating a resource on a shared network element. According to the operation management command, an operator attribute of the resource to be operated and an operator attribute of the user are acquired. In instances where the operator attribute of the user is consistent with the operator attribute of the resource to be operated, an operating action corresponding to the operation management command is performed. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120284389 | METHOD TO AUTOMATICALLY MAP BUSINESS FUNCTION LEVEL POLICIES TO IT MANAGEMENT POLICIES - A method, system, computer program product, and computer program storage device for transforming a high-level policy associated with a high layer to a low-level policy associated with a low layer. Mapping between high-level objects in a high layer and low-level objects in a low layer is derived by an automated discovery tool. The high-level policy is mapped to the low-level policy according to the mapping (e.g., by substituting the high-level objects with the low-level objects and by performing a syntax transformation). In one embodiment, a low-level policy is transformed to a high-level policy according to the mapping. As exemplary embodiments, policy transformations in traffic shaping and data retention are disclosed. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120290694 | NETWORK ADMINISTRATION TOOL - A tool for managing a network of interconnected devices. The tool may provide a user with an interface that allows the user to view the type and status of each network device (that is, each device connected to the network), and even the status of the network itself. The tool may alternately or additionally provide a user with services related to the network, such as allowing a user to perform one or more tasks associated with devices in the network. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290695 | Distributed Policy Service - According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, an approach is provided in which a policy server receives a request for a policy from a requestor. The policy server identifies an initiating virtual machine; the initial virtual machine's corresponding virtual network; and a destination virtual machine. Next, a policy corresponding to sending data from the first virtual machine to the second virtual machine is selected. The policy includes one or more logical references to the virtual network and does not include a physical reference to a physical entity located on a physical network. In turn, a physical path translation corresponding to the selected policy is identified and sent to the requestor. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290696 | Method and System for Longest Prefix Matching of Variable-Sized Hierarchial Names by Treelets - A method for determining a location of a requested resource, comprising receiving a request for a resource, wherein the resource is identified by a hierarchically structured name, decomposing the hierarchically structured name into a plurality of segments, comparing each of the plurality of segments to parent nodes of a plurality of two-level treelets, wherein the comparing of at least two of the plurality of segments to parent nodes of the plurality of two-level treelets is performed in a parallel manner, wherein combinations of two-level treelets comprise a hierarchical name of a network resource, and determining a longest prefix match of the hierarchically structured name. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290697 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHARACTERIZING MESSAGES TO DISCOVER DEPENDENCIES OF SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURES - A system, apparatus, computer readable medium and method are disclosed for identifying underlying services of transactions in a service-oriented architecture (“SOA”)-based computer network. In one embodiment, a computer readable medium includes executable instructions to characterize messages communicating among services to form characterizations of the messages. Also included are executable instructions to determine dependencies using the characterizations of messages within a subset of the services. These dependencies can be represented as dependency links interconnecting the subset of the services that effectuate a transaction of interest. By identifying the dependency links, the underlying services in SOA-based networked computer system can advantageously be determined for managing the behavior of the subset of the services and other distributed services of the SOA-based networked computer system. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290698 | NETWORK IDENTITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Users of Internet messaging services that are initially identified using separate identifiers that may be associated with respective service providers (e.g., email addresses) can manage network identities using a single unified set of account information managed by a registry service. When a second user wishes to communicate with a first user, the second user provides any service provider identity that is believed to be associated with the first user to determine if the specified service provider identity appears to match the intended subscriber. If so, the second user may specify a nickname (unique to the second subscriber but not necessarily globally unique) to be associated internally within the registry with the internal unique identifier of the first subscriber as part of the second subscriber's user record. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290699 | METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR DELETING ADDRESS OF NETWORK ANCHOR POINT FROM NETWORK SERVER - A method, network server, and communication system for deleting an address of a network anchor point from a network server is disclosed. A MMM sends an instruction to the network server to instruct the network server to delete an address of a network anchor point that has been previously stored in the network from. The network server deletes the address of the network anchor point from the network server. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290700 | INTERNET ADDRESS INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND INTERENT SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide an Internet address information processing method, apparatus and an Internet system. The method includes: receiving, by a first leaf node, a query request message containing an IP address to be queried sent by user equipment, and performing query or sending a query request to an intermediate layer node; obtaining, by the intermediate layer node, an IP address of a second leaf node according to a prefix of the IP address to be queried to send the query request message to the second leaf node; and finally, sending, by the second leaf node, address information about the IP address after receiving the query request message. Embodiments of the present invention further provide corresponding apparatus and system. The method, apparatus, and system provided by the present invention are capable of implementing real-time query for address information about IP addresses. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290701 | DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a domain name system as well as an information processing method and apparatus of the domain name system. The information processing method includes: receiving a domain name system query request sent by a recursive server, where the domain name system query request includes identifier information of a terminal device that sends the query request; resolving the received domain name system query request to obtain the identifier information of the terminal device; and exercising query control according to the identifier information of the terminal device. In the domain name system as well as the information processing method and apparatus of the domain name system, the domain name system query request carries the identifier information of the terminal device that sends the query request, and therefore, effective control is exercised on the information query actions of the terminal device in the domain name system. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290702 | Distributed Hybrid Virtual Media and Data Communication System - Novel methods and systems for construction a distributed adaptive server computing network system. Virtual Appliance platforms of a network service server are configured on a local computer of a registered user. Machine to machine communication channels are established through the Virtual appliance platforms and the local computer of the user is enabled to function as a part of the network service server. Direct streaming communications between users are enabled. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290703 | Distributed Policy Service - According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, an approach is provided in which a policy server receives a request for a policy from a requestor. The policy server identifies an initiating virtual machine; the initial virtual machine's corresponding virtual network; and a destination virtual machine. Next, a policy corresponding to sending data from the first virtual machine to the second virtual machine is selected. The policy includes one or more logical references to the virtual network and does not include a physical reference to a physical entity located on a physical network. In turn, a physical path translation corresponding to the selected policy is identified and sent to the requestor. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120290704 | AUTOMATED DISCOVERY AND PROCUREMENT OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION BASES (MIBs) - A generic mechanism enabling the programmatic identification of MIBs needed for control of an SNMP agent for a network device is disclosed. The present invention provides for the automatic retrieval of the identified MIBs and their loading onto a network management station (NMS) without user intervention. Additionally, previously known MIBs are programmatically examined to determine whether they require updating. Any required updates may be performed automatically with the updated MIBs being loaded onto the NMS. | 11-15-2012 |
| 20120297038 | Recommendations for Social Network Based on Low-Rank Matrix Recovery - Techniques describe analyzing users and groups of a social network to identify user interests and providing recommendations for a user based on the user's identified interests. A content-awareness application obtains a collection of images and tags associated with the images belonging to members in the social network. The content-awareness application decomposes the members into a representative matrix to identify users and groups in order to calculate a similarity matrix between the users and their images based on a visual content of the images and a textual content of the tags. The content-awareness application further constructs a graph Laplacian over the users and the groups to align with the representative matrix based at least in part on the similarity matrix and further provides recommendations of groups for a user to join in the social network based at least in part on the graph Laplacian identifying the user's interests. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297039 | AUTOMATED DEPLOYMENT OF SOFTWARE FOR MANAGED HARDWARE IN A STORAGE AREA NETWORK - In one aspect of the present description, a systems manager based upon a common model of information protocol or standard includes automated storage area network (SAN) expansion management which permits additional provider modules to be automatically installed if needed in response to devices being added to the SAN. In addition, the automated SAN expansion management permits installed provider modules to be automatically configured in response to devices being added to the SAN. Still further, in another aspect, the automated SAN expansion management can automatically determine if a suitable host processor exists to host installation of a new provider module and if not, the automated SAN expansion management | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297040 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is an information processing apparatus including: a storage block configured to store information about a combination of devices being selected to be controlled by a function of a first application and devices being selected to be controlled by a function of a second application; and a selection block configured to select, among the devices controllable by the function of the second application, a device in the same combination being selected to be controlled by the function of the first application on the basis of the above-mentioned information stored in the storage block. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297041 | Shell Integration on a Mobile Device for an Application Executing Remotely on a Server - The systems and methods described herein are directed to permit roaming of applications across devices consistently and dynamically. Other aspects include roaming of application idiosyncrasies, data or content specific to each application, user preferences specific to each application or content, such as pinning or unpinning, and user history specific to each application in a consistent and complete fashion across diverse devices to provide seamless integration with the native device user interface. Application idiosyncrasies may include different options supported by the applications, groups of tasks or content, dynamically changing user interface, and tasks or content based on application state or user actions. In another aspect, the systems and methods described herein seamlessly integrate roaming with the user interface of the native device, such as a tablet or a smart phone. The systems and methods described herein make “work shift” in distributed and diverse device environment practical and extremely usable. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297042 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA CENTER SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS LEVERAGING SERVER SOCs OR SERVER FABRICS - A data center security system and method are provided that leverage server systems on a chip (SOCs) and/or server fabrics. In more detail, server interconnect fabrics may be leveraged and extended to dramatically improve security within a data center. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297043 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA CENTER SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS LEVERAGING MANAGED SERVER SOCs - A data center security system and method are provided that leverage server systems on a chip (SOCs) and/or server fabrics. In more detail, server interconnect fabrics may be leveraged and extended to dramatically improve security within a data center. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297044 | ENHANCED POLICY CAPABILITIES FOR MOBILE DATA SERVICES - A system and method for a mobile data access network to make policy control and charging decisions based on domain name queries. A mobile device sends a query about a domain name associated with a service a user of the mobile device wishes to engage. The access network carries the domain name query from a mobile device to a domain name server. The access network detects the domain name query and copies the queried domain name. The access network uses the queried domain name to make an incomplete policy decision. The policy decision is incomplete because one or more service data flow filters in the decision lack addresses for providers of the service. The access network detects a response to the domain name query and copies a service provider address from the response. The access network uses the service provider address to complete the policy decision. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297045 | Method and device for recording data of terminal - A method and device for recording data of a terminal are disclosed. The method includes: setting a relation condition list for triggering recording among function modules, and setting a corresponding random probability generator for each function module; determining whether to start recording data, and whether to end the data recording operation in accordance with the relation condition list or the random probability generator, during the operation process of each function module; and sending the respective data packets obtained by recording to a data management module for storage after the data record operation of each function module is ended. By adopting the method and device, fuzzy recording can be performed on data of the terminal, and data of different function modules can be stored centrally, and a query operation is simplified. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297046 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GSLB SPILLOVER - The present disclosure is directed towards systems and methods for global server load balancing spillover. An intermediary device providing global server load balancing (GSLB) identifies a spillover threshold for a first GSLB virtual server of the intermediary device. The first GSLB virtual server resolving DNS requests to a remote site of a plurality of remote sites. The intermediary device monitors spillover related statistics of each of a plurality of services at the plurality of remote sites, establishes a first spillover aggregate statistic for the plurality of services, determines that the first spillover aggregate statistic exceeds the spillover threshold for the first GSLB virtual server, and receives a DNS request and directing the DNS request to a second GSLB virtual server of the intermediary device responsive to the determination. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297047 | DONOR/BORROWER INCIDENT NOTIFICATION FOR DAEMONS - A device may include a donor to maintain a pool of addresses; a group of borrowers to obtain addresses from the donor; a daemon that has registered an interest in one or more borrowers in the group of borrowers; and a library to maintain first relationships between donors and borrowers that have obtained addresses from the donors, maintain second relationships between daemons and borrowers in which the daemons have registered an interest, receive a notification regarding an incident associated with the donor, identify, in response to the notification, the group of borrowers based on the first relationships, determine that the daemon has registered an interest in the one or more borrowers in the group of borrowers based on the second relationships, and output, to the daemon, a notification regarding the incident associated with the donor. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120297048 | Computer and Main Circuit Board Thereof - A computer system and a main circuit board thereof are provided. The computer system includes a main circuit board. The main circuit board includes a main system chip module, a south bridge chip module, a WIFI HUB chip module, a first WIFI interface and a second WIFI interface. The main system chip module, the south bridge chip module, the WIFI HUB chip module, the first WIFI interface and the Internet are connected to form a first signal path. The main system chip module, the south bridge chip module, the WIFI HUB chip module, the second WIFI interface and an outside computer are connected to form a second signal path. The outside computer, the second WIFI interface, the WIFI HUB chip module, the first WIFI interface and the Internet are connected to form a third signal path. | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120303772 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ORGANIC KNOWLEDGE BASE RUNBOOK AUTOMATION - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for automating runbook documentation. The method according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises receiving a network event and determining whether the event is a known or unknown event. The method comprises executing a policy associated with the event if the event is known event. The method comprises passing the event to the operator for review against a database of existing runbooks if the event is an unknown event. The method comprises executing an existing policy if the operator identifies a runbook for the runbook event. The method comprises requesting a new policy for the event if the operator does not identify an existing runbook for the event. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303773 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PERFORMING REMOTE MANAGEMENT OF A MANAGED MACHINE - Disclosed are an apparatus and method of remotely communicating with a managed machine. One example method of operation may include identifying the managed machine operating in a communication network, and transmitting a connection establishment message to the managed machine over the communication network. The method may also include receiving an acceptance message from the managed machine, requesting an administrative service of the managed machine, initiating the administrative service on the managed machine, and forwarding received commands to the administrative service. Such a procedure provides an administrator with the capability to access, modify, update, etc., administrative services operating on a remotely managed machine. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303774 | Enhanced Push Notification Services - A push notification server operates on a client device to manage push notifications that the client device receives from various push servers. In some embodiments, the push notification server may receive a notification message on behalf of an application and determine how to handle the notification message based on whether the application is operating on the client device. If the application is operating on the client device, the push notification server may deliver the notification message to the application. If the application is not operating on the client device, the push notification server may deregister the application from the push notification service, and/or display user information associated with the application in order to inform the user that the application is not operating. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303775 | STATUS DETERMINATION IN COMPUTER NETWORK-BASED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for determining a status of a presentity by determining a success rate for a plurality of transactions of the same transaction type that are initiated by at least one entity in a first computer network-based communications system in a plurality of corresponding transaction requests, where the transactions relate to a presentity, identifying a status descriptor that has a predefined association with the transaction type, identifying a condition that has a predefined association with the status descriptor and the transaction type, and associating the status descriptor with the presentity if the success rate meets the condition. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303776 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DATA COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATED WITH CLOUD MIGRATION EVENTS - A compliance tool can verify compliance with jurisdictional transfer and storage requirements for data migration into or within a cloud. The compliance tool can monitor and check data transfers and storage to determine if the data transfer and/or storage will cross jurisdictional boundaries. If the transfers or storage crosses jurisdictional boundaries, the compliance tool can identify the transfer and storage requirements of any jurisdictions involved with the transfer and/or storage. The compliance tool can verify that the data transfers complies with the identified transfer and storage requirements. If the data transfer and/or storage does not comply with the identified transfer and storage requirements, the compliance tool can terminate the data transfer and/or storage, modify the data transfer and/or storage, and/or modify the data, itself, to comply with the identified transfer and storage requirements. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303777 | PROCESS PLACEMENT APPARATUS AND PROCESS PLACEMENT METHOD - A process placement apparatus which places processes in a plurality of nodes which are mutually connected via a network includes a network area divider that divides a network area including the plurality of nodes into a plurality of divided network areas; a process group divider that divides a process group including a plurality of processes into a plurality of divided process groups based on a result of the division of the network area; and a process group placing unit that places each of the plurality of divided process groups in one of the plurality of divided network areas. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303778 | Application Distribution Network - Methods and systems for remotely provisioning applications from the cloud in secure environments with robust license control failover options using a hierarchical server topology. Cloud-based servers provide applications and licenses to an organization's local servers, which in turn serve applications and licenses to end user devices. By synchronizing information including license and application provision information among the local and cloud-based servers, an organization's local servers can continue to serve applications and licenses when one or more of the organization's local servers fail. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303779 | MANAGEMENT SERVER, MANAGEMENT DEVICE, AND METHOD OF MANAGEMENT OF PLURAL IMAGE FORMING APPARATUSES - Management server is provided. The management server includes a storage unit to store information about a plurality of client groups, a communication interface unit to receive management device identification information from a management device at remote distance connected to at least one image forming apparatus, a mapping unit to map at least one from among the plurality of client groups with the management device based on the received management device identification information, and a control unit to transmit an activation command to the mapped management device, the activation command directing the management device mapped with the client group to collect the information about the connected image forming apparatus. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303780 | TECHNIQUE FOR MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of managing a communication network, using a multi-layer management system having at least two management layers each comprising one or more elements, which elements serving as managing entities and/or managed objects. The method comprises performing a network operation simulation at a selected management level of the system, by one or more selected managing entities, while, at the time of the simulation, comprises interrupting management communication between the one or more selected managing entities and elements in an underlying management layer. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303781 | MANAGING A DOMAIN - A system for managing a domain in a premises is described. The system includes: an action identifier coupled with a server, the action identifier identifies an action to be mapped to a device of the at least one device, wherein the device comprises a communication port that supports a first protocol; a device driver determiner coupled with the server, the device driver determiner determines a device driver that supports a second protocol, wherein the second protocol supports the action; a comparer coupled with the server, the comparer compares the second protocol with a domain configuration store comprising device configuration information for the at least one device; and a device driver implementer coupled with the server, the device driver implementer implements, based on the comparing, the device driver when the first protocol corresponds to the second protocol such that the action is enabled for performance. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303782 | ENABLING CUSTOMIZED FUNCTIONS TO BE IMPLEMENTED AT A DOMAIN - A system for enabling a customized function to be implemented at at least one device in a domain, including: a set of application programming interfaces (APIs) coupled with a system, wherein the system is coupled with a server managing a premises, wherein the system is configured for interacting with at least one third party application that has a set of instructions thereon, via the set of APIs, such that the at least one third party application can communicate with a device driver at the premises without having knowledge of a protocol thereon and without having knowledge of the at least one device, wherein the premises comprises the at least one device; and an instruction translator coupled with the set of APIs which translates the set of instructions received from the at least one third party application to be an action and protocol that the at least one device understands. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303783 | VOLUME SELECTION METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - In a storage management system in which a storage apparatus is connected via a network to a volume allocation management server having a performance requirement analysis unit, a volume allocation unit, and a volume performance determining unit, the performance requirements of a business application using volume-allocating data and the performance characteristics of a volume serving as a data storage destination are determined, and on the basis of the resulting information, a volume which satisfies the performance requirements is selected as the data storage destination. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303784 | LOAD BALANCING - A network management system, device and method for managing a computer network. The device is connected to the Internet through a plurality of routes, wherein the plurality of routes are assigned with respective IP addresses. The device includes a controller receiving a DNS resolution query from a remote computer for a domain name within the computer network, selecting one of the plurality of routes connecting the device to the Internet, and responding to the DNS resolution query with an IP address associated with the selected route. The IP address is used for resolution of the domain name. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303785 | REQUEST ROUTING USING NETWORK COMPUTING COMPONENTS - A system, method and computer-readable medium for request routing. A DNS server at a content delivery network service provider obtains a DNS query corresponding to a resource requested from a client computing device and associated with a first resource identifier. The first resource identifier includes a first portion with DNS information and a second portion with path information. The DNS server selects a network computing component for processing the requested resource based on the DNS portion of the resource identifier and transmits information identifying the selected network computing component to the client computing device. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303786 | POLICY PROXY - In a system with a policy server, a first device able to communicate with the policy server and a second device able to communicate with the first device and unable to communicate with the policy server, the first device is to act as a policy proxy. The policy server may push to the first device a policy for the second device, and the first device may push the policy to the second device. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303787 | System and Method to Manage Problems with Network-Based Services - A method includes receiving a problem report from a customer via an access interface of a plurality of access interfaces at a first horizontal layer of a problem management system, wherein the problem report indicates that the customer is having a problem with one of the network-based services, receiving a request from the customer for self-service problem resolution via the access interface, identifying a workflow related to the problem, obtaining the workflow from a second layer of the problem management system, providing a diagnostic tool to the customer via the access interface, according to the workflow, and providing the diagnostic tool to an agent via another access interface after the customer contacts the agent. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303788 | Method for Associating Time Slots with Links Between Network Nodes of a Wireless Interconnected Network - A method for associating time slots with links between network nodes of a wireless interconnected network of a plurality of network nodes in which data are transmitted in the network on a time slot basis by association of the time slots to be used with the links on a plurality of channels, wherein a plurality of traffic requests each specifying a data transfer between a source node and a destination node are prescribed and set one or more time slot sequences that each describe a time-based sequence of time slots associated with links between adjacent network nodes of a transmission path between the source and destination nodes, and an association methodology for data transmission via a plurality of channels is determined, considering all predefined traffic requests, based on an optimization criterion, and configured such that the number of time slots used in the association methodology is as low as possible. | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120303789 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DATA IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed is a method for managing data in a communication network ( | 11-29-2012 |
| 20120311117 | Object Pipeline-Based Virtual Infrastructure Management - A computer-implemented system and method for managing a virtualized infrastructure including receiving an input including a string of multiple commands and arguments, which will cause a transformational action to be performed on the virtualized infrastructure. Based on the string, instructions are retrieved which will implement actions called for by the commands in combination with the arguments associated with the commands. The retrieved instructions are executed to populate a partition of an object pipeline with virtual infrastructure entities based upon a first of the commands. Based upon a second of the commands and an argument, at least one entity is removed from the partition. Based upon a third of the commands, the transformational action is performed on the reduced population of the entities in the partition. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311118 | HIERARCHICAL BINDING AND LOOKUP OF ADDRESSES IN INTER-PROCESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Systems/methods of looking up an address of a target server include receiving a first lookup request at a first lookup server that manages a first database that contains data relating to a first plurality of servers. First metadata relating to the target server is retrieved from the first database, and a second lookup request including the first metadata is sent to a second lookup server that manages a second database that contains data relating to a second plurality of servers. The second plurality of servers is a subset of the first plurality of servers and includes the target server. Second metadata relating to the target server is retrieved from the second database, and a response based on the first and second metadata is transmitted to the client. Corresponding systems/methods of binding a server address to a lookup key are also disclosed. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311119 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A remote management method includes steps of executing an operating system in a host device, wherein the operating system is a Microsoft Windows operating system with a remote desktop protocol, and a remote management program and a main application are installed in the host device; M of N user devices communicating with the host device by the remote desktop protocol and executing the main application in the host device, wherein N is a positive integer and M is a positive integer smaller than or equal to N; and a manager device communicating with the host device and executing the remote management program in the host device so as to manage using status of the M user devices while the M user devices execute the main application in the host device. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311120 | Multi-Tenant Information Processing System, Management Server, and Configuration Management Method - In a multi-tenant information processing system, when initially constructing a tenant, design items depending on the tenant are specified for each device constituting the tenant, and design values of the design items are calculated without overlapping with those of other tenants. In a tenant design item management table, the design items set for the devices and information indicating whether the design items depend on the tenant, are stored for each device. In a design algorithm management table, calculation formulae for making the design values to be different for each tenant are stored corresponding to the design items. A tenant design unit refers to the tenant design item management table, specifies the design items depending on the tenant among those corresponding to the devices constituting the tenant, calculates the design values of the design items according to the calculation formula, when initially constructing the tenant. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311121 | CLASSIFICATION OF HTTP MULTIMEDIA TRAFFIC PER SESSION - A non-transitory computer readable medium and a method for session based classification. The method may include detecting an initialization of a certain TCP connection; defining the certain TCP connection as an active TCP connection; receiving, by a classifier, an incoming packet that belongs to a session that involves conveying a media asset using a HTTP as an application layer protocol; determining, by the classifier, whether the incoming packet belongs to the certain active TCP connection or not; and if it is determined that the incoming packet belongs to the certain active TCP connection then classifying the incoming to a session that is associated with the certain active TCP connection based upon a mapping between sessions and active TCP connections. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311122 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SECURE SUBNET MANAGEMENT AGENT (SMA) BASED FENCING IN AN INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORK - A system and method can use a secure subnet management agent (SMA) to perform fencing operations in an InfiniBand (IB) fabric. A host channel adapter (HCA) in the fabric can be associated with a plurality of ports, wherein the HCA operates to implement a SMA in its embedded firmware. Furthermore, the SMA operates to be used as a proxy, by a port on the HCA, for updating one or more states associated with another port on the HCA. The one or more states are associated with at least one of updating a management key and resetting a link at another port on the HCA. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311123 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING CONSISTENT HANDLING OF INTERNAL ID SPACES FOR DIFFERENT PARTITIONS IN AN INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORK - A system and method can support consistent handling of internal ID space for different partitions in an InfiniBand (IB) network. A plurality of partitions can be provided for a subnet with a plurality of hosts, wherein each partition of the subnet includes one or more hosts and each host can be associated with one or more physical HCA instances. Each partition in the subnet can be associated with a separate internal ID space, and a single physical HCA instance is prevented from being shared by different tenants that use a same internal ID value in different partitions. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311124 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SUBNET MANAGER (SM) LEVEL ROBUST HANDLING OF UNKOWN MANAGEMENT KEY IN AN INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORK - A system and method can support subnet manager (SM) level robust handling of an incoming unknown management key in an InfiniBand (IB) network. A local SM in a fabric is adaptive to receive an incoming subnet management packet (SMP) from a remote SM, wherein the SMP contains a first management key. Furthermore, the local SM operates to check whether the first management key is consistent with a configuration associated with the local SM, and can silently drop the incoming SMP if the first management key is not consistent with the local SM configuration. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120311125 | SWITCH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - Methods and systems for managing a service provider switch are provided. According to one embodiment, a method is provided for provisioning a switch with a network-based managed Internet Protocol (IP) service. A network operating system (NOS) is provided on each processor element (PE) of the switch. The NOS includes an object manager (OM) responsible for managing global software object groups, managing software object configurations, managing local software objects and groups and routing control information between address spaces based on locations of software objects. The OM performs management plane communications among software objects by way of system calls. The OM performs data plane communications among software objects by way of object-to-object channels. The switch is provisioned with a network-based managed IP service for a particular customer by pushing discrete and customized software objects representing the network-based managed IP service onto an object-to-object channel established between two of the software objects. | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120317255 | UTILIZATION OF UNCERTAINTY DEPENDENCY RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN ITEMS IN A DATA STREAM - A computer-implemented method, computer program product and computer system for controlling processing of a data stream employing utilization of uncertainty dependency relationships, by receiving elements of data of a hierarchy to form received data, wherein each element has associated dependency information, creating a set of data streams, receiving elements, associated with a specific terminal node, from the received data into a respective data stream associated with the specific terminal node, processing data streams in the set of data streams individually using the associated dependency information, determining whether processing of a stream in the set of data streams is successful and, responsive to a determination that processing of each stream in the set of data streams is successful the computer-implemented process, terminating controlling processing. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317256 | MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL FOR NETWORK DEVICES - A management console includes a processor and a memory communicatively coupled to the processor. The memory stores instructions causing the processor, after execution of the instructions by the processor, to transmit a message to a network device. The message indicates which status and statistic field values of the network device to transmit to the management console and a time interval for transmitting the field values. The memory stores instructions causing the processor to receive from the network device, at each time interval, a management protocol message including the status and statistic field values. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317257 | Operation Maintenance System, Controller and Radio Frequency Subsystem for Managing Electrically Regulated Antennae - Disclosed is an operation maintenance system for managing an electrically regulated antenna, which includes a driver executing a control command to an electrically regulated antenna and reporting an operation result and/or a failure reason code of the execution of the control command; an operation maintenance center server including: an interface module, adapted for receiving an operation instruction from an input device and/or a report from a driver and for sending the control command, and a control module, for issuing the control command according to the operation instruction and/or the report; and a radio frequency subsystem including: an agent module for forwarding the control command to the driver and forwarding the report to the control module, and a link module, adapted for establishing an active link between the driver and the agent module. Also provided is a control module and a radio frequency subsystem for managing an electrically regulated antenna. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317258 | STORAGE LIBRARY CLIENT INTERFACE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method for managing data contained by a storage library includes at least one storage library and a library controller configured to generate signals that control operations of the storage library. The system further includes at least one client interface operable with the library controller and being adapted to receive requests from multiple client types and communicate those requests to the library controller. Additionally, the library controller generates signals for the storage library and the storage library performs operations that correspond to the requests from the multiple client types. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317259 | OPERATION MANAGING DEVICE AND OPERATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - Operation management of equipment is made efficient by verifying a plurality of operation management manipulations on a plurality of equipment and optimizing a manipulation order before executing the manipulations. A status of equipment in a status table; a content of a manipulation in a manipulation table; a process time of the manipulation in a manipulation time prediction table; and a status required for the manipulation in the manipulation table are memorized on an operation model managing server. When a plurality of manipulations are input for a plurality of equipment by an operation manager via an operation managing server, correctness of the manipulations is verified and a manipulation order is decided on an operation verifying server based on the various types of memorized information. Also, a manipulation end time of each manipulation is notified to the operation manager via the operation managing server. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317260 | Network Controlled Serial and Audio Switch - System and method for zero client communications. A zero client device includes a housing, and in the housing, a transcoding processing unit (transcoder) and a communications processing unit coupled to the transcoder. The transcoder is configured to receive input data from human interface device(s), encode the input data, and provide the encoded input data to the communications processing unit for transmission over a network to a server. The communications processing unit is configured to receive the encoded input data from the transcoder, transmit the encoded input data over the network to the server, receive output data from the server, and send the output data to the transcoder. The transcoder is further configured to receive the output data from the communications processing unit, decode the output data, and send the decoded output data to at least one of the human interface devices. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317261 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF IDENTITY MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-NETWORK SYSTEM - Apparatus and methods of communication include receiving, at a device, a device-specific identifier and a credential associated with an issuing identity provider, wherein an identity of the device is capable of authentication by the identity provider based on the device-specific identifier and the credential. Further, the aspects include storing the device-specific identifier and the credential in a secure environment on the device. Additionally, the device-specific identifier is capable of being associated with different subscriber service accounts each with a different one of a plurality of service providers. The described aspects also include apparatus and methods of an identity provider and a provisioning provider for managing identities in a multiple network environment, and apparatus and methods of a service provider for providing the device with access to a service. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317262 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD OF THE SAME - The present invention relates to an electronic device and an operating method of the same. The electronic device and the operation method of the same manage an object included in a network and provides a user interface for accessing a network, so the electronic device and the operation method of the same configure and manage the network more effectively. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317263 | Method and Apparatus for Implementing Network Device Function of Wireless Communication Terminal - The disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for implementing a network device function of a wireless communication terminal, belonging to the field of communications. The method for implementing a network device function of a wireless communication terminal includes: the apparatus for implementing the network device function of the wireless communication terminal receives a control instruction and determines a sender of the control instruction; when the sender of the control instruction is a host, the apparatus for implementing the network device function of the wireless communication terminal forwards the received control instruction to the wireless communication terminal; and, when the sender of the control instruction is the wireless communication terminal, the apparatus for implementing the network device function of the wireless communication terminal forwards the received control instruction to the host. The technical solution of the disclosure can implement a network data exchange with the wireless communication terminal on a non-windows platform. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120317264 | Assigning Telecommunications Nodes to Community of Interest Clusters - The present invention provides techniques for assigning network nodes to community of interest clusters. A seed point representing a cluster is selected. One or more nodes are added to the cluster based on each node's geographic proximity to the selected seed point. Nodes that are adjacent to the cluster are identified and a clustering metric is computed that is representative of the affinity that each identified adjacent node has for the cluster. One or more of the identified nodes are added to the cluster when the clustering metric for the one or more identified nodes exceeds a predetermined value. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120324070 | DISTRIBUTED CLOUD PLACEMENT SOFTWARE - Techniques are described for distributed placement of a request on one of a plurality of deployment nodes. Embodiments receive a request specifying resource requirements for instantiating the request, and transmit at least an indication of the resource requirements to the plurality of deployment nodes. An indication of suitability is then received from at least two of the plurality of deployment nodes, the indication of suitability describing a suitability of the respective deployment node for instantiating the request. Embodiments select one of the at least two deployment nodes based on the indications of suitability, and transmit the request to the selected deployment node for instantiation. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324071 | MANAGING RESOURCES IN A DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM USING DYNAMIC CLUSTERS - One or more embodiments of the present invention provide a method for performing initial placement and load balancing of a data objects in a distributed system. The distributed system includes hardware resources, e.g., host systems and storage arrays, which are configured to execute and/or store data objects. A data object is initially placed into the distributed system by creating a virtual cluster of hardware resources that are compatible to execute and/or host the data object, and then selecting from the virtual cluster a hardware resource that is optimal for executing and/or hosting the data object. The data object is placed into the selected hardware resource, whereupon a load balancing operation is optionally performed across the virtual cluster. The virtual cluster is subsequently released, and the distributed system is returned to its original state with the data object included therein. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324072 | DYNAMIC POLICY GENERATION AND ASSIGNMENT - A computing device receives a request for a service level agreement (SLA) that indicates a specific combination of services and service levels selected from a group of available services and available service levels. The computing device generates an SLA identifier for the specific combination of services and service levels, and determines if the SLA identifier matches one of a group of stored SLA identifiers. The computing device generates a new SLA based on the specific combination of services and service levels when the SLA identifier does not match one of the group of stored SLA identifiers, and assigns an existing SLA, corresponding to one of the group of stored SLA identifiers, when the SLA identifier matches one of the group of stored SLA identifiers. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324073 | VIRTUAL MACHINE LOAD BALANCING - A method for load balancing virtual machines includes accessing current consumption data and historical consumption data for a first virtual machine running on a host hardware platform, wherein the host hardware platform is coupled to a network and accessing specification and utilization information for networked hardware platforms published on the network by each networked hardware platform, wherein the networked hardware platforms each include a hardware platform configured to run virtual machines. The method also includes selecting a target platform from the networked hardware platforms to receive the first virtual machine based on the published specification and utilization information for the networked hardware platforms and consumption data for the first virtual machine, wherein the first virtual machine will operate on the target platform in a condition that is not over-constrained. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324074 | WORKFLOW PROCESSES AND SYSTEMS - A federation of workflow management systems and corresponding method. A method includes maintaining a master workflow process definition in a first workflow management system. The method includes publishing the master workflow process definition to an object directory services server. The method includes importing a replica workflow process definition, corresponding to the master workflow process definition, to a second workflow management system. The method includes modifying the master workflow process definition to produce an updated master workflow process definition. The method includes sending an updated replica workflow process definition, corresponding to the updated master workflow process definition, to the second workflow management system. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324075 | Method and Apparatus to Manage Information Between a Scan Tool and Networked Devices - A system and method for managing information between a diagnostic tool and a networked computing device are provided. The system made up of a diagnostic tool for retrieving information from a vehicle under test, a networked computing device for providing information concerning the vehicle under test, and an information management device for assisting communication between the diagnostic tool and the networked computing device. Information is gathered by the diagnostic tool and sent to the information management device which determines how to process the information, which may then be sent to the networked computing device for processing and returning relevant data to the information management device, and potentially to the diagnostic tool. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324076 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PAIRING A MOBILE DEVICE TO AN OUTPUT DEVICE - Methods and systems for associating or pairing a mobile device with a local output device via a central or mobile connect server system are provided. Pairing is performed by initiating a pairing request from an output device that is passed to the mobile connect server for processing. The mobile connect server responds to the request with a pairing code that is displayed by the output device. A user of the mobile device then enters the displayed pairing code in the mobile device. The mobile device transmits the entered pairing code to the mobile connect server and, in response to a match, the mobile device is paired to the output device. Pairing can enable various functions, including an ability to control programming or other information displayed by the output device in response to commands entered in the mobile device. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324077 | Providing Resource Accessbility During a Sleep State - Embodiments for providing access to computing system resources, such as files, disks, flash storage and/or other resources, are disclosed. A combination network interface and storage device can be installed in a computing system, which can be configured to draw power when a host computing system is in a sleep state. A subsystem executed by the combination network interface and storage device can allow a client device to submit a request for a file stored in a storage medium accessible to the device. Additionally, the subsystem can facilitate mirroring of files from mass storage devices by the operating system and/or applications executed by the host computing system when the computing system is not in a sleep state. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324078 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARING I/O DEVICE - In a server apparatus in which a plurality of physical servers and an I/O device are connected via an I/O switch, when the plurality of physical servers share one I/O device, a tag included in a request packet transmitted from a first physical server to the I/O device is translated into a value that is not used in the I/O device in the I/O switch and thereafter the request packet is transferred to the I/O device, and then a tag included in a response packet which responds to the request packet and which is transmitted from the I/O device to the first physical server is restored to the original tag, so that conflict of tags when a plurality of physical servers share one I/O device is avoided. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324079 | Composite Services Provision with Code Download On Demand - It is described a concept for a service composition which can be carried out in a telecommunication network ( | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324080 | Method and apparatus for acquiring real name registration status and terminal - A method and an apparatus for acquiring a real name registration status, and a terminal are provided. The method includes: a terminal sends the real name request message to a network, wherein the real name request message is configured to request from the network real name status information, which is used to indicate whether the terminal has performed a real name registration ( | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324081 | Unified Network Architecture Based on Medium Access Control Abstraction Sub-layer - A unified network architecture based on a medium access control (MAC) abstraction sub-layer for converging a plurality of communication standards is disclosed. The unified network architecture in a control plane comprises a first unified terminal device comprising a unified management entity in the MAC abstraction sub-layer, for mapping a unified parameter from an upper layer to a first MAC type parameter for a configuration of a first MAC type of a MAC layer complied with a first communication standard of the plurality of communication standards, and a service management entity service access point, hereafter called SME SAP, arranged between the MAC abstraction sub-layer and a service management entity (SME) of the MAC layer, wherein the unified management entity communicates with the SME via the SME SAP for setting the first MAC type parameter into the first MAC type of the MAC layer. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324082 | Cloud Service Control and Management Architecture Expanded to Interface the Network Stratum - Disclosed is a method comprising: transmitting, by a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, a resource query to a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, wherein the resource query comprises a source address, a destination address list, and a network resource requirement. Also disclosed is a method comprising: receiving, by a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, a resource query from a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, wherein the resource query comprises source address, a destination address list, and a network resource requirement. Also disclosed is a method comprising: receiving, by a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, a resource reservation request from a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, wherein the resource reservation request comprises a destination address list and a first network resource requirement. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324083 | Cloud Service Control and Management Architecture Expanded to Interface the Network Stratum - Disclosed is an apparatus comprising: a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, wherein the CSCG is configured to couple to a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, and wherein the CSCG is configured to transmit a destination address list and a first network resource requirement to the NCG. Also disclosed is an apparatus comprising: a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, wherein the NCG is configured to couple to a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, and wherein the NCG is configured to receive a communication from the CSCG comprising a destination address list comprising a plurality of destination addresses and a network resource requirement. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324084 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A NETWORK AND A NETWORK - For allowing a very effective traffic localization within ALTO (Application-Layer Traffic Optimization) a method for operating a network, especially an IP network, is described, wherein an ALTO process is performed with regard to at least one application or resource consumer. The method is characterized in that traffic information with respect to the at least one application or resource consumer will be provided and used within the ALTO process. Further, an according network is claimed, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324085 | Transcoding Queue Management - A network node includes a media resources server having a plurality of coded media items for processing media item requests, a statistics database for storing media item requests received by the media resources server, and a transcoding queue manager for monitoring the media requests in the statistics database and for selectively initiating coding requests to a transcoder based on the monitored media requests and for providing the coded requests to the media resources server. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324086 | Provisioning Network Elements - Provisioning of network element with a provisioning element having a number of provisioning servers. Each provisioning server being active to support its own provisioning and to actively backup the provisioning of the provisioning servers such that operations of the provisioning servers is maximized while providing redundancy in the event that one of the other provisioning servers is lost or disabled. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324087 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A communications system for a network of stations, is provided where stations identify themselves upon being informed of the desires of an inquisitor station. Additionally, techniques for “plug and play”, self-healing and homogenizing the heterogeneous parts of a network, are provided. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324088 | MULTI-SERVICE NODE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DEVICE AND METHOD - A multi-service node management system includes: at least two service nodes, where each of the service node is disposed with a baseboard management controller (BMC); a module management controller (MMC), having one end configured to perform data communication with the BMC in each service node of the at least two service nodes, and the other end performing data communication with a shared module; and the shared module, on which sharing management is performed by BMCs in the service nodes through an MMC. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324089 | CONFIGURABLE GEOGRAPHIC PREFIXES FOR GLOBAL SERVER LOAD BALANCING - In a load balancing system, user-configurable geographic prefixes are provided. IP address prefix allocations provided by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) and associated geographic locations are stored in a first, static database in a load balancing switch, along with other possible default geographic location settings. A second, non-static database stores user-configured geographic settings. In particular, the second database stores Internet Protocol (IP) address prefixes and user-specified geographic regions for those prefixes. The specified geographic region can be continent, country, state, city, or other user-defined region. The geographic settings in the second database can override the information in the first database. These geographic entries help determine the geographic location of a client and host IP addresses, and aid in directing the client to a host server that is geographically the closest to that client. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120324090 | RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM IN PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - A resource control method includes: obtaining, by a content request node, resource control information of a content, where the content is stored in a storage which provides the content, and the storage is a network node which provides content storage services for the source node of the content; and sending, by the content request node, the resource control information to the storage, where the resource control information is used to control resources used for performing content operations between the storage and the content request node. Through the above technical solutions, the number of terminal nodes interacting with the storage can be lowered, so as to reduce performance requirements on the storage. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120331118 | System and method for hosted dynamic case management - According to a preferred embodiment, the system comprises a configuration server, a dynamic case management (DCM) application development platform, a dynamic case management (DCM) model store, and a multitenant runtime platform. The DCM application development platform further comprises a business object builder, a presentation builder, a rule builder, a report builder, a dashboard builder, and a business process builder. The multitenant runtime platform further comprises a business data server, a rules processor, a content management server, a desktop renderer, a report server, a dashboard server, an audit server, an alert server, and a runtime security server. According to the embodiment, the runtime platform is adapted to operate in either of a shared multitenant application deployment model and a direct multitenant application deployment model. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120331119 | RACK SERVER MANAGEMENT - Techniques presented herein provide approaches for managing rack servers. In one embodiment, a message is received from a management controller of a rack server and via a switch port, where the message requests a lease for a network address under a first protocol. Upon determining that the management controller is a supported device, the switch port is configured to allow network traffic under at least a second protocol. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120331120 | CONTROLLING APPLICATION LANDSCAPES - Various embodiments are directed to computer networks, computer systems, computer-implemented methods, and computer program products for controlling application landscapes. The computer network may comprise an application landscape comprising a plurality of components and at least one sequence of processes which can run in the application landscape and a central control unit comprising a central control mechanism and a repository, wherein the central control unit is operable to control the application landscape and wherein the central control mechanism comprises an activation mechanism operable to check in the sequence of processes for activation in the application landscape. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120331121 | CHARACTERIZING UNREGISTERED DOMAIN NAMES - Methods and apparatus for characterizing unregistered domain names are provided. One embodiment includes obtaining a list of a plurality of resolution requests for the unregistered domain names, determining a number of occurrences of each of the unregistered domain names, computing a plurality of groupings based on the number of occurrences, and associating a score with each of the unregistered domain names. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120331122 | ORGANIZING RESOURCES INTO COLLECTIONS TO FACILITATE MORE EFFICIENT AND RELIABLE RESOURCE ACCESS - Resources are organized into collections to facilitate more efficient and reliable resource access. Namespace managers communicate with one another to form a federation namespace infrastructure. The infrastructure efficiently routes, migrates, and processes namespace requests, such as, for example, namespace registration requests from providers requesting to manage portions of namespaces and lookup requests from consumers requesting access to managed resources. Resources are registered in and made accessible from multiple different namespaces. Resources are identified using nested queries that filter results at multiple levels of a hierarchical namespace. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120331123 | Verification of Configuration Information in BGP VPNs - Described are mechanisms for verifying configuration information in 2547 BGP VPNs. An originating PE generates a first knowledge digest encoding first configuration information associated with a current set of information advertised for a VRF. The originating PE also generates a second knowledge digest encoding second configuration information associated with cumulative information advertised for the VRF. The originating PE is capable of receiving a message from a user PE, the message including a third knowledge digest encoding third configuration information related to the user VRF. The originating PE is capable of comparing the first knowledge digest to the third knowledge digest and producing a first indication if the third configuration information encoded in the third knowledge digest is not a subset of the first configuration information encoded in the first knowledge digest. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20130007234 | DYNAMICALLY MODIFYING QUALITY OF SERVICE LEVELS FOR RESOURCES IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for dynamically modifying Quality of Service (QoS) levels for resources (e.g., applications, processes, services, etc.) running in a networked computing environment. Specifically, embodiments of the present invention dynamically adjust transport level networking QoS parameters based on associated service level agreements (SLA) term. In a typical embodiment, a set of service level requirements associated with a resource running in the networked computing environment will first be identified (e.g., in a computer data structure). Then, the set of service level requirements will be mapped to a set of QoS parameters associated with a transport layer of the networked computing environment. A current performance of the resource within the transport layer will then be determined. Once the current performance has been determined, it will be further determined whether the current performance meets the set of service level requirements. Based on this determination/comparison, the set of QoS parameters can be adjusted accordingly. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007235 | INTELIGENT OFFLINE CAHCING OF NON-NAVIGATED CONTENT BASED ON USAGE METRICS - A request for a navigated content associated with a browsing session can be received. The navigated content can be an electronic artifact which can be presented within an interface during the browsing session. The navigated content can be associated with a data source. The interface can be associated with a computing device. A usage metric associated with the navigated content can be collected. The usage metric can be a frequency and/or a duration measurement. The usage metric can be determined to be equivalent to a threshold value of a usage ruleset and can automatically persist within an offline cache the navigated content. A non-navigated content within the offline cache can be programmatically stored. The non-navigated content can be an electronic artifact linked to the navigated content wherein the non-navigated content is not presented within the interface during the browsing session. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007236 | METHODS, APPARATUS, AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO IDENTIFY MEDIA PRESENTATION DEVICES - Methods, apparatus, and articles of manufacture to identify media presentation devices are disclosed. A disclosed example method to identify a media presentation device includes intercepting, using a processor in communication with a local network, a data packet comprising a source identification, the data packet being addressed to a destination in a wide area network and originating from a media presentation device in the local network, identifying a device type of the media presentation device based on the source identification, and storing the device type and an indication of media exposure. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007237 | MOBILE GATEWAY HAVING DECENTRALIZED CONTROL PLANE FOR ANCHORING SUBSCRIBER SESSIONS - In general, techniques are described for decentralizing handling of subscriber sessions within a gateway device of a mobile network. A mobile network gateway comprises a data plane having a plurality of forwarding components to receive session requests from a mobile service provider network in which the mobile network gateway resides. A control plane comprises a plurality of distributed subscriber management service units coupled by a switch fabric to the data plane. Each of the subscriber management service units serve as anchors for communication sessions for mobile devices that are accessing one or more packet data network by the mobile service provider network. A request delegation module within each of the forwarding components directs the session requests to the subscriber management service units unit to provide management services for the sessions requested by the mobile device. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007238 | RECOMMENDING RESOURCES - A subset of identifiers for resources is selected from a collection of identifiers for resources based on values associated with the different identifiers. Pairwise similarity scores between different pairs of identifiers in the subset then are computed. Based on these computed pairwise similarity scores, another subset of identifiers is identified from within the initial subset of identifiers as corresponding to resources perceived as potentially being of interest to a user for recommendation to the user. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007239 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSPARENT LAYER 2 REDIRECTION TO ANY SERVICE - The present solution is directed to providing, transparently and seamlessly to any client or server, layer 2 redirection of client requests to any services of a device deployed in parallel to an intermediary device An intermediary device deployed between the client and the server may intercept a client request and check if the request is to be processed by a service provided by one of the devices deployed in parallel with the intermediary device. The service may be any type and form of service or feature for processing, checking or modifying the request, including a firewall, a cache server, a encryption/decryption engine, a security device, an authentication device, an authorization device or any other type and form of service or device described herein. The intermediary device may select the machine to process the request and use layer 2 redirection to the machine. The intermediary device may change a Media Access Control (MAC) address of a destination of the request to a MAC address of the selected machine. Once the selected machine processes the request, the intermediary device may receive from this machine a response to processing the request. The intermediary device may then continue processing the request of the client responsive to the response from the machine or in response to identifying that the response to the request is from that particular selected machine. The forwarding to and processing by the parallel deployed machine may be performed seamlessly and transparently to the server and/or client. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007240 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO PROVIDE AVAILABILITY NOTIFICATIONS FOR DENIED CONTENT REQUESTS - A method includes receiving a message at a server. The message indicates that a network is unable to fulfill a request for media content for a user device. The method may also include sending, from the server to the user device, an offer to inform the user device when the network is able to fulfill the request. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007241 | REMOTE BROWSING SESSION MANAGEMENT - A remote browsing process is directed to the generation and management of a remote browse session at a network computing and storage provider. A client computing device loads a local browser process and obtains network content from content providers. The local browser process additionally requests a browse session instance corresponding to the network content at a network computing and storage provider. The network computing and storage provider instantiates a browser process in response to the request. The remote browser process retrieves the network content, and generates a processing result corresponding to a first representation of the network content. The processing result may be provided to the client computing device for display. The local browser process may display either the first representation of the network content corresponding to the processing result or a second representation of the network content processed locally at the client computing device. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007242 | COMPOSITION OF SERVICES - A method of generating a set of composite services is provided herein. The method includes receiving standardized service descriptions of a set of component services from service providers. The standardized description of a component service may be translated to an automaton-based description. A specified goal associated with the set of component services may be received. The set of composite services may be generated based on the automaton-based description and the specified goal. Each of the generated composite services may accomplish the specified goal. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007243 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF PROCESSING INFORMATION AND STORAGE MEDIUM - According to one embodiment, an information processing apparatus includes an image management module, an image delivery module, a setting module and a management number processing module. The image delivery module delivers image data managed by the image management module to one or more other information processing apparatuses. The management number processing module informs the one or more other information processing apparatuses of unique management number set by the setting module to update the management number in the delivered image data to the informed management number. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007244 | OPTIMIZING PROVISIONING WORKFLOWS IN CLOUD COMPUTING - A method for optimizing provisioning workflows in cloud computing is provided. The method comprises determining a time coefficient for each resource type or aggregated resource types which define the installation time of a current workflow; accessing the current workflow and creating a tree topology based on the current workflow which defines serialized and parallelized provisioning steps; dividing the tree topology into independent sub-paths; determining a timing condition for an execution time of an optimized workflow; creating an optimized workflow template maintaining the timing condition by: selecting cheapest installation methods and cheapest resources; and reducing the parallelization of the tree topology; creating the optimized workflow by merging the optimized workflow template with data and the resource types of the current workflow. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007245 | RULES BASED ACTIONS FOR MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT - Utilizing a server-based rules-based action framework, methods and systems gather status and configuration information about each of a plurality of mobile devices, which include devices from different mobile platforms. At the server, software processes monitor status information and respond automatically to changes, causing administrator-selected rules to be evaluated to determine if an action should automatically be initiated. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007246 | WIRELESS EMAIL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM PROVIDING RESOURCE UPDATE TRACKING FEATURES AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communications system may include a plurality of mobile wireless communications devices to permit users to send and receive wireless electronic mail (email) messages. Each device may be enabled for email communication based upon user acceptance of terms and conditions (T&Cs) in a corresponding user selected language and in a corresponding version at a time of acceptance. The system may further include a resource deployment server which may include a database module for storing the corresponding user selected language and version for the accepted T&Cs for each user. The resource deployment server may also include a service module cooperating with the database module for enabling user review of the accepted T&Cs in the corresponding user selected language and version thereof, and independent of any subsequent change in the user selected language of a given mobile wireless communications device and independent of any subsequent change in version of the T&Cs. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007247 | METHOD OF CUSTOMIZING A STANDARDIZED IT POLICY - A system and method are described herein for standardizing an IT policy that is used to configure devices operating on a network. An IT policy can be generated that applies to a group of users or to one or more special users without having to define and store a new IT policy for each special user. This can be achieved by specifying global and per-user IT policy rules and merging these rules as needed to produce IT policy data. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007248 | POLICY DRIVEN DYNAMIC COMPOSITION OF SERVICE DATAFLOWS - An information processing system receives a request from a client. A first set of dataflows that enforces at least one set of policies is retrieved in response to receiving the request. Each dataflow in the first set of dataflows is a software component that processes a set of messages sent from the client to a service. A dataflow execution plan is generated that include the first set of dataflows. At least one dataflow in the first set of dataflows is determined to be associated with a dataflow policy. At least a second set of dataflows associated with the dataflow policy is retrieved in response to the determining. At the at least second set of dataflows is inserted into the dataflow execution plan preceding the at least one dataflow. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007249 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING SERVER INFORMATION DATA - Systems and methods are provided for managing server information data An information data management system obtains position information of each server baseboard from a controller storing the position information of the server baseboard, and establishes a corresponding relationship between the position information and an information data index of a rack server. The position information comprises slot information and rack information of the server baseboard. An information data configuring system obtains the position information, the information data index and the corresponding relationship between the position information and the information data index from the information data management system. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007250 | CONTROL OF COMMUNICATION PORTS OF COMPUTING DEVICES USING POLICY-BASED DECISIONS - In a computing system environment, an arrangement of computing devices includes multiple layers behind a content flow director, such as an L4 switch in a web service. In a computing device of an outermost layer directly communicating with the content flow director, a communications port is conditionally enabled upon policy being met or exceeded in the computing system environment behind the content flow director. If unmet, the communications port is disabled, if already enabled, or prevented from becoming enabled, if not otherwise already enabled. In this manner, policy establishes port enablement. In certain aspects, policy determinations include determining a time of response, a quality of service check or a pass/fail condition of the one of the computing devices. Policy is also easily implemented as remote or local computer executable instructions on the computing devices. Representative computing devices include switches, such as L4 switches, routers, servers, repeaters, adapters or the like. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007251 | System and Method for Storing and Providing Content to Client Devices - A system and method for content management and delivery. Embodiments of the invention may include receiving a plurality of content items from a plurality of content providers, organizing the plurality of content items in a hierarchy, receiving a request for at least one content item among the plurality of content items; and providing the at least one content item subsequent to receiving the request. The content items may be organized on a server. An end user on a client device that communicates, directly or indirectly, with the server, such as a mobile device, for example, may browse the content, preview it, and purchase it, all in a consistent manner from content item to content item. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007252 | OPERATIONS, ADMINISTRATIONS AND MANAGEMENT PROXY AND A METHOD FOR HANDLING OPERATIONS, ADMINISTRATIONS AND MANAGEMENT MESSAGES - A method of, and an arrangement for handling OAM messages received from at least one originating end-node of a communication network and having the purpose of providing information on the connectivity between a respective originating end-node and a corresponding terminating end-node is provided. The amount of OAM messages forwarded from the first intermediate node to a second intermediate node via a physical link may be limited by forwarding a received OAM message via the physical link in case a link state indicator associated with the physical link is not updated, and by responding to a received OAM message on the basis of the link state indicator without forwarding it via the physical link in case the indicator is updated. The link state indicator may be updated on the basis of the response to an intermediate OAM message, originating at the first intermediate node. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130007253 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE FOR LOAD BALANCING - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, system and corresponding device for load balancing. The present invention involves in a computer application, and solves the technical problems due to the introduction of more mechanism in the prior art. The method of the present invention mainly includes acquiring by a peer address information of at least one SN from a BSSN, both said BSSN and SN belong to an overlay network; if the peer is a server, saving by the server the address information and reporting by the server server information to a SN corresponding to one of the address information, and spreading by the SN the server information to other SNs; if the peer is a client, saving by the client the address information and acquiring by the client the server information from a SN corresponding to the one of the address information and saving the server information. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130013759 | MANAGING INVENTORY DATA FOR COMPONENTS OF A SERVER SYSTEM - Techniques are disclosed for managing inventory data for components of a server system. In one embodiment, a global management controller is provided, that is operatively connected to a plurality of local management controllers. Each local management controller is configured to manage a subset of the components of the server system. Each local management controller is also configured to generate, for each component, a checksum based on vital product data (VPD) of the component. Each local management controller is also configured to compute a composite checksum based on the checksums generated for the components in the subset. The global management controller is configured to maintain a global view of the VPD in the computer system, based on the checksums and/or composite checksums. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130013760 | Method for Coordinating the Provision of a Composite Services - A method for coordinating the execution of a composed service in a service execution coordination unit on request by a service composition server is disclosed, wherein the service is composed of at least a first and a second component service instance. The method comprises: receiving an instruction for invoking the first component service instance from the service composition server, receiving an instruction for invoking the second component service instance from the service composition server, contacting a respective one of the one or more application servers for invoking the first component service instance, and in response to receiving a service invocation result from invoking the first service automatically contacting the respective one of the of the one or more application servers for invoking the second of the one or more component service instances. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130013761 | COMPLETING DISTRIBUTION OF MULTI-MEDIA CONTENT TO AN ACCESSING DEVICE - A method begins by a dispersed storage (DS) processing module determining whether to complete downloading of a data segment of multi-media content to an accessing device that possess a partial set of encoded data slices. When the downloading is to be completed, the method continues with the DS processing module determining a user set of encoded data slices, wherein the user set of encoded data slices includes first and second sub-sets of encoded data slices of the set of encoded data slices, determining whether encoded data slices of the partial set of encoded data slices substantially matches encoded data slices of the first sub-set of encoded data slices, and when the encoded data slices of the partial set of encoded data slices substantially matches encoded data slices of the first sub-set of encoded data slices, sending the second sub-set of encoded data slices to the accessing device. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130013762 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus, which is connected via a network to plural execution apparatuses, includes a receiving unit configured to receive function validity information from the execution apparatuses; a reception unit configured to receive an execution request for requesting the execution apparatuses to execute a requested function, which execution request does not include information identifying one of the execution apparatuses where the requested function is to be executed; a determining unit configured to determine execution apparatuses where the requested function is valid based on the function validity information; a display control unit configured to cause a display unit to display information indicating the determined execution apparatuses where the requested function is valid based on the determination result; and transmitting unit configured to send the execution request to a selected execution apparatus when a reception instruction to receive the execution request is entered on the selected execution apparatus. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130013763 | MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM AND CELL SEARCH METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a machine-type communication method and system. Operation capabilities of a machine are determined through a negotiation between the machine and a network ( | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130018999 | PLACEMENT OF SERVICE DELIVERY LOCATIONS OF A DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SERVICE BASED ON LOGICAL TOPOLOGYAANM MERRILL; JoshuaAACI ParkerAAST COAACO USAAGP MERRILL; Joshua Parker CO USAANM DAI; HuidaAACI CupertinoAAST CAAACO USAAGP DAI; Huida Cupertino CA USAANM ZHU; JiangAACI SunnyvaleAAST CAAACO USAAGP ZHU; Jiang Sunnyvale CA USAANM KAPUR; SukhdevAACI SaratogaAAST CAAACO USAAGP KAPUR; Sukhdev Saratoga CA USAANM BANERJEE; SubrataAACI Los AltosAAST CAAACO USAAGP BANERJEE; Subrata Los Altos CA USAANM ELDER; DannyAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP ELDER; Danny San Diego CA USAANM GANESAN; AshokAACI San JoseAAST CAAACO USAAGP GANESAN; Ashok San Jose CA USAANM ZHANG; ShujinAACI Palo AltoAAST CAAACO USAAGP ZHANG; Shujin Palo Alto CA USAANM MEDVED; JanAACI PleasantonAAST CAAACO USAAGP MEDVED; Jan Pleasanton CA US - In one embodiment, a method comprises receiving a request for a distributed service, the distributed service offered by a service provider via a data communications network having service delivery locations reachable via a prescribed physical topology; identifying the service delivery locations within a prescribed logical topology overlying the prescribed physical topology, the prescribed logical topology segregating the distributed service from other network traffic on the prescribed physical topology; and identifying one or moreof the service delivery locations optimized for providing the distributed service to at least one service consumption location in the prescribed logical topology according to a prescribed service level agreement with the service provider. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130019000 | MULTI-OPERATIONAL TRANSACTIONAL ACCESS OF IN-MEMORY DATA GRIDS IN A CLIENT-SERVER ENVIRONMENTAANM Markus; MirceaAACI LondonAACO GBAAGP Markus; Mircea London GBAANM Surtani; ManikAACI LondonAACO GBAAGP Surtani; Manik London GB - A client computing system identifies a start of a multi-operational transaction pertaining to access of data stored in caches being managed by nodes residing in Java Virtual Machines in an in-memory data grid. The client computing system stores transaction context data indicating the start of the multi-operational transaction and identifies an application request to perform an operation pertaining to the multi-operational transaction. The application request is from an application that resides outside of the Java Virtual Machines of the nodes. The client computing system determines the transaction context of the operation based on the transaction context data and sends an operation request over a network to a managing node in the in-memory data grid to manage the multi-operational transaction. The operation request includes header data based on the transaction context data. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130019001 | DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENT NETWORK - A network appliance ( | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130019002 | SYSTEM AND METHODS OF RESOURCE USAGE USING AN INTEROPERABLE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK - Generic rights expression language allowing interoperability across different computing environments including resource usage of different applications. A formal framework for usage management provides scaffolding upon which interoperable usage management systems can be built. Certain features of the framework are standardized, such as the operational semantics, including areas free of standards that necessitate choice and innovation to achieve a balance of flexibility and usability for interoperability in usage management systems. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130019003 | Method for Managing Records in an IMS Network, and S-CSCF Server Implementing Said MethodAANM Bouvet; BertrandAACI Perros-GuirecAACO FRAAGP Bouvet; Bertrand Perros-Guirec FR - A method and apparatus are provided for management of registrations in an IMS network. The method includes: creating, for a given public identity, at least two registration queues, each one being associated with a registration policy; receiving a registration message sent by a terminal having the public identity; and assigning one of the registration queues to the terminal on the basis of a field included in the message. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130024555 | PRIORITIZING DATA PACKETS ASSOCIATED WITH APPLICATIONS RUNNING IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for prioritizing a set of data packets associated with an application running in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment). In a typical embodiment, an SLA associated with a particular application and at least one other SLA associated with at least one other application are accessed (e.g., in a database or the like). A proposed modification to a priority of a set of data packets associated with the particular application (e.g., corresponding to a workload being processed via the particular application) is then determined based on a comparison of a current performance (e.g., transmission rate) of the set of data packets versus a specified performance of the set of data packets as set forth in the SLA. Then, an effect of the proposed modification on a capability of the particular application to meet a set of terms of the SLA, and of the at least one other application to meet a set of terms of the at least one other SLA will be evaluated. Based on this evaluation, it will be determined whether to implement the proposed modification. For example, the proposed modification can be implemented if it will not cause any of the SLAs to be unmet. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130024556 | COORDINATION OF M2M DEVICE OPERATION - Teachings herein include a first machine-to-machine (M2M) device manager in a local area network (LAN). The first manager receives operating information for a first M2M device managed by the first manager. This operating information may indicate, for example, the operating state (e.g., on or off) of the first device. Responsive to receiving this operating information, the first manager coordinates operation of a second M2M device that is managed by a second M2M device manager in the LAN. The first manager effectively does so by evaluating the received operating information according to a set of policy-based rules, generating control signaling according to that evaluation, and then sending the generated control signaling to the second manager. Because this control signaling is sent horizontally between different M2M device managers, rather than vertically to some centralized server, such operation coordination can occur across M2M devices that would not otherwise be inter-operable. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130024557 | HANDLING TIME INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of handling time information in a communications system ( | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130024558 | Network Management Method and Network Management System - The present invention provides a network management method and a network management system ( | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130031228 | SCHEDULED SPLIT TESTING - A set of enrollment hash slots are allocated to a business unit and are subdivided such that a portion of the enrollment hash slots are allocated to at least one test group. A user ID associated with a user can be hashed using a first hash function to map the user to one of the enrollment hash slots. A set of test hash slots are also subdivided such that a portion of the hash slots are allocated to a test version and a portion of the test hash slots are allocated to a control group. If the user was mapped to a hash slot that is allocated to test in the set of enrollment hash slots, the user ID will again be hashed using a second hash function to map the user to one of the test hash slots. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031229 | TRAFFIC REDUCTION METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED KEY-VALUE STORE - In a system of local DHT overlays, each has KVS nodes, including one super node. The super nodes organize a global DHT overlay. Each super node maintains Bloom filters of keys in its local DHT overlay for all key ranges. To obtain data corresponding to a key from other local DHT overlays, a super node sends a request to a node which is responsible for the key range hashed from the specified key. The responsible node determines local DHT overlays which may have data corresponding to the key according to Bloom filters registered in the super nodes of the local DHT overlays, updated and converted from counting filters. Requests are sent to the super nodes of the local DHT overlays identified by the responsible node. Thus, requests are not needlessly sent to super nodes of local DHT overlays which do not have data corresponding to the key, thereby reducing traffic. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031230 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING NETWORK ELEMENTS - A management request complying with a first protocol is generated by a management application executed by a computing system coupled to a network element. A processor executable agent encapsulates a management request using a second protocol. The encapsulated management request is transmitted using a third protocol via a link used by the computing system to send input/output requests for reading and writing data to a storage device. The management request is de-encapsulated to provide the management request complying with the first protocol to a management module of the network element. The management module of the network element prepares a response to the management request complying with the first protocol. A processor executable service at the network element encapsulates the response using the second protocol. The encapsulated response is transmitted to the computing system using the third protocol. The response complying with the first protocol is extracted from the encapsulated response. The response complying with the first protocol is provided to the management application. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031231 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING ACCOUNT INFORMATION OF A DATA-TYPE-ORIENTED USER EQUIPMENT - The invention discloses a method of and apparatus for notifying account information of a data-type-oriented user equipment. The method comprises the steps of: determining whether each user satisfies a predetermined condition; and if the predetermined condition is satisfied, then causing a packet data network gateway to activate account information notification control information for the user, wherein the account information notification control information includes a network address of a web notification server. With the invention, the terminal user can get to know his own account information more timely to thereby adjust the usage mode of the wireless broadband data service according to the account information, for example, lower the frequency of accessing the service or disable the service for a duration to thereby avoid a large bill or perform prepayment charging to thereby prevent an important connection from breaking down due to an overdue account. An operator and a service provider can improve the user experience of the wireless broadband data service to thereby reduce the complaint of the user and avoid the loss of customers in the field of wireless broadband data services. In the inventive method, good compatibility with other types of user equipments is possible while offering the new function. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031232 | System and Method For Sharing Electronic Information - In one embodiment, the present invention provides a system for interfacing at least one requestor to at least one performer, wherein the at least one requestor is able to transfer electronic data, or portions thereof, ubiquitously with at least one performer, regardless of the format that the at least one requestor and the at least one performer manage their respective electronic information. In particular, the present invention provides a system, wherein the at least one requestor and the at least one performer update electronic, and/ or modify electronic information, or portions thereof, dynamically, in response to requests and responses from at the at least one requestor and the at least one performer. At any given time, any requestor may become a performer and vice versa. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031233 | NETWORK FILTERING IN A VIRTUALIZED ENVIRONMENT - A physical host executes a hypervisor or virtual machine monitor (VMM) that instantiates at least one virtual machine (VM) and a virtual input/output server (VIOS). The VIOS determines by reference to a policy data structure a disposition of a packet of network communication with the VM, where the disposition includes one of dropping the packet and forwarding the packet. Thereafter, the determined disposition is applied to a subsequent packet in a same packet flow as the packet. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031234 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO COLLABORATIVELY MANAGE A CLIENT USING MULTIPLE SERVERS - An example device includes a processor configured to execute an Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) server, wherein the OMA DM server uses or includes an interface to send communications directly to a second OMA DM server for delegating management of a DM client. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031235 | METHOD, NETWORK MANAGEMENT CENTER, AND A RELATED DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING A NETWORK POLICY FOR A VIRTUAL PORT - A method, a network management center, and a related device. The method includes: obtaining a physical network policy group and a media access control (MAC) address of a virtual port; associating the physical network policy group and the MAC address of the virtual port to form a virtual port policy association table; and selecting the physical network policy group corresponding to the MAC address carried by a request from the virtual port policy association table, and delivering the physical network policy group to a physical switch sending the request. When a virtual machine (VM) on the server is migrated, the method may be used to migrate the network policy for the virtual port on a real-time basis. Therefore, the real-time effect of services provided by the VM is improved in the virtualization process of the server. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130031236 | Method and System for Platform Level Data Model for Indications Based Event Control and Data Transfer - For a platform level data model for indications based event control and data transfer, a management controller may enable performing indications based management operations that may be based on a management service utilizing CIM Indications model. The management controller may enable communication of indications based messaging and/or data. The indications may be triggered based on events generated and/or triggered in a plurality of managed entities. The events generation may be performed dynamically within the plurality of managed entities, or may be initiated via the management controller. The management controller may enable processing of partially generated indications, via the plurality of managed entities, and/or as pass-through router for full indications processed via the plurality of managed entities. The indications based management operations may also comprise subscription related operations wherein the management controller may enable performing processing of subscription requests, modifications, and/or deletions to facilitate external access via the device. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130036211 | Coordinated service to multiple mobile devices - In a first embodiment of the present invention, a method is provided comprising: receiving application data from a first application on the first device, wherein the application is designed to automatically send application data pertaining to a first service to the server; determining if the first device is a member of a collection group or a control group; when the first device is a member of a collection group, sending the application data to one or more other devices that are members of the collection group to allow the other members of the collection group to provide a version of the first service having unfiltered application data; and when the first device is a member of a control group, sending some, but not all, of the application data to particular one or more other devices that are members of the control group, based on a stored set of rules, to allow the other members of the control group to provide a version of the first service having filtered application data. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130036212 | BACKUP, RESTORE, AND/OR REPLICATION OF CONFIGURATION SETTINGS IN A STORAGE AREA NETWORK ENVIRONMENT USING A MANAGEMENT INTERFACE - A method for backing up components in a mixed vendor network using a common administration computer, comprising the steps of (A) sending a plurality of first requests to a plurality of components of a first network, (B) storing responses to the first requests in the common administration computer and (C) sending a plurality of second requests to a plurality of components in a second network in response to the stored plurality of first requests. The first network comprises components from a first manufacturer. The second network comprises components from a second manufacturer. The second network replicates the first network in response to the plurality of second requests. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130036213 | VIRTUAL PRIVATE CLOUDS - Techniques are described for providing a virtual private cloud in a multi-tenant environment. Embodiments receive a request specifying cloud-based computing resources hosted by one or more cloud providers to integrate into a virtual private cloud with enterprise computing resources, the resources within the virtual private cloud are communicatively coupled at a common logical network level. Embodiments provision a cloud network device to integrate the cloud-based computing resources into the virtual private cloud. Additionally, the enterprise network device is configured to associate the enterprise computing resources with the virtual private cloud. Network packets between applications running on the enterprise computing resources and applications running on the cloud-based computing resources are then forwarded over the common logical network. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130036214 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ENVIRONMENT CONFIGURATION USING SNAPSHOTS - A method for managing configuration of an environment of composite configuration items (Cls) is disclosed. The method may include periodically obtaining snapshots of the configuration of an environment. The method may also include logging the snapshots of the configuration of the environment in composite Cl level. The method may further include causing display of configuration information relating to a first snapshot of the snapshots in composite Cl level, while indicating configuration changes in that snapshot with respect to a second earlier snapshot of said snapshots. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130036215 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR NETWORK METADATA BASED POLICY CONTROL - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for network metadata based policy control. According to one aspect, a system for network metadata based policy control is provided. The system includes a network metadata directed policy server for obtaining network information for a plurality of subscribers, for deriving network metadata from the network information, for applying a network metadata policy manipulation rule for changing a value of a network an operator assigned policy control parameter for the subscribers, and for generating an instruction for changing the value of the network operator assigned policy control parameter for the subscriber. The system further includes a policy control and charging rules function (PCRF) node for detecting the instruction and for instructing a policy and charging enforcement function (PCEF) node to change value of the operator assigned policy control parameter for the subscribers. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130041989 | DYNAMICALLY RELOCATING WORKLOADS IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for dynamically relocating a set of workloads among geographic regions of a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment) based on infrastructure/computing resource needs. In a typical embodiment, it is determined whether a first geographic region of the networked computing environment has a first set of computing resources with an available capacity that meets a needed capacity for handling a set of workloads that is initially associated with the first geographic region. If not, a second geographic region of the networked computing environment having a second set of computing resources with the needed capacity is identified. In general, this determination can be made based upon multiple factors such as: a set of performance requirements, stored in at least one computer data structure, needed to handle the set of workloads; a set of environmental parameters, stored in the at least one computer data structure, having a potential to affect the handling of the set of workloads; and/or a set of cost parameters, stored in the at least one computer data structure, associated with handling the set of workloads. Once the second geographic region has been identified, the set of workloads can be associated with and handled thereby. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041990 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING THROUGHPUT OF A MODEM - A network element is registered on a physical channel and a first logical channel. The network controller receives ranging messages from which network element parameters associated with the network element are determined, and the network determines if the network element is better suited for a different logical channel on the network. The network controller provides an upstream channel change override signal to the network element, instructing the network element to re-register to another logical channel. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041991 | DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A digital rights management (DRM) apparatus and a DRM method are disclosed. The DRM apparatus includes a DRM packer, a DRM object database, a distribution manager, a tracking recording unit, and an index controller. The DRM packager generates M content objects according to a digital content and outputs M DRM objects. The DRM object database stores the M DRM objects. The distribution manager selects N DRM objects according to request information from a client. M and N are positive integers, and N is less than M. The index controller controls the distribution manager to transmit N content objects to the client according to the tracking record, index information, a control rule, and a rights datum. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041992 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A management server calculates a correlation coefficient between the number of settings executed in a network device and load information of communication of the network device with respect to each of network devices which are objects of management. The management server identifies a network device of which the load is on a rising trend on the basis of a calculated correlation coefficient and load information of processing of the network device. The management server selects an object of change of the settings from among network devices other than the identified network device. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041993 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING WEB SERVICE FOR SMART OBJECTS - A system and method for providing web service for smart objects are provided. The system includes a smart object and a repeater. The smart object receives a web service request for the smart object from a service-requesting user, and transmits a message including information on a web server associated with the web service request to a repeater. The repeater receives the message including the information on the web server associated with the web service request from the smart object, transfers the web service request to the web server and, when a response for the request is received from the web server, transfers the response to the service-requesting user. Accordingly, the present invention can provide a web service to independent of n insufficient memory capacity of a smart object and a limited network. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041994 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR POLICY EVENT RECORD GENERATION - According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a method for generating a policy event record (PER). The method includes receiving one or more policy event attributes (PEAs) and using the received PEAs to select one or more policy definitions that are associated with a communication session. The method also includes analyzing the selected one or more policy definitions and initiating one or more associated policy actions. The method further includes generating a policy event record that includes information that identifies the one or more selected policy definitions. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041995 | Method and System for Managing Service Group - The disclosure discloses a method for managing a service group, which comprises: managing the service group by establishing the service group and an information table thereof and updating the service group and the information table thereof. The disclosure also discloses a system for managing a service group, which comprises: a management unit configured to manage a service group by establishing the service group and the information table thereof and updating the service group and the information table thereof. A service group can be managed conveniently and effectively by using the method and system provided in the disclosure. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041996 | Method and system for managing personal network - The disclosure discloses a method for managing a Personal Network (PN), which includes: realizing a management for the PN by any one of management ways including establishing the PN, releasing the PN, adding a PN device in the PN and enabling the PN device to leave the PN or a combination thereof. The disclosure also discloses a system for managing a PN, which includes a management unit for realizing a management for the PN by any one of management ways including establishing the PN, releasing the PN, adding a PN device in the PN and enabling the PN device to leave the PN or a combination thereof. By adopting the method and system of the disclosure, the management for the PN consisting of a large number of PN devices can be realized. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130041997 | Internet of Things Service Architecture and Method for Realizing Internet of Things Service - The present invention discloses the architecture of an internet of things (IOT). The architecture includes multiple levels of IOT service platforms, wherein a superordinate IOT service platform is configured to manage one or more of the following function entities: IOT terminal, IOT terminal gateway, subordinate IOT service platform, special service platform and service gateway. The present invention also discloses a method for implementing an IOT service. The method includes the steps of: the superordinate IOT service platform providing management for one or more of subordinate IOT service platform, special service platform and service gateway, wherein the management includes one or more of: registration, login, logout, data synchronization and heartbeat. With the present invention, the deployed industries or special service platforms can be integrated into a unified architecture, thus lightening the burden of the IOT service platforms. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130046869 | MANAGING INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH NETWORK RESOURCES - Systems, methods and interfaces for the selective management of information collected by a browser are provided. The browser obtains a network resource, such as a Web page, from a content provider, and collects information associated with the display and interaction with the content by a user. The browser presents, among other controls, a graphical icon that is representative of an integrated command to remove information collected while accessing a first network resource and to cause the browser application to access a second accessed network resource. Upon receipt of an input corresponding to the selection of the graphical icon, the browser deletes information collected while accessing the first network resource and accesses the second network resource. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046870 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING ATTRIBUTES ASSOCIATED WITH AN APPLICATION SERVER - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for maintaining attributes associated with application servers. In particular, a system administrator can register a set of services associated with an application server. Before initiating, a service can need to be configured with a set of attributes. According to embodiments, a vault service associated with the application can validate a service requesting to be configured. Further, an attribute management tool can store attributes, such as passwords and other sensitive data, associated with the requesting service. Upon a successful validation, the attribute management tool can provide the associated attributes to the vault service, which uses the attributes to configure the service. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046871 | MANAGING A PLURALITY OF ASSOCIATED MEDICAL DEVICES - A method for managing a plurality of associated medical devices. The method includes determining an association between a plurality of medical devices in a wireless network environment, and displaying a visual profile indicating the association between the plurality of medical devices. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046872 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK DEVICE REGISTRATION - A method and apparatus for registering a remote network device with a network control device. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a query from the network control device requesting that the remote network device provide a network identification code stored within the remote network device, transmitting a response to the query after a time period has expired, the response comprising the network identification code stored within the remote network device, determining whether an acknowledgement message has been received from the network control device, if the acknowledgement message has been received, setting a flag within the remote network device indicating that the remote network device has successfully registered with the network control device, and if the acknowledgment message has not been received, re-sending the response to the network control device after a second time period has elapsed. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046873 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING MULTIMEDIA PACKAGE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTIMEDIA PACKAGE SERVICE - Provided is an apparatus for producing a multimedia package, including: a package configuration and environment setting unit selecting multimedia resources to constitute the multimedia package from multimedia resources stored in a server or a client and setting a playback sequence and a playback environment for the selected multimedia resources; and a package file generation unit generating the multimedia package file according to the set playback sequence and playback environment by using the selected multimedia resources. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046874 | DYNAMICALLY MIGRATING COMPUTER NETWORKS - Techniques are described for providing capabilities to dynamically migrate computing nodes between two or more computer networks while the computer networks are in use, such as to dynamically and incrementally migrate an entire originating first computer network to a destination second computer network at a remote location. For example, the first computer network may include one or more physically connected computer networks, while the second computer network may be a virtual computer network at a remote geographical location (e.g., under control of a network-accessible service available to remote users). The provided capabilities may further include facilitating the ongoing operations of the originating first computer network while a subset of the first computer network computing nodes have been migrated to the remote destination second computer network, such as by forwarding communications between the first and second computer networks in a manner that is transparent to the various computing nodes. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046875 | RELAY APPARATUS AND RELAY METHOD - A management information storage section included in a relay apparatus stores first management information for managing an address of a first buffer which stores data transmitted from a first apparatus to a second apparatus and second management information for managing an address of a second buffer corresponding to the first buffer. An information processing section swaps the address of the first buffer managed by the first management information for the address of the second buffer managed by the second management information. A transmission section transmits to the second apparatus data stored at the address of the first buffer swapped between the first management information and the second management information. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046876 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GSLB SITE PERSISTENCE - The present invention provides maintains site persistence in a hierarchical Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB) deployment. Via configuration of GSLB services locally and remotely on each of the GSLB appliances and LB appliances at a site, a site appliance identifies and associates requests from the GSLB with the site. Furthermore, the site appliance may receive a GSLB cookie with the client request and confirms the request is from the expected GSLB in the site hierarchy. When the load balancers receives a response from a server, the appliance may include the GSLB cookie with the response back to the client. The appliance may also include an LB cookie to identify the server selected by the LB. When the client sends another request, the request may include the GSLB and LB cookie. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130046877 | ROUTING OF POOLED MESSAGES VIA AN INTERMEDIARY - Message intermediation for multiple service instances, while allowing the service instance to control whether messages are processed under a transaction. The message intermediator chooses to dispatch messages among different backend service instances based on any routing rules. The message intermediator performs a peek-lock of message from a forward-end queue, and assigns the message to a service instance. The message is provided into a backward-end queue specific to the assigned service instance. The service instance may then process the message, perhaps under a transaction created at the service instance. Upon completion of processing, the message is deleted in the back-end queue, which causes the forward-end queue to delete the message under the same transaction created by the service instance. Whether or not this deletion at the forward-end is committed or rolled back depends on whether the transaction created at the service instance is committed or rolled back. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130054768 | MIGRATING DEVICE MANAGEMENT BETWEEN OBJECT MANAGERS - Object manager information is maintained for object managers in a network indicating a device type of devices in the network managed by the object managers and device information providing information on the devices in the network, wherein the object managers have access to the object manager information. A determination is made from the object manager information a second object manager comprising one of the object managers in the network managing a same device type as the devices managed by the first object manager. The first and second object managers communicate to establish a migration relationship between the first and the second object managers. In response to a migration event at the second object manager, the first object manager accesses the device information for the second object manager to manage the devices currently managed by the second object manager. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054769 | Data Feed Management - The present disclosure is directed to systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for data feed management. Data feeds can be received at one or more landing directories associated with a feed management system. The feed management system can be configured to map the data feeds in the landing directories to one or more subscribers, and the data feeds can be moved to one or more staging directories associated with the subscribers. The data feeds can be delivered to the one or more subscribers from the staging directories. Receipts indicating delivery of the data feeds can be stored by the feed management system. The feed management system can be configured to manage data feeds, landing directories, and staging directories. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054770 | SAFE SERVICES FRAMEWORK - Providing security-related services for enterprise service requests includes receiving a service request from an endpoint, determining the transaction parameter from the received service request, determining a subroutine for execution based on the transaction parameter, communicating with a data server to execute the subroutine, receiving subroutine results from the data server based on the executed subroutine, applying context-specific rules to the request based on instructive data specified in the subroutine results, determining a response based on the subroutine results and the applied context-specific rules, and communicating the response to the endpoint. Some embodiments may also include accessing transaction rules associated with the transaction parameter, determining an additional subroutine for execution based on the transaction rules, communicating with a data server to execute the additional subroutine, receiving additional subroutine results from the data server based on the executed additional subroutine, and communicating the results to the endpoint. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054771 | DEMYSTIFYING OBFUSCATED INFORMATION TRANSFER FOR PERFORMING AUTOMATED SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION - Techniques for automating the administration of computer systems. In one set of embodiments, information can be received specifying one or more commands and a list of target computer systems. Upon receiving this information, the one or more commands can be automatically executed in parallel against the target computer systems. In certain embodiments, executing the one or more commands in parallel can include forking a child process for each target computer system, and executing the one or more commands against that target computer system in the context of the child process. Output and error information that is collected by each child process as a result of executing the one or more commands can be aggregated and made available to a system administrator upon completion. Further, error information that is generated as a result of the automated administration process itself can be stored and made available to the system administrator for review. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENT MANAGEMENT USING NETWORK SERVER - A method and apparatus for content management using a network server are provided. The method for content management includes producing a basis data package, producing a modified data package, and producing a data package list. The method and apparatus set a sharing scheme adequate for the purpose of specific content and to manage content modification activities. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054773 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A communication method, which is executed by a computer having access to a storage device having stored therein correlation relations between layer 2 addresses and layer 3 addresses set for a group of devices on a network, includes extracting from the storage device when an acquisition request for a layer 2 address is to be transmitted, a first layer 2 address that corresponds to a layer 3 address included in the acquisition request; converting the destination of the acquisition request, from a second layer 2 address representing the group of devices, to the first layer 2 address; transmitting the converted acquisition request whose destination has been converted; and updating when a response to the converted acquisition request has been received, the first layer 2 address in the storage device, to the first layer 2 address included in response. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054774 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A management server issues and stores a virtual identifier for an image forming apparatus, and manages a virtual device that includes management information about the image forming apparatus by associating the virtual device with the virtual identifier. The management server receives an acquisition request for a virtual device that includes the actual identifier for the image forming apparatus and a virtual identifier from the image forming apparatus. The management server specifies the virtual device corresponding to the virtual identifier included in the virtual device acquisition request from among the managed virtual devices. Further, the management server replaces the virtual identifier included in the specified virtual device with the actual identifier included in the virtual device acquisition request, and then returns this virtual device to the image forming apparatus. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130060922 | USE OF NETWORK INFORMATION BASE STRUCTURE TO ESTABLISH COMMUNICATION BETWEEN APPLICATIONS - Some embodiments provide a program for managing several switching elements. The program receives, at a network information base (NIB) data structure that stores data for managing the several switching elements, a request to notify a first application that uses the NIB when a set of data stored in the NIB is changed. The program changes, in response to an instruction from a second application, the set of data in the NIB. The program sends a notification to the first application of the change to the set of data in the NIB. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060923 | Early Generation of Service Requests - A method, data processing system, and computer program product for managing services. A computer identifies information in a number of discussions in a discussion forum. The computer determines that the information is associated with a service. The computer then generates a new request for the service in an absence of a current request for the service. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060924 | GRANULAR CLIENT INVENTORY MANAGEMENT WITH CONFLICT RESOLUTION - Granular inventory management with conflict resolution at a target is provided. A client receives inventory management requests, as default settings and/or from a server. Each request includes action instance(s), which have an action key, action type, action detail(s), a precedence, and a sequence number. The client identifies a conflict if two instances have the same action type but incompatible detail(s). The client resolves the conflict, based on precedence and sometimes also on sequence numbers. The client performs the resulting action instance(s), and results are sent back for inclusion in an inventory report. Action details may specify a schedule for recurring actions. A precedence may be specified by an administrator or be built-in. Default and other requests may be defined by viewing inventory classes in a graphical user interface, entering an action based on inventory class(es), and entering target device group selection(s). Inventory classes may be captured from a live system. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060925 | CONTENT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, CONTENT DISTRIBUTION SERVER, CONTENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD, SOFTWARE PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A content distribution system includes a terminal device, and a content distribution server connectable to the terminal device. The content distribution server includes a capability information obtaining unit to obtain capability information of the terminal device that requests a target content; an element extraction unit to obtain the requested target content and to extract a sub-content element composing the target content; a comparison unit to identify a sub-content element that can be used at the terminal device based on the capability information, and to compare the identified sub-content element based on the capability information and the extracted sub-content element to determine which sub-content element can be used at the terminal device; an output determination unit to determine whether separation of the target content is required to distribute the sub-content element to the terminal device; and a separating unit to separate the target content into sub-content element if separation is required. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060926 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF MANAGING DATA TRANSMISSION, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING DATA TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - An apparatus, system, method, and program stored in a non-transitory recording medium, each of which generates a message indicating that image data is not received or only sound data is received, when a relay device transmits only the sound data from a transmission terminal to a counterpart transmission terminal, and transmits the message to the counterpart transmission terminal for display to a user at the counterpart transmission terminal. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060927 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING IP CONNECTION - An apparatus and method for maintaining an Internet Protocol (IP) connection in a portable terminal is provided. The method includes when there is a request for registration of a service or an application having a push function, determining whether a first service quality interval corresponding to the service or application, registration of which has been requested, has been stored in the memory, and periodically transmitting a keep-alive message for maintaining the IP connection by using the first service quality interval when the first service quality interval has been stored in the memory. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130060928 | Cloud Service Publishing Method, Cloud Service Publishing Interface Message Packet and Cloud Service Broker - The disclosure provides a cloud service publishing method, a cloud service publishing interface message packet and a cloud service broker, wherein the cloud service publishing method comprises: a cloud service broker sends a cloud service subscription request to a cloud service provider to request to subscribe to the cloud service information of the cloud service provider (S | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130067050 | PLAYBACK MANAGER - In one embodiment, a computer audio system may use a playback manager to manage the audio streams of audio applications. A playback manager | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067051 | Locking System for Cluster Updates - A locking system may place a persistent object on each of the devices in a computer cluster. The objects may indicate that an update is being performed on the devices so that other systems may not also update the devices. When an update has completed, the objects may be removed. The objects may include an identifier for the system owning the objects, as well as other information regarding the update. In some cases, the objects may include executable code and perform some of the update functions on the various devices. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067052 | USER ADAPTIVE HTTP STREAM MANAGER AND METHOD FOR USING SAME - A stream manager and a method are described herein for creating an adaptive stream manifest file (e.g., HTTP adaptive stream manifest file) associated with original content where the original content is subsequently modified while being streamed based on input from a user of a user device. The user device is configured to request, receive and playback the original content and the modified content associated with the adaptive stream manifest file. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067053 | EFFICIENTLY PROVIDING MULTIPLE METADATA REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SAME TYPE - Embodiments are directed to dynamically adapting metadata for use with a native data encoding and to efficiently modifying object model type references. In one scenario, a computer system instantiates a metadata reader over an object model description to access various portions of metadata in the object model description. The metadata reader is configured to read native metadata, where native metadata is metadata represented in an encoding that is expected by the metadata reader. The metadata reader determines that the accessed metadata is encoded in a non-native encoding and then determines which metadata modifications are to be performed to transform the non-native encoding into a native encoding. The computer system then dynamically adapts the metadata of the object model from a non-native encoding to a native encoding according to the determined modifications. As such, the object model is readable by a native runtime. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067054 | DOMAIN NAME SERVICE SERVER - A DNS server system provides IP addresses for a host in a computer network. Upon receiving a request from a client for an IP address associated with a domain name, the requested IP address is retrieved from an object oriented database and transmitted to the client. The DNS server system provides configuration access from a client in a computer network. Communicative coupling is established between a client web browser and a DNS server system web server. A user interface adapted to provide configuration access to a DNS server system is requested. The user interface is downloaded from the DNS server system over the computer network. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067055 | GLOBALIZATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A globalization management system for managing resources of multiple interrelated data sources corresponding to a plurality of sites accessed through a communications network is provided. The system includes a plurality of target application interfaces respectively coupled to the interrelated data sources through the network. Each interface includes systems for converting a protocol of the respective data source to a predetermined protocol, and the predetermined protocol to the protocol of the respective data source. The system further includes a global management engine coupled to the plurality of target application interfaces. The engine includes a site-to-site relationship manager, a system for reading current content data from the interrelated data sources, a system for comparing the current content data with prior content data, and a project manager for transferring the data identified as a content change to at least one of the interrelated data sources that has been identified as a subscriber site. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067056 | PROVIDING COMMUNICATION PATH INFORMATION IN A HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Providing communication path information in a mixed communication network. A first message may be provided from a first device to a second device. The first message may request notification of characteristics of at least one communication path between the second device and a third device. The first device, the second device, and the third device may be coupled together in a mixed communication network. Accordingly, the first device may receive at least one message from the second device regarding the characteristics of the at least one communication path between the second device and the third device. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067057 | SUBSCRIPTION HANDLING FOR THE IP MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention include controlling user subscriptions within an IMS Application Server of an IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS, network, via an Open Service Access Application Programming Interface, API, between the IMS network and a web-based application. Embodiments include subscribing a set of users by sending a start subscription message from said web-based application to the IMS network, the start subscription message including an address for each user in the set. An acknowledgement of the subscription is sent from the IMS network to said web-based application, the acknowledgement including a correlator uniquely identifying the subscribed set of users within the IMS network. A subscription for one or more users of the set is terminated by sending a stop subscription message from said web-based application to the IMS network, the stop subscription message including the address of the or each user for which the subscription is being stopped. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130073703 | Managing User State of Cloud Desktops - A mechanism is described for provisioning remote desktops in a cloud based infrastructure while maintaining user personalization. In cloud based systems, a user may not always reconnect to the same VM endpoint. In one embodiment, the virtual hard disk assigned to a user is mounted to the endpoint assigned to the user. The virtual hard disk includes the user's personal data and personalization information (e.g., settings, profiles, files, etc.). When the user disconnects from the remote desktop, the virtual hard disk is demounted from the endpoint. The virtual hard disk thus provides information regarding the user's state when the user is disconnected. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073704 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REMEDIATING POLICY TEST FAILURES, INCLUDING PROMOTING CHANGES FOR COMPLIANCE REVIEW - Disclosed herein are methods, systems, and articles for promoting changes that result from remediation performed within a computer network, for compliance review. Policy tests may be provided within the computer network, which comprises a number of nodes. The policy tests may relate to configuration parameters and compliance requirements for various nodes within the computer network. At least one pattern relating to nodes within the computer network that may be affected by execution of a remediation script is determined. Nodes within the computer network may be identified, based at least in part on the at least one pattern. Subsequent to execution of the remediation script, a list of nodes whose state has changed may be promoted for compliance review. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073705 | MANAGING A HOME AREA NETWORK - Managing a home area network is described herein. One method includes receiving operating information associated with a device in a home area network, and determining a profile associated with the device based, at least in part, on the operating information. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073706 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND NETWORK DEVICE - There are provided a virtual network management system and a network device that can identify the topology of a virtual network, estimate a virtual network to which various computing devices belong and the locations of the computing devices, and present the virtual network and the locations to a network administrator. In a network management device, the configurations of packet transmission devices and a MAC learning table are managed. A virtual network to which given virtual computing units are connected is identified from information about a virtual packet transmission device identifier, a VLAN identifier, a MAC address, and a packet transmission port number acquired from the MAC learning table. The locations of the virtual computing units in the virtual network are estimated, and the topology is drawn on the screen of a display. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073707 | CAPABILITIES BASED MANAGEMENT OF VIRTUAL AREAS - Apparatus and methods of managing a virtual area based on communicant capabilities are described. The communicant capabilities are updated based on rules in response to events in the virtual area. An action by one communicant can affect the capabilities of another communicant. Communicant capabilities can be stored in respective server-side proxies and the virtual area can be managed without transmitting any of the capabilities to the communicants' client network nodes. Capability-based permissions checks can be performed against communicant capabilities with wildcarded attribute fields. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073708 | TECHNIQUES FOR ACHIEVING UNLIMITED PARALLEL SCALABILITY, STORAGE CAPACITY, AND/OR STORAGE PERFORMANCE IN A MULTI-TENANT STORAGE CLOUD ENVIRONMENT - Techniques for achieving parallel scalability, storage capacity, and improved storage performance in a multi-tenant storage cloud environment are presented. A Tenant Storage Machine (TSM) of a tenant for the multi-tenant storage cloud environment is portable and can be dynamically detached from one or more storage controllers and dynamically moved to provide scalability, capacity, and improved storage performance. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073709 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a communication apparatus includes a communication protocol processor configured to process a communication protocol based on a predetermined standard, and a communication unit configured to perform communication processing with a communication apparatus as a transmission destination of data under a control of the communication protocol processor. The communication protocol processor includes model identification information of the communication apparatus in a transmission command defined in the communication protocol as extended information of the predetermined standard. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073710 | APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING POLICY AND TERMINAL DEVICE FOR CHANGING NETWORK IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Disclosed is a policy providing apparatus and a terminal device supporting an network change in heterogeneous networks. The terminal device accesses one network among two or more networks and uses a data service, and the policy providing apparatus recognizes service status information of the data service for the terminal device, generates a network change policy for inducing the terminal device to change the access network based on the recognized service status information, and provides the network change policy to the terminal device. Then, the terminal device determines whether it is possible to access a particular network required to be accessed based on the network change policy, and tries to access the particular network through the multi communication unit and changes the access network when it is possible to access the particular network. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073711 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIRTUAL CHASSIS SPLIT PREVENTION - A virtual chassis system includes a plurality of network nodes configured with a master virtual chassis address. The network nodes are connected by virtual fabric link (VFLs) that provide a connection for exchange of packets between the network nodes. The virtual chassis system is operable to provide warnings to help prevent a virtual chassis split event in response to an administrative action. The topology of the virtual chassis system is analyzed to determine the possible impact of one or more administrative actions. Based on this analysis, a warning is generated when an administrative action is requested that may lead directly or indirectly to a virtual chassis split. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073712 | OBJECT MANAGEMENT BY INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A method for acting on an object by means of an interface with an information processing system, comprising a step of defining a logical representation of the object, a step of determining (by a user) and triggering a function of the object offered by the representation, and a step of communicating with the object for actually carrying out said function, which method is characterized in that the logical representation comprises at least one state graph in which the graph's states represent the states of the object, and the graph's transitions represent the object's functions, and in that the functions offered comprise the functions present on the outgoing transitions of the graph's current state. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130080611 | Managing Network Content - In one embodiment, downloading one or more content items; determining which ones of the one or more content items are popular among a plurality of users; categorizing the one or more content items into one or more groups, wherein each group comprises one or more related content items; associating one or more keywords with each group, wherein the one or more keywords describe content of the one or more related content items in the corresponding group; and caching the one or more content items categorized into the one or more groups and the one or more keywords associated with each group. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130080612 | ENCAPSULATION SYSTEM FEATURING AN INTELLIGENT NETWORK COMPONENT - A network component is provided for facilitating communication of traffic between a destination server and a client over a network comprising the plurality of network paths. The network component comprising memory for storing computer-readable instructions and a processor configured to implement the computer-readable instructions. The computer-readable instructions operable to implement the following: exchange control parameters with the client via a control channel using one or more of the plurality of network control paths; encapsulate the traffic for transmission to the client; decapsulate the traffic received from the client; and schedule traffic to the client via one or more of the plurality of network paths using logic common with the client based on network parameters. A client configured to work with the network component is also described, as is a communication system including both the client and network component. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130080613 | DYNAMIC ROUTE REQUESTS FOR MULTIPLE CLOUDS - Aspects of the present invention include a method of dynamically routing requests within multiple cloud computing networks. The method includes receiving a request for an application from a user device, forwarding the request to an edge server within a content delivery network (CDN), and analyzing the request to gather metrics about responsiveness provided by the multiple cloud computing networks running the application. The method further includes analyzing historical data for the multiple cloud computing networks regarding performance of the application, based on the performance metrics and the historical data, determining an optimal cloud computing network within the multiple cloud computing networks to route the request, routing the request to the optimal cloud computing network, and | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130080614 | Client Aware DHCP Lease Management - The management of DHCP address leased based on client properties is described. According to a method of operation, clients are managed in a wireless digital network by modifying a requested lease time for an assigned Internet Protocol (IP) address based on properties of a client requesting the lease time. The assigned IP address is released if (i) no communication activity is detected by the client for a prescribed duration or (ii) upon detecting a DHCP Release message from the client. When the DHCP server receives a renewal request, it checks if the client has generated more than a predetermined amount of traffic. If the client has generated traffic exceeding this threshold level, the lease is renewed for a longer period. If the client traffic has not met the threshold level, the lease is renewed with the short lease time. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130080615 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A COORDINATOR - A method and an apparatus for electing a coordinator of a network based on information regarding coordinator capacity including information regarding at least one item for determining whether a corresponding device is suitable as a coordinator. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130080616 | PEER TO PEER SHARING OF FUNCTIONALITY OF MOBILE DEVICES - Functionality is shared among mobile devices in a peer to peer manner. A mobile device can include a plurality of functional components that can each perform respective functionality. Examples of the functionalities can include transceiver communications, processing, power, memory, input and output for the mobile device. Further, the mobile device can include a sharing component that enables sharing a particular third party functional component to replace or supplement operation of a corresponding functional component of the mobile device. The third party functional component, for instance, can be made available for sharing by at least one of a disparate mobile device or a stand alone functional component. Moreover, a host component can allow a disparate mobile device to use an available one or more of the plurality of functional components of the mobile device. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130086234 | CLOUD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - An information technology system having a cloud resource management unit including attributes of the information technology system. At least one cloud connected to the cloud resource management unit, each of the at least one clouds including attributes for controlling a service provided by the corresponding cloud and an interface for modifying the attributes. The corresponding cloud provides the service to a user of the information technology system. The cloud resource management unit further including a attribute conversion unit to convert a received request to modify or retrieve the attributes of the information technology system to requests to modify or retrieve the attributes of one or more of the corresponding clouds. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086235 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING CLOUD DEPLOYMENT TARGETS BASED ON PREDICTIVE WORKLOAD ESTIMATION - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for generating cloud deployment targets based on predictive workload estimation. In aspects, a set of usage histories can store records for user workloads in a host cloud-based network recording the consumption of processor, memory, storage, operating system, application, or other resources subscribed to by the user. The operator of the cloud management system hosting the workloads of one or more users can track, identify, and manage the predictive marginal resource capacities of the set of host clouds, based on those historical usage patterns. The collective usage history can indicate, for instance, that a number of operating workloads tend to display a small under-utilization of processor or memory resources during certain overnight periods on a regular basis. The operator can then harvest those predictive marginal capacities, and offer a new user or workload a potential hosting subscription based on those expected resource availabilities. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086236 | USING MPLS FOR VIRTUAL PRIVATE CLOUD NETWORK ISOLATION IN OPENFLOW-ENABLED CLOUD COMPUTING - Embodiments of the invention include a method performed by a cloud network manager flow entries in a cloud network. The CNM is coupled to virtualized servers for hosting virtual machines (“VM”) that each comprise a virtual switch coupled to a top of rack switch (“TORS”). The CNM receives notification messages that indicate virtual machines have been scheduled for activation on virtualized servers. The CNM determines a VM media access control (“MAC”) address associated with the VM and a virtual switch MAC address associated with that virtualized server's virtual switch. The CNM records an association between the VM MAC address and the virtual switch MAC address. The CNM further determines a label that associates the TORS with the virtual switch. The CNM sends a modifies flow entries in the virtual switch to indicate data packets matching the MPLS label and the VM MAC address should be forwarded to the VM. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086237 | RULES ENGINE EVALUATION FOR POLICY DECISIONS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a network policy node. The method may include: translating a policy into a plurality of rule objects, the policy including an applicability condition and one or more action rules; generating a selection rule table based on the applicability condition of one or more policies; generating an action rule table from the one or more action rules of an applicable policy, an action rule including an action condition and an action path; determining a set of applicable policies by evaluating the selection rule table using a rules engine; and selecting an action path by evaluating the action rule table using the rules engine. Various exemplary embodiments relate to a network policy node including a scanner that generates rules objects and rule tables based on one or more policies, a context information storage, and a rules engine that evaluates rule tables. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086238 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING ACCURATE LOAD BALANCING IN A TRANSACTIONAL MIDDLEWARE MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can support accurate load balancing in a transactional middleware machine environment with a plurality of transactional middleware machines. A service response time table can be maintained on each transactional middleware machine in the transactional middleware machine environment, wherein said service response time table is adaptive to be used by a client on the transactional middleware machine to make routing decisions for a service request. The transactional middleware machine environment can further includes a plurality of synchronization servers, with each said synchronization server associated with a transactional middleware machine in the transactional middleware machine environment. The plurality of synchronization servers operates to periodically synchronize the service response time table on each said transactional middleware machine in the transactional middleware machine environment. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086239 | Network application based intranet - A network application based intranet with enhanced network response and reduced hardware is disclosed. By incorporating traditional network address assignment, domain name resolution, web server and routing jobs into a single host computing device such as a laptop or a backend server device, network response can be improved while also reducing the number of network devices needed and their corresponding cost. The traditional routing functionality of the router device can be eliminated, with the router device now functioning as a wireless communication point whereby devices are connected to it, but data sent to it is immediately forwarded to the host computing device via a dedicated port on the host computing device. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086240 | PRIORITY ASSIGNMENTS FOR POLICY ATTACHMENTS - Techniques for resolving conflicts between web service policies that are attached (via LPA and/or GPA metadata) to a policy subject (e.g., a WS client/service endpoint). In one set of embodiments, a priority value can be assigned to each policy attached to a policy subject via the policy's corresponding policy attachment metadata file. These priority values can be taken into account when determining whether one policy should be given precedence over another, conflicting policy attached to the same policy subject. In certain embodiments, as part of this determination, the priority value of a policy can be given greater weight than the scope at which the policy is attached. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086241 | VALIDATION OF CONDITIONAL POLICY ATTACHMENTS - Framework for conditionally attaching web service policies to a policy subject (e.g., a web service client or service endpoint) at subject runtime. In one set of embodiments, a validation process can be performed at a policy subject during an initialization phase to ensure that there are no validation errors with respect to the web service policies that may be conditionally attached to the subject. This validation process can include grouping the policies that have been associated with the policy subject (via policy attachment metadata) by their corresponding constraint expressions, and determining which groups can potentially overlap (i.e., be simultaneously attached to the policy subject) at runtime. Each set of overlapping groups can then be validated using a predefined set of validation rules to identify potential errors pertaining to the policies in the set. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086242 | ADVERTISEMENT OF CONDITIONAL POLICY ATTACHMENTS - Framework for conditionally attaching web service policies to a policy subject (e.g., a web service client or service endpoint) at subject runtime. In one set of embodiments, a constraint expression can be defined that specifies one or more runtime conditions under which a policy should be attached to a policy subject. The constraint expression can be associated with the policy and the policy subject via policy attachment metadata. The constraint expression can then be evaluated at runtime of the policy subject to determine whether attachment of the policy to the policy subject should occur. If the evaluation indicates that the policy should be attached, the attached policy can be processed at the policy subject (e.g., enforced or advertised) as appropriate. Using these techniques, the policy subject can be configured to dynamically exhibit different behaviors based on its runtime context. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086243 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTEGRALLY MANAGING MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES - An apparatus and a method for integrally managing maintenance of a plurality of electronic devices are provided, where the device management system includes a server that stores maintenance packages; a plurality of electronic devices that execute maintenance; and a device management apparatus that acquires a plurality of maintenance packages with respect to the plurality of electronic devices from the server, generates a general maintenance schedule including at least one maintenance execution time with reference to the plurality of maintenance packages, and executes maintenance of an electronic device from among the plurality of electronic devices corresponding to the at least one maintenance execution time, when the at least one maintenance execution time arrives. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086244 | Computer-Implemented Method for Checking a Communication Input of a Programmable Logic Controller of an Automation Component of a Plant - In order to determine for a programmable logic controller whether or not a communication input is blocked, a nominal/actual comparison between the communication input and predefined rules of a nominal communication is performed, a reaction matrix being used for case differentiation. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086245 | DATA SERVER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A data server system/method allowing cloud data server functionality in a coordinated/concerted fashion within network configurations that are local to and/or spanning network gateway routers is disclosed. The system may utilize a smart gateway power controller (SGPC) augmented with storage media and/or expansion slots to interact within a home automation network (HAN) to permit the local HAN to operate as a distinct network and allow access to locally stored data from remote networks such as the Internet. The system permits inter-networking of HAN devices (including SGPCs) and integration of data management within home automation networks while still providing access to HAN data via external remote networks such as the Internet. The system/method allows remote network access to HAN device data from local/remote access devices including mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, desktop computers, and the like. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086246 | Method and Communication Device for Communicating with Other Devices - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method in which a communication device having a converged personal network service (CPNS) enabled entity communicates with other devices. The communication method comprises a step in which the CPNS enabled entity of the communication device, which is set to a gateway mode receives, from a first device, a discovery response message including first information which indicates that mode of the first device is set to a personal network entity (PNE) and second information which indicates whether to hide the first device in an additional discovery procedure. Here, the CPNS enabled entity manages a first network, and one or more personal network entities (PNEs) which can receive a first service through the CPNS enabled entity set to the gateway mode existing in the first network. The communication method further comprises: a step of receiving, from a second device, a discovery request message including third information which indicates the mode of the second device, in the event the communication device has moved into the coverage of the second network managed by the second device; and a step of determining whether to change mode of the CPNS enabled entity of the communication device based on at least one of the following: the presence of an available PNE among said one or more PNEs, the mode of the second device and the second information. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130091261 | Defining And Managing Virtual Networks In Multi-Tenant Virtualized Data Centers - An approach is provided in which a computer system selects a virtual domain from multiple virtual domains, which are each overlayed onto a physical network and are independent of physical topology constraints of the physical network. The computer system selects, from the selected virtual domain, a first virtual group that includes one or more first virtual network endpoints. Next, the computer system selects, from the selected virtual domain, a second virtual group that includes one or more second virtual network endpoints. In turn, the computer system creates a logical link policy that includes one or more actions corresponding to sending data between the first virtual group and the second virtual group. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130091262 | SOCIAL ACCESS CONTROL - A social networking (SNET) management service supports interactions involving various resources, which can include applications, services, and identities, of members associated with a SNET infrastructure. A SNET management service can be centrally located or distributed across various devices associated with a SNET infrastructure. The SNET management service can support managing a SNET group, in part or in full, by various server devices and devices docked to the SNET group. Supported interactions can include docking resources to a SNET group and extending access by various members associated with various SNET infrastructures to such resources. Various interactions can also include extending access by docked resources, resources associated with docked devices, and the like, to members associated with various SNET infrastructures. Various interactions can be managed based upon inputs, internal logic, and the like provided by various processing systems, devices, and/or members. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130091263 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING APPLICATION PROGRAMS OF TERMINALS, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING APPLICATION PROGRAMS IN TERMINAL - Disclosed is a method of managing application programs of terminals, including: receiving a synchronization request message according to change of an application program from a first terminal of a user; updating application program information stored in connection with the first terminal of the user in accordance with the change of the application program; and transmitting a notice message notifying the change of the application program to a second terminal of the user. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130091264 | DYNAMIC SESSION MIGRATION BETWEEN NETWORK SECURITY GATEWAYS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for migrating session information between security gateways are disclosed. In one embodiment, receiving, at a first security gateway, session information associated with a session corresponding to a network connection, the session information having been transferred from a second security gateway, the first and second security gateway being separate physical devices; and thereafter performing security processing for the session at the first security gateway. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130091265 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A PROFILE FOR A USER/APPLICATION SERVICE PAIR TO ACCESS DATA RELATED TO THE OPERATION OF A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for determining a profile for a user/application service pair to access data related to the operation of a communication network, or operation data, said data being needed in order to implement the application service at an application layer of a communication device. The method includes a step of determining the access profile on the basis of information related to a service level corresponding to the user/application service pair and on the basis of information related to an access policy associated with the operation data required by the application service. Said method also includes a step of storing the access profile related to the user/application service pair. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130097295 | STORAGE AREA NETWORK CONFIGURATION OF VIRTUAL FIBRE CHANNEL PORTS PRIOR TO CLIENT CREATION - Provided are techniques for providing a user interface on a storage virtualizer, the user interface configured to enable a worldwide unique identifier (WWPN) to be selectively activated on a storage area network (SAN), and setting up a zoning for the WWPN on the SAN prior to installation of a virtual I/O client and without a requirement that the user manually enter the WWPN. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097296 | SECURE CLOUD-BASED VIRTUAL MACHINE MIGRATION - A virtual machine (VM) system is provided. The system includes a target physical server (PS) that has a resource configuration. The system includes a source PS that runs a virtual machine (VM). The source PS is in communication with the target PS. The source PS includes a memory that stores a migration policy file. The migration policy file includes at least one trust criteria in which the at least one trust criteria indicates a minimum resource configuration. The source PS includes a receiver that receives target PS resource configuration and a processor in communication with the memory and receiver. The processor determines whether the target PS resource configuration meets the at least one trust criteria. The processor initiates VM migration to the target PS based at least in part on whether the target PS resource configuration meets the at least one trust criteria. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097297 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM - A job execution instruction is received from an information processing apparatus, an environment variable instructed in the job execution instruction is acquired, and an environment variable management table is searched for an environment variable definition that corresponds to the acquired environment variable. An apparatus that is in the network and holds a value that is to replace the environment variable is selected based on an environment variable definition that was searched, the value that is to replace the environment variable is acquired from the selected apparatus, and the environment variable is replaced with the value. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097298 | STANDARDIZED ADAPTER INTERFACE FOR MULTIPLE BROWSER-BASED DEVICES - An apparatus, a method, and a computer program are provided to determine a platform associated with a device attempting to access a webpage from a server. The determination of the browser is conducted upon initialization. Based on the platform associated with the device, a module within a library is loaded in order for commands from the device to be carried out accordingly. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097299 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A request receiving unit that receives device identifying information for identifying one or a plurality of devices and setting information containing a set value to be set in the device, an information transmitting unit transmits a setting request containing the setting information to the device identified by the device identifying information, a result collecting unit collects a set result indicating that the setting of all the set values is finished from the device to which the information transmitting unit transmits the setting request, and a result managing unit stores therein a collected set result and the device identifying information in association with each other. The information transmitting unit sequentially transmits the setting request to a device which is identified by the device identifying information and to which the setting request is not yet transmitted, regardless of whether the result collecting unit collects the set result from the device. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097300 | ADMINISTERING INCIDENT POOLS FOR EVENT AND ALERT ANALYSIS - Administering incident pools including creating a pool of incidents, the pool having a predetermined initial period of time; assigning each received incident to the pool; assigning, by the incident analyzer, to each incident a predetermined minimum time for inclusion in a pool; extending for one or more of the incidents the predetermined initial period of time of the pool by a particular period of time assigned to the incident; determining whether conditions have been met to close the pool; and if conditions have been met to close the pool determining for each incident in the pool whether the incident has been in the pool for its predetermined minimum time for inclusion in a pool; and if the incident has not been in the pool for its predetermined minimum time, evicting the incident from the closed pool and including the incident in a next pool. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097301 | PARAMETERIZED RECURSIVE NETWORK ARCHITECTURE WITH TOPOLOGICAL ADDRESSING - A digital data communications network that supports efficient, scalable routing of data and use of network resources by combining a recursive division of the network into hierarchical sub-networks with repeating parameterized general purpose link communication protocols and an addressing methodology that reflects the physical structure of the underlying network hardware. The sub-division of the network enhances security by reducing the amount of the network visible to an attack and by insulating the network hardware itself from attack. The fixed bandwidth range at each sub-network level allows quality of service to be assured and controlled. The routing of data is aided by a topological addressing scheme that allows data packets to be forwarded towards their destination based on only local knowledge of the network structure, with automatic support for mobility and multicasting. The repeating structures in the network greatly simplify network management and reduce the effort to engineer new network capabilities | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130103813 | Handling of HTTP Video Streams - According to one embodiment, a network device examines content-type fields of a Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) response message in response to a request for a selected content type. Thereafter, the priority level and/or the quality of service (QoS) level of communications is modified during transmission of a data stream having the selected content type. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103814 | System and Method for a Shared Media Experience - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for a shared media experience. Multiple client devices are associated with a group for a shared media experience, such as watching a YouTube video together. The client devices subscribe to a publication/subscription (pub/sub) server that publishes updates for the shared media experience for the client devices. Thus, when a client device makes a change in the shared media experience, such as making a comment, pausing the video, skipping forward or backward, adjusting the volume, inserting an audio or video annotation, tagging the video, switching to a different piece of media, and so forth, the client device notifies a management server. The management server pushes that change to the pub/sub server, which publishes the change to the group. As the changes propagate to the clients, the client software modifies the client side experience accordingly. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103815 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DEVICE CONFIGURATION - A method for managing policies for groups of wireless devices, associated with a corresponding one of multiple different wireless device platforms comprising collecting for all platforms a set of configurations and policies supported by the platforms, and generating a master set of device agnostic rule definitions from the collected configurations and policies, the rules being defined without regard to constraints on the configuration settings governed by the multiple different wireless device platforms. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103816 | MULTIPLATFORM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for managing multiple wireless devices are disclosed. An exemplary system includes multiple domains each having a particular type of wireless device management system and respective (application programming interface) APIs. API call modules corresponding to each domain enable accessing of the APIs exposed by each of the respective domains. A management console enables compiling of a consolidated list of devices and users from each of the device management systems into a single view. An exemplary method includes querying multiple domains to obtain user information, compiling a consolidated list of users, displaying the consolidated list in a user interface, selecting a user from the consolidated list, and submitting a command to either all or a specific domain for the selected user. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103817 | CHASSIS CONTROLLER - A network control system for generating physical control plane data for managing first and second managed forwarding elements that implement forwarding operations associated with a first logical datapath set is described. The system includes a first controller instance for converting logical control plane data for the first logical datapath set to universal physical control plane (UPCP) data. The system further includes a second controller instance for converting UPCP data to customized physical control plane (CPCP) data for the first managed forwarding element but not the second managed forwarding element. The system further includes a third controller instance for receiving UPCP data generated by the first controller instance, identifying the second controller instance as the controller instance responsible for generating the CPCP data for the first managed forward element, and supplying the received UPCP data to the second controller instance. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103818 | PHYSICAL CONTROLLER - A network control system for generating physical control plane data for managing first and second managed forwarding elements that implement forwarding operations associated with a first logical datapath set is described. The system includes a first controller instance for converting logical control plane data for the first logical datapath set to universal physical control plane (UPCP) data. The system further includes a second controller instance for converting UPCP data to customized physical control plane (CPCP) data for the first managed forwarding element but not the second managed forwarding element. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103819 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING A USER NETWORK IDENTITY ADDRESS PROVISIONING SERVER - A number of computing devices associated with a particular user have a network capability between them for management and control, said capability to enable these devices, running on different, physically distributed hardware, to interwork securely and privately. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103820 | System and Method for Storage Discovery in a Storage Area Network Using Device Domains Under Control of a Storage Device - A storage device coupled to a fabric includes a memory and a processor operable to receive, default domain information for a storage area network (SAN) from a management server coupled to the fabric. The default domain information including a list of host systems and a list of initiators on the SAN. The processor also sends the default domain information to a management station to configure a discovery domain including a host system selected from the list of host systems and an initiator selected from the list of initiators, receives the discovery domain from the management station, directs the management server to add the first discovery domain to a list of device domains implemented by the management server on the SAN, and directs the management server to enable the first discovery domain. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130110997 | USING PUSH NOTIFICATIONS TO REDUCE OPEN BROWSER CONNECTIONS | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130110998 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERFACE FOR HETEROGENEOUS DATA NETWORK AND SYSTEM USING THE SAME | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130110999 | Creating an optimized distribution network for the efficient transfer of data between endpoints | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130111000 | WORK REQUEST PROCESSOR | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130111001 | System And Method For Creating And Communicating Freely Associated Collection To Share Information | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130111002 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A VIRTUAL LOCAL AREA NETWORK | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130111003 | USING PUSH NOTIFICATIONS TO REDUCE OPEN BROWSER CONNECTIONS | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130111004 | File manager having an HTTP-based user interface | 05-02-2013 |
| 20130117427 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE POOL INFORMATION - A computer system is provided that is capable of reducing an administrator's operational errors by connecting a new server to a SAN and automating a SAN boot setting, and capable of lightening the administrator's task of checking for a wrong connection by detecting a wrong connection made when a new server is connected to an SNW connection device. Once a new server connected to a PnP SAN starts with a boot program obtained from a boot management server, the new server transmits configuration information on the new server to a resource management server. In response to a request from the resource management server, a storage device refers to PnP SAN information to transmit SAN information on a storage network connection device to which the new server is connected. The resource management server determines to add the new server to a resource group on the basis of the SAN information and requirement information. The resource management server sets the storage device and the new server for SAN-booting the new server. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117428 | PHYSICAL CONTROLLERS FOR CONVERTING UNIVERSAL FLOWS - Some embodiments provide a network control system for generating physical control plane data for managing first and second managed forwarding elements that implement forwarding operations associated with a first logical datapath set. The system includes a first controller instance for converting logical control plane data for the first logical datapath set to universal physical control plane (UPCP) data. The system includes a second controller instance for converting UPCP data to customized physical control plane (CPCP) data for the first managed forwarding element but not the second managed forwarding element. Each controller instance includes a network information base (NIB) storage for storing data and exchanging data with the other controller instance. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117429 | CHASSIS CONTROLLERS FOR CONVERTING UNIVERSAL FLOWS - A network control system for generating physical control plane data for managing first and second managed forwarding elements that implement forwarding operations associated with a first logical datapath set is described. The system includes (1) a first controller for converting logical control plane data for the first logical datapath set to universal physical control plane (UPCP) data, (2) a second controller for converting UPCP data to customized physical control plane (CPCP) data for the first managed forwarding element but not the second managed forwarding element, and (3) a third controller for receiving UPCP data generated by the first controller instance, identifying the second controller as the controller instance responsible for generating the CPCP data for the first managed forward element, and supplying the received UPCP data to the second controller. Each controller includes a network information base (NIB) storage for exchanging data with another controller instance. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117430 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS APPLICATION PRIVILEGE MANAGEMENT - A method for providing an administration policy to a user device comprising a plurality of applications, the method comprising centrally generating the administration policy to be implemented in the user device, the administration policy comprising at least one of an application administration policy to be used by at least one of the plurality of applications and a client administration policy for the user device; and providing the generated policy to the user device. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DEVICE COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION - An approach is provided for determining device compatibility using alerts and information spaces. A link redirector receives a request from a device for a required type of service. The link redirector alerts the device compatibility service and the export control interface about the potential request or stores the request information in an information space while searching for a suitable service for the device. Therefore, the device compatibility service and the export control interface can start preparing information about device compatibility and export control before the information is requested by the service determined. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117432 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DESKTOP SHARING PROCESSING - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for desktop sharing processing, comprising: receiving a sharing maintenance instruction; acquiring contents in a currently shared region according to said sharing maintenance instruction, and storing the contents, in order to provide the stored contents to other clients as shared contents. An embodiment of the present invention also provides a device for desktop sharing processing. With the present application, a sharing host is able to provide shared contents to participants constantly without being affected by the operations such as switching between windows during the conference sharing. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117433 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION-RELATED MANAGEMENT OBJECT - A method for providing an application-related MO parameter value is provided. The method includes, as an application processing unit requests an application-related Management Object (MO) parameter value or requests a change thereof, directly creating an MO corresponding to the request through a Device Management (DM) client which receives the request, an MO corresponding to the request, or receiving related data, e.g. software, firmware, and the like, to create an MO corresponding to the request of the application processing unit, from a DM server or a management authority unit; and transferring an MO parameter value corresponding to the request to the application processing unit according to a reception scheme determined by the application processing unit. Since an application-related MO parameter value is directly requested and provided, a function or service which can be provided in real time is optimized. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130124704 | RELEASING COMPUTING INFRASTRUCTURE COMPONENTS IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the release of computing infrastructure components (e.g., hardware, software, combinations thereof, etc.) from a networked computing environment for potential use by another networked computing environment. In a typical embodiment, a computing infrastructure component is identified from set of computing infrastructure components associated with a networked computing environment. It may then be determined whether the computing infrastructure component can be released from the networked computing environment. Then, responsive to the determination, the computing infrastructure component may be released from the networked computing environment. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124705 | MANIFOLD PROXY FOR GENERATING PRODUCTION SERVER LOAD ACTIVITY ON TEST MACHINE(S) - A method of replicating on a test server a production load of a production server. The method can include creating the production load on the production server by processing client requests received from clients. The method further can include, while the client requests are processed, via a processor, in real time, replicating the production load to generate a replicated production load that represents the client requests and defines state information representing unique states formed between the production server and the respective clients. The method also can include, in real time, communicating the replicated production load in order to replicate the production load on the test server. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124706 | SCALABLE NETWORKED DEVICE DYNAMIC MAPPING - Technologies are generally described for providing a system of scalable networked devices that may be mapped employing a naming convention that enables an optimized route to the devices through device search algorithms for network-connected and non-network connected devices. The naming convention and corresponding algorithms may enable users to search for a desired functionality, access suitable scalable networked device(s), and utilize the desired functionality. Furthermore, a spider algorithm may be employed to continuously map and update a mesh of scalable networked devices. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124707 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FLOW MANAGEMENT IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for facilitating flow definition management in a switch. During operation, the system identifies a generic flow definition which specifies a flow that is not specific to any input port of a switch. The system further stores in a flow lookup data structure one or more port-specific flow rules based on the generic flow definition, wherein each port-specific flow rule corresponds to a respective port capable of processing data flows. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124708 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVE COMPOSITE SERVICE PATH MANAGEMENT - A system for adaptive composite service path management includes a service path control function module configured to search for and select component services according to a template of a composite service and generate a service chain and a service path on the basis of collected contexts from user, service and network. A service binding module is configured to call the component services according to the service path and execute the template of the composite service. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124709 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NIC-CENTRIC HYPER-CHANNEL DISTRIBUTED NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Various embodiments for hyper-channel management are disclosed. One such method is implemented by a network interface controller (NIC) residing in a server. This method involves determining a network component that is operable to create, modify, terminate, or any combination thereof, a hyper-channel. The hyper-channel corresponds to a logical abstraction of network resources associated with the server. The method also involves using the determined network component to manage the hyper-channel. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124710 | MEDIATION SERVER, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, ACCOUNT PROVISIONING SERVER, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - In the first embodiment, the mobile phone | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124711 | COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - A communication control apparatus ( | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130132542 | Method and System for Effective BGP AS-Path Pre-pending - A method implemented in a network element to determine an autonomous system (AS) path pre-pending (ASPP) vector for an AS of the network element that accounts for AS business relationship induced policies and global impact of ASPP decisions by using comparable paths between AS in a network for application of network management strategies, the comparable paths grouped by path types defined by local preference polices, the method including gathering AS level topological data for the network, categorizing AS link relationships in the topological data, computing the comparable paths for each AS pair, and applying any one of a load balancing process, back-up path provisioning process or traversal avoidance process to the comparable paths to determine an ASPP vector for the AS of the network element. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132543 | Differentiating Bookmarks in Content Access Lists Shared Among Multiple Content Player Devices - A content player accesses content via a content access list shared by a network of players. The content is stored by one or more of the players. One or more of the players may be thin clients that can access content stored by other players but cannot themselves store content. The content access list lists available stored content. The content player associates a bookmark with the content and includes identification information that identifies the requestor related to generation of the bookmark. When the content player presents the content access list, bookmarks associated with content included in list are also be along with the identification information. In some implementations, the requestor related to generation of the respective bookmark may be the content player that generated the bookmark, the specific user that entered input that prompted generation of the bookmark, and/or a combination thereof. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132544 | PRECISE GEOLOCATION FOR CONTENT CACHING IN EVOLVED PACKET CORE NETWORKS - A network element in a network is provided. The network element includes a receiver that receives a content request message. The received content request message indicates content to be transmitted to a device. The network element includes a processor in communication with the receiver. The processor generates a modified content request message by inserting identification data into the content request message. The identification data identifies at least one of a plurality of network nodes in the network. The network element includes a transmitter that transmits the modified content request message to a content distribution network server. The receiver further receives a redirect message that is based on the transmitted modified content request message. The redirect message identifies that a one of the plurality of network nodes is a cache location storing the indicated content. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132545 | Virtual Network Interface Objects - Methods and apparatus for interfaces to manage virtual network interface objects. A system may include resource instances and a network interface virtualization coordinator. Responsive to a record creation request, the coordinator creates an interface records that may include an IP address, subnet information and security properties. The coordinator may, in response to a request to attach the record to a resource instance, enable traffic directed to the IP address to flow to the resource instance. In response to a subsequent detach request, the traffic to the IP address may be disabled at the resource instance. The same interface record may be attached to another resource instance in response to another attach request, enabling traffic directed to the IP address to flow to the second resource instance. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132546 | TOOL FOR MANAGING RESOURCES AND COMPUTER INFRASTRUCTURES AND NETWORKS - A tool for aiding management of a communicating physical device includes: a device controller operating the physical device using operating parameters; a data storage interlinking an identifier from the physical device and dated values of attributes and a list of control functions capable of modifying some of the operating parameters; an interpreter adapted for receiving a device identifier datum and a time horizon parameter at the same time and for responding thereto by establishing a series of respective events using the information from the data storage, related to the time horizon, each event interlinking a date, one or more identifiers of control functions, and parameters for these functions, established in accordance with a dated attribute value; and a sequencer arranged to call the interpreter and carry out chronologically the calls of the functions of each event of the series as returned by the interpreter. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132547 | Apparatus and Method for Address Book Automation Over a Trust Network - A non-transitory computer readable storage medium includes executable instructions to receive a request from a client to enroll in a trust network. The trust network is a group of entities that communicate in a digital network where communications between the entities are quantified to produce measures of entity trustworthiness. A registration form is supplied to the client in response to the request. Client data in the registration form received from the client is processed to load the client data as parameters in a managed trust network. Wherein the client data includes client address book contacts. The client address book contacts are administered in accordance with the trust network measures of entity trustworthiness. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132548 | AIRCRAFT COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR EXECUTING INFLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT AND ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG APPLICATIONS - An aircraft computer system comprises an electronic flight bag computer and at least two server computers which are linked via a databus in a network configuration. The electronic flight bag computer and the at least two server computers are linked via respective control lines. At least one of the server computers is configured to change between an electronic flight bag mode and an in-flight entertainment mode in response to receiving a pre-determined signal via the control line. At least one of the server computers comprises at least two network switches and is configured to activate one of the at least two network switches and to deactivate the other one of the at least two network switches in response to the pre-determined signal via the control line. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132549 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR BULK DATA TRANSFER IN DELAY-TOLERANT NETWORKS - The method comprises modelling a delay-tolerant dynamic network comprising time-varying links transforming it into a static time-expanded network graph, and managing bulk data transfer on the basis of said static time-expanded network graph. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132550 | SERVICE CONFIGURATION ASSURANCE - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with service configuration assurance are described. One example method includes comparing an expected device configuration model with an actual device configuration model for the network device and communicating service identifiers in the expected device configuration for which there is no corresponding service configuration item in the actual device configuration model to a user. The example method may also include generating a service-impact event notification when a likely service-impacting configuration change is detected. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132551 | REDUCTION OF ALERTS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS - Aspects of the present invention dynamically reduce a frequency at which IT infrastructure automatically generates alerts. Historical data across a plurality of data sources in the IT infrastructure is analyzed. An opportunity to reduce the frequency at which the IT infrastructure automatically generates the alerts is identified. A new alert policy addressing the opportunity to reduce alert frequency is generated. An impact of the new alert policy on a set of predefined service level objectives (SLOs) and service level agreements (SLAs) is evaluated. The new alert policy is deployed in the IT infrastructure. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132552 | Application-Aware Quality Of Service In Network Applications - An approach is provided in which a number of requests are received from a variety of clients over a computer network. The system uses a processor to calculate request priority values pertaining to the received requests. The calculation of the request priority values is based on one or more attributes that correspond to the respective requests. For example, the attributes could include network level attributes, session attributes, and application specific attributes. Each of the requests is assigned a request priority value. A request may receive the same request priority value as other requests. The requests are queued in a memory based on the request priority values that were assigned to the requests. The queued requests are then serviced in order of request priority so that queued requests assigned higher request priority values are processed before queued requests with lower request priority values. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132553 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A COMPUTING CLUSTER - A system and method that includes managing a computer cluster with a plurality of machines of a first version in an active configuration; adding at least one machine of a second version to the computer cluster; monitoring the operational status of the machine of a second version; and transitioning the computer cluster to use the machine of a second version in an active configuration. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132554 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING DATA ON A CONNECTION BETWEEN TWO NODES OF A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and a device for processing data on a connection between two nodes of a communication network. A first node conveys first data of a first size to a second node. The second node conveys second data of a second size to the first node. The first node determines a first time based on a duration from when the first data is sent until the second data is received. The first node conveys third data of the second size to the second node. The second node conveys fourth data of the first size to the first node. Then the first node determines a second time based on a duration from when the third data is sent until the fourth data is received. A communication system includes at least one such device. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132555 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - The invention provides a communication system for a power distribution network, which comprises at least two distribution domains, each of the domains includes one management device and at least one electrical device. The management device is configured as connected with the electrical devices within its domain, and is further configured as capable of collect information from the electrical devices. The system also comprises a communication link, which is arranged for the management devices of different domains, and the management devices are configured as capable of directly exchanging information through the link. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130138785 | ARCHITECTURE FOR NETWORK-ENABLED TOOLS - The different advantageous embodiments provide a system comprising a wireless network, a number of tools, and a central server. The number of tools is connected to the wireless network. The number of tools is configured to perform a number of tasks and collect process data while performing the number of tasks. The central server is connected to the wireless network. The central server is configured to monitor the number of tools performing the number of tasks and receive the process data collected by the number of tools over the wireless network. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138786 | FACILITATING VIRTUAL PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a coordinator device having a memory, and a controller. The memory can have computer instructions, which when executed by the controller, causes the controller to facilitate establishing a first virtual personal area network with a first sensor by executing computer instructions associated with a first application profile, and facilitate establishing a second virtual personal area network with a second sensor by executing computer instructions associated a second application profile. The first application profile can be defined by a first protocol specification, while the second application profile can be defined by a second protocol specification. The first protocol specification can also be operationally distinct from the second protocol specification. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138787 | SERVER RACK SYSTEM - A server rack system includes a network switch, an Integrated Management Module (IMM) and in-rack apparatuses. The in-rack apparatuses and the IMM are connected to ports of the network switch respectively according to a preset correlation between in-rack locations and the ports of the network switch. The IMM pre-stores a correlation between identification information of the in-rack apparatuses, the in-rack locations and the ports. When the system is in operation, the IMM obtains a correlation between Media Access Control (MAC) addresses of the in-rack apparatuses and the ports from the network switch, and obtains a correlation between the identification information, the in-rack locations and the MAC addresses according to the correlation between the identification information, the in-rack locations, and the ports. The IMM obtains an Internet Protocol (IP) address corresponding to an MAC address, and uses the IP address to communicate with an in-rack apparatus in a specific rack location. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138788 | ENTRUSTED MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR A PLURALITY OF RACK SYSTEMS - An entrusted management method for a plurality of rack systems is provided, which includes the following steps. The rack systems are provided, in which each rack system respectively includes an integrated management module (IMM) and a plurality of internal rack devices. The rack systems are distributed into at least one rack group, and one of a plurality of IMMs in each rack group is selected to serve as a primary IMM. The primary IMM is connected to other IMMs through a network, and performs a synchronous configuration procedure to back up a plurality of pieces of configuration information of the other IMMs in the rack group. When an anomaly occurs in a specific IMM or the specific IMM submits an entrustment request, the primary IMM manages, through the network, internal rack devices originally managed by the specific IMM. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138789 | Systems and methods for improved multisite management of converged communication systems and computer systems - The present invention discloses improved systems and methods for multisite management of computer server systems and in particular converged communication systems based on a decentralized architecture. Certain and various aspects relating to atomic error handling, transaction-based authentication/security, intelligent bandwidth management, decoupled data/configuration messaging, improved scalability, auto-detection functions, business metrics, etc., also are disclosed. A console is disclosed that communicates with each of a plurality of converged communications systems, e.g., preferably through the use of sockets. The actual traffic load is decentralized among the computer server systems, as each one uses direct connections (e.g., via an enhanced file transfer protocol) to access update/configuration data as needed. In addition, an improved communication protocol is disclosed that is optimized for the multisite management architecture of the present invention. An improved set of graphical user interface (GUI) features are described that improve the efficiency of the management of multiple systems. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138790 | Method and Apparatus for a Hybrid Approach for Rule Setting by Online Service Providers - An approach is presented for providing automatic and manual rule setting rule setting by online service providers. A content programming platform receives a first input for defining one or more automatic rules for a plurality of landing spots in a content repository, the content programming platform will further receive a second input for defining at least one override rule for at least one of the landing spots, the at least one override rule superseding the automatic rule corresponding to the at least one landing spot. Based, at least in part, on the entries the landing spots are populated with respective content items. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138791 | SESSION TRANSFER AND SUSPENSION IN A REMOTE ACCESS APPLICATION FRAMEWORK - Systems and method for providing for suspension and transfer of remote access sessions. In accordance with the methods, a request to suspend a session may be received at a server tier. The server tier prepares a URL that may be used at a later time by a client to resume the session. The URL is communicated to a client tier from which the request was received and, thereafter, a connection between the client tier and the server tier is closed. At a subsequent time, a request may be received to resume the session at the URL. After receipt of the request to resume the session, a connection with the requesting client tier is established by the server tier, and the session is resumed. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138792 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR A MULTI-HOP MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK - An ad hoc network having self-organized clusters of nodes, i.e., one-hop ad hoc subnetworks. Any node can assume the role of a routing node if it is able to communicate with at least one node in another cluster so as to self-organize the clusters of nodes into a multi-hop ad hoc network. An intra-cluster synchronization of sleep and awake periods of nodes in a power-saving mode of operation is performed separately within each cluster. An inter-cluster synchronization of awake periods of neighboring clusters to be temporally non-overlapping is performed by the routing nodes. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138793 | NETWORK INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, A NETWORK INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND A DATA PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is a network information processing system, wherein the construction of an information processing system of the whole network is simplified, and network control intended by a user is able to be implemented, and which is provided with: a first network information processing apparatus for managing and controlling a first communication network; and a second network information processing apparatus for managing and controlling a second communication network that contains at least a portion of the first communication network therein. The first network information processing apparatus comprises: a converting means for converting the network connection construction of the construction section of the second communication network, which is related to the first communication network, into the form of a user provided network that is specialized to meet the second communication network under a prescribed conversion rule; and a transmitting means for transmitting the user provided network to the second network information processing apparatus. The second network information processing apparatus comprises a managing means for managing the second communication network on the basis of the user provided network. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138794 | "GO HOME" FEATURE FOR ROAMING APPLICATIONS - Techniques related to a “go home” feature for a roaming application are generally described where a roaming application can automatically return from a target device to a home device. The home device can manage an execution environment for the roaming application on behalf of an owner of the roaming application. The roaming application may roam from the home device to a target device, execute on the target device, and automatically return from the target device to the home device, in response to a return event. The roaming application implementing the “go home” feature may be indifferent to specific User Interface (UI) features of target devices, allowing roaming applications to access a wider diversity of potential target devices, and also allowing simplification/omission of target device UI. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130145001 | UTILITY-BASED MODEL FOR CACHING PROGRAMS IN A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK - Methods, devices, and storage media for receiving one or more utility preferences that indicate one or more criteria for measuring one or more utilities of programs; calculating utility solutions for the programs based on the one or more utility preferences; selecting one or more programs to store for at least one of downloading or streaming based on the utility solutions; and storing the one or more programs for downloading or streaming to users. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145002 | Enabling Co-Existence of Hosts or Virtual Machines with Identical Addresses - A method, an apparatus and an article of manufacture for enabling co-existence of multiple machines with identical addresses within a single data center network. The method includes assigning a unique pseudo identifier to each machine in the network that can be used for routing a packet to a destination machine, replacing a sender media access control address on an address resolution protocol request with a pseudo identifier of the sender at an edge network switch, retrieving a private network identifier from a mapping table based on the sender pseudo identifier and returning a pseudo identifier for the destination address based on the private network identifier, and replacing the pseudo identifier of the destination address with an actual identifier at a destination edge network switch for routing the packet to the destination machine. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145003 | Constructing A Logical, Regular Axis Topology From An Irregular Topology - Constructing a logical regular topology from an irregular topology including, for each axial dimension and recursively, for each compute node in a subcommunicator until returning to a first node: adding to a logical line of the axial dimension a neighbor specified in a nearest neighbor list; calling the added compute node; determining, by the called node, whether any neighbor in the node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line; if a neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line, adding, by the called compute node to the logical line, any neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list for the axial dimension not already added to the logical line; and, if no neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line, returning to the calling compute node. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145004 | PROVISIONING USING PRESENCE DETECTION - Methods, systems, and computer program products may provision a software application on a computer in a computer system. A software provisioning method may include receiving by a server on a computer system information for provisioning a software application on a computer on the computer system, obtaining by the server one or more indicia of user presence for the computer, determining by the server a time interval for provisioning the computer based upon the obtained indicia of user presence, and provisioning the computer by the server during the determined time interval. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145005 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PERFORMING SIMULTANEOUS MULTI-AGENT ACCESS FOR COMMAND EXECUTION THROUGH A SINGLE CLIENT - Disclosed are an apparatus and method of managing a multiple agents via a session client. One example method of operation may include selecting multiple endpoint devices to manage, establishing a connection to a server, and identifying at least two agent identifiers identifying multiple agents corresponding to the multiple endpoint devices. The method may also include transmitting a session setup command to the server including the at least two agent identifiers and receiving a confirmation that a session has been established between the session client and the multiple agents of the multiple endpoint devices. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145006 | MULTI-TENANT INFRASTRUCTURE - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for providing a multi-tenant infrastructure. In one aspect, a method includes establishing a plurality of tenant containers for a plurality of tenants, each tenant container being a logical separation of data and functionality for a multi-tenant application, each tenant container being isolated from the other tenant containers. A request is received from a client device. The request is determined to be associated with one of the tenant containers. The request is directed to the tenant container associated with the request. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145007 | REMOTE MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT - Remote mobile device management is provided. a master user account is established based on a request from a master user and a request to associate a remote mobile device with the master user account is received. The remote mobile device is associated with the master user account and management information is received from the master user account that is associated with the remote mobile device including restriction activation information. An indication of movement is received when the remote mobile device is moving at a speed above a restriction threshold and the restriction or monitoring of at least one device capability of the remote mobile device is provided based on the restriction activation information and the indication of movement. An indication of deceleration is received when the remote mobile device has decelerated and the restoration of the at least one device capability is provided based on the indication of deceleration. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145008 | Enabling Co-Existence of Hosts or Virtual Machines with Identical Addresses - A method for enabling co-existence of multiple machines with identical addresses within a single data center network. The method includes assigning a unique pseudo identifier to each machine in the network that can be used for routing a packet to a destination machine, replacing a sender media access control address on an address resolution protocol request with a pseudo identifier of the sender at an edge network switch, retrieving a private network identifier from a mapping table based on the sender pseudo identifier and returning a pseudo identifier for the destination address based on the private network identifier, and replacing the pseudo identifier of the destination address with an actual identifier at a destination edge network switch for routing the packet to the destination machine. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145009 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC APPLICATION LAYER GATEWAYS - A method and system are disclosed for providing functionality on a network. A mobile agent moves from a first node to a target node and, at the target node, performs as an application layer gateway. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145010 | Mobile Device And Method To Utilize The Failover Mechanism For Fault Tolerance Provided For Mobile Traffic Management And Network/Device Resource - A mobile device and method to utilize the failover mechanism for fault tolerance provided for mobile traffic management are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method, which may be implemented on a system or a mobile device which responsive to detecting a failed attempt to connect to a proxy server, determines whether the proxy server is reachable. In one embodiment, in response to determining that the proxy server is reachable, initiates a failover process by reconfiguring DNS routing rules. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145011 | SYSTEM FOR USER SETUP IN A USER NETWORK IDENTITY ADDRESS PROVISIONING SERVER - A number of computing devices associated with a particular user have a network capability between them for management and control, said capability to enable these devices, running on different, physically distributed hardware, to interwork securely and privately. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145012 | CONSTRUCTING A LOGICAL, REGULAR AXIS TOPOLOGY FROM AN IRREGULAR TOPOLOGY - Constructing a logical regular topology from an irregular topology including, for each axial dimension and recursively, for each compute node in a subcommunicator until returning to a first node: adding to a logical line of the axial dimension a neighbor specified in a nearest neighbor list; calling the added compute node; determining, by the called node, whether any neighbor in the node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line; if a neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line, adding, by the called compute node to the logical line, any neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list for the axial dimension not already added to the logical line; and, if no neighbor in the called compute node's nearest neighbor list is available to add to the logical line, returning to the calling compute node. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145013 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND CONTENT UPDATE METHOD - A communication terminal and a content update method in a communication terminal that can update content at the optimum time according to the content type, the communication terminal includes a content storage unit that stores content containing first time information indicating the maximum time unit of information representing a time, a terminal information storage unit that stores terminal information containing second time information indicating a time unit shorter than the maximum time unit and assigned to each communication terminal, a time determination unit that determines whether it has reached a time consisting of the first and the second time information, and a content update unit that updates content when the time determination unit determines that it has reached a time consisting of the first and the second time information, thereby delivering content at the optimum time according to the content type. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130151680 | Providing A Database As A Service In A Multi-Tenant Environment - In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a system with multiple computing hosts each having a hypervisor to provide a virtual environment for the host and one or more containers each including a database instance and at least one database. These databases, and the database instance can be provided as a service to a user of a multi-tenant environment. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151681 | INCREASING AVAILABILITY OF STATEFUL APPLICATIONS - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for facilitating coordination between a fabric controller of a cloud-computing network and a service application running in the cloud-computing network are provided. Initially, an update domain (UD) that includes role instance(s) of the service application is selected, where the service application represents a stateful application is targeted for receiving a tenant job executed thereon. The process of coordination involves preparing the UD for execution of the tenant job, disabling the role instance(s) of the UD to an offline condition, allowing the tenant job to execute, and restoring the role instance(s) to an online condition upon completing execution of the tenant job. Preparing the UD includes notifying a management role established within the service application of the fabric controller's intent to execute the tenant job and receiving a management-role response communicating a presence of replications of internal state(s) of the role instance(s) affected by the tenant job. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151682 | MULTI-PHASE MONITORING OF HYBRID SYSTEM LANDSCAPES - A multi-phase monitoring of hybrid system landscapes is described. Calendar data for planned and unplanned downtimes is generated at a number of computer system environments of a hybrid system landscape. Generated calendar data is requested from a computer system environment hosted by a first entity. Generated calendar data for at least one downtime of at least one component of a computer system environment hosted by a second entity is synchronized with calendar data for at least one downtime of at least one component of the computer system environment hosted by the first entity received in response of the request. Availability of the hybrid system landscape is evaluated based on the synchronized calendar data. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151683 | LOAD BALANCING IN CLUSTER STORAGE SYSTEMS - Methods and systems for load balancing in a cluster storage system are disclosed herein. The method includes identifying a source node within the cluster storage system from which to move a number of data objects, wherein the source node includes a node with a total load exceeding a threshold value. The method also includes selecting the data objects to move from the source node, wherein the data objects are chosen such that the total load of the source node no longer exceeds the threshold value. The method further includes determining a target node within the cluster storage system based on a proximity to the source node and the total load of the target node and moving the data objects from the source node to the target node. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151684 | UPnP/DLNA WITH RADA HIVE - A system, a controller, and methods are described herein for enabling a user of a user device while located in a visited local area network (e.g., their friend's local area network) to remotely access a device which is located within a home local area network (e.g., their household local area network). | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151685 | Controlling A Network Interface Using Virtual Switch Proxying - Methods and systems for permitting a controller within a virtualization environment to control access to devices virtualized within hardware are described herein. For example, a NIC may be able to request rules that define how network traffic is managed at the NIC's virtual switch. In some arrangements, the NIC may transmit a query for the matching rule to a proxy, which may determine whether it has a rule matching the request. If the proxy does not have a matching rule, the proxy may query a controller for the matching rule, which may transmit the rule to the proxy. The proxy may update its store of rules and transmit the matching rule to the NIC. Upon receipt of the matching rule, the NIC may update the rules stored in its virtual switch and may process the packet in accordance with the matching rule. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151686 | MANAGEMENT DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - A management device includes: a detection portion that detects change of common information based on an update flag set to a changed part of the common information when the common information set to a plurality of switch devices is changed; and an update portion that updates common information set to another switch device by using information on the changed part to which the update flag is set when the detection portion detects the change of the common information, the information on the changed part being included in one switch device. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130159483 | INVENTORY UPDATING OF AN INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) ALIAS WITHIN A HIGHLY AVAILABLE COMPUTING CLUSTER - A clustered computing data processing system can be configured for inventory management in a highly available cluster. The system can include a cluster of computers managed by a cluster agent and providing high availability for a hosted application in the cluster. The system also can include a systems management tool executing in memory of a host computer system and coupled to the cluster agent and maintaining an inventory of data pertaining to the computers in the cluster. The system yet further can include an Internet protocol (IP) alias discover module coupled to the tool. The module can include program code executing in the memory of the host computer system so as to receive notification from the cluster agent of a change to addressing data for the computers in the cluster and, responsive to the notification, to update the inventory to reflect the change to the addressing data. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159484 | PUBLISHING MOBILE APPLICATIONS - Systems, methods and techniques relating to publishing mobile applications are described. A described technique includes instantiating an application for one or more mobile devices, associating one or more templates with the instantiated application, where each of the one or more templates configurable to provide a functionality to the application, mapping data from a backend system to each of the associated one or more templates, and publishing the application to the one or more mobile devices. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159485 | PERFORMING OPERATIONS ON DELETED ITEMS USING DELETED PROPERTY INFORMATION - Deleted property information relating to deleting an item, such as an electronic message, is stored for later use. The stored deleted property information may relate to one or more different properties that are associated with the deletion of the item, such as: a time when the item was deleted, a device from which item was deleted, a device on which the item was stored when deleted, a location of a user where the item was deleted, an application associated with the item, and the like. The deleted property information may be used to perform various operations. For example, deleted items may be sorted using the deleted item property information (e.g. time of deletion, device, location, application), rules may be created to use the deleted property information, deleted items may be restored based on the deleted property information, and the like. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159486 | NETWORK ARCHITECTURE FOR MINIMALISTIC CONNECTED OBJECTS - In one embodiment, a network architecture comprises minimalistic connected objects (MCOs), distributed intelligence agents (DIAs), and central intelligence controllers (CICs). MCOs have limited intelligence sufficient to perform their respective designated task, securely join computer networks, and provide nominal state information. The MCOs are not configured to perform complex application-specific data processing, or complex networking tasks, such as making QoS decisions, participating in CAC operations, providing TE services, executing sophisticated reliability protocols, or extrapolating network management information. DIAs are configured to provide a computer network edge for the MCOs, and are responsible for intelligent networking management and for performing complex application-specific data processing for the MCOs. CICs operate within the computer network and are in communication with the DIAs to perform complex tasks for overarching control of MCO/DIA operation, and are also configured to provide one or more interfaces to receive a set of user-defined rules for MCO/DIA operation. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159487 | Migration of Virtual IP Addresses in a Failover Cluster - The movement of a Virtual IP (VIP) address from cluster node to cluster node is coordinated via a load balancer. All or a subset of the nodes in a load balancer cluster may be configured as possible hosts for the VIP. The load balancer directs VIP traffic to the Dedicated IP (DIP) address for the cluster node that responds affirmatively to periodic health probe messages. In this way, a VIP failover is executed when a first node stops responding to probe messages, and a second node starts to respond to the periodic health probe messages. In response to an affirmative probe response from a new node, the load balancer immediately directs the VIP traffic to the new node's DIP. The probe messages may be configured to identify which nodes are currently responding affirmatively to probes to assist the nodes in determining when to execute a failover. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159488 | INVENTORY UPDATING OF AN INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) ALIAS WITHIN A HIGHLY AVAILABLE COMPUTING CLUSTER - A clustered computing data processing system can be configured for inventory management in a highly available cluster. The system can include a cluster of computers managed by a cluster agent and providing high availability for a hosted application in the cluster. The system also can include a systems management tool executing in memory of a host computer system and coupled to the cluster agent and maintaining an inventory of data pertaining to the computers in the cluster. The system yet further can include an Internet protocol (IP) alias discover module coupled to the tool. The module can include program code executing in the memory of the host computer system so as to receive notification from the cluster agent of a change to addressing data for the computers in the cluster and, responsive to the notification, to update the inventory to reflect the change to the addressing data. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159489 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR USE IN VEHICLE - A system and method for managing a vehicle Ethernet communication network are disclosed. More specifically, each unit in a vehicle Ethernet communication network is configured to initially enter a power-on (PowerOn) mode when is applied to each unit of the vehicle to initialize operational programs. Once powered on, each unit enters a normal mode in which a node for each unit participates in a network to request the network. Subsequently, each unit enters a sleep indication (SleepInd) mode where other nodes are not requested even though the network has already been requested by the other nodes. A communication mode is then terminated at each unit and each unit enters a wait bus sleep (WaitBusSleep) mode in which all nodes connected to the network are no longer in communication and are waiting to switch to sleep mode. Finally, each unit is powered off to prevent communication between units in the network. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159490 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SMART HOME SERVICE BASED ON CLOUD - Provided is a method and apparatus for a smart home service to which a virtual home gateway is applied. A server may generate a virtual smart home service apparatus through a virtualization technology, and the virtual smart home service apparatus and a gateway may divide and thereby perform a function of an existing gateway. A first terminal, the server, and the gateway may be connected to each other over a first network such as the Internet, and the gateway and a second terminal may be connected to each other over a second network such as a home network. The gateway may relay transmission and reception of data between the first network and the second network. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159491 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK STORAGE, AND SERVER DEVICE - A communication system includes a server device that is provided on a first network and is capable of connecting to a user terminal. A network storage is included that is connected to a second network different from the first network and is capable of connecting to the server device, wherein the network storage transmits a storage request signal to the server device in response to predetermined operation, the server device transitions to a standby state in response to the storage request signal, the user terminal transmits, to the server device, a user request signal including storage identification information to identify the network storage and terminal identification information to identify the user terminal by using setup information uniquely associated with the network storage, and the server device associates the user terminal with the network storage if receiving the user request signal from the user terminal in the standby state. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159492 | MIGRATING DEVICE MANAGEMENT BETWEEN OBJECT MANAGERS - Object manager information is maintained for object managers in a network indicating a device type of devices in the network managed by the object managers and device information providing information on the devices in the network, wherein the object managers have access to the object manager information. A determination is made from the object manager information a second object manager comprising one of the object managers in the network managing a same device type as the devices managed by the first object manager. The first and second object managers communicate to establish a migration relationship between the first and the second object managers. In response to a migration event at the second object manager, the first object manager accesses the device information for the second object manager to manage the devices currently managed by the second object manager. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130166709 | Interfaces To Manage Inter-Region Connectivity For Direct Network Peerings - Methods and apparatus for interfaces to manage inter-regional connectivity for direct network peerings. A system may include a connectivity coordinator, a first resource collection in a first geographical zone and a second resource collection in a second geographical zone. The coordinator implements a programmatic interface defining connectivity operations. The coordinator receives a request via the interface to establish a logically isolated network path to the second resource collection on behalf of a client that has a dedicated physical link set up to connect to the first resource collection. In response to the request, the coordinator performs one or more configuration operations to enable traffic to flow from the client's network to the second resource collection over a logically isolated network path using the dedicated physical link. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166710 | INTERFACES TO MANAGE SERVICE MARKETPLACES ACCESSIBLE VIA DIRECT NETWORK PEERINGS - Methods and apparatus for interfaces to manage service marketplaces accessible via direct network peerings. A system may include a plurality of resource collections and a connectivity coordinator. The coordinator implements a programmatic interface defining connectivity operations. A first client may implement a service using one of the resource collections. The coordinator may use the interface to notify a second client that the service implemented by the first client is accessible via a dedicated direct physical link set up on behalf of the second client. In response to a subscription request for the service, the coordinator performs one or more configuration operations to enable a request for the service from the second client to be routed using the second client's dedicated physical link. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166711 | Cloud-Based Video Surveillance Management System - Systems and methods are described herein that provide a three-tier intelligent video surveillance management system. An example of a system described herein includes a gateway configured to obtain video content and metadata relating to the video content from a plurality of network devices, a metadata processing module communicatively coupled to the gateway and configured to filter the metadata according to one or more criteria to obtain a filtered set of metadata, a video processing module communicatively coupled to the gateway and the metadata processing module and configured to isolate video portions, of video the content, associated with respective first portions of the filtered set of metadata, and a cloud services interface communicatively coupled to the gateway, the metadata processing module and the video processing module and configured to provide at least some of the filtered set of metadata or the isolated video portions to a cloud computing service. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166712 | CLOUD-EDGE TOPOLOGIES - The description relates to cloud-edge topologies. Some aspects relate to cloud-edge applications and resource usage in various cloud-edge topologies. Another aspect of the present cloud-edge topologies can relate to the specification of cloud-edge applications using a temporal language. A further aspect can involve an architecture that runs data stream management systems (DSMSs) engines on the cloud and cloud-edge computers to run query parts. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166713 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING EXTERNAL IP ADDRESS AND ITS NETWORK PROTOCOL SYSTEM - A method for obtaining an external IP address and its network protocol system are provided. A rack system of the network protocol system comprises a rack management controller (RMC), a power distribution unit and at least one node server. When a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) service is lost in the rack system, a jumper of the rack management controller is detected to obtain an identification code. Then, a first temporary IP address of the rack management controller is obtained based on the identification code and a first table, and a first command package is sent to the power distribution unit by the rack management controller. After the first command package is received by the power distribution unit, an IP assign service is activated to set a second temporary IP address of the node server so that the node server can still communicate with the system management terminal. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166714 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA STORAGE - A storage system includes a plurality of storage servers connected in a hierarchical fashion to form a tree structured network accessible by a client computer via a network. The storage servers includes a root node storage server at a highest level in the hierarchy, a plurality of second level node storage severs at a second level connected to the root node storage server, and a plurality of third level node storage severs at a third level connected to the corresponding second level node storage servers. The root node storage server receives and stores data from the client computer. Each of the second level node storage severs obtains the data from the root node storage server and stores the data thereon. Each of the third level node storage severs obtains the data from the corresponding second node storage server and stores the data thereon. A related method is also provided. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166715 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING DNS AND TUNNEL GATEWAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a tunnel gateway device used for: receiving a domain name system (DNS) server address for an inner layer or outer layer service of a tunnel configured by an automatic control server according to a management protocol; and taking its own address as the DNS server's address and sending the address to a client, or sending the configured DNS server address to the client. The present invention also provides a method for obtaining the DNS, and the present invention implements the DNS server distribution and obtaining of the DNS without depending on the address protocol. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166716 | VIRTUAL COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer program products, for discovering entities in a first portion of a data center network, examining information associated with the discovered entities to determine relationships that exist between pairs of entities in the first portion of the data center network, and generating a specification of the relationships that exist between pairs of entities in the first portion of the data center network based on results of the examining | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166717 | DISTRIBUTION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A distribution device receives a registration request of setting information relating to distribution of an event occurring in a print device from a client, registers the setting information, acquires print device information including event information relating to an event occurred in the print device from the print device, determines event information which is a distribution target based on the event information included in the acquired print device information and the registered setting information, distributes the determined event information to the client, and confirms the reception of the event information by the client device to which the event information is to be distributed. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166718 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF MANAGING COMMUNICATION, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - A communication management system that manages a plurality of communication terminals transmits, to a request communication terminal, one of operation state information indicating that an operation state of a candidate counterpart communication terminal is unknown or information indicating that a communications protocol of the candidate counterpart communication terminal is different from a communications protocol of the request communication terminal, when the communications protocol is different between the candidate counterpart communication terminal and the request communication terminal. The request communication terminal displays information to a user, which is generated based on the information received from the communication management system. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166719 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus remotely managed by a management apparatus includes an event reception unit configured to receive an event that occurs inside; a plurality of event processing units configured to generate a message to be transmitted to the management apparatus, the event processing units corresponding to events, respectively; and a processing distribution unit configured to determine distribution of the event received by the event reception unit to the corresponding event processing unit. The event processing units are generated by the processing distribution unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166720 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND NETWORK MANAGING METHOD - A controller completes the setting of a flow entry to a switch previously before the communication of a virtual machine starts. Specifically, the controller sets information of the virtual machine and information of a server on which the virtual machine operates. The controller detects the information of the server under the switch through the switch. When the set server information and the detected server information match to each other, the controller sets a flow entry for a packet destined to the virtual machine to the switch based on information of the virtual machine on the server. After that, the virtual machine starts communication. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130173768 | System and Method for Detection and Deployment of Virtualization Capable Assets in a Managed Datacenter - A datacenter management server includes a datacenter operations manager and a datacenter infrastructure manager with an infrastructure viewer and an asset deployment tool. The datacenter operations manager compiles datacenter hierarchy information for a datacenter, including identity information for a virtualized environment and identity information for a virtualization capable system. The virtualization capable system is deployed as a stand-alone system of the datacenter. The datacenter infrastructure manager receives the datacenter hierarchy information, directs the infrastructure viewer to display a hierarchical overview of the datacenter, including depictions of the virtualized environment and the virtualization capable system. The hierarchical overview is based on the identity information. The datacenter infrastructure manager also receives a selection of the depictions from a user and directs the asset deployment tool to deploy the virtualization capable system to the virtualized environment. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173769 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOLVING A DNS REQUEST USING METADATA - A system and method for resolving a DNS request using metadata. An intelligent name server receives a request to resolve a domain name via a network. The intelligent name server acquires at least one metadata element about the source of the request. The domain name request is transformed into a CNAME request that includes the at least one metadata element and the domain name to be resolved. The CNAME request is sent to a metadata aware DNS server for resolution. The metadata aware DNS server maps the domain name to one or more network addresses stored in a look-up table. The included metadata is used to select a “best” host address to include in a response. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173770 | REGISTRY SYNCHRONIZER AND INTEGRITY MONITOR - According to one general aspect, a method may include maintaining a primary registry of registry entries. Each registry entry may include a description and a network address of a network service. The method may also include periodically determining the validity a registry entry, wherein the registry entry is included in the primary registry. The method may further include, if the registry entry is not valid, moving the registry entry to a deleted items registry of registry entries. The method may also include periodically determining the validity a registry entry that is included in the deleted items registry; and, if that registry entry is valid, moving that registry entry back to the primary registry. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173771 | AUTOMATED POLICY MANAGEMENT IN A VIRTUAL MACHINE ENVIRONMENT - A method for providing object policy management. The method includes accessing a distributed computer system having a plurality of nodes, and initiating a new object policy object backup protection for a new object. The method further includes processing a list of object attributes available for the new object policy, and processing the list to generate an object management policy. The new object is then processed in accordance with the object management policy. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173772 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR NAT STATIC PORT FORWARDING OBJECTS IN REDUNDANT CONFIGURATIONS - The invention is directed to providing a centralized synchronization method for redundant network elements and is particularly advantageous to routers providing network address translation (NAT) services requiring static port forwarding provisioning. Synchronization is provided by a network management system which can handle one or more backup routers or other network elements using a control protocol different from the control protocol used by the active router. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173773 | SERVER VIRTUALIZATION - A resource requirements method and system is provided. The method includes identifying dependencies and calculating a utilization value for a source server. The source server is mapped to an application and a source infrastructure is compared to a target infrastructure. Deficiencies and differences associated with the target infrastructure are determined and dependency requirements for fulfillment in the target infrastructure are generated. The utilization value is compared to a resource capability of the target server and resource requirements for fulfillment on the target server are generated. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173774 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTINUOUS APPLICATION STATE - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses to share application state across devices. This approach allows the user to switch devices and have the application on the new device share the same state as the previous device. In addition, this approach allows the user to shut down a device at a first point in time, and later be presented with the same state for the application at a second point in time on the same device when it is turned back on. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173775 | Cookie Invalidation Or Expiration By A Switch - A switch may be used to force the expiration of a cookie on a user's system by inserting an expiration field into the cookie contained in a network response packet. Additionally, a mechanism is provided to delete or damage a cookie contained in a network request packet, so that server software is not disrupted by the receipt of a cookie. Deleting a cookie results in a cleaner request, but damaging a cookie may be more efficient in certain circumstances. By providing these features, an efficient cookie switching design is provided. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130173776 | Method and Apparatus for Wirelessly Managing a Classroom Environment - This disclosure describes devices, methods, and techniques for managing a classroom environment. These devices, method, and/or techniques enable a classroom manager device to manage a wireless classroom environment. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130179551 | Split-Domain Name Service - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving an address of a DNS server of a network. A secure communication tunnel is established with a client of the network. The client is notified that requests to the address of the DNS server of the network should not pass through the secure communication tunnel. A request for a DNS lookup of a name of a host of the network is received through the secure communication tunnel. A DNS referral that includes the address of the DNS server of the network is sent to the client. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179552 | Computer Implemented Method, Computer System And Nontransitory Computer Readable Storage Medium For Matching URL With Web Site - A computer implemented method, a computer system or a nontransitory computer readable storage medium for matching a URL with one of a plurality of web sites. The method, system or medium may be configured for use with a device having one or more processors and a memory storing one or more programs for execution by the one or more processors. The one or more programs may include instructions for: capturing an HTTP request and a Web application context, resolving a match context for the HTTP request and the Web application context, resolving a set of top-level rules for evaluating the HTTP request and the Web application context, evaluating the match context against a first rule among the top-level rules, and invoking an action for modifying one or more of the HTTP request, the Web application context, and the match context. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179553 | CONTROLLING THE STATE OF DUPLEXING OF COUPLING FACILITY STRUCTURES - A coupling facility is coupled to one or more other coupling facilities via one or more peer links. The coupling of the facilities enables various functions to be supported, including the duplexing of structures of the coupling facilities. Duplexing is performed on a structure basis, and thus, a coupling facility may include duplexed structures, as well as non-duplexed or simplexed structures. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179554 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR APPLICATION DISPLAY - A method for application display, which is applicable for an electronic device, includes: obtaining a current state index of a parameter of the electronic device; detecting whether an application in the electronic device is capable of running under the state index of the parameter and obtaining a detection result; and if the detection result indicates that the application is not capable of running under the state index of the parameter, displaying the application in a preset way. Automatic prompt of unusable application is achieved and user experience is improved. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179555 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TIMESTAMPING DATA AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VERIFICATION OF A TIMESTAMP - An owner timestamps data f by generating a set of domain names D from the data f and the ‘timestamping’ time t. The owner then sends resolution requests for the domain names D to one or more DNS servers. To verify a timestamp, a verifier generates a set of domain names D from the data f and the ‘timestamping’ time t, sends resolution requests for the domain names D to the same DNS servers as the owner, receives resolution responses comprising TTL values, retrieves reference TTLs for the DNS servers and compares the current time with the ‘timestamping’ time t and, for each resolution response, the TTL and the reference TTL. If a predetermined ratio of comparisons match, then the timestamp is verified. Also provided are devices and computer program products. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179556 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, APPARATUS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - According to an embodiment, provided is an information processing device that is capable of communicating with an apparatus through a first communication path and is capable of communicating with an apparatus management device for managing the apparatus through a second communication path. The information processing device includes: a searching unit that searches apparatuses capable of communicating with the information processing device; a registration requesting unit that requests the apparatus capable of communicating with the information processing device through the first communication path among the searched apparatuses to register thereto management information for the apparatus; and a notifying unit that notifies the apparatus management device of the management information based on notification indicating a fact that the management information has been registered from the apparatus. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179557 | METHOD AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING OPERATION ON DEVICE RESOURCE - A method for performing an operation on a device resource includes: receiving a first request, which is requests an operation on a device resource, where a destination address of the first request is a mapped address of the device resource on a management apparatus; determining, that the device resource is created on a device corresponding to the device resource; generating a second request for performing an operation on the device resource on the device; and transmitting the second request to the device. A management apparatus for performing an operation on a device resource is also provided. By using the present invention, the complexity for the network application to perform an operation on the device resource can be reduced, and the convenience for the network application to perform an operation on the device resource can be improved. Therefore, extensive application of M2M can further be promoted. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179558 | SERVER MANAGEMENT USING A BASEBOARD MANAGEMENT CONTROLLER TO ESTABLISH A WIRELESS NETWORK - A server management system and a method for server management, wherein the server management system comprises baseboard management controllers (BMCs) located at each of a plurality of servers, wherein each BMC comprises: a connection establishment interface component configured to establish connection with one processing device in response to a request of establishing connection with the processing device and to receive a server management instruction from the processing device; and a wireless network communication component configured to enable the BMCs to establish a wireless network through their wireless network communication component; wherein, the server that establishes connection with the processing device is designated as an interface server, and the wireless network communication component of the BMC of the interface server is further able to broadcast the server management instruction received by the connection establishment interface component to managed servers via the established wireless network. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130185405 | USE OF A SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT TOOL TO MANAGE AN INTEGRATED SOLUTION APPLIANCE - An embodiment of the invention comprises a method for use with an integrated solution appliance under control of a management tool, the appliance having at least a console and a plurality of servers. The method includes providing the management tool with a CAM configured to participate in managing the appliance when used to implement a deployed solution. The CAM is furnished with a CTM for use in acquiring appliance level information, which includes specified metadata pertaining to each server. The CAM is also furnished with a COM, wherein the COM is operable to interact with components of the management tool, and is further operable to use information acquired by the CTM to selectively modify one or more commands issued by the management tool, which respectively affect operation of the appliance. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185406 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TARGET NODE TO PREFETCH SEGMENTS OF CONTENT IN CONTENT-CENTRIC NETWORK (CCN) AND TARGET NODE - A target node and a communication method of using a target node that is configured to prefetch a segment of content in a Content-Centric Network (CCN) are provided. A communication method involving a target node configured to prefetch a segment of content in a Content-Centric Network (CCN) involves: receiving, from a previous node, a predetermined content-request packet requesting a predetermined segment of a content; determining a prefetching window size based on a number of segments in response to the predetermined content-request packet, the segments being prefetched based on a name of the content; generating a content-request packet that requests each of the segments based on the prefetching window size; and transmitting the generated content-request packet to a next node. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185407 | AUTONOMIC ASSISTANCE FOR POLICY GENERATION - A system, method and apparatus for autonomically assisting in the creation of an administrative policy. The method can include detecting a stimuli in a system under study and monitoring a response by a systems administrator to the stimuli. The stimuli and the response can be forwarded to a policy maker suited to analyze the stimuli and the response. Also, the policy maker can be queried for a preferred response to the stimuli. Based upon the preferred response to the stimuli, a policy for responding to the stimuli can be formulated. As such, the policy can be enforced in managing the system under study. Moreover, the policy can be forwarded for future consideration to the systems administrator. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185408 | Systems and Methods for Server Cluster Application Virtualization - Application instances can be virtualized and operate in a fault tolerant and load-balanced means across a cluster of servers while still maintaining access to a common pool of data. Each application instance is instantiated so to operate on top on top of a virtual host that possesses a distinct virtual Internet protocol address. Each node within a server cluster environment can possess one or more virtual hosts wherein upon server failover the virtual host and its associated virtual Internet protocol address can be relocated to another server without disturbing the instantiation of the application on the virtual host. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185409 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING IP BEARER OPTIMIZATION BASED ON VIRTUAL MEDIA GATEWAY - The present invention discloses a method and a system for determining IP bearer optimization based on virtual media gateway. The method includes the following steps: when establishing an IP bearer for a first terminal, a first virtual media gateway determines that the first terminal and a second terminal are located at the same physical media gateway according to bearer information of the second terminal at an opposite end; the first virtual media gateway interacts with a second virtual media gateway to which the second terminal belongs, and a master virtual media gateway determines that both the first terminal and the second terminal can perform IP bearer optimization, wherein the master virtual media gateway is one of the first virtual media gateway and the second virtual media gateway. The present invention can avoid the waste of network resources, reduce the network delay, and improve the voice quality. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185410 | LOAD BALANCING AMONG NETWORK SERVERS - Apparatus for performing load balancing among network servers connected to an internal IPv6 network. The apparatus comprises a first interface coupled to an external IPv4 or IPv6 network for receiving packets sent across the external network and an IP packet creator coupled to said first interface. This IP packet creator is configured, for each received packet at that interface, to select a network server to be allocated to the packet or identify an already allocated network server. The IP packet creator is further configured to create a corresponding IPv6 packet for transmission over said internal network to the selected or identified network server. The apparatus further comprises a second interface coupled to said internal IPv6 network for transmitting created IPv6 packets across the internal network towards respective selected or identified network servers. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130191519 | Component Placement for Application-Level Latency Requirements - Methods, systems, and apparatuses for component placement based on application-level latency requirements are provided. Component placement includes receiving a request for a location assignment of an application component or for location assignment of multiple application components within a cloud computing platform. A set of potential location assignments is determined for the application component within the cloud computing platform. A mapping is iteratively determined based on the set of potential location assignments and a latency performance threshold, and a location assignment is selected for the application component based on the mapping. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191520 | SENTIMENT BASED DYNAMIC NETWORK MANAGEMENT SERVICES - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving data for a customer, the data associated with a customer network, calculating at a network device, a sentiment for the customer based on the data, and modifying network management services for the customer based on the sentiment. An apparatus for sentiment based dynamic network management services is also disclosed. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191521 | MODIFYING REDISTRIBUTION SETS OF USERS BASED ON EXPIRATION TIME - Methods, computer-readable media, and systems for modifying redistribution sets of users based on expiration time. A redistribution set including multiple present users to whom selected content is presentable for a pre-defined duration is received. Multiple past users who were included in the redistribution set have previously been removed from the redistribution set based on an expiration of the pre-defined duration. In response to detecting a modification to the pre-defined duration, the redistribution set of users is modified to include one or more past users or to exclude one or more present users. The redistribution set thus modified is used to target content to users in the modified redistribution set. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191522 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SMART OBJECTS USING DEREFERENCEABLE INFORMATION, AND SERVER THEREOF - There is provided an apparatus and method to interact with a smart object s through a smart device. A smart object management method and apparatus includes creating information in which a smart object is described in a predetermined format including dereferenceable information. The information is registered. The method and apparatus receive an instruction to operate the smart object from a smart device to interact with the smart object. The method and apparatus search for information required for execution of the instruction with reference to the dereferenceable information, create a control instruction to execute the instruction based on found information, and transmit the control instruction to the smart object. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191523 | REAL-TIME ANALYTICS FOR LARGE DATA SETS - A cloud computing system is described herein that enables fast processing of queries over massive amounts of stored data. The system is characterized by the ability to scan tens of billions of data items and to perform aggregate calculations like counts, sums, and averages in real-time (less than three seconds). Ad hoc queries are supported including grouping, sorting, and filtering without the need to predefine queries by providing highly efficient loading and processing of data items across an arbitrarily large number of processors. The system does not require any fixed schema, thus the system supports any type of data. Calculations made to satisfy a query may be distributed across a large number of processors to parallelize the work. In addition, an optimal blob size for storing multiple serialized data items is determined, and existing blobs that are too large or too small are proactively redistributed or coalesced to increase performance. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191524 | MAPPING PROTOCOL ENDPOINTS TO NETWORKED DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS BASED ON CAPABILITIES - In an embodiment, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions which cause processors to perform: collecting, at a management computer located separately with respect to a networked plurality of devices, device information about each of the devices; for each particular device: determining matches between the device capabilities for the particular device, and features of software applications; for a particular match: determining a particular software application that is configured to control the particular device; based at least in part on the device information for the particular device, determining a particular protocol endpoint from protocol endpoints that is configured to communicate control instructions from the particular software application to the particular device; creating data comprising a mapping between the particular software application, the particular protocol endpoint and the particular computing device; configuring an application computer program to use the mapping and a user interface computer program to manage the particular device. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191525 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING HTTP SOCKETS - A method and apparatus for controlling HTTP sockets in a client device are provided. The HTTP socket control method for a client device includes finding, when an HTTP request is issued, a suitable socket in a socket pool containing at least one socket for each of a plurality of destination IP groups, sending the HTTP request to a server through the found suitable socket, and updating, when a response for the request is received from the server, socket information of the found socket in the socket pool. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191526 | OPEN PLUG-IN MANAGEMENT PLATFORM AND PLUG-IN MANAGEMENT METHOD IMPLEMENTED ON BROWSER - The disclosure provides an open plug-in management platform implemented on a browser, the plug-in management platform is implemented during the host process of the browser, and is configured to act as an interacting medium of a plug-in with the browser, to control the interaction of a loaded plug-in with the browser, to manage the plug-in, and then to adapt the plug-in for invoking by the browser. The disclosure further provides an open plug-in management method implemented on a browser, including: a plug-in management platform implemented during the host process of the browser acts as a medium for interaction of a plug-in with the browser, controls the interaction of the loaded to plug-in with the browser, manages the plug-in, and then adapts the plug-in for invoking by the browser. With the platform and the method of the disclosure, various service or service application plug-ins can be managed, facilitating a user to use various service or service application functions implemented by an IT with the aid of a browser, and saving network bandwidth and network traffic. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130198351 | Flexible Caching in a Content Centric Network - Flexible caching techniques are provided for a content centric network. A content object is selectively stored in a cache of a named-based network following a cache miss by storing a name of the content object in the cache following the cache miss; obtaining the content object from another node in the named-based network; and selectively storing the obtained content object in the cache. An additional parameter that quantifies a predefined caching objective can optionally be stored with the name. An objective function can be evaluated based on the additional parameter and the selective storage of the obtained content object can be based on an evaluation of the objective function. The predefined caching objective can be, e.g., an improved robustness to an attack or improved energy efficiency. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198352 | INTERCONNECTING DATA CENTERS FOR MIGRATION OF VIRTUAL MACHINES - Methods and arrangements for facilitating virtual machine migration across data centers. A virtual machine is designated for migration from a first data center to a second data center, the virtual machine including a real identifier. A pseudo identifier is assigned to the virtual machine, and the pseudo identifier is mapped to the real identifier at a controller of the first data center. The real identifier is replaced in a data packet with the pseudo identifier for a routing task. Communication is maintained between the controller of the first data center and a controller of the second data center, and the controllers are synchronized to update a correct location of the virtual machine. The virtual machine is migrated from the first data center to the second data center. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198353 | OVERLOAD HANDLING THROUGH DIAMETER PROTOCOL - Systems and methods that use Diameter protocol for notification of overload handling. A system includes a Diameter node that uses Diameter protocol. When in operation, the node receives a Diameter application request from a Diameter peer. In response to the application request, the node generates a Diameter application answer. The node also detects an overload condition, and inserts an overload indicator in the application answer that an overload condition exists. The application answer may include a new Attribute Value Pair (AVP) defined in the Diameter protocol for the overload indicator. With the overload indicator inserted in the application answer, the node transmits the application answer to the Diameter peer. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198354 | System and Method for Portable and Flexible Deployment of Servers - A system of portable and flexible deployment of dedicated and virtual servers comprises a plurality of geographically-dispersed data centers comprising a plurality of dedicated servers, a plurality of hosts operable to host a plurality of virtual servers, a management workstation operable to capture dedicated and virtual server images, an image repository operable to store the captured server images, and an intra-data center networking infrastructure enabling communication within the data center. An integrated management system is operable to control and manage deployment of server images to dedicated and virtual servers located in a user-specified data center, and an inter-data center networking infrastructure enables communication between the plurality of data centers. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198355 | INTERCONNECTING DATA CENTERS FOR MIGRATION OF VIRTUAL MACHINES - Methods and arrangements for facilitating virtual machine migration across data centers. A virtual machine is designated for migration from a first data center to a second data center, the virtual machine including a real identifier. A pseudo identifier is assigned to the virtual machine, and the pseudo identifier is mapped to the real identifier at a controller of the first data center. The real identifier is replaced in a data packet with the pseudo identifier for a routing task. Communication is maintained between the controller of the first data center and a controller of the second data center, and the controllers are synchronized to update a correct location of the virtual machine. The virtual machine is migrated from the first data center to the second data center. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198356 | MANAGEMENT OF ONLINE CONTENT IN A NETWORK - A computer-implemented method for the management of online content in a network is described, wherein all online content is organized in a container or seed that is accessible by users via said network and that consists of main data and at least one metadata attached to the main data. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198357 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A device management device connected to a first communication channel includes a transmitting unit that transmits a device information acquisition request via the first communication channel; a receiving unit that, when a device is connected to the first communication channel, receives a device information acquisition response containing device information of the device from the device via the first communication channel, whereas when the device is connected via a second communication channel to an information processing device connected to the first communication channel, receives a device information acquisition response containing device information of the device acquired by the information processing device from the information processing device via the first communication channel; and a managing unit that stores the device information received from the device and the device information received from the information processing device as device information of the identical device in a device information storage unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198358 | DISTRIBUTIVE ON-DEMAND ADMINISTRATIVE TASKING APPARATUSES, METHODS AND SYSTEMS - The DISTRIBUTIVE ON-DEMAND ADMINISTRATIVE TASKING APPARATUSES, METHODS AND SYSTEMS (“DODAT™ embodiments”), in many embodiments, transform ticket and user inputs via DODAT™ components into payment and work product outputs. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198359 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NAVIGATING AND ACCESSING RESOURCES ON PRIVATE AND/OR PUBLIC NETWORKS - The application discloses a system and method for navigating and accessing resources on private and public networks. The system allows users of a private network to register labels associated with network resources of any associated private or public network, on a database stored on one or more servers. The database allows for searching of network resources based on labels, thus allowing users to navigate resources not only on their private network, but on associated private or public networks. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198360 | System and Method for Providing a Service - According to one example of the present invention, there is provided a system for providing a service. The service is accessible from a client application and is provided through a service application using a set of service provider resources. The system comprises a mapping module for generating mapping data, the mapping data being generated in part from an enterprise architecture definition, in part from a vocabulary definition; and in part from a client context definition. The system additionally comprises a communication module for receiving a communication request, transforming the communication request using the generated mapping data, and processing the transformed communication request. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198361 | CONTENT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, CONTENT MANAGEMENT SERVER, CONTENT-USING DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD - A content management server comprises: a first connection detection unit that detects whether or not the content management server is connected with the content-using device; a content management unit that manages the content according to a result of the detection by the first connection detection unit and holds information on how the content-using device controls the use of the content. A content-using device comprises: a second connection detection unit that detects whether or not the content-using device is connected with the content management server; a second selection unit that specifies a method for controlling the use of the content according to a result of the detection by the second connection detection unit; and a content control unit that controls the use of the content according to the method specified by the second selection unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130204989 | Environment manager - An environment manager includes a set of consolidated and integrated utilities which allow an administrator direct, remote access to information technology resources. The environment manager allows the administrator to control many aspects of the information technology environment including backup and archival of data systems, monitoring of systems, opening and closing of information technology systems, server fail-overs and virtual server environments, managing expert application, desktop management and security and system security. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204990 | DECOUPLING PARTITIONING FOR SCALABILITY - Systems and methods are provided that enable a general framework for partitioning application-defined computations (e.g., jobs) in a scalable environment. The general framework decouples partitioning of a computation from the other aspects of the computation. As a result, the effort required to define an application-defined job is reduced or minimized, as the user is not required to provide a partitioning algorithm. A user can optionally take advantage of a partitioning framework by providing application-defined interfaces to perform the desired job. Optionally, a user can provide additional information to allow for modification of how partitions are assigned. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204991 | DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING IN A SCALABLE ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods are provided that enable a general framework for partitioning application-defined jobs (e.g., computation) in a scalable environment. The general framework decouples partitioning of a job from the other aspects of the job. As a result, the effort required to define the application-defined computation in a scalable environment is reduced or minimized, as the user is not required to provide a partitioning algorithm. The general framework further allows a user to provide load balancing conditions to allow for modification of how partitions are assigned. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204992 | Effective Visualization of an Information Technology Environment Through Social Scoring - According to one embodiment, a method may include providing a representation of each of a plurality of nodes of an information technology (IT) environment to a plurality of administrators responsible for maintaining the IT environment. A plurality of scores for each of two or more of the plurality of nodes may be received. Each score may provide an assessment of a respective node of the plurality of nodes. One or more display characteristics may be determined for each node for which one or more scores was received. The display characteristics may comprise a size of a respective node that is based on the scores received for the respective node. The display characteristics may be provided to at least one administrator of the plurality of administrators responsible for maintaining the IT environment. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204993 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF INTEGRATING REMOTE SERVICES - The present invention relates to a system of integrating remote services and the method of operating said system. In a preferred embodiment, the system comprises a management system, a database with a table of users and a table of data associated with each user, a message input and recognition system for written messages, voice messages, or text messages, etc., an output system, a dialogue system, and an information exchanging system for exchanging information with remote third party services, where the information exchanging system is connected to the management system and comprises connectors suitable for each type of service such that at least one connector is suitable for performing a commercial transaction that can be requested by the user. It is particularly applicable in the field of purchasing electronic tickets or products and in the field of bank transactions from a mobile terminal. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204994 | CONSOLIDATING DISPARATE CLOUD SERVICE DATA AND BEHAVIOR BASED ON TRUST RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN CLOUD SERVICES - A method for consolidating cloud service data and behaviors can begin with the compilation of user/service membership data that associates requesting entities with subscribed cloud services by a trusted cloud service consolidator. A federated trust library housing inter-service trust information for the cloud services contained in the user/service membership data can be created. In response to a service request from a requesting entity, trusted secondary cloud services can be identified for the requesting entity. Identification of the trusted secondary cloud services can be based upon trust factors synthesized from data contained in the federated trust library. Data satisfying the service request and associated behaviors from each trusted secondary cloud service can then be consolidated into a unified data structure. A behavior can be an executable action supported by a trusted secondary cloud service. The unified data structure can be conveyed to the requesting entity in a service response. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204995 | SERVER CLUSTER - A server cluster is described, which enables load balancing between servers in the cluster. At least some of the servers in the cluster are divided into a plurality of virtual servers, wherein each virtual server is associated with a neighbouring server, which neighbouring server acts as a backup for that virtual server. The neighbouring server of each virtual server of a particular server is part of a different physical server to the virtual server, such that in the event that a physical server is unavailable for use, the load of the virtual servers of that physical server is split between a number of different physical servers, thereby reducing the likelihood of overloading any particular physical server. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204996 | RELAY DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A relay device identifies information acquired from an image forming apparatus (managed device) as private data to be managed in the local system and public data to be managed on a management device on a cloud, and sends the public data together with a pointer to the private data to the management device. The relay device acquires the public data from the management device and when applying the private data to the managed device together with the acquired public data, the relay device acquires the private data based on the pointer and distributes that data together with the public data to the managed device. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204997 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF CLOUD-BASED SYSTEMS - System and method for reporting usage of a network infrastructure includes obtaining a map that includes at least one flow-mapping that correlates a flow feature with a service and that correlates a flow feature with an endpoint type, wherein the endpoint types include at least a subscriber type and a service type; at a first computer, receiving flow telemetry of a network infrastructure, the flow telemetry representing at least the destination and source attributes for network traffic in the flow telemetry; categorizing the flow telemetry into at least a subscriber flow category based on the source and destination endpoint types of the traffic; for subscriber flow telemetry of a subscriber, processing the subscriber flow telemetry into at least one flow feature; identifying at least one service to attribute to at least a portion of the subscriber flow telemetry, the service identified through the processed flow feature and a flow-mapping. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204998 | MEDIATING A COMMUNICATION IN AN OBSERVATION PLATFORM - Using an observation platform for mediating a communication. A first communication is parsed with a computer system according to a policy to determine metadata associated with the first communication, wherein the metadata comprises a first set of attributes and wherein the first communication is received at the computer system from a first communication device. The first set of attributes is compared to attributes of a plurality of communication devices associated with the observation platform, the comparing performed by the computing system. At least one recipient communication device is identified from the plurality of communication devices for the first communication based on the comparing, the identifying performed by the computing system. The first communication is relayed to the at least one identified recipient communication device via the computer system. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130204999 | System and Method for Automatic Sub-Panel Creation and Management - Systems, apparatuses and methods are disclosed for creating and managing sub-panels. Device data may be received in the system from each of a plurality of user devices, wherein the device data includes device usage data, device configuration data, demographic data and the like. Data collection rules are created or loaded into a central processing apparatus, where the device data is processed in the central processing apparatus to determine if device data related to one or more user devices complies to the data collection rules. Sub-panels may be defined in accordance with the processing, wherein the sub-panel may include one or more devices determined to be compliant with the data collection rules. Modification instructions may be generated in the central processing apparatus for the sub-panel, wherein the modification instructions are configured to be transmitted to at least some of the devices in the sub-panel, and wherein the modification instructions include data enabling each device in the sub panel to modify or enable at least one of (i) data collection operations and (ii) data reporting relating to future device data. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130205000 | PRIVATE NETWORK WITH ENHANCED USER EXPERIENCE - A method of managing content on a network comprising providing a network-capable device that can begin communicating with users of any given network upon arriving within the vicinity of said network; initiating the network-capable device to assume control of said network so as to inject content relevant to a public safety situation; and creating (i) a hierarchical scheme if two or more similar network-capable devices appear in the same area and (ii) a quickly-deployable ad-hoc mesh network that may be private or public. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130212240 | METHODS FOR DYNAMIC DNS IMPLEMENTATION AND SYSTEMS THEREOF - A method, computer readable medium, and device for dynamic DNS implementation, comprises receiving, at a network traffic management device, a first DNS response from a DNS server, wherein the first DNS response is compliant with Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4). The first DNS response corresponds to a first DNS request from a client device being compliant with Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6). The first DNS response is converted into a DNS second response that is compliant with IPv6, by attaching a prefix that identifies a network gateway device which is to handle receive subsequent non-DNS requests from the client device. The second DNS response is routed to the client device. Subsequent non-DNS requests from the client device that contain at least a part of the prefix allow the network traffic management device to route the non-DNS request through the designated network gateway device. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212241 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPERATING NETWORK BASED ON NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - A virtual network operating apparatus and method are provided. The virtual network operating method includes configuring, by a virtual network operating apparatus, a plurality of virtual networks identified by domain names, setting, by the virtual network operating apparatus, representative virtual routers representing each of the virtual networks for each virtual network, setting, by the virtual network operating apparatus, representative routing information including an IP address of each of the representative virtual routers in each virtual router included in the virtual networks, and transmitting, by each virtual router, a packet using the set representative routing information. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212242 | GLOBAL SESSION IDENTIFIER - Systems and methods are described for creating and managing Global Session Identifiers (GSIDs) for communication sessions. GSIDs provide a way to globally identify communication sessions including those communication sessions that have experienced one or more topology changes. The GSID may be considered a header itself or a value within a header and information contained within a GSID can be used to trace backwards through time to find the session segments that led up to (or exist concurrently to) a currently signaled session. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212243 | SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTION OF LOGICAL FORWARDING PLANE DATA - A controller for managing several managed switching elements that forward data in a network is described. The controller includes an interface for receiving input logical control plane data in terms of input events data. The controller includes a converter for converting the input logical control plane data to output logical forwarding plane data by processing the input events data. The logical forwarding plane data is for subsequent translation into physical control plane data. The controller includes an input scheduler for (1) categorizing the input events data into different groups based on certain criteria and (2) supplying the input events data into the converter in a manner that each different group of input events data is processed separately by the converter. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212244 | COMMUNICATION CHANNEL FOR DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM - For a particular controller for managing managed forwarding elements that forward data in a network, a method for computing forwarding state using a set of inputs from a first controller and a second controller that is a back up controller for the first controller is described. The method receives a first subset of the set of inputs from the first controller. After failure of the first controller, the method receives a second subset of the set of inputs from the second controller. At least one input of the second subset of the set of inputs is duplicative of an input in the first subset. The method computes forwarding state using the first and second subsets of the inputs but without using the duplicative input. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212245 | NESTING TRANSACTION UPDATES TO MINIMIZE COMMUNICATION - For a controller for managing a network including managed forwarding elements that forward data in the network, a method for configuring a set of managed forwarding elements is described. The method generates a first set of flow entries for configuring the set of managed forwarding elements to forward packets as non-first-hop forwarding elements for a logical datapath set. The method generates a second set of flow entries for configuring the set of managed forwarding elements to forward packets as first-hop forwarding elements for the logical datapath set. The method sends the first set of flow entries to the set of managed forwarding elements prior to sending the second set of flow entries to the set of managed forwarding elements. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212246 | PULL-BASED STATE DISSEMINATION BETWEEN MANAGED FORWARDING ELEMENTS - For a controller that manages managed forwarding elements that forward data in a network, a method for configuring the managed forwarding elements is described. The method computes forwarding state and pushes the computed forwarding state to the managed switching elements. The forwarding state defines forwarding behaviors of the managed switching elements. The method configures the managed switching elements to exchange forwarding state with each other. The method configures the managed switching elements by configuring a first managed forwarding element to send a forwarding state information request to a second managed forwarding element and by configuring the second managed forwarding element to (1) respond to the forwarding state information request by looking up a forwarding state information repository and (2) update the forwarding state information repository with forwarding states information received from a third managed forwarding element. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212247 | Method of Handling Triggered Trap Management Object - A method of handling triggered trap management object of a client in a service system supporting open mobile alliance (OMA) device management is disclosed. The method comprises creating a node in a trap management object for storing a predefined value of time interval; and transmitting a notification associated to a triggered trap to a server of the service system or invoking a management object of the client associated to the triggered trap, only when a time interval between a triggered trap and a preceding triggered trap is greater or equal to the predefined value of stored in the node. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212248 | CREDENTIAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A server may communicate with a mobile device and/or a reader device via an Internet connection. The server may be configured to generate a credential and transmit the credential to the mobile device. The mobile device may use the credential in an access control system, a payment system, a transit system, a vending system, or the like. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130212249 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY OBSCURING ADDRESSES IN IPV6 - The invention dynamically obscures network and transport layer addresses of packets to achieve anonymity, including authentication privacy, as well as protection against tracking and traffic correlation and certain classes of network attacks by combining both intrusion protection with anonymity, avoiding the use of a separate management unit outside the host for distribution of obscured addresses. The invention enables a host to automatically configure obscured addresses and determine the obscured address of the intended recipient without outside involvement, computing addresses based on a set of parameters, and to operate without re-authentication whenever an address changes. The invention enables encryption of the packet payload to prevent traffic correlation. The technology of the invention can be implemented embedded on a host device or as a connected gateway device and requires negligible configuration and is therefore transparent to hosts. | 08-15-2013 |
| 20130219035 | DYNAMIC GROUP CREATION AND TRAFFIC FLOW REGISTRATION UNDER A GROUP IN A GROUP KEY INFRASTRUCTURE - Upon detection of a new traffic flow, a registration node can dynamically register the new traffic flow with a key server policy manager by sending a registration request on behalf of the new traffic flow. A registration request indicates the new traffic flow should be protected by a security group. A registration request may also include a request to dynamically generate a new security group to protect the traffic flow. The registration request is received by a key server policy manager, which performs authentication and authorization checks of the requesting registration node, and determines whether to accept or reject the registration request. If accepted, the key server policy manager registers the new traffic flow by including a description of the traffic flow in a group policy of an existing security group or a newly created security group, depending on the registration request. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219036 | ASSIGNING SERVER CATEGORIES TO SERVER NODES IN A HETEROGENEOUS CLUSTER - A cluster management system dynamically assigns a category to a server node based on the server node's attributes. The system can detect a change in value of a server attribute of a first server node. Then, in response to detecting the change in value of the server attribute, the system identifies a plurality of server attributes for the first server node, and dynamically assigns to the first server node a category that matches the server attributes. Further, the system can add the server node to a server pool that has a matching category with the server node. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219037 | SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTION OF PHYSICAL CONTROL PLANE DATA - A controller for managing several managed switching elements that forward data in a network is described. The controller includes an interface for receiving input logical forwarding plane data in terms of input events data. The controller includes a converter for converting the input logical forwarding plane data to output physical control plane data by processing the input events data. The physical control plane data is for subsequent translation into physical forwarding plane data. The controller includes an input scheduler for (1) categorizing the input events data into different groups based on certain criteria and (2) supplying the input events data into the converter in a manner that each different group of input events data is processed separately by the converter. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219038 | ROUTER BASED ON CORE SCORE AND METHOD FOR SETTING CORE SCORE AND PROVIDING AND SEARCHING CONTENT INFORMATION THEREIN - The method for setting a core score in a router on a Content-Centric Network (CCN) includes setting a core score according to closeness to a core of a CCN; and transmitting the core score to one or more adjacent routers. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219039 | NETWORK SELECTOR IN A VEHICLE INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM - The present disclosure describes a microprocessor executable network selector on board a vehicle (a) to select, from among plural communication networks, a network for signal transmission of a selected signal to an on board destination based on one or more of a status of the selected network, a status of a node in the selected network, a signal/noise ratio of the selected network, type, urgency, importance, format, and/or requirement of signal to be transmitted, an available and/or unavailable bandwidth in the selected network and/or node of the selected network, a current performance parameter(s) of the selected network, and a quality of service of the selected network and (b) configure the selected signal for transmission over the selected network to the on board destination. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219040 | STORAGE AREA NETWORK CONFIGURATION OF VITUAL FIBRE CHANNEL PORTS PRIOR TO CLIENT CREATION - Provided are techniques for providing a user interface on a storage virtualizer, the user interface configured to enable a worldwide unique identifier (WWPN) to be selectively activated on a storage area network (SAN), and setting up a zoning for the WWPN on the SAN prior to installation of a virtual I/O client and without a requirement that the user manually enter the WWPN. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130219041 | EXTENSIBLE PROTOCOL FOR LOW MEMORY AGENT - A tamper resistant servicing Agent for providing various services (e.g., data delete, firewall protection, data encryption, location tracking, message notification, and updating software) comprises multiple functional modules, including a loader module (CLM) that loads and gains control during POST, independent of the OS, an Adaptive Installer Module (AIM), and a Communications Driver Agent (CDA). Once control is handed to the CLM, it loads the AIM, which in turn locates, validates, decompresses and adapts the CDA for the detected OS environment. The CDA exists in two forms, a mini CDA that determines whether a full or current CDA is located somewhere on the device, and if not, to load the full-function CDA from a network; and a full-function CDA that is responsible for all communications between the device and the monitoring server. The servicing functions can be controlled by a remote server. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130227099 | Identity provider discovery service using a publish-subscribe model - A proxy is integrated within an F-SSO environment and interacts with an external identity provider (IdP) instance discovery service. The proxy proxies IdP instance requests to the discovery service and receives responses that include the IdP instance assignments. The proxy maintains a cache of the instance assignment(s). As new instance requests are received, the cached assignment data is used to provide appropriate responses in lieu of proxying these requests to the discovery service, thereby reducing the time needed to identify the required IdP instance. The proxy dynamically maintains and manages its cache by subscribing to updates from the discovery service. The updates identify IdP instance changes (such as servers being taken offline for maintenance, new services being added, etc.) occurring within the set of geographically-distributed instances that comprise the IdP service. The updates are provided via a publication-subscription model such that the proxy receives change notifications proactively. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227100 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOAD BALANCING CONTENT DELIVERY SERVERS - A high availability and load balanced content delivery system and method. A cloud computing content delivery system is provided including multiple content delivery servers (CDSs) configured to deliver content to multiple client devices. The client devices are configured to maintain a source list identifying the multiple CDSs and a primary CDS. The client devices send requests (e.g., yum requests) to the CDS for the mirror list. The client device then uses the mirror list and sends content requests to a first entry on the mirror list. Each CDS is configured to update the mirror list by applying a load balancing algorithm and provide the mirror list to a client device in the event that one or more CDSs are unavailable. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227101 | Method and system for providing transaction management in a request-oriented service architecture - An approach for providing a request-oriented service architecture is described. A request, from an originating resource manager, specifying a feature, declaration information, and an action to be performed on the feature is determined. Contents of the request are merged with a current state of the feature to generate a transaction. The transaction is used to update the current state of the feature. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227102 | Chunk Request Scheduler for HTTP Adaptive Streaming - A chunk request scheduler is provided for HTTP adaptive streaming. Requests for media chunks are scheduled over a network by requesting the media chunks over at least one connection; storing the media chunks in at least one buffer; monitoring a level of the at least one buffer; and selectively switching between at least two predefined download strategies for the request based on the buffer level. Requests for media chunks can also be scheduled over a network by obtaining an ordering of the connections based on a rate of each connection; storing the media chunks in at least one buffer; and requesting the media chunks over the ordered plurality of connections based on a size of the media chunks. For example, audio chunk requests can be scheduled over TCP connections having a lower rate order and video chunk requests can be scheduled over TCP connections having a higher rate order. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227103 | END-TO-END NETWORK SERVICE ASSURANCE SOLUTION - Disclosed herein are representative embodiments of tools and techniques for providing network service assurance. One exemplary embodiment includes a framework for network service assurance that includes a presentation layer, a service management layer, a network-infrastructure management layer, and a unified network-access layer. The unified-network-access layer is configured to receive a network request in a standard abstracted format, the network request being associated with at least one network element. The unified network-access layer also being configured to select a vendor adaptor from a plurality of vendor adaptors based on an element type of the at least one network element. The unified network-access layer further being configured to generate a vendor-formatted network request using the vendor adapter, and configured to send the vendor-formatted network request to the at least one network element. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227104 | TOPIC-BASED COMMUNITY INDEX GENERATION APPARATUS AND METHOD AND TOPIC-BASED COMMUNITY SEARCHING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A topic-based community index generation apparatus and method and a topic-based community searching apparatus and method are described. The topic-based community index generation apparatus generates a community index based on a topic that is shared by nodes included in a same community and is differentiated from topics of other communities. The topic-based community index generation apparatus and method effectively search for a desired community in a vast and complex network. In addition, the topic-based community searching apparatus and method effectively search for the desired community based on the topic that is shared by nodes included in the same community and is differentiated from topics of other communities. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227105 | Policy-Based Resource Management with Target-Driven Remediation on Server - A resource management solution for use in a data-processing infrastructure comprising a server data-processing entity and a set of target data-processing entities that is operable for downloading a set of management policies, executing, a verification action indicated in each one of the corresponding management policies for verifying a compliance of the target data-processing entity with the management policy, executing a target-side remediation action indicated in each violated one of the corresponding target-side management policies which the target data-processing entity is not compliant with, for remedying the non-compliance of the target data-processing entity with the violated target-side management policy, sending an indication of a remediation request for each violated server-side management policies, which each target data-processing entity is not compliant with, and executing, a corresponding server-side remediation action in response to each remediation request for remedying the non-compliance of the corresponding target data-processing entity with the corresponding violated server-side management policy. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227106 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VIDEO SESSION MANAGEMENT - A video session management capability provides network-directed, client-assisted management of real-time mobile video sessions of video clients of mobile devices. The video session management capability is provided using a mobile device accessing a Wireless Service Provider (WSP) network and a video management server associated with the WSP network. The mobile device includes a video client and a video control engine. The video control engine collects client information at the mobile device and provides the client information to the video management server. The video management server receives the client information, obtains network information associated with the WSP network, determines video session management information, and propagates the video session management information toward the mobile device. The mobile device receives the video session management information and the video control engine uses the video session management information to manage a real-time mobile video session of the video client of the mobile device. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227107 | VIRTUALIZED NETWORK FOR VIRTUALIZED GUESTS AS AN INDEPENDENT OVERLAY OVER A PHYSICAL NETWORK - A method for operating a virtualized network that communicatively connects between a plurality of communication ports, instantiated for a plurality of guest operating systems executed over a plurality of hosts. The method comprises instantiating a communication port for each of the plurality of guests; performing a discovery media access control (MAC) address process of at least one destination guest of the plurality of guests by a source guest; sending a ping request from the source request to the at least one destination guest; and creating the virtualized network to allow communication between the source guest with the at least one destination guest, wherein the virtualized network is created over the physical network. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227108 | Balancing of Forwarding and Address Resolution in Overlay Networks - A network node comprising a processor configured to maintain a plurality of mapping entries for one or more virtual network instances, receive a data packet within a first virtual network instance, wherein the data packet comprises an inner destination address, match the inner destination address with one of the mapping entries, obtain an outer destination address that corresponds to the matched mapping entry, encapsulate the data packet with the outer destination address, and forward the encapsulated data packet based on the outer destination address, wherein the mapping entries maps out all of the addresses for a plurality of end nodes that participate in the first virtual network instance. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227109 | Policy-Based Resource Management with Target-Driven Remediation on Server - A resource management solution for use in a data-processing infrastructure comprising a server data-processing entity and a set of target data-processing entities that is operable for downloading a set of management policies, executing a verification action indicated in each one of the corresponding management policies for verifying a compliance of the target data-processing entity with the management policy, executing a target-side remediation action indicated in each violated one of the corresponding target-side management policies which the target data-processing entity is not compliant with, for remedying the non-compliance of the target data-processing entity with the violated target-side management policy, sending an indication of a remediation request for each violated server-side management policies, which each target data-processing entity is not compliant with, and executing a corresponding server-side remediation action in response to each remediation request for remedying the non-compliance of the corresponding target data-processing entity with the corresponding violated server-side management policy. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227110 | HANDLING A SERVICE REQUEST IN A HYBRID COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method and associated systems for handling a service request in a hybrid computer system. The hybrid computer system includes an application server computer and at least two mainframe computers. The server computer receives a service request from a user application, determines that the service request does not request a memory-management function, associates the request with a single-digit numeric category, and selects one of the mainframe computers as being able to most efficiently provide the requested service. The server then translates the service request into a configuration compatible with the selected mainframe and with a mainframe operating system running on the selected mainframe, and transmits the translated request to the selected mainframe. The server receives a result from the mainframe and translates the result into a configuration compatible with the application server computer, with the user application, and with a server operating system running on the application server computer. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130227111 | PROPORTIONAL QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED ON CLIENT USAGE AND SYSTEM METRICS - Disclosed are systems, computer-readable mediums, and methods for determining client metrics of a volume in a storage system for a first client of a plurality of clients. The storage system stores data from the plurality of clients. System metrics of a cluster in the storage system are determined based upon use of the storage system by the plurality of clients. A load value of the storage system is determined based upon the system metrics and the client metrics. The load value is determined to be above a predefined threshold. A target performance value is calculated based upon the load value, a minimum quality of service value, and a maximum quality of service value. Performance of the storage system is adjusted for the client based upon the target performance value and the determining the load value is above the predefined threshold. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130232248 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMPLIFYING DISTRIBUTED SERVER MANAGEMENT - A method and system for managing a large number of servers and their server components distributed throughout a heterogeneous computing environment is provided. In one embodiment, an authenticated user, such as a IT system administrator, can securely and simultaneously control and configure multiple servers, supporting different operating systems, through a “virtual server.” A virtual server is an abstract model representing a collection of actual target servers. To represent multiple physical servers as one virtual server, abstract system calls that extend execution of operating-system-specific system calls to multiple servers, regardless of their supported operating systems, are used. A virtual server is implemented by a virtual server client and a collection of virtual server agents associated with a collection of actual servers. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130232249 | Forward request queuing in a distributed edge processing environment - A server in a distributed environment includes a process that manages incoming client requests and selectively forwards service requests to other servers in the network. The server includes storage in which at least one forwarding queue is established. The server includes code for aggregating service requests in the forwarding queue and then selectively releasing the requests, or some of them, to another server. The queuing mechanism preferably is managed by metadata, which, for example, controls how many service requests may be placed in the queue, how long a given service request may remain in the queue, what action to take in response to a client request if the forwarding queue's capacity is reached, etc. In one embodiment, the server generates an estimate of a current load on an origin server (to which it is sending forwarding requests) and instantiates the forward request queuing when that current load is reached. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130232250 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING USER PREFERENCE PROFILES IN A NETWORK - A method includes creating a plurality of user preference profiles. Each user preference profile includes at least one of a profile format without active user preference profile indication, a profile format including an active user preference profile indication, and a profile format specific to each device of a user. The plurality of user preference profiles are stored in a shared server. One or more user preference profiles corresponding to a plurality of devices are activated. The one or more user preference profiles are provided to an application server. The application server implements preferences included in corresponding user preference profile. A system includes a plurality of devices of the user, a plurality of clients corresponding to the plurality of devices, an application server corresponding to the plurality of clients, and a shared server for storing a plurality of user preference profiles. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130238771 | SNMP request processing within distributed device architecture - A distributed device architecture includes a master device and one or more member devices. A simple network management protocol (SNMP) agent of a master device receives an SNMP request from a managing device. Where the SNMP request pertains to a given member device, and where the SNMP request requires involvement of the given member device to fulfill the SNMP request, the master device generates a non-SNMP request corresponding to the SNMP request and transmits the non-SNMP request to the given member device. A non-SNMP agent of the given member device processes the non-SNMP request and transmits processing results back to the master device. The master device generates an SNMP response corresponding to the processing results, and the SNMP agent of the master device transmits the SNMP response back to the managing device. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238772 | CLOUD BURSTING AND MANAGEMENT OF CLOUD-BURSTED APPLICATIONS - Embodiments are directed to bursting application portions to different types of cloud computing systems, managing distributed applications distributed over a plurality of different cloud types and to creating a cloud bursting target in a specified cloud. In one scenario, a computer system provides an indication of available cloud computing systems including at least a first and a second cloud computing system of different types. The computer system receives a selection indicating that a portion of a software application currently hosted on the first cloud computing system of the first type is to be bursted onto the second cloud computing system. The computer system then, in response to the selection, bursts the software application portion from the first cloud computing system of the first type to the second cloud computing system of the second, different type. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238773 | SYNCHRONIZED AND TIME AWARE L2 AND L3 ADDRESS LEARNING - Disclosed is a method for performing synchronized and time aware learning of network addresses and IP addresses in a networking environment. If a network machine is to be moved from a first server to a second server, a notification is sent to all of the network elements in the network. An entry is made into the address table of all of the network elements before the element is moved. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238774 | GENERIC MULTI-LAYER PROVISIONING SERVICE MANAGEMENT LAYER SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Network planning/provisioning systems and methods with a Generic Multi-Layer Provisioning (GMLP) service management layer that is configured to operate on any of deployed network elements and spoofed network elements to provide abstract service modeling thereon. The GMLP layer may include a spoofing engine configured to simulate network elements and provisioning functions associated therewith. The associated abstraction of the GMLP layer enables layer 0-4 topologies and services to be modeled, planned, and provisioned. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238775 | THIN CLIENT SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SERVER, WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT SETTING METHOD AND WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT SETTING PROGRAM - A thin client system comprises a plurality of virtual desktop environment servers each including a virtual desktop environment in which a workplace environment is generated in a virtual machine, and a management server which manages setting of the virtual desktop environment and the virtual desktop environment server, wherein the management server comprises an OS sorting unit which generates information of an OS sorting result obtained by sorting the virtual desktop environment servers in the order of failing to have a virtual machine whose OS is other than OS of a virtual machine to be newly created, and a VM creating unit which determines the virtual desktop environment server in which the virtual machine is to be created based on the OS sorting result information by giving preference to the virtual desktop environment server failing to have a virtual machine having that other OS. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238776 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - According to an embodiment, provided is a device management apparatus that manages a device. The device management apparatus includes: a device information acquiring unit that acquires device information that is information of a device; an additional component information acquiring unit that acquires additional component information that is information of an additional component added to the device; a generating unit that generates additional component identification information identifying the additional component; and a linking unit that links the device information and the additional component information based on the additional component identification information. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238777 | CONTENT BROKER ASSISTING DISTRIBUTION OF CONTENT - Embodiments of methods, systems and apparatuses for a content broker assisting distribution of content, are disclosed. One method includes obtaining, by one or more content distribution servers, at least one of user device parameter information or storage element parameter information of a user device and one or more storage elements associated with the user device, and assisting, by the one or more content distribution servers, at least one content provider in preloading at least a portion of a content onto at least one of the one or more storage elements associated with the user device based on the at least one of the user device parameter information or the storage element parameter information. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238778 | SELF-ARCHITECTING/SELF-ADAPTIVE MODEL - A method for regeneration in a network, wherein said method including: cloning nodes within the network with a mutation, wherein the mutation includes a mutation of weights within said network; and adding or removing at least one of the nodes and connections from at least one of the network and synaptic connections. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130238779 | DATA STRUCTURE FOR MANAGING SENSOR NETWORK USING ID OF SENSOR NODE AND METHOD USING THE SAME - A sensor node address management data structure and a method of managing a sensor network using an identifier of a sensor node can provide a single management system based on ID information used to identify the sensor node even though a sensor network management system does not provide a plurality of management systems based on an individual identification system for sensor networks and sensor nodes that are to be built in a variety of network environments. The sensor node address management data structure that is managed by a network management system for managing a sensor network includes: a first field including an identifier allocated to a sensor node; a second field indicating a network management type of the sensor node to make a connection to the sensor network; and a third field providing address information on the sensor node necessary for the connection to the sensor network. | 09-12-2013 |
| 20130246592 | ELECTRONIC MESSAGE MANAGER SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SCANNING AN ELECTRONIC MESSAGE FOR UNWANTED CONTENT AND ASSOCIATED UNWANTED SITES - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for scanning an electronic message for unwanted content and associated unwanted sites in response to a request. In use, a request is received via a network to scan an electronic message prior to opening the electronic message, utilizing an electronic message manager. In addition, the electronic message is scanned for unwanted content and associated unwanted sites, in response to the request. Further, a response to the request is sent via the network. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246593 | NETWORK WITH A NETWORK WIDE EXTENDED POLICY FRAMEWORK - A network with a network wide extended policy framework comprising: path computation clients (PCCs), associated with at least one local policy enforcement point (PEP); path computation servers (PCSs), associated with at least one policy decision point (PDP). The PEPs and PDPs adapted to exchange attributes determined by at least one PDP. PDPs are adapted to identify network elements network services requiring identical configuration parameters by evaluating parameters advertised in the network and update policy related to identified groups in case of configuration error. Updated policy is distributed by PDP in policy notification to PEPs associated with network elements network services of identified group. The PEPs receiving policy notification comprising updated policy from PDP adapted to translate the updated policy into configuration settings of network elements network services the identified group. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246594 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SNMP BASED MOBILE DEVICE MANAGEMENT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for SNMP based mobile device management. These mechanisms and methods for SNMP based mobile device management can enable embodiments to provide a unified and platform-independent MDM solution having the automated identification and handling of various network and/or mobile device conditions. The ability of embodiments to provide MDM in a platform-independent and automated manner can enable the delivery of reliable, error-free services to mobile device users. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING AN ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR GENERATING, USING, OR UPDATING AN ENRICHED USER PROFILE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for communication are provided in which a communications device is operable to obtain an attribute associated with an enriched user profile including three or more informational elements. In one aspect, at least one of the three or more informational elements may include a contextual sub-element. The communications device may be operable to populate an organizational matrix using the three or more informational elements, and determine a repetitious structure based at least in part on analysis of the populated organizational matrix. In one aspect, the device may determine a relevance value associated with the attribute based at least in part on the determined repetitious structure and predict a second attribute based at least in part on the determined relevance and the repetitious structure. In one aspect, the device may query the organizational matrix using a querying criterion. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246596 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CLIENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND CLIENT MANAGEMENT METHOD - According to one embodiment, an apparatus includes a client management module configured to manage first information which correlates with client terminal information, group information, and type information, the client terminal information indicating a client terminal, the group information indicating a group to which the client terminal belongs, and the type information indicating whether the client terminal is a client virtualization terminal that executes a virtual machine or a thin client terminal, a user management module configured to manage second information which correlates with a user account and the group information, and a group management module configured to manage third information, which correlates with the group information and a virtual image file. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246597 | PROCESSOR, COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING PROGRAM THEREIN, AND PROCESSING SYSTEM - There are provided a processing unit that processes received requests, a storage unit that stores order information added to the last-processed request among the requests processed by the processing unit as final request information, a determination unit that determines whether the received request has been processed with reference to the final request information based on the order information added to the received request, and a control unit that, when the determination unit determines that the received request has been processed, prevents the received request from being processed by the processing unit, thereby preventing overlapped execution of a command. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246598 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MAPPING AND ANALYZING VULNERABILITIES IN NETWORKS - Systems and methods for mapping and analyzing vulnerabilities in networks. In one embodiment, a network is mapped, comprising: converting network line data into point data; associating the point data with cells of a grid overlaying the network; and analyzing the network by determining the relationship of the point data to the cells of the grid. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246599 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT TARGET APPARATUS, AND APPARATUS INSTALLATION METHOD FOR REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A management apparatus for performing remote management on a management target apparatus, includes a storage storing installation data in which a user of an apparatus to be installed as the management target apparatus is associated with an apparatus identification ID of the management target apparatus; an inquiry processing unit determining whether the apparatus identification ID transmitted from the apparatus to be installed is stored as the installation data; an information acquisition unit requesting, when the apparatus identification ID is stored as the installation data, to acquire information of the apparatus; a registration processing unit registering, when the information of the apparatus is acquired, the apparatus as the management target apparatus; and an activation request unit requesting, when the apparatus is registered as the management target apparatus, activation of an agent function of the apparatus. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246600 | COMMUNICATION SERVICE PROVIDING SYSTEM, METHOD OF PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND DATA CENTER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Provided is a communication service providing system capable of providing the same level of services independently of a location where a user's terminal exists and capable of providing a service to a user via a network appropriate to the service. Location information collection means | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246601 | APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR COLLABORATIVE ONLINE APPLICATIONS - An application framework including different application programming interfaces (APIs) is described which performs a variety of mobile device functions in response to API calls from applications. For example, in response to relatively simple API calls made by applications the application framework manages the complex tasks associated with invitations and matchmaking. By way of example, the details of complex transactions such as establishing peer-to-peer connections between mobile devices may be transparent to the application developer, thereby simplifying the application design process. The application framework may include an application daemon for communicating with a first set of services and an applications services module for communicating with a separate set of services. The application framework may also include a cache for caching data for each of the services based on different cache management policies driven by each of the services. The cache may be updated by push notification cache updates sent from each of the services. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130246602 | FRAMEWORK FOR MANAGING FAILURES IN OUTBOUND MESSAGES - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving, at a policy and charging rules node (PCRN), a request from a requesting node for an establishment of a first service data flow (SDF); generating a first rule set for implementing the first SDF in response to the request; transmitting a first rule of the rule set to a first node for installation of the first rule; waiting for a period of time for a response from the first node; determining from the response whether installation of the first rule at the first node failed or succeeded; and if installation of the first rule succeeded, transmitting a second rule of the first rule set to a second node for installation of the second rule. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130254359 | ADDRESS RESOLUTION SUPPRESSION FOR DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT - An example method is provided that includes determining whether an address resolution protocol reply from a local machine has been received at an edge node; updating a local cache based on the reply from the local machine; and sending the reply to a plurality of edge nodes through a data plane of a data center interconnect. In more specific implementations, the method can include determining whether an address resolution protocol request has been received from the local machine. The method could also include updating a local machine cache based on the request. In certain implementations, the method can include determining whether the request is targeting the local machine; and dropping the request if the request is targeting the local machine. The method could also include sending the request through the data center interconnect if the request is not targeting the local machine. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254360 | POLICY IMPLEMENTATION IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention relate to an approach for resolving and/or implementing policies based on layers of a network stack (e.g., cloud computing stack). Specifically, for a given policy that is being resolved, the system first evaluates the applicability of the policy to each layer in the network stack. For a given policy, the system then evaluates the relative effectiveness of applying the policy to achieve the overall goal of the policy. Based on the best fit evaluation of the relative comparison, the system then decides how and where the policy is enacted (e.g., determines a protocol for implementing the policy). | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254361 | SERVER SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A server system and a management method thereof are provided. A main server is used to manage a plurality of hosts in the server system. The main server detects a device controller of each of the hosts for obtaining location information of each device controller. One Internet Protocol (IP) address is configured to each location information. A virtual network interface card (NIC) is established according to the IP address, and a remote package is received through the virtual NIC for transmitting package to the device controller corresponding to the virtual NIC. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254362 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A management apparatus includes a user information management unit, a device information management unit, and a controller. The user information management unit manages information about groups to which individual users belong, in association with user identification information identifying the users. The device information management unit manages, for one device or each of plural devices, information about a main group to which the device belongs and information about a sub-group for which use of the device is permitted, in association with each other. The controller controls, when accepting a request for using a device from an information terminal, use of the device in accordance with whether or not information about a group managed in association with user identification information of a user who operates the information terminal is included in information about the main group or sub-group managed in association with the device. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254363 | ORGANIZATION ATTRIBUTE ESTIMATION DEVICE, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND ORGANIZATION ATTRIBUTE ESTIMATION METHOD - An organization attribute estimation device includes a software information acquisition unit that acquires software information indicating, for each information processing apparatus used in a certain department of an organization, software used in the information processing apparatus, and a department estimation unit that specifies an estimated class of the certain department on the basis of the software information acquired by the software information acquisition unit. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254364 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PATTERN HIDING AND TRAFFIC HOPPING - A secure communication mechanism is disclosed. The secure communication mechanism may utilize one or more secure communication capabilities to secure communications of various types of users in various types of networks. The secure communication capabilities may include one or more of a user pattern hiding capability (e.g., a user behavior pattern hiding capability, a user communication pattern hiding capability, a user browsing pattern hiding capability, or the like), a gateway hopping capability, or the like, as well as various combinations thereof. The users may include corporate users (e.g., for communications related to corporate matters or for communications related to personal matters), user associated with non-corporate entities, individuals not associated with a corporation or other type of entity (e.g., individual users, groups of users, or the like), or the like. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254365 | ROUTING AND SERVICE PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT IN AN APPLICATION ACCELERATION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are a system, a method and an apparatus of reduction of routing and service performance management in an application acceleration environment. In one embodiment, a system includes a branch site that includes a branch client. In addition, the system includes a headquarters site that includes a headquarters server. The headquarters site including a headquarters server includes the branch site. The headquarters site is communicatively coupled over a link via transmission media. The link is identified through a link identifier. The headquarters site including a headquarters server also includes the branch client and the headquarters server being communicatively coupled over a network connection via the transmission media. The network connection is identified through a connection identifier. The system also includes a first point of presence (POP) communicatively coupled with the branch site over a first segment of the link. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254366 | COMPUTING DEVICE AND REMOTE DESKTOP MANAGEMENT METHOD - In a remote desktop management method using a computing device, a webpage including a plurality of remote devices is generated. The computing device determines a computer name and an IP address of a selected remote device, and receives display parameters of the selected remote device from the control computer. A COM object is created and configured. Using the COM object, a remote connection to the selected remote device is established based on an operation system used in the selected remote device, and a remote desktop of the selected remote device is generated on the webpage. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254367 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE MANAGEMENT, AND SERVER - A device management system includes a first server and a second server. The first server includes a receiving unit configured to receive an operation request for acquiring specific information about a designated device, and a transfer unit configured to transfer the operation request to the second server. The second server includes an authentication unit configured to authenticate a device in a local network in response to an authentication request from the device, a connection maintaining unit configured to maintain communication connection with the device that the authentication is successful, a receiving unit configured to receive the operation request transferred from the first server, and an executing unit configured to execute a content of the operation request by carrying out communications in real time with the designated device that is in communication connection with the second server when the operation request is received. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254368 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING LIVE MIGRATION OF VIRTUAL MACHINES IN AN INFINIBAND NETWORK - A system and method can support virtual machine live migration in a network. A plurality of hosts can be interconnected via the network. Each host contains one or more virtual machines. At least one virtual machine operates to perform a live migration from a first host to a second host. The virtual function, which is attached to a queue pair (QP), can be supported by a host channel adapter (HCA) on a host. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254369 | MIGRATING FUNCTIONALITY IN VIRTUALIZED MOBILE DEVICES - One embodiment of the present invention is a method of migrating functionality to a target virtualized mobile device including virtualization software that supports one or more virtual machines, the method including: (a) embodying the functionality in a virtual machine; and (b) migrating the virtual machine to the target virtualized mobile device. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254370 | Policy Formulating Method, Policy Server, and Gateway - The policy formulating method includes: receiving, by a policy server, User-Agent user-agent information sent by a gateway, where the User-Agent information carries type information of a terminal or type information of a browser used by a terminal; determining, by the policy server, a type of the terminal according to the User-Agent information; and formulating, by the policy server, a charging policy and/or a QoS quality of service policy according to the type of the terminal. Type information of a user terminal or type information a browser used by a terminal is reported to a policy server; the policy server is capable of correctly distinguishing a terminal type, for example a mobile phone or a PC is surfing the Internet, and then the policy server formulates a corresponding policy to implement Internet access charging and QoS guarantee. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130254371 | IMS NETWORK NODE TO ENABLE TROUBLESHOOTING AND A METHOD THEREOF - The embodiments of the present invention provide a solution in an IMS network node for enabling troubleshooting. A global session identity indicator (GSII) is introduced which can be used for identifying messages belonging to the same session. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130262641 | Generating Roles for a Platform Based on Roles for an Existing Platform - A computer-implemented method includes: receiving, using a computer system, first metadata portions regarding each of multiple first-platform roles defined for a first platform, each of the first-platform roles identifying at least one of multiple first-platform applications; generating, using the computer system, second-platform roles for a second platform, each of the second-platform roles corresponding to at least one of the first-platform roles; for each of the second-platform roles, accessing the first metadata portions for the corresponding at least one of the first-platform roles, and comparing, using the computer system, the accessed first metadata portions with second metadata portions assigned to multiple second-platform applications; and for each of the second-platform roles, assigning, using the computer system, at least one of the multiple second-platform applications to the second-platform role based on a match between at least one of the accessed first metadata portions and at least one of the second metadata portions. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262642 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT FOR A COMPUTING DEVICE - Examples are disclosed for remote management of a computing device. In some examples, a secure communication link may be established between a network input/output device for a computing device and a remote management application. Commands may be received from the remote management application and management functions may be implemented at the network input/output device. Implementation of the management functions may enable the remote management application to manage or control at least some operating parameters of the computing device. Other examples are described and claimed. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262643 | VALIDATING DEPLOYMENT PATTERNS IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for validating deployment patterns/topologies (e.g., prior to being deployed) against existing patterns that have already been determined to be compliant (e.g., against a set of policies/standards). In a typical embodiment, individual components of a proposed deployment pattern are identified and then evaluated against previously approved deployment patterns (e.g., based on standards and/or policies). Components of the proposed deployment patterns that are deemed non-compliant are identified, and corrective action(s) may be determined to address any non-compliance (e.g., to put the non-compliant components into compliance, to remove the non-compliant components, etc.). | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262644 | DEPLOYMENT OF MOBILE WORKLOADS BASED ON PROXIMITY - A mobile workload deployment mechanism in a cloud computing environment determines when mobile devices are in proximity of a resource needed to process a mobile workload, and deploys the mobile workload to the mobile devices in proximity of the needed resource. Various methods performed by the mobile workload deployment mechanism account for the mobile nature of mobile devices, and how that mobility may affect the relocation, suspension, and other processing of the mobile workload. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262645 | MANAGING DISTRIBUTED ANALYTICS ON DEVICE GROUPS - Methods of managing distributed analytics on device groups are described. In an embodiment, a management service within a distributed analytics system provides an interface to allow a user to define a group of devices based on a property of the devices. When the property of a device in the system satisfies the criterion specified by the user, the device is added to the group and the device may subsequently be removed from the group if the device no longer satisfies the criterion. Once a group has been defined, the management service enables users to specify management operations, such as creating, starting, stopping or deleting queries or management operations relating to other entities of end devices, which are to be implemented on all the devices in the group and the management service propagates the operation to all devices in the group, irrespective of their current connectivity status. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262646 | METHOD AND REGISTRY FOR ENABLING THE ENFORCEMENT OF DESIGN-TIME POLICIES DURING RUNTIME IN A SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE - Certain example embodiments relate to computer-implemented methods enabling the enforcement of design-time policies during runtime in a service-oriented architecture (SOA). The SOA includes SOA assets (e.g., web services), and at least one runtime container configured to enforce runtime policies on SOA assets executed therein. Example methods may include:
| 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262647 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control method for a network system includes establishing a first communication path from a first virtual machine to be executed at a first information processing device to a second virtual machine to be executed at a second information processing device, using a plurality of switch devices, and establishing a second communication path from the first information processing device to a third information processing device using the plurality of switch devices, which differs from the first communication path, before moving the second virtual machine from the second information processing device to the third information processing device. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262648 | Location Based Data Delivery Schedulers - Packets are transmitted by a server to mobile nodes in a coverage area of a wireless network using a coverage and reliability map, which indicates qualities and reliabilities of links between the server and the nodes. When a new packet is received in the server, the server transmits the packet if a current load of the packets including the new packet is less than a peak load constraint. Otherwise, the new packet is delayed for one time slot. Packets are transmitted according to associated priorities. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262649 | ACCESS CONTROL METHOD, SERVER DEVICE, AND STORAGE DEVICE - A method of controlling access from a virtual machine executed in a server device to a storage device, the method including acquiring a service level corresponding to a virtual machine identifier that identifies a virtual machine and is output from the virtual machine together with an input/output command by using the virtual machine identifier and by referring to a storage device that stores correspondence relationship between the virtual machine identifier and the service level and executing the input/output command from the virtual machine in accordance with the acquired service level in at least either the server device or the storage device. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130262650 | MANAGEMENT OF A DEVICE CONNECTED TO A REMOTE COMPUTER USING THE REMOTE COMPUTER TO EFFECT MANAGEMENT ACTIONS - The invention facilitates remote management of a computer via a network. Remote management of a device connected to a managed computer can be effected by using the managed computer as a proxy for conducting a management action regarding the connected device on behalf of a remote computer management server. | 10-03-2013 |
| 20130268641 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR RESUBSCRIBING COMMUNICATION DEVICE TO A PUSH NOTIFICATION SERVICE - An apparatus, and an associated method, for a communication device having a SIM card, or other removable storage element, that permits hot-swapping of the storage element. Notification of hot-swapping of the removable storage element is detected. Responsive to the detection, provision is made to resubscribe to push service notifications that are disabled upon removal of the removable storage element. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268642 | APPLICATION DATA LAYER COVERAGE DISCOVERY AND GAP ANALYSIS - Systems and methods that receive at information technology (IT) management system data from at least two IT management systems, wherein the data identifies resource coverage known to each respective IT management system are discussed. The system or method may generate an IT management system coverage map as a function of the IT management system data using the coverage map generator, wherein the coverage map indicates if there is a gap in IT resource coverage of the at least two IT management systems and whether the IT resource gap creates a possible compliance issue with a policy to be followed by one of the at least two IT management systems, and wherein the IT resource gap is discovered by comparing the IT management system data of the at least two IT management systems. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268643 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MIGRATING APPLICATION VIRTUAL MACHINES IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method includes managing a virtual machine (VM) in a cloud extension, where the VM is part of a distributed virtual switch (DVS) of an enterprise network, abstracting an interface that is transparent to a cloud infrastructure of the cloud extension, and intercepting network traffic from the VM, where the VM can communicate securely with the enterprise network. The cloud extension comprises a nested VM container (NVC) that includes an emulator configured to enable abstracting the interface, and dual transmission control protocol/Internet Protocol stacks for supporting a first routing domain for communication with the cloud extension, and a second routing domain for communication with the enterprise network. The NVC may be agnostic with respect to operating systems running on the VM. The method further includes migrating the VM from the enterprise network to the cloud extension through suitable methods. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268644 | CONSISTENT RING NAMESPACES FACILITATING DATA STORAGE AND ORGANIZATION IN NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURES - Computer-implemented methods and systems for managing data objects within a computer network infrastructure that facilitate more efficient and reliable data storage and access are provided. An exemplary method may comprise establishing a physical identifier for each storage resource. A plurality of unique virtual identifiers for each storage resource is generated based on the physical identifier. The plurality of unique virtual identifiers is stored in a consistent ring namespace accessible to every node. An object identifier associated with a location of a data object to be stored in a storage resource is generated. The object identifier is mapped to the consistent ring namespace. The method may also include enabling traversing the consistent ring namespace from any node in the computer network to locate and access the data object. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268645 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WEB SERVICES MANAGEMENT - Disclosed is a system and method for managing web services. The described exemplary system and method provides an infrastructure for managing various aspects of publishing and using web services, such as logging, security, monitoring, SLA management, service level metrics and notification. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268646 | TECHNIQUES FOR PROVIDING SCALABLE APPLICATION DELIVERY CONTROLLER SERVICES - A method for managing an application delivery controller (ADC) cluster operable in a software defined networking (SDN)-based network and including a plurality of ADC virtual appliances (VAs). The method comprises creating, by a central controller, a hash table including a plurality of buckets allocated to active VAs out of the plurality of VAs, each bucket is assigned to a range of a source internet protocol (IP) addresses of a client; and programming by the central controller at least one ingress network element connected to the ADC cluster and receive incoming traffic from clients to perform a balanced incoming traffic distribution among the plurality of VAs, wherein the traffic distribution is based in part on the allocation of the buckets to the plurality of VAs and the SIP addresses of the clients originating the incoming traffic. The plurality of VAs are virtual ADC instances operable i the plurality of physical devices. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268647 | NON-BLOCKING BUFFERED INTER-MACHINE DATA TRANSFER WITH ACKNOWLEDGMENT - A system, method and data structures for transmitting batched data over a network in asynchronous, non-blocking operations, with acknowledgements returned to the senders. Each machine includes a sender subsystem and a receiver subsystem. Transmission items corresponding to data to be sent are buffered until a send is triggered, at which time the transmission items are sorted according to their destinations and sent as a GUID-identified batch to each destination by a send thread. At each receiver, a receiving thread adds descriptions of the data to a receive list, which a transfer thread processes when triggered. The transfer thread sends the corresponding data to a recipient program, and sends GUID-identified acknowledgements corresponding to each GUID back to the originating senders. An acknowledge thread at each originating sender buffers the acknowledgements, and when triggered, a cleanup thread uses the GUID to identify which batched transmissions were received. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130268648 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SERVICES ON A NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for managing services on a network, comprising: at least two interconnected computer sites, each of which is capable of implementing at least one service that can be accessed from the network; at least one service implemented on a network site; a means for transferring a service from an initial site to a separate destination site. Each is associated with security attributes and the method includes transferring at least one service from an initial site to a destination site of the network following a predetermined transfer sequence which depends on the security attributes. | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130275568 | System and Method to Discover Virtual Machine Instantiations and Configure Network Service Level Agreements - A method includes establishing a connectivity fault management (CFM) management domain that includes a host processing system and a network element, determining that a media access control (MAC) address of the host processing system is associated with a network service level agreement (SLA), issuing a CFM frame to the management domain, receiving the CFM frame, and configuring the network element according to the network SLA. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130275569 | Scalable Common Infrastructure for Information Collection from Networked Devices - A common infrastructure collects diverse data and information from large numbers of mobile devices and traditional sensors at Internet scale to support multiple different applications simultaneously. The infrastructure includes a backend phenomenon layer that provides high level abstractions to applications such that they can express their data and information needs in a declarative fashion and coordinate the data collection and processing activities for all applications. An edge layer that manages devices, receives collection requirements from the backend layer, configures and instructs devices for data collection, and conducts aggregation and primitive processing of the data. This layer contains network edge nodes, such as base stations in a cellular network. Each node manages a set of local data generating networked devices. The device agent data layer using common agents on the data generating networked devices receives data collection instructions from the edge layer, performs data collection. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130275570 | Cross-Protocol Communication In Domain Name Systems - Systems and methods for processing domain name system requests in accordance with subscriber information are provided. A request for domain name information can be correlated with subscriber information using a subscriber identifier to resolve the domain name information at a domain name system (DNS) nameserver. The subscriber identifier and/or subscriber information may be transmitted from a DNS nameserver to a webserver using the domain name information provided in response to the subscriber's DNS queries. The subscriber identifier and/or information may be used in delivering a landing page or in facilitating proxying of resource requests for the requested domain. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130275571 | CONFIGURING AN ENFORCEMENT DEVICE ACCORDING TO A CONTRACT - A repository stores a contract between a service consumer and a service provider that provides a service, the contract specifying a service-level objective associated with a service to be applied for the service consumer. An enforcement device is configured according to the contract, where the configuring causes the enforcement device to perform enforcement of the service-level objective in a connection between the service consumer and the service provider, the connection allowing the service consumer to access the service in response to the enforcement device confirming that the service consumer is associated with the contract. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130275572 | Method for setting up temporary readiness of a field device to receive data and measuring system - A method is for setting up temporary readiness of a field device for process automation to receive data in which a time interval is communicated to the field device during which it should be in transmit/receive mode. After expiry of this time interval, the field device switches back to a power-saving mode. As this time interval is freely selectable by a remote user, it is possible as a result to specify a suitable time for field device maintenance. As a result, it is possible to facilitate field device maintenance of battery-operated field devices which are in power-saving mode for the majority of the time. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130282884 | ENABLING APPLICATIONS IN A MULTI-TRANSPORT STACK ENVIRONMENT - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a first transport stack, a virtual network interface controller (VNIC), and a second transport stack. The first transport stack is associated with an Internetwork Operating System (IOS), as well as with a plurality of interface-based Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and a plurality of IP addresses. The VNIC is configured to dynamically provision the plurality of interface-based IP addresses and the plurality of IP addresses. The second transport stack is associated with a kernel, and configured to communicate with a first application. The MS is configured to enable the first application to share the plurality of IP addresses and the plurality if IP addresses with a plurality of applications. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130282885 | WIRELESS-BASED NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of network systems, computing systems, devices, components, modules, routines, and processes are described herein. In one embodiment, a network system includes a computing unit and a management controller configured to control a device operation of the computing unit. The device operation includes at least one of an operation to power up, an operation to power down, an operation to reset, an operation to power cycle, or an operation to refresh the computing unit. The network system also includes a wireless element configured to allow wireless communication between the computing unit and the management controller. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130282886 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure provides methods, computer-readable media, and systems for managing a network with a network management device. Vendor specific discovery protocol data can be collected with the network management device from a network device in response to the network device having vendor specific discovery protocol data. Vendor neutral discovery protocol data can be collected with the network management device in response to the network device having vendor neutral discovery protocol data. A network connection can be assessed using the at least one of the vendor specific discovery protocol data and the vendor neutral discovery protocol data. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130282887 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND VIRTUAL SERVER MIGRATION CONTROL METHOD FOR COMPUTER SYSTEM - When migrating a virtual server between a plurality of physical servers, a pre-migration connection relationship between the virtual server and a storage area used by the virtual server is maintained after the migration of the virtual server by using a cooperative mechanism between a plurality of storage apparatuses even if the storage area used by the virtual server is migrated between the plurality of storage apparatuses. A computer system and virtual server migration control method for the computer system is described. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130282888 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RE-PUBLICATION OF INFORMATION IN A NETWORK-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, devices, and computer program products facilitate communications between two or more network entities that utilize Session Initiation Protocol. To this end, an Event State Compositor may force an Event Publication Agent to provide update information as deemed necessary by the Event State Compositor. The update of the publication information may be carried out by initiating an update triggering mechanism that is addressed to the Event State Compositor and comprises information that specifically identifies a particular publication. Such a triggering mechanism may be initiated when a predefined condition associated with the Event State Compositor's local policies is satisfied. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130290499 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC SCALING IN A CLOUD ENVIRONMENT - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: determining first server dynamics associated with a first server instance, wherein the first server dynamics are indicative of a current performance of the first server instance; determining second server dynamics associated with a second server instance, wherein the second server dynamics are indicative of a current performance of the second server instance; determining, based on the first server dynamics, a current operating mode of the first server instance; determining, based on the second server dynamics, a current operating mode of the second server instance; scaling up with respect to the first server instance based on the first current operating mode indicating that the server instance is oversaturated; and scaling down with respect to the second server instance based on the second current operating mode indicating that the server instance is undersaturated. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290500 | DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE IDENTIFICATION IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for differentiated service identification/exposure in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment). In a typical embodiment, input model criteria will be generated. Such criteria may (among other things): identify service categories based on contextual bindings and domain centric functions; identify inter-service dependencies for a given business model (BPM); and/or provide dynamic validation of services to be exposed/identified. Embodiments of the present invention may further analyze service exposure criteria to provide efficient and accurate service exposure decisions as well as validation of the service exposure. This approach allows for consistent service exposure determinations based on decision histories of similarly (2-dimensional) aligned services in the past. This approach further allows for a validation assessment that is based on actual metrics of service usage verses an estimated usage at the time of service implementation. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290501 | EXTENSIBLE INTEGRATION BETWEEN SERVICE PLATFORMS - A generic integration engine receives a markup service indicator that indicates a data flow protocol between a client and a service provider. In addition, the generic integration engine performs a data exchange with the service provider based on an outgoing data model indicated by the markup service indicator. The outgoing data model indicates a platform independent interface that is utilized to communicate with the service provider. The generic integration engine also performs a data exchange with the service provider based on an incoming data model indicated by the markup service indicator. The incoming data model indicates the platform independent interface that is utilized to communicate with the service provider. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290502 | CONTINUOUS CONTENT IDENTIFICATION OF BROADCAST CONTENT - The present disclosure provides identification and continuous monitoring of content, such as broadcast content, in real time, using a hierarchical, distributed approach to content identification. Identification, synchronization and verification are provided. Identification may be performed by an identification server using a reference database of fingerprints. The same or another computing device may be used perform synchronization, such that at least some portion of each fingerprint generated by client devices that form a verification group are synchronized for verification. Verification used to determine whether a client device continues to receive the same content identified during identification compares at least a portion of each fingerprint generated by each client device of a verification group. If a mismatch occurs, identification may be repeated to identify the new content being received by a client device. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290503 | FREQUENCY CAPPING OF CONTENT ACROSS MULTIPLE DEVICES - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer-readable storage medium, and including a method for delivering content. The method comprises identifying impressions of content to a user accessing resources using different requesting sources. The method further comprises storing impression data for the identified impressions in association with the user and requesting source. The method further comprises storing requesting source characteristic information with the impression data and identifying parameters that require limits on a number of impressions that are to occur in a time period and type of requesting source. The method further comprises receiving a request for content from a particular requesting source associated with the user, and determining when impressions available for that type of requesting source have been satisfied, and when not, enabling delivery of a content item associated with a campaign to the requesting source responsive to the received request. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290504 | INTERACTIVE PROPERTY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein, among other things, are apparatus and methods for interactive property communication. In various embodiments, an interactive property communication system includes two or more property communication nodes (PCNs) each adapted for coupling to an electrical service. PCNs include a radio transceiver for communications with a broker service adapted for controlling communications with one or more PCNs. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290505 | Content Management System for Integrated Display Substrates - A system is provided that includes a content management system, a controller, and an electronic display. The electronic display is integrated into an object, such as the packaging of a consumer product. The content management system sends instructions to the controller for determining content to display. The instructions depend in part on status information obtained by the controller from an external source. At least one instruction pertains to extended periods when the controller is unable to communicate with the content management system. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290506 | MULTITENANT HOSTED VIRTUAL MACHINE INFRASTRUCTURE - A multi-tenant virtual machine infrastructure (MTVMI) allows multiple tenants to independently access and use a plurality of virtual computing resources via the Internet. Within the MTVMI, different tenants may define unique configurations of virtual computing resources and unique rules to govern the use of the virtual computing resources. The MTVMI may be configured to provide valuable services for tenants and users associated with the tenants. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130290507 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING HOME NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE - A home network physical layer analysis platform includes a collection engine adapted for receiving information indicative for stability and performance of an existing home network physical layer configuration from one or more home network devices. Each of the network devices are connected in the home network by a respective network technology. An analysis engine is adapted for analysing the information to identify whether substantial network connectivity problems exist in the home network, and for associating the information with a problem out of a set of predetermined problems, if connectivity problems exist. The platform also includes a communication means for communicating the problem to a user interface, such that the respective user is informed about the problem. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130297758 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING A REQUEST-ORIENTED SERVICE ARCHITECTURE - An approach for providing a request-oriented service architecture is described. A request from a user agent is forwarded to an originating resource manager specifying a feature and an action to be performed on the feature. A modified request is generated based on the request, the modified request including declaration information. Further, a transaction is generated based on the state of the feature and the modified request, and a current state of the feature is updated based on the transaction. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297759 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING A NETWORK - A method of managing a network. The method includes receiving an activation key transmitted from a device connected to the network, automatically transmitting a configuration to the device, automatically maintaining the configuration of the device, and receiving log information from the device. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297760 | MANAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SERVICING CONTENTS PROVIDED BY CONTENT PROVIDER - A managing method and an apparatus for servicing contents provided by contents provider wherein the managing apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a contents provider management module for generating an account of a contents provider based on information of the contents provider transmitted from the contents providing apparatus; a contents management module for managing a contents connection point for connecting to the contents provided from the contents providing apparatus and for managing information relative to the contents; and a menu management module for registering menus including a menu connected to the contents connection point and for managing a connection authority to a name of the menu and the menu, such that a collective management on the contents providers is possible and the contents providers can conveniently provide contents services to subscribers. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297761 | COMMUNICATIONS HANDLES AND PROXY AGENTS - Methods and apparatuses for proxying communication requests to services hosted on a data processing system. In one exemplary method, an open-ended configuration file is distilled to create an object tree from the configuration file. In addition, distillation creates communication handles for the services. The object tree is serialized and forwarded to a proxy agent. The proxy agent registers the service and monitors the communication handles for service requests by establishing a kernel callback. When a communication handle is readable, the proxy agent passes the communication handle to appropriate service. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297762 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT USING EXTENSIBLE MARKUP LANGUAGE - The invention relates to a system and method for management of an IP network using eXtensible Markup Language (XML) or a similar protocol in addition to SNMP or other managed-device protocol. In embodiments of the invention, a XML-formatted request for data is received, where the data is associated with a Voice over IP (VoIP) device. A device IP address in a first argument and a Xpath query in a second argument are specified, where the device IP address and the Xpath query are based on the XML-formatted request. A Management Information Base (MIB) variable is identified based on the Xpath query. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297763 | DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR A STORAGE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a data communication system for storage management, the system comprises a storage management apparatus, an expander enclosure SCSI enclosure services (SES), the expander enclosure SES is connected to the storage management apparatus through a communication line, and a mainboard baseboard management controller (BMC), the mainboard BMC is connected to the expander enclosure SES through a communication medium, wherein each of the expander enclosure SES and the mainboard BMC has a instruction converting module. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297764 | HIERARCHICAL SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A service management system may include a data storage device storing a hierarchy of a network in a user premises. The hierarchy may include virtual network layers and devices in each layer. The devices may be connected to the network in the user premises. The storage device may also store service profiles for services associated with the virtual network layers and the devices. The system can create services for the devices and identify services to trigger based on data received from the devices and the hierarchy. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297765 | LOAD BALANCING - A method for generating a decision table for selecting an optimal path out of a plurality of data paths between a client and a destination server connected through a network system, each of the plurality of data paths is connected to a router configured with a unique internet protocol (IP) address is provided. The method includes for each subnet IP address of the remote destination server and each of the plurality of data paths, measuring a network proximity; factoring the network proximity measured for each of the plurality of data paths; and ranking the plurality of data paths based on a decision function computed using the factored network proximity. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130297766 | PROVIDING A COMMON MANAGEMENT CONSOLE FOR MANAGING THE OPERATION OF A SERVER COMPUTER - A method, system, apparatus, and computer-readable medium for providing a common management console for managing the pre- and post-operating system operation of a computer system are provided. The method includes: receiving, at a management appliance, first and second requests from one or more remote management consoles to manage first and second server computers, respectively; receiving first and second remote console data formatted according to first and second remote console protocols from the first and second server computers, respectively; converting, at the management appliance, the received first and second remote console data to first and second converted remote console data, respectively, in a common format in accordance with a common protocol capable of expressing the first and second remote console protocols; and transmitting the first and second converted remote console data in the common format to the remote management console for display. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130304885 | Managing a Subscription Hierarchy in Presence Systems - A method, an apparatus and an article of manufacture for managing a subscription hierarchy in a presence system. The method includes receiving a presence information request within a presence server, wherein the request is one of a subscription request and an un-subscribe request, determining if the request corresponds to an existing subscriber in the presence server, and if so, sending a redirect message to the existing subscriber, and if not, processing the request within the presence server, and enhancing functionality of subscribers to accept and handle subscription and un-subscribe requests. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304886 | LOAD BALANCING FOR MESSAGING TRANSPORT - A method of routing dependent messages sent from a source node. The method comprises routing a plurality of messages including a plurality of dependent messages from a source node for processing by a group of a plurality of processing nodes, optionally while managing a failure recovery mechanism and complying with message dependencies. Each message having a weight, each dependent message is routed while at least one dependency thereof is complied with, acquiring a plurality of acknowledge notifications to at least some of the plurality of messages from the plurality of processing nodes, calculating, at the source node using a processor, a message load of each of the plurality of processing nodes according to the weight of respective messages of plurality of messages which are sent thereto and respective acknowledge notifications of the plurality of acknowledge notifications which are sent therefrom. The routing is performed according to the respective message load. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304887 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM QUERYING - Systems and methods for reducing latency associated with establishing communication with a server utilizing a wireless communication system are described. One aspect enhances domain name system querying. For example, an electronic device may transmit a request for server to a service providing device. Prior to one of IP address assignment, authentication of the electronic device, or association of a link-layer with the electronic device, a request for domain name resolution for a server may be transmitted to the service providing device. A response is received by the electronic device indicating the network service provided, with the request for domain name resolution being transmitted prior to receiving the response. In one aspect, the request for domain name resolution is performed as part of the request for network service transmitted from the electronic device to the service providing device. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304888 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REALIZING LOAD BALANCE IN DISTRIBUTED HASH TABLE NETWORK - The disclosure discloses a method and an apparatus for realizing load balance in a DHT network, wherein the method comprises: determining the quantity Z of first virtual identifiers according to the node planning of the DHT network and a preset threshold of load unbalance degree, wherein Z is a natural number; equally dividing the whole load space of the DHT network into Z portions, and each portion of the load space is respectively identified by a different first virtual identifier; allocating the Z first virtual identifiers to each node according to the ability of each node so that each node is in charge of the load space corresponding to the first virtual identifier allocated to the node. The disclosure can reduce workload for managing and transferring virtual identifiers while realizing data storage load balance in the DHT network. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304889 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A TRANSACTIONAL COMMAND LINE INTERFACE (CLI) IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can support subnet management in a network environment. A network switch in the network environment can provide a transactional interface, wherein the transactional interface allows a user to interact with the network environment using a transaction. The transactional interface allows a user to group one or more operations in the transaction, and ensures that no conflicting operations are included in the transaction. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304890 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SUBNET MANAGER (SM) MASTER NEGOTIATION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A system and method can support master negotiation in a network environment. A subnet manager (SM) can perform subnet discovery on a subnet in the network environment via a subnet manager (SM) in the subnet, wherein the subnet includes a plurality of SMs. Furthermore, the SM can communicate with the other SMs in the subnet to check for a number of known secret keys, and select a SM from the plurality of SMs as a master SM, wherein the master SM has the highest number of known keys. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304891 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DRY-RUN MODE IN A NETWORK ENVIROMENT - A system and method can support subnet management in a network environment. One or more inactivated switches can be included in a subnet, wherein each of the inactivated switches is associated with an empty set of known secret keys. A subnet manager (SM) in a dry-run mode can perform one or more dry-run operations on the one or more inactivated switches, before activating the one or more inactivated switches. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304892 | Breaking a TCP connection into a set of relay connections in an overlay network - Applications that run on an overlay network-based managed service achieve high performance gains using a set of TCP optimizations. In a first optimization, a typical single TCP connection between a client and an origin server is broken into preferably three (3) separate TCP connections. These connections are: an edge-to-client connection, an edge-to-edge connection, and edge-to-origin connection. A second optimization replicates TCP state along the connection to increase fault tolerance. In this approach, preferably a given TCP connection is maintained on two servers. When a packet is received by one server, called the primary, its state is updated and then passed to a second server, called the backup. Only when the backup sends an acknowledgement back to the primary can it then send a TCP acknowledgement back to the host that originally sent the packet. Another optimization reduces connection establishment latency. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304893 | DIAMETER SESSION AUDITS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: determining by the network device that an S9 session should be audited; determining that the S9 session is a suspect session; transmitting an S9 message to a partner device, wherein the S9 message includes an innocuous instruction; receiving, at the network device, a response message from the partner device; determining, based on the response message, whether the suspect session is orphaned; and if the suspect session is orphaned, removing an S9 session record associated with the suspect session. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304894 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTE CONTROL BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - A remote control method between mobile devices and a system thereof are provided. The system includes a server including a control command list for controlling a help-requesting device. The server authenticates a remote control authorization of a control device and relays a data packet communication between the help-requesting device and the control device. The help-requesting device transmits a help request message to the control device through the server. The control device acquires the authorization to remotely control the help-requesting device from the server and then transmits a control command for controlling the help-requesting device to the help-requesting device through the server. The help-requesting device executes the received control command and then transmits execution result data to the control device through the server. The control device outputs the execution result data received from the help-requesting device. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130304895 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TOPOLOGY-AWARE JOB SCHEDULING AND BACKFILLING IN AN HPC ENVIRONMENT - A method for job management in an HPC environment includes determining an unallocated subset from a plurality of HPC nodes, with each of the unallocated HPC nodes comprising an integrated fabric. An HPC job is selected from a job queue and executed using at least a portion of the unallocated subset of nodes. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130311628 | Reliability in Distributed Environments - Technologies are generally described herein for deploying an application in a ubiquitous computing system. An allocation module may receive a command to deploy the application having multiple application modules to various nodes in the ubiquitous computing system. For at least one application module, the allocation module may identify, within the ubiquitous computing system, a set of heterogeneous nodes capable of executing the application module and having greater diversity over other sets of nodes in the ubiquitous computing system. The allocation module may deploy the application to the set of heterogeneous nodes. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311629 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a first agent function that routes first messages for exchanging subscriber information and enabling registration where the first agent function maintains transaction state without maintaining session state, a second agent function that routes second messages for enforcing policy control where the second agent function maintains transaction and session state, and a third agent function that maintains transaction and session state and that routes a portion of the first and second messages to an external network. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311630 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SUBSCRIBER MANAGEMENT TO SUPPORT COMMUNICATIONS - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, utilizing a first diameter agent function to route messages between network elements that provide subscriber management for a communication session, utilizing the first agent function to maintain transaction state during the communication session without maintaining session state, and utilizing the first server to selectively adjust routing information for the messages without adjusting non-routing information for the messages. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311631 | INTEGRATED CLOUD DATA CENTER MANAGEMENT - The present invention is generally directed at systems and methods for managing one or more data centers. Systems in accordance with some embodiments of the invention may include a software as a service (SaaS) application including a user interface for designing or modifying a topology, a VAR application in selective communication with the SaaS application and with one or more data stores, configured to determine how to create or modify the topology by configuring the one or more data centers. Methods in accordance with some embodiments of the invention may include receiving a topology design or edit, communicating with one or more data centers, determining how to satisfy the topology design or edit based on the topology design or edit and communications with the one or more data centers; and satisfying the topology design or edit by creating the designed topology or editing the pre-existing topology. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311632 | CLOUD COMPUTING DATA CENTER MACHINE MONITOR AND CONTROL - Systems, methods and computer-readable media provide for identifying a physical machine corresponding to a virtual machine. A system assigns a data center machine identifier to a physical computing device in a data center, along with a physical location for the physical computing system. In response to creating a virtual machine on the physical computing device, the system creates a mapping from a virtual machine identifier for the virtual machine to the data center machine identifier for the physical computing system. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311633 | CONTENT SERVER - A content server for serving content items for inclusion in a web page. The content server comprises a web interface, a content store, a serve log and a decision engine. The content store stores a plurality of content items, each content item having associated with it a desired number of impressions for a predetermined time period. The serve log stores, for each content item, the most recent time which it was served by the content server. The decision engine is arranged to calculate, for each content item, a minimum time period for the content item based on its associated desired quantity of impressions and the predetermined time period, and to select a content item for transmission by the web interface from amongst the content items for which the duration between the current time and the time stored in the serve log exceeds the minimum time period calculated for the content item. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311634 | FACILITIES MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Disclosed is a facilities management system that utilizes embedded maps in nested facilities management devices. The facilities management devices are connected to a network and are linked in map images that indicate the location of the facilities management devices, as well as the locations of sensors. In addition, the links indicate the existence of an alarm condition, so that users can drill down on the links to locate a sensor that has created the alarm condition. The facilities management system utilizes various management systems and various protocols to provide a wide range of options for facilities managers. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311635 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Systems and methods relating to managing network addresses. In one implementation, a method is provided. The method includes sending a first request to use a particular network address, sending one or more second requests for respective hardware addresses corresponding to network addresses of one or more network address leases. When a hardware address corresponding to a particular network address lease is received in response to one of the one or more second requests and an acknowledgement of the first request to use the network address is not received determining whether the network address identified by the lease is the same as the network address in the first request, and when the network address is not the same, sending a third request to use the identified network address corresponding to the lease. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130311636 | UPPER LAYER PROTOCOL SELECTION - A network communication selection system includes one or more subsystems to allow network communications with an endpoint device. The system determines whether a data center Ethernet (DCE) capable network is available to communicate with the endpoint device, determines whether the endpoint device is local or remote and selects a network communication protocol from a plurality of network communication protocols to communicate with the endpoint device. | 11-21-2013 |
| 20130318220 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DEVICE CONFIGURATION - A method for managing policies for groups of wireless devices, associated with a corresponding one of multiple different wireless device platforms comprising collecting for all platforms a set of configurations and policies supported by the platforms, and generating a master set of device agnostic rule definitions from the collected configurations and policies, the rules being defined without regard to constraints on the configuration settings governed by the multiple different wireless device platforms. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318221 | VARIABLE CONFIGURATIONS FOR WORKLOAD DISTRIBUTION ACROSS MULTIPLE SITES - Embodiments include a method, system, and computer program product for maintaining continuous availability. An embodiment of the present invention includes receiving a unit of work data. The unit of work data is distributed among the plurality of workloads using either an active/standby configuration, an active/query configuration, an active/partitioned configuration, or an active/active configuration. A primary workload is selected from a plurality of workloads to process the unit of work data based on a workload distribution rule. It is determined if the primary workload is capable of processing the unit of work data based on user configurable settings. If the primary site is capable of processing the unit of work data then the unit of work data is transmitted to the primary workload. Otherwise the unit of work data is transmitted to a secondary workload. The unit of work data is replicated between the primary workload and the secondary workload. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318222 | SERVICE-AWARE DISTRIBUTED HASH TABLE ROUTING - In one embodiment, a node in a computer network joins a global ring associated with a distributed hash table (DHT), and maintains a DHT routing table and DHT database for the global ring. In addition, the node may determine a particular service class for which the node is configured, and may join a particular service-based sub-ring according to the particular service class, where all nodes of the particular service-based sub-ring are within the global ring. As such, a service-based DHT routing table and service-based DHT database may be maintained for the particular service-based sub-ring, such that DHT operations identified by the particular service class are routed to the particular service-based sub-ring (e.g., by a portal node). | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318223 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATON METHOD - A communication system includes a first interface module which can be coupled to a first logic unit and a second interface module which can be coupled to a second logic unit. The first and second interface modules are interconnected by a virtual channel over a routing network. The first interface module is configured to receive messages from the first interface module and to send the received messages over the virtual channel to the second interface module. The second interface module is configured to transmit the received messages to the second logic unit. The second interface module is further configured to receive a processing complete signal from the second logic unit when the received messages have been processed in the second logic unit and is further configured to send an acknowledgement signal to the first interface module after reception of the processing complete signal. Further a communication method is provided. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318224 | MANAGEMENT OF NETWORK CONFIGURATION IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for managing the configuration of a telecommunications network, the method comprises remotely creating a data file containing attributes of managed objects for one or more network elements of the network, uploading the data file to a management system of the network, inspecting the data file and identifying managed objects having attributes which have been created, varied or deleted, producing a database of the identified managed objects and the values thereof, and analysing the data in the database to manage the configuration of the telecommunications network accordingly. Also disclosed are an apparatus for performing the method, a management system incorporating the or apparatus and a telecommunications network incorporating the management system. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318225 | BLADE ENCLOSURE - A blade enclosure comprises a plurality of physical interfaces of a first type, each for connecting a blade to the blade enclosure, a plurality of physical interfaces of a second type, each for connecting a conventional computer to the blade enclosure, a management component connected to the physical interfaces and for managing the blades and conventional computers connected to the physical interfaces, and a body containing the physical interfaces and the management component. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130318226 | SHAPING VIRTUAL MACHINE COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC - Cloud computing platforms having computer-readable media that perform methods to shape virtual machine communication traffic. The cloud computing platform includes virtual machines and a controller. The controller limits the traffic associated with the virtual machines to enable the virtual machines to achieve desired communication rates, especially when a network servicing the virtual machines is congested. The controller may drop communication messages associated with the virtual machines based on a drop probability evaluated for the virtual machines. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130326033 | SERVER MANAGEMENT CONNECTIONS - Systems, methods, and logic are provided for providing a server management network internal to a computing device. Providing a server management network internal to a computing device can include connecting each of a plurality of network interface controllers (NICs) in the computing device to a limited layer network device in the computing device via mutually isolated connections. Furthermore, providing a server management network internal to a computing device can include connecting the limited layer network device to a server management chip in the computing device via a connection isolated from the NICs. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326034 | PCRF RULE ROLLBACK DUE TO INSUFFICIENT RESOURCES ON A DOWNSTREAM NODE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a policy and charging rules node (PCRN) device. The method may include: establishing a first service data flow for an application function having a first Policy and Control Charging (PCC) rule including a first parameter within a session; receiving a request to upgrade the first parameter of the service data flow; generating a second PCC rule including an upgraded parameter; storing the first PCC rule in a cache; sending the second PCC rule to a Policy and Charging Enforcement Node (PCEN); receiving acknowledgement that the second PCC rule has been installed at the PCEN; receiving an indication that the second PCC rule failed at a downstream node; and sending the first PCC rule stored in the cache to the PCEN. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326035 | CENTRALIZED ENTERPRISE LEVEL INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT - An approach is provided for managing an enterprise computer system. Management functions are coordinated from a central control point. The central control point can direct one or more agents to be deployed to establish a connection to an element in its unmodified form within the enterprise system. Agents can be directed by the central control point to establish this connection in accordance with a profile that corresponds to the element. Once the connection has been established, the agent can perform a management task with respect to the element. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326036 | BALANCING MANAGEMENT DUTIES IN A CLOUD SYSTEM - A method for balancing management duties in a cloud system can include determining a relationship between a number of configuration items (CI) in a cloud system. The number of CIs are grouped into a number of cluster levels based on the relationship of the number of CIs. To balance management duties in the cloud system, one of the number of cluster levels is assigned to a management cloud server based on a capacity of the management cloud server. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326037 | CONSISTENT ASSOCIATION OF A USER ID WITH A USER - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for consistently associating a user ID with a user. In one aspect, a method may comprise receiving a data request at a transceiver accessible by a server computing device, wherein, in response to receiving the data request, the server computing device is configured to: access, by one or more processors coupled to the transceiver, a first value embedded in a first cookie associated with a first expiration time; set a second cookie embedded with a second value; and reset the first cookie responsive to receiving an indication that the first cookie is expiring, wherein to reset the first cookie comprises replacing the first cookie with a third cookie set with a value equal to the first value and a third expiration time later than the first expiration time. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326038 | MANAGEMENT OF DATACENTERS FOR FAULT TOLERANCE AND BANDWIDTH - Upon receiving a request to improve one or more conditions of a datacenter network, a fault management system may analyze information of the datacenter network including communication patterns among services provided in the network. The fault management system determines one or more logical machines associated with one or more services to be moved from one or more devices to one or more other devices of the network. The fault management system may select these one or more logical machines for migration based on a cost function including factors for fault tolerance, bandwidth usage, number of moves and/or response time latency. The fault management system may improve the fault tolerance of the network without significantly affecting the bandwidth usage of the network. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326039 | Network Controller With Integrated Management Controller - An network controller provides both network controller and management controller functionality. Accordingly, the system host sees, in a single device, both network functionality as well as management functionality. The integration may reduce chip count and provide a more cost effective as well as power efficient platform solution for the network and management functions in a larger system, such as a server with multiple network controllers and multiple network ports. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326040 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISAMBIGUATING COOKIES - A system and method for storing a cookie of a web page are provided. An initial cookie value corresponding to a web page is received, and a domain depth of a uniform resource locator (URL) of the web page is identified. Cookie data including a name-value pair is generated for the web page. The name-value pair includes the initial cookie value and the identified domain depth. The generated cookie data is stored corresponding to a domain of the web page. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326041 | CONCURRENT MEDIA DELIVERY - Various embodiments relating to managing media delivery are disclosed. In one embodiment, a first request is received from a first device associated with a first account to obtain a first media content item. The first request may include an identifier indicating that the first request is an automatic request or a manual request. Information for obtaining the first media content item is sent to the first device. A second request is received from a second device associated with the first account to obtain a second media content item. The second request may include an identifier indicating that the second request is a manual request. Information for obtaining the second media content item is sent to the second device, such that obtaining the first media content item on the first device temporally overlaps obtaining the second media content item on the second device. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326042 | MAINTAINING SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL APPLICATION SESSION AFFINITY IN SIP CONTAINER CLUSTER ENVIRONMENTS - A system for maintaining SIP application session affinity, the system including a destination inspector configured to inspect a SIP request to determine whether the SIP request indicates as its destination a logical name of a SIP container, a request router configured to route the SIP request to the SIP container that is identified by the logical name if the SIP request indicates as its destination the logical name of the SIP container, and a destination assignor configured to assign the SIP request to a SIP container in accordance with a predefined assignment protocol if the SIP request does not indicate as its destination the logical name of a SIP container. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326043 | CROSS-DOMAIN EXCHANGE SYSTEM OF EQUIPMENT LISTS AND METHOD - The invention provides a CDeX system of equipment lists and a method thereof, the method includes following steps: scanning electronic devices in the first LAN conformable to the UPnP protocol by the first OTT-box to thereby establish a first equipment list; when the first router is capable of communicate with a second LAN through a wireless network tunnel, delivering the first equipment list to the first router by the first OTT-box; accessing a second identifier of the second router by the first OTT-box; delivering the first equipment list to the second router in the second LAN by the first router according to the second identifier; and delivering a second equipment list provided by the second OTT-box to the first router by the second router, in which the second equipment list is corresponding to electronic devices in the second LAN conformable to the UPnP protocol. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326044 | CONTINUOUS UPGRADING OF COMPUTERS IN A LOAD BALANCED ENVIRONMENT - The present invention is directed towards methods and systems for performing maintenance on computers included in a group of load balanced computer. A maintenance agent identifies a computers in the group as requiring maintenance, and a second computer as having up-to-date maintenance and a load level below a limit. The load balancer may assign a request to the second computer responsive to the identification. Responsive to a determination that spare capacity from the plurality of computers available to receive requests is above the threshold and that the first computer is idle, the maintenance agent may remove, for maintenance, the first computer from the plurality of computers available to receive requests. The maintenance agent may identify the first computer as having up-to-date maintenance responsive to the maintenance. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130326045 | LINKAGE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION METHOD AND APPARATUS, OPEN PLATFORM BOARD, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a linkage policy implementation method, which includes: receiving, by a linkage proxy module, a linkage policy request delivered by a third-party application service; calling a corresponding protocol converter according to a protocol identifier in the linkage policy request, and performing protocol conversion for the linkage policy request to convert it into a linkage policy request in a set protocol format; and sending the protocol-converted linkage policy request to a linkage client to instruct the linkage client to parse the linkage policy request based on the set protocol and execute linkage policy configuration. With the present invention, a linkage proxy is set to execute protocol conversion of various protocols. Therefore, the cost of the linkage client would not be increased for supporting multiple protocols; and when third-party applications are increased or decreased, it is unnecessary to reconfigure the linkage client. | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130332587 | Method and a system for on-boarding, administration and communication between cloud providers and tenants in a share-all multi-tenancy environment - A method of ascertaining requirements for onboarding new users to a multi-tenant computing environment is provided herein. The method starts off with the stage of recognizing the organizational roles of the new users. The method continues to the stage of identifying parameters pertaining to the service. The method then goes on to mapping the organization roles of the new users and the service parameters to a set of rules. The method further includes determining actions needed to be taken on the computer environment based on the set of rules. Finally, the method goes on to the stage of onboarding the new users to the computer environment. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130332588 | MAINTAINING APPLICATION PERFORMANCES UPON TRANSFER BETWEEN CLOUD SERVICES - Technologies are presented for tracking of used resources and ensuring a similar level of computing resources to be provided at a new cloud-based service provider for a migrating application, even if the new service provider has a different mix of resources. Computing resources in use by the migrating application and a level of used computing power may be identified. Each of the computing resources may be assigned a score according to an associated service level. An overall score generated as a weighted combination of the individual scores according to their influence on application processing and networking status may be used for comparison of service levels between an existing service provider and the new service provider to ensure the migrating application receives a similar performance level. Additionally, the individual and overall scores may be employed by the new service provider to properly allocate its resources to provide similar performance level. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130332589 | Application Management Method and Terminal - An application management method and a terminal are disclosed. The method includes: acquiring a list of applications needing to retain background data in a terminal and suspending a first timer corresponding to a first application running in the terminal when it is determined that the first application running in the terminal is not in the list of the applications needing to retain the background data. In embodiments of the present invention, timers of applications that do not need to retain background data in the terminal can be suspended. Because the timers stop to be run temporarily, the timers do not wake up the terminal from a dormant state, and correspondingly, the applications do not need to interact with a server end to update the background data, thereby reducing the number of times of waking up the terminal from a dormant state, saving electricity consumption and data traffic of the terminal. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130332590 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A TOPOLOGY OF AT LEAST ONE APPLICATION IN A COMPUTERIZED ORGANIZATION - A computerized method for determining a structure of at least one application in a computerized organization, the method comprising receiving at least one entry point including an identification of a virtual location on a computer network; for each entry point, receiving a determination of an individual applicative component that processes data arriving through that entry point; identifying at least some communicating entry points through which the first applicative component communicates with additional applicative components; and for each of the at least some communicating entry points, using a processor for determining the applicative component that processes data arriving through that communicating entry point; and providing at least a portion of a structure including: applicative components associated with the application and information with regard to which of the applicative component communicates with which. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130332591 | DYNAMIC SCRIPT INTERPRETATION IN REMOTE CONTEXTS - Systems, devices, and methods for dynamically interpreting a script in a remote context are provided. A host device begins an interpretation of a script according to local context data of the host device. The script may be associated with a virtual session hosted by the host device on behalf of a terminal device communicatively coupled with the host computing device. The host device may recognize a language element in the script that indicates a portion of the script associated with interpretation according to local context data of the terminal device. The host device may receive results of an interpretation of the indicated portion of the script according to the local context data of the terminal device. The host device may continue interpreting the script according to the context data of the host computing device using the received results. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130332592 | DISAMBIGUATING ONLINE IDENTITIES - Described herein are technologies pertaining to disambiguating identities/accounts over a plurality of online services. Public data streams pertaining to accounts of different online services are analyzed, and a determination is made that the accounts are owned by a same user. A searchable profile is generated for the user that comprises data that indicates that the user represented by the profile owns the accounts. The profile is claimable by the user such that the user is enabled to customize contents of the profile. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130339499 | PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZED COLLECTIVE OPERATIONS OVER MULTIPLE PROCESS GROUPS - Methods and arrangements for performing synchronized collective operations. Communication calls are accepted from at least two distinct processor groups. Edge disjoint spanning paths are created over a collective comprising the processor groups, and the spanning paths are assigned to the processor groups to facilitate communication within each processor group. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339500 | Simulation of Network Conditions for Video Delivery - In one embodiment, a method receives a request for a video stream of video content from a client. A playlist for the video stream is retrieved. The playlist is for a plurality of portions of video content. A traffic shaping service adjusts the playlist for a set of portions in the plurality of portions according to a set of rules where adjusting allows the service to perform traffic shaping for the set of portions. The method then sends the adjusted playlist to the client. During playback of the video content at the client, the traffic shaping service receives a request for a portion in the set of portions from the client using the adjusted playlist. The method determines a rule to apply to the portion where the rule is associated with a network condition and simulates the network condition for the portion to perform the traffic shaping service. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339501 | Automated Digital Migration - A system, method, and computer-readable medium are disclosed for performing automated, peer-to-peer migrations of entitled digital assets. A first identifier corresponding to a source system, and a first set of entitlement data corresponding to a set of digital assets installed on the source system, are processed to generate a first set of entitlements entitling the source system to use the set of digital assets. The first identifier is then cross-referenced to a second identifier corresponding to a target system. A migration request and the second identifier are received from the target system, which are then processed to initiate the migration of the digital assets from the source system to the target system. The second identifier and the first set of entitlement data are subsequently processed to generate a second set of digital asset entitlements entitling the target system to use the set of digital assets. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339502 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE TRANSITIONS BETWEEN PRIVATE AND PUBLIC NETWORKS - Techniques to manage transitions between private and public wireless networks for wireless devices are described. In one embodiment, for example, an apparatus may comprise a logic circuit and a memory unit. The apparatus may further include connection logic operative on the logic circuit to attempt a network connection by: retrieving a first access location value from the memory unit when attempting a network connection from the apparatus; retrieving a stored internal probe link from the memory unit when the access location value is internal; retrieving a stored external probe link from the memory unit when the access location value is external; attempting to connect to a network site referenced by the retrieved probe link; and connecting to a final location via the network site when the connection attempt to the network site is successful. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339503 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SUPPORTING A SNMP REQUEST OVER A CLUSTER - The present disclosure is directed towards systems and methods for supporting Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) request operations over clustered networking devices. The system includes a cluster that includes a plurality of intermediary devices and an SNMP agent executing on a first intermediary device of the plurality of intermediary devices. The SNMP agent receives an SNMP GETNEXT request for an entity. Responsive to receipt of the SNMP GETNEXT request, the SNMP agent requests a next entity from each intermediary device of the plurality of intermediary devices of the cluster. To respond to the SNMP request, the SNMP agent selects a lexicographically minimum entity. The SNMP agent may select the lexicographically minimum entity from a plurality of next entities received via responses from each intermediary device of the plurality of intermediary devices. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339504 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING AN ADMINISTRATOR FOR A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The disclosure recites a system and method for identifying an access point for a network. The method comprises: upon a trigger condition for the network assessing intents of members of the network to be an administrator for the network to replace a current administrator for the network; identifying a replacement administrator from the members from the intents of the members; and transferring network management functions from the current administrator to the replacement administrator. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339505 | MULTI-TENANT MIDDLEWARE CLOUD SERVICE TECHNOLOGY - A system that includes multiple hosts, each running a plurality of virtual machines. The system may be, for example, a cloud computing environment in which there are services and a service coordination system that communicates with the hosts and with the services. The services include a middleware management service that is configured to maintain per-tenant middleware policy for each of multiple tenants. The middleware management service causes the middleware policy to be applied to network traffic by directing network traffic to a middleware enforcement mechanism. This middleware policy is per-tenant in that it depends on an identity of a tenant. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339506 | PERFORMING SYNCHRONIZED COLLECTIVE OPERATIONS OVER MULTIPLE PROCESS GROUPS - Methods and arrangements for performing synchronized collective operations. Communication calls are accepted from at least two distinct processor groups. Edge disjoint spanning paths are created over a collective comprising the processor groups, and the spanning paths are assigned to the processor groups to facilitate communication within each processor group. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339507 | THREE-PHASE-POLARITY SAFE REVERSE LINK SHUTDOWN - System, methods and apparatus are described that facilitate data link shutdown between two devices within an electronic apparatus, enabling safe entry into a hibernation mode. A host device transmits a command to a client device over a first data link. If the client device is not transmitting over the second data link, the host devices initiates shut down of the first data link and entry to a hibernation state. A delay may be initiated when it is determined that the client device is transmitting on the second data link. The command may comprise an instruction revoking permission to transmit data over a second data link to cause the client device to terminate communication on the second data link. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339508 | MANAGED OBJECT VERSION IDENTIFICATION - Systems and methods for determining a version of a standard publication that is supported by a network element are provided. Version map information is requested and received from an external node in a managed network, including publication identifiers for at least one of the network elements. Each network element identified in the version map has an associated publication version and an indication of if the publication can be applicable to its directly or indirectly inferior nodes in the hierarchical instance tree. If a particular network element does not have a corresponding publication identifier in the received version map information, it can be determined if the network element can use the publication identifiers of a superior network element in the hierarchy. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339509 | NETWORKING SYSTEMS - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for establishing secured connections between trusted users and a plurality of networkable consumer devices In different embodiments, various features may be further incorporated in association with the system, method, and computer program product, for improvement purposes. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339510 | FAST PROVISIONING SERVICE FOR CLOUD COMPUTING - A cloud-based system and method for provisioning IT infrastructure systems is disclosed. The system and method provided constructs an infrastructure generally comprised of a processing component supplying the computational capacity for a platform element, comprising one or more processing elements, memory and I/O subsystems, a storage component utilizing commodity disk drives and comprised of one or more physical storage devices, and a network component providing a high speed connection among processing elements and the processing component to storage components. In addition, the system and method provide all features required for a complete, immediately usable infrastructure system including registration of IP addresses and domain names so that the user may have the system completely up and running without the aid of an administrator. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339511 | MAPPED PARAMETER SETS USING BULK LOADING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method are provided that allows users to define a set of parameters for Uniform Resource Locator (URL) mapping rules. A URL may be defined for each output parameter condition, input parameters inspected, and the output parameter value determined. Business logic is executed before and after URL mappings have been determined. Multiple exclusive groups of mapping rules are maintained and an incoming URL can be explicitly directed to a rule group. Rule handlers, new URLs within an existing link generator, as well as input and output parameters are created to act on parameters during processing. Input parameters and values are translated to output parameters and values, respectively. Output parameters and values are mapped to a destination URL. In addition, a customizable bulk loading tool is provided which sends the mapped sets directly to a client to add values to the sets and then returns the document. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339512 | System, Servers, Methods and Computer Programs for Machine-to-Machine Equipment Management - It is presented a method for machine-to-machine equipment management, executed in a subscription server arranged to provide an electronically transferable subscriber identity module. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a request for the electronically transferable subscriber identity module for a machine-to-machine equipment; obtaining a location rule; obtaining a calculated authorised area based on the location rule and a position of the machine-to-machine equipment; generating an electronically transferable subscriber identity module; sending the electronically transferable subscriber identity module to the machine-to-machine equipment; obtaining a position of the machine-to-machine equipment; determining whether the position indicates that the machine-to-machine equipment is outside of the calculated authorised area; and when the position indicates that the machine-to-machine equipment is outside of the calculated authorised area, restricting operation of the machine-to-machine equipment. It is also presented a corresponding system, subscription server, registration server, methods, computer programs and computer program products. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130339513 | INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHODS, APPARATUSES AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES - There is disclosed an information notification method, apparatus and first electronic device. The information notification method is used in a first electronic device having first user identification, comprising the steps of transmitting a request to talk with a second electronic device via a first application module; determining whether it receives voice data collected from the second electronic device during a communication process when the communication process ends, and obtaining a determination result; and automatically switching to a second application module for transmitting a notification if the determination result indicates that no voice data has been received during the communication process. According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, it automatically switches to a second application module if the called party does not answer a call, so that the user may transmit a notification by using the second application module, to inform the called party of the thing, which is convenient to the user. | 12-19-2013 |
| 20130346571 | Computer and method of operation of its network - The computer is divided into blocks of storage which processing and display of the information and the receptions of commands from independently working in a network. Preinstalled operational system allows entering a network and choosing the necessary software to operate. It is not required software distributions on physical carriers, purchases through networks etc. with installation on the user computers. Pirate copying and distribution of programs, for example operating systems, becomes impossible, and updating is unnecessary. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346572 | PROCESS MIGRATION IN DATA CENTER NETWORKS - There is provided a method and system for process migration in a data center network. The method includes selecting processes to be migrated from a number of overloaded servers within a data center network based on an overload status of each overloaded server. Additionally, the method includes selecting, for each selected process, one of a number of underloaded servers to which to migrate the selected process based on an underload status of each underloaded server, and based on a parameter of a network component by which the selected process is to be migrated. The method also includes migrating each selected process to the selected underloaded server such that a migration finishes within a specified budget. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346573 | Business Continuity On Cloud Enterprise Data Centers - Business continuity services in a data processing environment where a service provider offers virtual data center services to numerous customers. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346574 | FILTERING WITHIN DEVICE MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL QUERIES - An example device includes an interface to receive, from a device management system, a request message that conforms to a network management protocol, a control unit that provides an execution environment for a management agent, and a data repository. The request message includes a set of managed object identifiers and a set of filter operator object identifiers. The management agent is operable to generate at least one filter criterion based on the managed object identifiers and the filter operator object identifiers, to retrieve managed object values stored in the data repository based on the managed object identifiers, each corresponding to a respective managed object identifier specified in the request message, to generate and output to the device management system a response message based on the managed object identifiers of the request message and the retrieved managed object values that satisfy one or more of the at least one filter criterion. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346575 | PORTFOLIO OPTIMIZATION FOR MEDIA MERCHANDIZING - Embodiments are directed towards modifying when to publish content to a channel for distribution based on monitored actions associated with previously published content. A plurality of publishing slots may be determined from a plurality of time slots. Each publishing slot may indicate a time to publish content to the channel. Content may be published to the channel at each of the plurality of publishing slots. User actions associated with the published content may be monitored. The plurality of publishing slots may be ranked based on these monitored actions. At least one of the plurality of publishing slots may be modified to a different time slot based on the rankings of the publishing slots. The publication of content at a publishing slot may be delayed based on a success of other content published at a previous publishing slot being above a threshold. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346576 | CLOUD SERVER FOR MANAGING HOSTNAMES AND IP ADDRESSES, AND MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR THE CLOUD SERVER - A management method for a cloud server for managing IP addresses hostnames, network topology mapping and task synchronization of cloud hosts. The cloud server assigns a temporary IP addresses to host for performing a system boot up and installation task upon a host starting to perform a system boot up and installation task. As the system boot up and the installation task at the host proceeds to a stage, the cloud server receives requests from hosts via a DNS inquiry instruction, and replying the mapping table of a hostnames and a fixed IP addresses to the host via a DNS answer. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346577 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A method for managing an amount of IO requests transmitted from a host computer to a storage system is described. A current latency value of an IO request most recently removed from an issue queue maintained by a host bus adapter of the host computer in order to transmit IO requests from the host computer to the storage system is periodically determined. An average latency value is the calculated based on the current latency value and a size limit of the issue queue is adjusted based in part on the average latency value. Upon receiving an IO request from one of a plurality of client applications running on the host computer, it can then be determined whether a number of pending IO requests in the issue queue has reached the size limit and the IO request can be transmitted to the issue queue if the number of pending IO request falls within the size limit. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346578 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK TRANSMISSION OF BIG DATA - Systems and methods are described herein for providing one or more data transfer parameters. A network map of a network is stored, and input data regarding a desired data transfer is received. The input data includes a sender identifier associated with a sender node in the network, a receiver identifier associated with a receiver node in the network, and a performance metric. A time for initiating the desired data transfer is determined based on the network map, the sender identifier, the receiver identifier, and the performance metric, and the determined time is provided as a recommendation for initiating the data transfer. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346579 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOTELY CONTROLLING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system for remotely controlling mobile communication devices includes a redirection system, a remote control system and a mobile data communication device. The redirection system detects a triggering event at a host system and in response to the triggering event continuously redirects data items from the host system to a wireless network. The mobile data communication device receives data items from the wireless network and executes a plurality of device operations. The remote control system receives control information from a user interface and transmits the control information through the redirection system to the wireless network. The control information is received and executed by the mobile data communication device to remotely control one or more of the device operations. Methods of controlling the operation of mobile data communication devices are also disclosed. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346580 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING QOS PROFILE FOR SUPPORTING DATA DISTRIBUTION SERVICE IN CYBER-PHYSICAL SYSTEM - Disclosed herein are an apparatus and method for generating a Quality of Service (QoS) profile. The apparatus includes a user interface unit, a resource QoS policy generation unit, a traffic QoS policy generation unit, and a QoS profile generation unit. The user interface unit receives a QoS policy for Data Distribution Service (DDS) from a user. The resource QoS policy generation unit collects resource data for a device that performs the DDS, and generates a QoS policy for handling resources using the collected resource data. The traffic QoS policy generation unit collects traffic data for a network via which the DDS is performed, and generates a QoS policy for handling traffic using the collected traffic data. The QoS profile generation unit generates a QoS profile based on the QoS policy received from the user, the QoS policy for handling resources, and the QoS policy for handling traffic. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346581 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RANKING SERVICES IN A WEB SERVICES ARCHITECTURE - A method for ranking services in a web services architecture and a web services architecture are provided. The web services architecture has a hierarchy of services ( | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346582 | DEPLOYMENT OF SERVICES ON A SET OF REAL OBJECTS WITH AUTOMATIC MATCHING - A device for deploying a service onto an environment's set of real objects (Obj | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346583 | NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure may include methods, systems, and computer readable media with executable instructions. An example method for network virtualization can include providing, by a datacenter ( | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346584 | CONTROL METHOD FOR VIRTUAL COMPUTER, AND VIRTUAL COMPUTER SYSTEM - A control method for a virtual computer comprising a plurality of physical computers, a management server for managing the plurality of physical computers, and at least one virtual computer, which is provided by a virtualizing part executed on each of the plurality of physical computers, the management server controlling the at least one virtual computer and the virtualization part, the control method comprising: detecting, by the management server, a relationship between the virtualization part and the virtual computer operating on the plurality of physical computers; detecting, by the management server, an operation state of the virtual computer; and one of restraining and permitting, by the management server, when the management server issues a command for changing a state to one of the virtualization part and the virtual computer, issuance of the command based on an operation state of the virtual computer in a coupling relationship with the virtualization part. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346585 | NETWORK SYSTEM, AND POLICY ROUTE SETTING METHOD - Any policy route control defined in a virtual network (VN) configuration is realized without packet transfer to the controller when a new flow occurs. Specifically, in VN, regarding the policy route control by which a redirect is performed between a virtual interface (VI) corresponding to a physical switch (PS) and VI defined only on a virtual node, the physical interface linked to the transfer destination of VI is specified to set a switch operation as the policy filter in PS. When redirect transfer is performed in VN based on a policy, it is determined whether the static setting or the dynamic setting triggered by a terminal detection is performed, based on the information regarding whether the VN policy is a rule corresponding to an actual PS port or not, and the transfer rule corresponding to the policy is preliminary set to the flow table determining the switch operation of PS. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130346586 | METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR USE IN REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS - The present invention provides an apparatus, system and method for use in remotely diagnosing electronic devices and/or providing content. The method for use in remotely diagnosing includes the initiating a diagnostic analysis of an electronic device, identifying the electronic device, receiving scripts communicated over a distributed network for diagnosing, remotely initiating diagnostic instructions with the scripts and receiving a response based on the instruction. The method can further determine further diagnostic instructions based on responses, and remotely initiate further instructions with the scripts. Additionally, a system for use in remotely diagnosing electronic devices includes a script generator coupled with a distributed network, and a remote diagnostic controller coupled with the distributed network and with an electronic device. The script generator compiles scripts and forwards them over the distributed network. The diagnostic controller implements the scripts to forward instructions to and to receive replies from the electronic device. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20140006576 | MANAGING SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DISCOVERY OF ASSOCIATED SERVICES | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006577 | VIRTUAL DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006578 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CLIENT-GOVERNED SESSION PERSISTENCY BETWEEN ONE OR MORE CLIENTS AND SERVERS OF A DATA CENTER | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006579 | TECHNIQUES TO DISCOVER SERVICES RECURSIVELY IN A DISTRIBUTED ENVIRONMENT | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006580 | MULTI-TENANT-CLOUD-AGGREGATION AND APPLICATION-SUPPORT SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006581 | MULTIPLE-CLOUD-COMPUTING-FACILITY AGGREGATION | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006582 | MANAGING SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DISCOVERY OF ASSOCIATED SERVICES | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006583 | Network Device Search System that Allows Information Processing Terminal to Identify Network Device | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006584 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING CHANNEL FOR MANAGING IPV4 TERMINAL AND NETWORK GATEWAY | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006585 | Providing Mobility in Overlay Networks | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140006586 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING THE MOBILITY OF A DEVICE IN A 6LOWPAN-BASED WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140012967 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING MULTICAST DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM DEVICE AND SERVICE CLASSIFICATION - According to one embodiment, a digital device is adapted to support one or more network services. The digital device comprises processing circuitry, and a memory coupled to the processing circuitry. The memory comprises logic that, when executed by the processing circuit, is configured to (i) detect, in response to a triggering event, one or more network services advertised by at least one digital device within a network, and (ii) store information only directed to the one or more network services. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140012968 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING SERVICE CONTROL OF HOME NETWORK DEVICE - A method, an apparatus and a system can be used for implementing service control of a home network device. A first DLNA device sends a service request to a user interface server. The first DLNA device receives a DLNA device list of the home network wherein the first DLNA device is located and a control script corresponding to a media service to be executed that are sent by the user interface server in response to the service request. The first DLNA device selects a second DLNA device from the DLNA device list and controls, according to the control script, the second DLNA device to execute the media service to be executed. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140012969 | TECHNIQUES FOR NETWORK REPLICATION - In response to a request to duplicate a network, the network is duplicated. The duplicate network includes one or more virtual devices that correspond to one or more devices in the network being duplicated. The devices of the duplicate network are communicatively arranged in a manner consistent with a topology of the network being duplicated. Once the duplicate network is created, access to the duplicate network is provided. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140019601 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADDING A WHITELIST ENTRY VIA DNS - A method for adding a blacklisted site to a whitelist includes requesting a blacklisted site via a network, the blacklisted site having a domain name of the format . The method includes generating queries for an encoded domain, the encoded domain being of the format ..., sending the queries to a recursive DNS server, and sending responses based on the queries to a cache of a web browser. The method includes requesting by the web browser the blacklisted site, adding the blacklisted site to the whitelist, sending an IP address corresponding to the blacklisted site to the web browsers, and accessing the blacklisted site. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019602 | LOAD BALANCING FOR SINGLE-ADDRESS TENANTS - Load balancing for single-address tenants. When a load balancer detects that a virtual address is associated with a single destination address, the load balancer sets a flag to distinguish the virtual address from virtual addresses that are associated with a plurality of destination addresses. The load balancer instructs the router to bypass the load balancer for network packets that are addressed to the virtual address, and refrains from storing subsequent flow state for the virtual address. When the virtual address is to be scaled up with an additional destination address, the load balancer sets a flag to distinguish the virtual address from virtual addresses that are associated with a single destination addresses. The load balancer instructs the router to route network packets that are addressed to the virtual address through the load balancer, instead of bypassing the load balancer, and starts storing flow state for the virtual address. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019603 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS INVOLVING INTERACTIVE QUEUING - Systems and methods for providing interactive queuing are provided. In this regard, a representative method includes: assigning users of electronic devices to corresponding positions of a queue, each of the users being associated with a corresponding one of the electronic devices; and providing queue information to the users via the electronic devices. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019604 | VIRTUAL DISPERSIVE NETWORKING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A method for network communications from a first device to a second device includes communicating data from the first device to the second device by spawning a first virtual machine for a first network connection that virtualizes network capabilities of the electronic device, and using the virtualized network capabilities of the first virtual machine, transmitting a plurality of packets for communication to a first network address and port combination associated with the second device. The method further includes repeatedly changing to a respective another network address and port combination by repeatedly spawning a respective another virtual machine for a respective another network connection that virtualizes network capabilities of the electronic device, and using the virtualized network capabilities of the spawned respective another virtual machine, transmitting a plurality of packets for communication to the respective another network address and port combination associated with the second device. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019605 | Policy Management - According to a first aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of implementing policy management in an IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS, for users that are part of an organisation or enterprise. The method comprises the steps of separating the users into a plurality of groups, each group being defined by a Group Document that is managed by an XML Document Management Server; for one or more of the groups, including one or more policies in the Group Document of the group; for each of the groups, including in the Group Document identities of groups to which the group is related; and when determining one or more policies that are to be applied to a user, taking account of any policies included in the Group Document of the user's group and any policies included in the Group Document of any related groups. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019606 | METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A SERVICE RELATING TO A CONSUMER PACKAGE - According to one aspect of the invention, there is provided a method comprising: receiving, via a data communication network, a registration of a user to a package media service; assigning in the package media service a user identifier to the user; receiving, with the package media service from the user, a first unique identifier of a consumer package, wherein the first unique identifier of the consumer package is unique among all consumer packages and identifies a single consumer package; and associating, in the package media service, the first unique identifier with the user identifier. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019607 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product For Updating Load Balancer Configuration Data - A load balancing system that utilizes a dynamic method for updating a load balancer's pool of targets (e.g., a dynamic method for adding newly available targets to the pool of targets and/or removing from the pool of targets a target that is no longer accepting new connections). Advantageously, this dynamic method does not require periodic monitoring of each of the targets in the pool of targets. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140019608 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD - A network management apparatus includes a first storage unit, a second storage unit, and a controller. The first storage unit stores therein communication groups included in the same subnet and information about communication devices belonging to the respective communication groups in association with each other. The second storage unit stores therein for each of the communication devices a port of a relaying device connected to the communication device as a connection destination port. The controller allows the relaying devices to perform communication between the connection destination ports on the basis of the first storage unit and the second storage unit to allow communication only between the communication devices belonging to the same communication group. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140025798 | HOME NETWORK OF CONNECTED CONSUMER DEVICES - A method of associating a function to a room within a home, includes forming a mesh network in the structure with a plurality of nodes, each node having a communication module, segmenting the nodes into rooms based upon the time of flight, obtaining an identity for at least one node in a room; and using the identity to assign a function to the room. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025799 | CALENDAR-AWARE DEVICES - A client-server session is automatically initiated between a client-type device an a cloud-based server in a cloud-based computing environment based on user-defined parameters, thereby providing convenience and ease of use for a user for uploading, sharing and downloading media content to and from a content-sharing website. A user-preference database stores user-preference information, such as information relating to media-content-type information, media-content-source information, media-content-destination information, user-uploading-preference information, and/or uplink-network-preference and downlink-network-preference information. A rule is generated for uploading and/or downloading a designated media-content type to the content-sharing website based on the stored user preference information and at least one calendar event available from a calendar application. An event trigger signal is generated if the conditions of the rule are satisfied, and a communication controller then establishes a communication link to the content-sharing website and uploads and/or downloads the designated media content. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025800 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-BLADE LOAD BALANCING - A method for load balancing by updating session information in a multi-blade load balancer is disclosed herein. The method may include distributing information about a local session table by a blade in the multi-blade load balancer to at least one other blade in the multi-blade load balancer. The method may also include updating a local session table by the at least one other blade on receiving the distributed information. The method may also include session table update for protocols including a control plane and data plane component. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025801 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ROLES IN A PEER-TO-PEER CONNECTION - Systems and methods for managing a peer-to-peer connection are disclosed. A first electronic device discovers a second electronic device available for peer-to-peer connection. A group owner intent value is determined based on one or more power characteristics of the first electronic device. A group owner intent value for the second electronic device is received. The determined group owner intent value is compared with the received group owner intent value for the second electronic device. A group role is assumed based on the comparison of the determined group owner intent value and the received group owner intent value for the second electronic device. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025802 | METHOD FOR EXTENDING BUSINESS SYSTEMS TO A MOBILE WORKFORCE - Systems, software, and methods for reliable wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, a computer program control device, called a node, is configured to be transmitted from a first device for receipt and processing on a second, disparate device. The node comprises a collection of managed objects or managed object representations that is effective to control said disparate device. In one exemplary illustrative non-limiting implementation, the node is configured to control the processing of multiple data types. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025803 | Intra-train Network Management System - An intra-train network management system is provided for a train having up to three or more train units. Each train unit consists of two terminal cars and zero or more intermediate cars between the terminal cars. A communications interface unit in each terminal car establishes at least two separate networks within its associated train unit. Each network connects to distinct nodes within the train unit, and the separate networks of coupled train units are crossed over. A gateway associated with each terminal car links the respective networks of separate train units coupled into a train. The network management determines the network topology by sending global device discovery messages throughout the network, and local discovery messages within each train unit that cannot penetrate the gateway(s) associated with that train unit. The local discovery messages resolve the ambiguity created by the global messages. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140025804 | FLOW ROUTING PROTOCOL BY QUERYING A REMOTE SERVER - The transmission of flows are formed of data packets, by a communication host possessing a set of output points enabling the transmission of the flows. The flows are routed to one point from among the set of output points based on routing information determined by characteristics of the flows wherein a remote server is queried in order to receive at least part of the routing information. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140032727 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF REDUNDANT PATH VALIDATION BEFORE PROVISIONING - Exemplary embodiments of the invention provide a technique to validate physical cabling and logical path before provisioning volume. In accordance with an aspect, a computer comprises a memory storing a software and a processor executing the software. The software is operable to: identify first server port and second server port forming redundant ports of a server and first storage port and second storage port forming redundant ports of a storage system; and check whether a redundant relationship is formed by at least one of (i) a physical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a physical connection between the second server port and the second storage port, or (ii) a logical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a logical connection between the second server port and the second storage port. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032728 | LOCATION-BASED TASK ACTIVATION - A system includes a network device to process a request to perform a task, wherein the request specifies location data for an entity generating the request. A distance manager, corresponding to instructions executable by a processor, can determine an activation time for the task by the network device based on the location data. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032729 | SERVER AND METHOD TO CONNECT NETWORK DEVICE TO THE SERVER - In a method to connect a server to a network device, the method generates a communication process to connect the server to a network device. The method separates an independent sub process form the communication process to connect the server to the network device, which is accompanied by an automatic end of the communication process. The method further creates a communication connection between the server and the network device. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032730 | DELAY-TOLERANT WEB TRANSACTION DELEGATIONS - Embodiment methods and systems enable completing online transactions when there is insufficiently reliable connectivity between the initiating computing device and the remote server to enable completing the transaction directly. Transactions in such situations are accomplished using a RESTful Delay Tolerant Network. A set of messages constituting the web transaction are bundled, together with instructions and other metadata, in a manner that enables intermediate nodes in the network to complete the transactions on behalf of the source computing device. The source computing device then delegates the web transaction to an intermediate node. If the intermediate node can complete the transaction with the destination device, it does so on behalf of the source computing device. If not, the intermediate node delegates the web transaction to another intermediate node, which may be repeated until an intermediate node is able to complete the transaction with the destination. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032731 | Recursive, All-to-All Network Topologies - An apparatus comprises an interconnection network comprising N | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032732 | SYSTEM FOR ACCOUNT SETUP AND/OR DEVICE INSTALLATION - A user may select more than one device to be installed in a building. An order of installation of the devices may be determined based on the type of devices selected. A user may be presented with a module for each device selected. The modules may be presented in the order of installation. The modules may include instructions for installation for the corresponding device. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032733 | Policy-Based Application Management - Improved techniques for managing enterprise applications on mobile devices are described herein. Each enterprise mobile application running on the mobile device has an associated policy through which it interacts with its environment. The policy selectively blocks or allows activities involving the enterprise application in accordance with rules established by the enterprise. Together, the enterprise applications running on the mobile device form a set of managed applications. Managed applications are typically allowed to exchange data with other managed applications, but are blocked from exchanging data with other applications, such as the user's own personal applications. Policies may be defined to manage data sharing, mobile resource management, application specific information, networking and data access solutions, device cloud and transfer, dual mode application software, enterprise app store access, and virtualized application and resources, among other things. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140032734 | IP-ADDRESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - An IP-address distribution system according to the present invention includes a network formed by a plurality of switching devices, and a plurality of IP-address distribution devices connected to the network, wherein the switching devices are grouped into two or more groups, and the switching devices interrupt an IP-address request signal transmitted from a terminal that requests allocation of an IP address at a physical port to which a switching device in another group is connected. | 01-30-2014 |
| 20140040445 | Matching Device Capabilities and Content Characteristics - A computer-implemented method includes determining if one or more electronic device capabilities represented in one of a group of device profiles is associated with one or more content characteristics represented in one of a group of resource profiles. The method also includes assigning the device profile to the resource profile if the electronic device capabilities are associated with the content characteristics. Furthermore, the method includes, upon receipt of content defined by the resource profile, initiating delivery of the content to at least one electronic device associated with the one device profile based upon the assignment. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140040446 | Remote Provisioning of Virtual Appliances for Access to Virtualized Storage - Systems and methods for remotely provisioning software to process data stored in a virtualized storage environment are provided. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a request, at a first location, for processing data using a software application, wherein the data is stored in a virtualized storage space at a second location and the software application is invoked in a virtualized computing environment at a third location; using a service at the first location to remotely invoke one or more instances of the software application over the virtualized computing environment at the third location; and using the service at the first location to remotely manage transfer of data stored in the virtualized storage space at the second location to the third location. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140040447 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND PROGRAM PRODUCT - A management system for managing one or more information processing apparatuses through a network includes a storage part that stores various tables and a controller that controls execution of a predetermined operation according to an execution request of the operation. The storage part stores the predetermined operation and one or more realization means of the operation in association with each other. The controller receives the execution request of the operation, specifies one or more realization means of the operation corresponding to the operation, and selects realization means of the operation that can be executed from the specified one or more realization means on the basis of management information including configuration information and operation information of the information processing apparatuses. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140040448 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF TURN ON/OFF EXECUTION FOR SERVERS - A method of turn on/off execution for servers is disclosed. The method is used for controlling a plurality of first servers to turn on or turn off and includes the following steps: receiving a trigger signal; detecting whether all of the first servers are turned off; controlling the first servers to respectively transmit a turn on request signal if all of the first servers are turned off; receiving the turn on request signal and controlling each of the first servers to sequentially turn on by sending a permission signal to each of the first servers. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140040449 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, COMPUTER SYSTEM INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - A management server acquires software configuration information, hardware configuration information, and operation achievement information from each server system; generates server operation achievement information for managing operation achievements of each server system based on each acquired information; generates server operation achievement statistic information by aggregating the software configuration information about each server system based on the generated server operation achievement information; and, upon receipt of a software configuration decision request from a requestor server system, selects the software configuration information which matches a hardware configuration of the requestor server system, from the server operation achievement statistic information. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140040450 | COORDINATION IN SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORKS - To decide, whether or not a SON function instance is allowed to execute, a priority, an impact time and an impact area for the SON function instance is determined, and priorities of other SON function instances scheduled to be run during the impact time of the requesting SON function instance and having an overlapping impact area are compared to the priority of the requesting SON function instance. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140047088 | SERVICE MANAGEMENT ROLES OF PROCESSOR NODES IN DISTRIBUTED NODE SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A distributed node service management system utilizes multiple existing processor nodes of a distributed computing system, in support of the primary data processing functions of the distributed computing system. The distributed node service management system coordinates and manages service functions on behalf of processor nodes of the distributed computing system. Other features and aspects may be realized, depending upon the particular application. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047089 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPERVISED NETWORK CLUSTERING - A method (and system) for supervised network clustering includes receiving and reading node labels from a plurality of nodes on a network, as executed by a processor on a computer having access to the network, the network defined as a group of entities interconnected by links. The node labels are used to define densities associated with the nodes. Node components are extracted from the network, based on using thresholds on densities. Smaller components having a size below a user-defined threshold are merged. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047090 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING MEDIA RESOURCE FOR IMS SCIM/SERVICE BROKERING - In accordance with various embodiments, systems and methods that improve communication with a media server are provided. Such a system can include a plurality of applications, executing on one or more application servers. The system can also include a media server which is operable to play announcements requested by the plurality of applications to one or more parties in a call; and a SCIM. The SCIM is operable to buffer requests from the plurality of applications to play the announcements. When an application in a chain of applications requests that an announcement be played to a party, the SCIM can buffer the request, communicate with each remaining application in the chain of applications and buffer any requests to play an additional announcement to the party, open a connection to the media server, and instruct the media server to play each announcement associated with each buffered request. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047091 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPERVISED NETWORK CLUSTERING - A method (and system) for supervised network clustering includes receiving and reading node labels from a plurality of nodes on a network, as executed by a processor on a computer having access to the network, the network defined as a group of entities interconnected by links. The node labels are used to define densities associated with the nodes. Node components are extracted from the network, based on using thresholds on densities. Smaller components having a size below a user-defined threshold are merged. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047092 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TOPOLOGY-AWARE JOB SCHEDULING AND BACKFILLING IN AN HPC ENVIRONMENT - A method for job management in an HPC environment includes determining an unallocated subset from a plurality of HPC nodes, with each of the unallocated HPC nodes comprising an integrated fabric. An HPC job is selected from a job queue and executed using at least a portion of the unallocated subset of nodes. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047093 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING CONTENT AND SERVICES ON A NETWORK SYSTEM - Systems and methods for managing and providing content and services on a network system. Aspects of the invention include location-based determination of network content and services that may be provided to client computers. Other aspects of the invention include authorization and authentication components that determine access rights of client computers. Additional aspects include systems and methods for redirecting client computers to different network content. The disclosed systems and methods may be used in numerous network system applications. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140047094 | Method and apparatus for personal-network merging and splitting - The embodiments of the present disclosure disclose technical solutions for a method and apparatus for personal-network merging and splitting, wherein the method for personal-network merging includes that: a user, a server, a service, a personal network device, a personal network gateway or a particular event triggers a personal-network merging; a new personal network gateway is selected for a merged personal network; a personal network device is enrolled in the merged personal network; and the merged personal network is registered on a personal network server. The method for personal-network splitting includes that: a user, a server, a service, a personal network device, a personal network gateway or a particular event triggers a personal-network splitting; a new personal network gateway is selected for a personal network after the splitting; personal network devices are enrolled in personal networks after the splitting respectively; and the personal networks after the splitting are registered on a personal network server. With the method and apparatus of the present disclosure, the problem of personal area network (PN) merging and splitting and in particular merging and splitting of multiple personal networks in a PN can be solved effectively when there are a large number of PNs. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140052835 | CUSTOM ERROR PAGE ENABLED VIA NETWORKED COMPUTING SERVICE - An approach is provided for queuing clients when a web page is temporarily unavailable. The approach includes providing a computer infrastructure operable to: maintain a queue of clients requesting the web page; receive an indication of an availability number from a host of the web page; and release one or more of the clients from the queue equal to the availability number indicated by the host, based on the receiving the indication of the availability number. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140052836 | NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEM USING SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING APPLICATIONS - A network switching system includes a storage device including a plurality of application-provided flow-based rules provided by a plurality of applications. A packet processor is coupled to the storage device and includes a flow-based handler that is operable to receive a packet, determine that the packet is associated with a flow session, and associate a plurality of the application-provided flow-based rules with the packet based the association of the packet with the flow session. The packet processor also includes a flow-based rule processing engine that is operable to determine a priority for the plurality of application-provided flow-based rules and apply at least one of the plurality of application-provided flow-based rules to the packet according to the priority. The system allows a plurality of SDN applications to operate in a network switching system independently and without knowledge of each other. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140052837 | PRIORITZED BRANCH COMPUTING SYSTEM - A branch device that may be operable to: request to initiate access to a cloud computing application; map or link service level agreement information associated with the cloud computing application to performance and uptime specifications associated with a policy engine; and communicate with a first computational node that runs a first instance of the cloud computing application. Also, the branch device may be operable to: compare the performance data and the uptime data retrieved from the first computational node against the specifications, respectively; direct a request to the first instance, where the performance data and the uptime data at least satisfies the specifications, respectively; and direct a request to a second instance of the cloud computing application running on a second computational node, where the performance data and the uptime data do not satisfy the specifications, respectively. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140052838 | SCRIPTING FOR IMPLEMENTING POLICY-BASED TRAFFIC STEERING AND MANAGEMENT - Methods, systems, and devices are described for managing network communications. A traffic manager module may receive a script over a management plane of a packet core, interpret the script to identify a traffic management policy; and dynamically modify at least one aspect of a proxy connection over a bearer plane of the packet core at the traffic manager module based on the identified traffic management policy. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140052839 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING USER ACCESS TO WEB SITE COMPONENTS IN A PORTAL FRAMEWORK - A site in a portal management framework may have a set of site objects given a single identity. The site may be created in the portal management framework by a console object. The portal management framework may have at least one portal providing a gateway for access to the site. Sets of users granted administrative privileges with respect to a site object may further grant and delegate administrative privileges to other sets of users to perform administration type operations on site objects over which they have administrative privileges. Server consoles may be provided for performing administration on object(s) in the portal management framework. Site consoles may be provided for performing administration on object(s) with respect to each site. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140052840 | VERSATILE APPLICATION CONFIGURATION FOR DEPLOYABLE COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS - Within a computing environment, an application may run in a variety of contexts, e.g., as a natively executable application, as a client-side interpretable application embedded in a web browser, or as a server-side application that communicates with the user through a web interface presented on a device. The application may also access resources of the computing environment stored on multiple devices. The configuration of the application to operate equivalently in these diverse environments may be facilitated by representing the application within an object hierarchy representing the computing environment. The application may be configured to operate on the objects of the object hierarchy regardless of the location of the stored objects, to execute on any device, and to execute upon a standard set of application programming interfaces. The configuration of the application in this manner promotes the versatility of the application in operating equivalently in different programming contexts. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140059194 | CLOUD SERVICES LAYER DYNAMIC API - A network device receives a first file having a service-specific Application Programming Interface (API) definition for a first cloud service, and loads the service-specific API definition for the first cloud service into a Cloud Services Layer (CSL) API. The network device receives a service request involving the first cloud service, and handles, at the CSL API, the service request using the service-specific API definition for the first cloud service. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140059195 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CENTRALIZED VIRTUAL INTERFACE CARD DRIVER LOGGING IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes creating a staging queue in a virtual interface card (VIC) adapter firmware of a server based on a log policy; receiving a log message from a VIC driver in the server; copying the log message to the staging queue; generating a VIC control message comprising the log message from the staging queue; and sending the VIC control message to a switch. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140059196 | MANAGING CONVERGED IT INFRASTRUCTURE WITH GENERIC OBJECT INSTANCES - An improved technique for managing an electronic system suitable for providing users with information technology resources, such as compute, storage, and network resources, builds an object model instance of data center components to represent the data center components as a unified entity, which administrators can access as a single-point source for information about the components. In some examples, the object model instance also serves as a single-point for management control of the electronic system. The object model instance is populated with information obtained from a discovery process, where components are queried to report their actual configuration and state, as well as physical and logical relationships among them. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140059197 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing system includes an information processing device, a storage unit, a relay unit, and an update unit. The information processing device is an element of an information processing system. The storage unit stores integral information obtained by integrating information about the information processing device expressed as component information of the information processing system. The relay unit receives communication information including an update command for updating of the component information addressed to the information processing device, and transmits first communication information including the update command addressed to the information processing device and second communication information including the update command. The update unit receives the second communication information, and updates the integral information based on an update command included in the second communication information. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140059198 | REQUEST ROUTING MANAGEMENT BASED ON NETWORK COMPONENTS - Systems and methods for managing requesting routing functionality associated with resource requests for one or more resources associated with a content provider are provided. A content delivery network (“CDN”) service provider, on behalf of a content provider, can process domain name service (“DNS”) requests for resources by computing devices and resolve the DNS requests by the identification of a network address of a computing device that will provide the requested resources. Based on the processing of DNS queries initiated by a client computing device, the CDN service provider can measure CDN service provider latencies associated with the generation of DNS requests by network components associated with the client computing devices. Examples of the network components can include DNS resolvers associated with the client computing device. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140068038 | Maintain Persistent Connections Between Servers and Mobile Clients - In one embodiment, a method includes iteratively waiting for a time interval; sending a keep-alive message from a first computing device to a second computing device; and incrementing a current value of the time interval when the first computing device receives from the second computing device a response to a current keep-alive message sent during the current iteration, until the first computing device does not receive from the second computing device any responses to the current keep-alive message sent during the current iteration; and setting the current value of the time interval to a previous value of the time interval from an immediately-previous iteration. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068039 | INFORMATION FLOW OPTIMIZATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods of optimizing information flow for a plurality of users in a communication system having a plurality of forms of communication. The methods can be performed by one or more computer devices. In one method, for each form of communication of the communication system, the method includes steps of determining connection and/or communication pathways between users, applying one or more edge weights to each pathway, and calculating a centrality value for each user. The method can also include introducing information into the communication system through one or more of the users, the one or more users being selected based on the centrality values associated therewith. In one method, an overall centrality value that takes into account all of the forms of communication can be calculated for each user and information can be introduced into the communication system through one or more users having the highest calculated overall centrality values. A method of optimizing information flow for a web site structure is also included. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068040 | System for Enabling Server Maintenance Using Snapshots - In certain embodiments, a system includes a target server operable to access one or more databases. The target is further operable to run one or more processes supporting access to the one or more databases. The system also includes a management server including one or more processors. The management server is operable to receive a maintenance request. The maintenance request includes a maintenance window. The management server is further operable to generate a server state snapshot by capturing the identities and configurations of the one or more processes running on the target server. The management server is further operable to stop the one or more processes. The management server is further operable to restore, after the expiration of the maintenance window, the one or more processes based on the server state snapshot. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068041 | TEAM PROCESSING USING DYNAMIC LICENSES - Devices may be grouped into teams by a team identifier configured for each device. Within the team, one device may be selected as a control device for handling requests made to the team. A team address is assigned to the team for directing communications from the client. The control device parses messages addressed to the team address and forwards requests to slave devices in the team. The control device may perform load balancing of the slave devices when directed messages to the slave devices. Device teams may be used to assign dynamic licenses to the clients. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068042 | Method and Apparatus for Accelerated Virtual Image Provisioning in Distributed Cloud Environments - Systems, methods and/or software where a separate image repository server (IRS) is created and maintained in each and every network and/or subnet segment that includes a destination server associated with the managed pool. Also, when a given virtual image is provisioned to a given destination server then the present invention preferably ensures that the IRS used as a source of the given virtual image is an IRS located in the same subnet and same network as the given destination server. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068043 | Risk Aware Domain Name Service - Systems and methods are disclosed for providing a risk aware domain name service (DNS), which includes modulating a time to live (TTL) value associated with the DNS based at least in part on one or more DNS-related metrics associated with a DNS server providing DNS resolution. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068044 | METHOD OF MAINTAINING NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION MAPPING AND CLIENT DEVICE EMPLOYING SAME - A client device and method for maintaining NAT mapping. In one embodiment the client device includes: (1) a network interface circuit operable to transmit a keepalive message on an interval to a NAT gateway and (2) an interval adjust circuit configured to: (2 | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068045 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND VIRTUAL NODE MIGRATION METHOD - A disclosed example is a network system including physical nodes. The network system provides a virtual network system including virtual nodes allocated computer resources of the physical nodes. In a case where the network system performs migration of a first virtual node for executing service using computer resources of a first physical node to a second physical node, the network system creates the communication paths for connecting the second physical node and the neighboring physical nodes on the physical links, starts the service executed by the first virtual node using the computer resources secured by the second physical node, switches communication paths to the created communication paths for switching the virtual links. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068046 | NETWORK CONNECTING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A first electronic device stores first configuration information of the first electronic device collected by a tamper-resistant chip on the first electronic device and approved by a third-party device in the portable medium. A second electronic device stores second configuration information of the second electronic device collected by a tamper-resistant chip on the second electronic device and approved by the third-party device in the portable medium and acquires the first configuration information from the portable medium. The first electronic device transmits the first configuration information of the first electronic device and the second configuration information of the second electronic device acquired from the portable medium to the second electronic device over a long-distance network. The second electronic device controls connection between the first and the second electronic devices over the long-distance network based on the first configuration information and the second configuration information received from the first electronic device. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068047 | System and Method for Validating Documentation of Representational State Transfer (Rest) Services - A validation tool is provided for a representational state transfer (REST) service. In one embodiment, a method for validating documentation of a REST service includes including detecting one or more messages for a REST service by a validator, wherein the one or more messages are intercepted for the REST service, translating documentation of the REST service, by the validator, into a representation of an automaton, and validating the one or more messages by the validator based on the automaton, wherein validation of the messages determines conformance of the REST service to the documentation of the REST service. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068048 | MANAGING REMOTE DEVICES - A method and apparatus for managing remote devices. In one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method of managing a remote device, comprising: obtaining a first identifier based on a name sequence in state information of the remote device, the first identifier being for indicating a template that provides the state information; obtaining a second identifier based on a numerical value sequence in the state information; sending a state access notification that comprises at least the first identifier and the second identifier; and providing the state information based on the first identifier and the second identifier in response to having received a result of activating the state access notification. In one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus for managing a remote device. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068049 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING COMMANDS IN A SET OF COMPONENTS OF A COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for the processing of at least one command concerning at least one component of a cluster is disclosed. The cluster comprises several components, the at least one component having a dependency link, according to the at least one command, with at least one other component, is disclosed. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068050 | Method of Handling Interaction Sessions - A method of handling a device management (DM) session for a DM client in a service system supporting open mobile alliance (OMA) DM protocol includes receiving a command from a DM server of the service system via the DM session; performing an interaction session with a web server via a web browser; and reporting status information related to the interaction session to the DM server for instructing the DM server to continue performing the DM session even the interaction session is still continuously performed. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140068051 | Recursive DNS Nameserver - A recursive DNS server receives a request for domain name information associated with a domain name from a subscriber. In response to the request for domain name information, the recursive DNS nameserver determines a subscriber identifier and subscriber information associated with the subscriber identifier. The recursive DNS nameserver resolves the request for domain name information based on the subscriber information to generate a response to the request for domain name information. The recursive DNS nameserver then returns the response to the request for domain name information to the subscriber. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140074998 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING IMS SCIM / SERVICE BROKER TO ENABLE APPLICATION SERVERS USING MSCML TO EXECUTE ON CDMA WIN NETWORKS - Systems and methods provide unified playing of announcements across different network interfaces. A system to extend an IMS SCIM to enable application servers using MSCML to play announcements to execute on WIN (CDMA) networks include an application server, including IMS applications. The system includes a SCIM to manage communication between call parties and the applications. In a CDMA network, which an open dialogue the SCIM is configured to respond to the IMS applications that then can play the announcement, receive a second message which indicates the announcement to play from the IMS applications, buffer the announcement indicated, and respond with a message to the IMS applications as if the announcements have been played. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140074999 | ROLE-DRIVEN NOTIFICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING SUPPORT FOR COLLAPSING COMBINATIONS - Embodiments of the invention relate to a method of implementing role-driven notification. The method includes storing, by a cloud infrastructure system including computing devices, notification templates. Each of the notification templates are associated with a role. The method further includes determining that a user is associated with a first role and a second role, determining that the first role is associated with a first notification template and the second role is associated with a second notification template. Further, the method includes combining the first template and the second template to generate a third template, based on the third template, generating a notification. The method then, sends the notification to the user. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075000 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING THE TRANSFER OF INFORMATION RELATING TO QUALITY OF AN ORGANIZATION - A system and method transfers information relating to quality or standards of an organization from a server to a wireless handheld computing device and from the wireless handheld computing device to the server in real-time or near real-time. Each member of an organization can have the same policies and procedures as soon as any of the policies and procedures are updated. The inventive system can allow an organization to also measure compliance and conformance with the distributed policies and procedures. With the handheld computing devices, each member of an organization can complete tests that are closely tied to the distributed policies and procedures. The results of these tests can be transmitted in real-time or near real-time from the handheld computing devices to a central computer server so that an organization can track current performance of all its members relative to the policies and procedures and relative to each other. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075001 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING MEDIA IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - A computerized method for sharing removable storage media in a network, the method comprising associating, in an index entry, a first piece of removable storage media in a first storage device with at least a first storage policy copy and a second storage policy copy; copying, to the first piece of removable storage media, data associated with the first storage policy copy; and copying, to the first piece of removable storage media, data associated with the second storage policy copy. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075002 | METHODS FOR CLUSTERING NETWORKS BASED ON TOPOLOGY DISCOVERY AND DEVICES THEREOF - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium, and device for clustering a network includes obtaining information regarding a network including relationship information for a plurality of nodes of the network. A weight value for each of a plurality of directly connected pairs of the plurality of nodes is determined, wherein the directly connected pair are identified based on the relationship information. At least one topology score is generated for each of the plurality of nodes. A plurality of clusters is generated using the topology scores and one of the plurality of nodes as a seed node for each of the clusters. At least the seed node used to generate at least a subset of the plurality of clusters is output. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075003 | DEVICE COOPERATION SERVICE EXECUTION APPARATUS, DEVICE COOPERATION SERVICE EXECUTION METHOD, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An application information acquisition unit | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075004 | System And Method For Fuzzy Concept Mapping, Voting Ontology Crowd Sourcing, And Technology Prediction - The invention provides a system and method for providing ttx-based categorization services and a categorized commonplace of shared information. Currency of the contents is improved by a process called conjuring/concretizing wherein users' thoughts are rapidly infused into the Map. As a new idea is sought, a goal is created for a search. After the goal idea is found, a ttx is concretized and categorized. The needs met by such a Map are prior art searching, competitive environmental scanning, competitive analysis study repository management and reuse, innovation gap analysis indication, novelty checking, technology value prediction, investment area indication and planning, and product technology comparison and feature planning. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075005 | CLOUD SERVICE MONITORING SYSTEM - A cloud services monitoring system (CSMS) helps a consumer of cloud computing resources determine the state of the cloud computing resources available to the consumer. The CSMS is particularly effective for cloud models where the consumer of the cloud computing resources is not the same as the provider of the cloud resource. The CSMS also provides mechanisms for adjusting operations actions to preserve service guarantees for the consumer. In that regard, the CSMS dynamically adjusts operations actions in response to the state of the cloud, rather than executing fixed pre-determined operations actions that are not tailored to the monitored conditions. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140075006 | System and Method for Sharing Storage Resources - A network includes a management module with a first root complex, a first server with a first endpoint coupled to the first root complex, and a second server with a second root complex, a second endpoint coupled to the second root complex, a third endpoint coupled to the first root complex, and a bridge coupled to the second endpoint and to the third endpoint. A method includes discovering a PCIe host bridge adapter (PHBA) and a storage resource coupled to multiple storage extents in a PCIe domain, creating a first virtual function on the storage resource and sending a first identifier for the first virtual function to the PHBA. A network interface device includes a PCIe endpoint that is coupleable to a PCIe root complex, another PCIe endpoint that is coupleable to another PCIe root complex, and a bridge that couples the first PCIe endpoint with the second PCIe endpoint. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140082166 | IDENTIFICATION OF VIRTUAL APPLICATIONS FOR BACKUP IN A CLOUD COMPUTING SYSTEM - Exemplary embodiments provide various techniques for identifying a virtual application for backup in a cloud computing system. A cloud service layer of the cloud computing system is queried for a listing of virtual applications. In response to the querying, an attribute associated with the virtual application is received from the cloud service layer. The attribute associated with the virtual application is then transformed into an attribute associated with a hypervisor-managed virtual machine, and this transformation of the attribute exposes the hypervisor-managed virtual machine associated with the virtual application such that the hypervisor-managed virtual machine is identifiable for backup. As a result, the virtual application can be backed up based on the attribute of the hypervisor-managed virtual machine. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082167 | PROVISION OF BACKUP FUNCTIONALITIES IN CLOUD COMPUTING SYSTEMS - Exemplary embodiments provide various techniques for providing backup functionalities in a cloud computing system. In one exemplary method, a workflow that defines a set of actions associated with a backup functionality in a cloud computing system is accessed. A plug-in module that is configured to perform at least one of the set of actions associated with the backup functionality is identified from a number of plug-in modules. This identified plug-in module is then called to execute the action defined in the workflow. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082168 | PRIORITY RESOLUTION FOR ACCESS CONTROL LIST POLICIES IN A NETWORKING DEVICE - Access control lists (ACLs) permit network administrators to manage network traffic flowing through a networking element to optimize network security, performance, quality of service (QoS), and the like. If a networking element has multiple ACLs directed towards different types of network optimization, each ACL may return a separate action set that identifies one or more actions the networking element should perform based on a received frame. In some cases, these action sets may conflict. To resolve the conflicts, a networking element may include resolution logic that selects one of the conflicting actions based on a predefined precedence value assigned to each action in an action set. By comparing the different precedence values, the resolution logic generates a new action set based on the actions with the highest precedence value. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082169 | EXECUTION FRAMEWORK FOR POLICY MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide systems and methods of designing and implementing service policies in a telecommunications network. The policy management system includes interfaces operable to receive different subscriber information, an execution framework which includes policies which can be dynamically customized using one or more custom execution blocks, wherein the policies can receive the subscriber information through the interfaces and execute each policy based on the subscriber information. The method enables a network operator to dynamically update policies using customizable execution blocks and thereby change services associated with a particular policy as well as change the input factors (subscriber location, profile, etc.) available to that policy. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082170 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SMALL BATCHING PROCESSING OF USAGE REQUESTS - In accordance with various embodiments, systems and methods that provide unified charging across different network interfaces are provided. A system for small batch processing of usage requests, can include a service broker, a plurality of servers wherein each server includes customer data, and a plurality of queues, each associated with a different server. When a usage request is received from a network entity, the service broker is configured to determine an internal ID associated with data requested by the usage request, determine on which particular server of the plurality of servers the data requested by the usage request is stored, enqueue the usage request in a particular queue associated with the particular server, and upon a trigger event, send all requests in the particular queue to the particular server in a batch. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082171 | REMEDIATING EVENTS USING BEHAVIORS - Remediating events of components using behaviors via an administrator system and an administrator client. The administrator system receives an event from a component of an information technology (IT) environment. A behavior is determined at least partly from the event. The behavior is determined to be an anomalous behavior at least partly from a group of previously received events. A coefficient is calculated, via a calculation, for the anomalous behavior at least partly from a weight. The administrator system sends a description of the anomalous behavior and a group of options to the administrator client. The description is at least partly based on the calculation. The administrator system receives a severity indication from the administrator client. The weight, the calculation, and the description are updated based on the severity indication. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082172 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DNS PROCESSING - A method for DNS processing is provided. The method is executed by an electronic device and includes the following steps: determining a plurality of TTL values, wherein each of the TTL values corresponds to one of a plurality of operating states of the electronic device, and determining whether to remove an entry from a local DNS cache in the electronic device or not according to the TTL value corresponding to the current state among the operating states of the electronic device. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082173 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A management server receives a server instruction inquiry from an image forming apparatus, and transmits a communication switching instruction to the image forming apparatus as a response to the server instruction inquiry, such that the communication switching instruction switches the communication system for communicating with the image forming apparatus to push communication. After push communication has been established by conducting an initial communication with the image forming apparatus according to the communication switching instruction, the management server issues server instructions to the image forming apparatus by push communication. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140082174 | Serialization of Run-Time State - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates re-locating a web application associated with a network service utilizing a portion of serialized data. The network service can be any collection of resources that are maintained by a party (e.g., third-party, off-site, etc.) and accessible by an identified user over a network (e.g., WAN, Internet, etc.). An interface component can receive a portion of serialized data with transparent structure related to an application specification. A hydrate component can create a web application independent of a network service based at least in part upon the serialized data, the web application has state within the network service. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140089479 | MANAGEMENT OF SYSTEM EVENTS USING ONE OR MORE EVENT ATTRIBUTES - A method for managing a system may include gathering, with a system manager, data about a first system event and a second system event. The method further includes determining, with the system manager, a plurality of first system event attribute values and a plurality of second system event attribute values. The first and second system event attribute values are based on the data gathered about the first and second system event. The method further includes generating, with the system manager, a display of the plurality of first system event attribute values in hierarchal relation to the plurality of second system event attribute values. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089480 | TIME-VARIANT USE MODELS IN CONSTRAINT-BASED IT RESOURCE CONSOLIDATION - A method, system, and computer program product for automated data center platform consolidation. The method commences defining a set of source platforms (e.g., servers, database machines, network infrastructure components, etc.) where the source platforms are associated with time-variant demand models (e.g., computing demand during the working/daytime periods, demand at night, etc.). The demand models can be measured or estimated, and can be in any units of time (e.g., days, hours, etc.). Then a set of target platforms is defined where a member of the set of target platforms has a respective target platform profile comprising an initial time-variant availability model to compare with the time-variant demand models of the source platforms. Time-variant constraints (e.g., not more than 80% utilization during working/daytime periods, etc.) are observed while mapping members of the set of source platforms to the members of the set of target platforms until a consolidation stopping condition is reached. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089481 | DEVICE BROKER WITH DYNAMIC CONNECTIVITY DETERMINATION - Generally, this disclosure provides methods, systems and devices for dynamic determination of connectivity to a device, for example device brokering, based on a context state of the device. The method may include maintaining a user policy database configured to store connectivity rules, the connectivity rules associated with the user and one or more of the user devices; logging registration data received from the user device, the registration data indicating a context state associated with the user device; receiving a request from a remote party to connect to the user; and selecting one or more of the user devices for the connection to the remote party, the selection based on the context state and the user policy connectivity rules. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089482 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT FOR DETERMINING THE AFFECTS OF MANAGEMENT ACTIONS - Aspects of the present invention disclose a system, method and program product for determining the affects of management actions. In an example, a computer determines a connectivity between one or more devices within a management inventory that are connected via a network. The computer determines a connectivity between the one or more devices within the management inventory after a proposed management action. The computer determines the one or more devices affected by the proposed management action. The computer sends a query to the one or more devices affected by the proposed management action for specific impacts of the proposed management action. The computer receives data related to the specific impacts of the proposed management action from the one or more devices affected by the proposed management action. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089483 | MANAGING AND TRACKING COMMANDS ASSOCIATED WITH A CHANGE ON A COMPUTER SYSTEM - A method, computer program product, and computer system for managing and tracking commands associated with a change on a managed computer system. The managed computer system receives a log-on of an administrator onto the managed computer system, determines the lockdown level of the managed computer system by querying a managing computer system, and retrieves a list of authorized commands under the lockdown level from the managing computer system. The managed computer system determines, by querying the managing computer system, whether an authorized change on the managed computer system exists. The managed computer system removes the lockdown level to receive from the managing computer system authorization of commands that have been locked down, in response to determining that the authorized change exists. The managed computer system sets the lockdown level with the authorized commands on the managed computer system, in response to determining that the authorized change does not exist. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089484 | ROLL BASED MULTICAST MESSAGING INFRASTRUCTURE - Certain embodiments of the present invention provide techniques that enable messages to be sent to a processing entity within a computing device without knowing the network address of the processing entity. In certain embodiments, instead of using the network address of the processing entity, a message can be communicated to the processing entity using information indicative of a role or state or function performed by the processing entity. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089485 | Method and Arrangement for Providing Update Notifications in a Telecommunication Network - A method and arrangement in a dispatcher function in a telecommunication network for providing notifications of updates is provided. The dispatcher function receives, from a central database, an update notification. The dispatcher function identifies, at least partly based on the content of the update notification, at least one of the application server instances entitled to receive the update notification. The dispatcher function provides the data notification to the identified application server instances, thereby enabling the central database to operate in a stateless manner with respect to at least one User Equipment associated with the at least one application server instances. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089486 | DIRECTING DATA FLOWS IN DATA CENTERS WITH CLUSTERING SERVICES - Techniques are provided for implementing clustering services in a virtual data center or other virtualized infrastructure in a manner that allows packets to be directed to a particular service engine of a service engine cluster. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089487 | CONTROL OF A REMOTE COMPUTER DEVICE - An agent executing on a remotely controlled mobile computer device receives control input from a remote resource over a network. The remote resource transmits the control input to the agent application to control the mobile computer device. The agent application includes an emulator function to translate the control input. The emulator is configured to produce the translated control input in a format such that it appears to an operating system of the mobile computer device that an input sensing resource local to the mobile computer device generated the control input, even though the control input is generated via hardware and/or software disposed at the remote resource over a network. The agent application in the mobile computer device utilizes the translated control input produced by the emulator to control operation of the mobile computer device. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140089488 | HIGH AVAILABILITY FOR CLOUD-BASED SERVICES - High availability mechanisms are described for cloud-based services such as voice-over-IP (VoIP) services. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140095681 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC SUGGESTION OF OPTIMAL COURSE OF ACTION - A method of dynamically determining an optimal course of action for a user in an enterprise is provided. The method includes connecting a proxy to a complex event processing (CEP) engine to integrate the CEP engine with a communication framework of the enterprise, dynamically adding a user device into a communication framework of the enterprise based upon a user device location, determining contextual information related to the user from the communication framework of the enterprise, determining real time information related to the contextual information of the user from the communication framework of the enterprise, and determining an optimal course of action for the user based upon the contextual information and the real time information. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095682 | System and Method for Performing Administrative Tasks on Mobile Devices - Disclosed are system, method and computer program product for remote administration of mobile devices. The system includes an administration server that receives a request to perform a remote administrative task on a mobile device. The server selects a function that performs the requested remote administrative task. The server identifies one or more management protocols that perform the selected function, wherein different protocols use different mechanisms to perform the same function. The server determines if the mobile device supports one or more of the identified protocols. When the mobile device supports two or more different management protocols, the server selects a protocol with the highest priority for performing the selected function. The server then executes the selected management protocol to perform the selected function that performs the requested remote administrative task on the mobile device. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095683 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SELECTING A DEVICE TO SATISFY A USER REQUEST - Methods, systems and devices for selecting an end-user device from a plurality of end-user devices to satisfy a user request. The method comprises storing at a portal aggregator data identifying a user device group comprising a plurality of end-user devices, wherein the data identifying the device group comprises the capabilities of each end-user device. When the portal aggregator receives a request from the user the portal aggregator generates a list of end-user devices from the device group that are capable of satisfying the user request. The portal aggregator then selects an end-user device from the list of capable end-user devices and then transmits a command to the selected end-user device to satisfy the request. In some cases the list of capable end-user devices may be sorted and/or filtered prior to selecting an end-user device from the list. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095684 | TERMINAL CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL CONTROL SYSTEM, AND SERVER DEVICE - In a system that centrally manages a terminal device group composed of a plurality of terminal devices in a home, a method allows for: determining an instruction to be transmitted to one of the terminal devices according to an operation status acquired from a different one of the terminal devices; specifying, from among the terminal devices, a terminal device as a transmission destination of the instruction, with use of pieces of connection source information specifying the respective terminal devices in a network, and acquisition times of the pieces of connection source information; and transmitting the instruction to the specified terminal device. Upon receiving the instruction, the specified terminal device performs an operation based on the received instruction. The operation is in coordination with the operation status acquired from the different terminal device. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095685 | Generic Centralized Architecture for Software-Defined Networking with Low Latency One-Way Bypass Communication - A generic centralized, software-defined networking configuration for connecting network is defined as a generic multi-layer topology network entities interconnected either vertically or horizontally regardless of the employed network topology/graph). This centralized configuration enables establishment of a connection between any two networking entities by 1) bypassing intermediate protocol layers and 2) eliminating any handshaking between peer elements of the same layer. The centralized software-defined controller notifies in parallel all involved network entities along a connection path to take all necessary actions (i.e. reconfiguration) to establish the new connection. The centralized controller has authority to control only entities that are software-defined SD. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095686 | POLICY CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a policy control method and device. The method includes: receiving, by a PCRF, NAT entry information sent by a NAT device; obtaining, by the PCRF, a first PCC rule according to the NAT entry information, where the first PCC rule is a PCC rule including an IP address to be translated by the NAT device; and sending, by the PCRF, the first PCC rule to a gateway device, so that the gateway device executes the first PCC rule. According to the embodiments of the present invention, it can be ensured that the gateway device correctly executes the PCC rule. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140095687 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING MOBILE BROADBAND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communication technologies, and provide a method, a device, and a system for managing a mobile broadband device. The method includes: sending a local device identifier to a server; updating a customized parameter of the mobile broadband device according to a customized parameter returned by the server; sending a request for opening a Web management page to the server, so that the server returns the Web management page; receiving a management command sent by a host-side device on the Web management page; and executing the management command through an application programming interface corresponding to the management command on the mobile broadband device. Therefore, the complexity of managing the software version customization and terminal device customization is reduced, the high efficiency of Web version releasing is improved. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140101297 | NETWORK CAPACITY PLANNING - A network device is configured to receive information relating to factors associated with quality of experience issues. The network device is configured to analyze the information. The network device is configured to predict that a quality of experience factor associated with a particular type of communication will exceed a threshold level a future time. The network device is configured to send a message to the device, the device generating a rule or policy; and the rule or policy instructing one or more other network devices to increase a capacity of the network to prevent the quality of experience factor from exceeding the threshold value at the future time. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140101298 | SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS FOR A CONFIGURABLE DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM - A service level agreement can be generated based on a data store configuration. In one instance, the configuration can be specified in terms of a data value such as high, medium, and low value, for example. In another instance, a workload configuration can be specified comprising a replica set and consistency level, among other things. More particularly, the service level agreement can include guarantees regarding one or more of consistency, availability, latency, or fault tolerance, among others, as a function of a data value or workload configuration. Further, operation of a service associated with a service level agreement can be monitored to determine satisfaction or violation of guarantees, and provide real time feedback. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140101299 | TECHNIQUES FOR IMPLEMENTING INFORMATION SERVICES WITH TENTANT SPECIFIC SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS - A technique for selecting an information service implementation includes receiving a service request that includes a tenant identifier that uniquely identifies a calling tenant. Transformation logic to service the service request is selected based on the received tenant identifier. One or more data sources and one or more data targets are selected for the service request based on the received tenant identifier. Data from the selected data sources is processed using the selected transformation logic and the processed data is stored at the selected data targets. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140101300 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATED DEPLOYMENT OF GEOGRAPHICALLY DISTRIBUTED APPLICATIONS WITHIN A CLOUD - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving, from a requesting device, a request to establish a component of an application; identifying a policy file associated with the application, wherein the policy file defines at least one segment for the application and defines at least one constraint for a first segment of the at least one segment; selecting the first segment for establishment of the component; selecting a location for establishment of the component, wherein the location is selected to be consistent with the at least one constraint; and establishing the component at the selected location. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140108630 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING PROCESSING RESOURCES - The present disclosure improves upon existing systems and methods by providing a tool for managing processing resources. For instance, the presently described tool may be used to time replacement, plan for uplifts, budget for uplifts/decommissioning of hardware, and/or maintain a plurality of servers. This tool may lead to increased satisfaction, uptime, and a reduction of unexpected costs. The system may include initiating collection of variables to compile a prioritized list of servers, executing, a calculation application for determining a prioritized list of servers' end of life targets based on both technical and business parameters based on the entered variables, and prioritizing uplifts of the servers based on the technical and the business parameters. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108631 | SERVICE LOCATION PROTOCOL BASED DYNAMIC ANALYTICS NETWORK METHOD AND APPARATUS - A system, method, and computer-readable storage medium configured to enable the transportation of interaction point data in a dynamic analytics network. A transport node registers a Service Location Protocol service message with a distribution daemon via a network interface. The message includes a data point identifier. When the transport node receives a data point from the distribution daemon, it uses its processor to determine whether the data point correlates with an identifier entry. The transport node forwards the data point to a storage node identified within the identifier entry when the data point correlates with an identifier entry. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108632 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT USE OF FLOW TABLE SPACE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes determining an action to be performed with respect to a packet corresponding to a new flow received at a network device and determining whether a new entry comprising an indication of the determined action can be added to a flow table of the network device. The determination of whether a new entry can be added to the flow table is made with reference to reservation information specified in a port profile associated with the new flow. Responsive to a determination that the new entry can be added, the new entry is added to the flow table. In one embodiment, determining whether the new entry can be added comprises determining whether an existing entry can be aged out based on the reservation information specified in the associated port profile. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108633 | System and Method for Flexible Distributed Massively Parallel Processing (MPP) - An embodiment method for massively parallel processing includes initiating a management instance on an initial machine, the management instance generating an initial partition corresponding to the initial machine, determining a total number of partitions desired for processing a database, the total number of partitions including the initial partition, determining a number of additional machines available to process the database, grouping the initial machine and the additional machines together in a pod, and launching the management instance on the additional machines in the pod to generate the total number of partitions desired for the database. Additional embodiment methods and an embodiment system operable to perform such methods are also disclosed. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108634 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TERMINAL DEVICE - Disclosed are a method, apparatus, and system for controlling a terminal device. A method of controlling a terminal device is performed by a terminal device control unit included in the terminal device. The method may include determining whether or not to change a state of the terminal device into a terminal device control state based on range information including at least one of a control area and a control period in which the terminal device is controlled and the real-time information of the terminal device, changing the state of the terminal device into the terminal device control state based on a result of the determination, and controlling the terminal device based on the control information in the terminal device control state. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108635 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING POLICY BANK INVOCATIONS - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108636 | SECURE HANDLE FOR INTRA- AND INTER-PROCESSOR COMMUNICATIONS - A protocol element referred to as a secure handle is described which provides an efficient and reliable method for application-to-application signaling in multi-process and multi-computer environments. The secure handle includes an absolute memory reference which allows the kernel to more quickly and efficiently associate a network data packet with an application's communication context in the kernel. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140108637 | Terminal Management Method and Apparatus - In terminal management method, a server sends operation information for performing a management operation on a target terminal to a gateway. The operation information carries a return format of an execution result of an operation command for performing the management operation on the target terminal. After receiving an operation command execution result sent by the target terminal, of the operation command and if there is an indication of a return format for the operation command execution result, the gateway processes the operation command execution result according to the indicated return format of the operation command execution result to obtain an operation command execution result conforming to the return format. The operation command execution result conforming to the return format is sent to the server. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140115134 | RECOMMENDING A POLICY FOR AN IT ASSET - When a policy for an IT asset is created in a system manager that manages one or more IT assets, other IT assets that are related to the selected IT asset are determined based on at least one relation criteria related to system topology. The system administrator is prompted to apply the same policy to the related systems. When the system administrator accepts the recommendation to apply the same policy to the related systems, a system group is defined that includes the selected computer system and the related systems, and the system group and its corresponding policy are displayed to the system administrator. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115135 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF FRAME BASED IDENTIFIER LOCATOR NETWORK PROTOCOL (ILNP) LOAD BALANCING AND ROUTING - A method to provide load balancing and routing for a plurality of end systems in a network. The network contains a load balancer (LB) and the method comprises receiving a request frame with Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) addresses specified. A destination address is associated with a set of target end systems and presence of a nonce option indicates the requesting correspondent node is Identifier Locator Network Protocol (ILNP) capable. The method further comprises directing the request frame to a specific end system from the set of target end systems that share a load balanced address, wherein each target end system has a unique Media Access Control (MAC) address, and wherein each end system of the set of target end systems is uniquely addressable using a unique direct path locator prefix and common identifier combination. The request frame is then forwarded to the specific end system. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115136 | WEB BROWSER-BASED CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A web browser-based content management system which includes a web browser; a web server engine embedded into the web browser so that the web browser has web server functionality, the web server engine having web server, database and scripting language components; and a content management system to support the creation, collection, management and publication of digital content, the content management system deployed on the web browser embedded web server to provide a web browser-based content management system. Also included is a browser to browser content sharing system. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115137 | Enterprise Computing System with Centralized Control/Management Planes Separated from Distributed Data Plane Devices - Presented herein is an enterprise computing system that uses a single logical networking device (i.e., single internal logical switch or router) to interconnect a plurality of blade server chassis. The enterprise computing system comprises a plurality of blade server chassis that include one or more leaf cards. The system also comprises one or more crossbar chassis connected to the plurality of blade server chassis, and one or more control and management servers connected to one or more of the crossbar chassis. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115138 | RECOMMENDING A POLICY FOR AN IT ASSET - When a policy for an IT asset is created in a system manager that manages one or more IT assets, other IT assets that are related to the selected IT asset are determined based on at least one relation criteria related to system topology. The system administrator is prompted to apply the same policy to the related systems. When the system administrator accepts the recommendation to apply the same policy to the related systems, a system group is defined that includes the selected computer system and the related systems, and the system group and its corresponding policy are displayed to the system administrator. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115139 | Service Placement on Hosts for a Consumer Based on Their Geographic Location - Techniques are provided for service placement on hosts for a consumer based on geographic location The techniques include: determining a geographical location of a consumer; and inputting a topology model of an environment including multiple candidate hosts to support a service required by the consumer, the topology model including: a geographic location of each of resource in the environment; and connectivity details between the resources and between the resources and the consumer. The techniques also include: specifying bounding requirements for a host and/or bounding requirements for a path between the consumer to a host; calculating the distance from a candidate host to the consumer; determining if bounding requirements are met by a candidate host; and ordering candidate hosts that meet bounding requirements by distance. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115140 | Method, Apparatus, and System For Presenting Augmented Reality Technology Content - A method, an apparatus, and a system for presenting augmented reality technology (AR) content, relates to the field of virtual reality technology, and solves a problem in the prior art that a user terminal may run into an error when receiving point of interest information because the user terminal does not have a capability required for presenting AR content in the point of interest information. The technical solution includes: obtaining point of interest information, where the point of interest information includes AR content and capability information corresponding to a capability required for presenting the AR content; querying, according to the capability information, whether a user terminal has the capability required for presenting the AR content. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115141 | USING A HOME-NETWORKING GATEWAY TO MANAGE COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques are provided for managing communications from an external computer system to a gateway device on a home network. Content is downloaded to the home network, stored on the home-networking gateway and then made available to a device on the home network that is capable of using the stored content. Additionally, a home-networking gateway manages communications between external computer systems and the home network to give priority to human interactive communications over the downloading of entertainment content for future use. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115142 | Port Setting Method, Routing Device, and Computer Program Product - An embodiment of the present invention provides a port setting method, which includes initiating a first detection message and a second detection message at the same time through a port, where the first detection message is used for detecting a first network server, and the second detection message is used for detecting a second network server, if at least one of a first response message to the first detection message and a second response message to the second detection message is received within a predetermined time, setting the working mode of the port to a wide area network WAN mode, otherwise, setting the working mode of the port to a local area network LAN mode. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140115143 | SYSTEM FOR MANAGING ELECTRONIC ASSETS OF A SOFTWARE SERVICE DELIVERY ORGANIZATION - An asset management system (AMS) facilitates management of electronic assets of a software service delivery organization. The AMS may facilitate classification of the electronic assets according to delivery phases in which each electronic asset is usable and accordingly enables users to identify and download the suitable assets usable in a desired delivery phase. The AMS also may receive from the users, usage data for (representing an extent of use of) the downloaded electronic assets and generate a set of utilization characteristics of the electronic asset based on the usage data. In addition, the AMS may facilitate classification of the assets according to a set of technology areas in which each electronic asset is applicable. On identifying that a new user is expected to operate in a specific technology area, the AMS may determine and provide suitable assets applicable to the specific technology area. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140122675 | NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION OVER INFINIBAND - Mechanisms are provided to allow servers connected over an InfiniBand fabric to communicate using multiple private virtual interconnects (PVIs). In particular embodiments, the PVIs appear as virtual Ethernet networks to users on individual servers and virtual machines running on the individual servers. Each PVI is represented on the server by a virtual network interface card (VNIC) and each PVI is mapped to its own InfiniBand multicast group. Data can be transmitted on PVIs as Ethernet packets fully encapsulated, including the layer 2 header, within InfiniBand messages. Broadcast and multicast frames are propagated using InfiniBand. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122676 | Method and Apparatus For Web Based Storage On Demand - Rapid demanding for storage capacity at internet era requires a much flexible and powerful storage infrastructure. Present invention disclosed a type of storage system based a model of centrally controlled distributed scalable virtual machine. In this model, one or more service pools including virtual storage service pools and application service pools can be automatically created to meet the demands for more storage capacity from various applications. Specially this model provide a solid foundation for distributing storage volumes for supporting storage on-demand and sharing with exceptional management capabilities. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122677 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND LICENSE MANAGEMENT METHOD - Provided is straightforward management of licenses which are assigned to virtual storage spanning a plurality of physical storage. In a storage system | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122678 | Device Driver for a Software Router - The embodiments described herein provide mechanism that allows an embedded router software image to run in the user application memory space of a general purpose computer. An interface process is provided to receive and transmit packets between the user application memory space and the operating system's protected or kernel memory space of the general purpose computer. The interface process mimics or emulates any hardware interfaces that would be available to the router software when running on a dedicated embedded router device. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122679 | GENERATING A TAILORED SCHEMA DESCRIPTION OF A WEB SERVICE - Embodiments relate to a method, computer program product, and a computer system for generating a tailored schema description of a web service from a predefined schema description of the web service is provided. The predefined schema provides a machine readable description of operations performed by the web service and a message format for communication with the web service. A subset of the predefined schema required to support an identified operation may be calculated based on at least one example message. A tailored schema may then be generated based on the calculated subset of the predefined schema. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122680 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a physical interface, a memory, and a communication controller. The physical interface communicates with any of multiple networks. The memory stores identification information relating to a communication device connected to each network and network setting information corresponding to the network in association with each other. The communication controller controls, when identification information obtained via the physical interface is different from identification information associated with network setting information set in the physical interface, communication of the physical interface on the basis of network setting information associated with the obtained identification information. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122681 | MANAGEMENT SERVER, VIRTUAL MACHINE SYSTEM, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM, AND CONNECTION METHOD - A management server | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122682 | METHOD FOR WORK-LOAD MANAGEMENT IN A CLIENT-SERVER INFRASTRUCTURE AND CLIENT-SERVER INFRASTRUCTURE - Work-load management in a client-server infrastructure includes setting request information in accordance with request semantics corresponding to a type of request from a client. The request semantics include different request-types provided with different priorities during processing. Within a server, requests with high priority are included in a standard request processing queue. Further, requests with low priority are excluded from the standard request processing queue when server workload of the server exceeds a predetermined first threshold value. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122683 | System and Method for Virtual Network Abstraction and Switching - Embodiments are provided herein to enable single level network abstraction for a service across one or more domains. The embodiments use a single network ID to identify a service and a corresponding virtual network topology across any number of domains at a physical network. A virtual network topology can be abstracted for each service, based on the physical underlying network topology. A network controller determines, for a service, the virtual network topology within a physical network, and binds the service to the virtual network topology via a virtual network ID, which defines a single forwarding domain of the virtual network topology across the physical network. The virtual network ID is then indicated to the nodes of the virtual network topology, thus enabling the nodes to identify and forward traffic for the service, within the single forwarding domain, between end clients from edge to edge of the physical network. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122684 | EARLY ACCESS TO USER-SPECIFIC DATA FOR BEHAVIOR PREDICTION - A device-indexed data server associates persistent device identifiers of client computing devices with user behavior data devoid of personally identifiable information (PII). User behavior data and PII are aggregated by an off-line data aggregator and associated with non-persistent non-PII user identifiers. Users visiting third party web sites are authenticated by their device identifiers, and identified to the device-indexed data server by the device identifier or by the non-PII user identifier. The device-indexed data server retrieves from the aggregator user behavior data associated with the non-PII user identifier, returns the data to the third party server, and maintains records of user behavior associated with persistent device identifiers without maintaining PII. Subsequent user visits to any third party server can thereby be customized according to known user behavior without first requiring the user to identify herself. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122685 | Data Storage to Optimize Revenue Realized Under Multiple Service Level Agreements - A data storage system comprising a Quality of Service server to optimize revenue realized under multiple service level agreements with a data storage client. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122686 | AUTOMATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT - A program product and system that implements a method for adding an Information Technology (IT) structure A to an IT structure X. A first list of all dependencies of elements in a composition of X is received. It is determined that no dependency of any element E in the composition of X in the first list has an exclusion with a class Y to which A belongs. A second list of all dependencies of A is received. It is determined that no dependency of A in the second list has an exclusion with a class Z to which an element E in the composition of X belongs. It is determined that no dependency of any element E in the composition of X in the first list has an exclusion with a class Y to which A belongs and ensuring that A's dependencies are satisfied followed by adding A to X. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140122687 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN REMOTE CONSOLE SESSIONS - Logging into a remote computer by way of a management processor to initiate a remote console session and switching between a default remote console session and a non-default remote console session. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140129691 | System and Methods for Enabling Customer Network Control in Third-Party Computing Environments - The present invention relates to a system and methods for enabling a user control in third-party computing environments or cloud computing via a virtual private network created by a control module, which contains parameters defined by the user. The system and methods are used to create a fault tolerant virtual private network that allows user control over addressing, security encryption, routing, and the enablement of multicast protocols, regardless of the prohibition set by the third-party computing environment. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140129692 | APPLICATION FUNCTION DEPENDENT POLICY CONTROL - The invention relates to an application function entity ( | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140129693 | Zone Oriented Applications, Systems and Methods - Zone management infrastructure systems and methods are presented. A zone comprises a set of boundary conditions, which can include a geographic boundary. Zones further comprise a zone object representing the nature of the zone and the services or applications offered by the zone. Zone objects have intrinsic value based on their boundary conditions as well as the services they offer. Zone owners can allow third parties to offer services for the zone in exchange for a fee. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140136670 | Controlling Network Traffic Using Acceleration Policies - Concepts and technologies are disclosed herein for controlling network traffic using acceleration policies. According to various embodiments of the concepts and technologies disclosed herein, an acceleration application can be executed by a device for analyzing data requests, determining if the data communications requested by way of the request can be delayed, accelerated, or otherwise modified (“shifted”) based upon policies and/or network operating conditions. In some embodiments, the acceleration application can be configured to access acceleration policies that can define how certain traffic is to be shifted. The acceleration application also can be configured to obtain and analyze network data to determine network operating conditions and determine, based upon the determined conditions, if traffic is to be shifted based upon the network operating conditions. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136671 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATING SERVICES FOR USE ACROSS NETWORKS USING SEPARATE DATA FORMAT PROTOCOLS - A device comprises a processor, memory, and executable instructions stored on memory and configured to be executed by the processor. The executable instructions includes executable instruction for receiving a signal comprising a first coded representation representing a service of a remote device, the first coded representation representing the service in a first data protocol of a non-IP network, translating the first coded representation representing the service to a second coded representation representing the service, the second coded representation in a second data protocol using a DNS-based Service Discovery convention that allows a device on an IP network to recognize the availability of the service, and generating a service record with the second coded representation. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136672 | INTELLIGENT COMMAND BUILDER AND EXECUTER - A computer device may include logic configured to receive a selection of a circuit, obtain information relating to the selected circuit, and provide a list of network elements associated with the selected circuit based on the obtained information relating to the selected circuit. The logic may further be configured to receive a selection of a network element type or network element identifier associated with the provided list of network elements, identify a list of commands based on the selection of a network element type or network element identifier, perform a command auto-completion based on the identified list of commands, and send a completed command to be executed on a network element identified by the completed command. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136673 | TRIGGER MESSAGE ROUTING ACCORDING TO A SERVICE CLASS - In one embodiment, a machine type communication (MTC) device can receive registration associated with a new device upon the new device registration for a computer network. The MTC device can further determine a machine-to-machine (MTM) service class for the new device based on the registration data with the service class associated with at least one network route for messages destined for the new device. The MTC device can further receive a trigger message destined for the device and route the trigger message according to the network route associated with the determined MTM service class. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136674 | POLICY COORDINATION BETWEEN POLICY ENFORCEMENT POINTS - According to an example, a unified policy management system may include a session manager module to establish sessions with policy enforcement points. A notification manager module may receive an event trigger notification from a policy enforcement point via an interface session. A coordination engine may determine whether an event identified from the event trigger notification is to cause a change in policy enforced by another policy enforcement point and facilitate the change via another interface session. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136675 | Cloud Service Packet Redirection Method and System and Cloud Gateway - The present invention provides a cloud service packet redirection method and system, and a cloud gateway, the method performed by the cloud gateway includes, if the cloud gateway determines that a DNS packet that is forwarded by a router in a redirection manner is a cloud service-related DNS packet, a record is maintained in a cloud IP table of the cloud gateway according to the DNS packet. Policy route configuration information is sent to the router according to the record maintained in the cloud IP table to instruct the router to maintain a policy route. The policy route instructs the router to redirect, to the cloud gateway, a cloud service packet that is indicated by the DNS packet. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136676 | INTER-NETWORK POLICY - Various embodiments associated an inter-network policy that is implemented for use across multiple networks are described. Individual networks can have individual policies that govern how communications are handled, how resources are allocated, and other metrics. When individual networks work together, these networks can experience problems if their individual policies conflict with one another. Therefore, the inter-network policy can be generated that facilitates the individual networks working together. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136677 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF INTERFACE REGISTRATION FOR A NETWORK DEVICE TO JOIN IN A CLUSTER SYSTEM - A method of interface registration for a network device to join in a cluster system, comprises: when the network device joins in the cluster system, the network device's local interconnection board sends its board number to the network device's local main control board, the network device's local non-interconnection board receives the board number sent by the local main control board, wherein the local interconnection board is a board on which interfaces for interconnecting the network device to network devices in the cluster system are located; after the cluster interface registration of the local non-interconnection board and local interconnection board on the cluster main control board, the local non-interconnection board and the local interconnection board receive and store a mapping relationship between local interface information of the network device and global interface information of the network device sent by the cluster main control board respectively. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140136678 | System and Method for Assigning Addresses to Information Handling Systems - Information handling system network addresses are managed based on the location of the information handling system. For example, a blade information handling system chassis has network addresses stored in persistent memory and associated with each of plural slots. A blade information handling system inserted in a slot receives network addresses associated with the slot from a chassis management controller. A baseboard management controller of the blade information handling system receives the network addresses and applies the network addresses to power up networking components to communicate over a network with the network addresses, such as MAC addresses or WWN addresses. | 05-15-2014 |
| 20140143395 | Machine-to-Machine Rules Management Methods and Systems - An exemplary method includes a machine-to-machine (“M2M”) rules management system associated with an M2M platform 1) processing a plurality of events associated with one or more M2M objects in substantially real-time as the events occur over a period of time, 2) receiving, while the events are being processed in substantially real-time, data representative of a rule created by a user associated with the M2M platform, and 3) dynamically applying, in response to receiving the data representative of the rule, the rule to the substantially real-time processing of the events. Corresponding methods and systems are also disclosed. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143396 | STREAMING CONNECTION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND STREAMING DATA CONNECTION SYSTEM - A streaming connection management method and system are provided. In the streaming connection management method, a streaming source establishes a plurality of connecting requests through a first relay server, and the first relay server provides first streaming data. A number of connections established with the first relay server is determined. When the number of the connections established with the first relay server is greater than or equal to a first relay threshold of the first relay server, a data balance method is executed to obtain a second relay threshold. The first relay server is adjusted to provide a second streaming data, in which a pixel value of the first streaming data is greater than a pixel value of the second streaming data. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143397 | GATEWAY REGISTRY METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A gateway device for managing a set of two or more local management devices at a location. A system for networks at a plurality of locations. A method of operating a gateway device in a control network. A method for storing information to operate a gateway device in a control network. A method for storing information to operate a replacement gateway device in a control network. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143398 | METHOD OF DEPLOYING A PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT USING A DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT - Provided is a computer system, including: at least one storage system providing at least one logical volume, at least one host computer including an I/O device, and a management computer, in which the management computer creates a virtual computer within a network segment to which the management computer belongs, the virtual computer including an I/O device that is the same as the I/O device of the host computer in number and type, defines a connection between the logical volume and the virtual computer, stores a program in the logical volume connected to the virtual computer, sets identification information on the host computer in the virtual computer, releases the connection between the logical volume that stores the program and the virtual computer, and defines a connection between the logical volume whose connection has been released and the host computer. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143399 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF PROCESSING INFORMATION - A disclosed information processing apparatus connected to a managing apparatus, which manages apparatus information of an electronic apparatus, through a network includes a receiving part that receives an operation request requesting to operate the apparatus information; a determining part that determines the managing apparatus that manages the apparatus information to be operated based on corresponding information between identification information of the apparatus information to be operated and the managing apparatus upon a receipt of the operation request; and a requesting part that generates another operation request of the apparatus information corresponding to the operation request to the managing apparatus determined by the determining part. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143400 | REMOTE COMPUTER MANAGEMENT USING NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL THAT ENABLES COMMUNICATION THROUGH A FIREWALL AND/OR GATEWAY - The invention facilitates remote management of a computer via a network. Remote computer management in which communication between a managed computer and a remote computer management server is initiated by the managed computer is implemented so that the communication is formatted in accordance with a network communications protocol that can be used to format communication that is allowed to pass through a firewall and/or gateway that mediates communication with the managed computer. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143401 | Systems and Methods for Implementing Cloud Computing - The disclosed implementations include a hardware appliance and method of using that appliance that may be configured to be coupled with commodity server nodes to provide a fault tolerant and available private cloud. The implementations can use a host for software containers and a switch to communicate with external networks and cloud nodes. Thus, this cloud controller appliance can provide a system to deploy a private cloud within an enterprise. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143402 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING ADAPTIVE APPLICATION PERFORMANCE - A method, an apparatus, and a system for implementing adaptive application performance, includes: obtaining application performance of at least one application; generating a new application processing policy when the obtained application performance meets a preset adaptive adjustment condition; and sending the generated new application processing policy to a service router and an application processing server. When the present application is applied, a lower-priority application can transmit complete data while fulfillment of the SLA of a higher-priority application is ensured without affecting normal use of the lower-priority application, and it is ensured that the SLA requirements of applications of all priorities of users are fulfilled. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140143403 | VISIBILITY INSPECTOR IN SOCIAL NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for transmitting a content data set to a computing device for displaying content to a non-author user, receiving user input from the non-author user, the user input corresponding to the content, and, in response to receiving the user input, transmitting first data and second data to the computing device for display to the non-author user, the first data comprising a number of contacts associated with an author user, the author user having authored the content, the second data being a sub-set of the first data and comprising a number of contacts associated with the non-author user. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140149564 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PREVENTING OVERLOAD IN ENTERPRISE APPLICATION INTEGRATION SERVICES - A mechanism for preventing overload in enterprise application integration (EAI) services. A method includes determining, by a processing device executing enterprise application integration (EAI) system, a first location in a chain of services in the EAI. The method also includes providing, by the processing device, access for insertion of an overload prevention service beginning (OPSB) at the first location in the chain of services in the EAI. The OPSB includes a service in the chain of services and counts number of messages processed in the EAI service. The method also includes determining, by the processing device, a second location in the chain of services in the EAI. The second location occurs after the first location in the chain of services in the EAI. The method further providing, by the processing device, access for the insertion of an overload prevention service end (OPSE) at the second location in the chain of services in the EAI. The OPSB is in communication with the OPSE and the OPSE comprises a service in the chain of services and is in communication with the OPSB. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140149565 | REMOTELY SITED EXECUTION OF A SOFTWARE APPLICATION WITHIN A NETWORK - A method of controlling an execution of a software application. The method includes, within a control device designed for driving at least one multimedia contents restitution device: a step of obtaining, from an execution device configured to trigger an execution of the software application, first connection data to be used by a restitution device to establish a first communication link across a network with the execution device and receiving, during the execution, via the first communication link a multimedia stream resulting from the execution; a step of transmitting to the restitution device parameters for restitution of a multimedia content comprising the first connection data; and a step of dispatching to the restitution device a command for restitution of the multimedia content, intended for triggering a restitution by the restitution device of the multimedia stream. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140149566 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING OPTIMAL COMBINATIONS - A computer-implemented method, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable medium for determining optimal combinations of elements having multiple dimensions, including removing all multi-dimensional elements from a combination matrix which have a dimension corresponding to a highest classification in a plurality of classifications, iteratively combining one or more multi-dimensional elements from a first end of the combination matrix and one or more multi-dimensional elements from a second end of the combination matrix to generate one or more combined multi-dimensional elements, incrementing a count of packed combinations when a combined multi-dimensional element in the one or more combined multi-dimensional elements has a dimension corresponding to the highest classification in the plurality of classifications, and removing a combined multi-dimensional element in the one or more combined multi-dimensional elements from the combination matrix when the combined multi-dimensional element has a dimension corresponding to the highest classification in the plurality of classifications. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140149567 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus including a network controller which controls communication with an apparatus on a network includes a storage unit configured to store reference information to determine whether the network controller is a usable network controller, a determination unit configured to determine whether the network controller is a usable network controller based on the reference information and identification information for identifying the network controller, an acquisition unit configured to acquire update information for updating the reference information from an external apparatus in a case where the determination unit determines that the network controller is not a usable network controller, and an update unit configured to update the reference information stored in the storage unit based on the update information acquired by the acquisition unit. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140156819 | COMMUNICATIONS MODULES FOR A GATEWAY DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD - A local network system including at least one terminal operable to act as a client on the local network, a gateway device comprising memory, processor, a plurality of communications modules, and computer instructions adapted to serve one of the communications protocols including passive optical network (PON) wide area networks (WAN), digital subscriber line (DSL) WAN networks, TDM/TDMA WAN and LAN networks, ethernet WAN and LAN networks, DocSIS WAN networks, Wi-Fi LAN networks, ZigBee LAN networks, and femto LAN networks, private mobile radio (PMR) networks. Any number of communications modules each adapted to serve one of these communications protocols may be installed in the system. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156820 | CONFIGURATION INFORMATION SELECTION BASED ON EXTRACTED INFORMATION - A communication may be received and information related to a controlled device may be extracted from the received communication. One of a plurality of configuration information may be selected based on the extracted information. The selected configuration information may be transmitted to the controlled device for installation at the controlled device. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156821 | UNIVERSAL PLUG AND PLAY BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A universal plug and play (UPnP)-based network system and a method of controlling the same. A UPnP device can operate according to a description of each control point (CP) when performing a command, by including the description, which is inherent information of each CP, in a command message transmitted from each CP to the UPnP device and allowing the UPnP device to analyze the command message to obtain the description of the CP. The UPnP-based network system includes a plurality of CPs, each of which stores a CP description, which is inherent characteristic information of each CP, and generates and transmits a command message including the CP description, and a UPnP device which is connected to the plurality of CPs over a network, analyzes the command message received from each CP to perform an operation according to the command message, and analyzes the CP description included in the command message to recognize each CP which transmits the command message. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156822 | METHOD OF REQUEST ROUTING RE-DIRECTION WITH LOOP DETECTION AND PREVENTION - A method of request routing redirection includes: receiving, by a first content delivery network (CDN) among a plurality of CDNs connected by CDN interconnection (CDNi), a domain name system (DNS) request including a list of CDN-provider-identifications (IDs) of higher CDNs, from a client; determining whether the client's request is processable; and when the client's request is not processable, redirecting the request, while preventing a loop of the request routing on the basis of the list of the CDN-provider-IDs. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156823 | Policy Processing Method and Network Device - A policy processing method and network device. The method includes: performing a mixed orchestration on all service rules corresponding to multiple services, so as to construct multiple condition sets; performing, according to the constructed multiple condition sets, unified condition matching on packet feature information of a received network packet, and outputting a condition matching result set; and calling, a service application to execute a policy action corresponding to each condition identifier in the condition matching result set. In solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, by performing a mixed orchestration on multiple service rules, all service rules are organized in a unified manner, information required by all services is extracted in one packet scanning process, and only one matching and rule verification process is required. Thereby, redundant operations between multiple services are reduced, and device integration and performance are improved. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156824 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HOSTED NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A hosted network management solution for communications over a computer network supports data communication across a network in accordance with a network message protocol such that communications are established between a network host and a node device. The and the node device performs a self-configuring operation in which the network host identifies a network owner associated with the hosted network, and maintains a persistent network connection path between the network host and the node device for the exchange of network packet messages. The network host retrieves message data from the network packet messages it receives from the node device and performs network management operations to provide a user management interface to the identified network owner. The hosted network management enables more convenient setup and configuration for the network owner and provides more complete and effective network management tools. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140156825 | Automatic Proxy Setting Modification - The proxy settings for a browser are modified to route public Internet traffic through a local client assistant, while keeping previous proxy policies intact. The process compares the previous proxy results for a known, public Internet address to the previous proxy results for the desired Internet address. If the two proxy results are equivalent, then the request is directed to the local client assistant, otherwise the request is directed according to the previous proxy results. If the testing of the public Internet address had resulted in the use of a proxy, then the local client assistant will route its requests to the proxy so indicated. | 06-05-2014 |
| 20140164584 | SELECTING A CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK - A device may receive a content distribution network (CDN) routing table from a topology manager; receive a request, from a device in either of a redirect CDN or a domain name system (DNS), to identify a target CDN for sending content to a user device; perform a lookup in the CDN routing table, based on information provided by the device and CDN selection policies, to select the target CDN; obtain an identifier corresponding to the target CDN as a result of performing the lookup; and provide the identifier to the device. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164585 | Intelligent Automatic Network Operations Interface - A network device may receive intelligent operations interface information that may comprise devices, resources, or events that may affect a communication system. The intelligent operations interface information may be processed to isolate network performance problems and effectuate a prioritized resolution of the network performance problems. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164586 | OPPORTUNISTICALLY DELAYED OFFER AND REQUEST FULFILLMENT - Systems and methods are described for subscriber-driven resource shifting in an attempt to maximize delivery of requested content to subscribers while minimizing the impact of satisfying those requests to network infrastructure resources. For example, when a media plan subscriber requests access to media content under the media plan, a determination is made that the media can be delivered at an earlier timeframe for a particular cost or at a later timeframe for a lower cost. Accordingly, an offer is presented to the requesting subscriber either to receive the media in the earlier timeframe at a higher cost, or to receive the media at a later timeframe in exchange for a discount (e.g., watch now for $4.99 or in 24 hours for free). Embodiments further handle delayed delivery of the content, notification of the delayed delivery to the subscriber, accounting for the delayed delivery, and/or other related functions. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164587 | ADMINISTRATION DEVICE, ADMINISTRATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An administration device in a system in which a first device group and a second device group are connected to a network. The administration device acquires first communication history of the first device group and second communication history of the second device group, compares first specific information which specifies communication source and communication destination of the first communication history and second specific information which specifies communication source and communication destination of the second communication history while referring to relating information and detects a setting error of the second specific information set in the devices of the second device group based on a result of the comparison. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164588 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY REPRESENTING AND MANAGING A COMPUTER FACILITY - A method of representing and managing hierarchical relationship configuration in a computing facility is described. The method includes providing and storing a first index of hardware identifier assigned to each object in the computing facility; providing and storing a second index of ancestry identifiers of each object in the computing facility, the ancestry identifier of an object being the hardware identifier of an ancestor object at 1 to n hierarchy levels above the object; providing and storing a type information element for each ancestor object indicative of a type of ancestor object; and identifying an ancestor object of a particular object in the computing facility by accessing the first index of hardware identifier of the particular object; and identifying an ancestor object thereof of a particular typed by accessing the ancestry identifiers and the type information element of the particular object. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164589 | POLICY APPLICATION SERVER FOR MOBILE DATA NETWORKS - A policy application server and methods for use are described. The policy application server is a logical element of a policy-based control and charging system for a mobile data service network. The policy application server is configured to manage policies including creating, revising, formatting, and provisioning of policies. The policy application server is configured to assemble policy rules from policies and context data. Context data includes subscriber and service information needed to make a particular policy rule. The policy application server gathers context data from one or more network databases. The policy application server is configured to send policy rules to select ones of a plurality of policy decision engines. The policy application server manages the storing of policies, policy rules and formatted context data in select ones of a plurality of policy repositories. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140164590 | Determination and Display of LUN Encryption Paths - A management station which manages the encryption devices in a SAN to set up encrypted LUNs. In setting up the encryption, the source and target ports are identified, along with the target LUN. LUN serial numbers used to identify unique LUNs. As paths to a given LUN are defined, the management station compares the path to existing paths and provides an indication if there is a mismatch in the encryption policies or keys being applied to the LUN over the various paths. This allows the administrator to readily identify when there is a problem with the paths to an encrypted LUN and then take steps to cure the problem. By determining the paths and then comparing them, the management station greatly simplifies setting up multipath I/O to an encrypted LUN or access by multiple hosts to an encrypted LUN. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140173070 | UPDATING OF DIGITAL CONTENT BUFFERING ORDER - Embodiments for dynamically varying a buffering order of a digital content item are disclosed. One disclosed embodiment provides a computing device configured to receive content access information for a plurality of client devices, the content access information describing consumption of a digital content item provided according to a buffering order previously sent to each client device of the plurality of client devices. The computing device is further to dynamically update the buffering order based on the content access information to produce an updated buffering order and to send the updated buffering order to one or more client devices. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173071 | APPLICATION BASED HARDWARE IDENTIFIERS - An application based hardware identifier is generated for an application on a device. The application based hardware identifier is generated based on both information describing the application and information describing one or more hardware components of the device. The application based hardware identifier can also optionally be based on an identifier of a user of the device. The application based hardware identifier can be provided by the application to a service provider, allowing the service provider to associate the application based hardware identifier with a particular user or user account. However, as the application based hardware identifier is based on the application information, different applications on the same device will have different application based hardware identifiers. The application based hardware identifier thus helps maintain privacy by preventing tracking of the device across different applications. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173072 | LIVE MIGRATION OF VIRTUAL MACHINES USING VIRTUAL BRIDGES IN A MULTI-ROOT INPUT-OUTPUT VIRTUALIZATION BLADE CHASSIS - A method for managing migration of a virtual machine includes accessing a first information handling system and a second information handling system, accessing a network information handling resource, using one or more switches to virtualize access of the network information handling resource to the first information handling system and the second information handling system, accessing a virtual bridge associated with the network information handling resource, accessing a virtual machine configured to access the resources of the first information handling system, and copying the operational state of the virtual machine from the first information handling system to the second information handling system using the first virtual bridge. The first information handling system and the second information handling system share the network information handling resource using the virtualized access. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173073 | Proactive M2M Framework Using Device-Level vCard for Inventory, Identity, and Network Management - A network device may connect to a smart-enabled network. Once connected, the network device may receive a network address for a network management server (NMS). Having the network address for the NMS, the network device may generate a vCard comprising the attributes necessary for registering with the NMS. The network device may then communicate the vCard to the NMS. The NMS may then be configured to identify, register, and add the network device to a directory. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173074 | EFFICIENT NAME MANAGEMENT FOR NAMED DATA NETWORKING IN DATACENTER NETWORKS - The present disclosure relates generally to the field of efficient name management for named data networking in datacenter networks. In various examples, efficient name management for named data networking in datacenter networks may be implemented in the form of systems, methods and/or algorithms. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173075 | USING ANALYTICAL MODELS TO INFORM POLICY DECISIONS - The power of analytical modeling is added to existing methods for specifying policies. Generally speaking, humans use their knowledge and experience to draft policies at a relatively high level. These policies then incorporate analytical models which provide the intelligence on how to most effectively apply the high-level policy to a particular situation. When a policy is invoked, the analytical model provides up-to-date intelligence at a level of completeness and refinement not possible with previous techniques. As a result, fewer policies need to be drafted, and those few need to be updated less frequently than in previous schemes. Rather than updating the policy itself, the analytical model is automatically updated whenever new data are fed into it. As the analytical model incorporates new observational data, it grows more powerful and thus automatically increases the effectiveness of the high-level policy. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173076 | Method and Apparatus for Policy Based Routing in Information Centric Networking Based Home Networks - A network node, comprising a receiver configured to receive a request for a service, wherein the request comprises a hierarchically structured name comprising a root and a suffix, a data storage component comprising a network synchronized policy rule associated with a service name root, wherein the network synchronized policy rule is applied to any request for a service whose name comprises a root matching the service name root, and a processor coupled to the receiver and to the data storage component, wherein the processor is configured to apply the network synchronized policy rule to the request, wherein the processor is configured to synchronize service definitions and service policies with other nodes in a network based on the name of the service, and wherein the network synchronized policy rule is synchronized with the other nodes in the network using name-based routing. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173077 | MAINTAINING INVALIDATION INFORMATION - A computer-implemented method is operable on a device having hardware including memory and at least one processor. The method includes maintaining invalidation information in a list at a service on the device, where the invalidation information includes a plurality of invalidation commands. At least some of the invalidation commands in the list are selectively combined to form at least one other invalidation command in the list. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173078 | DISTRIBUTED CONSTRAINT-BASED OPTIMIZED ROUTING OF INTERACTIONS - A system for optimized and distributed routing of interactions, comprising a plurality of media servers operating adapted to handle interactions of one or more specific media types, a statistics server, a routing database, and a routing server. Upon receiving or initiating an interaction of a specific media type, a first media server from the media servers sends a route request message comprising at least an interaction identifier and a collection of interaction-specific data to the routing server, the statistics server receives event notifications from the media servers and computes one or more statistics, and the routing server executes, using statistical data from the statistics server and data from the routing database, a routing script comprising a constraint-based optimization process in response to the route request message and sends a response to the first media server directing it to route the interaction to a specific target resource. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173079 | CONTENT DELIVERY FRAMEWORK WITH DYNAMIC SERVICE NETWORK TOPOLOGY - A content delivery framework (CDF) includes a plurality of devices, each device configured to run at least one content delivery (CD) service of a plurality of CD services. The plurality of CD services comprise one or more CD service networks, and each particular CD service network has a dynamic network topology. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173080 | EFFICIENT NAME MANAGEMENT FOR NAMED DATA NETWORKING IN DATACENTER NETWORKS - The present disclosure relates generally to the field of efficient name management for named data networking in datacenter networks. In various examples, efficient name management for named data networking in datacenter networks may be implemented in the form of systems, methods and/or algorithms. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173081 | Method and apparatus for discovery and enumeration of sequentially networked devices - A system and method that automates assigning unique IDs to sequentially networked devices. The system also allows for the discovery of the number of devices on the network as well as the type of these devices, as well as placing terminations. Each node has a switch that can disable all downstream communications. Nodes power-up with the switches closed. A controller broadcasts for all switches to be opened. Then the controller repetitiously orders each node with unassigned ID to take the current ID, close its switch and respond. This process continues until all nodes have an ID. Network terminations can be switched in either automatically, or by command from the controller wherever the end of the network is during the ID process. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173082 | METHOD OF MANAGING EXTERNAL DEVICES, METHOD OF OPERATING EXTERNAL DEVICE, HOST DEVICE, MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND EXTERNAL DEVICE - Provided is a method of a host device managing at least one external device connected to the host device through a management server. The method includes: obtaining measurement information measured by the at least one external device; requesting authorization by the management server; transmitting the obtained measurement information to the management server when the authentication succeeds; receiving management information for managing the at least one external device, where the management information is generated based on the measurement information by the management server; and managing the at least one external device based on the received management information. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173083 | METHOD FOR EXECUTING MANAGEMENT OPERATION BY COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND A TERMINAL AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for executing a management operation by a terminal in a communications system. The method comprises the followings: The terminal receives the management operation commands that indicate the operation to target operation nodes in the device capability management object and operates them. The said operation initiates the process for executing the corresponding device capability management operation, then the said management operation transfers the device capability status. Also, the corresponding terminal and system are disclosed. The present invention can centrally manage and control the terminal capability. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140173084 | METHOD OF SMOOTHING THE WORKLOAD OF A SERVER - Smoothing a workload of a server responding to requests transmitted by terminals includes computing a scheduled date on which the terminal must connect with the server to transmit the request to it, activating the connection based on the date so that the second connection happens on or after it, building a workload schedule for the server according to dates, for each terminal, recording switching between active and inactive states thereof, building, for each terminal, based on the recorded switching, a profile associating, with each coming date, a probability that the terminal is active on that date, and wherein computing the date comprises selecting, based on the workload schedule and the profile, a scheduled date associated, in the workload schedule, with a forecast workload below a first threshold, and, in the profile of use of the terminal, with a probability, above a second threshold, that the terminal is active. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140181280 | INDIVIDUALLY DEPLOYABLE MANAGED OBJECTS AND SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING THE SAME - Systems and methods for enabling a user at an enterprise level to effect individual rules, processes and other functional items in site level environments by creating application objects corresponding to the functional items, wherein the objects have associated services, such as versioning and deployment, that allow them to be handled in the same manner as content objects. The application objects can be deployed to a site, where the associated functional items is implemented, thereby incrementally altering the setup of the site without having to make a wholesale substitution of the old setup with an entirely new one. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181281 | CONNECTING NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Various embodiments herein include at least one of systems, methods, and software to connect network and system management systems. Some such embodiments include a metric message connector that obtains network entity metric messages from a first network and system management system and communicates the obtained metric message to a second network and system management system. The metric message connector may transform network entity metric messages from an original form into a different form or format, such as a form or format having meaning with the second network and system management system. The network entity metric message may be Simple Network Management Protocol messages. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181282 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING NETWORK INFORMATION - A method for managing information in a network includes identifying a first network entity storing a requested object, receiving the object from the first network entity, and storing the object in a storage area based on a parameter. The storage area is coupled to a second network entity which received the request and the object from the first network entity, and the parameter is indicative of an amount of energy for the second network entity to receive the object from the first network entity. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING TIME INFORMATION IN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for operating an electronic device is provided. The method includes identifying time information of at least one counterpart electronic device, displaying the time information of the counterpart electronic device when an application program for displaying time information is executed, when time change information of the counterpart electronic device is received, changing the time information of the counterpart electronic device according to the time change information, and displaying changed time information of the counterpart electronic device when the application program for displaying time information is executed. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181284 | TABLET COMPUTER SET AND METHOD FOR SHARING ITEMS - A tablet computer set comprises a main tablet device having a main display screen and at least a sub display device having a sub display screen. The main tablet device includes an input unit, a communication unit and a processor. The input unit selects an item displayed on the main display screen and generates a sharing signal in response to an operation. The processor controls the communication unit to transfer the selected item to the sub display device in response to the sharing signal. The sub display device includes a communication module and a sub processor. The communication module receives the selected item and the sharing signal transferred from the main tablet device. The sub processor controls the sub display screen to display the selected item once received the sharing signal. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181285 | SCALABLE CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK REQUEST HANDLING MECHANISM WITH USAGE-BASED BILLING - Described herein are improved systems, methods, and devices for delivering and managing metadata in a distributed computing platform such as a content delivery network (CDN) so as to configure content servers to handle client requests. The teachings hereof provide, among other things, scalable and configurable solutions for delivering and managing metadata, preferably by leveraging dynamically obtained control information. For example, in one embodiment, a given content server may store metadata, e.g., in a configuration file, that references dynamic, late-bound control information for use in satisfying dependencies. This dynamic control information can be requested by the CDN content server, typically from a remote host, when needed to parse and execute the metadata. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181286 | STATEFUL NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTED OVER A DATA NETWORK - A technique for synchronizing NAT information stored on different network devices. Each of the network devices includes a respective NAT data structure configured to store NAT information. The NAT information includes at least one NAT entry relating to a network node engaged in a communication session with at least one other network node. At least one NAT entry in a first NAT data structure is modified. The first NAT data structure is associated with a first NAT network device. A first NAT transaction message is generated which includes information relating to the modifications performed on the first NAT data structure. The first NAT transaction message is transmitted to at least one other NAT network device causing that device to modify its respective NAT data structure using information from the first NAT transaction message. In this way, synchronization of NAT information stored on each of the network devices may be achieved. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181287 | DNS WILDCARD BEACONING - DNS wildcard beaconing. In one embodiment, for example, a computer-implemented method comprises: receiving a network request from a resolver to resolve a hostname, the network request from the resolver comprising a network address of the resolver, the hostname comprising a unique wildcard portion; storing first data representing an association between at least the unique wildcard portion and the network address of the resolver; receiving a network request from a client for a resource, the network request from the client comprising a network address of the client and at least the unique wildcard portion; storing second data representing an association between at least the unique wildcard portion and the network address of the client; based on the first data and the second data, associating the client with the resolver; and storing third data representing the association between the client and the resolver. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181288 | USER PROFILE-BASED WIRELESS DEVICE SYSTEM LEVEL MANAGEMENT - Techniques for user profile-based system level management (SLM) and creation of system level agreements of a wireless device are generally disclosed. In some examples, a predictor may be provided to predict a future task to be performed by a wireless device, including resource requirements, based at least in part on a profile of a user and at least one of a profile of a communication partner the user, an operational recommendation, a performance model or a current state. An optimizer/analyzer may be provided to generate a plurality of instructions to configure the wireless device, based at least in part on the predicted future task and resource requirement, and a quality of service requirement of the wireless device, in anticipation of having to perform the predicted task. In various examples, the predictor and the optimizer/analyzer may form a local or a remotely disposed system level manager. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140181289 | VERIFYING INFORMATION STORED ON A MANAGED NETWORK DEVICE - A method and mechanism for verifying information on a managed device is provided. A request identifying the managed object and also containing a plurality of non-null values comprising proposals for a correct value of the managed object is received from a requester that does not have a correct value for a managed object of a managed device. The requester is unable to read and write the managed object directly, and unable to obtain object specification information. It is determined whether any of the values match the correct value stored in the managed object. Execution of the request is completed by transmitting a notification message indicating whether any of the values match the correct value of the managed object, where the notification message does not provide any indication of which proposed value is the correct value. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140189081 | Methods, Systems, and Computer Program Products for Assigning an Interface Identifier to a Network Interface - Methods and systems are described for assigning an interface identifier to a network interface. In one aspect, a count of network interfaces is detected in a first region of a network that includes a first network interface for operatively coupling a first node to the first region. A threshold condition is determined, based on the count. A first interface identifier is identified that meets, based on a size attribute of the first interface identifier, the threshold condition. The first interface identifier is provided as an identifier of the first network interface. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189082 | Local Partitioning in a Distributed Communication System - An apparatus for communicating in a distributed system comprises an identifier space and a processor. The identifier space associates data in the distributed system with one or more ranges of values, and the processor distributes cross-locale routing and caching across local nodes in the distributed system using the one or more ranges of values. Also disclosed is a method for communicating in a distributed system. Identifiers for nodes in the distributed system are determined and are associated with locations on an identifier space. Cross-locale routing and caching across local nodes in the distributed system are distributed using the locations on the identifier space. Additionally, an apparatus for retrieving data in a distributed system comprises a processor. The processor is configured to obtain an identifier for the data, locate a position of the identifier on an identifier space, and determine a local node that is responsible for the data. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189083 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PACKET JOB SCHEDULER IN DATA PROCESSING BASED ON WORKLOAD SELF-LEARNING - A method for packet job scheduler in data processing based on workload self-learning is disclosed. In response to receiving an incoming packet, the packet processor checks workload usage of an isolation group (IG) associated with the incoming packet, the IG being a classification of packets defined for the purpose of processing the incoming packet. The packet processor then determines whether the workload usage of the IG associated with the incoming packet exceeds a predetermined threshold. In response to the workload usage of the IG associated with the incoming packet not exceeding the predetermined threshold, the packet processor forwards the incoming packet to be executed by a packet execution unit, and then it updates the workload usage of the IG associated with the incoming packet based on execution of the incoming packet by the packet execution unit. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189084 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED MULTISITE MANAGEMENT AND REPORTING OF CONVERGED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS - The present invention discloses improved systems and methods for multisite management of computer server systems and in particular converged communication systems based on a decentralized architecture. Certain and various aspects relating to atomic error handling, transaction-based authentication/security, intelligent bandwidth management, decoupled data/configuration messaging, improved scalability, auto-detection functions, business metrics, etc., also are disclosed. A console is disclosed that communicates with each of a plurality of converged communications systems, e.g., preferably through the use of sockets. The actual traffic load is decentralized among the computer server systems, as each one uses direct connections (e.g., via an enhanced file transfer protocol) to access update/configuration data as needed. In addition, an improved communication protocol is disclosed that is optimized for the multisite management architecture of the present invention. An improved set of graphical user interface (GUI) features are described that improve the efficiency of the management of multiple systems. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189085 | MODIFYING AN ASSIGMENT OF NODES TO ROLES IN A COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Provided are a computer program product, system, and method for modifying an assignment of nodes to roles in a computing environment. There are a plurality of resource thresholds for each of a plurality of roles, wherein each role defines a type of operations and node resource usage for the nodes, and a measurement of node resource usage for the nodes. For at least one of the node, operations are performed comprising: determining at least one of the roles assigned to the node; determining a role resource threshold for each role assigned to the node; determining whether the measured node resource usage at the node exceeds the determined role resource thresholds for each role assigned to the node, wherein the role having the determined resource threshold exceeded by the node resource usage comprises a role to adjust; and determining a modification of the assignment of nodes to the role to adjust. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189086 | COMPARING NODE STATES TO DETECT ANOMALIES - Methods, systems, and computer storage media for detecting anomalies within nodes of a data center are provided. A self-learning system is employed to proactively and automatically detect the anomalies using one or more locally hosted agents for pulling information that describes states of a plurality of nodes (e.g., computing devices of a cloud-computing infrastructure), respectively, and using at least one early-warning mechanism for implementing a comparison technique. The comparison technique involves individually comparing the state information of the plurality of the nodes against one another and, based upon the comparison, grouping one or more nodes of the plurality of nodes into clusters that exhibit substantially similar state information. Upon identifying the clusters that include low number of nodes grouped therein, with respect to a remainder of the clusters of nodes, the members of the identified clusters are designated as anomalous machines. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189087 | REMOTE REGISTRATION OF SYSTEMS - Described herein is a technology for facilitating remote registration for customer service. In some implementations, a customer relationship management (CRM) system of a service provider is provided. A remote registration application (APP) is provided at a remote client device for remote registration for service with the CRM system. The APP is configured to communicate with the CRM system. The remote registration APP is invoked by a user using the remote client device. Log in information is provided to the APP, wherein the APP communicates with the CRM system to register the user for service. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189088 | AUTOMATED SHUTDOWN METHODOLOGY FOR A TIERED SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method includes receiving, at a host, an instruction to execute a command that instructs at least one system at a site and in communication with the host via one or more fibre channels to each execute a script, the script being for automatically shutting down components of the at least one system in an order defined by the script, and issuing the command to the at least one system at the site via the one or more fibre channels. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189089 | DATA ROUTING IN A CONTENT DISTRIBUTION NETWORK FOR MOBILITY DELIVERY - System(s) and method(s) are provided to route data within a network of content with specific service constraints to mobile devices. A mobile network management component receives an identifier (ID) of a base station that serves a mobile device that originates a request for data, and relays the ID to a network platform that administers content. A mapping that associates one or more base stations with a deployed content node and the received ID are utilized to identify a content node to serve the request for data via the base station. The received request for data is directed to the identified content node. A service constraint configuration can be allocated for exchange of payload data between the mobile device and the network platform. For a request to consume data and a request to supply data, identified content node delivers data and receives data, respectively, in accordance with the service constraint allocation. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140189090 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR COGNITIVE CONTAINTERS TO OPTIMIZE MANAGED COMPUTATIONS AND COMPUTING RESOURCES - A cognitive container includes a set of managers for monitoring and controlling a computational element based on context, constraints and computing resources available to that computational element. Collectively, the set of managers may be regarded as a service regulator that specifies the algorithm context, constraints, connections, communication abstractions and control commands which are used to monitor and control the algorithm execution at run-time. The computational element is the algorithm executable module that can be loaded and run. The managers may communicate with external agents using a signaling channel that is separate from a data path used by the computational element for inputs and outputs, thereby providing external agents the ability to influence the computation in progress. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140195657 | IMPLEMENTATION ON BASEBOARD MANAGEMENT CONTROLLER OF SINGLE OUT-OF-BAND COMMUNICATION ACCESS TO MULTIPLE MANAGED COMPUTER NODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure are directed to a baseboard management controller (BMC). The BMC includes: a processor; a network interface controller assigned with a network address; and a memory having firmware. The firmware is configured to be, when executed at the processor, in communication with a plurality of computer nodes, and to receive, through the same network interface controller, management requests each for performing a management operation at one of the plurality of computer nodes and addressed to the same network address, the management requests being directed to at least two of the plurality of computer nodes. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195658 | REDUNDANCY ELIMINATION SERVICE ARCHITECTURE FOR DATA CENTER NETWORKS - A redundancy elimination (RE) capability is provided. The RE capability enables dynamic control over use of RE within a network. The dynamic control over use of RE within a network may include initial selection of the network locations at which RE is performed, dynamic modification of the network locations at which RE is performed, or the like. The dynamic control over use of RE within a network may include dynamic control over packet cache sizes of packet caches at the network locations at which RE is performed. The dynamic control over use of RE within a network may include determining RE component selection information for a set of nodes of the network and selecting a set of RE components for the set of nodes, from a set of available RE components of the network, based on the RE component selection information. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195659 | MANAGED EXECUTION AND EXPIRATION OF AGENT COMMANDS - Methods and apparatus for managing the expiration and execution of commands sent from a remote system having administration functions to an agent residing on a computer system are disclosed. An exemplary method includes receiving, at an agent, one or more commands, storing the one or more received commands, retrieving the one or more stored commands, and determining whether the one or more retrieved commands can be executed by comparing at least one time parameter associated with the agent to at least one time parameter associated with the one or more retrieved commands. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195660 | MANAGING CLOUD SERVICES - A method for managing cloud services are provided in the illustrative embodiments. A first set of management functions is instantiated external to a microkernel of a management system for managing a set of cloud services. The management system further includes a second set of management functions executing within the kernel of the management system. A subset of the first set of management functions is associated with a cloud service in the set of cloud services. A management task for the cloud service is handled using the subset of the first set of management functions. A usage information corresponding to the use of the subset of the first set of management functions for handling the management task for the cloud service is reported. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195661 | Computer System Identification - According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, an approach is provided in which a computer system receives an internet protocol (IP) test message that includes an internet protocol (IP) address. The computer system compares the included IP address with the computer system's assigned IP address and, when the two IP addresses match, the computer system activates a visual indicator proximate to the computer system. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195662 | MANAGEMENT OF MOBILE APPLICATIONS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Method and system for management of applications in communication networks are described. The method comprises classifying a plurality of users into one or more user groups based on a user assignment information, where the user assignment information includes at least one of a field of work, a designation, an operating system of a user device of a user, and an access level of the user. The method further comprises assigning a version of a mobile application to each of the user groups based on the one or more user groups. Further, the method comprises providing the version of the mobile application to each of the plurality of the users of the one or more user groups. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195663 | Method and System for Providing Cloud-Based Common Distribution Applications - A system for providing cloud-based common distribution applications includes one or more devices. Each device is capable of being a different device type and having different parameters. The system includes a distributed common application package for deployment and/or updating in the cloud such that the common application package installs and runs on any of the devices independent of parameters of any of the devices. The distributed common application package includes common cloud mark-up language (ML) application code, common on-board ML application code, and/or common cloud logic application code. The system has an application distribution module and an application cloud runtime engine that is used to execute at least one application on the devices. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195664 | Zone Oriented Applications, Systems and Methods - Apparatuses, systems, and methods for zone-based sensor platforms are provided. Contemplated platforms include a zone server configured to obtain a plurality of sensor streams and aggregate a customized zone sensor stream according to one or more zone relevancy profiles. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195665 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR SAME - The present invention relates to an information processing method and system, and a recording medium for the same. An information processing system includes a place terminal side transceiver for receiving place identification information and network ID information set to a communication network device disposed in a place from a terminal disposed in the place; a storing section for storing the connections among at least one place identification information per a place, the network ID information set to the communication network device disposed in each place, and place information corresponding to each place into a storing medium(1); a wireless terminal side transceiver for receiving identification information of a wireless terminal and communication network ID information accessed with the wireless terminal through an application equipped in a user's wireless terminal; an information checking section for firstly checking the network ID information to be matched with the communication network ID information received by the wireless terminal side transceiver through the storing medium(1), and secondly checking at least one of the place identification information and place information connected to the firstly checked network ID information; a registering requesting section for transmitting at least one of the place identification information and the place information checked through the information checking section by the application equipped in the wireless terminal and requesting automatic output registration of place information for the place; and a registering processing section for processing to register and store the identification information of the wireless terminal connectively with at least one of the place identification information and the network ID information set to the communication network device disposed in the place into a storing medium(2), if registration-approval information corresponding to the automatic output registration request through the registering requesting section is received by the application equipped in the wireless terminal. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140195666 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING AND MANAGING VIRTUAL NETWORKS - A system and method for implementing and management virtual networks is disclosed. A method includes receiving a network packet arriving at a first network interface of a first node of an underlying network, communicating at least the packet and an identifier of the first network interface to a decision engine, determining how the packet should be processed based on a simulation by the decision engine of a traversal of a virtual network topology including a plurality of virtual network devices, wherein the decision engine communicates with a shared database accessible from the underlying network that stores the virtual network topology and virtual device configurations for the plurality of virtual network devices; and processing the packet based upon the simulation. | 07-10-2014 |
| 20140201344 | System and Method for a Distribution Manager - Embodiments of systems and methods for a distribution manager are presented herein. Specifically, embodiments may receive a request for support for a mobile application and determine a platform server to support the mobile application based on capacity data associated with a set of platform servers in an application table associated with the mobile application. Embodiments may also deliver identification of the platform server over the network, the identification of the platform server comprises connectivity information configured to allow the mobile application to connect to the platform server. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201345 | MANAGING USER PRIVILEGES FOR COMPUTER RESOURCES IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Approaches for automatically managing user privileges for computer resources based on determined levels of expertise in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment) are provided. In a typical approach, a user profile associated with a prospective user of a set of computer resources in the networked computing environment may be accessed. The user profile may include information pertaining to a skill level of the prospective user with respect to the set of computer resources. Based on the information contained in the user profile, an expertise level of the prospective user with respect to the set of computer resources may be determined, and a corresponding score may be calculated. Based on the score, a level of user privileges for the set of computer resources may be provided. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201346 | APPLYING A CLIENT POLICY TO A GROUP OF CHANNELS - Management and provisioning of networking traffic may be provided by bundling virtual channels into a group. A global policy may be applied to the bundle so that virtual ports providing services to a client may be managed by referring to the global policy of the bundle. The channels comprising the bundle may span multiple physical ports and in some cases, multiple physical switches. Thus, policy management may be avoided at the port level and instead, be handled as groups of channels implementing a client service. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201347 | System And Method For Implementing A Command Center In An Electronic Network - A method for managing an electronic network includes a main device that utilizes a command center for performing device management procedures on behalf of auxiliary devices in the electronic network. The auxiliary devices each include a command module that bi-directionally communicates with the command center to receive device control information during the device management procedures. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201348 | VIRTUAL APPLIANCE CHAINING AND MANAGEMENT - Management of virtual resources may be provided by interconnecting a plurality of virtual appliances with common executable software services. A data packet may be sent through multiple virtual appliances invoking services within each if rules stored within respective virtual appliances correspond to a request for service in the data packet. The data packet may be passed through multiple virtual appliances prior to being returned to a hypervisor. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201349 | APPLYING A CLIENT POLICY TO A GROUP OF CHANNELS - Management and provisioning of networking traffic may be provided by bundling virtual channels into a group. A global policy may be applied to the bundle so that virtual ports providing services to a client may be managed by referring to the global policy of the bundle. The channels comprising the bundle may span multiple physical ports and in some cases, multiple physical switches. Thus, policy management may be avoided at the port level and instead, be handled as groups of channels implementing a client service. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140201350 | REDIRECTION SERVICE MECHANISM - A system can include an interface that receives a URL that includes information; circuitry that processes at least a portion of the information for entity information and Internet merchant information; circuitry that accesses database entries in an entity field and in an affiliate program criterion field; circuitry that associates the URL with an entity field database entry based at least in part on the entity information; circuitry that includes selection logic that selects at least one affiliate program from a plurality of affiliate programs based at least in part on an affiliate program criterion field entry associated with the entity field database entry; and circuitry that formulates a redirection URL based at least in part on the Internet merchant information wherein the redirection URL comprises affiliate program information for the at least one selected affiliate program. Various other apparatuses, systems, methods, etc., are also disclosed. | 07-17-2014 |
| 20140207925 | CLUSTER VOTER MODEL - Determining if a new federation should be formed. A method includes a voter node determining that it has sufficient votes to form a new federation. The method further includes determining that no node existing in a previous federation already has a quorum of valid global tickets. Each global ticket indicates that a node agrees that a federation should continue to exist. As a result, the voter node forms a new federation. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207926 | INDEPENDENT NETWORK INTERFACES FOR VIRTUAL NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - Embodiments of the invention relate to providing network independent network interfaces. One embodiment includes a networking system. The networking system includes a physical networking device connected to one or more underlying networks. A primary switch and a secondary switch are each connected to the physical networking device. A connectivity module creates a root interface for a first device. Virtual network interface cards (vNICs) are added to the root interface by the connectivity module. The root interface is a single access point for accessing the underlying networks. The first device is a virtual machine (VM) or a server with more than one network interface. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207927 | SERVICE BUS WORKFLOW TEMPLATES - In some examples, a service bus may include one or more computing devices configured to translate requests from one or more client applications to one or more proxy services. According to at least one example, a system may create a resource object based at least in part on a template. The template may be associated with configuration information that may identify at least one parameter associated with a third-party application. In some examples, the third-party application may be a web service or a client application. Additionally, the system may generate a message flow based at least in part on the resource object. The system may also process a request, from the third-party application, based at least in part on the message flow. Further, the system may provide a graphical user interface (GUI) associated with the template, the GUI configured to enable input of the configuration information. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207928 | Providing Different Levels of Service Over a Storage Transport - In accordance with some embodiments, identification of transport streams facilitates the classification of those streams. Classification of those streams in turn enables a classification to be matched to a quality of service policy. Thus, quality of service policies may be enforced so that different streams can be afforded appropriate quality of service. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207929 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - A management apparatus includes user group information for managing the terminals by grouping terminals into groups each corresponding to service use conditions of terminals belonging to the group, and service information for associating each of the services provided by the service providing resources with paths for passing data when a terminal uses the service and a failure group which is affected by a failure when the failure occurs in one of the paths. When a failure occurs in one of the paths in the network, the management apparatus refers to the service information to identify a service for which the paths in the service information include the failed path as a failed service, identifies a failure group associated with the identified failed service, refers to the user group information to identify terminals belonging to the identified failure group as failure terminals, and reports the identified failure terminals. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207930 | INDEPENDENT NETWORK INTERFACES FOR VIRTUAL NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - Embodiments of the invention relate to providing network independent network interfaces. One embodiment includes creating a root interface in a first device in a network system. Virtual network interface cards (vNICs) are added to the root interface. The first device executes network services on the root interface. The root interface is a single access point for accessing a plurality of underlying networks | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207931 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND DEVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD - A device management apparatus includes a device information acquisition unit configured to acquire pieces of region information and pieces of model information from devices, respectively. Each piece of region information is about a region where the corresponding device is present. Each piece of model information indicates a model representing a type of the corresponding device. The apparatus also includes a first information generating unit configured to generate first information associating the region indicated by each piece of region information with the model present in the region; and a third information generating unit configured to generate third information associating the models included in the first information with device setting contents, respectively. Each device setting content is defined by second information and is determined in accordance with at least one of the region where the model corresponding to the each device setting content is present and another model present in the region. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207932 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing system including at least one computer includes a first assigning part that receives from a device a process request including device process identification information identifying a predetermined process unit of the device and assigns request identification information identifying the process request; and a storage part that stores the device process identification information and the request identification information in association with each other in connection with a process executed in response to the process request. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207933 | NAMING SYSTEM LAYER - A facility for publishing information in a distributed network without a central management infrastructure is described. In various embodiments, the facility receives an indication of a new node and a destination node, the new node omitted from a contact list associated with the destination node, the contact list having an approximately logarithmic distribution of neighboring nodes; introduces the new node to the destination node via a permanent circuit; and causes the destination node to add the new node to the contact list when adding the new node improves the logarithmic distribution of neighboring nodes. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140207934 | COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH OFF-LOAD PROCESSING FOR NETWORKING RELATED TASKS - A method is described that comprises executing a service selection method on an off load processor of a computing system to select an available network service for handling traffic sent to/from a handheld device. The execution of the service selection method is performed while a main CPU of said computing system is in a low power state. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140215035 | DISTRIBUTION OF APPLICATION COMPONENTS AMONG DEVICES - Disclosed are various embodiments for distributing application components among many devices across a network for optimal execution of the application. A distribution is determined based on performance metrics, distribution profiles, and/or other indications of how to distribute application components for execution on many devices. In various embodiments, an application component may be simultaneously executed on many devices or on one device. The application components execute as if on one device even though they are distributed among many devices. Performance metrics indicate how well an application component executes in a device. During execution, the application components may be redistributed if another distribution is indicated by performance tolerances. If application components are redistributed, the execution of the application continues as if no redistribution had occurred. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215036 | TRAFFIC FORWARDING FOR PROCESSING IN NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An embodiment may include forwarding, at least in part, received traffic, based at least in part upon programming provided, at least in part, by at least one controller. The programming may be based at least in part upon at least one policy. The forwarding may be in accordance with various parameters, criteria, usage models, processing considerations, etc. Many modifications are possible. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215037 | PROVISION OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION AND REQUESTS AMONG MANAGEMENT SERVERS WITHIN A COMPUTING NETWORK - Provision of management information and requests among management servers within a computing network are disclosed herein. According to an aspect, a method includes determining a requirement of a computing device that cannot be met by a first management server within a computing network. The method may also include communicating a request to a second management server within the computing network to assist with meeting the requirement of the computing device. Further, the method may include providing, to the second management server, access to management information associated with the computing device. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215038 | REVERSE PREFIX DELEGATION - Prefix delegation for Internet protocol (IP) prefixes or other types of prefixes. The prefix delegation resulting in multiple prefixes being delegated to internal routers and/or customer premise equipment (CPE) associated with a common link wherein at least two of the delegated prefixes are associated with different service providers. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215039 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING PEER-TO-PEER INFORMATION EXCHANGES - In one embodiment, a method includes, on a peer-to-peer (P2P) network entity, acquiring dynamic context information for a proposed P2P information exchange. The method further includes performing, by the P2P network entity, a rules-engine check to determine an allowability of the proposed P2P information exchange given the dynamic context information. The rules-engine check yields at least one specified action relative to the proposed P2P information exchange. The method also includes taking, by the P2P network entity, the at least one specified action. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215040 | Apparatus and Method for Network Control - A manner of facilitating management of remote devices, especially remote sensory devices, for example Zigbee devices, used in a home or small business. In one aspect, the present invention is a system for managing remote devices including an ACS and a proxy device, where the ACS and the proxy device are configured to communicate with each other at least in part using a data model including a data object and an associated device object. In a preferred embodiment, data object includes a network sub-object and an application sub-object. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215041 | WORKLOAD MIGRATION DETERMINATION AT MULTIPLE COMPUTE HIERARCHY LEVELS - An embodiment may include circuitry to determine at a first hierarchy level of a compute hierarchy, whether to consolidate, at least in part, respective workloads of respective compute entities at the first hierarchy level. The respective workloads may involve one or more respective processes of the respective compute entities. The circuitry may determine whether to consolidate, at least in part, the respective workloads based at least in part upon whether at least one migration condition involving at least one of the one or more respective processes is satisfied. After determining whether to consolidate, at least in part, the respective workloads, the circuitry may determine at a second hierarchy level of the compute hierarchy, whether to consolidate, at least in part, other respective workloads of other respective compute entities at the second hierarchy level. The second hierarchy level may be relatively lower in the compute hierarchy than the first hierarchy level. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215042 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module and a manager. The communication module performs communication with a plurality of terminals and receives, from the terminals, position information indicating positions of respective terminals and identification information of the respective terminals. The manager manages, based on the position information of the respective terminals, one or more identification information transmitted from one or more terminals located in the same area. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215043 | RESOURCE CHANGE MANAGEMENT IN MACHINE TO MACHINE NETWORK - The disclosure is related to managing a resource change in a machine to machine (M2M) network. The disclosure may create an abstract M2M entity object associated with a resource change, and create an M2M entity object instance by embodying the abstract M2M entity object according to each application development environment. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215044 | QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT USING HOST SPECIFIC VALUES - In one embodiment, a latency value is determined for an input/output IO request in a host computer of a plurality of host computers based on an amount of time the IO request spent in the host computer's issue queue. The issue queue of the host computer is used to transmit IO requests to a storage system shared by the plurality of host computers. The method determines a host specific value assigned to the host computer based in proportion on a number of shares assigned to the host in a quality of service policy for IO requests. The size for the host computer's issue queue is determined based on the latency value and the host specific value to control a number of IO requests that are added to the host computer's issue queue where other hosts in the plurality of hosts independently determine respective sizes for respective issue queues. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215045 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE MATCHING IN VPC MIGRATION - A method for resource matching in virtual private cloud (VPC) migration is provided, including: acquiring a node attribute, a link attribute and an adjacent matrix of a customized network requiring VPC migration according to a VPC migration request, where the node attribute includes a network security device attribute of the customized network; acquiring a node attribute, a link attribute and an adjacent matrix of a cloud network in which the VPC is located, where the adjacent matrices are used for indicating connection relations between any two nodes in the customized network and the cloud network, respectively; obtaining multiple matching resources in the cloud network according to a subgraph isomorphism algorithm, where each of the matching resources matches the node attribute, the link attribute and the adjacent matrix of the customized network; and selecting one of the multiple matching resources as a VPC into which the customized network migrates. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215046 | DEVICE MANAGEMENT SERVER, DEVICE MANAGEMENT CLIENT, AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A TARGET OPERATION OBJECT - In the field of communications, to solve the problem in the prior art that a device management (DM) server needs to communicate with user terminals for multiple times to obtain Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) of various user terminal DM nodes, a DM server, a DM client, and a method for locating a target operation object are provided. The location method includes: obtaining a management command sent by a DM server; and operating a target operation object according to the management command, in which the management command comprises Management Object (MO) location information, MO instance feature node information, and target operation object information. The present disclosure has the following beneficial effects. A target operation object of a DM client may be located by communicating once, and thus increasing the efficiency of communications between the DM server and user terminals. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215047 | Packet Learning Method, Apparatus, and System - The present invention provides a packet learning method, apparatus, and system. The method includes: receiving a packet, where the packet carries a physical address of a host in a network; identifying a priority of the packet according to identifier information in the packet; and judging whether a cache table has storage space; and if so, learning the packet and the priority of the packet; or if not, comparing the priority of the packet with a lowest priority in the cache table, and if the priority of the packet is higher than the lowest priority in the cache table, learning and recording the packet and the priority of the packet into a position corresponding to the lowest priority in the cache table. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140215048 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - To facilitate account information setting, in a communication system including a management apparatus which manages account information to be used to use a service provided by a server apparatus, and a user apparatus which uses the service, the management apparatus selects, based on device classification information acquired from the user apparatus, account information to be provided to the user apparatus from one or more pieces of account information stored in a storage unit, and provides the account information to the user apparatus. The user apparatus sends the device classification information of the user apparatus to the management apparatus, receives, from the management apparatus, the account information selected based on the device classification information, and uses the service provided by the server apparatus. | 07-31-2014 |
| 20140222983 | DYNAMICALLY DETERMINING NODE LOCATIONS TO APPLY LEARNING MACHINE BASED NETWORK PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT - In one embodiment, techniques are shown and described relating to dynamically determining node locations to apply learning machine based network performance improvement. In particular, a degree of significance of nodes in a network, respectively, is calculated based on one or more significance factors. One or more significant nodes are then determined based on the calculated degree of significance. Additionally, a nodal region in the network of deteriorated network health is determined, and the nodal region of deteriorated network health is correlated with a significant node of the one or more significant nodes. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140222984 | RENDEZVOUS OPTIMIZATION IN A CONTENT DELIVERY FRAMEWORK - In a system with multiple service endpoints, receiving a first request including a resolver IP address, the first request being associated with a client; responding to the first request with a probe IP address, the probe IP address corresponding to a probe service; and generating first log information about the first request. The probe service associated with the probe IP address receives a second request, the second request including a client IP address associated with the client; and generates second log information about the second request, the second log information including the client IP address; determines a pseudo client IP address using the first log information and the second log information; and associates the pseudo client IP address with the resolver IP address. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140222985 | METHOD AND TERMINAL, INPUT METHOD AND DEVICE, CLOUD SERVICE CARD, AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING SERVICE - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and terminal, an input method and device, a cloud service card, and a system for acquiring a service and relate to the field of cloud computing technologies. A method for acquiring cloud service content according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: acquiring, by a cloud terminal, an identifier of a service card; acquiring, by the cloud terminal, a cloud service instruction set corresponding to the identifier of the cloud service card from a cloud instruction set server according to the identifier of the cloud service card; and acquiring, by the cloud terminal, cloud service content from a cloud service server according to a cloud service instruction in the cloud service instruction set. The present invention is applicable to quick acquisition of a latest cloud service provided by an operator. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140222986 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING OBJECT VIA WHICH SERVICE IS USED - Provided are a system and method for providing an object via which a service is used. A server for providing at least one device with an object via which a service provided by a service provider is used includes: a template providing unit configured to provide the service provider with a first template which is used in generating the object, wherein the object is not installed in the device but is displayed on a screen of the device via a host program of the device; a template receiving unit configured to receive, from the service provider, a second template that is generated by the service provider by editing the first template; a template storing unit configured to store the received second template; and an object generating unit configured to generate, using the stored second template, the object via which the service provided by the service provider is used. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140237090 | SERVER MAINTENANCE SYSTEM - A method includes: determining a maintenance update for a data service tier based on a service condition of a data service of a target host server; selecting a spare host server to perform the maintenance update; performing the maintenance update of the data service tier to the spare host server; activating the data service on the spare host server; and redirecting client request traffic to the spare host server. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237091 | Method and System of Network Discovery - The invention comprises a method of discovering certificate resources using internal and external sensor agents. This information is correlated to create an extensive network map and detect potential phishing threats. The information is stored in a repository of correlated information and returned to authenticated users. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237092 | Controlling Devices Using Cloud Services and Device-Agnostic Pipe Mechanisms - An environment is described in which a cloud-implemented service system controls a plurality of target devices via a plurality of respective device-agnostic pipe mechanisms. The target devices themselves may represent “dumb” devices, e.g., lacking local control logic, or providing reduced reliance on local control logic. Users may interact with the service system via applications running on any type of user devices. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237093 | CONTENT VIRALITY DETERMINATION AND VISUALIZATION - Various techniques of content virality determination and visualization are disclosed herein. For example, a method of determining network content virality metric includes constructing a diffusion cascade for a computer network content based on a plurality of time points at which individual users adopt the network content and connection information of the users. The method also includes calculating, with a processor, a virality metric of the network content based on a structural characteristic of the constructed diffusion cascade. Based on the calculated virality metric, one may determine if the network content is viral. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237094 | SAMPLE BASED DETERMINATION OF NETWORK POLICY VIOLATIONS - Disclosed herein are a system, computer-readable medium, and method for enforcing network policies. Samples of data traveling through at least some nodes of a network are collected. It is determined whether a node violated a predefined network policy based on the samples. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237095 | Data Center Node Management - A distributed computing system may allow multiple devices to distribute master node responsibilities. The various nodes in the system may be given unique, sequenced, node identifiers, and may periodically report their status to a central monitor or current master node. A comparison of the report time stamps and node identifiers, made against the node identifier of the current master node, may yield a determination as to whether the current master node should be replaced. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237096 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING DISTRIBUTED DEVICE RESOURCE-OBJECT-CONNECTION SERVICE BASED ON SERVICE DELIVERY PLATFORM - A system for providing a distributed device resource-object-connection service based on a service delivery platform (SDP), the system including: an SDP configured to define distributed service functions as enablers, generate a convergence service by combining the enablers, and provide the generated convergence service; and a proxy configured to connect a distributed device and an SDP to allow the SDP to use the distributed device as a resource, and define and use the distributed device as an enabler. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237097 | RECEIVING DATA PACKETS - At least one connection is defined between protocol entities hosted by network nodes in a packet data communication network. Data packets that include information identifying communicating protocol entities are received. The received data packets are stored into batches corresponding to the defined connections, on the basis of the information identifying communicating protocol entities. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237098 | ORGANIZING SOCIAL ACTIVITY INFORMATION ON A SITE - A system and method for organizing social activity information on a website is disclosed. The system comprises a feed serving module and a presentation module. The feed serving module is configured to receive one or more user inputs for one or more activities associated with the social activity information. The feed serving module aggregates the social activity information based at least in part on the one or more user inputs to form aggregated social activity information. The presentation module is communicatively coupled to the feed serving module and is configured to receive the aggregated social activity information from the feed serving module. The presentation module generates a graphic associated with the aggregated social activity information and sends the graphic to a client. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237099 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTERMEDIATING BETWEEN SUBSCRIBER DEVICES AND COMMUNICATION SERVICE PROVIDERS - A system and method are disclosed which may include receiving an activation request from a first subscriber device at a communication convergence platform; identifying a service provider associated the first subscriber device; composing a service activation request compatible with a communication protocol for the identified service provider; and transmitting the service activation request from the platform to the identified service provider. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237100 | MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS FOR MODIFIED COMPUTER NETWORKS - Techniques are described for managing communications between multiple computing nodes, such as computing nodes that are part of a virtual computer network. In some situations, various types of modifications may be made to one or more computing nodes of an existing virtual computer network, and the described techniques include managing ongoing communications for those computing nodes so as to accommodate the modifications. Such modifications may include, for example, migrating or otherwise moving a particular computing node that is part of a virtual network to a new physical network location, or modifying other aspects of how the computing node participates in the virtual network (e.g., changing one or more virtual network addresses used by the computing node). In some situations, the computing nodes may include virtual machine nodes hosted on one or more physical computing machines or systems, such as by or on behalf of one or more users. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140237101 | PROFILE MANAGEMENT METHOD, EMBEDDED UICC, AND DEVICE PROVIDED WITH THE EMBEDDED UICC - The present invention relates to a method for managing a profile in an embedded UICC, and more particularly, to a method for managing a profile in an embedded UICC that enables management information on the profile provided within the embedded UICC to play an essential role for providing communication and additional services, to be provided to a device existing outside the embedded UICC. The present invention also relates to an embedded UICC and to a device provided with the embedded UICC for the method. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140244814 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL PROCESSING OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM - A protocol processing system includes a plurality of communication interfaces. A control head-end is operable to receive a protocol processing engine identifier over a network through one of the communication interfaces from an external system. A plurality of optimized protocol processing engines are coupled to the control head-end, and the control head-end is operable to select a first optimized protocol processing engine from the plurality of optimized protocol processing engines that is identified by the protocol processing engine identifier. In response to being selected, the first optimized protocol processing engine handles communications between an application processing system and the external system. The first optimized protocol processing engine may be an optimized TCP/IP stack that receives operating system data through a first communication interface from the application processing system and sends network communication data over the network through the second communication interface to the external system. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244815 | LOOKUP ENGINE FOR AN INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEM - An information handling system, device, and method are provided that perform lookups. The lookups are performed by multiple lookup cores that spatially duplicate the available access paths provided by a single lookup core that interface with memory that has been upgraded to increase its timing. As a result, the systems, methods, and devices are capable of scaling a bandwidth of packet processing using existing technologies. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244816 | RECOMMENDING SERVER MANAGEMENT ACTIONS FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEMS - One or more embodiments identify server management actions for resolving problems associated with one or more nodes in information technology infrastructure. In one embodiment, a node-ticket record for an information processing node associated with at least one problem ticket is generated. A set of node-ticket clusters is queried based on the node-ticket record. Each of the set of node-ticket clusters maps a set of server management actions to set of historical node-ticket records associated with the node-ticket cluster. The set of server management actions was previously performed to resolve at least one operational problem associated with at least one information processing node. At least one set of server management actions associated with at least one of the set of node-ticket clusters corresponding to the node-ticket record within a given threshold is identified based on the querying. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244817 | DEPLOYING A NETWORK OF NODES - Systems, methods, and devices for deploying a network of nodes are described herein. For example, one or more embodiments include receiving site environment data, determining a location to place a node, wherein the determination is based on the site environment data, determining a coverage associated with the node based on a propagation model and the site environment data, determining a location to perform a measurement of data associated with the node based on the determined coverage, updating the propagation model associated with the node based on the measurement of data associated with the node, and determining a location to place an additional node based on the updated propagation model. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244818 | RESTLIKE API THAT SUPPORTS A RESILIENT AND SCALABLE DISTRIBUTED APPLICATION - An application distributed amongst plurality of computing devices leverages an application programming interface that conforms to a representational state transfer architecture in order to provide resilient services to clients and adapt to a change in availability of devices. A proxy server routes communications between clients and servers, detects when a server becomes unavailable, and reroutes communications to a replacement server. A registration database on the proxy server records entries for clients, such that communications can be routed to active devices of a user. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244819 | SYSTEM FOR REGISTERING AND MANAGING A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK OF NETWORK SWITCHES AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF - A system for registering and managing a distributed network of network switches and methods of use thereof including, in general, providing a self-registering network switch with built-in proprietary operating system installed on a CPU and computer memory, plugging the network switch into a network of server(s) and/or other network switch(es), powering the network switch, communicating registration ID to network engine (type of network switch) and location of the network switch in the network to the network engine, registering with the network engine, executing a network switch deployment plan or a set of network switch rules based on predefined distributed network policy, and, thus, functions as a network of self-registering network switches without IT personnel, such as wired network equipment and wireless network equipment, as access points. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244820 | Rule Set Orchestration Processing Method and Apparatus, and Cluster Data System - The present invention provides a rule set orchestration processing method and apparatus, and a cluster data system. The method includes: grouping, according to device information of each network device in a network, each network device, to obtain at least one network device group; selecting, for each network device group obtained after the grouping, at least one service rule matching the network device group, to form a rule set of the network device group; and sending a rule set of each network device group to each network device in the network device group separately. In the present invention, all network devices are grouped into at least one network device group according to device information, a matched rule is selected and sent for each network device group to form a rule set, so as to avoid repetitive processing and excessive processing on the rule set. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244821 | Resource Management With Conditioned Policies - A resource management solution based on management policies is provided, where each management policy comprises an indication of a management activity and at least one of the management policies comprising an indication of an application condition. A corresponding method comprises deploying a set of operative management policies assigned to each one of a set of target computing machines onto the target computing machine to cause the target computing machine to verify the application condition of each assigned operative management policy according to status information available on the target computing machine. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244822 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANAGING SERVER NODE - A management apparatus and a method of managing servers. The management apparatus is connectable with a plurality of server nodes and may include: a user interface which receives input of work environment information of a user; a storage which stores apparatus information of each of the plurality of server nodes, a plurality of O/S programs, and the received work environment information; a controller which selects a server node to perform a task from among the plurality of server nodes, and selects an O/S program to perform the task from among the plurality of O/S programs, based on the received work environment information; and a communication interface which transmits the selected O/S program to the selected server node, and allows the server node to be run by the selected O/S program. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244823 | System for Accessing and Browsing A PLC Provided Within A Network - Certain exemplary embodiments can comprise a method, comprising: recognizing, by a PLC, that a memory device has been connected to the PLC; and configuring the PLC via a PLC executable software program resident on the memory device. Certain exemplary embodiments can comprise a method, comprising: via a PLC network interface: presenting a PLC network as a namespace shell extension of an operating system of a non-PLC information device; and rendering, to a user of the non-PLC information device, the PLC network as a node of a network. Certain exemplary embodiments can comprise a method, comprising: via a PLC network interface: presenting a PLC network as a namespace shell extension of an operating system of a non-PLC information device; and searching the PLC network for at least one item corresponding to one or more search parameters. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244824 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A technique for communicating in a network management system is disclosed. The technique includes transferring information from an application server to a gateway that processes the information, transferring the gateway processed information from the gateway to a plurality of adapters associated with the gateway that process the gateway processed information, and transferring the adapter processed information from one of the adapters to a client. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244825 | INTELLIGENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR HOUSEHOLD INTERNET OF THINGS - A computer control system and an intelligent management system is provided for a household Internet of Things. The intelligent management system includes an intelligent management server for a household Internet of Things system, control devices, in-house functional units, outside functional department servers and outside service department servers. The intelligent management server for the household Internet of Things system is wiredly or wirelessly communicated with the control device, the in-house functional units, the outside functional department servers and the outside service department servers respectively. According to embodiments, the system promptly and centrally controls the in-house functional units, and promptly communicates with the outside functional department servers and the outside service department servers, thus saving resources, consuming transparently, handling affairs quickly, facilitating service and ensuring security. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140244826 | SEPARABLE URL GAMING SYSTEM - A system and method for enabling one network to use the functionality of another network is provided. The system comprises a first network system having a first network functionality and a second network system having a second network functionality. A server connected to the second network system passes directions through the first network to enable a component connected to both the first network system and the second network system to perform a second network functionality. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140250215 | CONFIGURATION AND VERIFICATION BY TRUSTED PROVIDER - A computing resource is loaded with the code or data, and an audited record of the loaded code or data is generated. Furthermore, a configuration integrity is generated based on the record of the loaded code or data. The configuration integrity verifier is sent to a requestor for verification of the code or data, the configuration integrity verifier being usable as a trusted verification of the loaded code or data. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140250216 | Controlling Registration Floods In VOIP Networks Via DNS - A mechanism controls global synchronization, or registration floods, that may result when a large number of endpoints in a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) network such as an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) come online simultaneously after a catastrophic failure. The mechanism allows the Domain Name System (DNS) infrastructure to efficiently control the overload condition by registering user end points with backup border elements, and by staggering and by randomizing the time-to-live (TTL) parameter in registrations with backup border elements. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140250217 | Interfaces To Manage Direct Network Peerings - Methods and apparatus for interfaces to manage direct network peerings. A system may include a data center, endpoint routers and a connectivity coordinator. The coordinator implements a programmatic interface defining connectivity operations. The coordinator receives a request for dedicated connectivity to data center resources, formatted according to the interface. The coordinator selects a target endpoint router at which to establish a physical link to implement the dedicated connectivity, and transmits a response identifying the target endpoint router and including configuration instructions for setting up a physical link for the dedicated connectivity. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140250218 | ADVANCED DETERMINATION, PROCESSING AND CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method is carried out by at least one network node in a communication network. The method includes determining, from received packets, at least one characteristic of at least one end user device connected, through an end user communication terminal, to the communication network. The determining procedure includes inspecting at least one of (a) layer n control information of the received packets, wherein n is an integer one of equal to and larger than 3, and (b) the received packets' payload encapsulated by layer 7 control information. The layer level is an OSI layer in an OSI reference model. The invention also relates to network nodes and computer programs. | 09-04-2014 |
| 20140258482 | UNIVERSAL PLUG AND PLAY BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A universal plug and play (UPnP)-based network system and a method of controlling the same. A UPnP device can operate according to a description of each control point (CP) when performing a command, by including the description, which is inherent information of each CP, in a command message transmitted from each CP to the UPnP device and allowing the UPnP device to analyze the command message to obtain the description of the CP. The UPnP-based network system includes a plurality of CPs, each of which stores a CP description, which is inherent characteristic information of each CP, and generates and transmits a command message including the CP description, and a UPnP device which is connected to the plurality of CPs over a network, analyzes the command message received from each CP to perform an operation according to the command message, and analyzes the CP description included in the command message to recognize each CP which transmits the command message. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258483 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING RESOURCE-AVAILABILITY INFORMATION WITHIN A DISTRUBITED COMPUTER SYSTEM - Methods and systems disclosed in the current application are directed to efficient distribution of resource-availability information with respect to individual computer systems within a distributed computer system in order to facilitate various types of computational tasks, including configuration and management tasks and facilities. Certain of these implementations are based on highly efficient, lockless, message-based information-distribution methods and subsystems that transmission of messages at a frequency computed from a computed level of resource availability. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258484 | TRANSPARENT MESSAGE MODIFICATION FOR DIAGNOSTICS OR TESTING - The modification of a network message so that a supplemental action is performed in transit at a designated intermediary node. The modification is performed in a manner that is transparent to the source computing entity that caused the network message to be generated. Upon acquiring the network message, a message modification component modifies the network message so that the network message is routed through an intermediary node, and further so that the intermediary node performs supplemental action(s). For instance, the modification might cause routing components to route the network message to the intermediary node, and the modification might also include instructions that the intermediary node interprets as being an instruction to perform the supplemental action. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258485 | EFFICIENT HANDLING OF MULTI-DESTINATION TRAFFIC IN AN INTERNET PROTOCOL FABRIC DATA CENTER - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes establishing at least one fixed topology distribution tree in a network, where the fixed topology distribution tree comprises one root node and a plurality of leaf nodes connected to the root node; maintaining at the root node an indication of multicast group interests advertised by the leaf nodes; and pruning traffic at the root node based on the advertised multicast group interests of the leaf nodes. In one embodiment, the root node is a spine switch and each of the leaf nodes is a leaf switch and each of the leaf nodes is connected to the root node by a single hop. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258486 | Server-Layer Shared Link Risk Group Analysis to Identify Potential Client-Layer Network Connectivity Loss - In one embodiment, a particular device within a client-layer network maintains client-layer topology information including server-layer Shared Risk Link Group (SRLG) information of server-layer devices and links in a server-layer network associated with client-layer links and client-layer nodes in the client-layer network. A determination is made to discover if there is an alternative client-layer path to an established client-layer path between a first packet switching device and a second packet switching device if all server-layer resources of any particular server-layer SRLG of a plurality of total server-layer SRLGs associated with the established client-layer path become unavailable. In one embodiment, the plurality of total server-layer SRLGs includes: an SRLG of a same optical node, an SRLG of a same optical fiber, an SRLG of co-located plurality of optical nodes, and/or an SRLG of co-located plurality of optical fibers. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258487 | MINIMIZING WORKLOAD MIGRATIONS DURING CLOUD MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS - A method, system and computer program product for minimizing workload migrations during cloud maintenance operations. Upon receiving an indication that a scheduled maintenance operation is to be performed, a cloud controller uploads the maintenance binaries associated with the scheduled maintenance operation and analyzes the maintenance binaries so as to evaluate the requirements of the maintenance packages and dependencies associated with the scheduled maintenance operation. A matrix is then generated by the cloud controller to identify the classes of hardware that will be disrupted by the scheduled maintenance operation based on the analysis. The workloads running on the classes of hardware identified in the matrix will then be consolidated prior to the scheduled maintenance operation. By consolidating the workloads onto a fewer number of hardware components, a fewer number of workload migrations will need to be performed during the cloud maintenance operation. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258488 | MANAGING MOBILE DEVICES WITH A GENERAL PURPOSE MESSAGING TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - A system uses a general purpose messaging transport protocol to manage, control, and monitor a mobile communication device and/or a plurality of mobile communication devices. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258489 | COLLABORATIVE APPLICATION CLASSIFICATION - Herein described is a collection of traffic classifiers communicatively coupled to a classification aggregator. Traffic classifiers may use conventional techniques to classify network traffic by application name, and thereafter may construct mappings that are used to more efficiently classify future network traffic. Mappings may associate one or more characteristics of a communication flow with an application name. In a collaborative approach, these mappings are shared among the traffic classifiers by means of the classification aggregator so that one traffic classifier can leverage the intelligence (e.g., mappings) formulated by another traffic classifier. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258490 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION NODE, REQUESTING NODE, AND NORMAL NODE FOR DELETING INVALID CONTENT USING CONTENT REVOCATION LIST IN CONTENT CENTRIC NETWORK - Provided is a communication method for an administration node in a content centric network (CCN). The communication method includes receiving a packet requesting deletion of an invalid content from a requesting node that detects the invalid content, generating a content revocation list including a name of the invalid content and a period of time over which the deletion is to be performed, and flooding a data packet including the content revocation list to the requesting node and a normal node included in the CCN. Also provided are related communications methods for a receiving node and a normal node, as well as the nodes themselves. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258491 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR HOSTNAME SELECTIVE ROUTING IN DUAL-STACK HOSTS - The present invention is directed to a method of making Internet network trafficking easier and more secure while resolving a DNS inquiry in systems having both IPv4 and IPv6 elements in the new world situation of two competing DNS systems. The method utilizes a computing system DNS transfer policy to inquire and then provide a response to DNS inquiries that can include differing Internet Protocols. By including the policy inquiry and allowing the system to encode IPv4 addresses within IPv6 addresses, a more secure and quick response is provided allowing business, government and individual users to safely use the Internet in association with any number of Internet capable devices. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258492 | AGGREGATING COMPLETION MESSAGES IN A SIDEBAND INTERFACE - In one embodiment, the present invention includes a method for receiving a request in a router from a first endpoint coupled to the router, where the request is for an aggregated completion. In turn, the router can forward the request to multiple target agents, receive a response from each of the target agents, and consolidate the responses into an aggregated completion. Then, the router can send the aggregated completion to the first endpoint. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258493 | DETERMINING THE GRAPHIC LOAD OF A VIRTUAL DESKTOP - The graphics load of a virtual desktop is estimated to determine the capacity of a virtual desktop system. In one embodiment, the graphics load of a physical desktop is measured by a remoting agent installed on the physical desktop. The graphics load can be used as an estimate of the load that would be created by a deployed virtual desktop. The remoting agent on the physical desktop mimics host operations that are necessary to direct graphics data to a remote site. The remoting agent also measures the graphics load incurred by the host operations to determine a capacity of a virtual desktop system prior to deployment of the virtual desktop system. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258494 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING COMPOSITE SERVICE AND REPLACING SERVICE AND INVOKING SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method for handling and replacing a service. The method for handling a composite service may include obtaining a concrete service corresponding to a service invocation segment description in a composite service logic, wherein the service invocation segment is an abstract service invocation segment or a service template invocation segment; triggering a service replacement, requesting to replace the service invocation segment with a concrete service invocation segment of the obtained concrete service; or, triggering a service invocation, requesting to generate a service invocation based on the concrete service. Accordingly, a concrete service can be dynamically selected when the composite service logic is being executed. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258495 | STORAGE AREA NETWORK MULTI-PATHING - Provided are a method, computer program product and system for network multi-pathing. Paths to a storage system are through a first network type and a second network type. The first network type has a higher Input/Output (I/O) per second performance characteristic than the second network type. A length is determined from a received I/O request. The I/O request is sent on one of the paths to the storage system through the first network type in response to determining that the length of the I/O request is below a threshold length. The I/O request is sent on one of the paths to the storage system through the second network type in response to determining that the length of the I/O request is above the threshold length. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258496 | DATA CENTRE SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A DATA CENTRE TO PROVIDE SERVICE - A data center system and a method for a data center to provide service are provided. The data center system comprises at least one first load balancing device, a plurality of second load balancing devices, and a plurality of servers. The first load balancing device is configured to transmit the first type network request to one of the plurality of second load balancing devices with a first scheduling strategy. The second load balancing device is configured to convert the first type network request to a second type network request, and to transmit the second type network request after the source address and destination address translation to one of the plurality of servers with a second scheduling strategy. The server is configured to generate a second type network response according to the second type network request and to return the second type network response to a corresponding second load balancing device. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258497 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR APPARATUS - Provided are a management system and management method for an automatic door apparatus, with which it is possible to easily recognize the working circumstances of an automatic door apparatus and also possible to easily ensure security without incurring management costs for a selling company or a maintenance company. A management system for automatic door apparatuses comprises: the automatic door apparatuses with which communication is possible; a management server disposed within a narrow-area network of the customer-side management system identical to the automatic door apparatuses and capable of checking the working circumstances of the automatic doors by communicating with the automatic door apparatuses; and a management PC disposed within a wide-area network outside the narrow-area network and capable of communicating with the management server by remote desktop technology; wherein the management PC acquires the working circumstances of the automatic door apparatuses via the management server. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140258498 | Implementing an Energy Proportional Network Architecture from Desired Network Criteria - Systems, methods, and computer-readable executable instructions are provided for implementing an energy proportional network architecture. Implementing an energy proportional network architecture can include determining a number of desired network criteria and a desired number of access ports. A number of switches for the energy proportional network architecture can be calculated from the desired number of access ports and the number of desired network criteria. Implementing an energy proportional network architecture can also include using the number of calculated switches to form the energy proportional network. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140280811 | Enhanced Remote Presence - A mechanism is provided for enhancing remote presence capabilities. An update event for a main management module that manages a set of remote presence sessions for remote media established by a plurality of client systems is identified. A determination is made as to whether the main management module is currently maintaining a remote presence session for a remote media established by one of the plurality of client systems. Responsive to the main management module maintaining a remote presence session for the remote media, a handoff of the remote presence session for the remote media is initiated to an auxiliary management module. An update associated with the update event is then permitted to be performed on the main management module while maintaining the remote presence session for the remote media via the auxiliary management module. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280812 | Enhanced Remote Presence - A mechanism is provided for enhancing remote presence capabilities. An update event for a main management module that manages a set of remote presence sessions for remote media established by a plurality of client systems is identified. A determination is made as to whether the main management module is currently maintaining a remote presence session for a remote media established by one of the plurality of client systems. Responsive to the main management module maintaining a remote presence session for the remote media, a handoff of the remote presence session for the remote media is initiated to an auxiliary management module. An update associated with the update event is then permitted to be performed on the main management module while maintaining the remote presence session for the remote media via the auxiliary management module. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280813 | OPTIMIZING APPLICATION PERFORMANCE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for optimizing application performance in a network environment is provided and includes retrieving an L7 session identifier (ID) from a packet, generating a hash from at least the L7 session ID, and inserting the hash into a header of the packet. The L7 session ID identifies a particular application layer session between a client and a server in a network environment. The server includes a plurality of processors configured to process the packet, and the hash indicates a specific processor in the plurality of processors. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280814 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IPMI-BRIDGE-SERVER FOR NON-IPMI DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure are directed to an IPMI bridge server configured to expand the management functions of an IPMI control system to a plurality of non-IPMI protocol specific managed devices. The IPMI bridge server includes: a processor, a network interface controller assigned with a network address; and a memory containing a firmware. When the firmware is executed at the processor, it is configured to be in communication with a group of first protocol specific managed devices through a first protocol control point and a first communication link, and a group of second protocol specific managed devices through a second protocol control point and a second communication link, and to receive management requests each for performing a protocol specific management function at one of the group of first protocol specific managed devices or the group of second protocol specific managed devices. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280815 | SYSTEMS FOR SELECTIVELY ENABLING AND DISABLING HARDWARE FEATURES - In one embodiment, a system includes a processor and logic integrated with and/or executable by the processor. The logic is adapted to: define a hardware feature policy for one or more hardware components of a system; and enable and/or disable one or more hardware features of one or more of the hardware components based on the hardware feature policy, wherein the hardware feature policy comprises instructions to enable and/or disable access to the one or most hardware features based on one or more criteria selected from a group consisting of: a feature access schedule, a volume feature access group; a job feature access group; and an user feature access group. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280816 | BROWSER COOKIE ANALYSIS AND TARGETED CONTENT DELIVERY - Techniques are disclosed for collecting, analyzing and compiling information stored in browser cookies, and using such information to deliver web content targeted to a particular user or audience. A browser cookie is a data structure that is stored on a user's computer and that can contain information regarding that user's previous web browsing activity. In one embodiment, information collected from browser cookies is analyzed and compiled so as to allow such information to be selectively correlated with web content stored in a targeted content repository. For example, browser cookie data indicating that a user has visited websites that sell airline tickets may be correlated with a banner advertisement for travel insurance. Once such a correlation is established, the targeted content—for example, the aforementioned travel insurance advertisement—can subsequently be delivered to future website visitors whose computers store browser cookies containing data identified as being correlated with such targeted content. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280817 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING CONNECTIONS IN AN ORCHESTRATED NETWORK - An information handling system is provided. The information handling system includes a network infrastructure, the network infrastructure comprising a plurality of network switches in communication with a network controller and a first network server with a network orchestrator running thereon and generating network infrastructure requirements. The information handling system further includes a second network server that has a connection manager running thereon. The connection manager is configured to receive the network infrastructure requirements from the network orchestrator and to convert the specified network infrastructure requirements to instructions suited to the network controller. An associated method for facilitating communication between one or more network orchestrators and network infrastructure is also provided. The information handling system and associated method decouple the network orchestrator from the management of the network infrastructure. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280818 | DISTRIBUTED DATA CENTER TECHNOLOGY - A regional data center system corresponding to a particular region of the world. The data center system includes multiple data centers, each configured such that region-specific requests for services may be satisfied by any of the data centers. One or more of the data centers may also perform load balancing on received region-specific request. In order to perform load balancing, the receiving data center may itself process the requests, but in some cases may determine that the request is to be processed by another data center within the regional data center system. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280819 | THROTTLING GROUP IN ORACLE SERVICE BUS - A computer-controlled method can include creating a throttling group corresponding to a backend server configured to provide business services to multiple electronic devices over a service bus, defining a throttling group parameter for the throttling group, and routing messages based on the throttling group parameter. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280820 | Collective Operation Management In A Parallel Computer - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for collective operation management in a parallel computer are provided. Embodiments include a parallel computer having a plurality of compute nodes coupled for data communications over a data communications network. Embodiments include a first compute node entering a collective operation. Each compute node of the plurality of compute nodes is associated with the collective operation. In response to entering the collective operation, the first compute node decreases power consumption of the first compute node. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280821 | Method And Apparatus For Providing Tenant Redundancy - Various embodiments provide a method and apparatus for providing a tenant redundancy architecture that does not require reserving a complete set of duplicate resources, pushing complexity into the application domain or require the application to communicate simultaneously with two active tenant instances. In particular, a shadow tenant is created that has the functionality of the service tenant but is hidden from the rest of the network until activated. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280822 | SERVICE DIRECTORY FOR QUICK AND SIMPLIFIED APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION - Techniques for classifying a network flow using a service directory. Embodiments receive a request to establish a network flow with a remote service. The request specifies a network address associated with the remote service. A classification of the remote service is determined by querying a service directory using the network address and the port identifier. Embodiments also determine a network management policy to apply to the network flow, based on the determined classification. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280823 | WIRE-SPEED PENDING INTEREST TABLE - Various embodiments relate to a method performed by a router. The method may include: receiving, at a first line card of the router, a request for content having a content identifier; determining a second line card that is responsible for the content identifier; switching the request for content to the second line card; and updating a pending interest table at the second line card based on the request for content. Various embodiments relate to a router for content based routing that receives a plurality of requests for contents including a content identifier. The router may include: a fabric switch; and a plurality of line cards interconnected by the fabric switch, each line card includes a network processor and a pending interest table configured to store entries for a subset of the requests defined by the content identifier. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280824 | EFFICIENT CENTRALIZED STREAM INITIATION AND RETRY CONTROL - For efficient centralized stream initiation and retry control in a computing environment, using a centralized data streams management module for both managing when data streams should be opened and sent from a source location to a destination and for determining when to reattempt opening data streams sent from the source location to the destination after an nth number of consecutive failed attempts using an incrementing time calculation. The incrementing time calculation computes a dynamically calculated time period. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280825 | IDENTIFYING NETWORK FLOWS UNDER NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - The present disclosure relates generally to the field of identifying network flows (e.g., IP flows) under network address translation. In various examples, identifying network flows (e.g., IP flows) under network address translation may be implemented in the form of systems and/or algorithms. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280826 | PORT MEMBERSHIP TABLE PARTITIONING - A firmware model is provided for a shared port membership table that is partitioned for different needs of a distributed network switch, such as broadcast groups, multicast groups, ACL rules, and other port membership groupings. The shared port membership table enables a control point to set the size of each of the types of port membership information based on their usage or expected usage. By shrinking one partition, the control point is able to use the port group entries for a different partition of port group information. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280827 | SCALABLE DISTRIBUTED CONTROL PLANE FOR NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEMS - In one embodiment, a networking system includes a physical switch and a scalable and distributed virtual control plane. The switch is adapted to receive a first packet, classify the first packet to produce a packet classification, generate a second packet based on the first packet, and forward the second packet. The scalable and distributed virtual control plane has a physical host server adapted to host a plurality of virtual machines (VMs), each VM providing a control plane for a particular protocol, and a network connecting the switch to the server. In addition, the plurality of VMs are adapted to receive the second packet, retrieve information about the first packet, handle processing of the first packet using the information to obtain forwarding information, encapsulate the first packet into a third packet including the forwarding information, and forward the third packet according to the forwarding information. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280828 | FEATURE LICENSE-RELATED REPAIR/REPLACEMENT PROCESSES AND CREDIT HANDLING - A system and method for issuing a license for a device through a license server is provided. A server receives identification information for a device that communicates to the server if a first license binding identity and/or a first display identity has changed. A previous license for the device is revoked and a previous license credit is returned to a user's credit pool if the first license binding identity and/or the first display identity has changed. A license request is received, which includes a second license binding identity identifying the device. If the second license binding identity is the same as the first license binding identity, the previous license for the device is issued. If the second license binding identity is not the same as the first license binding identity, a new license for the device is issued and a new license credit is deducted from the user's credit pool. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280829 | DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD FOR DYNAMIC TRAFFIC MIRRORING - A function is provided in a network system for the dynamic mirroring of network traffic for a variety of purposes including the identification of characteristics of the traffic. Multiple criteria are established for when, what and where to mirror the traffic. The criteria include what frames of traffic to mirror, what portions of the selected frames to mirror, one or more portals through which to mirror the selected frames, a destination for the mirroring and the establishment of a mirror in a device to carry out the mirroring. The criteria may also include when to stop the mirroring. The mirroring instructions can be changed based on the detection of a triggering event, such as authentication, device type or status, ownership of an attached function attached to the device, flow status, but not limited to that. The function may be established in one or more devices of the network. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280830 | ORCHESTRATING MOBILE DATA NETWORKS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a request for a service from a requestor, an determining at least a first network element and at least a second network element required to satisfy the request from among a plurality of network elements. The method further includes triggering a coordinating of a work flow between the first network element and the second network element responsive to the request. The method still further includes translating communication messages exchanged between the first network element and the second network element from a first communication protocol format and a second communication protocol format. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280831 | SAMPLE DRIVEN VISUAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Methods and system for sample-driven visual programming system. A Parser Utility and a Trigger Utility are provided. The Parser is defined based on a sample output from a device in real time, and data are parsed into a set of variables. The Trigger Utility visually displays the set of variables and automatically encodes a set of logic loops to analyze the data. A network engineer is therefore liberated from writing scripts for network data analysis. A system is provided to run in debugging mode for visually debugging the automatically generated programs. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280832 | System and Method of Updating Modules for Application or Content Identification - Expertise, for performing classification of a type of network traffic, can be encapsulated in a module. A set of modules, as currently available to a traffic controller, can be referred to as a collection. An improved process, for updating a collection of modules, is presented. A traffic controller can have two or more locations, each storing a module collection. While an old collection remains active, a new collection can be loaded. Once the new collection is loaded, transitioning can be undertaken, on a session-by-session basis that keeps a traffic controller active, from the old collection to the new collection. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280833 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY MANAGING NETWORK CHANGES - Methods and system for managing network changes. A network change cycle is divided into a multi-stage cascade of events. User interfaces are provided to define and manage each stage of events. Before a change is executed, a network state is benchmarked. Change results are saved into various data folders for comparison. Rollback utilities are provided to rollback the change to a particular event in a timeline. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280834 | PROGRAMMABLE MANAGEMENT ENGINE FOR NETWORKS - A network node may contain a virtual software-defined networking (SDN) switch and a local a management engine (e.g., a software application) for generating performance metrics based on received management plane traffic. Specifically, the virtual SDN switch may identify and forward received management plane traffic to the local management engine. In turn, the management engine evaluates the management plane traffic to generate performance metrics without forwarding the management plane packets to the remote SDN controller. The management engine may compare the metrics to one or more thresholds to determine the current state or health of the data paths in a network. If a threshold is exceeded, the management engine may transmit an alert to the virtual SDN switch to perform a corrective action—e.g., using a backup data path after the primary data path fails. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280835 | EXTENDING ROUTING RULES FROM EXTERNAL SERVICES - Techniques are disclosed to extend routing rules from external services. A request is received to modify a specified rule in a network element of a network. The specified rule governs disposition of a network flow specific to an application. The request is received via a communications channel configured to expose an application programming interface (API) to the application. The request is interpreted at a network abstraction layer of the network element. The request is converted into a command at a service implementation layer of the network element. The command is executed to modify the specified rule in the network element, responsive to the request. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280836 | WORKLOAD BASED SERVICE CHAIN INSERTION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for workload based service chain insertion in a network environment is provided and includes partitioning a service-path into fragments at a service controller, where the service-path comprises an ordered sequence of services to be provided to a packet associated with a workload in a network. The method also includes determining a location of service nodes providing the services; and provisioning the fragments at interfaces at a distributed virtual switch. The method could further include generating a plurality of service insertion points corresponding to the fragments at a service dispatcher. The service dispatcher can include a plurality of data plane components, and the service insertion points are generated at the data plane components. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280837 | DYNAMIC SCALABLE BASEBOARD MANAGEMENT CONTROLLER STACKS ON SINGLE HARDWARE STRUCTURE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure are directed to a baseboard management controller (BMC) managing a computer system including N computer nodes and N is an integer greater than 1. The BMC has: (a) a processor, (b) a first communication interface controller, (c) a memory. The memory stores a firmware, and the firmware is executed by a processor of the BMC. The firmware, when executed by the processor, is configured to (a) dynamically obtain the value of N, and (b) initiate N virtual BMC stacks each managing at least one health or performance related aspect of a respective one of the N computer nodes. The first and second virtual BMC stacks of the N virtual BMC stacks communicate, through the first communication interface controller, with the first and second computer nodes of the N computer nodes, respectively. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280838 | APPLICATION HINTS FOR NETWORK ACTION - A user application may provide a hint which may be used by a compute device to select a tag to be inserted into the packets generated by the user application. Upon some event, the application transmits a hint associated with a network flow generated by the user application to a stack associated with the computing device. One of the layers of the stack—e.g., the operating system in the computing device—may include a hint database that contains rules for selecting tags using a received hint as input. The layer may then insert the tag into one or more packets of the network flow. When processing the packet, network devices in the SDN enabled network recognize the tag and perform an action corresponding to the tag. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280839 | IDENTIFYING NETWORK FLOWS UNDER NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION - The present disclosure relates generally to the field of identifying network flows (e.g., IP flows) under network address translation. In various examples, identifying network flows (e.g., IP flows) under network address translation may be implemented in the form of methods and/or algorithms. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280840 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING A UNIVERSAL PERSISTENCE CLOUD SERVICE - Methods, systems, and computer program products that relate to managing persistence information of client devices for services registered with a persistence cloud service. A method from the perspective of a computing device associated with a registered service may include receiving, from a client device, a device identifier that identifies the client device to the registered service. The method further may include requesting, from a persistence cloud server associated with the persistence cloud service, persistence information associated with the device identifier. The method may also include receiving the persistence information, determining a level of service to provide to the client device based on the persistence information, and providing the level of service to the client device. The computing device may, for example, be a server associated with the registered service, or may, for example, be a router. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280841 | SCALABLE DISTRIBUTED CONTROL PLANE FOR NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEMS - Various aspects relate to processing a first networking packet within a networking system. In one embodiment, a first networking packet is received and classified to produce a packet classification. A second networking packet is generated based on the first networking packet, and forwarded. The second networking packet is received using a physical host server, where the physical host server is adapted to host a plurality of virtual machines (VMs), each VM being configured to provide a control plane for a particular protocol. The second networking packet is received and decapsulated using a VM hosted by the physical host server to retrieve information about the first networking packet. Using the VM, the first networking packet is processed using the information about the first networking packet to obtain forwarding information. Using the VM, the first networking packet is encapsulated into a third networking packet comprising the forwarding information; and forwarded. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280842 | METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY ENABLING AND DISABLING HARDWARE FEATURES - In one embodiment, a method includes defining a hardware feature policy for one or more hardware components of a system; and enabling and/or disabling one or more hardware features of one or more of the hardware components based on the hardware feature policy, where the hardware feature policy comprises instructions to enable and/or disable access to the one or more hardware features based on one or more criteria selected from the group consisting of: a feature access schedule; a volume feature access group; a job feature access group; and an user feature access group. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280843 | PUSH SIGNALING TO RUN JOBS ON AVAILABLE SERVERS - Embodiments are directed towards push signaling to run jobs on available servers. Users may provide jobs or job instructions to a job control node. Job control node may determine one or more available job target nodes from among a plurality of managed nodes associated with the job control node. The job target nodes may be determined based on information included in the provided job instructions. If there are available job target nodes, the job control node may provide the job instructions to each available job target node. Further, the job control node may receive communications from one or more available job target nodes that indicates that the job target node is prepared and ready to execute the received job instructions. Next, the job control node may issue a job start command that triggers the prepared job target nodes to begin executing the provided job instructions. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280844 | FAST VIRTUAL MEDIA KVM SYSTEM - A keyboard-mouse-video (KVM) system. The system includes a KVM switch having a first controller; a ROC unit having a second controller; and a cable which connects the ROC unit to the KVM switch, the cable having four pairs of wires. The first controller is configured to transmit and the second controller is configured to receive an Ethernet signal using a first pair of wires. The second controller is configured to transmit and the first controller is configured to receive a serial signal using a second pair of wires. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280845 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REGISTERING SOFTWARE SYSTEMS IN DATA-SHARING SESSIONS - A method for registering software systems in data-sharing sessions is provided. A set of data-sharing session definitions are stored in storage of a computer system, each of said data-sharing session definitions identifying a set of software system types permitted to participate in data-sharing sessions governed by the data-sharing session definition. A participant registration request is received from a first software system. A priority value is determined, via the computer system for the participant registration request, for each of a first subset of the data-sharing session definitions. The first software system is registered in one of the data-sharing sessions governed by one of the data-sharing session definitions selected at least partially based on the priority values. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280846 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ABSTRACTING NETWORK POLICY FROM PHYSICAL INTERFACES AND CREATING PORTABLE NETWORK POLICY - A method and apparatus of a device that determines a network policy for an attached device based on one or more characteristics of the attached device is described. In one example, a network element detects a device on a port coupled to a link connecting the network element and the device. In response to the detecting of the device on the port, the network element further determines a device configuration signature from the device, where the device configuration signature based on a configuration of the device. The network element additionally determines a port-based network policy based on the device configuration signature. The network element applies the port-based network policy to the port, wherein the network element applies the port-based network policy to process network data communicated through the port. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280847 | BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT BASED ON PROFILES - Bandwidth management based on profiles is provided. A requesting user using a user device may submit a request concerning access to an application or media file hosted or provided by a content provider. A profile associated with the requested application or media file may be accessed. Such a profile provides information regarding consumption of bandwidth throughout a time period of usage associated with the requested application or media file. Bandwidth requirements associated with the request may be determined based on the profile information, and bandwidth consumption by the user device may be managed based on the bandwidth requirements determined for the requested application or media file and available network bandwidth. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280848 | CLOUD SERVICE BUS AND CLOUD SERVICES BROKERAGE PLATFORM COMPRISING SAME - A cloud service integration structure of a cloud services brokering platform comprises a workflow engine and plurality of provisioning adapters. The workflow engine is configured to support workflow definitions for cloud services of various types and for cloud service providers each offering one or more of the cloud services. The plurality of provisioning adapters are each configured for integrating with one or more of the cloud service providers to enable tasks required for provisioning of the cloud services to be performed therewith. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280849 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-TENANT GENERIC TOP LEVEL DOMAIN DEPLOYMENT - A computer implemented method of providing registry services is disclosed. The method includes identifying one or more top level domains to be serviced; creating, by a processor, a TLD group for the one or more top level domains, wherein top level domains in the TLD group share at least one characteristic; provisioning the one or more top level domains; and registering the one or more top level domains with the TLD group. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280850 | Collaborative State Machine Management - An engine within a system capable of instantiating a state machine used to monitor an associated legacy device. The engine can instantiate state machine variables related to desired characteristics and derive values for the variables based on an analog signal received from the legacy device. In order to cause the state machine to transition to a new state, the engine must obtain information from a different engine to complete the necessary transition criteria. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280851 | COMPLEX SYSTEM FUNCTION STATUS DIAGNOSIS AND PRESENTATION - Status of complex system functions is diagnosed and reported by analyzing traffic on a data network of the complex system. The network traffic may be placed on the data network by systems that perform functions for the complex system. A user may make a view selection via a remote user interface. The view selection identifies rules for determining a status of a selected subset of the functions or a status of selected ones of the functions for a selected state of operation, such as during initial power-up. The status of the functions may be determined from the network traffic using the rules and presented to the user via the user interface. The user may interact with the presentation to make different view selections. Multiple different view selections made via multiple different user interfaces may be supported simultaneously. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280852 | EVENT QUEUING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A REST-based event distribution system is described, with particular applicability to the distribution of distributed filesystem notifications over a high-latency best-effort network such as the Internet. In one embodiment, event channels are mapped to URL spaces and created and distributed through the use of HTTP POST and GET requests. The system is optimized for short polling by clients; an event history is maintained to buffer messages and maintain the idempotence of requests. In another embodiment, the events are registered as a SIP event pack allowing for the distribution of filesystem events. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280853 | Mobile Broadband Device and Method for Processing Mobile Broadband Service of the Mobile Broadband Device - A mobile broadband device and a method for processing a mobile broadband service of the mobile broadband device. The mobile broadband device includes a Web application module and a Web server module. The Web application module is configured to provide a management interface of the mobile broadband device, receive a command input by a user, and generate a device management request message complying with a Web management interface. The Web server module is configured to parse the device management request message, and make a response. With this architecture, the mobile broadband device can adapt to the requirement of a user better and faster. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280854 | System for Managing Service Interactions - A system is described for managing service interactions in a combined service. The system comprises a first service delivery means for providing a first service, a second service delivery means for providing a second service, a combined service delivery means for providing a combined service capable of associating the first service to one of the second service. The combined service is implemented using a combined state model, which comprises a predetermined number of combined states formed on the basis of the states of the first and the second service and armed detection points for detecting predetermined transitions between the combined states. The combined service delivery means further comprises a combined state manager adapted to transmit a control signal to the first and/or the second service delivery means for inducing a predetermined state transition in the respective first and/or the second service in response to the activation of an armed detection point. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280855 | GENERIC SNMP INFORMATION COLLECTION - The present invention provides a technique to define objects and object instances in a dynamically modifiable table within the confines of a management information base definition. With the invention, new objects and object instances may be added to the table without changing the management information base definition at a managed device or network management system. The managed device can change the table, yet allow the network management system to access the table using an associated object identifier. The network management system can systematically step through the various objects or object instances, which may correspond to rows and columns of the table, to detect additions or modifications to the table. The various objects and object instances in the table may be individually accessed, once identified, using a unique object identifier. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280856 | ENFORCING CONTEXT MODEL BASED SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE POLICIES AND POLICY ENGINE - Instance documents related to policy enforcement are gathered according to a business requirement. The instance documents are instantiated from corresponding schema documents. An instantiated context model, including references to the gathered instance documents, is generated from a context model definition. A policy set to be enforced using the instantiated context model is generated according to the gathered instance documents. An enforcement sequence of policies in the policy set is determined. The policies are applied to the instantiated context model according to the enforcement sequence. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280857 | Method, Network Adapter, Host System, and Network Device for Implementing Network Adapter Offload Function - A method, a network adapter, a host system, and a network device for implementing a network adapter offload function. If a data packet received by the network adapter or the host system is a data packet unknown to the network adapter, the data packet unknown to the network adapter is parsed, a new policy entry is generated, and the new policy entry is updated into the host policy table and the network adapter policy table. Therefore, for a packet that includes a new proprietary or standard protocol header Tag, only a functional module that parses the packet needs to be updated, so that the functional module is capable of processing such a packet and delivering a new policy entry to the host policy table and the network adapter policy table and the network adapter does not need to be changed. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280858 | METHOD FOR ADDRESSING MANAGEMENT OBJECT IN MANAGEMENT TREE AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method for addressing a management object in a management tree of a device management (DM) client and an associated DM system are disclosed to solve the issues encountered in the relative universal resource identifier (URI) addressing of the OMA DM protocol. The method comprises receiving a relative URI including a first part from a DM server, and identifying a root node of the management object according to the first part. The first part comprises a URI parameter for specifying a root node of a sub-tree of the management tree for finding the management object, a management object identifier, and a plurality of attribute conditions for specifying values of a plurality of leaf nodes directly under the root node of the management object. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140280859 | SHARING CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK RESOURCES DOWNLOAD INFORMATION - A system and method to control sharing network resources download information may include a microblog sharing interface server, a sharing resources database, and a transfer server. A network resource may be received and a corresponding unique identifier may be obtained by the microblog sharing interface server. A download link entry address may be generated and posted to a microblog. The unique identifier of the network resource may be stored in the sharing resources database. The transfer server allow downloading the network resource based on corresponding download control conditions obtained from the sharing resources database using the unique identifier in the download link entry address. The source download link address of the network resource may be obtained based on the unique identifier if downloading is allowed and the source download link address sent to the client. Thus risks associated with transmission of the network resource download information may be effectively controlled. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140289384 | Filtering notifications from a third party application to a user of a social networking system based on an action of the user - A method for filtering a notification being provided from an application to a user of a social networking system based on an action of the user is described. The method starts by receiving the notification from the application to the user. If the notification is a first notification sent from the application to the user, the notification is displayed to the user with (i) a prompting message that includes a selectable opt in image, and (ii) a selectable opt out image. The prompting message includes a request to opt in to receiving notifications from the application. If the notification is not the first notification sent from the application to the user, the method determines whether to display the notification to the user by determining whether the user previously opted in to notifications from the application and whether click-through rate (CTR) of notifications from the application is greater than CTR threshold. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140289385 | MANAGING ACTIONS OF A NETWORK DEVICE THROUGH A MANUAL INFORMATION INPUT MODULE - A method and device for allowing users to manage policy(s) of the device through a manual information input module. The manual information input module is a physical interface which allows manipulation of the policy(s). The manual information input may include, but not limited to, a button a knob, a display panel, etc. Policy(s) are assigned to the manual information input module and the assigned policy(s) are executed by interacting with the manual information input module. The policy(s) of the device are stored in the computer readable storage medium and the policy(s) associated with the manual information input module are retrieved by the processor of the device from the computer readable storage medium of the device in order to execute the policy(s). | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140289386 | ELECTRONIC ARRANGEMENT AND RELATED METHOD FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Electronic arrangement for managing system resources based on user perception includes a processing entity, a memory entity, and a data transfer entity, the arrangement being configured to transmit data identifying a recurring online survey including a number of questions regarding the managed resources to a plurality of respondents each of which being associated with at least one terminal device reachable via the communications network. The arrangement customizes the survey to each respondent relative to at least one question through indication of previous answer by the user to the same question already answered in a previous round of the survey to enable the respondent to recall the previous answer and scale the current answer consistently, receive data indicative of answers to the survey questions provided by the plurality of respondents via the associated terminal devices, determine on the basis of the indicated answers a number of representative respondents from the plurality. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140289387 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCALLY MANAGING NETWORK APPLIANCES IN A CLOSED AREA NETWORK VIA A GATEWAY DEVICE - A system, medium and method of managing, via a gateway device, to wirelessly communicate with a plurality of network appliances in a closed local area network is disclosed. A data message is received from a first network appliance configured to communicate data in association with a first application profile. The first application profile is retrieved from a locally stored application profile database upon being identified. A database is accessed at the gateway device containing policy information of the first network appliance and evaluated for one or more policy parameters. A first instruction command is generated at the gateway device based on the accessed policy information, wherein the instruction command conforms with the first application profile to instruct the first network appliance to perform a specified action. The instruction command is wirelessly transmitted from the gateway device to the first network appliance to cause it to perform a specified action. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140289388 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCALLY OPTIMIZED MANAGING OF NETWORK APPLIANCES IN A CLOSED AREA NETWORK - A system and method for generating an optimized operating schedule for a plurality of heterogeneous wireless network appliances managed by a gateway device in a closed area network is disclosed. An amount of energy consumed by each network appliance as well as preassigned operational priority values assigned to each network appliance per time slot over the designated time period is considered. A plurality of proposed operation schedules are iteratively generated, wherein each proposed operation schedule selectively assigns the network appliances to operate at various time slots based on their assigned operational priority values. An optimized schedule is selected which has a determined lowest aggregated total utility cost and a greatest aggregated operations value for the network appliances in the subset. The selected optimized schedule is then implemented by the gateway device to manage operation of the network appliances in the closed area network. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140297821 | SYSTEM AND METHOD PROVIDING LEARNING CORRELATION OF EVENT DATA - Systems, methods, architectures and/or apparatus for implementing an event correlation function in which a correlation window (CW) utilized therefor is dynamically adapted in response to changes in average correlation distance (CD) as indicated by unambiguous event pair occurrences. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297822 | CONTEXT-AWARE MANAGEMENT OF APPLICATIONS AT THE EDGE OF A NETWORK - A method, system and computer program for operating and managing data and application services at an edge of a network. An example method includes executing an application on an edge node. The edge node provides services to mobile device end users on the edge of a network. The method may include identifying an operating context for executing an application on an edge node. A management step manages the operation and lifecycle of the application on the edge node in response to the identified operating context. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297823 | CLOUD BASED VIRTUAL MOBILE DEVICE - Systems and techniques for a cloud based virtual mobile device are described herein. A virtual mobile device may be initialized to correspond to a physical mobile device. The virtual mobile device may include a representation of a physical mobile device operating environment. A service request for the physical mobile device operating environment may be received. The service request may be fulfilled using the representation of the physical mobile device operating environment. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297824 | PROVIDING AN ENTERPRISE APPLICATION STORE - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for providing an application store are presented. In some embodiments, a request for updated policy information for at least one application may be received at an application store from a policy agent. Based on receiving the request, it may be determined, at the application store, whether one or more policies for the at least one application have been updated. Based on determining that the one or more policies for the at least one application have been updated, at least one policy update may be provided to the policy agent. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297825 | DATA MANAGEMENT FOR AN APPLICATION WITH MULTIPLE OPERATION MODES - A method and system for managing an application with multiple modes are described. A device manager that manages a mobile device may monitor the mobile device. The device manager may detect that a first type of application that runs in a managed mode (or in multiple managed modes) and an unmanaged mode is installed on the mobile device. When the application is executed on the device, the application executes in accordance with the selected application mode, e.g., based on location, user, role, industry presence, or other predefined context. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297826 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BIG DATA AGGREGATION IN SENSOR NETWORK - A system for big data aggregation in a sensor network is provided, and the system includes a sensor network which comprises two or more sensor nodes connected to each other over a wired/wireless network and is configured to transfer sensor data generated by each of the two or more sensor nodes to a big data management unit by setting a destination address in the sensor data as an address of a big data management unit; and the big data management unit configured to distribute and dispersedly store the sensor data based on the set destination address of the sensor data. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297827 | COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM, VERIFICATION METHOD, AND VERIFICATION DEVICE - On the basis of a possible value of a variable that is specified by a conditional sentence extracted from a script that is used for the first system configuration and on the basis of a possible value of an item in configuration information on the first system configuration, a verification device creates a first association relationship that indicates the relationship between the variable and the item. On the basis of a possible value of a variable that is specified by a conditional sentence extracted from a script that is used for a second system configuration and on the basis of a possible value of an item in configuration information on the second system configuration, the verification device creates a second association relationship between the variable and the item. The verification device extracts a difference between the first association relationship and the second association relationship. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297828 | VISUALIZATION FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE IP ADDRESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Visualization for managing multiple IP address management systems is provided. In some embodiments, visualization for managing multiple IP address management systems for an IP address management manager system includes communicating with a plurality of IP address management systems to determine IP address management information managed by each of the IP address management systems; and generating a graphical visualization of an IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems based on the IP address management information managed by each of the IP address management systems, in which the graphical visualization of the IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems indicates any gaps or overlaps in the IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297829 | Server Apparatus Program, Server Apparatus, and Communication Apparatus Program - A server apparatus performs a remote conference by a plurality of communication apparatuses. When a recording start instruction is acquired from any one of the communication apparatuses, the server apparatus specifies, based on layout information of the communication apparatuses, a display area in which layouts of two or more image information are corresponding to each other between two or more of the communication apparatuses. The server apparatus combines two or more image data corresponding respectively to the two or more image information included in the specified display area and generates one first kind record data. The first kind record data includes the two or more image information which are arranged in the layout of the two or more image information included in the specified display area. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140297830 | Cloud Service Control and Management Architecture Expanded to Interface the Network Stratum - Disclosed is a method comprising: transmitting, by a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, a resource query to a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, wherein the resource query comprises a source address, a destination address list, and a network resource requirement. Also disclosed is a method comprising: receiving, by a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, a resource query from a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, wherein the resource query comprises source address, a destination address list, and a network resource requirement. Also disclosed is a method comprising: receiving, by a network control gateway (NCG) positioned in a network stratum, a resource reservation request from a cloud service control gateway (CSCG) positioned in an application stratum, wherein the resource reservation request comprises a destination address list and a first network resource requirement. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140304383 | Method for Clustering Devices in Machine-to-Machine Networks to Minimize Collisions - Nodes in a network are clustered by first determining, in each node, a cluster head capability (CHC). The CHC is broadcasting, directly or indirectly, until all nodes have received the CHCs. Each node nominates, one or more candidate cluster heads based on the CHCs, and then, in each node, at least one cluster head is selected from the candidate cluster head nodes based on maximal CHCs. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140304384 | UPLOADING LARGE CONTENT ITEMS - Disclosed are systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for uploading a content item to a content management system in fixed size data blocks. A client device can split a content item into fixed size data blocks and create a unique identifier for each of the fixed size data blocks. The unique identifiers can be and transmitted to the content management system to determine which fixed size data blocks are already stored on the content management system. The client device can create a unique identifier for a fixed size data block by using at least a portion of the fixed size data block as input in a hashing algorithm. The resulting hash output can be the unique identifier. The content management system can search for the unique identifiers in a content item index that lists the unique identifier for each fixed size data block stored on the content management system. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140304385 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTERWORKING SERVICE IN HOME NETWORK - A method provides an interworking service in a home network. In view of the above, the present invention provides a method for providing an interworking service in a home network, in which servers and adaptors existing in a home network can identify with each other and servers or adaptors are not doubly connected to a device. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140304386 | ROUTING CLIENT REQUESTS - Methods and systems for routing client requests are provided. According to one embodiment, a request handling server facilitates servicing of client requests for content published by a content publisher. A Domain Name System (DNS) service and a web service are provided by the request handling server. A rule for managing services provided by the request handling server to the content publisher is obtained by the request handling server. One or both of the DNS service and the web service are enabled by the request handling server for the content publisher based on the rule. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140304387 | MULTI-TENANT MIDDLEWARE CLOUD SERVICE TECHNOLOGY - A system that includes multiple hosts, each running a plurality of virtual machines. The system may be, for example, a cloud computing environment in which there are services and a service coordination system that communicates with the hosts and with the services. The services include a middleware management service that is configured to maintain per-tenant middleware policy for each of multiple tenants. The middleware management service causes the middleware policy to be applied to network traffic by directing network traffic to a middleware enforcement mechanism. This middleware policy is per-tenant in that it depends on an identity of a tenant. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140304388 | SITE AND CHANNEL MANAGEMENT TO ACHIEVE CONTENT REPURPOSING - Systems and methods for managing content items of the type used in Web sites. In accordance with the disclosure, site objects, channel objects and content objects are associated with each other to form a hierarchical site structure. The content objects are linked to corresponding content items in a content repository, and are grouped together by association with channel objects in the site structure. Each of the objects in the site structure has an associated set of content services and can be deployed individually or in combination, while maintaining references to the related objects in the hierarchical site structure. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140310389 | Automatically constructing protection scope in a virtual infrastructure - An automated technique for constructing and updating protection scope is described. Preferably, the protection scope is MAC-address based. According to this technique, one or more packet processing units (PPUs) execute a MAC address learning algorithm to gather a list of MAC addresses. Packet processing units typically are one of: a kernel module residing on the hypervisor, a virtual appliance running a packet processing engine, and a software agent running on a virtual machine and that processes packet flows between and among associated virtual machines. Each of the one or more PPUs is provisioned to collect a set of MAC addresses; the PPUs exchange their lists, and the lists are then merged into a merged list from which a current protection scope is then generated. Each entry in the protection scope preferably contains information indicating which PPU is available to protect the MAC address associated with that entry. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140310390 | ASYMMETRIC PACKET FLOW IN A DISTRIBUTED LOAD BALANCER - A distributed load balancer in which a router receives packets from at least one client and routes packet flows to multiple ingress servers. For unknown packet flows, an ingress server cooperates with primary and secondary flow trackers to establish connections to server nodes. For known packet flows, the ingress server sends the packets to target server nodes. The server nodes randomly select egress servers for outgoing packets of the packet flows. The ingress servers, flow trackers, and egress servers are implemented by multiple load balancer nodes in a load balancer node layer. The ingress and egress servers for a given packet flow may be on different load balancer nodes. The load balancer nodes may use a consistent hash function to compute a consistent hash ring for the nodes according to packet flow client/public endpoint pairs so that nodes associated with given packet flows can be located. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140310391 | MULTIPATH ROUTING IN A DISTRIBUTED LOAD BALANCER - A distributed load balancer in which a router receives packets from at least one client and routes packet flows to multiple load balancer nodes. The router exposes a public IP address and the load balancer nodes all advertise the same public IP address to the router. The router may implement a per-flow hashed multipath routing technique, for example an equal-cost multipath (ECMP) routing technique, to distribute the flows across the load balancer nodes. Thus, the multiple load balancer nodes may service a single public endpoint. The load balancer nodes may advertise to the router according to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Rather than advertising itself, however, a load balancer node may be advertised to the router by one or more neighbor load balancer nodes; the neighbor nodes may terminate the BGP sessions with the router in response to determining that the load balancer node has failed. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140310392 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING COMPOSITE WEB TRANSACTIONS - Methods and algorithms, and one of their embodiments as an intelligent network proxy, capable of non-intrusively detecting, classifying, processing, analyzing, performing chronographic functions on, measuring responses and timing related data of, measuring behaviors and real-user quality-of-experience (QoE) and events of, and actively optimizing the performance and QoE of composite web transactions between a mobile device and a host at protocol-speed are described. With the algorithms and the proxy, a composite web transaction between a client device and a host (e.g., a datacenter) servicing the client device is detected and reconstructed inline and in real-time from the transaction's constituent primary sub-transaction and secondary sub-transactions, in which the primary sub-transaction is the initial, host-bound and workload-inducing web requests and responses, while the secondary sub-transactions are the client-side related processing of sub-resources accessible from additional web- and internet-addressable hosts, with the sub-resources and their processing determined by the primary sub-transaction response. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140310393 | Virtual Network and Management Method of Virtual Network - There is a need to generate a virtual network across multiple physical networks without the need for users to understand information about the respective physical networks. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140317255 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST NETWORK DISCOVERY UPDATING AND SYNCHRONIZATION USING DYNAMIC HASHES AND HASH FUNCTION VALUES AGGREGATED AT MULTIPLE LEVELS - Embodiments disclosed herein provide systems and methods for hash based management of a communication network. In a particular embodiment, a method provides receiving a plurality of hashes for a plurality of network elements, wherein each hash of the plurality of hashes represents at least one attribute associated with at least one network element of the plurality of network elements and the plurality of hashes includes a first hash for a first network element of the plurality of network elements. After receiving the plurality of hashes, the method provides receiving a second hash for the first network element and determining whether the second hash matches the first hash. In response to determining that the second hash does not match the first hash, the method provides determining at least one attribute associated with the first network element. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317256 | Loop and Outage Avoidance in Software Defined Network - A controller, e.g., a software-defined network (SDN) controller, stores data representing a topology of a network that includes a plurality of network elements. A move is detected of a host between network elements in the network and a destination network element to which the host has moved is determined. The destination network element is designated as a root of a tree in the network. A topology for the tree is generated using the destination network element as the root of the tree. Following the topology of the tree, starting with the root, parent network elements in the tree are updated for a traffic flow for the host before child network elements are updated. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317257 | RISK MITIGATION IN DATA CENTER NETWORKS - A method employing resource orchestration algorithms may find a fewest number of working data centers (DCs) to guarantee K-connect survivability using an overlay network representing a physical optical network. The overlay network may not include certain topological features of the physical optical network. A risk-based algorithm may result in fewer working DCs for K-connect survivability. A delay-based algorithm may be more suitable for delay-sensitive cloud applications. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317258 | Automated Topology Discovery and Management for Electric Meters - A method for automated topology discovery and management of meter nodes in a power grid is described. In the discovery mode any of the meter nodes is able to act as a proxy for a data concentrator to sort out the topology, and to determine the best path for communicating between a concentrator and each of the meter nodes. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317259 | ADVERTISEMENT OF ADJACENCY SEGMENT IDENTIFIERS - Various techniques can be used to advertise adjacency segment identifiers (IDs) within a segment routing (SR) network. For example, a method, performed by a first node, can involve identifying an adjacency segment between a first node and a second node; assigning an identifier to the adjacency segment; and sending an Intermediate-System-to-Intermediate-System (IS-IS) hello (IIH) message to another node. The adjacency advertisement includes the identifier. If the adjacency segment is part of a LAN, the IIH message can be sent to a designated node that aggregates adjacency segment ID advertisements for the other nodes on the LAN. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317260 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CLOUD VIRTUAL BASE STATION - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for managing a cloud virtual base station system. The present invention includes setting initial resources and driving or downloading an execution file or environment file of the cloud virtual base station system and monitoring or managing a state for a failure, radio resources, or the execution file or the environment file of the cloud virtual base station system. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317261 | DEFINING INTERDEPENDENT VIRTUALIZED NETWORK FUNCTIONS FOR SERVICE LEVEL ORCHESTRATION - In one embodiment, a method comprises identifying, by an orchestrator executed by a physical machine, a plurality of virtualized network functions required for implementation of a virtualized network service for a customer, each virtualized network function having a corresponding and distinct virtualized container specifying attributes for defining execution of the corresponding virtualized network function within one or more physical machines; and setting by the orchestrator an interdependency indicator within each virtualized container based on association with the virtualized network service, enabling identification of each of the virtualized network functions as interdependent for coordinated execution of the virtualized network service. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140317262 | Method, Device and System for Detecting a Quality of Service Problem - A method for locating a quality of service problem implemented on a terminal during a multi-media session between two terminals over a communication network., which includes at least one media gateway that is able to retransmit media data packets without particular processing according to a “router mode” of management. The terminals obtain a first quality of service data item relating to the multi-media session. Following a change in the mode of management to a “relay mode” in which the multi-media session initially established between the terminals is split into two separate multi-media sessions, it includes: obtaining of a second quality of service data item relating to one of the two multi-media sessions established following the change in the mode of management of the media gateway; comparing the first and second quality of service data items; and locating the quality of service problem depending on the result of the comparison. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140325045 | METHOD, SERVER, AND SYSTEM FOR DIRECTING NETWORK TRAFFIC - A server, intermediation server, system and a method for directing network traffic are provided. The name server and intermediation server each include a network interface configured to communicate with a network, a memory configured to store the profile record a processor in communication with the memory and the network interface. The name server is for returning an assigned query result to a originating computing device when a destination identifier is associated with the profile record. The intermediation server is for perform a routing operation based on the request. The system includes an originating computing device a name server and an intermediation server all connected to a network. The method involves receiving a profile record and destination identifier, determining an association of the between the profile record and identifier, and returning with an assigned query result or a default query result. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325046 | REMOTE MACHINE MANAGEMENT - Various systems and techniques for remote machine management are described. Simulated device input (SDI) may be received from a source machine at a device driver module of a target machine, the source machine is remote from the target machine. The SDI may correspond to a local target input device serviced by the device driver module. The SDI may be provided to a consumer of the device driver module. A representation of a local target machine graphical display may be transmitted to the source machine including a response to the provided SDI. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325047 | COMPOUND CERTIFICATIONS FOR ASSURANCE WITHOUT REVEALING INFRASTRUCTURE - Technologies are presented for providing compound certificates via a certificate intermediary. In some examples, a certificate intermediary may generate a compound certificate that captures the certified behavior of an application and its underlying sub-services without revealing the identities of the sub-services for providing to a customer. The certificate intermediary may receive individual certificates from a certification authority. In other examples, the certification authority may generate the compound certificate, or the certificate intermediary may act as the certification authority for at least a portion of the sub-services. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325048 | CLOUD SERVICES PLATFORM - Embodiments of the disclosed technology comprise a cloud-hosted central service platform that interfaces and enables access to both central and distributed resources and peripherals for connected mobile applications. For example, this platform allows service providers and application developers to create a large number of new classes of applications, leveraging web access to devices, sensors, and/or actuators of any kind. This platform can be applied to virtually any vertical segment. Any of the disclosed features or aspects of the disclosed embodiments can be used in various combinations and subcombinations with one another or with other methods, apparatus, and systems. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325049 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus acquires information about a service provided by another communication apparatus and identifies a service executable between the communication apparatus and the another communication apparatus based on the acquired information and a service executable by the communication apparatus. If a plurality of services is identified, the communication apparatus controls a port corresponding to each of the plurality of the identified services. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325050 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR A COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION RESOURCE MANAGER - Methods and systems are disclosed for managing the communications and information resources of a user. Identity information relating to the user is received. The user's preference for withholding an incoming communication is obtained. An entry is created in a message log for the withheld communication. The user is not notified of receipt of the withheld communication, yet receipt of the withheld communication is logged in the message log. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325051 | System and Method for Optimizing Maintenance of Geographically Distributed Processing Units - A system and method are provided for optimizing maintenance of a geographically distributed data processing system. The method comprises selecting a primary territory having associated operating hours, identifying maintenance hours that exclude the operating hours, and selecting a maintenance time within the available maintenance hours. The midpoint of the maintenance hours may be selected as the maintenance time, or activity distribution data may be analyzed to select a maintenance time corresponding to a low activity time. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140325052 | SERVICE MANAGEMENT ROLES OF PROCESSOR NODES IN DISTRIBUTED NODE SERVICE MANAGEMENT - A distributed node service management system utilizes multiple existing processor nodes of a distributed computing system, in support of the primary data processing functions of the distributed computing system. The distributed node service management system coordinates and manages service functions on behalf of processor nodes of the distributed computing system. Other features and aspects may be realized, depending upon the particular application. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140330951 | DIGITAL CONTENT CONNECTIVITY AND CONTROL VIA A PLURALITY OF CONTROLLERS THAT ARE TREATED DISCRIMINATIVELY - Methods, a system, and a computer readable medium for managing the separation and distribution of digital content and associated controls wherein the digital content in a network system includes receiving a request from any one of control devices, host server response to control device request (and output devices), host server may either non-discriminatively or discriminatively broadcast to any of the control devices, and control device handling responses throughout home network system. The methods, system, and computer readable medium include user experience optimized application types for (optimally) separating and distributing the associated control, digital content, and associated status information elements during active streaming sessions from the host server to the control devices and output devices within a home network system. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140330952 | Device Triggering - Service layer and application triggering may be used in a machine-to-machine environment. In an embodiment, an existing service layer procedure, such as registration, may allow a device or gateway service layer or application to indicate to a machine-to-machine server what port is listened to for triggers. In another embodiment, triggering may be used to provide bootstrapping instructions, including temporary bootstrapping identifiers, in trigger requests. In another embodiment, triggering may be used to assist with event notification. Service layer or application instructions may be embedded inside of trigger payloads. A trigger payload format is defined. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140330953 | ROBUST FILTERS FOR SOCIAL NETWORKING ENVIRONMENTS - Networking systems and methods according to exemplary embodiments of the present invention can provide robust filtering to enable users to customize their networking environments. A networking system can comprise a plurality of interfaces, a request unit, a management unit, and a filter unit. Each interface can include a plurality of displayable objects, each of which can represent some user of the networking system. The request unit can receive from a client a request for one of the interfaces. The management unit can manage filters, where each active filter hides one or more users from one or more other users. When an interface is requested by a client associated with a first user, the filter unit can apply the active filters to the requested interface to exclude displayable objects that represent users hidden from the first user by one or more active filters. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140330954 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING INFORMATION BASED ON SOCIAL PLATFORM - Method and device for processing information based on a social platform are disclosed. The method for processing information based on a social platform, comprising: acquiring, by a server, a request for characteristic data from a requester, wherein the request comprises identification information of the requester and/or identification information of a requested user; calculating, by the server, the characteristic data under a particular scenario in response to the request; transmitting, by the server, the calculated characteristic data to the requester or the requester. Through the methods and devices as disclosed, different social platform users may be able to communicate with each other in different virtual scenarios. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140337494 | TRANSFERRING SERVICES IN A NETWORKED ENVIRONMENT - The computer transitions services from a first user to a second user by receiving a notification of transition of job function from a first user to a second user. The computer determines, by one or more computer processors, services utilized by the first user in performance of the job function. The computer determines, by one or more computer processors, usage information for each of the services. The computer notifies the second user of the services utilized by the first user in performance of the job function and the determined usage information for each of the services. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337495 | WEB EVENT FRAMEWORK - Systems and methods are described for a web event framework. A computerized method includes receiving at a framework plugin an event from a web browser, wherein the framework plugin is coupled to the web browser, generating, by the framework plugin, a framework event based on the event, forwarding the framework event to a framework server coupled to the framework plugin, receiving at the framework server the framework event from the framework plugin, determining, at the framework server, a framework action based on the framework event and a framework policy, forwarding the framework action to the framework plugin, and executing the framework action by the framework plugin. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337496 | Embedded Management Controller for High-Density Servers - The described embodiments comprise an embedded management controller for managing a server on a sled device. The embedded management controller on the sled device comprises a processing mechanism; a plurality of internal interfaces coupled to the processing mechanism, each internal interface coupled to a corresponding interface of the server; and an external interface coupled to the processing mechanism, the external interface configured to be coupled to a system management controller separate from the sled device. In these embodiments, the processing mechanism is configured to communicate with the server using the internal interfaces, and is configured to selectively communicate information based on communications with the server to the system management controller using the external interface and commands to the server based on communications received from the system management controller using the external interface. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337497 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SUBNETTING A VIRTUAL NETWORK IDENTIFIER - A method and apparatus that determines a plurality of matching policies for a segment of a dynamic virtualized network is described. A device retrieves a virtual network identifier of the segment, where the virtual network identifier includes a plurality of bits and a plurality of subnets and each of the plurality of subnets is a different subset of the plurality of bits. In addition, the dynamic virtualized network is a virtualized layer 2 network that is overlaid on a layer 3 physical network, where the layer 3 physical network includes a plurality of network access devices, and the segment includes a plurality of endpoints. The device further determines the plurality of matching policies for the segment from the plurality of subnets of the virtual network identifier, where each of the plurality of subnets corresponds to one of the plurality of matching policies. The device additionally applies the plurality of matching policies to each network access device that corresponds to one of the plurality of matching endpoints. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337498 | Method and Apparatus For Operations Big Data Analysis and Real Time Reporting - Method and Apparatus for operations big data analysis and real time reporting are disclosed by analysis of all remote monitored data from diverse public and private data centers associated with a particular user; assessment of the analysis and linking it to the user applications; alerting user with one line message for high priority events; and additional business metrics and return on investment addition in the user configured parameters of the analytics. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337499 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND TERMINAL FOR CHANGING A MANAGEMENT OBJECT OF BROADCAST SERVICE GUIDE - A method, system and terminal for changing an MO of a broadcast service guide. The method for changing an management object (MO) of a broadcast service guide includes: installing an MO tree by a terminal upon receiving a service guide for which at least one management object has been formed from a broadcast server; changing by the terminal a corresponding MO upon receiving a change-requested parameter of the service guide MO from a DM server; and updating by the terminal a corresponding portion of the service guide based on the changed MO. When the subscriber terminal which has received the broadcast service has a problem or needs to be updated, the problem of the terminal can be remotely, quickly and easily solved by correcting the change-requested parameter of the MO of the service guide of the terminal side according to a request of the server or the terminal. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337500 | SECURE CLOUD FABRIC TO CONNECT SUBNETS IN DIFFERENT NETWORK DOMAINS - A secure virtual network platform connects two or more subnets in different or separate network domains. The secure virtual network can use the under layer physical networks in various domains as an IP forwarding fabric without changing any existing firewalls, security settings, or network topology. A first type of connection across the virtual network involves connecting server groups. A second type of connection across the virtual network involves connecting a server group to a physical network. A third type of connection across the virtual network involves connecting a physical network to another physical network. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337501 | INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, PACKETS AND PROCESSES UTILIZING PATH DIVERSITY FOR MEDIA OVER PACKET APPLICATIONS - In one form of the invention, a process of sending real-time information from a sender computer ( | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337502 | MANAGING NETWORKS AND MACHINES FOR AN ONLINE SERVICE - A cloud manager assists in deploying and managing networks for an online service. The cloud manager system receives requests to perform operations relating to configuring, updating and performing tasks in networks that are used in providing the online service. The management of the assets may comprise deploying machines, updating machines, removing machines, performing configuration changes on servers, Virtual Machines (VMs), as well as performing other tasks relating to the management. The cloud manager is configured to receive requests through an idempotent and asynchronous application programming interface (API) that can not rely on a reliable network. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140337503 | METHODS FOR ACQUIRING AN INTERNET USER'S CONSENT TO BE LOCATED - A method and system for acquiring an internet user's consent to be geographically located via at least two independent sources of geographical information, where at least one independent source of geographical information is the wireless location of the internet user's communication voice device. The method does not require any user intervention other than the user's interaction with an internet site via the internet user's internet browser. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140344429 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDLE DRIVEN SCHEDULING - A system and method of idle driven scheduling in a network device is disclosed. An interrupt signal is received from a timer, wherein a network processing component of a network device awakes from sleep mode of a first sleep duration for a first cycle upon receiving the interrupt signal. Load information of a computer processing unit in the network device for the first cycle is determined. A second sleep duration is selected for the network processing component in a second cycle based on the load information, wherein the second sleep duration is different from the first sleep duration. The timer is then instructed to send the interrupt signal to the network processing component at an expiration of the second sleep duration. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344430 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT OF DIGITAL SIGNAGE DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure are related to a signage device controller. In certain embodiments, the signage device controller has: (a) a processor, (b) a network interface controller, (c) a communication control point in accordance with a control protocol and (d) a memory containing firmware. The firmware is configured to, when executed at the processor, (a) be in communication with managed signage device through the communication control point, (b) receive, through the network interface controller, a management request in a communication protocol from a remote management system through an out-of-band network for instructing the firmware to perform a management operation at the managed signage device, and (c) construct a control command in accordance with the control protocol and send the control command to the managed signage device through the communication control point to instruct the managed signage device to perform the management operation. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344431 | BASEBOARD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - A baseboard management system suitable for use in a high density server system is provided. The baseboard management system comprises: a plurality of baseboard management controller (BMC) node respectively located on the servers; and, a main BMC coupled to a network and to the BMC nodes through a communication link for executing a management software; wherein each BMC node is connected with a corresponding host processor and with server board peripherals individually on a corresponding server; and wherein the main BMC in cooperation with the BMC nodes is used to manage the servers remotely. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344432 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes plural communication interfaces and an associating unit. The plural communication interfaces each communicate with any of plural networks. The associating unit associates terminal identification information regarding a terminal connected to any of the networks with any of the plural communication interfaces which communicates with the network to which the terminal is connected. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344433 | NETWORK DESIGN APPARATUS AND NETWORK DESIGN METHOD - A network design apparatus includes: a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory. The processor executes a process including: calculating an allocation pattern not requiring cancellation of a connection request from among a plurality of allocation candidates, when the connection request transmitted/received between nodes on a network is to be allocated to a slot that constructs a link on the network; determining a change procedure of the connection request in order to change an allocation pattern provided before the network is re-optimized to the allocation pattern calculated at the calculating; and outputting the allocation pattern calculated at the calculating as an allocation pattern after the network is re-optimized, along with the change procedure determined at the determining. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344434 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a receiver configured to receive an answer of a user to a question output from at least one device which has been uniquely identified on a network, and a device recognition part configured to recognize whether the user designates the device by comparing a correct answer to the question with the answer. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344435 | COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRIALS ONBOARDING - Disclosed are methods, apparatus, systems, and computer readable storage media for trials onboarding. A server may receive a request to generate a trial instance of an organization providing data and functionality for a period of time. Data on the request may also be stored. The trial instance may be selected from a template based on an access channel corresponding to the request. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344436 | Method and Apparatus to Securely Process Streams of Data of Storage Devices of Private Enterprise Clouds in Batch from the Public Cloud - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344437 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING A TRANSPARENT PROXY OF AN IOS SYSTEM - A method and a system for implementing a transparent proxy in an iOS system are disclosed. The method includes: sending a network request directed to a network server by a first module in the iOS system; intercepting the network request by a second module in the iOS system and forwarding the network request to a proxy server; receiving, by the second module, data content returned by the proxy server responding to the network request; and performing, by the second module, parsing processing on the data content and returning the processed data content to the first module. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140344438 | GENERIC AND AUTOMATIC ADDRESS CONFIGURATION FOR DATA CENTER NETWORKS - This application describes a system and method for auto configuring data center networks. The networks include a plurality of electronic devices that may include switches, servers, routers, or any other device that may be used in a data center network. Graph theory is applied to the arrangement of the network devices to determine if the intended design of the data network matches the actual implementation of the network. This may be achieved by resolving the blueprint graph with the physical graph to determine if they are isomorphic. Also, the isomorphic techniques may be used to detect miswirings in the network that do not cause a node degree change for any of the network components. | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140351396 | Hierarchical Network Managers - Some embodiments provide a network system that includes several host machines for hosting virtual machines, divided into several different domains. The network system includes several local domain management servers. A first local domain management server of a first domain is for (i) initiating creation of a set of distributed virtual switch ports associated with a particular logical network identifier on a host machine within its domain and (ii) attaching a first virtual machine on the host machine to a created port associated with the particular logical network identifier in order for the first virtual machine to send traffic over the logical network. The network system includes a second level management server for coordinating the use of logical network identifiers between multiple different logical domain management servers in order for the first virtual machine to communicate via the logical network with a second virtual machine in a second domain. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351397 | Method for Service Interface Encoding to Achieve Secure and Robust Network-to-Network Interface - A method includes receiving, by circuitry of a first core node a service request message from an edge node coupled with the first core node. The service request message includes information indicative of: (a) a first unique identifier of an ingress port of the first core node, the first core node being within a transport subnetwork; (b) a second unique identifier of an egress port of a second core node within the transport subnetwork; and (c) a requested transport path bandwidth. The method also includes determining, by the circuitry of the first core node, a transport path through the transport subnetwork between the first core node and the second core node based on the service request, and forming the transport path between the ingress port of the first core node and the egress port of the second core node. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351398 | EFFICIENT DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHM FOR THE LOCATION DESIGN AND ROUTING PROBLEM - The Location Design and Routing problem asks to find a subset of “depot” nodes and a spanning forest of a graph such that every connected component in the forest contains at least one depot. This problem arises in a number of both logistical and computer networking problems, for example, in selecting the number and location of distribution centers in vehicle routing networks. This problem is functionally equivalent to that of supernode selection in peer-to-peer networks. A distributed algorithm approximates a solution to this problem that runs in a logarithmic number of communication rounds with respect to the number of nodes (independent of the topology of the network), and, under assumptions on the embedding of the edge weights, whose solutions are within a factor of 2 of optimal. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351399 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Cloud Infrastructure Service Level Assurance Based on Device Taxonomy - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351400 | Method for Weight Based Performance Optimization for Cloud Compute - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351401 | Method and Apparatus to Raise Alerts Based on a Sliding Window Algorithm - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351402 | Method and Apparatus to Choose a Best Match Cloud Provisioning Server - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351403 | METHOD FOR SWITCHING OF A DEVICE, M2M PLATFORM AND NETWORK SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for switching of a device, an M2M platform and a network system. The method includes: a machine-to-machine M2M platform receives a re-registration message including a position of a device in a network service capability layer NSCL resource tree before registration and a position of the device in the resource tree of the NSCL after registration; the M2M platform generates mapping relationship between the position of the device in the resource tree of the NSCL before registration and the position of the device in the resource tree of the NSCL after registration. By way of the present invention, the problem in the prior art can be solved in a manner of re-registration. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351404 | Method and device for displaying session information - The disclosure provides a method for displaying session information and a device for displaying session information. The method includes the following steps of: acquiring a splitting operation for session information, wherein the splitting operation is used for splitting the session information into multiple pieces of sub-session information; acquiring a grouping condition and a grouping index for each piece of sub-session information according to the splitting operation; constructing a management structure and a display structure for each piece of sub-session information according to the grouping condition and the grouping index for each piece of sub-session information; and splitting the session information into multiple pieces of sub-session information according to the management structure and the display structure for each piece of sub-session information. Through the technical solution, the session information is displayed more quickly, and the session information accessed by the user is clearer and more concise. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351405 | FIRST PARTY COOKIE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A first party cookie system and method are provided, The system and method allow a third party to be able to drop a cookie on a computer in a privacy-compliant fashion thereby increasing the acceptance rate of cookies on computing devices. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351406 | HANDHELD DEVICE FOR ON-SITE DATACENTER MANAGEMENT - In various exemplary embodiments, a system and associated method to provide management of a plurality of electronic elements in a datacenter is disclosed. The system includes a datacenter management system coupled to a wireless network to receive information regarding a spatial location of a handheld device within the datacenter. The datacenter management system provides information to the handheld device related to each of the plurality of electronic elements. The datacenter management system includes a management processor to process information related to each of the plurality of electronic elements and a database to store information related to each of the plurality of electronic elements. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140351407 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD OF THE COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a technique capable of efficient comprehensive management of a system, even if the system is a large-scale storage system. Management software acquires configuration information of a storage system (computer system) in two stages. In a first stage, the management software acquires only basic information of resources (identifiers of resources, the number of resources, and relationship between the resources) included in storage subsystems, host computers, switches, hubs, and the like. The management software determines a range and timing of acquiring detailed configuration information and necessity of holding the detailed configuration information based on the acquired basic information. In a second stage, the management software acquires the detailed configuration information of an appropriate range at appropriate timing. The management software always holds the basic information, but holds the detailed information only necessary to hold. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140359097 | In Line Network Connection Control Device - The invention provides for an in-line network connection control device that controls the physical and logical connectivity of Ethernet attached end devices, switches or routers. The device allows two mechanisms of for controlling connectivity of Ethernet attached devices; General Purpose Input Output (GPIO) controlled, 1) latched and 2) non-latched. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359098 | DYNAMIC REGISTRATION OF AN APPLICATION WITH AN ENTERPRISE SYSTEM - A computer-implemented method for automatically registering an application with an enterprise system. The method includes, obtaining the application associated with the enterprise system, wherein the application is pre-configured for subsequent registration with the enterprise system such that the registration establishes a trust relationship between the application and the enterprise system. The method further includes installing the application on a host device, and in conjunction with installing the application, automatically requesting the registration of the application with the enterprise system. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359099 | NETWORK SYSTEM, SERVER, SWITCH, AND OPERATING METHOD OF NETWORK SYSTEM - The network system that includes a first server and a first switch is provided. The first server includes a first virtual machine. The first virtual machine (VM) is configured to provide a first VM packet including a first VM identifier (ID) to the first server. The first server is configured to acquire a tenant identifier corresponding to the first VM according to the first VM identifier, to convert the tenant identifier to a first feature data, and to encapsulate the first VM packet to generate and output a first server packet containing the first feature data. The first switch is configured to receive the first server packet, to acquire a service instance identifier (I-SID) according to the first feature data, to acquire a backbone VLAN identifier according to the I-SID, and to encapsulate the first server packet to generate and output a switch packet. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359100 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a determination unit, a first acceptance unit, a second acceptance unit, a measurement unit, a third acceptance unit, and a restriction unit. The determination unit determines whether information necessary for a meeting is to be downloaded. The first acceptance unit accepts first electric energy information indicating electric energy necessary to download the information. The second acceptance unit accepts second electric energy information indicating electric energy necessary to present the information in the meeting. The measurement unit measures remaining electric energy. The third acceptance unit accepts a result of subtraction of the electric energy indicated by the first electric energy information and the electric energy indicated by the second electric energy from the remaining electric energy. The restriction unit imposes, on the basis of the subtraction result, a restriction on a function in a first time period and in a second time period. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359101 | SECURITY SYSTEM WITH NETWORKED TOUCHSCREEN - An integrated security system integrates broadband and mobile access and control with conventional security systems and premise devices to provide a tri-mode security network that with remote connectivity and access. The integrated security system includes a touchscreen providing security keypad functionality as well as content management and presentation, and is used as a security system interface and an interface for interacting with a network. The integrated security system delivers remote premise monitoring and control functionality to conventional monitored premise protection and complements existing premise protection equipment. The integrated security system integrates into the premise network and couples wirelessly with the conventional security panel, enabling broadband access to premise security systems. Automation devices can be added, enabling users to remotely see live video or pictures and control home devices via a personal web portal, mobile phone, or other client device. Users can receive notifications of detected events via electronic message. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359102 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus includes a memory and a processor configured to transmit an application to a terminal apparatus in accordance with information regarding a status, the information including at least one of location information of the terminal apparatus and time information, permit the terminal apparatus to execute a plurality of functions of the application, the plurality of functions including a first function and a second function when the status identified by the information regarding the status matches a first condition that specifies at least one of and a first location range a first time range, and permit the terminal apparatus to execute the first function and prohibit the terminal apparatus to execute the second function, when the status identified by the information regarding the status does not match the first condition and matches a second condition that specifies a second time range or a second location range. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359103 | Migration of Application Components - A system supervises applications executing on electronic devices connected by one or more networks. Each device comprises a local supervision entity, cooperating to control the applications. Each application comprises a set of application components, each encapsulated in a container by the supervision entity of the device hosting the component. The components are connected by connectors. The supervision entity of a source device executes, in response to receipt of a command to migrate a component to a target device: stopping the component, interrupting arrival of data in the input connectors of the component, serializing and encapsulating the properties of the component in a container of the supervision entity, dispatching a migration request message to the supervision entity of the target device, the message comprising the serialized and encapsulated component, and redirecting the connectors of the component as a function of the state of connections of each connector on the source device. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359104 | GROUPING PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The present disclosure provides a grouping processing method and system, the method comprises: monitoring a number of users accessing a sub-group that is corresponding to a group; and according to the number of users in the sub-group and a preset threshold of the number of users for the sub-group, adjusting the sub-group corresponding the group and/or user access which the sub-group corresponds a physical resource equipment and the physical resource equipment corresponds to more than one of sub-groups. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359105 | METHOD, CLIENT, SERVER, AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING DATA - A method for processing data is provided. In the method, the terminal device receives a blocking command to screen out a specified user identification. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359106 | NETWORK ANALYSIS DEVICE, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, NETWORK ANALYSIS METHOD AND PROGRAM - An electronic message information collector collects packets transferred on a building management system network and analysis results as first electronic message information. A storage stores the first electronic message information collected by the electronic message information collector. An electronic message information collector collects packets transferred on an equipment network and analysis results as second electronic message information. A storage stores the second electronic message information collected by the electronic message information collector. An electronic message associator associates the first electronic message information stored in the storage and the second electronic message information stored in the storage. A display displays the analysis results of the association by the electronic message associator. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140359107 | CUSTOM-TAILORED WIDGET PROVIDING DEVICE - A custom-tailored widget providing device comprises a first widget management unit for receiving registration of information on various kinds of widgets and storing and managing the widget information; a first execution command registration unit for registering execution commands for executing the widgets stored through the first widget management unit; a first open page confirmation unit for selecting, if a browser is displayed on the client of a user, an execution keyword related to a web site opened in the browser; a first widget selection unit for selecting, if the execution keyword of the client is confirmed by the first open page confirmation unit, widgets having an execution command the same as the execution keyword by comparing the execution keyword of the client with the execution commands of the stored widgets; and a first widget display unit for displaying the widgets selected by the first widget selection unit at one side of the client. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140365627 | COMMUNICATION PROCESSING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication processing device including: a storage section configured to store a policy table associating an identifier identifying a communication unit with an identifier of a policy applied to the communication unit and a priority; an obtaining section configured to refer to the policy table and obtain the identifier of the policy and the priority, the identifier of the policy and the priority being associated with the identifier of the communication unit, at a time of protocol processing of the communication unit; a policy applying section configured to group one or more communication units associated with an identifier of an identical policy, and apply the identical policy to the grouped one or more communication units; and a band control section configured to perform band control on a basis of the priority for each communication unit. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140365628 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - A communication terminal reads, from a removable memory, user-specific application information indicating one or more of the plurality of applications that are allowed for use by a specific user, and transmits a request for address information that includes application identification information of each one of one or more applications that are allowed for use by the specific user at the communication terminal to obtain address information associated with the application identification information. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140365629 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - In an information processing system, plural information processing devices are mutually connected by an SMP connection mechanism. Each of the information processing devices includes a control device (FPGA) having a synchronous register that shows the state of a control signal of the information processing device and an internode communication access control unit that transmits first synchronous packets with the content of the synchronous register reflected to the other information processing devices at predetermined time intervals, receives second synchronous packets from the other information processing devices, and reflects the content of the received second synchronous packets on the synchronous register. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140365630 | METHOD, TERMINAL, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE MANAGEMENT - A method, a terminal, an apparatus, and a system for device management (DM) are provided. Specifically, a DM terminal, a DM apparatus, method for managing the terminal device are provided. The method for managing the terminal device includes the following steps: adding, by a DM terminal device, management nodes in a DM tree of the DM terminal device; and recording, by the DM terminal device, MOs types supported by the DM terminal device in the management nodes added in the DM tree of the DM terminal device. Therefore, the problem that the server does not know the DM applications supported by the terminal, and in the method, a specific management operation is delivered to make the management of the server more flexible and effective. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140365631 | MOBILE APPLICATION TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION - A system with distributed proxy for reducing traffic in a wireless network to satisfy data requests made by a mobile application the system is provided. The system includes a mobile device having a local proxy for intercepting a data request made by the mobile application where the local proxy simulating application server responses for the mobile application on the mobile device for data requests where responses are available in the local cache. A proxy server is coupled to the mobile device and an application server to which the data request is made. The proxy server is able to communicate with the local proxy where the local proxy forwards the data request to the proxy server for transmission to the application server for a response to the data request. The proxy server queries the application server independent of activities of the mobile application for any changes to the data request that the mobile application has previously made and notifies the local proxy of such changes. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140365632 | INTERFACE APPARATUS AND MEMORY BUS SYSTEM - An exemplary interface apparatus includes: a header generator which receives, in a first order, a plurality of request headers extracted from a plurality of request packets, generates response headers associated with the request headers, and then stores the response headers so that the response headers are read in the first order; and a header order controller which controls the header generator so that if the plurality of request data have been transmitted to the memory in a second order, the respective response headers are read in the second order. | 12-11-2014 |
| 20140372581 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR STATELESS MANAGEMENT OF OBJECT PROPERTIES - Methods for stateless management of object properties and corresponding systems and computer-readable mediums. A method includes executing a presenter module that manages interactions with a user via a view module, and identifying a required object property for the presenter module. The method includes registering the required object property, by the presenter module, in a policy manager module as a property policy. The method includes building a request for a service based on the property policy, sending the request to the service, and receiving a response to the request from the service. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372582 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING VLAN-INDEPENDENT GATEWAYS IN A NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION OVERLAY IMPLEMENTATION - An information handling system is provided. The information handling system includes a first hypervisor running on a first server and a second hypervisor running on a second server. The first hypervisor manages a first virtual switch and has an overlay forwarding table in memory supporting at least one virtual machine, while the second hypervisor manages a second virtual switch and also has the overlay forwarding table in memory and supports at least one other VM. The information handling system further includes a plurality of gateway devices coupled to the hypervisors. The gateway devices share a floating address and are configured to export a host route, associated with the address, into a corresponding entry in an underlay routing table to redirect network traffic from a first gateway device to a second gateway device. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372583 | EXPANDABLE DEPARTMENTAL CLOUD SERVER SYSTEMS - An expandable office system is disclosed with one or more client units; a base unit (BU) having a predetermined hardware design acting as a base device to provide server operation; one or more network devices having the predetermined hardware design to operate in conjunction with the base unit to expand service to the one or more client units, the network device selected from a group consisting of: a second network unit having the predetermined hardware design coupled to the first unit and serving as a mirror unit under software configuration, wherein the second unit is added as a mirror unit (MU) to back up the first unit as a server; a third network unit having the predetermined hardware design coupled to the first unit and serving as an expansion unit (EU) under software configuration, wherein the third unit is added as needed to increase client capacity; and a fourth network unit having the predetermined hardware coupled to the first unit and located at a remote location from the first network unit, and with software configuration, acts as a remote disaster recovery (RU) unit, wherein each of the BU, MU, EU and RU shares a single physical characteristics, with software configurable personalities or roles. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372584 | WORKLOAD AND DEFECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for workload and defect management. According to an aspect, a method includes communicating, to a first computing device, an identifier associated with a second computing device. The method also includes receiving, from the first computing device, maintenance information associated with the identifier. Further, the method also includes implementing a workload management policy at the second computing device based on the maintenance information. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372585 | RELIABLE BULK DATA DISSEMINATION USING RATELESS CODES - In one embodiment, an aggregating node receives feedback messages from one or more destination nodes in the network. The destination nodes are designated to receive data as packets from a source node using rateless coding. Further, the feedback messages indicate whether packets are needed at a corresponding destination node to complete the data. Then, the feedback messages are aggregated into a single aggregated message, and the aggregated message is transmitted toward the source node. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372586 | CLUSTER COMPUTING - In some embodiments, a computer cluster system comprises a plurality of nodes and a software package comprising a user interface and a kernel for interpreting program code instructions. In certain embodiments, a cluster node module is configured to communicate with the kernel and other cluster node modules. The cluster node module can accept instructions from the user interface and can interpret at least some of the instructions such that several cluster node modules in communication with one another and with a kernel can act as a computer cluster. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372587 | CONTROL APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION VIA NETWORK, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING DATA DESTINATION - A control apparatus for controlling data transmission via a network, comprising: a reception unit configured to receive, via the network, a result of detection by a sensor for detecting a state of a device; a management unit configured to manage results of detection by a plurality of sensors for detecting states of a plurality of devices corresponding to a common identification; and a selection unit configured to select, from the plurality of devices, a device which is a destination of data whose destination is the identification, based on the results of detection managed by the management unit. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372588 | Request-Response Processing in a Content Delivery Network - A computer-implemented method in a content delivery network (CDN) includes, responsive to a request, determining a particular sequencer to handle the request, the particular sequencer includes a sequence of one or more handlers. The request is processed in accordance with the particular sequencer by invoking the one or more handlers. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372589 | Customer-Specific Request-Response Processing in a Content Delivery Network - A computer-implemented method in a content delivery network (CDN) includes, at a mechanism in said CDN: responsive to a request, determining a particular sequencer to handle the request, the particular sequencer comprising a sequence of one or more handlers, wherein the request is associated with a particular customer of said CDN and wherein a first at least some of the one or more handlers in the particular sequence are determined based on the particular customer; and processing the request in accordance with the particular sequencer by invoking the one or more handlers. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372590 | IDENTIFYING A POLLING COMMUNICATION PATTERN - A method for identifying a polling communication pattern within a sequence of communication entities includes grouping the communication entities into a plurality of clusters according to a criterion. Clusters are removed from the plurality according to at least one of a time pattern analysis, cluster size, and cluster duration. The clusters remaining are identified as having a polling communication pattern. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372591 | SYSTEMS FOR MEDIA POLICY DECISION AND CONTROL AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A system includes a policy repository configured to store a plurality of plurality of media-centric policies. A media policy decision point receives media session data corresponding to one of the plurality of media sessions; determines a plurality of media-specific and non-media specific attributes, based on the media session data; and evaluates a plurality of media-centric policies to determine a proper subset of the plurality of media-centric policies that apply to the one of the plurality of media sessions. A media policy enforcement point enforces the proper subset of the plurality of media-centric policies to control the one of the plurality of media sessions. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372592 | Method, System, and Device for Initializing a Media Equipment - A method for initializing a media includes: obtaining an access point corresponding to a media equipment in a network sharing model; performing a network connection with the media equipment via the access point, and sending paring information to the media equipment via the network connection; accessing to network environment corresponding to the paring information, and paring a control terminal equipment with the media equipment in the network environment. A system includes: an obtaining module, configured to obtain an access point corresponding to a media equipment in a network sharing model; an access processing module, configured to perform a network connection with the media equipment via the access point, and send paring information to the media equipment via the network connection; a paring module, configured to access to network environment corresponding to the paring information, and pair control terminal equipment with media equipment in the network environment. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140372593 | RULE ENGINE EVALUATION OF CONTEXT OBJECTS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving a Diameter message at the DRA from an origin device; establishing a context object in response to receiving the Diameter message; evaluating a rule that includes a context object reference, wherein the evaluation includes accessing the context object based on the context object reference; and transmitting a message based on the evaluation of the rule. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140379883 | NETWORK MODE CONFLICT RESOLUTION - Technology for managing operational modes of a network adapter is disclosed. The technology includes features for selectively preempting (e.g., canceling, suspending, deferring, pausing, changing to a “no-op” state, changing to a passive state, or otherwise deprioritizing) execution for a current operational mode of the network adapter, executing a requested network control operation, and optionally restoring the preempted operational mode. The operational mode may be selectively preempted based on priority information associated with the current operational mode and the requested network control operation. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140379884 | PRIORITIZATION OF NETWORK CONTROL OPERATIONS - Technology for prioritizing and executing network control operations is disclosed. The technology includes prioritizing requested network control operations against other network control operations and executing network control operations based on this prioritization. The prioritization may be based on priority information and classes with which the network control operations are associated. The classes may be based on expected durations of time for executing the network control operations. The technology also includes prioritizing and executing network control operations in a virtualized networking system. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140379885 | Systems and Methods to Construct Engineering Environment Supporting API Enablement for Software Defined Networking - The embodiments herein relate to software defined networking (SDN) and, more particularly, to a system and method to construct an engineering environment for API enablement in Software defined networking. The system enables the device use SDN functionality by designing an API model specific to that device. In order to design the device specific API model, an API enablement system initially leverages functionality/capabilities of the device. Further, by analyzing the leveraged device capabilities, the system designs the API model for the device. After implementing the API model on the device, the system performs a review function to ensure that the designed API model is in compliance with set rules and policies. The API model may be refined based on results of the review function. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140379886 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A HOME NETWORK VIA A BROADBAND GATEWAY - A broadband gateway, which enables communication with a plurality of devices, handles at least one physical layer connection to at least one corresponding network access service provider. Before allowing the devices to access content from the service provider, the broadband gateway may identify a device power profile for each of the devices, and a network power profile for the content to select a corresponding content delivery mechanism to optimize power consumption. The content may be communicated to the devices utilizing the corresponding selected content delivery mechanism. Depending on configuration, content transcoding may be performed at the broadband gateway and/or at the devices. The content may be burst downloaded and stored in a local storage to be consumed by the devices thereafter. Upon completion of download, the broadband gateway may shut down receiving components to save resources and power. The receiving components may be tuned on to receive additional content when needed. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140379887 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELFISH CHILD CLUSTERING - A system and method for selfish child clustering are disclosed. In one embodiment, the system comprises a selfish node; and a plurality of servicing nodes each connected to the selfish node, wherein the selfish node selects a first one of the servicing nodes to service requests therefrom; and wherein the selfish node evaluates a responsiveness of the first one of the servicing nodes and, responsive to a determination that the responsiveness of the first one of the servicing nodes is unacceptable, the selfish node selects a second one of the servicing nodes to service requests therefrom. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140379888 | HOST DEVICE AND SLAVE DEVICE CONTROLLING METHOD - A host device is provided, which includes a network communication unit connected to network; a local communication unit locally connected to a slave device; a virtualization unit to virtualize the slave device as a network device within the network; and a controlling unit to control the virtualized slave device as the network device. Therefore, a developer may implement an application in consideration of a single type of network without considering various physical input and output ports. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20150012629 | PRODUCING A BENCHMARK DESCRIBING CHARACTERISTICS OF MAP AND REDUCE TASKS - Parameter values are extracted from information regarding a workload including map tasks and reduce tasks. A benchmark specification is produced based on the extracted parameter values, the benchmark specification including parameters and respective collections of values for the parameters. Based on the benchmark specification, benchmarks are produced that describe respective characteristics of the map and reduce tasks. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012630 | ENFORCING RUNTIME POLICIES IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide approaches for enforcing runtime policies in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment). Specifically, in a typical embodiment, computer code and data of an application is annotated with metadata defining a set of runtime policies for executing the computer code and data. Once a request is received to run the application, a set of parameters (e.g., geographic location) corresponding to the execution of the computer code and data of the application is dynamically determined, and compared to the runtime policies. The runtime policies for executing the computer code and data are then enforced at runtime. This includes either running the application, or preventing the running of the application in the case that the set of parameters corresponding to the execution of the computer code and data of the application do not satisfy the runtime policies. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012631 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANONYMOUSLY ACQUIRING SERVICE INFORMATION - An approach for enabling a user to anonymously access customized service information from a plurality of providers is described. A secure estimation platform retrieves personal information associated with a user based on a first request from the user. The platform then anonymizes the personal information and generates a second request for the estimate for the service based on the anonymized personal information. The second request is then transmitted to one or more providers of the service. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012632 | DISTRIBUTED INDEXING IN AN ENTERPRISE - A method for distributing indexing of objects for an enterprise, comprising providing by a computer to an indexing server of an enterprise index entries respective to at least one object of the computer that was indexed in the computer, thereby updating an index of the indexing server of the enterprise with respect to the at least one object of the computer, and an apparatus for performing the same. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012633 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, device includes first unit, second unit, managing unit, and determining unit. The device is connected with terminals via a wireless line and delivers content to the terminals. The first unit performs connection process with respect to the terminal. The second unit performs communication with the external device. The managing unit identifies each of the terminals, and stores and manages terminal information representing a delivery status of the content to the each of the terminals. The determining unit determines, from among terminals in which terminal information is managed in the managing unit and to which the content has not been delivered, a terminal that is to perform the connection process through the first unit based on an estimation value of a remaining time in which each of the terminals is able to stay in a communication area connectable via the wireless line. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012634 | Performance Interference Model for Managing Consolidated Workloads In Qos-Aware Clouds - The workload profiler and performance interference (WPPI) system uses a test suite of recognized workloads, a resource estimation profiler and influence matrix to characterize un-profiled workloads, and affiliation rules to identify optimal and sub-optimal workload assignments to achieve consumer Quality of Service (QoS) guarantees and/or provider revenue goals. The WPPI system uses a performance interference model to forecast the performance impact to workloads of various consolidation schemes usable to achieve cloud provider and/or cloud consumer goals, and uses the test suite of recognized workloads, the resource estimation profiler and influence matrix, affiliation rules, and performance interference model to perform modeling to determine the initial assignment selections and consolidation strategy to use to deploy the workloads. The WPPI system uses an online consolidation algorithm, the offline models, and online monitoring to determine virtual machine to physical host assignments responsive to real-time conditions to meet cloud provider and/or cloud consumer goals. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012635 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ORGANIC KNOWLEDGE BASE RUNBOOK AUTOMATION - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for automating runbook documentation. The method according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises receiving a network event and determining whether the event is a known or unknown event. The method comprises executing a policy associated with the event if the event is known event. The method comprises passing the event to the operator for review against a database of existing runbooks if the event is an unknown event. The method comprises executing an existing policy if the operator identifies a runbook for the runbook event. The method comprises requesting a new policy for the event if the operator does not identify an existing runbook for the event. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012636 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR AN APPLICATION LAYER TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION SERVER - The present disclosure provides a discovery method, a device and a system for an application layer traffic optimization server, which relate to communication field, so as to reduce the cross-domain traffic and meet the network optimization demand of a network ISP as an internet access point. The method for an application layer traffic optimization server, related to a terminal side, comprising: obtaining a domain name of a proxy server for a terminal data layer to access internet; obtaining, according to a query name constructed using the domain name of the proxy server, an address of an application layer traffic optimization ALTO server related to the proxy server from a domain name server DNS; and communicating with the ALTO server according to the address of the ALTO server. Embodiments of the present disclosure are mainly applied to the communication between the terminal and the ALTO server. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012637 | MANAGEMENT CONTROL DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT CONTROL - A management card includes an information acquisition unit that acquires state-transition information transmitted from each of a plurality of information processing devices started up, depending on the state transition of the information processing device, the state-transition information indicating the current activation state of the information processing device, and a start-up processing unit that transmits, based on the acquisition of the state-transition information from a specific information processing device out of the information processing devices, an instruction of transition to the next state with respect to the specific information processing device in priority to an instruction other than the instruction of transition with respect to an information processing device other than the specific information processing device out of the information processing devices. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150012638 | RELEASING COMPUTING INFRASTRUCTURE COMPONENTS IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the release of computing infrastructure components (e.g., hardware, software, combinations thereof, etc.) from a networked computing environment for potential use by another networked computing environment. In a typical embodiment, a computing infrastructure component is identified from set of computing infrastructure components associated with a networked computing environment. It may then be determined whether the computing infrastructure component can be released from the networked computing environment. Then, responsive to the determination, the computing infrastructure component may be released from the networked computing environment. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150019700 | ADVANCED CUSTOMER SUPPORT SERVICES - ADVANCED SUPPORT CLOUD PORTAL - Administrative tasks and services associated with computer systems are simplified and streamlined with a platform architecture that supports remote administration, development, and deployment of services. A system is configured with a support cloud platform to allow automation of tasks and services and the reuse of components. The platform generates, stores, deploys, executes, and monitors services through their complete life cycle. Services may be designed, made available for deployment, deployed to a customer, executed and monitored using the platform. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150019701 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING NOTIFICATIONS OF CHANGES IN A CLOUD-BASED FILE SYSTEM - A cloud-based file system receives a subscription request associated with a networked device and identifying a set of one or more resources of the cloud-based file system and a set of one or more resource modifications. The cloud-based file system determines whether the networked device is authorized to access the resource, and, if so, records a subscription based on the subscription request. In response to a user, an application, or other suitable entity making a modification in the set of modifications to a resource in the set of resources, the cloud-based file system generates a notification to the networked device and to other networked devices with subscriptions that include the modification to the resource. The notification may identify the subscription with which the notification is associated, provide information identifying the modification, or provide other suitable information. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150019702 | FLEXIBLE FLOW OFFLOAD - Techniques for enabling flexible flow offload in a Layer 4-7 device are provided. In one embodiment, the device can include a general purpose processor for performing flow-aware processing for a network flow. The device can further include a many-core network processor in communication with the general purpose processor, and a non-transitory computer readable medium having stored thereon program code executable by the many-core network processor. When executed, the program code can cause the many-core network processor to offload at least a portion of the flow-aware processing for at least a portion of the network flow from the general purpose processor, thereby reducing the load on the general purpose processor and improving the overall performance of the device. The nature of the offloading (e.g., timing, portion of the flow offloaded, etc.) can be configurable by an application running on the general purpose processor. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150019703 | Methods and Apparatuses for Determining a User Identity Token for Identifying User of a Communication Network - User identity token for identifying a user of a communication network A first node ( | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150026323 | State Synchronization in a Service Environment - Techniques for state synchronization in a service environment are described. In at least some embodiments, different synchronization models are employed to synchronize state for resources in a service environment. For instance, embodiments may employ a “pull model” whereby a resource periodically queries for changes in resource state to be applied to the resource. Alternatively or additionally, a “push model” can be employed whereby notifications are pushed to resources, informing the resources that they are to update their state. Thus, based on various considerations for a service environment, instances and/or combinations of the disclosed synchronization models can be implemented. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026324 | NOTIFICATION NORMALIZATION - Embodiments relate to notification normalization in a mobile communication environment. A system for notification normalization is provided. The system includes a computer processor and a mobile application platform server executable by the computer processor. The mobile application platform server includes a notification service configured to receive a plurality of notification triggers to deliver a plurality of notifications from an application server to a plurality of endpoints. The notification service is further configured to determine whether to apply notification throttling based on a stress level of the application server, and spread delivery of the notifications to the endpoints over a period of time based on the determination to apply the notification throttling such that traffic associated with responses from the endpoints to the application server is substantially normalized. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026325 | NOTIFICATION NORMALIZATION - Embodiments relate to notification normalization in a mobile communication environment. A method for notification normalization is provided. The method includes receiving, at a notification service of a mobile platform server executing on a computer processor, a plurality of notification triggers to deliver a plurality of notifications from an application server to a plurality of endpoints. The notification service determines whether to apply notification throttling based on a stress level of the application server, and spreads delivery of the notifications to the endpoints over a period of time based on determining to apply the notification throttling such that traffic associated with responses from the endpoints to the application server is substantially normalized. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026326 | INFORMATION PROVIDING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - An information providing apparatus includes a processor configured to input an inquiry for a change date candidate for changing specifications of hardware resources used in information processing related to a service; and a storage unit configured to store at least one among a planned backup date for a process result of the information processing related to the service and a planned restore date for the information processing related to the service using the process result. The processor is further configured to determine as the change date candidate, a date within at least one period among a first period from a date of input of the inquiry until the planned backup date and a second period after the planned restore date, by referring to the storage unit, and to output the determined change date candidate. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026327 | MULTI-LEVEL SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK COORDINATION - There are provided measures for realizing multi-level self-organizing network coordination, including self-organizing network coordination procedures. Such measures exemplarily comprise communication of a notification for self-organizing network coordination, which notifies an action of at least one self-organizing network function at a lower management level, from the lower management level of a self-organizing network to a higher management level of the self-organizing network, either before the action is actually performed or after the action has actually been performed, and coordination of the notified action in terms of self-organizing network coordination at the higher management level. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026328 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPATCHING RECEIVED SESSIONS BETWEEN A PLURATLITY OF INSTANCES OF AN APPLICATION USING THE SAME IP PORT - A logical module, referred as Load Balancer Module (LBM), is disclosed which listens to one of certain common predefined port number. These well-known ports for receiving communication video conference signaling and control protocols is thereafter load balanced and multi-plexed to a number of instances of protocol stack applications. By balancing the multi-media data stream across a multitude of application instances multiple multi-media data streams may be serviced and processed by a single internet protocol host processor. A multipoint control unit (MCU) may therefore process multiple input data streams containing multi-media video conferencing information. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150026329 | HOME NETWORK OF CONNECTED CONSUMER DEVICES - A method of associating a function to a room within a home, includes forming a mesh network in the structure with a plurality of nodes, each node having a communication module, segmenting the nodes into rooms based upon the time of flight, obtaining an identity for at least one node in a room; and using the identity to assign a purpose to the room. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150032871 | AUTOMATED TRAFFIC ENGINEERING BASED UPON THE USE OF BANDWIDTH AND UNEQUAL COST PATH UTILIZATION - A method in a network element improves load distribution in a network that includes the network element. The network element is one of a plurality of network elements in the network each of which implement a common algorithm tie-breaking process as part of a computation used to produce minimum cost shortest path trees. The network element includes a database to store the topology of the network. A set of service attachment points is mapped to network elements in the topology for services individually associated with an equal cost tree (ECT) set and associated with per service bandwidth requirements. The topology of the network includes a plurality of network elements and links between the network elements. The method generates multiple ECT tree sets for connectivity establishment and maintenance of the connectivity in the network. The method defines a bandwidth aware path selection. The method reduces the coefficient of variation of link load across the entire network. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150039738 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING UNSYNCHRONIZED CONTENT ITEMS AT UNLINKED DEVICES - Techniques are described herein for managing unsynchronized content items when the personal computing devices storing the unsynchronized content items are unlinked from a content item synchronization service. The techniques involve treating synchronized content items differently from unsynchronized content items. For example, after a personal computing is unlinked from the service, synchronized content items may be removed or deleted from the personal computing device and unsynchronized content items encrypted and/or moved to another data storage location. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150039739 | HOSTED PHYSICAL LAYER MANAGEMENT OR AUTOMATED INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HAVING SOFTWARE ONLY CONFIGURATION AND/OR LOCAL HARDWARE APPLIANCE - One embodiment is directed to a “software only” hosted or cloud-based physical layer management (PLM) system. Another embodiment is directed to a hosted or cloud-based PLM system or Automated Infrastructure Management (AIM) system that uses a hardware appliance that is locally deployed in an enterprises network. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150039740 | CONTROL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A control device is a control device that manages a network including a plurality of communication devices. The control device includes: a mode transition unit that makes transition to a leave mode for disconnecting a communication device from the network; an initialization-reset transmitting unit that transmits, when a notification is accepted from at least one communication device of the plurality of communication devices during the leave mode, an instruction for setting a flag and a reset order to the communication device from which the notification is accepted, the flag defining to bring the communication device back to an initial state; and a deleting unit that determines whether or not the instruction for setting the flag and the reset order are received and that deletes information about the communication device connected to the network when it is determined that the instruction for setting the flag and the reset order are received. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150039741 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND SERVICE PROVIDING APPARATUS - A remote management system includes a service providing apparatus enabling access to a providing source that provides a service and a management apparatus managing an apparatus via a network. Further the service providing apparatus includes a generation unit generating an acquisition request command and a response unit transmitting a response in combination with the acquisition request command. The management apparatus includes a registration unit registering the apparatus information of the apparatus in association with the identification information and a management unit managing the apparatus using the apparatus information registered by the registration unit. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150039742 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PROVIDING IP-BASED PACKET COMMUNICATIONS IN A UTILITY NETWORK - One example embodiment provides a method and system where a node in a utility network registers with one or more access point devices associated with one or more local area utility networks. The utility node generates a unique network address using a network address prefix of a network address associated with the access point device. The utility node registers with a DNS server. Messages sent to the utility node are routed through the access point corresponding to the received prefix used to generate the unique network address for the utility node. The network address for the utility node and access point may be IPv6 addresses and the network address prefix may be an IPv6 prefix, or may be an IPv4 address. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150039743 | PERVASIVE REALTIME FRAMEWORK - A pervasive realtime framework supports the execution of realtime software applications with high-level functions that significantly reduce the effort and time needed to develop realtime software applications in a new operating environment paradigm in which realtime connections between network nodes are pervasive. The pervasive realtime framework handles the complex tasks of connecting to communicants, virtual areas, and other network resources, as well as switching those connections in response to user inputs and thereby enables software application developers to focus on developing high-level realtime software application functionality. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150046574 | SYSTEM TO ENHANCE PERFORMANCE, THROUGHPUT AND RELIABILITY OF AN EXISTING CLOUD OFFERING - In for enhancing performance of applications, a cloud application programming interface (API) abstraction layer receives a request from an application of a given entity for core services shared among a plurality of entities. A requestor of the request is determined, and the performance level information for the requestor is determined based on entity specific performance rules defined by the given entity. The entity specific performance rules defined by the given entity are applied to requests from the application of the given entity and are not applied to requests from the other entities of the plurality of entities. The performance level information is included in the request. The request is routed for servicing by one or more of the core services using the performance level information in the request without affecting servicing of requests from other entities of the plurality of entities. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150046575 | CONTENT DELIVERY METHODS AND SYSTEMS - Aspects of the present disclosure involve provisioning customers of an aggregator, such as a reseller, of a content delivery network (CDN). In one aspect, content requests to the CDN are processed in accordance with the virtual IP (VIP) address at which the request was received, according to a property template bound to the VIP where the template is selected by the customer and only involves discrete parameters for the reseller. In another aspect, cache fills of the network are processed without direct knowledge of the customer origin through a combination of some request attribute, e.g., alias host of the customer, and an attribute of the reseller to make a DNS request to a name server outside the CDN. Another aspect involves receiving a property template selection, an origin and an alias from a customer of the reseller, and providing appropriate DNS entries to validate the customer and provide origin information to the CDN. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150046576 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A management server issues a token associated with friend network identification information identifying a user of a game provided by an application server, to the application server; receives the token passed from the game to another game on the basis of an operation of the user in a terminal apparatus where the game and the other game are available, from an application server that provides the other game; and manages, in association with each other, the friend network identification information related to the game and friend network identification information related to the other game for which the issued token matches the received token. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150046577 | DNS PACKAGE IN A PARTITIONED NETWORK - A Domain Name System (“DNS”) package and a method for providing domain name resolution services in a partitioned network are disclosed. The system may include one or more built-in root name servers; one or more built-in top level domain (“TLD”) name servers; and a recursive name server. The recursive name server may be configured to query the one or more built-in root name servers during domain name resolution. Moreover, the one or more built-in root name servers may be configured to provide a network address corresponding to one of the built-in TLD name servers in response to a domain name resolution query sent by the recursive name server. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150052231 | PROVIDING CUSTOM NAMES FOR HEADLESS DEVICES - A headless device does not have a user interface that conveniently allows the user to enter a custom name for the headless device. In this disclosure, a custom name may be determined (either automatically or via user input) at a user device, such as a user device that has a user interface. The custom name may be based on the type of device, location, services, and/or other information about the headless device. The custom name is introduced to the communications network in association with a network address of the headless device. In some embodiments, forged messages based on conventional network protocols may be used to associate the custom name with the network address of the headless device. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150052232 | RELIABILITY OF MULTI-STATE INFORMATION NETWORK EVALUATION METHOD AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A reliability of multi-state information network evaluation method and system thereof are disclosed in the present invention. The system comprises a storage unit, a universal generation function process unit, a reliability calculating unit, and a judging unit. The feature of the invention is to develop a novel method for evaluation of the reliability based on the disconnectedness between nodes and targets. Therefore, a decision-maker can analyze the network according to the invention and apply the analysis result in lots of applications, such as computer communication system, electronic transmission system, transportation system, etc. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150052233 | NETWORK DESIGN APPARATUS, NETWORK DESIGN METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A network design apparatus includes a first processing unit configured to determine a communication route that connects predetermined nodes by selecting one or more paths provided between the nodes in a network, and to perform an estimation of communication lines opened in each of the selected one or more paths; a second processing unit configured to perform an estimation of communication apparatuses constituting the communication line and a housing that accommodates the communication apparatuses, for each node in the network, based on an estimation result of the first processing unit; and a third processing unit configured to determine whether there is a possibility of reduction in the number of the housings due to a change in the communication line, for each node in the network, based on respective estimation results of the first processing unit and the second processing unit. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150052234 | CENTRALIZED IP ADDRESS MANAGEMENT FOR DISTRIBUTED GATEWAYS - There are provided measures for centralized IP address management for distributed gateways. Such measures exemplarily comprise management of IP addresses for hosts being linked with a plurality of distributed gateway entities via a first host-specific tunnel at a centralized controller entity, and control of the plurality of distributed gateway entities in terms of Internet protocol address management from the centralized controller entity via a second host-specific tunnel on the basis of the managed Internet protocol addresses for the hosts. Accordingly, control-plane and user-plane functions may be separated between the centralized controller entity and the plurality of distributed gateway entities. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150052235 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for discovering a device to communicate with among communication devices on a network. If a first device is discovered on a first network, it is inquired of a device on a second network whether or not the discovered first device is a device having an effective association with that device. As the result of the inquiry, if it is determined that the discovered first device is a device having an effective association with that device, data is obtained from the discovered first device. On the other hand, if it is determined that the discovered first device is not the device having an effective association with that device, the data is not obtained from the discovered first device. | 02-19-2015 |
| 20150058459 | GENERATING A SERVICE-CATALOG ENTRY FROM DISCOVERED ATTRIBUTES OF PROVISIONED VIRTUAL MACHINES - A method and associated system of automatically generating an entry of a service catalog of a cloud-computing environment as a function of discovered attributes of a virtual machine provisioned in a non-cloud computing environment. A cloud-management platform of the cloud-computing environment analyzes and compares results of infrastructure-discovery and application-discovery tools that describe a business application or a virtual service provisioned on the virtual machine. The cloud-management platform, or a related service-catalog generating entity, uses these analyzed and compared results to automatically generate a service-catalog entry that represents or describes a cloud business application or service associated with the virtual machine, and enters the automatically generated entry into the service catalog. When a user of the cloud-computing environment requests the cloud business application or service, the cloud-management platform may then offer the business application or service as a function of the automatically generated entry. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058460 | GRANULAR PERMISSION ASSIGNMENT - A system and method for storing role definitions for cloud provider systems, receiving a first request to assign a user to a first role specifying a first cloud computing resource of a respective resource type, identifying a role definition corresponding to the first role that includes an action set permitted, and creating the first role for the user on the first cloud computing resource by associating the identified role definition with the first cloud computing resource and the user. A second request to assign the user to a second role is received specifying a second cloud computing of the respective resource type, and the second role is created for the user on the second cloud computing resource, where the identified role definition corresponds to the first and second roles, and wherein creating the second role includes associating the identified role definition with the first cloud computing resource and the user. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058461 | IMAGE MANAGEMENT IN CLOUD ENVIRONMENTS - A system and method for managing images in a cloud including providing a uniform image management interface for receiving from a user uniform image descriptions for building images in a cloud, and receiving a uniform image description for building an image from the user. The uniform image description is provided to an application to create a cloud-specific image description to provide to an image builder for building the image, and the uniform image description is stored in a local data store. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058462 | CONTENT DELIVERY SYSTEM WITH CONTENT NAVIGATION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A content delivery system includes: a content article module for providing a content article having content elements; a navigation template module, coupled to the content article module, for generating a navigation template with a source template region and a target template region, the source template region having a navigation destination linking to the target template region and the target template region having a formatting command; a content path module, coupled to the navigation template module, for generating a content path having content nodes by combining the target template region of the navigation template with one of the content elements and formatting one of the content elements with the formatting command; and a content navigation module, coupled to the content path module, for receiving a navigation command for navigating to the navigation destination of the target template region of one of the content nodes for displaying the content article on a device. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058463 | PROXY METHODS FOR SUPPRESSING BROADCAST TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK - Some embodiments use proxies on host devices to suppress broadcast traffic in a network. Each host in some embodiments executes one or more virtual machines (VMs). In some embodiments, a proxy operates on each host between each VM and the underlying network. For instance, in some of these embodiments, a VM's proxy operates between the VM and a physical forwarding element executing on the VM's host. The proxy monitors the VM's traffic, and intercepts broadcast packets when it knows how to deal with them. The proxy connects to a set of one or more controllers that provides a directory service that collects and maintains global information of the network. By connecting to the controller cluster, the proxy can obtain information that it can use to resolve broadcast requests. In some embodiments, the connection between the proxy and the controller cluster is encrypted and authenticated, to enhance the security. Also, in some embodiments, the connection is an indirect connection through an agent that executes on the host device and connects the proxies of the host device with the controller cluster. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058464 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE MATCHING IN VPC MIGRATION - A method for resource matching in virtual private cloud (VPC) migration is provided, including: acquiring a node attribute, a link attribute and an adjacent matrix of a customized network requiring VPC migration according to a VPC migration request, where the node attribute includes a network security device attribute of the customized network; acquiring a node attribute, a link attribute and an adjacent matrix of a cloud network in which the VPC is located, where the adjacent matrices are used for indicating connection relations between any two nodes in the customized network and the cloud network, respectively; obtaining multiple matching resources in the cloud network according to a subgraph isomorphism algorithm, where each of the matching resources matches the node attribute, the link attribute and the adjacent matrix of the customized network; and selecting one of the multiple matching resources as a VPC into which the customized network migrates. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058465 | PORTAL CONNECTED TO A SOCIAL BACKEND - A portal is connected to a social backend. The portal comprises an integration component communicating with the social backend. Functionality of the social backend is integrated into the portal system by creating at least one portal object that is associated with at least one social object. The integration component comprises a portal listening component listening to events triggered by running applications of the portal, and creates an event list by filtering events associated with the social backend. A backend processing component keeps portal applications in synchronization with the social backend regarding changes on a portal side. A backend query component queries application programming interfaces of the social backend for current social objects and their states. A portal model processing component calculates actions based on passed in states of current social objects from the backend query component, and invokes corresponding application programming interface calls on the portal. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058466 | DEVICE FOR SERVER GROUPING - Provided is a device and method for server grouping, and the device for server grouping includes a packet collection module for collecting or capturing communication packets for transceiving between at least one wireless terminals and servers, for mapping packet collection or capture time information with server address information, and for including domain names of the servers being transmitted with the packets in the server address information; and a pattern grouping module for identifying address information of the servers connected within predetermined time for each wireless terminal for the mapped packets according to the packet collection or capture time information, connecting the servers connected for each wireless terminal within predetermined time, counting the number of the wireless terminal corresponding to the connection between the servers, and grouping at least one servers connecting the servers having the number of the counted wireless terminal larger than the predetermined number into the group of the servers corresponding to the specific application. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058467 | FAST PROVISIONING OF PLATFORM-AS-A-SERVICE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method for the fast, on-demand provisioning of platform-as-a-service is described. A customer submits a request for a platform, such as an e-commerce platform, by providing specifications for the infrastructure and identifying the type of platform required. The system automatically creates and tunes an infrastructure template. Applications and configuration details as well as other artifacts are installed on the template to create a platform model. The platform model is replicated to location and capacity specifications. Data Center and network details are registered so the platform may be identified on the network. The requestor may use the capacity for any period of time and then return it to the provider. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150058468 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO DETECT UNIDENTIFIED INVENTORY - Techniques are disclosed for detecting unidentified inventory in a network. In one embodiment, data that was collected from a plurality of network devices is received. The data includes at least one device identifier for a neighboring network device of at least one network device of the plurality of network devices. The at least one device identifier for the neighboring network device is compared to one or more device identifiers of known network devices. In response to determining that the at least one device identifier for the neighboring network device does not match a device identifier for the known network devices, the at least one device identifier is added to a list of unidentified inventory. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150067116 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCATION-BASED WEB COOKIES - A communication device may have a set of web cookies designated for a specific location. When the communication device enters the specific location, the set of web cookies, which are designated for the specific location, may be used to customize a web page displayed at the communication device. When the communication device exits the specific location, the set of web cookies, which are designated for the specific location, may be inactivated. Different sets of web cookies may be designated for different locations. For example, a set of web cookies may be designated for home and another set of web cookies may be designated for work. The communication device may activate an appropriate set of web cookies based on the location of the communication device. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067117 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADVERTISEMENT OF SLA ATTRIBUTES OF A SERVICE AND THE TEST CAPABILITY OF THE ENDPOINT DEVICE - A system comprises a first endpoint device; and a second endpoint device coupled to the first endpoint device over a service provider network. The first endpoint device is configured to insert a Service Level Agreement (SLA) Type Length Value (TLV) element into a Protocol Data unit (PDU) to form an enhanced PDU, the first endpoint device further configured to transmit the enhanced PDU to the second endpoint device. The SLA TLV element includes fields for at least one of service configuration information and test capability information of the first endpoint device. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067118 | ANONYMOUS CROSS-DEVICE LINKING USING TEMPORAL IDENTIFIERS - Methods, systems, and apparatus include computer programs encoded on a computer-readable storage medium, including a method for providing content. Login credentials provided by a user are received when communicating through a first user device, and a temporal identifier is created for the user and provided to the first user device. Prior to expiration of the temporary key, login credentials provided by the user on a second different user device are received. The temporal identifier is re-created for the user and provided to the second different user device. A first request is received from the first or second different user device. The temporal identifier is stored and an identifier associated with the device. A second request is received from the other device. A device identifier for the first and second different user device are linked in association with the temporal identifier. The linking is used to respond to the second request. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067119 | Dynamic Programming and Control of Networked Sensors and Microcontrollers - A network of sensor and controller nodes having the ability to be dynamically programmed and receive updated software from one another, and from a host system. Each network node includes multiple state machines, at least some of which are operable relative to physical pins at the network node; the physical pins correspond to inputs from sensor functions or outputs to control functions. The network nodes include microcontrollers that are operable in an operating mode to execute a state machine and respond to commands from other nodes or the host, and in a read mode to receive and store program instructions transmitted from other nodes or the host. A learn mode is also provided, by way of which a network node can store program code corresponding to instructions and actions at the node when under user control. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067120 | METHOD FOR DOUBLE IP ADDRESS RECOVERY - A computer-implemented method, computer program product, and computer system for double IP address recovery. Double IP address is a situation of a same IP address for different hosts in a network, and the double IP address recovery resolves the double IP address. In the invention, the hosts exchanges rules and system state information. Each of the hosts determines its own action of the double IP address recovery based on the same rules and the system state information of the different hosts. Each of the hosts executes its own action, either to continue or to alter an IP address. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067121 | Policy driven auto-transitioning framework for governed objects in service registries - A method for automated policy-driven transitioning of governed objects in a service registry is provided. The method includes receiving a request in a service registry executing in memory of a host server computing system to persist a governed object of a service registry. The method also includes identifying a policy to be applied to the governed object in response to the receipt of the request. The method yet further includes applying the policy to the governed object and determining whether or not the application of the policy has been successful. Finally, the method includes triggering a transition of the governed object from a contemporaneous state to a new state in the service registry if the application of the policy has been successful. In this way, governed objects of the service registry can be transitioned from one state to the other driven by policies in an automated way. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067122 | METHOD FOR DOUBLE IP ADDRESS RECOVERY - A computer program product and computer system for double IP address recovery. Double IP address is a situation of a same IP address for different hosts in a network, and the double IP address recovery resolves the double IP address. In the invention, the hosts exchanges rules and system state information. Each of the hosts determines its own action of the double IP address recovery based on the same rules and the system state information of the different hosts. Each of the hosts executes its own action, either to continue or to alter an IP address. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067123 | Engine Architecture for Processing Finite Automata - An engine architecture for processing finite automata includes a hyper non-deterministic automata (HNA) processor specialized for non-deterministic finite automata (NFA) processing. The HNA processor includes a plurality of super-clusters and an HNA scheduler. Each super-cluster includes a plurality of clusters. Each cluster of the plurality of clusters includes a plurality of HNA processing units (HPUs). A corresponding plurality of HPUs of a corresponding plurality of clusters of at least one selected super-cluster is available as a resource pool of HPUs to the HNA scheduler for assignment of at least one HNA instruction to enable acceleration of a match of at least one regular expression pattern in an input stream received from a network. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067124 | APPLICATION SERVICE MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND APPLICATION SERVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD - An application service management method includes: receiving a creation request from one user group, the creation request comprises an identity of the user group. Creating an application cluster associating with the identity of the user group and assign a group account associating with the application cluster and the identity of the user group for the user group. Generating an administrator account according to the group account. Providing at least one application service item list each comprises a plurality of selectable application service items. In addition, producing a register request in response to an operation of selecting the application service item to an application service provider to register in the application service provider, and adding the selected application service item to the application cluster if registered in the application service provider successfully. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067125 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATING NETWORKING, COMPUTE, AND STORAGE SERVICES THROUGH CATALOG MANAGEMENT FOR A SOFTWARE DEFINED CLOUD - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067126 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-TENANT SERVICE CATALOG FOR A SOFTWARE DEFINED CLOUD - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CLIENT SERVICE CATALOG FOR A SOFTWARE DEFINED CLOUD - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067128 | METHOD AND APPARRATUS FOR DYNAMIC DETERMINATION OF QUOTAS FOR SOFTWARE DEFINED CLOUD CATALOG SERVICES - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067129 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF MANAGING DEVICE, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING DEVICE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - In response to a request for reproducing one or more devices in a first area, one or more devices in a second area are caused to reproduce connections and roles of the one or more devices in the first area, as determined based on usage information indicating use of the one or more devices in the first area and device information for the one or more devices in the second area. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067130 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING SOFTWARE DEFINED CLOUD COLLISION DOMAIN NETWORKS USING A tELASTIC CONTROLLER - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private.. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067131 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING LOGICAL VIEWS OF COLLISION DOMAIN NETWORKS - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067132 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SELF-ADAPTING LAYER-2 STRETCH - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067133 | MANAGING MULTIPLE IP ADDRESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Managing multiple IP address management systems is provided. In some embodiments, managing multiple IP address management systems includes providing an IP address management (IPAM) manager system for receiving a configuration command to manage a first IP address management system; receiving a configuration command to manage a second IP address management system; receiving a join request from the first IP address management system; and receiving a join request from the second IP address management system, in which the IP address management manager system is in communication with the first IP address management system and the second IP address management system for managing each of the first IP address management system and the second IP address management system. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067134 | GAIN TO GAIN NETWORK FOR AIRCRAFT GALLEY SYSTEM - An aircraft galley system is configured with a GAIN to GAIN network that allows for data exchange and communication between each GAIN on the system. By omitting reliance on a galley network controller for acquisition of GAIN data, the present system is simpler, lighter, and more cost-effective. Each GAIN may be polled for data by any other GAIN, such as via a data port, dedicated bus, or wireless connection. The data acquisition between the GAIN and a data collection and display device may be wired in network, wired out of network, or through a wireless link such as a Wi-Fi network. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150067135 | MEMBER-ORIENTED HYBRID CLOUD OPERATING SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A member-oriented hybrid cloud operating system architecture and a communication method thereof are provided. A hybrid architecture is established based on layer, object and message models, and a member-oriented idea is applied to manage constituent members and a processing environment thereof. On this basis, high-efficient routing, read-write separation and load balancing are performed on a member processing cluster, satisfying the requirements of being open and compatible, loosely coupled and extensible of a cloud operating system, and solving the self-management problem, the horizontal scaling problem of members and the high-availability problem of stateful members of the existing cloud operating system. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150074253 | COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH DETECTION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A computing system includes: a context module configured to determine a transfer context for invoking a state transfer between a source device and a target device; a modulation module, coupled to the context module, configured to generate a transfer modulation based on the transfer context for adjusting to a modulation scheme suited for the transfer context; and a transmission module, coupled to the modulation module, configured to send a communication packet based on the transfer modulation for detecting the source device and the target device. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150074254 | CROWD-SOURCED CLUSTERING AND ASSOCIATION OF USER NAMES - A method include correlating, for each user among a plurality of users, between multiple different name representations appearing in multiple respective contact lists of the user. A set of user-independent name clusters is derived from the correlated name representations established over the contact lists of the plurality of the users, wherein each name cluster associates the multiple different name representations of a respective name. Information relating to one or more of the users is processed based on the user-independent name clusters. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150074255 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA CENTER SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS LEVERAGING MANAGED SERVER SOCs - A data center security system and method are provided that leverage server systems on a chip (SOCs) and/or server fabrics. In more detail, server interconnect fabrics may be leveraged and extended to dramatically improve security within a data center. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150074256 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST COMPATIBILITY VERIFICATION OF REST API BASED ON REST CHART - Various disclosed embodiments include methods and systems for determining whether representational state transfer (REST) application programming interfaces (APIs) are compatible. A method is performed by a processing system that includes a processor. The method comprises obtaining a first REST Chart describing a first version of a REST API and obtaining a second REST Chart describing a second version of a REST API. The method comprises determining whether the first version and the second version are compatible using the first REST Chart and the second REST Chart by determining whether a compatible path exists between the first REST Chart and the second REST Chart. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150074257 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PARALLELIZATION OF A COMPUTER PROGRAM ON A PLURALITY OF COMPUTING CORES - An apparatus, computer-readable medium, and computer-implemented method for parallelization of a computer program on a plurality of computing cores includes receiving a computer program comprising a plurality of commands, decomposing the plurality of commands into a plurality of node networks, each node network corresponding to a command in the plurality of commands and including one or more nodes corresponding to execution dependencies of the command, mapping the plurality of node networks to a plurality of systolic arrays, each systolic array comprising a plurality of cells and each non-data node in each node network being mapped to a cell in the plurality of cells, and mapping each cell in each systolic array to a computing core in the plurality of computing cores. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150081862 | ADMINISTERING GROUP IDENTIFIERS OF PROCESSES IN A PARALLEL COMPUTER - Administering group identifiers of processes in a parallel computer includes each process in a set of processes, receiving from a compute node of the plurality of compute nodes, a request to establish the set of processes as an operational group including receiving a list of process identifiers for each process of the set of processes. Embodiments also include each process generating without communication amongst the processes, a unique group identifier in dependence upon the list of process identifiers. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081863 | Enhanced Network Virtualization using Metadata in Encapsulation Header - In a network virtualization system, metadata is passed in an encapsulation header from one network virtualization edge to another network virtualization edge or to a service connected to a network virtualization edge. The metadata may carry packet processing instructions, diagnostic information, hop-specific information, or a packet identifier. Using the metadata information in the packet header, the datacenter network may provide services such as remote segmentation offload, small packet coalescing, transparent packet compression, and end-to-end packet tracing. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081864 | REVERSIBLE MAPPING OF NETWORK ADDRESSES IN MULTIPLE NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - A method for translating network addresses includes receiving a first network packet, the first network packet comprising an internal source address. The method also includes generating, by performing a mapping operation, a mapping value. The generating of the mapping value uses, at least in part, at least a portion of the internal source address, and at least a portion of an external source address. The external source address is associated with the internal source address. The method also includes forwarding, using a second network packet, at least a portion of the first network packet. The second network packet comprises the external source address and at least a portion of the mapping value. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081865 | LOSSLESS SWITCHING OF TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A system for lossless switching of traffic in a network device may be implemented when a network switch is integrated into a gateway device, or with any other data source. A processor of the gateway device may receive queue depth information for queues of the network switch. The processor may prevent data from being transmitted to congested queues of the network switch, while allowing data to be transmitted to uncongested queues. In this manner, data loss can be avoided through the network switch for data sourced from the gateway device, such as audio-video data retrieved from a hard drive, audio-video data received from a tuner, etc. Furthermore, re-transmission at higher layers can be reduced. Since the subject system observes congestion for each individual queue, only traffic destined to that particular, congested, queue is affected, e.g. paused. Traffic to non-congested queues is not affected, regardless of traffic class or egress port. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081866 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING SPECIAL-PURPOSE PROCESSING RESOURCES - A special-purpose processing system, a method of carrying out sharing special-purpose processing resources and a graphics processing system. In one embodiment, the special-purpose processing system includes: (1) a special-purpose processing resource and (2) a Representational State Transfer (ReST) application programming interface operable to process data using the special-purpose processing resource in response to stateless commands based on a standard protocol selected from the group consisting of: (2a) a standard network protocol and (2b) a standard database query protocol. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081867 | OBTAINING A MAC ADDRESS FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE - A non-transitory computer readable medium storing instructions which, when executed on one or more processors, cause performance of operations. The operations include: receiving a first message from a device; determining, in response to the first message, a media access control (MAC) address of the device; and transmitting, in response to the first message, a second message comprising the MAC address to the device. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081868 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING COMPATIBILITY OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS - Compatibility and consolidation analyses can be performed on a collection of systems to evaluate the 1-to-1 compatibility of every source-target pair, evaluate the multi-dimensional compatibility of specific transfer sets, and to determine the best consolidation solution based on various constraints including the compatibility scores of the transfer sets. The analyses can be done together or be performed independently. These analyses are based on collected system data related to their technical configuration, business factors and workloads. Differential rule sets and workload compatibility algorithms are used to evaluate the compatibility of systems. The technical configuration, business and workload related compatibility results are combined to create an overall compatibility assessment. These results are visually represented using color coded scorecard maps | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081869 | MESSAGE FORWARDING BETWEEN GEOGRAPHICALLY DISPERSED NETWORK SITES - The present disclosure describes message forwarding in a network where Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) are deployed over geographically dispersed sites. The network comprises a first aggregation layer device at a first site and second first aggregation layer device at a second site. The first aggregation layer device learns Media Access Control (MAC) address information received from the second aggregation layer device. The MAC address information includes: a VLAN identifier (ID), an aggregated MAC address and an aggregated MAC address mask configured at the second site. When receiving a message addressed to the VLAN ID and a destination MAC address, the first aggregation layer device searches for the MAC address information based on the VLAN ID and destination MAC address and forwards the message to the second aggregation layer device according to the MAC address information. The destination MAC address belongs to the same MAC address segment as the aggregated MAC address and searching for the MAC address information comprises mask matching based on the aggregated MAC address mask. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081870 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF MANAGING DATA, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In view of the above, in one aspect of the present invention, in response to a request for registering a specific management terminal to be under management of a specific administrator, a transmission management system not only registers terminal identification information of the specific management terminal, to terminal identification information of management terminals being managed by the specific administrator, but also registers the terminal identification information of the specific management terminal from candidate counterpart terminal identification information for the other management terminals being managed by the specific administrator. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081871 | ACTIVELY RESPONDING TO DATA STORAGE TRAFFIC - Technology is described for actively responding to data storage traffic. The technology can provide an application program interface; receive, via the application program interface, from an application, a command to query a data storage attribute associated with a virtual data storage component; query the associated virtual data storage component; and return to the application a value for the data storage attribute. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081872 | SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a software download method and apparatus. The method includes: acquiring a fanout command and a replacement instruction delivered by a device management server, and replacing, according to the replacement instruction, a software identifier in the fanout command with a software local download address generated for software; delivering the converted fanout command to each terminal corresponding to the fanout command, so that each terminal downloads the software according to the software local download address. The present invention further provides another software download method and software download apparatus. In the embodiments, multiple terminals can be effectively prevented from retrieving data externally, and a local storage function provided by a device management gateway is used to directly acquire download data of the software from a local network of the device management gateway, thereby significantly improving the efficiency. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081873 | DYNAMIC STATE BASED CASE MANAGEMENT AND TASK TRANSITIONING - A dynamic state-based case management and task transitioning system, comprising a dynamic case management system that maintains a state model and associates states with tasks pertaining to cases, and a method for maintaining and transitioning states for tasks and cases. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150081874 | OPERATION PROCESS CREATION PROGRAM, OPERATION PROCESS CREATION METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - A non-transitory computer-readable recording medium stores an operation process creation program that causes a computer to execute a process, the process including extracting a candidate operation manipulation component to be combined with an operation process following an operation manipulation component that has been determined to be arranged, when creating the operation process by arranging a plurality of the operation manipulation components on a screen, the candidate being extracted based on previously set relevance information indicating relevance between operation manipulation components and usage frequency information indicating usage frequencies of operation manipulation components in past instances of creating the operation processes; and displaying the extracted candidate operation manipulation component on the screen, by combining the extracted candidate operation manipulation component with the operation manipulation component that has been determined to be arranged. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150089034 | CLIENT-PREMISE RESOURCE CONTROL VIA PROVIDER-DEFINED INTERFACES - Methods and apparatus for client-premise resource control using provider-defined interfaces are described. A set of programmatic interfaces enabling clients to submit registration requests is implemented. A registration request indicates resources located at a data center external to a provider network as candidate targets for control operation requests issued via a different set of programmatic interfaces associated with a service of the provider network. A network connection is established between a particular resource indicated in a registration request, and an administrative resource located within a data center of the provider network. In response to a particular control operation request received via a programmatic interface of the different set, a control command is transmitted from the administrative resource to the particular resource via the network connection. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089035 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATING VARIOUS NETWORK ELEMENTS AND PROVIDING MEDIA PROCESSING SERIVICES - An approach for integrating network elements and providing media processing services, which includes generating at least one integration interface for integrating at least one network element into a media processing platform. The approach also includes determining access information associated with the at least one network element, generating a master parameters list for the at least one network element for use in a processing of a media content item, and communicating the master parameters list via the at least one integration interface to the at least one network element. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089036 | Method and Apparatus For Web Based Storage On-Demand - The operation efficiency of a large scale distributed server infrastructure is critical to end users due to a larger number of individual computing units in the infrastructure require to be operated. The introduction of the multi-layered server structure of present invention leads to secure and efficient manage and access to the larger number of computing units in the server structure because the middle level control server has effectively shared the burden of controlling the larger number of the computing units from a centralized control server in the server structure for the management and access. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089037 | AUTOMATIC PROMISCUOUS FORWARDING FOR A BRIDGE - An example system to disable a promiscuous mode of a network interface includes a plurality of local network interfaces. Each local network interface of the plurality is coupled over a network to one or more remote network interfaces. Each remote network interface is assigned one or more remote network addresses, and the plurality includes a local network interface in a promiscuous mode. The system also includes a bridge module that determines whether a list of all remote network addresses that are coupled to a subset of local network interfaces is known. The subset includes the plurality of local network interfaces excluding the local network interface. When the list of all remote network addresses that are coupled to the subset is determined to be known, the bridge module disables the promiscuous mode of the local network interface and adds all remote network addresses that are coupled to the subset to a filtering table. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089038 | SERVICE DISCOVERY USING A NETWORK - Described are techniques and systems for service discovery on a network. A media device on the network generates a signature indicative of a particular set of one or more services available for execution on the media device. The signature may be distributed on the network using beacon transmissions from the media device. A receiving media device compares the signature with previously stored service data which associates signatures with service sets. The stored service data may include a local signature indicative of a local service set. Determinations of a match result in the receiving media device using the previously stored data. Unmatched signatures may result in the receiving media device sending a request for service set data. The received service set data may then be used to provide service availability information. The received service set data and associated signature may be added to the stored service data. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089039 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ADMINISTRATION COMMAND PROGRESS STATUS IN A CLOUD PLATFORM ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for providing administrative command progress status for use with a cloud computing environment. In accordance with an embodiment, a job manager service provides an application program interface which receives administrative commands to be processed within the cloud environment as jobs, wherein each instance of the administrative commands is associated with a unique job identifier. A command line interface allows a user to issue a command to be processed within the cloud environment as a job. During progress of a job associated with an annotated command, a status associated with the progress of the job is determined and provided to the command line interface. For example, the system can provide job progress status during these operations, to reassure the user that the operation is proceeding normally. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089040 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DETACHABLE ADMINISTRATION COMMANDS IN A CLOUD PLATFORM ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for supporting detachable administration commands for use with a cloud computing environment. In accordance with an embodiment, a job manager service provides an application program interface which receives administrative commands to be processed within the cloud environment as jobs, wherein each instance of the administrative commands is associated with a unique job identifier. A command line interface allows a user to issue a command to be processed within the cloud environment as a job, detach the command line interface from the job being processed, and subsequently reattach the command line interface to the job being processed by indicating the job's unique job identifier. For example, several independent parallel commands can be executed together from one console or one script, and users can check on, or wait for a result of some task. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150089041 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A JOB MANAGER FOR USE WITH A CLOUD PLATFORM ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for providing a job manager for use with a cloud computing environment. In accordance with an embodiment, the system include a job manager that manages the execution of jobs within the cloud environment including their job states. A job manager service provides an application program interface which receives administrative commands to be processed within the cloud environment as jobs. The job manager updates a job registry, including registering instances of the administrative commands together with unique job identifiers, and returning the job identifiers so that a user can retrieve command process status, and the result of the job can be stored in the job registry. For example, the job manager can perform housekeeping tasks, such as purging jobs according to a retention policy, performing any necessary cleanup, and performing security checks to ensure tasks are authorized. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150095474 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A FACET SECURITY FRAMEWORK - An example method is provided and includes receiving a request to issue a facet; identifying an endpoint with a resource for which the facet is valid; identifying a set of actions capable of being performed on the resource; creating the facet using the set of actions; and issuing the facet. In other embodiments, the method may include receiving an initial request from an entity for the facet; determining whether the entity has authorization to make the initial request; and request a facet server module to issue the facet. In yet other embodiments, the facet has a condition, and the condition is at least one of a count of use, a time duration, and a periodic time duration. Additionally, in certain cases, determining whether the entity has authorization to make the initial request comprises evaluating validity information against a policy. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095475 | ONLINE CONTENT EXTENSIONS USED FOR SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE CONTENT PROVIDER - An online content server for scheduling a communication between a content provider and a customer includes a memory device for storing data. The online content server also includes a processor in communication with the memory device. The processor is programmed to receive at the processor at least one content provider availability period associated with at least one online content, receive at the processor at least one customer availability period from a customer computing device, determine at least one communication schedule option based upon the content provider availability period and the customer availability period, transmit the at least one communication schedule option to the customer computing device along with the online content, receive a communication selection from the customer computing device, and transmit the communication selection to the content provider. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095476 | DYNAMIC PORT NAMING IN A CHASSIS - A tool for dynamically naming network ports and switch ports in a chassis. The tool retrieves, by one or more computer processors, chassis specifications of the chassis. The tool retrieves, by one or more computer processors, identifying information for components of the chassis. The tool determines, by one or more computer processors, a plurality of network ports and a plurality of switch ports within the chassis not assigned an alternative port name. The tool constructs, by one or more computer processors, alternative port names for the plurality of network ports and the plurality of switch ports within the chassis not assigned an alternative port name. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095477 | MOBILE DEVICE SHARING FACILITATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS FEATURING PARTY IDENTIFIER INCLUSIONS THAT ARE CONDITIONAL - Structures and protocols are presented for using or otherwise relating to a first mobile device (a smartphone or tablet computer or wearable device, e.g.) configured to be shared by two or more parties such that a subset of the parties may be addressed selectively (in content directed to such parties, e.g.) in a cost-effective manner. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095478 | LABEL FOR USE IN THE INTERNET OF THINGS - A device obtains a label from a particular device. The device identifies a first flag, a second flag, a third flag, and a fourth flag from the label. The device determines, based on the first flag, first information indicating a kind of communication used by the particular device. The device determines, based on the second flag, second information indicating a direction the particular device communicates data and/or indicating storage options. The device determines, based on the third flag, third information indicating at least one of service information for the particular device, an energy requirement for the particular device, or a redundancy mechanism for the particular device. The device determines, based on the fourth flag, fourth information indicating an administrative requirement for the particular device. The device manages the particular device or an environment based on at least one of the determined information. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095479 | Industrial Security Provisioning - A device includes a network interface, memory, and logic in data communication with the network interface and memory. The memory is configured to store instructions. When executed by the logic, the instructions are configured to: determine topology information for a node of a network, determine a desired security level for the node based on the topology information, determine a function for the node, determine a security feature to implement the desired security level based on the function, and implement the security feature on the node. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095481 | SERVER, ROUTER, RECEIVING TERMINAL, AND PROCESSING METHOD - A server according to the present disclosure includes: a converting unit that converts content data to enhance a real-time property, and creates a packet of the converted content data; and a server control unit that updates a routing table that describes processing for an interest packet, wherein when an interest packet for content including converted content data is received, the server control unit performs control of issuing an interest packet for original content data of the content which is to be converted, and when original content data to be processed is received from a CCN, the server control unit performs control of causing the original content data to be converted, a packet of the converted original content data to be created, and the packet of the converted original content data to be transmitted as a response packet for the interest packet for the content including the converted content data. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095482 | Method and System for Deploying Service in a Cloud Computing System - A method and system for deploying a service in a cloud computing system. The method comprises collecting metadata information related to the service, building a list including a plurality of potential service endpoints by using the metadata information, and validating the potential service endpoints in the list. With the method, mapping between service and service endpoints is effectively processed while deploying the service. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095483 | COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL, TRANSFER TERMINAL, AND CONTENT PUBLICATION METHOD - A communications terminal that forms CCN includes an original content obtaining unit configured to obtain original content including original blocks, a content editing unit configured to generate edited content including edited blocks from the original content, a name deciding unit configured to decide upon a name of the edited content and names of the edited blocks, and a publishing unit configured to publish the edited blocks and index information of the edited content. In the case where an edited block, among the edited blocks, has contents identical to contents of a corresponding one of the original blocks, the name deciding unit decides that the name of the original block is to be the name of the edited block. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150095484 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROPAGATING STATISTICS BETWEEN FEDERATED CONTACT CENTER SITES FOR USE IN EVENT DISTRIBUTION - A routing system includes a router, a statistics server (Stat Server) coupled to the router, receiving, processing and storing statistics related to event handling, and providing information regarding the statistics for use by routing intelligence in the router, and a first proxy data server coupled to the Stat Server and to a second proxy data server at a remote contact center over a network. The system is characterized in that the Stat Server receives event statistics regarding the local queue, and through the coupled first and second proxy data servers, event statistics regarding the remote queue, provides information related to the statistics to the router, and the router determines to route incoming events to local queue or to the remote queue based on the information provided. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150100675 | Database Protocol for Exchanging Forwarding State with Hardware Switches - Some embodiments provide a set of one or more network controllers that communicates with a wide range of devices, ranging from switches to appliances such as firewalls, load balancers, etc. The set of network controllers communicates with such devices to connect them to its managed virtual networks. The set of network controllers can define each virtual network through software switches and/or software appliances. To extend the control beyond software network elements, some embodiments implement a database server on each dedicated hardware. The set of network controllers accesses the database server to send management data. The hardware then translates the management data to connect to a managed virtual network. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150100676 | STORAGE MEDIUM, METHOD FOR DATA PROCESSING, AND PROCESSING MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing therein a program that causes a computer to execute a process includes managing a data processing by a processing target node among a plurality of nodes in which respective nodes have relations with other nodes, the processing target node being traced from a start node on the basis of the relations, and calculating a total number of nodes linked to the start node on the basis of numbers of stages indicating distances of processed nodes and the processing target node from the start node, and numbers of branches from the processed nodes and the processing target node, while the processing target node performs the data processing. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150100677 | MANAGING SERVER SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A managing server system configured to manage operational information of a network device includes a managing unit configured to manage each of a plurality of groups by a tenant, and a setting unit configured to set whether an object to be processed is a tenant unit or a group unit in relation to each of a plurality of functions provided by the managing server system. The managing unit manages a site that belongs to one group of the plurality of groups by a tenant that is different from the group. The site that is managed as the tenant is not the object to be processed in a function in which the object to be processed is the group unit, otherwise the site that is managed as the tenant is the object to be processed in a function in which the object to be processed is the tenant unit. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150106490 | AUTOMATIC NOTIFICATION OF ISOLATION - A method and associated systems of automatic notification of isolation of a first networked device. In response to detecting that it is not being properly managed by a network-management means, the first networked device creates a notification message that identifies the problem and requests proper network management. The device then transmits this message to any other device or networked node that it can communicate with, along with a request that recipients try to forward the message to the network-management means. If a device that receives the message is able to forward the message successfully, the network-management means takes appropriate steps to begin properly managing the first networked device. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106491 | METHOD OF BUS VIRTUALIZATION IN COMPUTING MACHINE INTERCOMMUNICATIONS - To reduce performance losses and costs associated with serializing parallel communications when communicating with other computing devices over a local area network (“LAN”) or a wide area network (“WAN”), bus virtualization is provided to maintain parallelization for inter machine communications over a network. Control lines and data lines associated with a parallel bus communication can be received by a network adapter, and instead of serializing the communications, the network adapter can map each of the control and data lines to respective virtual local area networks (“VLAN”). Multiple VLANs can exist together on a LAN or WAN while logically segmented, allowing the respective VLANs to facilitate communications for the control and data lines over the network. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106492 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A display method for an electronic device is provided. The display method includes sending a request for information about at least one other electronic device connected to the electronic device to a management server, receiving a screen image of each of the at least one other electronic device from the management server, and displaying the received screen image. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106493 | Communication Device, Communication-Purpose Identification Information Management Server, Communication-Purpose Identification Information Acquisition Method, Communication-Purpose Identification Information Providing Method, and Recording Medium - A communication device that communicates with a communication partner includes: update unit that updates communication identification information of the communication device; registration unit that, upon updating of the communication identification information of the communication device, registers in a server the communication identification information of the communication device that follows updating in association with search identification information of the communication device; and a control unit that uses the search identification information of a communication partner to acquire from the server the communication identification information of the communication partner that is placed in association with the search identification information of the communication partner. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106494 | CHARACTERIZATION OF DOMAIN NAMES BASED ON CHANGES OF AUTHORITATIVE NAME SERVERS - Embodiments relate to systems, devices, and computer-implemented methods for characterizing domain names by determining a name server switching footprint for domain names using a data set corresponding to name server operations for the domain names. The domain names can be clustered into groups based on the name server switching footprints, and intended uses of domain names in a group can be extrapolated to other domain names in the group. Name server switching footprints can also be predicted for new domains names using a prediction model trained using the determined name server switching footprints for the domain names in the data set. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106495 | Computer Network for Services Retrieval, Method for Managing Such Network and a Computer System for Such Network - The invention concerns a computer network for services retrieval consisting of one or more computer systems and one or more service providers. The computer system may comprise one or more clients. On the computer system one or more network accessible client tools are running. The client tools may be enriched with services. According to the invention the computer network comprises one or more subscription management components. The subscription management component manages and secures specific client tool related communications between the one or more computer systems and the one or more service providers. The invention also concerns a computer system for application in the computer network, as well as a method for managing the network. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106496 | Method and Apparatus For Web Based Storage On-Demand - Rapid demanding for storage capacity at internet era requires a much flexible and powerful storage infrastructure. Present invention disclosed a type of storage system based a model of centrally controlled distributed scalable virtual machine. In this model, one or more service pools including virtual storage service pool and application service pools can be automatically created to meet the demands for more storage capacity from various applications. Specially this model provide a solid foundation for distributing storage volumes for supporting storage on-demand and sharing with exceptional management capabilities. In addition, this model provides a flexible fault recovery topology beyond the traditional recovery plan. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106497 | COMMUNICATION DESTINATION DETERMINATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION DESTINATION DETERMINATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DESTINATION DETERMINATION PROGRAM, AND GAME SYSTEM - A communication destination determination apparatus includes an acquisitor and a communication destination determiner. The acquisitor may be configured to acquire measurement results of accessibility of communication between each of a plurality of user terminals associated with each other and each of a plurality of game managers configured to communicate with each of the plurality of user terminals. The communication destination determiner may be configured to determine, based on the measurement results acquired by the acquisitor, and among the plurality of game managers, a target game manager as a communication destination to which the plurality of user terminals are to communicate. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150106498 | SCALABLE ARCHITECTURE - Exemplary embodiments may employ techniques for dynamically dispatching requests to resources operating in a distributed computing environment, such as a computing cloud, according to one or more policies. Embodiments may further dynamically adjust resources in the computing environment using predictive models that use current loads as an input. Embodiments may still further maintain a state for a processing environment independent of the type or configuration of a device used to access the environment on behalf of a user. | 04-16-2015 |
| 20150113109 | FEATURE ACTIVATION ON DEVICE - A system is configured to receive account information associated with a subscriber and a set of user devices, and receive user input, from a device associated with the subscriber, indicating that a feature is to be activated for the set of user devices. The device is configured to determine an association between the set of user devices and a feature code associated with the feature. The device is configured to receive a request to activate the feature from a user device, of the set of user devices, and determine that the user device is eligible to receive the feature based on the association between the set of user devices and the feature code. The device is configured to activate the feature for the user device based on determining that the user device is eligible to receive the feature. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113110 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - [Object] To realize the optimum communication without excluding P2P depending on a communication environment. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113111 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY PLUGGABLE MECHANISM FOR NEW INFRASTRUCTURE SUPPORT - Method and Apparatus for rapid scalable unified infrastructure system management platform are disclosed by discovery of compute nodes, network components across data centers, both public and private for a user; assessment of type, capability, VLAN, security, virtualization configuration of the discovered unified infrastructure nodes and components; configuration of nodes and components covering add, delete, modify, scale; and rapid roll out of nodes and components across data centers both public and private. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113112 | Managing Network Connection of a Network Node - A method and apparatus of managing a network connection of a network node comprising a NIC of a first type and a NIC of a second type. The method comprises: creating an interface device in the network node and setting the interface device to exchange data with a bridge connected to the NIC of the first type in response to detection of a failure in the NIC of the first type; determining a secondary node; instructing the secondary node to create and set a corresponding interface device; constructing a data channel between the interface device and the corresponding interface device, such that the data channel is capable of conducting data transmission using a network formed by the NICs of the second type. The apparatus corresponds to the above method. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113113 | APPLICATION TAKEOVER METHOD AND SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND SERVER - The present invention discloses an application takeover method and system, a mobile terminal, and a server. The application takeover method includes: receiving, by a server, an application takeover instruction sent by a first terminal, where the application takeover instruction includes an identifier of a second terminal and information about an application, of the first terminal, to be taken over, the application takeover instruction is used to make the application of the first terminal be taken over by the second terminal, and the application takeover instruction is generated by the first terminal based on sending an application takeover request to the second terminal and receiving a takeover accept response returned by the second terminal; and establishing, by the server, a takeover correspondence between the first terminal and the second terminal according to the application takeover instruction. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113114 | NETWORK INTERFACE ADAPTER REGISTRATION METHOD, DRIVER, AND SERVER - The present invention provides a network interface adapter registration method, driver, and server, where the method includes: registering, by a driver of a server, a network interface adapter with a kernel of the server as a physical network device; and registering, by the driver, apart of or all hardware queue receiving and sending groups of the network interface adapter with the kernel of the server as virtual network devices, where the physical network device is configured to manage the network interface adapter and all the virtual network devices, and each of the virtual network devices is configured to receive or send data of an application or a chip in the server. The foregoing method resolves a problem in the prior art that management and a direct operation cannot be performed on a single hardware queue of the network interface adapter. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150113115 | UPDATING ERROR RECOVERY INFORMATION IN A DISPERSED STORAGE NETWORK - A method begins with a set of storage units of a dispersed storage network (DSN) receiving a plurality of read requests for encoded data slices corresponding to particular content data. The method continues with a first storage unit detecting that a corresponding portion of the plurality of read requests exceeds a heavy load condition for the first storage unit. The method continues when the corresponding portion of the plurality of read requests exceeds the heavy load condition for the first storage unit with the first storage unit identifying a first alternative storage unit of the DSN. The method continues with the first storage unit sending a copy of the first group of encoded data slices to the first alternative storage unit and redirecting some of the corresponding portion of the plurality of read requests to the first alternative storage unit for processing. | 04-23-2015 |
| 20150120895 | EXPRESS HEADER FOR PACKETS WITH HIERARCHICALLY STRUCTURED VARIABLE-LENGTH IDENTIFIERS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for forwarding named packets. During operation, the system receives a named packet with an express header. The named packet includes a payload and a name which identifies the payload. The express header includes a content identifier, a global forwarding identifier, and a local forwarding identifier. The content identifier uniquely represents an interest corresponding to the name. The global forwarding identifier includes forwarding information to facilitate global forwarding. The local forwarding identifier includes forwarding information to facilitate local forwarding. The system then makes a forwarding decision for the packet based on the content identifier, the global forwarding identifier, and optionally the local forwarding identifier. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150120896 | MANAGING QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE FOR MEDIA TRANSMISSIONS - A computer-implemented method, computer program product, and computing system is provided for quality of experience for media transmissions. In an implementation, a method may include determining a first quality of experience metric associated with a media stream at a first network node. The first quality of experience metric may be transmitted with the media stream. The method may also include determining a second quality of experience metric associated with the media stream at a second network node. An updated quality of experience metric may be transmitted with the media stream. The updated quality of experience metric may be based upon, at least in part, the first quality of experience metric and the second quality of experience metric. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150120897 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INTERCONNECTING TWO SUBNETWORKS - An interconnection device for interconnecting two sub-networks, on which UPnP devices are connected: determines actual IP addresses and port numbers of servers of the UPnP device; allocates a port number to each server, establishes a connection with a UPnP device of the femtocell and a connection with a UPnP device of the local area network; replaces, in frames received via one of said connections, each actual server IP address and port number allocated by the interconnection device to said server; and replaces, in frames received via one of said connections, each actual IP address and port number with an IP address of the interconnection device to said server; and replaces, in said received frames, each IP address of the interconnection device and port number allocated by the interconnection device to a server with the IP address and port number of the corresponding server. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150120898 | POLICY MANAGED SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A method and a system of managing a policy managed system that includes a policy managed element. The method restricts the policy managed element so that internal configurations and actions of the policy managed element do not violate any policy rules generated external to the policy managed element. The method also prevents the policy managed element from generating policy that exit the policy managed element. The method, at a policy executive element (PEE) located remote from the policy managed element, restricts internal configurations and actions of the PEE so that the PEE does not violate any policy rules generated external to the PEE. The PEE includes a policy generation point (PGP) that the method allows to generate new policy rules that do not violate any existing policy and provides the new policy rules to the policy managed element. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150120899 | DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method, computer program product, and computing system for obtaining a first set of descriptors from a first cloud service provider. The first set of descriptors defines one or more resources available from the first cloud service provider. At least a second set of descriptors is obtained from at least a second cloud service provider. The at least a second set of descriptors defines one or more resources available from the at least a second cloud service provider. The at least one of the first set of descriptors and the at least a second set of descriptors are processed to generate a homogenized set of descriptors. The homogenized set of descriptors describes the one or more resources available from the first cloud service provider and the one or more resources available from the at least a second cloud service provider in a uniform fashion. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150120900 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTEGRATING A CLOUD PLATFORM ENVIRONMENT WITH AN APPLICATION SERVER OR OTHER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for integrating a cloud platform with an application server or other environment, for example, a WebLogic environment. A cloud platform runtime including a cloud server can be embedded within an application server container, so that the cloud server domain can execute within the application server domain. An integration bridge and integration components support integration between the cloud server and the application server. Cloud server components can be used as part of the application server domain, including for example, administration, logging and diagnostics, security, and configuration management. | 04-30-2015 |
| 20150127794 | Content And Device Naming Scheme - Methods and systems for managing content are disclosed. An example method can comprise receiving content at a first device. The first device can be associated with a first identifier. The method can comprise inserting the first identifier into the content. The method can also comprise providing the content comprising the first identifier to a second device associated with a second identifier. The second identifier can comprise the first identifier. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127795 | SCALING A TRUSTED COMPUTING MODEL IN A GLOBALLY DISTRIBUTED CLOUD ENVIRONMENT - A distributed cloud environment system comprising: a repository; a plurality of cloud managed nodes with a client program interface; a plurality of service management components with a service management component interface; a central trusted computing platform service in communication with the repository, the plurality of cloud managed nodes and the plurality of service management components, comprising: a first interface for communication with the client program interface in each of the plurality of cloud managed nodes through a first single touch point; and a second interface for communication with the service management component interface for the plurality of service management components through a second single touch point. The central trusted computing platform service manages interaction of the plurality of service management components with the plurality of cloud managed nodes, and the interaction of the plurality of cloud managed nodes with the repository. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127796 | METHOD OF MANAGING RESOURCE TRANSMISSION BETWEEN TWO SERVICE PROVIDERS AND RELATED COMPUTER SYSTEM - When performing resource management between different service providers, a first interface and a second interface are provided simultaneously on an electronic device for connecting to a first service provider and a second service provider, respectively. The first interface is arranged to display the resource list of the first service provider as icons, and the second interface is arranged to display the resource list of the second service provider as icons. When a specific icon on one of the interfaces is selected and then dragged to the other interface, resource transmission between the first and second service providers may be activated. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127797 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-PATH LOAD BALANCING IN NETWORK FABRICS - In accordance with one embodiment, a source leaf device receives a packet. The source leaf device identifies a flowlet associated with the packet and a destination leaf device to which the packet is to be transmitted. The source leaf device may determine whether the flowlet is a new flowlet. The source leaf device may select an uplink of the source leaf device via which to transmit the flowlet to the destination leaf device according to whether the flowlet is a new flowlet. The source leaf device may then transmit the packet to the destination leaf device via the uplink. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127798 | OBJECT VERSION MANAGEMENT - Object-oriented network management includes defining an information model with one object class for each type of network resource and network entity to be managed. A hierarchy tree with a plurality of hierarchy levels is defined independent from an inheritance hierarchy. Each object class is assigned to one hierarchy level, and each object class of a lower hierarchy level is associated to one object class of a hierarchy level above the lower hierarchy level. An information entity including default version information is defined in the information model. The information entity is associated to one object class of a top hierarchy level or an instance thereof. An assumption is defined that the default version information for an instance of one object class and for all instances of an object class that belongs to lower hierarchy levels and that are associated to the one object class, or an instance thereof. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127799 | HIERARCHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MASSIVELY SCALABLE NETWORK SERVER - A method of propagating an FCAPS operation through a plurality of servers including a configuration server connected on a network. The method includes the steps of: receiving, by the configuration server, an FCAPS operation; the configuration server selecting a server from the plurality of servers to be lead management aggregator; the configuration server transferring the FCAPS operation to the lead management aggregator; the lead management aggregator selecting a plurality of first deputy servers from the plurality of servers; and the lead management aggregator transferring the FCAPS operation to each of the first deputy servers. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127800 | INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing terminal having a relay function of relaying, via a network, a client for managing data and a service for providing a function using the data managed by the client, comprises: a receiving unit which, upon receiving function information for calling the function provided by the service by the relay function, receives reference information pertaining to providing of the function information; a register unit which executes registration processing of the received function information; and a providing unit which provides a user with the function information registered by the registration processing according to at least one of a display order and a display position based on the reference information. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127801 | NAME SERVICE OBJECT CLUSTERING - Method and System for load balance of Common Object Request Broker Architecture (CORBA) object servers, comprising: invoking a name service cluster, indicating to a user whether bind interceptors are in use, and providing the user with a class having relevant methods if bind interceptors are in use. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127802 | Cross-Protocol Communication In Domain Name Systems - Systems and methods for processing domain name system requests in accordance with subscriber information are provided. A request for domain name information can be correlated with subscriber information using a subscriber identifier to resolve the domain name information at a domain name system (DNS) nameserver. The subscriber identifier and/or subscriber information may be transmitted from a DNS nameserver to a webserver using the domain name information provided in response to the subscriber's DNS queries. The subscriber identifier and/or information may be used in delivering a landing page or in facilitating proxying of resource requests for the requested domain. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150127803 | SCALABLE POLICY DEPLOYMENT ARCHITECTURE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Aspects describe using a Policy Access Gateway that can facilitate scalability within a communication network and that can provide a solution to deploy an enhanced policy gateway. The Policy Access Gateway can enhance standard defined Diameter Routing Agent (DRA) functions with session binding mechanisms. Further, the Policy Access Gateway is scalable and can be deployed in a very large network that supports hundreds of millions of users. Further, the Policy Access Gateway can provide additional policy information to enable policy information consolidation and caching capabilities. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150134795 | DATA STREAM INGESTION AND PERSISTENCE TECHNIQUES - A programmatic interface is implemented, enabling a client of a stream management service to select a data ingestion policy for a data stream. A client request selecting an at-least-once ingestion policy is received. In accordance with the at-least-once policy, a client may transmit an indication of a data record one or more times to the service until a positive acknowledgement is received. In response to receiving a plurality of transmissions indicating a particular data record, respective positive acknowledgements are sent to the client. Based on a persistence policy selected for the stream, copies of the data record are stored at one or more storage locations in response to one particular transmission of the plurality of transmissions. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134796 | DYNAMIC PARTITIONING TECHNIQUES FOR DATA STREAMS - A partitioning policy, comprising an indication of an initial mapping of data records of a stream to a plurality of partitions, is selected to distribute data records of a data stream among a plurality of nodes of a stream management service. Data ingestion nodes and storage nodes are configured according to the initial mapping. In response to a determination that a triggering criterion for dynamically repartitioning the data stream has been met, a modified mapping is generated, and a different set of ingestion and storage nodes are configured. For at least some time during which arriving data records are stored in accordance with the modified mapping, data records stored at the first set of storage nodes in accordance with the initial mapping are retained. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134797 | MANAGED SERVICE FOR ACQUISITION, STORAGE AND CONSUMPTION OF LARGE-SCALE DATA STREAMS - A control node of a multi-tenant stream management service receives a request to initialize a data stream to be comprised of a plurality of data records. The control node determines, based on a partitioning policy, parameters to be used to configure subsystems for ingestion, storage and retrieval of the records. The control node identifies resources to be used for a node of retrieval subsystem The retrieval node is configured to implement programmatic record retrieval interfaces, including respective interfaces to implement non-sequential and sequential access patterns. The control node configures the retrieval node using the selected resources. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134798 | Standardized Crowd Sourcing - Crowd sourcing data is translated into a standard crowd sourcing format for crowd sourcing analytics. Mobile devices automatically send reports of standardized crowd sourcing information to a centralized crowd-sourcing server. The centralized crowd-sourcing server aggregates all the reports according to location. Crowd sourcing applications query the centralized crowd-sourcing server to retrieve standardized data for populations of mobile devices sharing the same location. Crowd sourcing analytics may be quickly and inexpensively performed with reduced queries to individual devices. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134799 | PATH SELECTION FOR NETWORK SERVICE REQUESTS - In a method for directing a computer network request to process through one or more components, a processor identifies a plurality of input/output (I/O) paths capable of serving a computer network request and a plurality of components along each path of the plurality of I/O paths. A processor predicts resource demands at each respective component of the plurality of components along each path of the plurality of I/O paths. A processor estimates expected delay times at each respective component of the plurality of components along each path of the plurality of I/O paths using predicted resource demands at each component. A processor determines an expected delay time for each path of the plurality of I/O paths based on the expected delay times at each respective component of the plurality of components along each path of the plurality of I/O paths. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134800 | Managed Directory Service - Techniques for connecting computer system entities to remote computer system resources are described herein. A computer system entity that requests access to a remote computer system resource has that request fulfilled by a managed directory service which receives the request and connects the computer system entity to the remote computer system resource. While connected, the managed directory service receives commands to perform operations on the remote computer system resource and, if the computer system entity is authorized to perform the operations on the remote computer system resource, the managed directory service performs the operation on the remote computer system resource. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134801 | MAKING POLICY-BASED DECISIONS IN A NETWORK - A method is provided for making policy-based decisions in a network. The method can include receiving data values from a sensor at multiple time instances. The method can also include selecting a policy associated with the received data values, where the policy includes a condition and an action. The method can also include determining whether a data value among the received data values satisfies the condition at one or more time instances. The method can also include performing the action of the policy if the condition of the policy is satisfied at one or more time instances. The method can also include determining a pattern from the received data values based on changes in the received data values as a function of time. The method can also include preparing adjustments to the policy based on the determined pattern. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134802 | Devices and Method for Assigning Network Addresses - A switching device comprises a terminal pair arranged for signal transmission and reception. Circuitry is adapted for generating a stimulus signal to a plurality of network devices forming a daisy chain and for receiving a response signal to the stimulus signal. The circuitry is arranged for deriving from at least the response signal an indication of a network device of the plurality being operational or not. Processing means is arranged for assigning a location-based network address to the network device of the plurality considering the derived indication. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134803 | Networking Method and Device - A networking method and networking device are disclosed. The method includes determining a platform type of a terminal according to the port information of the terminal; and searching for a networking manner corresponding to the determined platform type according to a preset corresponding relationship between the platform type of the terminal and the networking manner, and connecting the terminal with a network according to the found networking manner. A corresponding device is also disclosed. The device includes a platform type determination module configured to determine a platform type of a terminal according to the port information of the terminal, and a networking module configured to search for a networking manner corresponding to the determined platform type according to a preset corresponding relationship between the platform type of the terminal and the networking manner, and connect the terminal with a network according to the found networking manner. The method and device can prevent a user from determining an available networking manner by testing networking manners one by one, and the operation of the user can be simplified. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134804 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device including a plurality of network interfaces includes: an interface management table representing a priority of each network interface, an address assignment protocol to be used in IP address assignment to each network interface, and an IP address assignment status with respect to each network interface; a protocol management table managing a priority of an address assignment protocol to be used in IP address assignment; and an address management unit performing a process of determining availability/unavailability of an IP address, a process of determining necessity of an IP-address reassignment operation, and a process of determining an IP address to be released when it is determined that an IP-address reassignment operation is required, based on the interface management table and the protocol management table, when an IP address is assigned to any one of the network interfaces from an address assignment device. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134805 | MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATOR - A multimedia communicator is disclosed. The multimedia communicator comprises a processing unit; and a storage device coupled to the processing unit. The multimedia communicator further includes a plurality of interfaces to allow the multimedia communicator to offer a user a plurality of services. The MMC which includes a microprocessor computing system may be located in a car, for example, or within a handset similar to handsets presently utilized for cell phones. The MMC may be connected to a WiFi Internet connection, a cellular network, a satellite radio or equivalent satellite network, or to other available wireless networks. Additionally, the MMC has the potential to interface with GPS signals as desired. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150134806 | START-UP CONTROL PROGRAM, DEVICE, AND METHOD - A start-up control device includes a processor that executes a procedure. The procedure includes: acquiring data relating to communication processing when communication connection of plural data processing devices is initiated; and based on the acquired data relating to communication processing, controlling start-up of the plural data processing devices such that a data processing device that transmitted a response to a request for the connection is started-up earlier than a data processing device that transmitted the request. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150142939 | CONVERGED INFRASTRUCTURE LOCAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A converged infrastructure management system includes a first converged infrastructure system chassis housing a backplane. A plurality of managed devices are connected to the backplane and include at least one compute device, at least one network device, and at least one storage device. A management device is connected to the backplane and includes a display and an input device that are accessible on an outer surface of the management device. The management device includes a management engine that is configured to retrieve management information from any of the plurality of managed devices through the backplane and display the management information that was retrieved on the display. The management engine is also configured to receive instructions through the input device and, in response, modify the management information that is displayed and send the management information that has been modified through the backplane to the management device associated with that management information. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142940 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR A NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION INFORMATION CONCENTRATOR - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for analyzing virtualization related information related to a telecommunications network for managing network virtualization are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system for analyzing virtualization related information related to a telecommunications network for managing network virtualization includes an information concentrator for analyzing virtualization related information related to a telecommunications network. The information concentrator may include a first interface for receiving the virtualization related information and an analysis engine for collecting and analyzing the received information, for determining a set of network virtualization related data based on the information, and for directing the network virtualization related data set to a node for making virtualization decisions. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142941 | ROLE-BASED RESOURCE NAVIGATION - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer-implemented methods for providing role-based resource navigation. An example method includes identifying a particular navigation intent from a user associated with a particular user role, the navigation intent representing an action associated with the particular business object; determining a particular target mapping associated with the particular navigation intent based at least in part on the particular user role, the target mapping associated with an application to be executed in response to identification of the associated navigation intent; and executing the application associated with the particular target mapping in response to determining the particular target mapping. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142942 | NETWORK STORAGE MANAGEMENT AT SCALE USING SERVICE LEVEL OBJECTIVES - Technology is disclosed for managing network storage services by service level objectives (SLOs). The method receives multiple service level capability (SLC) templates; creates at least one storage service level (SSL) instance using at least one of the SLC templates; provisions a storage object located in a network storage infrastructure based on the SSL instance; and services storage requests using the storage object. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142943 | LOAD-BALANCING CLUSTER - A load-balancing cluster includes a switch having a plurality of ports; and a plurality of servers connected to at least some of the plurality of ports of the switch. Each server is addressable by the same virtual Internet Protocol (VIP) address. Each server in the cluster has a mechanism constructed and adapted to respond to connection requests at the VIP by selecting one of the plurality of servers to handle that connection, wherein the selecting is based, at least in part, on a given function of information used to request the connection; and a firewall mechanism constructed and adapted to accept all requests for the VIP address for a particular connection only on the server that has been selected to handle that particular connection. The selected server determines whether it is responsible for the request and may hand it off to another cluster member. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142944 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROVISIONING METHOD AND INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus connectable to one or more terminal devices via a network includes a management unit that associates information which is required to be displayed on a terminal device with a setting of whether the information is allowed to be stored in a storage unit included in the terminal device; and a provisioning unit that adds to the information a specification indicating that the information is not allowed to be stored in the storage unit included in the terminal device and provides the information to the terminal device which requires the information, when the setting associated with the information to be displayed on the terminal device indicates that the information is not allowed to be stored in the storage unit included in the terminal device. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150142945 | RESPONSE TIME FOR A GATEWAY CONNECTING A LOWER BANDWIDTH NETWORK WITH A HIGHER SPEED NETWORK - Networks with a plurality of independent nodes are useful when the nodes can communicate with one another and with nodes and resources outside the network. The present disclosure addresses ways to encapsulate packets as they move from a sender to a receiver, and also addresses ways for speeding up messages between nodes by orderly queuing and processing of messages. The present disclosure also includes techniques for mapping nodes in a home area network to IP addresses in a local area network. | 05-21-2015 |
| 20150149605 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA MIGRATION - A system and method of managing the storage of data in a data system when data is to be migrated between a first data system and a second data system is disclosed. A plurality of storage processors is disposed in the communications paths between clients and the first and the second data systems. A chunk of data to be migrated from the first data system to the second data system is represented by a bit map identifying the data that has been transferred, and the bit maps of each of a group of storage processors of the plurality of storage processors performing the migration is maintained coherent across the storage processors. The migration process permits read and write access to the data during the migration process. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150149606 | MANAGED OBJECT MANIPULATION - The present disclosure relates to a method for performing one or more managed object (MO) operations, the method comprising: receiving a request for said one or more MO operations, the request including one or more manipulation entries, each of said one or more manipulation entries corresponding to each of said one or more MO operations; obtaining said one or more manipulation entries from the received request; and for each of said one or more manipulation entries, performing an MO operation corresponding to the manipulation entry. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150149607 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SERVING AND MANAGING INDEPENDENT ACCESS DEVICES - A third party service provider can provide data, management, and configuration services to a plurality of unrelated entities. The services are separated from the management and configuration aspect, and a system of trust is arranged to avoid the unrelated parties affecting one another. | 05-28-2015 |
| 20150295773 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR DISCOVERING NETWORK TOPOLOGY - A method for determining network topology of a provider network includes selecting a first network element, selecting a first port on the first network element, and iteratively performing connectivity validation tests using the first port, wherein each connectivity validation test is associated with a type of network element and yields a result that indicates whether a second port on a second network element of the associated type is connected to the first port. A system for discovering topology of a network, the system comprising a topology discovery engine in operable communication with a near network element and operable to identify a first port of a far network element that is connected to a second port of the near network element by remotely altering operation of the near network element to cause the second network element to respond in a manner that identifies the first port. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150295784 | REMOTE MAINTENANCE SERVER, TOTAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM INCLUDING THE REMOTE MAINTENANCE SERVER AND METHOD THEREOF - The present disclosure discloses a remote maintenance server including a communication unit configured to transmit and receive data to and from a facility which is a control subject, a display unit configured to display a graphic object corresponding to the facility installed in a control site on a design drawing for the control site; and a controller configured to receive the status information of the facility corresponding to the graphic object through the communication unit and display it on the display unit. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150295824 | Routing Tier for Highly-Available Applications on a Multi-Tenant Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) System - Implementations of a routing tier for highly-available applications on a multi-tenant Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) system are disclosed. A method of the disclosure includes receiving, from a broker of a multi-tenant PaaS system, information related to a load balancer gear of an application running on the multi-tenant PaaS system. The information includes endpoint information indicating a location of the load balancer gear, and cartridge information identifying one or more cartridges implemented on the load balancer gear. The method further includes updating a routing table in view of the endpoint information and the cartridge information, and causing traffic to be routed to the load balancer gear in view of the updated routing table. The load balancer gear directs traffic to one or more other gears of the application. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150296029 | NETWORK SERVICE TYPE AND MODE ADVERTISEMENT - Methods, systems and computer readable media for network service type and mode advertisement are described. In some implementations, a method can include providing a network service having a service mode and a service type, and generating a network service advertisement message including a service identifier, a service mode portion and a service type portion. The method can also include populating the service mode portion with a first value corresponding to a service mode of the network service and populating the service type portion with a second value corresponding to a service type of the network service. The method can further include forwarding the network service advertisement message from a first system to one or more other systems via a network. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150304404 | SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE, SUBSYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR OPENING TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK CAPABILITY - Embodiments of the present invention provide a system architecture, a subsystem, and a method for opening a telecommunications network capability, where the system includes: an API open subsystem, a telecommunications network subsystem, and a third-party subsystem. A first interface exists between the telecommunications network subsystem and the API open subsystem, and a second interface exists between the API open subsystem and the third-party subsystem; the telecommunications network subsystem is configured to provide a telecommunications network capability for the API open subsystem; the API open subsystem is configured to operate and manage opening of the telecommunications network capability and provide an API of the telecommunications network capability for the third-party subsystem; and the third-party subsystem is configured to invoke, on the API open subsystem, the API of the telecommunications network capability. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150304410 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A CENTRALIZED SUBSCRIBER LOAD DISTRIBUTION - A method and apparatus for providing subscriber load distribution in networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives capacity data and user equipment (UE) resource consumption data from a plurality of devices that process call control signaling messages within the communication network. The method receives a first request from one of the plurality of devices to re-register one or more selected user equipment, and selects at least one available device from the plurality of devices. The method then re-registers the one or more selected user equipment on the at least one available device. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150304423 | COMPUTER SYSTEM - A computer system includes a first server computer, a second server computer, a nonvolatile memory device, and a storage controller connected to the first server computer and the second server computer via PCI-Express, and connected to the nonvolatile memory device. The storage controller provides a storage area in the nonvolatile memory device as a shared data area for the first server computer and the second server computer. A server computer, which is each of the first and second server computers, stores a program that issues an NVM-Express command that is a command conforming to an NVM-Express standard. The program instructs the server computer to access the shared data area via PCI-Express by instructing the server computer to issue the NVM-Express command that specifies a namespace associated with the shared data area. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150304446 | MANAGING SYSTEM AND MANAGING METHOD - An instruction to delete a first managing tenant among managing tenants in a system is accepted. Information included in management information of the first managing tenant and customer information unique to a customer managed by the first managing tenant is held as transfer information of the first managing tenant, and is managed using an access authority assigned to information of the customer. The held transfer information of the first managing tenant is transferred to the second management tenant when the second management tenant is determined to be a destination of the transfer from the first managing tenant. | 10-22-2015 |
| 20150312102 | POLICY MANAGEMENT FOR SIGNALING OPTIMIZATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK FOR TRAFFIC UTILIZING PROPRIETARY AND NON-PROPRIETARY PROTOCOLS - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer program products for policy management for signaling optimization in a wireless network. According to one system, a policy control function (PCF) is configured to provide policy management in a communications network. The PCF includes a client services node (CSN) that provides front-end interfaces to a client device. An update target calculation engine (UTCE) is configured to asynchronously calculate updates to the client device without waiting for the client device to request the configuration updates. A generic update delivery system (GUDS) receives the updates from the UTCE and delivers the updates to client devices. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312105 | SERVER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREIN SERVER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM, AND SERVER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - A processor of a server information management apparatus detects an added server to a management target system. Also the processor specifies an attribute of the added server based on a communication state of the added server, first management information related to the added server, and second management information related to a communication destination server of the added server. Therefore, it is possible to precisely determine an attribute of a server which is added to a business system. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312107 | Composition of Services - A method of generating a set of composite services is provided herein. The method includes receiving standardized service descriptions of a set of component services from service providers. The standardized description of a component service may be translated to an automaton-based description. A specified goal associated with the set of component services may be received. The set of composite services may be generated based on the automaton-based description and the specified goal. Each of the generated composite services may accomplish the specified goal. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312154 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS COMPRISING ONE OR MORE DATA FEED MECHANISMS FOR IMPROVING DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - Systems and methods improve Domain Name System (DNS) traffic management and comprise ingesting first input data associated with one or more candidate DNS answers, compiling or manipulating of the first input data into a normalized form to provide normalized data that is usable by at least one dynamic DNS system for computing one or more answers to DNS queries, and transferring the normalized data to at least one globally distributed DNS software actor that is responsible for executing one or more DNS traffic management algorithms using the normalized data as second input data for use, wherein the at least one globally distributed DNS software actor is configured to execute a dynamic DNS decision making process utilizing the normalized data. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312311 | Policy-Based Payload Delivery for Transport Protocols - Information describing a rule to be applied to a traffic stream is received at an edge network device. The traffic stream is received at the edge network device. A schema is applied to the traffic stream at the edge network device. It is determined that a rule triggering condition has been met. The rule is applied to the traffic stream, at the edge network device, in response to the rule triggering condition having been met. At least one of determining that the rule triggering event has taken place or applying the rule is performed based on the applied schema. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150312338 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DUPLICATING A DATA CENTER - A method and a device for duplicating a data center having an original public address space and an original private address space are proposed. The method comprises the steps of copying the data center for providing at least two copied data centers; to each of the copied data centers, allocating a new public address space and the original private address space of the data center; and providing an address translation component which is configured to re-address traffic such that traffic directed to an address of the original public address space is directed to a corresponding address of one of the new public address spaces of the copied data centers. | 10-29-2015 |
| 20150319031 | IMPLEMENTING FIXED POINTS IN NETWORK STATE UPDATES USING GENERATION NUMBERS - Some embodiments provide a novel network control system that provides publications for managing different slices (e.g., logical and/or physical entities) of a network. The publications are published from publisher controllers in the network control system to subscriber controllers. The network control system uses publications with generation numbers and buffered subscribers to implement the fixed points in order to help maintain a consistent network state. The information published with a publication is useful for resolving conflicts in the network control system when multiple publisher controllers provide conflicting inputs to a subscriber controller. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319032 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING CHANGES IN A NETWORK USING SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL POLLING - In an embodiment, methods and systems have been provided for detecting changes in a network using improved Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) polling that reduces network traffic. Examples of changes in the network include, but are not limited to, configuration and behavioral changes in a network device, and response of network device to a network change. A Network Management Station (NMS) periodically polls Management Information Base (MIB) groups instead of periodically polling individual MIB object instances. The NMS receives the Aggregate Change Identifiers (ACIs) of MIB groups in response to polling, from a SNMP agent. The changes in the received ACIs represent the changes in the MIB groups. A change in an MIB group represents changes in the MIB object instances of the MIB group. The ACIs can be checksum, timestamp, and a combination of number of MIB object instances in a group and checksum of the MIB group. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319133 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING IDENTIFIER OF EUICC - A method and device for managing an identifier of an embedded universal integrated circuit card (eUICC) is disclosed. The eUICC receives an identifier information request, determines whether there is a network carrier profile in an enabled state, and provides a response with identifier information corresponding to the identifier information request based on the results of the determination. According to the method, it is possible to separately manage the unique identifier of the eUICC and a network carrier ICCID and to dynamically manage the identifier of the eUICC according to the state of the network carrier profile of the eUICC. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319239 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF SHARED IDENTIFIERS ACROSS SERVERS IN AN IMS NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, are described for synchronization of shared initial filter criteria in an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network. A first computing device in the IMS network transmits a registration request to a second computing device in the IMS network. The first computing device receives a response to the registration request from the second computing device, including an identifier associated with a shared initial filter criteria set stored at the first computing device. The first computing device determines whether the shared initial filter criteria set corresponding to the identifier is stored at the first computing device and transmits a retrieval request to the second computing device if the shared initial filter criteria set corresponding to the identifier is not stored. The first computing device receives the shared initial filter criteria set from the second computing device, and stores the shared initial filter criteria set. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319251 | DISTRIBUTED MANAGEMENT WITH EMBEDDED AGENTS IN ENTERPRISE APPS - Distributed mobile device management including a plurality of management agents is disclosed. Management-related information may be retrieved from a storage location accessible to a plurality of management agents. The management-related information may have been provided to the storage location from a management agent associated with a managed application. And at least one operation may be performed based at least in part on the management-related information. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319252 | APPLICATION CUSTOMIZATION - Methods and systems for customizing applications in enterprise mobility management systems are described herein. A client agent software application on a mobile device may be customized to embed or make available enterprise server URLs, a session cookie for authentication, and various other data during the device enrollment process. The customization of the client agent may be based on the device, user, and/or enrollment session. After the device is enrolled in the enterprise system, the embedded data may be accessed by the client agent application to support seamless single-sign-on during first-time use. Additional customized applications based on device, user, and/or enrollment session, may be generated and provided to mobile devices during or after device enrollment. Customized applications may be based on application templates, such as packaged web applications or specific implementations of hosted applications. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150326423 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMPLIFYING DISTRIBUTED SERVER MANAGEMENT - A method and system for managing a large number of servers and their server components distributed throughout a heterogeneous computing environment is provided. In one embodiment, an authenticated user, such as a IT system administrator, can securely and simultaneously control and configure multiple servers, supporting different operating systems, through a “virtual server.” A virtual server is an abstract model representing a collection of actual target servers. To represent multiple physical servers as one virtual server, abstract system calls that extend execution of operating-system-specific system calls to multiple servers, regardless of their supported operating systems, are used. A virtual server is implemented by a virtual server client and a collection of virtual server agents associated with a collection of actual servers. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326424 | AUTOMATED SAN NETWORK TOPOLOGICAL DIAGRAM AND POINT-TO-POINT CABLING CREATION FOR CUSTOMERS ENVIRONMENTS - A method of presenting a network architecture includes identifying two or more network devices for interconnection analysis, collecting information describing communications paths between two or more network devices, and converting the collected information into a markup language format. The method further includes generating, from the markup language format, a listing of the network devices and a listing of connections between the network devices. The method also includes instantiating, based on the listing of the network devices, one or more images depicting each of the two or more network devices. The method further includes instantiating, based on the listing of connections, one or more images depicting connections between the two or more network devices. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326442 | METHOD, NODE, AND GATEWAY FOR TRIGGERING NETWORKING - The present invention is applicable to the field of the Internet of Things, and provides a method, a node, and a gateway for triggering networking. The method includes receiving, by a node, non-contact trigger induction; and adding the node and a gateway to a same network. The present invention provides a convenient trigger manner to add a node and a gateway to a same network, and ensures that the node is added to a correct network, thereby facilitating a user to perform an operation of triggering networking. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326450 | VOTING STRATEGY OPTIMIZATION USING DISTRIBUTED CLASSIFIERS - In one embodiment, voting optimization requests that identify a validation data set are sent to a plurality of network nodes. Voting optimization data is received from the plurality of network nodes that was generated by executing classifiers using the validation data set. A set of one or more voting classifiers is then selected from among the classifiers based on the voting optimization data. One or more network nodes that host a voting classifier in the set of one or more selected voting classifiers is then notified of the selection. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326466 | INFORMATION PROPAGATION IN A NETWORK - Method for managing information propagation in a network, said information being propagated from a source to a receiving node device through a path of the network comprising at least one edge of the network directly linking a first and a second relaying node devices, wherein the method comprises a step of allocating to the second relaying node device a score each time that the receiving node device receives a useful content from the source through said path, wherein the first relaying node device is able to receive information from the second relaying node device at a given rate, and the method further comprises a stop of periodically updating said rate as a function of a sum of the scores allocated to the second relaying node device | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150326525 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE PERSONAS WITHIN END USER APPLICATIONS - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for managing multiple personas within end user applications are disclosed. According to one method, a first profile definition defining a first persona through which a user accesses at least one social networking, OTT, or other hosted service and at least one trigger condition associated with the activation of the first persona is accessed. The method further includes determining a context for the user. The method further includes determining whether the context for the user satisfies the at least one trigger condition. In response to determining that the context satisfies the at least one trigger condition, the first persona is activated. | 11-12-2015 |
| 20150333976 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING MANAGEMENT OPERATION ON DEVICES IN A HOME NETWORK - A method for scheduling a management operation on devices in a home network is provided. The method includes identifying at least one device among a plurality of devices in a home network to schedule the management operation by a management server; obtaining log information from the at least one device identified by the management server; determining nature of the management operation on the at least one device identified by the management server; and scheduling the management operation on the at least one device identified by the management server in response to the determined nature and the obtained log information. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150334082 | REQUEST ROUTING MANAGEMENT BASED ON NETWORK COMPONENTS - Systems and methods for managing requesting routing functionality associated with resource requests for one or more resources associated with a content provider are provided. A content delivery network (“CDN”) service provider, on behalf of a content provider, can process domain name service (“DNS”) requests for resources by computing devices and resolve the DNS requests by the identification of a network address of a computing device that will provide the requested resources. Based on the processing of DNS queries initiated by a client computing device, the CDN service provider can measure CDN service provider latencies associated with the generation of DNS requests by network components associated with the client computing devices. Examples of the network components can include DNS resolvers associated with the client computing device. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150341223 | AUTOMATIC PLACEMENT OF CLIENTS IN A DISTRIBUTED COMPUTER SYSTEM BASED ON AT LEAST PHYSICAL NETWORK TOPOLOGY INFORMATION - A management server and method for performing automatic placement of clients in a distributed computer system selects final client placement locations to place the clients from candidate client placement locations, where the placement requirements of the clients can be satisfied, based on at least physical network topology information of the distributed computer system. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341308 | mDNS REPLICATOR USING DEVICE DISCOVERY - System, apparatus, and methods for replicating mDNS using unicast discovery are disclosed. A series of mDNS discovery operations may be performed on a series of Internet protocol subnets of which a server performing the series of mDNS discovery operations is not a part. Device data may be received from a first at least one multifunction peripheral on the series of Internet protocol subnets, the device data identifying at least one service that the first at least one multifunction peripheral is capable of performing. A domain name server may be updated with the Internet protocol address of the first at least one multifunction peripheral and the at least one service. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341431 | CONTROL MESSAGE ROUTING WITHIN ANYCAST RELIANT PLATFORMS - Some embodiments provide a transport session discovery protocol that enables load balancing devices of an Anycast reliant distributed platform to route legacy control messages to destinations within the distributed platform that manage the sessions or connections implicated by the legacy control messages, even when the implicated sessions or connections cannot be directly identified from the control message headers. The modified load balancing operation as a result of the transport session discovery protocol involves identifying a message header mapping to an unrecognized session or connection, extracting session or connection identifying information and an error or condition from the message body, generating a new messaging construct to encapsulate the extracted information, and multicasting the messaging construct to other load balancing devices operating within a common point-of-presence. The load balancing device having knowledge of the server managing the implicated session then routes the error or condition to that server. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341446 | ENHANCED DNS-BASED SERVICE DISCOVERY IN AN INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) ENVIRONMENT - A system and method for discovering services in an Internet of Things (IoT) environment are disclosed. The method may include providing service-feature information from a consumer app to a query service that is indicative of a service provided by a remotely located provider app and incorporating the service-feature information into resource records of an additional information section of a multicast domain name service (mDNS) message. The message is multicasted to other IoT devices, and a response message is received from at least one provider device. The additional information section of the response message is then analyzed to determine whether a service provided by the at least one provider device meets criteria defined by the service-feature information. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341471 | METHOD FOR MAKING 32-BIT ADDRESSING OF SV DATA BY UTILIZING FPGA - This invention relates to a method for making 32-bit addressing of SV data by utilizing FPGA, which may be applied to processing digital sampling data in an equipment of an intelligent substation. Specifically, the method includes the following steps: FPGA receiving naked SV data packages generated based on IEEE802.3 standard; analyzing data structure of Ethernet frame; based on characteristics of the Ethernet frame of the SV data, the SV data of the network byte sequence being reorganized by utilizing ASN.1 coding rules, so that the SV data being converted into a data that can be directly accessed by 32-bit addressing processors. As a result, SV data decoding efficiency is improved greatly. This invention may make the decoding efficiency of 32-bit addressing processor improved by 5-10 times, thus solve problem of declined efficiency due to processing network byte order by splitting and reorganization. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150347120 | TECHNIQUES TO ISOLATING A PORTION OF AN ONLINE COMPUTING SERVICE - Techniques to isolating a portion of an online computing service are described. The following description may refer to the isolated portion as a deployment unit configured with a complete build of the online computing service. In one embodiment, after applying one or more changes to the complete build, the deployment unit may be used for testing these changes using end-to-end tests. In another embodiment, the deployment unit may be dedicated to a specific group of tenants that require at least some isolation from other tenants. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150349975 | Home gateway and smart terminal integrated system and communication method thereof - A home gateway and smart terminal integrated system is described, which includes a home gateway body and at least one subsidiary smart terminal. The home gateway body adopts a multi-core processor architecture and virtualization technology, and has abundant software and hardware resources, and can conduct function extension in a manner of installing application software in addition to having a routing and forwarding function of an existing home gateway; and the subsidiary smart terminal enables a user to securely operate an smart household terminal only by the software and hardware resources. Thus the problem that the utilization rate of a smart terminal device is low and functions of an existing home gateway are single, and etc. is solved without purchasing a smart terminal for each family member. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350016 | TRANSFORMATION ENGINE FOR DATACENTER COLOCATION AND NETWORK INTERCONNECTION PRODUCTS - Integration of diverse software applications in i) a co-location facility, ii) communication interconnection network facility or ii) both. A transformation engine for datacenter colocation and network interconnection products may assist in a dynamic i) transformation of commands and ii) data structure translation as well as data structure transformation between a source application (SA) and a target application (TA) via two or more translation assist templates. The translation assist templates correlate to various combinations of the SAs, TAs, and the colocation or the network interconnection products. The network transformation engine may generate a new translation assist template when information regarding a new or updated application or product is loaded into a database. The new translation assist template may then be sent to a cache used by middleware to assist in the dynamic translation and transformation of the commands and the data structures to dynamically map out how a grammar and structure of the SA correlates to the TA. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350092 | DISTRIBUTED API PROXY SYSTEM AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING TRAFFIC IN SUCH SYSTEM - Disclosed are a distributed application programming interface (API) proxy system and an apparatus and method for managing traffic in the system. The apparatus for managing API traffic includes a traffic information collection unit configured to collect traffic information from a plurality of API proxies distributed to a plurality of networked apparatuses such that physical resources are abstracted to provide access to the abstracted physical resources and a traffic optimization unit configured to generate control information for decreasing communication traffic of at least one of the plurality of API proxies based on the collected traffic information and deliver the generated control information to the plurality of API proxies. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350095 | Cloud-Based Network Tool Optimizers For Server Cloud Networks - Network tool optimizers for server cloud networks and related methods are disclosed. In part, master filters are defined to segregate and control user traffic, and user filters are defined to forward the user traffic to cloud-based network tools or tool instances. A master user interface and user interfaces for each user are provided so that the master filters and user filters can be defined and managed. A filter rules compiler within the cloud-based network tool optimizer then combines the master filters with the user filters, resolves conflicts in favor of the master filters, and generates filter engine rules that are applied to filter engines within the network tool optimizer for the cloud network. The filter engines then forward packets received at input ports for the network tool optimizer to output ports for the network tool optimizer that are coupled to network tools or tool instances within the cloud network. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350257 | METHOD FOR REGISTERING MULTI-CONTACT DEVICES - A technique is described allowing an IMS enabled network to terminate a communication request directed towards a user device in a well-defined way, even for cases in which multiple registrations for IMS are present that are related to the same physical user device. A method embodiment of this technique comprises registering multiple user agents for one and the same user device, wherein from each user agent contact information including a device ID identifying the user device is provided; and processing a communication request directed towards the user device, the processing comprising identifying multiple identical device IDs of registered contacts, and treating the communication request according to a predetermined handling scheme related to the detection of identical device IDs. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350340 | MANAGEMENT OF HEADLESS HARDWARE IN DATA CENTER - A data center controller that maintains operation of at least one of its constituent headless hardware devices. An example of a headless hardware device may be server, or a server blade. The data center controller identifies that a particular headless hardware device has an unmanaged state, which means the headless hardware device is non-bootable without further code. In response, the data center controller decides which of one or more operational supplements are to be installed on the headless hardware device. The one or more operational supplements are sufficient at least to transition the headless hardware device from an unmanaged state to a managed state, thus allowing the headless hardware device to complete the boot process. The operational supplement(s) might include a management interface through which the data center controller might provide further management instructions to the headless hardware device. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350347 | FEDERATED MANAGEMENT OF INTELLIGENT SERVICE MODULES - Intelligent services are provided in a storage network using intelligent service modules that can be cabled to a switch external to the switch chassis and yet be managed as part of the switch's logical domain. Data and management communications between the intelligent service module and the core switch are provided through a “soft-backplane” implemented using in-band communications through cabling attached between the switch and the intelligent service module rather than through a hardwired backplane within the chassis. Management communications from management software is directed to the switch, which handles the management functions relating to the intelligent service module or forwards the management requests to the intelligent service module for processing. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150350363 | PROXY SERVICE FACILITATION - A proxy requestor, who is expected to participate in events hosted on a computing network, may hope to find a proxy to handle the events for the proxy requestor. The proxy requestor, using a requestor device, may submit a request for such proxy to a proxy service provider during or prior to the event. In some examples, the proxy service provider may transmit one or more candidate proxies to the requestor device. Once the proxy requestor device selects a proxy from among the one or more candidate proxies, the requestor device may either facilitate or schedule a connection between the selected proxy and other participants of the events. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150358206 | CONFIGURING A COMPUTING SYSTEM TO DELAY A SYSTEM UPDATE - Configuring a computing system to delay a system update, including: receiving, by an update management module, an update descriptor associated with an available system update, the update descriptor including information identifying a targeted system configuration to be updated by the available system update; determining, by the update management module, whether the available system update should be blocked; responsive to determining that the available system update should be blocked, determining, by the update management module, whether the computing system can be reconfigured such that the computing system does not operate using the targeted system configuration; and responsive to determining that the computing system can be reconfigured such that the computing system does not operate using the targeted system configuration, reconfiguring, by the update management module, the computing system to operate without using the targeted system configuration. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358213 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SHARING A SINGLE FIRMWARE IMAGE IN A CHASSIS CONFIGURED TO RECEIVE A PLURALITY OF MODULAR INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEMS - In accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure, a system may include a chassis configured to receive a plurality of modular information handling systems, wherein each modular information handling system comprises a remote access controller and a management controller disposed in the chassis. The management controller may be configured to be communicatively coupled to one or more remote access controllers of the one or more modular information handling systems received in the chassis and further configured to share a single remote access controller firmware image such that each of the one or more remote access controllers loads and executes the single remote access controller firmware image. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358214 | STORAGE BATTERY MANAGEMENT METHOD AND STORAGE BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - a storage battery management method which is performed in a communication terminal, the storage battery management method including: performing communication with a storage battery which is an object to be managed and acquiring storage battery information on the use of the storage battery; storing the acquired storage battery information every time the storage battery information is acquired; and performing communication with a management server managing the storage battery and providing, only when accepting a request for provision of the storage battery information from the management server, storage battery information of the stored storage battery information, the storage battery information in accordance with the request for provision, to the management server. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150358215 | SHARED RISK INFLUENCE EVALUATION SYSTEM, SHARED RISK INFLUENCE EVALUATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An object of the present invention is to make it possible to analyze a shared risk that is the most important in view of the influence on a service. Provided is a shared risk influence evaluation system including: a shared risk management section for managing, for each shared risk factor on the system, information of a device and an application to be influenced by the shared risk factor; a device characteristic management section for managing information regarding characteristics of the device and the application; a service characteristic management section for, for each service provided by the system, managing information of an application needed for providing the service; and an influence calculation section for calculating an influence on the system for each shared risk factor based on the information of a device and an application to be influenced by the shared risk factor and the information of an application needed for providing the service. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150365272 | Control System, Control Method of a Control System, and Control Device - In a control system in which a terminal with a browser and a control device communicate through a network, the system and control device are made compatible with a configuration in which the devices communicate through a network. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365281 | User-Configured On-Demand Virtual Layer-2 Network for Infrastructure-As-A-Service (IAAS) on a Hybrid Cloud Network - A virtual network is overlaid upon physical networks. The virtual network is a layer-2 network that expands an organization's LAN using virtual MAC addresses. A VN device driver shim intercepts LAN packets and their virtual MAC and IP addresses and encapsulates them with physical packets. As new nodes are created, a VN switch table is expanded so that all nodes on the virtual network can reach the new node. A copy of the VN switch table is stored on each node by a virtual network management daemon on the node. A VN configuration controller in a central server updates the VN switch tables. Organizations can expand their virtual network as nodes are created at remote cloud computing providers without action by the staff at the cloud computing provider. Hybrid cloud virtual networks include on-premises physical and virtual-machine nodes, and off-premises guest nodes and instances. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365284 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF MANAGING AN INTERCONNECTION NETWORK | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365296 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A NETWORK - A method for operating a network that has a network subscriber that is connected to a superordinate bus and to a subordinate bus comprises steps for the reception of a first superordinate data message by the network subscriber via the superordinate bus, the extraction of first data from the first superordinate data message by the network subscriber and for the transmission of a first subordinate data message by the network subscriber via the subordinate bus. In one case, the first subordinate data message comprises the first data. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365316 | Message Processing Method and System in Multi-Homing Access Overlay Network - A message processing method in a multi-homing access overlay network, comprising: when an edge device receives a data message from a multi-homing access bound interface, setting an identifier indicating that the data message is from multi-homing access in the overlay encapsulation performed on the data message, and sending the data message after the overlay encapsulation to the overlay network. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365335 | Adaptive Receive Path Learning To Facilitate Combining TCP Offloading And Network Device Teaming - One or more modules include a first portion that teams together multiple physical network interface ports of a computing system to appear as a single virtual network interface port to a switch to which the physical ports are linked. A second portion determines a receive port upon which a packet of a TCP session was received. A third portion assigns a transmit port to be the receive port, wherein the transmit port is used by the computing system to transmit packets of the TCP session. The third portion assigns the transmit port prior to a TCP offload engine (TOE) being enabled to offload from the system CPU processing of packets of the TCP session transceived on the assigned transmit/receive port. If a subsequent packet for the TCP session is received on a different second port, the transmit port is reassigned to be the second port. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365488 | AGGREGATING ENDPOINT CAPABILITIES FOR A USER - A method and system for aggregating capabilities from multiple endpoints associated with a user are provided. The system aggregates the capabilities of the endpoints associated with a user into an aggregate view of available modes of communication for reaching the user. Then, the system publishes the aggregate view so that other users who want to send communications to the user will know the modes of communication available for that user. In addition, the system may designate certain modes of communication as preferred or as capable of reaching the user. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365493 | Optimizing Network Communications - A mechanism is provided for optimizing network communications. A first data transfer request is received via a first application level socket connection in an originating computing device. Prior to opening a kernel level socket connection to a destination computing device, a determination is made as to whether a second data transfer request has been received via a second application level socket connection in the originating computing device, the second data transfer request identifying a destination computing device that is the same as the destination computing device as the first data transfer request. Responsive to identifying the second data transfer request, the first data transfer request and the second data transfer request are coalesced into a third data transfer request stored in a single kernel level socket buffer of the originating computing device. The third data transfer request is then sent to the destination computing device via a single TCP/IP stack. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150365494 | Optimizing Network Communications - A mechanism is provided for optimizing network communications. A first data transfer request is received via a first application level socket connection in an originating computing device. Prior to opening a kernel level socket connection to a destination computing device, a determination is made as to whether a second data transfer request has been received via a second application level socket connection in the originating computing device, the second data transfer request identifying a destination computing device that is the same as the destination computing device as the first data transfer request. Responsive to identifying the second data transfer request, the first data transfer request and the second data transfer request are coalesced into a third data transfer request stored in a single kernel level socket buffer of the originating computing device. The third data transfer request is then sent to the destination computing device via a single TCP/IP stack. | 12-17-2015 |
| 20150372854 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control device includes a storage that stores management information in which an first address of a network interface of a first information processing device for which first communication with the communication control device has been allowed, first identification information corresponding to the first address, and first port information corresponding to a first port of the communication control device for which the first communication has been allowed are associated with one another, and a determination processor that determines whether or not to allow second communication with a second information processing device on a basis of the first identification information and a second identification information, which has been received from the second information processing device performing the second communication. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150372878 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING AND PREVENTING SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT VIOLATION IN A VIRTUALIZED ENVIRONMENT - This technique determines the possible Service Level Agreement (SLA) violation during migrating a workload from a physical environment to a virtualized environment and also migrating a virtual machine (VM) from one physical machine to another within a virtualized environment. This technique uses capacity factor, i.e. the ratio of host physical machine (host PM) capacity and target physical machine (target PM) capacity, to determine the service rate change in the target PM compared to host PM and eventually calculates the VM utilization and response time in the target PM. It then checks if the VM utilization and response time in the target PM lies within the SLA limit. It further checks if the migration in the target virtualized PM is violating a predefined target PM utilization threshold or not and finally causes the migration in the target physical machine if all the SLA parameters are satisfied. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373093 | SELECTING OPTIMAL HYPERVISOR PLATFORMS THAT SATISFY APPLICATION WORKLOAD REQUIREMENTS - A method, system and computer program product for selecting hypervisor platforms that are best suited to process application workloads. Attribute requirements for an application workload, such as high CPU capacity, high power and low cost, are received. A ranking algorithm is then applied to a list of pools of compute nodes to identify an ordered list of pools of compute nodes that are best suited for satisfying the attribute requirements of the application workload by comparing hypervisor characteristics of the pools of compute nodes with the attribute requirements of the application workload. Each pool of compute nodes runs on a particular hypervisor platform which has a unique combination of characteristics that correspond to a combination of a set of attribute requirements (e.g., medium CPU/memory/disk capacity; high CPU and memory performance). In this manner, the hypervisor platforms that are best suited for satisfying the application workload requirements are identified. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373094 | Load sharing method and apparatus - Provided is a load sharing method, including that public network addresses are configured in a form of address pools; after traffic transmitted by user devices is received, the user devices are grouped according to traffic models transmitted by the user devices; CPU allocate the public network addresses to the user devices and translate private network addresses of the user devices into the public network addresses, wherein each of the address pools includes a plurality of address blocks, each of the plurality of address blocks corresponds to one CPU, each user group includes a plurality of user blocks, and each of the plurality of user blocks corresponds to one CPU. A load sharing apparatus is also provided. Thus, uneven sharing of public network address resources among a plurality of CPUs and loads of user devices can be avoided, thereby not only improving the processing speed of the CPUs for address translation, but also obtaining an excellent load sharing effect. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150373158 | NETWORK SYSTEM FOR VEHICLE AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD OF HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION CONTROLLERS IN THE SAME SYSTEM - A network system for a vehicle includes one or more first communication controllers and one or more second communication controllers. The one or more first communication controllers transmit a message in a first communication scheme. The one or more second communication controllers are connected to the one or more first communication controllers through a network and transmit a message in a second communication scheme different from the first communication scheme. When a transmission controller selected from the one or more first communication controllers and the one or more second communication controllers transmits a message, a communication controller using a communication scheme different from that of the selected transmission controller stops its own message transmission and resumes its own message transmission once the message transmission of the selected transmission controller is complete. | 12-24-2015 |
| 20150381405 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK OUTAGE TRACKING - Implementations described and claimed herein provide systems and methods for investigating, tracking, preventing, and providing accountability for telecommunication network outages, particularly human error outages. In one implementation, a ticket is received for a network outage. The ticket specifies a responsible team and an estimated outage reason for the network outage. The estimated outage reason indicates a human error by the responsible team. A notification of the ticket is provided to the responsible team. The notification prompts an action by the responsible team. The action specifies whether the team made the human error. The ticket is completed based on the action and stored. The completed ticket details a root cause of the network outage and a performance management strategy for preventing future network outages similar to the network outage. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381423 | System and Method for Virtual Network Function Policy Management - In a described embodiment of the disclosure, a method is described including a network function virtualization (NFV) manager obtaining a plurality of policies for managing a plurality of virtual network function (VNF) instances on a computing platform. The NFV manager also defines at least one VNF instance operating on the computing platform. The at least one VNF instance has a definition comprising a policy indication indicating acceptance, modification, or rejection of at least one of the plurality of policies managed by the NFV manager. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381424 | METHOD OF AND REQUEST SERVER FOR PROVIDING A PREFERENCE VALUE FOR FEATURES OF AN APPLICATION - An application running on a processing device sends a request for preference values for features to a request server that analyses the request and then generates a request that is sent to a device storing preference values. The device returns a response comprising stored preference values for the features. In case the response does not provide values for all the features requested by the application, the request server generates a further request that is sent to a further device that returns a response. The responses are then used to generate a response that is sent to the application that uses the preferences. While the recipients of the requests sent by the request server may vary, it is preferred that the first request is sent to a device storing preferences selected by a third party and that the second request is sent to a device storing user preferences. The invention can provide a way to provide preferences for a plurality of different applications without having to specify the preferences separately for each application, and it can also provide preferences from a plurality of sources. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381428 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMBINED SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING AND DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CONTROL - A hybrid control method for a network includes operating edge switches under software defined networking control, wherein each of the edge switches is communicatively coupled to a controller for the software defined networking control; operating non-adjacent switches communicatively coupling the edge switches together under distributed control, wherein the non-adjacent switches are not coupled to the controller; and utilizing the controller to route traffic between the edge switches through the non-adjacent switches in a hybrid control scheme including both the software defined networking control and the distributed control. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381429 | NETWORK TOPOLOGY HIDING METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention provides a network topology hiding method and device. The method includes: receiving a first service request, where the first service request is sent by a subscriber through a first network function entity and includes a name of the first network function entity and a subscriber identifier; determining a virtual name set corresponding to the name of the first network function entity, where the virtual name set includes at least two virtual names; and determining one virtual name from the virtual name set, and replacing the name of the first network function entity with the determined virtual name. The unfixed replacement further ensures effectiveness of network topology hiding. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381432 | System And Method For Facilitating Communication Of Data Among Entities In An Electronic Trading Network - An electronic commerce protocol stack includes a connectivity layer that receives business data from a first entity. The business data indicates that the destination of the business data is a second entity. The protocol stack also includes a translation layer that receives the business data and that translates the business data as appropriate for the second entity using one or more translation rules. The protocol stack also includes a semantic routing layer that receives the translated business data, determines the semantic meaning of at least a portion of the business data using one or more semantics rules, determines one or more appropriate destinations for the business data based on the semantic meaning, and communicates the business data the determined destinations to the connectivity layer. The connectivity layer communicates the business data to the determined destinations. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381435 | MIGRATING PRIVATE INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES TO A CLOUD - Implementations are provided herein for the migration of known infrastructure services, such as those existing on a private cloud infrastructure, to a public cloud environment, that enables private cloud operators to migrate their applications and data to a public cloud environment that meets the same trust, security, and resiliency standards currently employed in the private cloud environment. In one implementation, a private cloud can communicate an infrastructure services manifest to a public or hybrid cloud provider, which highlights the application and the data that will be moved to the public or hybrid cloud. The public or hybrid cloud can then use the infrastructure services manifest to establish an optimum virtualized environment containing the infrastructure services detailed in the infrastructure services manifest. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381511 | CLIENT SELECTION IN A DISTRIBUTED STRICT QUEUE - Methods and systems for implementing client selection in a distributed strict queue are disclosed. A plurality of messages are distributed to a plurality of queue servers based on strict order parameters for the messages. Messages that share a value for the strict order parameter are distributed to the same queue server. The messages are enqueued at the queue servers. Messages that share a value for the strict order parameter are enqueued in a strict order based on the time of receipt at the queue server. One or more queue clients are selected to process the enqueued messages. The queue clients are selected based on their message processing capability along with the message processing throughput for values for the strict order parameter. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381564 | NETWORK ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION - In a method for determining network information, in response to a computing device connecting to a computing system, the computing device identifying network information that corresponds to the computing system, wherein the computing system is configured to pass network information to the computing device while the computing system is powered on, but not logged in. The method further includes the computing device determining at least one network address for the computing system utilizing the identified network information that corresponds to the computing system. The method further includes the computing device displaying the determined at least one network address for the computing system. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381743 | System and Method for Dynamic Creation of Distribution Network Software Applications - Software is provided to facilitate creation of organization content distribution networks by service account holders. Network creators have ability to accept or invite members to their network, placing contacts in groups containing interaction permissions. Resulting user application functionality and interfaces are dependent on selections made during network creation and, furthermore, associated user permissions. Members who have permissions to utilize a set of tools will receive a more advanced navigation interface than those members without such permissions. Decentralized content creation, curation, and distribution processes exist through submodule interaction via network creator or permissible contacts. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20150381769 | SERVER, SERVER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND SERVER MANAGEMENT METHOD - A server, a server management system and a server management method are disclosed. The server comprises a field replaceable unit (FRU) memory and a baseboard management controller (BMC). The FRU memory stores an FRU data. The BMC receives an FRU access command from a remote management computer via an intelligent platform management interface (IPMI). The FRU access command comprises an FRU identification (ID). The BMC determines whether the FRU ID belongs to the FRU memory. If the FRU ID does not belong to the FRU memory, the BMC accesses a custom file according to the FRU ID. The custom file is different from the FRU data. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20160006621 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SERVICE AWARE CHARGING AND CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and service aware charging controller for enabling service aware charging of access to a data service in a communication network. A request for a first data service is received and a first property of the request for the first data service is determined. Charging of the first data service is initiated using the first property. A request for a second data service is received and a second property of the request for the second data service is determined. It is further determined that the second data service is to be charged as a subordinate service of the first data service due to fulfillment of a condition based on the first and second property. Charging of the second data service as a subordinate service of the first data service is initiated. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160006675 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - A communication device includes a plurality of packet processing modules in which a packet processing function is changeable with a program, and a management server holds program information of a plurality of different packet processing module circuits settable to the packet processing modules, selects the packet processing module circuit to be set to the packet processing module, of the plurality of different packet processing module circuits, and transmits the program information of the selected packet processing module circuit and information for identifying the packet processing module that is an object to be set, to the communication device that is an object to be set. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160006690 | METHOD OF EFFECTIVE RETAINING OF NAT CHANNEL SERVICE - A method of effective retaining of NAT channel service is provided. The method is applicable to a network system comprising at least one intranet device, a NAT network device and at least one server, in which the NAT network device is allocated with a plurality of NAT channel ports. The intranet device operates a process for detecting a valid period of the NAT channel with respect to the server via the NAT channel ports. The intranet device periodically transmits a packet, within the valid period of the NAT channel, to the server via the NAT channel ports so as to allow each NAT channel to constantly retain active to provide network transmission service. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160006696 | NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION (NFV) - Network function virtualization (NFV) or other cloud/remote processing of packets, signals, messaging, etc. for a home network or other network desiring remote management is contemplated. A virtual platform or other feature outside of the managed network may be configured to implement various NFVs according to NFV designs. An administrator of the managed network may interact with a portal or other relatively unsophisticated interface to formulate the NFV designs, thereby eliminating or ameliorating complexities associated with the administrator having to individually program routers or other devices of the managed network. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160006814 | METHOD FOR PROPAGATING NETWORK MANAGEMENT DATA FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT IOT NETWORK MANAGEMENT AND ENERGY-EFFICIENT IOT NODE APPARATUS - A method for propagating network management data for energy-efficient internet of things network management and an energy-efficient internet of things node apparatus are disclosed herein. The method includes dividing a plurality of sub-nodes into at least two terminal sub-nodes and the remaining intermediate sub-nodes, and determining a transmission path so that the terminal sub-nodes and the intermediate sub-nodes satisfy an acyclic graph condition, dividing the plurality of pieces of data of network management information into at least two data groups, and transmitting one of the at least two data groups to one of the terminal sub-nodes respectively, transmitting the data of the received data group to adjacent intermediate sub-nodes, performing network coding on selected two pieces of data, transmitting the network-coded data to the at least two intermediate adjacent sub-nodes, and decoding the received network-coded data using previously held data. | 01-07-2016 |
| 20160013966 | Device Circles | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160013988 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AUTOMATICALLY CLUSTERING DEVICES | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160014218 | METHODS, APPARATUS, AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO IDENTIFY MEDIA PRESENTATION DEVICES | 01-14-2016 |
| 20160019103 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN APPLICATION CONTROL TRIGGER - An approach for implementing a live application control platform for providing live application control triggers via a multicast/broadcast transmission session. The approach includes receiving an input for specifying an application event trigger. The approach also includes delivering the application event trigger over a multicast data channel, wherein the application event trigger is received by a device within a coverage area of the multicast data channel to trigger an event to be performed by one or more applications of the device. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160020955 | Policy Governed Software Agent System & Method of Operation - A system and method for deploying software agents in a policy-governed environment. The use of over-arching policies to control the actions and interactions of the software agents preserves desirable agent autonomy without allowing unwanted and potentially unpredictable (or at least difficult-to-predict) agent behavior. The system allows the agents to be deployed in a high-assurance environment. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160020962 | Management of Virtual CPES - A manner of managing remote devices in a communication system. In order to facilitate management of both traditional CPE (consumer premises equipment) devices and vCPEs (virtual CPEs), a vCPE is provided, preferable in communication with one or more VNF (virtual network function) managers and a vCPE descriptors file. When a management service operation is to be performed, at least one function associated with the management operation is identified and characterized. The management service operation may then be scheduled an executed by the appropriate end points according to the characterization. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160021190 | SYSTEM PROVISIONING WIRELESS APPLICATION SERVICES IN SPARSELY CONNECTED WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - The disclosure includes a system and method for provisioning wireless application services in sparsely connected wireless environments. The system includes a processor and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the system to: estimate journey requirements; generate a current connectivity map based on driving-related data; generate a current connectivity map based on driving-related data; e; estimate services for a current journey; and generate a prioritized list of services and at least one expiration time for one of the services. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160021198 | MANAGING DATA-DRIVEN SERVICES - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for managing data-driven services. Aspects of the invention include a platform for data services. The platform manages data and associated data models holistically together. The platform enables and integrates data-driven services through a service model. The platform transforms data into information and information into intelligence and exposes insights to services. The platform allows for data and service sharing across domains. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160026505 | LOAD BALANCING FOR SINGLE-ADDRESS TENANTS - When a load balancer detects that a virtual address is associated with a single destination address, the load balancer sets a flag to distinguish the virtual address from virtual addresses that are associated with a plurality of destination addresses. The load balancer instructs the router to bypass the load balancer for network packets that are addressed to the virtual address, and refrains from storing subsequent flow state for the virtual address. When the virtual address is to be scaled up with an additional destination address, the load balancer sets a flag to distinguish the virtual address from virtual addresses that are associated with a single destination addresses. The load balancer instructs the router to route network packets that are addressed to the virtual address through the load balancer, instead of bypassing the load balancer, and starts storing flow state for the virtual address. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028556 | NETWORK FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION RELATED TO A CONSUMABLE TO AN APPLIANCE - An appliance network comprising a networked appliance and capable of communicating with a consumable such that information related to the consumable is communicated to the networked appliance. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028580 | DATA LINEAGE SUMMARIZATION - An identification of a directed graph is received that includes data transformation nodes that represent computations that transform data elements and one or more data nodes that represent data elements, and includes directed links that represent lineage relationships; and computing summary information based on paths in the directed graph, and storing the summary information in one or more summary objects. The computing includes: receiving designation of interest for a plurality of the nodes of the directed graph; and generating one or more summary objects for remaining nodes not included in the plurality of nodes of interest, a first summary object including summary information based on a first path between a first node of interest and a second node of interest that does include one or more of the remaining nodes and does not include any nodes of interest other than the first and second nodes. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160028581 | ROLE-DRIVEN NOTIFICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING SUPPORT FOR COLLAPSING COMBINATIONS - Embodiments of the invention relate to a method of implementing role-driven notification. The method includes storing, by a cloud infrastructure system including computing devices, notification templates. Each of the notification templates are associated with a role. The method further includes determining that a user is associated with a first role and a second role, determining that the first role is associated with a first notification template and the second role is associated with a second notification template. Further, the method includes combining the first template and the second template to generate a third template, based on the third template, generating a notification. The method then, sends the notification to the user. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160034317 | MAPPING RELATIONSHIPS AMONG VIRTUAL ELEMENTS ACROSS A SYSTEM - A system for mapping relationships among virtual elements across a system includes a switch and a server having a virtualized network interface controller (vNIC) with a plurality of vNIC links connected to the switch. The system also includes a virtual relationship module configured to: identify relationships between physical ports on the switch and virtual ports on the switch; for each vNIC link, identify local area network (LAN) interface information on the server; create data structures establishing topology information between the switch and the server; and create a mapping of each vNIC link to a respective virtual port on the switch by correlating the topology information with the LAN interface information. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036645 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR DYNAMIC DEVICE DISCOVERY FOR SERVERS BINDING TO MULTIPLE MASTERS - A system that facilitate broadcast of a device discovery beacon by a dynamic physical device wishing to bind to one or more control systems are provided. If the dynamic physical device comprises a server that is configured to bind to multiple master controllers, the dynamic physical device may include a device Type Flag and set the value of the device Type Flag to indicate the dynamic physical device comprises a server. On detection of the beacon, a master controller evaluates the device Type Flag if it is present in the device discovery beacon. If the device Type Flag is present and indicates the dynamic physical device comprise a server which may bind to multiple master controllers, the master controller may automatically load a device Module for the dynamic physical device and commence communications with the dynamic physical device with no manual intervention. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036646 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AREA IN WHICH IP ADDRESS IS LOCATED - Embodiments of the present application disclose a method and an apparatus for determining a geographical area in which an IP address is located, the method including: acquiring a set of accounts of an application server to which one or more positioning terminals log in during a predetermined time period, wherein the account set is associated with a target IP address; determining a position of a respective positioning terminal corresponding to each account in the account set; collecting statistics for calculation according to the determined positions of the one or more positioning terminals to determine a geographical area in which each positioning terminal is located; and obtaining, according to the area in which each positioning terminal is located, a geographical area in which the target IP address is located. By using the present application, a geographical area with high precision to which an IP address belongs may be determined as needed. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036652 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS OF SUPPORT TICKETS USING A CHAT SESSION - Systems and methods of the present disclosure facilitate managing information technology service level agreements. In some embodiments, the system includes a server that accesses a database storing a support ticket in memory. The support ticket can include a creation time and a service level agreement. The service level agreement can include a maximum response time. The server initiates, via the computer network, responsive to input from a computing device, a chat session associated with the computing device and the support ticket. The initiating can be associated with a time stamp. The server can be configured to determine a compliance with the service level agreement. The compliance can be computed as a difference between the time stamp and the creation time being less than the maximum response time. The server can be configured to generate a notification of the compliance with the service level agreement. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036655 | GENERATING A SERVICE COST MODEL USING DISCOVERED ATTRIBUTES OF PROVISIONED VIRTUAL MACHINES - A service cost model for services offered in a cloud-computing environment is generated by discovering cost-related attributes in a service catalog of provisioned virtual machines and applications provisioned thereon. The set of cost-related attributes includes at least one of the following: outage frequency, time to repair, cost of repair information, and time claimed by each resource type to fix past outages. The generated service cost model is tracked and adjusted against actuals periodically to reflect the true cost of offered services. Further by federating with other cloud service providers, the costs of a same service are compared between the different providers, and accordingly a recommendation for a provider based on the costs is proposed. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036771 | CLIENT DEVICE ADDRESS ASSIGNMENT FOLLOWING AUTHENTICATION - Methods and systems are described for assigning the proper internet protocol (IP) address to a client device following authentication of the client device on a network. In particular, at commencement of an authentication procedure of the client device, a role is associated with the client device that denies all DHCP renews/requests. By assigning a role to the client device 103 with a “deny DHCP renew/request” rule at the commencement of an authentication procedure, the systems and methods described herein ensure that a race condition does not allow the client device to renew an IP address in an old segment of the network. Accordingly, the client device may avoid a possibly improper IP address in a segment of the network system in which the client device is no longer associated with or operating on. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036940 | COMPUTING DEVICE OPERABLE IN SEPARATE MODES IN CONNECTION WITH UTILIZING A NETWORK SERVICE - A computing device is associated with multiple linked accounts for accessing content items from a network service. The multiple accounts can include a primary account and a subordinate account that is available through the primary account. When the computing device uses the primary account and not the subordinate account, the computing device is operated in a first mode which defines a first set of input features. When the computing device uses the subordinate account, the computing device is operated in a second mode in which a second set of input features and a corresponding second set of functionality for the second input features are provided in order to render content from the network service on the computing device. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160043877 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING MESSAGE GAP FILL REQUESTS AND RESPONDING TO MESSAGE GAP FILL REQUESTS - Various embodiments are directed to gap fill methods and apparatus. In an exchange system a device in the exchange may request a message gap fill when it detects that it may be missing one or more messages. The gap fill message may include a range of message identifiers or message counter values identifying the messages which are being requested by the multicast gap fill message. A message logging system included in the exchange may include a plurality of message logging devices. A multicast gap fill message may specify a set of messages to be provided which is very large. Multiple devices may respond to the requesting device with the responding device providing one, multiple or all the messages. Replies to multicast gap fill request messages are sent in the form of unicast messages from directed to the device which sent the multicast gap fill request message. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043892 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLOUD BASED PROVISIONING, CONFIGURING, AND OPERATING MANAGEMENT TOOLS - A system and method for providing a service may include creating a management tool backend server. A management unit may be installed on a management tool backend server. A request to provide a management service may be received and the management unit and a plurality of management agents installed in a plurality of endpoint servers may be caused to provide the management service. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043897 | METHOD AND CONFIGURATION CENTER SERVER FOR CONFIGURING SERVER CLUSTER - A method for configuring server cluster includes: judging whether a signal processing function is a default exit value; if not, determining a configuration request is received from a server to be configured; obtaining a write lock from a shared memory and configuration information from a database, writing the configuration information in the shared memory, releasing the write lock; if receiving an exit signal between obtaining and releasing the write lock, setting the signal processing function to be the default exit value; obtaining a read lock from the shared memory, reading the configuration information from the shared memory, sending the read configuration information to the server, releasing the read lock, returning to the step of judging whether a signal processing function is a default exit value; if receiving the exit signal between obtaining and releasing the read lock, setting the signal processing function to be the default exit value. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043899 | MANAGEMENT COMPUTER, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM - A management computer coupled to a network device comprises: a processor; and a storage unit that stores effect determination information that defines conditions for determining an effect of an operation by the network device, the conditions being applied to a combination of setting items for the network device, and wherein the processor executes: to select, from among the combination of setting items, a specific combination matching a combination of a first setting item for the network device and a second setting item associated with the first setting item; to determine whether or not the combination of the first setting item and the second setting item satisfies the conditions applied to the specific combination if the specific combination is selected; to identify the presence or absence of an effect resulting from an operation of the network device on the basis of determination results; and to output identification results. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043940 | REPUTATION-BASED INSTRUCTION PROCESSING OVER AN INFORMATION CENTRIC NETWORK - A packet-forwarding network node can process a programmable packet based on a reputation value for a name prefix to perform a customized operation on a local resource. The programmable packet can include a name prefix, and a header comprising reputation criteria for the packet's name prefix and one or more resource fields. A resource field can include instructions that perform an operation on a corresponding resource of the network node. When the network node receives the programmable packet, the node determines a reputation value for the name prefix at the local node, and compares this reputation value to the packet's reputation criteria. If the reputation value for the name prefix at the local node satisfies the reputation criteria, the node proceeds to execute the one or more instructions of the respective resource field to perform the operation on the corresponding resource. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043952 | MECHANISMS TO SUPPORT SERVICE CHAIN GRAPHS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A novel scheme is defined for supporting service graphs to allow specific service functions to be applied to selected subsets of packet flows. According to one or more embodiments, a service graph is modeled as chains or sequences of “flow steering entities” and “service instances.” According to an embodiment, a flow steering entity (FSE) is configured to identify the flow, and select the next hop service instance in the chain. After a service instance returns the flow packet, the FSE steers the packet to the next FSE in the graph. An initial FSE is used to select matching traffic to enter the service graph. Wherever path forking and merging is required in the service graph, additional classifiers are positioned with the FSE to steer a subset of traffic along different paths of service function instances. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043960 | EXPLICIT STRATEGY FEEDBACK IN NAME-BASED FORWARDING - One embodiment provides a system that facilitates explicit strategy feedback in a Content-Centric Network (CCN). During operation, the system sends a first interest associated with an explicit strategy feedback request via an egress interface. This egress interface is in a plurality of egress interfaces associated with a same name in a forwarding table. An interest is location-independent and uniquely identifies the content object in the CCN and is routed based on the name in the CCN. The system stores one or more parameters received in response to the explicit strategy feedback request in an entry, which includes the name and the egress interface, in the forwarding table. The one or more parameters are associated with a first device. The system determines, for a second interest for a content object associated with the name, an egress interface from the plurality of egress interfaces based on the stored parameters. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043989 | SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION OF DOMAIN NAMES AND WEBSITES - The present invention may create a search engine optimized domain name and update a website based on the current domain name, website, forwarding URLs and/or the locations of incoming traffic to the website. The present invention may create a new domain name and a new website based on an initial domain name and an initial website and allow a user to register the new domain name and host the new website with a single purchase. The present invention may also create a new domain name and/or update the language of a website based on the location of incoming traffic to the website. The present invention may also map an IP address/name server to a category of a website and then map the category to one or more top-level domains used in suggested domain names. The present invention may also tokenize a forwarding URL and spin the tokens into additional tokens that may be used to create domain names for registration. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043990 | DNS RESOLUTION REPLAY FOR BARE DOMAIN NAMES THAT MAP TO "A" RECORDS - The technology disclosed relates to DNS resolution of bare domain names of the form “myexample.com”. A bare domain name is also called zone apex or naked domain. In particular, bare domains are resolved by look-up of “A” records, per the IETF standards for DNS resolution. Technology is disclosed that improves resolution of bare domains to edge servers or other devices of a content delivery network or cloud-based content provider (collectively referred to as CDNs). | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044095 | DISTRIBUTING SERVICE SESSIONS - Provided are methods and systems for distributing service sessions from a client device in a service data network. A packet of the service session is received by a forwarding node. The forwarding node determines whether the packet matches a service address associated with the service session. Responsive to the determining, a servicing node associated with the service address is selected based on a forwarding policy. The packet is sent to the selected servicing node. The servicing node determines whether the packet is a service request packet. A server is selected based on a service policy, wherein the server is configured to serve the service session. The packet is sent to the server. Before being received by a forwarding node, the packet is received by a gateway node. The gateway node determines whether the packet matches the service address and selects the forwarding node based on a notification. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044096 | Scaling Up and Scaling Out of a Server Architecture for Large Scale Real-Time Applications - Scaling up and scaling out of a server architecture for large scale real-time applications is provided. A group of users may be provisioned by assigning them to a server pool and allotting them to a group. Grouped users help to reduce inter-server communication when they are serviced by the same server in the pool. High availability may be provided by choosing a primary server and one or more secondary servers from the pool to ensure that grouped users are serviced by the same server. Operations taken on the primary server are synchronously replicated to secondary servers so that when a primary server fails, a secondary server may be chosen as the primary for the group. Servers for multiple user groups may be load balanced to account for changes in either the number of users or the number of servers in a pool. Multiple pools may be paired for disaster recovery. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160050123 | FAULT TOLERANT FEDERATION OF COMPUTING CLUSTERS - Embodiments are directed to organizing computing nodes in a cluster federation and to reassigning roles in a cluster federation. In one scenario, a computer system identifies computing nodes that are to be part of a cluster federation which includes a master cluster and worker clusters. The computer system assigns a director role to a master node in the master cluster which governs decisions that affect consistency within the federation, and further assigns a leader role to at least one master node which monitors and controls other master nodes in the master cluster. The computer system assigns a worker agent role to a worker node which receives workload assignments from the master cluster, and further assigns a worker role to a worker node which processes the assigned workload. The organized cluster federation provides fault tolerance by allowing roles to be dynamically reassigned to computing nodes in different master and worker clusters. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160050157 | Consolidating Messages in a Message Queue - In some implementations, state messages can be queued at a server device for transmission to a disconnected client device when the client device reconnects to the server device. To conserve resources, queued state messages can be consolidated, combined and/or deleted. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160050249 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTROLLING CONTENT DISTRIBUTION - The method, apparatus, and computer program product provided herein provide for distribution of customized content to displays in a network. A display may receive video content for display from a transceiver device. Channel configurations may be user-configured to include content from any number of sources. Channel content may be generated based on a channel configuration to incorporate identified content and the channel content may be provided to transceiver devices. Alert messages may be pushed to channels, and takeovers of transceiver devices to stream a particular channel may be performed. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160050284 | ZONE ALLOCATION IN A ZONE-BASED CONTENT SHARING PLATFORM - Zone allocation in a zone-based content sharing platform may be provided. The platform may be configured for receiving a selection of a zone; assigning the requested zone to a host; and enabling the host to administer the zone. Assigning the requested zone to the host may comprise enabling the host to administer the zone. Administering the zone may comprise, for example, enabling the host to moderate and/or promote the content shared within the zone. The host may further be enabled to control access to content shared within the zone. The assignment may last for a period of time. Upon the expiration of the period of time, the host may be unassigned from the zone and, thus, have their administrative control of the zone relinquished. | 02-18-2016 |
| 20160056994 | Diagnosing Network Misconfiguration Externally - In one embodiment, a network service client | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057007 | TECHNIQUES FOR INDICATING AND CHANGING NETWORK COMMUNICATION SETTINGS OF A COMPUTER HOST - A technique for setting network communications for a computer host having multiple network interface controllers (NICs) includes performing network communication for a baseboard management controller (BMC) using a first NIC. In response to actuation of a switch of a network connector jack that is associated with the first NIC, a switching signal is sent from the switch to the BMC. In response to receipt of the switching signal at the BMC, network communication for the BMC is performed using a second NIC. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057014 | ENABLING VIRTUAL MACHINES ACCESS TO SWITCHES CONFIGURED BY DIFFERENT MANAGEMENT ENTITIES - A method of configuring a plurality of logical forwarding elements (LFEs) on a physical computing device comprising virtualization software and a plurality of data compute nodes (DCNs) is provided. The method provisions a first LFE configured and managed by a network manager of a datacenter on the physical computing device, the first LFE for performing OSI L | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057016 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLUSTER MANAGEMENT BASED ON HPC ARCHITECTURE - Cluster management software comprises a plurality of cluster agents, with each cluster agent associated with an HPC node including an integrated fabric and the cluster agent operable to determine a status of the associated HPC node. The software further includes a cluster management engine communicably coupled with the plurality of the HPC nodes and operable to execute an HPC job using a dynamically allocated subset of the plurality of HPC nodes based on the determined status of the plurality of HPC nodes. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057048 | Maintaining Routing Information - An apparatus for use in a mesh network is described and includes memory storing instructions, one or more routing tables, and processing devices to execute the instructions to perform operations including receiving a routing packet including routing information and a route count value. Incrementing the route count value to produce an incremented count and transmitting the routing packet over the mesh network if the incremented count does not exceed a maximum count corresponding to a maximum number of hops for the routing packet. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057227 | EXTERNAL STORAGE MANAGER FOR A DATA STORAGE CELL - A storage management solution according to certain embodiments is provided which decouples certain aspects of the storage manager from the data storage cell. The data storage system according to certain aspects can provide one or more external storage managers that manage data protection and administer the operation of data storage cells. According to certain aspects, usage of the decoupled storage manager can be allocated amongst multiple data storage cells, such as by data storage cells of multiple companies, sub-units of a company, or both. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160057235 | SERVER CLUSTER SYSTEM - A server unit of a server cluster system includes a plurality of servers. Each server generates status information that is associated therewith. A positioning unit of the server cluster system is configured to communicate with the server unit and stores a plurality of position indices. The position indices are respectively associated with positions of the servers of the server unit. A host device of the server cluster system is coupled to one of the server unit and the positioning unit for receiving the status information and the position indices therefrom. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160065409 | OPERATION METHOD OF COMMUNICATION NODE IN NETWORK - An operation method of communication node in a vehicle network is provided. The operation method includes transitioning from a sleep mode to an active mode and generating a first message that includes a first information indicating at least one communication node to be operated in the active mode. In addition, the method includes transmitting the first message to a second communication node to thus enhance performance of a vehicle network. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065412 | HOME NETWORK OF CONNECTED CONSUMER DEVICES - A method of associating a function to a room within a home, includes forming a mesh network in the structure with a plurality of nodes, each node having a communication module, segmenting the nodes into rooms based upon the time of flight, obtaining an identity for at least one node in a room; and using the identity to assign a purpose to the room. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065417 | FULFILLMENT OF CLOUD SERVICE ORDERS - A fulfillment bridge orchestrates various types of fulfillment that fall generally into three categories of fulfillment: CSB platform based automated provisioning; external automated provisioning; and manual workflow provisioning. External automated provisioning is implemented through fulfillment agents. The fulfillment agents can implements self-registration for allowing the fulfillment bridge to understand the capabilities of the fulfillment agent. Examples of such capabilities include, but are not limited to, supported actions and input/output parameters. Adapters of the fulfillment bridge interface with the fulfillment agents and fulfillment scripts that are independently operated with respect to the CSB platform can be use to interface with the fulfillment adapters. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065418 | SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT (SLA) COGNIZENT SELF-MANAGING DATABASE CONNECTION POOLS IN A MULTI-TENANT ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the invention provide a method, system and computer program product for SLA cognizant database connection management for multi-tenant environments. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for SLA cognizant database connection management for multi-tenant environments includes receiving different requests for data in a database from different application instances executing in memory of a host computing system supporting a multi-tenant computing environment and determining a priority for each of the requests. The method also includes selecting for each request a particular portion of a database connection pool of a multiplicity of database connections to the database, in that the particular portion is associated with a corresponding priority of the request, and each portion of the database connection pool includes one or more of the database connections. Finally, the method includes processing each of the requests through a respectively selected one of the portions of the database connection pool. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065438 | METRIC DRIVEN HOLISTIC NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A metric driven method for managing a network can include the step of specifying a profile for a network event. The profile can include multiple discrete factors and can be associated with at least one event operation. Metrics can be received from multiple remotely located components residing within a network space. The metrics can be compared to the discrete factors, where each compared metric can correspond to one of the factors. A determination based on this comparison can indicate whether the network event has occurred. When the network event has occurred, the previously specified event operation associated with the network event can be automatically executed. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065461 | RISK MITIGATION IN DATA CENTER NETWORKS USING VIRTUAL MACHINE SHARING - A method employing resource orchestration algorithms may find a fewest number of working data centers (DCs) to guarantee K-connect survivability and a fewest number of virtual machines (VMs) among the DCs using an overlay network representing a physical optical network. The overlay network may exclude certain topological features of the physical optical network. An intra-request VM sharing method may share VMs among DCs allocated for an aggregation request. An intra-request VM sharing method may share VMs among DCs represented in the overlay network and among multiple aggregation requests. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065493 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DISTRIBUTE COMPUTING TASKS AMONG MULTIPLE COMPUTERS - A computing device configured to identify portions of a computing job that are assigned to the computing device, if any, based on identification information of the computing job and identifiers of a list of computing devices present in a computing network to process the computing job. The portions are identified by the computing device independent of other computing devices in the computing network. For example, the identification information of the computing job can be mapped by the computing device to a set of identifiers of computing devices based on a predetermined computing function. Each of the identifiers corresponds to a predetermined portion of the computing job. If one of identifiers corresponds to the identifier of the computing device, the computer device performs the predetermined portion of the computing job associated with the mapped identifier. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065498 | DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION SUBSYSTEM - Systems and methods are disclosed for managing the state of resources shared among a plurality of network nodes. in an embodiment, a transaction may first be received from a transaction provider. The transaction may target one or more data objects within a communications network. The transaction may be distributed to a first set of data store nodes and network nodes that subscribe to at least one of the targeted data objects. Each data store node may store a plurality of data objects within the network. The transaction may then be distributed hierarchically to a second set of data store nodes and network nodes by the first set of nodes. The transaction may include one or more subtransactions, and the transaction may not complete until each subtransaction completes. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160065660 | COMPUTER SYSTEM, COMPUTER, AND LOAD BALANCING METHOD - It is provided a computer system, comprising a plurality of computers configured to execute processing in response to requests received from a plurality of external systems. The plurality of computers each share an acceptance weight statistic value calculated by each of the plurality of computers with another computer within the same network segment. The processor of each of the plurality of computers is configured to: receive a broadcast transmitted from one of the plurality of external systems to the same network segment; determine whether to respond to the received broadcast by referring to the shared acceptance weight statistic value; and send a response to the one of the plurality of external systems that has transmitted the broadcast in order to allow the one of the plurality of external systems to transmit a processing request in a case where it is determined to respond to the received broadcast. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160072661 | INSTANTIATING RESOURCES OF AN IT-SERVICE - Instantiating a resource of an IT-service includes: analyzing a service model including nodes representing resources and being indicative of a resource type, each node comprising a generic API providing at least one abstract method for instantiating the resource represented by the respective node. For each node, determining the resource type indicated by the node; evaluating a service provider catalog indicative of a resource manager operable to provide a resource of a given resource type and determining an address of the resource manager; selecting a resource manager; sending a request to the address of the selected resource manager for a description of a resource-manager-specific API of the resource manager; receiving the requested description from the selected resource manager; overriding the abstract method by a resource-manager specific method of the resource-manager-specific API for instantiating the resource; and executing the overridden abstract method for instantiating the resource represented by the node. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160072679 | NETWORK CLASSIFICATION - Network DNA may be determined for a computer network that taxonomically classifies the computer network. Network DNA may include derived network DNA components and raw network DNA components. Raw network DNA components may be acquired from local or remote sources. Derived network DNA components may be generated according to derived network DNA component specifications. Derived network DNA component specifications may reference raw network DNA components. Network DNA determined for the computer network may include a network species component capable of indicating network species classifications for computer networks. Network species classifications may include enterprise network, home network and public place network. Network species classifications may be determined as a function of network security, network management and network addressing. One or more network DNA stores may be configured to store network DNA for computer networks. Network DNA stores may store network DNA history as well as current network DNA. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160072706 | Adaptive Private Network with Dynamic Conduit Process - Systems and techniques, including special messages and state machines, are described that configures an intermediate site to dynamically trigger creation of and removal of a dynamic conduit between two sites based on usage that is tracked at the sites. The intermediate site providing WAN-to-WAN forwarding between the two sites, monitors throughput statistics on each local WAN link (LWL) associated with the two sites. If traffic between the two sites passes a configured first threshold or if LWL usage passes a configured second threshold, the intermediate site sends a message to the two sites to set up a dynamic conduit directly coupling the two sites. Busy lists are used to keep track of eligible site pairs. Once a dynamic conduit is set up between two sites, a grow technique tests the dynamic conduit increasing communication flows between the two sites each configured sampling period before putting the conduit in normal use. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160072892 | A SEMANTICS-BASED ARCHITECTURAL MODEL OF THE INTERNET OF THINGS - The present invention relates to the field of architecture of Internet of Things, specifically to a semantics-based architectural model of Internet of Things. The present invention puts forward the architecture of the Internet of Things based on the study of semantic Web, sensor network, sensor Web, wherein the architecture is divided into 7 layers: physical layer, perception layer, gateway layer, data layer, semantic layer, service layer and application layer. By means of semantic processing of sensor data and building of sensor ontology, the architecture is capable of realizing automatic discovery of heterogeneous resources, enhancing the expression ability of data, achieving effective sharing, reuse, integration, and access to data, improveing interoperability of resources and accomplishing intellectualized service. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160072899 | SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE FOR CLOUD-PLATFORM INFRASTRUCTURE LAYOUTS - A system maintains, generates, and manages infrastructure layouts. The infrastructure layouts interconnect infrastructure components and capture relational aspects between the components within the interconnections. The infrastructure layouts map northbound services, which are service outputs, to southbound services, which are service capabilities, for fulfillment. The system may traverse a mapping from a northbound service to a fulfilling southbound service to generate a workflow to support deployment of the northbound service. In various implementations, the system may compare a path, which maps a northbound service to a southbound service, to a policy model to determine compliance with the policy. | 03-10-2016 |
| 20160080137 | SELF-LEARNING RESYNCHRONIZATION OF NETWORK ELEMENTS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method of timing the delay of a resynchronization at a network management device, the method including defining an interval length; determining that a resynchronization is required; starting a first timer; determining the number of incoming event messages over a period of time the length of the interval; determining the number of incoming event messages exceeds a threshold amount; starting a second timer; and repeating the step of determining the number of incoming event messages over a period of time until the number of incoming event messages is less than the threshold amount. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080202 | SPARSIFICATION OF PAIRWISE COST INFORMATION - A capability for sparsifying a representation of pairwise cost information is presented herein. The capability for sparsifying a representation of pairwise cost information may be used to sparsify a representation of pairwise cost information for a set of nodes. The sparsification of a representation of pairwise cost information for a set of nodes may provide thereby a sparsified representation of the pairwise cost information for the set of nodes. The sparsification of the representation of pairwise cost information for the set of nodes may be based on clustering of the nodes of the set of nodes into clusters. The sparsification of the representation of pairwise cost information for the set of nodes may be based on calculation of intra-cluster costs and inter-cluster costs, where the intra-cluster costs and inter-cluster costs are calculated based on the pairwise cost information of the representation of the pairwise cost information for the set of nodes. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080213 | EMULATING VIRTUAL ROUTER DEVICE FUNCTIONALITY IN VIRTUAL COMPUTER NETWORKS - Techniques are described for providing virtual networking functionality for managed computer networks. In some situations, a user may configure or otherwise specify a logical network topology for a managed computer network with multiple computing nodes that includes one or more virtual networking devices each associated with a specified group of the multiple computing nodes. Corresponding networking functionality may be provided for communications between the multiple computing nodes by emulating functionality that would be provided by the networking devices if they were physically present and configured to support the specified network topology. In some situations, the managed computer network is a virtual computer network overlaid on a substrate network, and the networking device functionality emulating includes receiving routing communications directed to the networking devices and using included routing information to update the specified network topology for the managed computer network. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080244 | HOST MOBILITY MESSAGING - The presence of a host is detected at a first data center. A message is generated at the first data center to indicate the presence of the host. The message has a limited lifetime. The message is transmitted to a second data center. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080246 | Offloading Tenant Traffic in Virtual Networks - An apparatus comprising a receiver configured to receive an offload traffic notification from tenant service system, and a processor coupled to a memory and the receiver, where the memory comprises computer executable instructions stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium, that when executed by the processor, cause the processor to receive the offload traffic notification, wherein the offload traffic notification identifies a sender tenant system and a receiver tenant system and comprises policy information, determine a network mapping between a network virtualization edge (NVE) that is associated with the receiver tenant system and the receiver tenant system, generate a network mapping message that comprises the network mapping, and send the network mapping message and policy information within a network to an NVE that is associated with a sender tenant system. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080285 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR APPLICATION AND POLICY BASED NETWORK TRAFFIC ISOLATION AND DATA TRANSFER - A method includes allocating an identifier to each of a plurality of policies each comprising a network-isolation identifier associated with a VXWAN directive and transmitting each of the plurality of policies to one or more devices in a network. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080312 | HIGH PERFORMANCE DNS TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure provides systems, methods, and products for high performance implementation of traffic management rules. In various embodiments, traffic management rules, such as DNS traffic management rules, are functionally expressed as rows in one or more lookup tables that are deployed to DNS resolution servers. The DNS resolution server uses the domain name, resource record type, traffic management rule types, and/or traffic management variable values to search for or look up an answer, from among multiple answers corresponding to the domain name and resource record type that meets the traffic management criteria. This look up is done without executing conventional traffic management code or scripts. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080464 | Enhanced Browser Cookie Management - Systems and methods of managing cookie handling settings provide for retrieving a web page based on a browser request and detecting one or more cookie requests associated with the web page being viewed rather than the web page associated with the cookie. A real-time dialog containing data corresponding to each cookie request associated with the web page being viewed may be generated while the web page is displayed. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160080478 | MANAGING OPERATIONS IN A CLOUD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods, systems, and computer program products for managing operations in a cloud management system. In one embodiment, after a user submits a request to perform a cloud operation, a contextual security assessment of the requesting user and/or cloud resources on which the requested operation will be performed can be determined. An administrative user can review the contextual security assessments before approving or rejecting the cloud operation, which can help increase safety within the cloud computing environment. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160087836 | SEAMLESS MOVEMENT BETWEEN PHONE AND PC WITH REGARD TO APPLICATIONS, DISPLAY, INFORMATION TRANSFER OR SWAPPING ACTIVE DEVICE - It would be beneficial to allow one or more of information, applications, desktops, and in general any information to be shared between a computer and a communications device. For example, it would be useful to be able to move a presentation from a computer to a mobile communications device. Some solutions attempt to address this by requiring a user to load the information on a laptop, USB key, burn it to an optical disk or the like, and then “open” the information on another device located at the remote destination. In one embodiment, through the use of one or more of virtualization and content translation, any information and/or applications can be exchanged between a computer and a communications device. More specifically, one embodiment utilizes metadata in conjunction with a virtualization environment to allow the exchange of information and/or applications between a personal computer and a communications device, or vice versa. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087852 | DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT OF RESTFUL ENDPOINTS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods, systems, and program products for dynamically managing RESTful endpoints. In one embodiment, an application server provides dynamic management of RESTful endpoint, including the ability to re-use the same resource information for multiple endpoints across multiple routers, allowing for applications aliases or sharing routing capability between applications. Yet other embodiments of the present invention can provide a high availability application server system and/or failover support for routers and resources, as well as the ability to remotely add new containers and resources to the application server. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087855 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT OF APPLICATION SETTINGS - In various implementations, a computer-implemented method for remotely managing settings of applications includes receiving a network communication from a managed device, the received network communication including a client-side hash value. The method further includes identifying settings for an application on the managed device in response to the receiving of the network communication, where the identified settings include configuration instructions for the application. Based on a comparison between the received client-side hash value and a server-side hash value that corresponds to the identified settings, at least some of the identified settings are transmitted to the managed device. The transmitting of the at least some of the identified settings can be based on the comparison indicating a mismatch between the received client-side hash value and the server-side hash value. The method may also include completing processing of the received network communication after the transmitting of the at least some of the identified settings. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087872 | DIVIDED HIERARCHICAL NETWORK SYSTEM BASED ON SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A divided hierarchical network system based on software-defined networks, the divided hierarchical network system including: an edge controller configured to: generate forwarding information in response to a flow forwarding inquiry from a lower level and respond to the request with the forwarding information; generate mapping information such that each of a plurality of edge ports of each of a plurality of switches that form the lower level corresponds to each of a plurality of virtual ports of one virtual switch; if it is not possible to generate forwarding information in response to a request received from a lower level for forwarding a flow that comprises edge ports, query forwarding information to an upper level regarding a flow in which the edge port is converted into a corresponding virtual port based on the mapping information. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087906 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND DATA TRANSFER CONTROL METHOD - An information processing system includes: a management apparatus coupled to nodes to execute data transfer, wherein the management apparatus preforms operations to: acquire data transfer information in which a priority level of data transfer and an identifier of a node that executes the data transfer are associated with an identifier of the data transfer; identify, when receiving an execution instruction of first data transfer, one or more first nodes that execute second data transfer having a lower priority level than a priority level included in information of the first data transfer based on the data transfer information; and transmit, to each of the one or more first nodes, a stop request to stop the second data transfer, and a transfer request including the information of the first data transfer and information of a portion to be executed by the first node of the first data transfer by the first node. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087937 | VALIDATING CONTROL OF DOMAIN ZONE - A requestor requests a domain zone control validation from a validating entity. The validating entity generates a pass string. The requestor enters the pass string into a domain zone. The validating entity determines if the pass string was entered in the domain zone. If the pass string is present in the domain zone, the domain zone control was successfully validated. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088074 | System and Method to Balance Servers Based on Server Load Status - A method, system, and computer program product for balancing servers based on server load status, include: receiving from a server a service response to a service request, the service response including a result from a processing of the service request and a server status indicating a computing load status of the server; obtaining the server status from the service response; receiving a next service request from a host, the next service request comprising a Uniform Resource Locator (URL); determining that the server is configured to process the URL; determining whether the server status indicates that the server is available to process the next service request; and in response to determining that the server status indicates that the server is available to process the next service request, sending the next service request to the server. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088108 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR JAVA EE AND JAVA SE PROXY DATA SOURCES IN A MULTITENANT APPLICATION SERVER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for supporting proxy data sources in a multitenant application server environment, such as Java SE and Java EE environments. In multitenant environments, various tenants can have data sources that an administrative application can access without needing to know the actual data sources. A system and method provide a proxy data source mechanism such that applications in Java EE and Java SE environments can access tenant data sources, each tenant data source having a JNDI name that is tenant or partition specific, through the proxy data source, the proxy data source comprising a JNDI name which is not tenant or partition specific. The proxy data source can also provide for switching between tenant data sources based upon a caller context. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160094394 | ZERO TOUCH CONFIGURATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION OF A SERVICE APPLIANCE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for zero touch configuration and synchronization of a service appliance in a network environment includes receiving, at an appliance port on a service appliance, an indication that a switch port on a switch changed from an inactive status to an active status, the appliance port being connected over a network to the switch port, starting a bootstrap protocol, including by receiving at the service appliance from the switch, a bootstrap message from a service executing in the switch, creating, by the service appliance, an empty port channel at the service appliance, adding, by the service appliance, the appliance port to the port channel, and associating, by the service appliance, the service to the port channel in a cache. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094401 | DYNAMIC METERING ADJUSTMENT FOR SERVICE MANAGEMENT OF COMPUTING PLATFORM - Systems and methods are provided for dynamic metering adjustment for service management of a computing platform. For example, a plurality of virtual machines are provisioned across a plurality of computing nodes of a computing platform. Data samples are collected for a metric that is monitored with regard to resource utilization in the computing platform by the virtual machines. The data samples are initially collected at a predefined sampling frequency. The data samples collected over time for the metric are analyzed to determine an amount of deviation in values of the collected data samples. A new sampling frequency is determined for collecting data samples for the metric based on the determined amount of deviation. The new sampling frequency is applied to collect data samples for the metric, wherein the new sampling frequency is less than the predefined sampling frequency. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094404 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR JMX SUPPORT IN A MULTITENANT APPLICATION SERVER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for JMX support in an application server environment. An exemplary method can provide, at one or more computers, including an application server environment executing thereon, a plurality of deployable resources which can be used within the application server environment, one or more partitions, a plurality of managed beans, each managed beans being a partition level managed bean or a domain level managed bean, each partition level managed bean originating at an originating partition of the one or more partitions, and a JMX framework comprising an API and a managed bean server. The plurality of managed beans can be registered at the managed bean server, with the partition level managed beans being decorated with an identifier. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094406 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLUSTERING IN A MULTITENANT APPLICATION SERVER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for supporting clustering in a multitenant application server environment. The system includes a domain with a plurality of server clusters, and a plurality of partitions, wherein each cluster is homogenously configured and targeted by one or more partitions. An application programming interface (API) can be used to initiate a resource group across-cluster migration within a partition. The API can invoke a replication manager, which queries a target cluster for a runtime topology for use in determining where to store primary session; migrates the primary session to a determined server instance in the target cluster. Additional clustering features, such as cluster messaging service, leasing service, singleton service management, session replication, clustered JNDI, and use of domain front-end load balancing, can be supported. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094407 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSACTIONS IN A MULTITENANT APPLICATION SERVER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for transaction support in a multitenant application server environment. A system can provide for transaction support via a transaction manager. The transaction manager can be associated with one or more objects, including a configuration object and a runtime object. The configuration object can allow for a partition administrator to override globally-set parameters for transactions, including transaction timeout time. The runtime object can allow for a partition administrator to monitor partition-scoped transaction statistics. Furthermore, the transaction manager can additionally account for resource group migration within the multitenant application server environment. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094408 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENTERPRISE JAVA BEAN SUPPORT IN A MULTITENANT APPLICATION SERVER ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with an embodiment, described herein is a system and method for supporting Enterprise Java Bean (EJB) and other application types in a multitenant application server environment. The system includes an application server domain with a plurality of partitions, an EJB application, and a plurality of partition-aware server components that interact with the EJB container. The EJB application includes partition-specific code deployed as a separate instance to each partition, and shareable resources across two or more partitions. The system can additionally delegate resource-heavy processing functions of each EJB application to one or more of the server components. At runtime, the system receives a request for an EJB application in a particular partition, and creates an object to hold information of the particular partition. The server components, when invoked by the EJB container, obtains the partition information and execute in a context of the particular partition. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094410 | SCALABLE METERING FOR CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT BASED ON COST-AWARENESS - Systems and methods are provided to support service management in cloud computing networks. For example, a method for managing a computing platform includes provisioning a plurality of virtual machines across a plurality of computing nodes of a computing platform, wherein the provisioned virtual machines are configured to execute service workloads to provide one or more services to customers, and utilizing one or more of the provisioned virtual machines which execute the service workloads to further perform service management operations for managing the computing platform. The service management operations for managing the computing platform include, e.g., mediation and rating operations for revenue management of the computing platform. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094421 | PLATFORM FOR CAPTURING, PROCESSING, STORAGING, AND PRESENTATION OF GENERIC SENSOR DATA FROM REMOTE ARBITRARY LOCATIONS - Disclosed is a method and mechanism to implement a unified infrastructure for handling IoT components and devices. A platform is provided to integrate, access, and control any type of local device, and to use any type of back-end application to processed collected data from the local devices. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094427 | MANAGING CLASSIFIED NETWORK STREAMS - Embodiments relate to classifying network streams and regulating behavior of the streams based on their respective classes. One technique for managing streams involves analyzing applications, obtaining indicia of features of the applications, and using those features to infer classes to which streams of the applications may be assigned. Another technique involves deploying beacon nodes at the edge of a network. The beacon nodes inform a stream manager about network conditions such as latencies with regard to network boundaries or regions. Another embodiment for facilitating management of streams involves a subscription service for UDP applications. A UDP application may subscribe to the service, which may be provided by an operating system hosting the application. Events are published to any subscribed UDP applications to inform the UDP applications of changes in networking conditions. The UDP applications, in turn, may adapt their internal transmission control logic. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094435 | FABRIC DISCOVERY FOR A CLUSTER OF NODES - Implementations of discovery functionalities in accordance with the present invention are characterized by being exceptionally minimalistic. A primary reason and benefit for such minimalistic implementations relate to these discovery functionalities being implemented via a management processor and associated resources of a system on a chip (SoC) unit as opposed to them being implemented on data processing components of a cluster of nodes (i.e., central processing core components). By focusing on such a minimalist implementation, embodiments of the present invention allow discovery functionalities to be implemented on a relatively low-cost low-power management processor coupled to processing cores that provide for data serving functionality in the cluster of nodes. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160094668 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED CUSTOMIZED DATA PLANE PROCESSING IN A DATA CENTER - Systems and methods for providing data plane services in a data center include receiving a request for a data plane service from a tenant of a host in the data center. In response to receiving the request, a service process is instantiated at the host for performing the data plane service for a virtual machine of the tenant. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160099826 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPDATING DATA ACROSS MULTIPLE NETWORK ARCHITECTURES - A method for updating a storage element may include receiving a first set of data from a first device that operating in a structure. The first set of data corresponds to a first data type interpretable by the first device. The method may also include translating the first set of data into a second set of data of a second data type interpretable by a second device operating in the structure but not by the first device. The first set of data and the second set of data are associated with a first portion of information associated with occupancy properties of the structure. The method may then include storing the second set of data in a storage element that includes a second portion information associated with the occupancy properties of the structure. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160099846 | Managing Network Bandwidth Based on Cognitive Analysis of Site Content Against Organizational Needs - An approach is provided in which a network bandwidth manager receives a first request to access site content from a source site over a computer network. The network bandwidth manager analyzes the site content against a domain corpora that corresponds to one or more organizational needs of an organization. When the network bandwidth manager receives a second request corresponding to the source site, the network bandwidth manager modifies a quality of service of the computer network to access the source site based upon the previous analysis. In turn, the network bandwidth manager provides access to the source site over the computer network utilizing the modified quality of service. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160099862 | REDUNDANT NETWORK FORMATION - Redundant links in a network of devices are established. A plurality of devices in the network is configured for communicating data through primary links coupling devices of said plurality of devices. A designated device is configured to receive device data from the plurality of devices. The designated device is further configured to identify a set of devices from the plurality of devices that is operable to establish redundant links in the network. The designated device is further configured to determine configuration data for each device in the set of devices. The designated device is further configured to send the configuration data to the set of devices. The configuration data is operable to establish redundant links for devices in the set of devices in case of a primary link failure. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160099999 | LIGHTWEIGHT FRAMEWORK WITH DYNAMIC SELF-ORGANIZING COORDINATION CAPABILITY FOR CLUSTERED APPLICATIONS - A method, a computer program product, and a computer system for a lightweight framework with dynamic self-organizing coordination capacity for clustered applications are provided. The lightweight framework provides a means for managing tasks that require coordination between application nodes. A node receives a task and determines whether one of other nodes is processing the task. The node runs as an active node to process the task, in response to determining that none of the other nodes is processing the task. The node runs as one of one or more passive nodes that monitor processing of the task, in response to determining that the one of the other node is processing the task. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160100032 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A TOPOLOGY OF AT LEAST ONE APPLICATION IN A COMPUTERIZED ORGANIZATION - A computerized method for determining a structure of at least one application in a computerized organization includes receiving at least one entry point including an identification of a virtual location on a computer network; for each entry point, receiving a determination of an individual applicative component that processes data arriving through that entry point; identifying at least some communicating entry points through which the first applicative component communicates with additional applicative components; and for each of the at least some communicating entry points, using a processor for determining the applicative component that processes data arriving through that communicating entry point; and providing at least a portion of a structure including: applicative components associated with the application and information with regard to which of the applicative component communicates with which. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160105305 | Automatic Creation and Management of a Community of Things for Internet of Things (IoT) Applications - Presented herein are techniques for automatically creating communities of network-connected devices, i.e., Internet of Thing (IoT) devices. One or more of a plurality of network-connected devices are identified based on one or more policies that define one or more communities of network-connected devices. A community of network-connected devices includes network-connected devices that share common functional, physical or relational attributes. Information is stored that indicates the one or more communities of which each of the one or more of the plurality of network-connected devices is a member based on the policies that define the one or more communities and functional, physical or relational attributes of the one or more of the plurality of network-connected devices. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105394 | CCN NAME PATTERNS - A method is implemented by a content centric network (CCN) naming layer executed by a network device. The naming layer is configured to enable processing of regular expressions as part of a hierarchical CCN name, where regular expressions are sequences of characters that form a search pattern. The method processes regular expressions utilized in a one to many scenario between a plurality of CCN clients and at least one CCN serving node. The method includes receiving a CCN interest from a CCN forwarding layer, accessing a forwarding information base (FIB) to find FIB entries matching a path of the CCN name and the regular expression, accessing a content store to find content objects matching the FIB entries, and creating a new CCN interest for each of the FIB entries not found in the content store. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105495 | PROCESSING LOAD DISTRIBUTION - Technologies are generally described for dynamically distributing a processing load. In some examples, a method performed under control of a server may include receiving information regarding load distribution from an end device and dynamically distributing a processing load between the server and the end device based at least in part on the information regarding load distribution. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160105508 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING MANAGEMENT METHOD - A process includes sending a first pre-notification that includes a processing start time of the first process and information about processing target data of the first process; determining whether or not it is feasible to commit the first process, according to a response with respect to the first pre-notification; and generating and transmitting, when a second pre-notification is received, a response to the second pre-notification according to whether or not each of the processes started in corresponding data processing unit earlier than a processing start time specified from the second pre-notification is targeted at processing target data specified from the second pre-notification and also according to performance information for a data processing unit. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160112241 | INSTANT MESSENGER APPLICATIONS FOR INTERACTING WITH NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE DEVICES - Interaction with network infrastructure devices using instant messenger applications is disclosed. A message is received on an instant messenger application executing on the network infrastructure device. The message is sent from an authorized party or instant messenger friend. The message is mapped to one or more commands recognized by an operating system of the network infrastructure. Commands are submitted on a command line interface. A response to the one or more commands from the network infrastructure device is received on the command line interface. The response is sent on the instant messenger to the authorized party. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112243 | MIGRATING VIRTUAL ASSET - Embodiments include methods and devices for migrating virtual assets over networks that have a first manager connected to a physical host a virtual machine run. Aspects include registering the physical host to a second manager in the network, creating the mapping relationship of the physical host between a database of the first manager and a database of the second manager and importing instance data and status data of the virtual machine of the physical host from the database of the first manager into the database of the second manager. Aspects also include switching the management for the physical host from the first manager to the second manager. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112267 | USING VIRTUAL NETWORKING DEVICES TO MANAGE ROUTING COST INFORMATION - Techniques are described for providing managed virtual computer networks that have a configured logical network topology with virtual networking devices, such as by a network-accessible configurable network service, with corresponding networking functionality provided for communications between multiple computing nodes of the virtual computer network by emulating functionality that would be provided by the virtual networking devices if they were physically present. In some situations, the networking functionality provided for a managed computer network of a client includes receiving routing communications directed to the virtual networking devices and using included routing cost information to update the configuration of the managed computer network, and/or includes determining actual cost information corresponding to use of an underlying substrate network and providing routing cost information to the client that reflects the determined actual cost information, so as to enable the client to modify the configuration of the managed computer network accordingly. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112272 | Method for Controlling a Management Device and Related Device - A method for controlling a management device may include receiving, by a virtual master device deployed in a cloud terminal device, a data processing instruction; and selecting, by the virtual master device, N2 entity subdevices from N1 entity subdevices according to a set policy, and instructing the selected N2 entity subdevices to perform data processing based on the data processing instruction, where N1 and N2 are positive integers, N2 is less than or equal to N1, the virtual master device and the N2 entity subdevices are of a same device type, and the N1 entity subdevices are deployed in the cloud terminal device or connected to the cloud terminal device. The embodiments of the present disclosure help improve flexibility in using multiple function devices of a same type when a cloud terminal device can be connected to the multiple function devices of the same type. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112273 | RELIABILITY EVALUATION SYSTEM FOR MULTI-STATE FLOW NETWORK AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a reliability evaluation system for multi-state flow network and a method thereof. The system includes an element-gaining module and a reliability calculation module. The method includes using a GCF calculating means to calculate an initial reliability according a first and second system-state vector, comparing values of all elements in a set being composed of elements of a second grade of a third system-state vector, excluding an element with a greater value and other related thereof in all grades in the third system-state vector when only one element in the set except the element with greater values so as to obtain remaining elements, using the GCF calculating means to perform the calculation of the remaining element to obtain a calculation results, and summing the initial reliability and the calculation results so as to obtain a reliability of the multi-state flow network. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112280 | DATA NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DATA NETWORK MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND DATA NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD - A data network management system includes a data network management apparatus; and plural data processing apparatuses installed in an installation area and configured to transmit data to the data network management apparatus. The plural data processing apparatuses transmit identification information thereof together with the processed data to the data network management apparatus. The data network management apparatus determines based on identification information of data processing apparatuses that have completed a given authentication test among the plural data processing apparatuses and the identification information obtained from the plural data processing apparatuses installed in the installation area, a first data processing apparatus from which the data is to be obtained among the plural data processing apparatuses. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112368 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF CONTROLLED RECIPROCATING COMMUNICATION - Systems and method for controlled pre-interaction are disclosed. The method of performing controlled pre-interaction includes: providing at least one private interaction address, defining at least one manageable public interaction address, forming a record of manageable public interaction address associated with the private interaction address. The method of performing controlled pre-interaction further includes: generating a reverse list, wherein an interaction address of a participant is associated at least with the manageable public interaction address, and performing at least one pre-interaction act. A pre-interaction act includes: accessing the reverse list, identifying the interaction address of the participant in the reverse list, and determining that the manageable public interaction address is associated, at the reverse list, with the interaction address of the participant. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112470 | APPLICATIONS IN A FLEXIBLE REGISTRATION FRAMEWORK - A processing device executing an application that is logged in to a user account recognized by a registration service receives information identifying a device that has not been bound to any user account, wherein the application supports a plurality of registration techniques. The processing device identifies a registration technique supported by the device that is to be used for registration of the device. The processing device performs at least one of sending information associated with the registration technique to the device or receiving the information associated with the registration technique. The processing device sends the information associated with the registration technique to the registration service, and then receives a message from the registration service, wherein the message indicates that the information satisfied a criterion of the registration technique and comprises a notification that the device is bound to the user account. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112503 | LOAD SWITCH COMMAND INCLUDING IDENTIFICATION OF SOURCE SERVER CLUSTER AND TARGET SERVER CLUSTER - A software defined network (SDN) controller sends a load switch command to a network device. The load switch command includes identification of a source server cluster and identification of a target server cluster. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112516 | DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM, CLUSTER NODE AND RANGE MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a distributed storage system, a cluster node, and a range management method thereof, including: partitioning, by the cluster node according to a configuration parameter, a range corresponding to a first routing table entry in a local routing table into at least two subranges, where the first routing table entry refers to a routing table entry in which information that indicates the cluster node is recorded in replica information; separately establishing, by the cluster node, a log queue for each of the subranges; determining, by the cluster node, a corresponding subrange according to a key field of a data operation request from a client; executing a corresponding data read/write operation according to the determined subrange; and updating, according to the data read/write operation, a log queue corresponding to the determined subrange. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160112520 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLIENT ASSOCIATION MANAGEMENT BASED ON ESTIMATED SESSION DURATION - The present disclosure discloses a method and a network device for client association management based on estimated session duration. Specifically, a network device determines that a client device is on an active session. The client device is associated with a first access point of a plurality of access points. The network then estimates a remaining duration of the active session to obtain an estimated remaining duration. Responsive at least to the estimated remaining duration of the active session being greater than a threshold value, the network device causes the client device to associate with a second access point different than the first access point. Responsive at least to the estimated remaining duration of the active session being less than the threshold value, the network device refrains from causing the client device to associate with the second access point. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160119156 | PROTOCOL INDEPENDENT MULTICAST SPARSE MODE (PIM-SM) SUPPORT FOR DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT - Techniques are described for utilizing Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) to transport BUM (broadcast, unknown unicast, and multicast) traffic in a Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) underlay of a data center, where the BUM traffic is received on active-active, multi-homed Ethernet virtual private network (EVPN) interconnects between multiple physical data centers. For example, the techniques may readily be applied to support usage of PIM-SM where provider edge (PE) routers of the EVPN operate as gateways between the EVPN and the VXLAN spanning the data center interconnect. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119181 | NETWORK STATE MONITORING SYSTEM - In a device monitoring system for a communication network, an SNMP monitor acquires state information of devices to be monitored from a group under monitoring, and monitors the states of the devices to be monitored. A command monitor uses a monitor command to acquire the state information of the devices to be monitored. A monitor manager checks monitoring conditions of the devices to be monitored by the SNMP monitor, and sets, if there is a device to be monitored from which state information has failed to obtain, the device as a new target for monitoring and causes the command monitor to transmit a monitor command. The monitoring result is updated by the state information acquired by the command, thereby improving the reliability of failure monitoring. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119189 | SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER VIRTUAL NETWORK - A system for controlling a carrier virtual network is disclosed. The system includes at least one virtual network controller for controlling resources of a carrier virtual network based on customer request information received from a customer network controller, and at least one physical network controller for controlling resources of a carrier physical network based on a service profile received from the at least one virtual network controller. The at least one virtual network controller interworks with the at least one physical network controller in a one to one, one to N (N is an integer equal to or larger than 2), or N to one correspondence. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119194 | CONTENT FILTERING FOR INFORMATION CENTRIC NETWORKS - A method provides for marking classifications of content objects at a content marking node in a content centric networking (CCN) network. The content marking node has a network interface with a network that is separately administered from the CCN network. The method includes receiving a content object on the network interface, checking whether the content object is authentic and there is a pending interest for the content object, and sending a request to a content marking service to obtain categories for the content object using a name of the content object. The method further includes receiving a response from the content marking service with the categories for the content object, and adding a category field to the content object, the category field including the categories. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119195 | COMPUTING SERVICE LEVEL RISK - Statistical process control, performance distribution identification, and a simulation model based on, for example, Monte Carlo simulation, are used to calculate the risk of various service levels. A recommended service level is determined, the service level being one that is estimated to have an appropriate risk for both the outsourcing supplier and the customer. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119276 | DNS-Based Determining Whether a Device is Inside a Network - In a computing device a domain name system (DNS) query is generated and sent, and a check is made as to whether a verified DNS response to the DNS query is received. The computing device is determined to be inside a particular network if a verified DNS response is received, and is determined to be outside that particular network if a verified DNS response is not received. A DNS response can be determined to be verified if both the DNS response has an expected value and the DNS response is digitally signed by a trusted authority, and otherwise can be determined to be not verified. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119279 | CONTENT DELIVERY SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Aspects of the present disclosure involve a CDN utilizing a Direct Server Return (DSR) request command to create a tunnel from one content server to another content server of the CDN. Through the DSR tunnel, a request for content may be served from a content server that is more advantageous for the CDN for any number of reasons, such as from a content server that is logically closer to the content server. In determining when a DSR tunnel is created to provide the content, the CDN may access a database storing various information concerning the CDN, such as the location of egress gateways of the CDN in relation to one or more content servers, connecting network location information, the capabilities of one or more content servers, and/or load information of available content servers. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119283 | DOMAIN NAME HI-JACK PREVENTION - A domain name hi-jack prevention service may be selected by a domain name registrant and enabled by a Registrar. In a first embodiment, the Registrar may send a confirmation request via a preferred contact method to the registrant and only move the domain name from a first account to a second account (both managed by the Registrar) when the registrant confirms the request. In a second embodiment, a third party platform that is independent from and/or not the Registrar confirms the identity of the registrant before the Registrar moves the domain name from the first account to the second account (again, both managed by the Registrar). In a third embodiment, a third party platform communicates an authorization code to a verified registrant so the registrant can enter the authorization code with a Gaining Registrar so the domain name may be transferred from a Losing Registrar to the Gaining Registrar. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119401 | TURNSTILE APPARATUS HOSTING A WEBSITE - Turnstile apparatus hosting a website which is accessible to provide control, configuration and/or monitoring of one or more lanes of turnstile. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160119427 | STORAGE AREA NETWORK ATTACHED CLUSTERED STORAGE SYSTEM - A storage area network (SAN)-attached storage system architecture is disclosed. The storage system provides strongly consistent distributed storage communication protocol semantics, such as SCSI target semantics. The system includes a mechanism for presenting a single distributed logical unit, comprising one or more logical sub-units, as a single logical unit of storage to a host system by associating each of the logical sub-units that make up the single distributed logical unit with a single host visible identifier that corresponds to the single distributed logical unit. The system further includes mechanisms to maintain consistent context information for each of the logical sub-units such that the logical sub-units are not visible to a host system as separate entities from the single distributed logical unit. | 04-28-2016 |
| 20160127167 | MULTIPLE PROTOCOL SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - In some implementations, service controllers of a computing device are associated with various disparate components of the computing device, and in response to a command issued to any one of the components, the service controllers may communicate with each other in order to transmit data responsive to the command. For example, a computing device may comprise a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and a Serial Attached SCSI Expander card (SAS Expander). The BMC of computing device receives a remote command requesting status of a hard drive coupled to the computing device, and the BMC communicates the command to the SAS Expander, for example over a system bus of the computing device. The SAS Expander retrieves a response to the command and communicates the response to the BMC, which then transmits the response to the remote site. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127171 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEFERRING ASYNCHRONOUS EVENTS NOTIFICATIONS - Embodiments of apparatuses and methods for self-service payment based on location and time information are described. In embodiments, a device may include a data module to store one or more Asynchronous Events Notifications (AENs) or Ethernet frames. The device may further include a Network Interface Controller (NIC), coupled to the data module, to send the one or more AENs or Ethernet frames to a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) in response to receipt of a command from the BMC indicating an opportunity for the NIC to send AENs or Ethernet frames to the BMC. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127172 | Device Operational Profiles - Concepts and technologies are disclosed herein for device operational profiles. According to one aspect disclosed herein, a profile orchestration system can receive information from a user device. The information can identify a service to be provided by the user device using, at least in part, sensor data received from one or more sensor devices. The profile orchestration system can determine a device operational profile that is suitable for generating one or more settings that are useable by the sensor device(s) to collect the sensor data. The profile orchestration system can send the device operational profile to a profile provisioning system. The profile provisioning system can utilize the device operational profile to provision the sensor device(s) with the setting(s). The sensor device(s) can utilize the setting(s) to perform one or more operations in support of the user device providing the service. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127305 | VISIBILITY CONTROL FOR DOMAIN NAME SYSTEM SERVICE DISCOVERY - Techniques are provided for performing domain name system (DNS) service discovery based on policy evaluations. In an embodiment, policy data is represented as DNS-SD records and is used to control visibility of services for service requesting devices. The policy data may describe policies for a particular type of a service or a particular service delivery unit. The visibility of service delivery units is determined through evaluations of the policies in policy data. In some embodiments, additional metadata may be retrieved to be used in the policy evaluations. In certain embodiments, based on the policy evaluations service data about only a subset of service delivery units available is returned to a service requesting device in response to a DNS-SD query. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127312 | Optimization of Resource URLS in Machine-to-Machine Networks - A mechanism for forming and using shortened Uniform Resource Locators or URLs for resources available within a Machine-to-Machine, M2M, network enables the use of a Domain Name Server based routing of M2M messages between entities within the M2M network domain without requiring the memory-intensive storage that would be required for indicating the full network topology associated with the actual resource locations. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127450 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCELERATING DATA TRANSMISSION IN A NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A second network node receives a first download request from a first network node. After determining that the first data object requested by the first node is not locally stored at the second network node, the second node sends a second download request for the first data object to a third network node and records a mapping relationship for the three network nodes. After receiving N1 data packets from the third network node and determining that a total amount of data in the N1 data packets corresponding to the first data object exceeds a predefined data amount threshold, the second node starts transmitting the data in the N1 data packets corresponding to the first data object to the first network node according to the recorded mapping relationship. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127454 | INTERCONNECTION PLATFORM FOR REAL-TIME CONFIGURATION AND MANAGEMENT OF A CLOUD-BASED SERVICES EXCHANGE - In one example, a cloud-based services exchange comprises a plurality of interconnection assets configured to connect a customer of the cloud-based services exchange to one or more cloud service providers, the plurality of interconnection assets including a virtual circuit by which the customer accesses a cloud service from the one or more cloud service providers; and an orchestration engine configured to modify the plurality of interconnection assets. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127471 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF REDUNDANT PATH VALIDATION BEFORE PROVISIONING - Exemplary embodiments of the invention provide a technique to validate physical cabling and logical path before provisioning volume. In accordance with an aspect, a computer comprises a memory storing software and a processor executing the software. The software is operable to: identify first server port and second server port forming redundant ports of a server and first storage port and second storage port forming redundant ports of a storage system; and check whether a redundant relationship is formed by at least one of (i) a physical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a physical connection between the second server port and the second storage port, or (ii) a logical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a logical connection between the second server port and the second storage port. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127472 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF REDUNDANT PATH VALIDATION BEFORE PROVISIONING - Exemplary embodiments of the invention provide a technique to validate physical cabling and logical path before provisioning volume. In accordance with an aspect, a computer comprises a memory storing software and a processor executing the software. The software is operable to: identify first server port and second server port forming redundant ports of a server and first storage port and second storage port forming redundant ports of a storage system; and check whether a redundant relationship is formed by at least one of (i) a physical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a physical connection between the second server port and the second storage port, or (ii) a logical connection between the first server port and the first storage port and a logical connection between the second server port and the second storage port. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127478 | Creating Services Using Service Modules - Concepts and technologies are disclosed herein for creating services using service modules. A control system can detect a service creation request. The control system can identify service modules to be included in a service requested by the service creation request. A service control function can be created to manage the service requested by the service creation request. The service modules can be coupled together, and the service requested by the service creation request can be output. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127481 | DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE IDENTIFICATION IN A NETWORKED COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for differentiated service identification/exposure in a networked computing environment (e.g., a cloud computing environment). In a typical embodiment, input model criteria will be generated. Such criteria may (among other things): identify service categories based on contextual bindings and domain centric functions; identify inter-service dependencies for a given business model (BPM); and/or provide dynamic validation of services to be exposed/identified. Embodiments of the present invention may further analyze service exposure criteria to provide efficient and accurate service exposure decisions as well as validation of the service exposure. This approach allows for consistent service exposure determinations based on decision histories of similarly (2-dimensional) aligned services in the past. This approach further allows for a validation assessment that is based on actual metrics of service usage verses an estimated usage at the time of service implementation. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127495 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A DYNAMIC CLOUD WITH SUBNET ADMINISTRATION (SA) QUERY CACHING - A system and method support can subnet management in a cloud environment. During a virtual machine migration in a cloud environment, a subnet manager can become a bottleneck point that delays efficient service. A system and method can alleviate this bottleneck point by ensuring a virtual machine retains a plurality of addresses after migration. The system and method can further allow for each host node within the cloud environment to be associated with a local cache that virtual machines can utilize when re-establishing communication with a migrated virtual machine. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160134462 | HOST NETWORK CONTROLLER - Provided is a method for operating a host network controller for a network processor where the host network controller has at least one register. A restricted set of state data may be stored in at least one register. The restricted set of state data may be indicative of fewer possible states than those defined in accordance with a standardized communication protocol. The host network controller may implement a finite state machine based on the restricted set of state data stored in the at least one register such that the finite state machine may have fewer possible states than those defined in accordance with the standardized communication protocol. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134463 | Management of a Computing System with Dynamic Change of Roles - A solution for managing a computing system comprising a plurality of client computing machines to be managed and at least one server computing machine for controlling the managing of the client computing machines, wherein each client computing machine has at least one of a plurality of roles in a deployment infrastructure for deploying management data from said at least one server computing machine to the client computing machines. A corresponding method comprises monitoring one or more operative parameters of each client computing machine against one or more reference policies, detecting a non-compliance of the operative parameters to the reference policies, and changing the role of at least one of the client computing machines in response to the non-compliance of the operative parameters to the reference policies for restoring a compliance thereto. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134470 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO LINK NETWORK CONTROLLERS USING INSTALLED NETWORK DEVICES - A new network controller installed onto an existing home-control network links to a network device on the home-control network. The linked network device returns its linked list to the new network controller, which contacts each network device on the linked list. Responding network devices are linked to the new network controller and return their linked lists. The new network controller contacts the network devices on these linked lists that have not been previously contacted to request additional linked lists. The procedure continues until the new controller determines that there are no un-contacted devices. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134474 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODEL-DRIVEN, AFFINITY-BASED, NETWORK FUNCTIONS - An approach to affinity-based network configuration is disclosed. In one approach, an apparatus for configuring a network based on affinity is described. The apparatus includes a set of business rules describing the order of importance of a plurality applications, an affinity analysis module that receives the set of business rules and a plurality of application requests and detects affinities between the application requests and an infrastructure of the network based on the set of business rules, an affinity computation module coupled to the affinity analysis module that determines a new network configuration based on the detected affinities, and a network management module that configures the network based on the new network configuration. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134489 | VISUALIZATION FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE IP ADDRESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Visualization for managing multiple IP address management systems is provided. In some embodiments, visualization for managing multiple IP address management systems for an IP address management manager system includes communicating with a plurality of IP address management systems to determine IP address management information managed by each of the IP address management systems; and generating a graphical visualization of an IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems based on the IP address management information managed by each of the IP address management systems, in which the graphical visualization of the IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems indicates any gaps or overlaps in the IP address space managed by the plurality of IP address management systems. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134523 | NETWORK ROUTING SYSTEM AND NETWORK PACKET ROUTING METHOD THEREOF - A network routing system and a network packet routing method thereof are provided. The network routing system includes a control server and a network switch. The control server creates a first routing configuration based on topology of the network routing system. The first routing configuration includes a first routing information match field and a first routing setup field. The control server transmits the first routing configuration to the network switch. The network switch receives a first network packet from a first network node, and determines that a piece of first routing information of the first network packet matches the first routing information match field. The network switch creates a second routing configuration according to the first routing setup field. The second routing configuration includes a second routing information match field and a second routing setup field. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134539 | PROACTIVE BROADCAST CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FOR FAST NETWORK JOINS - In one embodiment, a device in a network identifies an upcoming network formation event. The device instructs one or more nodes in the network to use a network formation broadcast schedule during the event. The device determines that a degree of functionality in the network during the event exceeds a threshold amount. The device instructs the one or more nodes to use a normal broadcast schedule, in response to determining that the degree of functionality in the network during the event exceeds the threshold amount. Channels of the network formation broadcast schedule are active more frequently than channels of the normal broadcast schedule when in use. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134561 | METHOD FOR PRIORITIZING THROUGHPUT FOR NETWORK SHARES - Some embodiments are directed to a method, corresponding system, and corresponding apparatus for handling Quality of Service (QoS) for one or more network file shares associated with one or more Network Attached Storage (NAS) servers. Some embodiments may determine an actual value for a QoS parameter for network file shares, through a benchmark test procedure. Some embodiments may assign a QoS policy to the network file shares. Some embodiments may associate the QoS policy with the QoS parameter. Some embodiments may control the QoS policy at the NAS servers. Some embodiments may determine a current speed capability of one or more network interface controllers (NICs) associated with the NAS servers. Some embodiments may also compare the current speed capability of the NICs to the given actual value for the given QoS parameter resulting from the benchmark test procedure. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134695 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA SYNCHRONIZATION - A method for data synchronization performed by a server is described. The method comprises receiving, from a client terminal, a synchronization request and information about a synchronization anchor of the client terminal; determining, based on the synchronization anchor of the client terminal and a synchronization anchor of the server, difference data to be synchronized with the client terminal; determining whether a size of the difference data exceeds a threshold; and responsive to determining that a size of the difference data exceeds the threshold, transmitting the difference data to the client terminal in a plurality of difference data segments, wherein a size of each of the plurality of the difference data segments does not exceed the threshold, and wherein each of the plurality of the difference data segments is to be synchronized separately with the client terminal. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160134706 | CONTROLLING DEVICES USING CLOUD SERVICES AND DEVICE-AGNOSTIC PIPE MECHANISMS - An environment is described in which a cloud-implemented service system controls a plurality of target devices via a plurality of respective device-agnostic pipe mechanisms. The target devices themselves may represent “dumb” devices, e.g., lacking local control logic, or providing reduced reliance on local control logic. Users may interact with the service system via applications running on any type of user devices. | 05-12-2016 |
| 20160142256 | AUTOMATICALLY RECOMMENDING POINT OF PRESENCE CENTERS - Techniques for automatically recommending a new data center, such as a point-of-presence (POP) center are provided. In one technique, multiple candidate locations for a new POP center are considered. An impact of adding a new POP to each candidate location is estimated and a score is generated. Each candidate location is ranked based on the score. In a related technique, an impact score for a candidate location is based on a prediction of whether and how much a new POP center at the candidate location would reduce response times of clients that would connect to the new POP center. The prediction may be based on a model that is generated based on response data generated by clients that are connecting to existing POP centers. The model may take into account multiple factors, such as geographic distance, network distance, type of browser executing on the clients, type of operating system, etc. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142261 | CONTEXT AWARE DYNAMIC COMPOSITION OF MIGRATION PLANS TO CLOUD - Context aware dynamic composition of migration plans may be provided. A request for application or image migration may be received. Target machines and associated configuration may be identified. Resources and a schedule may be allocated. An appropriate tooling for each migration action may be selected. An artificial intelligence aspect of the migration planning process may continuously replan migration based on monitored changes in the context of source or target environment. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142265 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCALING A CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE - A method for scaling a cloud infrastructure, comprises receiving at least one of resource-level metrics and application-level metrics, estimating parameters of at least one application based on the received metrics, automatically and dynamically determining directives for scaling application deployment based on the estimated parameters, and providing the directives to a cloud service provider to execute the scaling. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142283 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PROVIDE REDUNDANCY IN A PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus to provide redundancy in a process control system are disclosed. An example method includes receiving, at a first network host, first integrity messages transmitted from a second network host over a first network. The method includes detecting a network failure over a first communication path between a first network interface of the first network host and a second network interface of the second network host via first network when a first network interface of the first network host fails to receive one of the first integrity messages expected from a first network interface of the second network host. The method includes automatically establishing a second communication path between the first network host and the second network host in response to the detected network failure. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142369 | SERVICE ADDRESSING IN DISTRIBUTED ENVIRONMENT - An example service addressing method in a distributed environment includes: generating a service querying request, the service querying request including a querying condition; acquiring a first server address list of a target service corresponding to the querying condition; acquiring a failed server address list; deleting the failed server address list from the first server address list to obtain a second server address list; selecting a target server address from the second server address list; and initiating an invocation of the target service to the target server address. The techniques of the present disclosure improve the efficiency of the service invocation. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142476 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING CONTENT AMONG LARGE CLUSTERS OF STORAGE DEVICES TO ACHIEVE A TARGET REPLICATION DISTRIBUTION - A content distribution network, including: a content server that stores a set of content items; a plurality of gateways for storing and serving content requests to a subset of the content items, the plurality of gateways being grouped into a plurality of classes of gateways; and a plurality of class trackers corresponding to the plurality of classes; wherein each class tracker manages a placement of content items and an assignment of content requests for its class of gateways; wherein the plurality of class trackers exchange congestion signals among themselves; wherein, for each content item, each class tracker determines a fraction of gateways in its class of gateways that store the content item and a rate of content requests that are forwarded to the content server or other class trackers, based on requests for the content item entering its class and the congestion signals received from other class trackers. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142511 | APPLICATION ASSIGNMENT RECONCILIATION AND LICENSE MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer-implemented methods for reconciling application assignments of different types to users and devices, and associating appropriate licenses for the applications to the users from purchase accounts managed by an external application store. An example method includes identifying a change in an assignment configuration for a user, the assignment configuration including a plurality of assignments of an application to the user; determining a winning assignment from the plurality of assignments; in response to determining the winning assignment, determining that the winning assignment requires a change to an external application store; and in response to determining that the winning assignment requires a change to the external application store, instructing the external application store to perform a configuration change corresponding to the winning assignment. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160149764 | PROVIDING VIRTUAL NETWORKING FUNCTIONALITY FOR MANAGED COMPUTER NETWORKS - Techniques are described for providing virtual networking functionality for managed computer networks. In some situations, a user may configure or otherwise specify one or more virtual local area networks (“VLANs”) for a managed computer network being provided for the user, such as with each VLAN including multiple computing nodes of the managed computer network. Networking functionality corresponding to the specified VLAN(s) may then be provided in various manners, such as if the managed computer network itself is a distinct virtual computer network overlaid on one or more other computer networks, and communications between computing nodes of the managed virtual computer network are handled in accordance with the specified VLAN(s) of the managed virtual computer network by emulating functionality that would be provided by networking devices of the managed virtual computer network if they were physically present and configured to support the specified VLAN(s). | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160149813 | MULTI-TENANT MIDDLEWARE CLOUD SERVICE TECHNOLOGY - A system that includes multiple hosts, each running a plurality of virtual machines. The system may be, for example, a cloud computing environment in which there are services and a service coordination system that communicates with the hosts and with the services. The services include a middleware management service that is configured to maintain per-tenant middleware policy for each of multiple tenants. The middleware management service causes the middleware policy to be applied to network traffic by directing network traffic to a middleware enforcement mechanism. This middleware policy is per-tenant in that it depends on an identity of a tenant. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160149823 | Most Connection Method for Egress Port Selection in a High Port Count Switch - A switch according to the present invention can have a number of ports in an ASIC greater than the ASIC clock speed divided by the network protocol rate. The switch ASIC contains multiple blocks, each block having a number of ports equal to the ASIC clock speed divided the packet rate of the protocol. Each block has a number of queues equal to the total number of ports on the ASIC to receive packets. The queues are scheduled from each block into a number of outputs equal to the number of blocks. The outputs of each block are received by a scheduler which evaluates the packets available at the outputs of each block to determine the combination of outputs which provides the most connections that are ready for transmission. The combination with the most connections is then utilized to provide packets to the egress section of each block. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160149854 | Framework for Application to Application Interworking in the M2M World - One aspect of the teachings herein is directed to a framework through which M2M applications can interact with each other, either through configuration or via autonomous interaction. In one example, the contemplated framework allows applications to publish their interfaces in a discoverable fashion, and allows the invocation of applications in a manner that allows for the retrieval of results of operations invoked on the target application. At least some embodiments protect the security and confidentiality of the information involved in those interactions. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160149975 | WIDE AREA AGGREGATED COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and techniques for federating operations, in an optimized way using wide area networks are provided. Example systems provide an API for generating and handling federated requests as an aggregation. In one example Wide Area Network Aggregation System, WANAS provides an API, a connection manager, and connection iterators to manage inter-site connections and requests, and inter-pod requests and messaging. These components cooperate to distribute a task across multiple physically disparate sites using a representative connection to the site and fan out of requests to other pods within the site. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150000 | LOAD-BALANCING CLUSTER - A load-balancing cluster includes a switch having a plurality of ports; and a plurality of servers connected to at least some of the plurality of ports of the switch. Each server is addressable by the same virtual Internet Protocol (VIP) address. Each server in the cluster has a mechanism constructed and adapted to respond to connection requests at the VIP by selecting one of the plurality of servers to handle that connection, wherein the selecting is based, at least in part, on a given function of information used to request the connection; and a firewall mechanism constructed and adapted to accept all requests for the VIP address for a particular connection only on the server that has been selected to handle that particular connection. The selected server determines whether it is responsible for the request and may hand it off to another cluster member. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150001 | Method and Apparatus for Data Transmission - A data transmission method and apparatus avoids uneven loading of stored data, supports allocation of storage spaces with load balancing, and supports fast access to data. The method may include receiving, by a distributed storage system, data and a corresponding data key sent by a client. Nodes are allocated to the data according to load conditions of nodes in the distributed storage system. The data is stored in the corresponding nodes. A constructed key is generated for the data, which includes the data key and node routing information corresponding to a location where the data is stored. The constructed key is returned to the client. The client uses the constructed key to acquire the stored data. The distributed storage system receives the constructed key, retrieves the stored data based on the routing information in the constructed key and sends the data to the client. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150003 | WORKLOAD SELECTION AND CACHE CAPACITY PLANNING FOR A VIRTUAL STORAGE AREA NETWORK - Exemplary methods, apparatuses, and systems receive characteristics of a plurality of input/output (I/O) requests from a workload, including logical address distance values between I/O requests and data lengths of the plurality of I/O requests. Based upon the characteristics, a data length value representative of the data lengths of the plurality of I/O requests is determined and an access pattern of the plurality of I/O requests is determined. A notification that the first workload is suitable for a virtual storage area network environment is generated based upon the characteristics. The first workload is selected as suitable in response to determining the data length value for the data lengths of the plurality of I/O requests is less than a data length threshold and/or the access pattern of the plurality of I/O requests is more random than an access pattern threshold on the spectrum from random access to sequential access. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150015 | METHODS FOR INTEGRATING APPLICATIONS WITH A DATA STORAGE NETWORK AND DEVICES THEREOF - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium, and application server computing device that receives a request identifying an operation to be performed on an application and a plugin associated with the application. The operation corresponds to an application task in a workflow for a data storage network action. An operating system call is generated to execute the plugin, wherein the call comprises at least one argument that identifies the operation. A standard-out output is obtained from the plugin, wherein the output comprises at least an indication of a status of the operation. The output is parsed, a result object is generated based on the parsed output, and the result object is returned in response to the received request. The result object includes at least the indication of the status of the operation. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150031 | Method, System and Device for Selecting a Device to Satisfy a User Request - Methods, systems and devices for selecting an end-user device from a plurality of end-user devices to satisfy a user request. The method comprises storing at a portal aggregator data identifying a user device group comprising a plurality of end-user devices, wherein the data identifying the device group comprises the capabilities of each end-user device. When the portal aggregator receives a request from the user the portal aggregator generates a list of end-user devices from the device group that are capable of satisfying the user request. The portal aggregator then selects an end-user device from the list of capable end-user devices and then transmits a command to the selected end-user device to satisfy the request. In some cases the list of capable end-user devices may be sorted and/or filtered prior to selecting an end-user device from the list. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150044 | REDUCING REDIRECTS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for reducing redirects. In one aspect, a method includes receiving request data indicating that a user device has requested a content item. The request data specifies other data processing apparatus to which user interactions with the content item are to be reported. The content item includes a reference to a resource that is requested in response to user interaction with the content item. Response data is provided. The response data includes data that cause presentation of the content item. Interaction data is received specifying user interaction with the content item occurred. Redirect data is provided that cause the user device to be redirected to the resource. Reporting data is provided to the other data processing apparatus, specifying user interaction with the content item occurred. The reporting data is provided asynchronously relative to the redirect data. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150054 | SYSTEM AND DEVICES FACILITATING DYNAMIC NETWORK LINK ACCELERATION - A peer to peer dynamic network acceleration method and apparatus provide enhanced communications directly between two or more enhanced devices, such as enhanced clients. The enhanced clients may comprise a front-end, a back-end, or both. In general, the front-end and back-end of the enhanced clients work in concert to translate data into an enhanced protocol for communication between the enhanced clients. The enhanced protocol may provide acceleration, security, error correction, and other benefits. Data from various applications may be seamlessly translated between a first protocol and the enhanced protocol, such that the applications need not be modified to use the enhanced protocol. The enhanced clients may automatically detect one another to establish an enhanced communications channel automatically. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150059 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONSENSUS PROTOCOL SELECTION BASED ON DELAY ANALYSIS - A method for selecting a consensus protocol comprises separating a consensus protocol into one or more communication steps, wherein the consensus protocol is useable to substantially maintain data consistency between nodes in a distributed computing system, and wherein a communication step comprises a message transfer, attributable to the consensus protocol, in the distributed computing system, and computing an estimated protocol-level delay based on one or more attributes associated with the separated communication steps of the consensus protocol. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160150060 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONSENSUS PROTOCOL SELECTION BASED ON DELAY ANALYSIS - A method for selecting a consensus protocol comprises separating a consensus protocol into one or more communication steps, wherein the consensus protocol is useable to substantially maintain data consistency between nodes in a distributed computing system, and wherein a communication step comprises a message transfer, attributable to the consensus protocol, in the distributed computing system, and computing an estimated protocol-level delay based on one or more attributes associated with the separated communication steps of the consensus protocol. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160156514 | EXECUTING DATA STREAM PROCESSING APPLICATIONS IN DYNAMIC NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156517 | Business to Business Software Connections | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156518 | SERVER FOR AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING SHARING-NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156525 | DYNAMIC CONVERSION OF HARDWARE RESOURCES OF A SERVER SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156526 | SERVER FOR SELECTIVELY SWITCHING MANAGEMENT NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156528 | DOMAIN ESTABLISHMENT, REGISTRATION AND RESIGNATION VIA A PUSH BUTTON MECHANISM | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156529 | Methods and Apparatuses for Control of Usage of One or More Services for a User | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156541 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR RECEIVING TEST CONFIGURATION INFORMATION | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156695 | MANAGING AND MAINTAINING A DOMAIN | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156702 | NETWORK ELEMENT AND METHOD OF RUNNING APPLICATIONS IN A CLOUD COMPUTING SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156703 | Method and Device for Interworking Between Different Otts | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156722 | RESOURCE MIGRATION METHOD AND APPARATUS | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160156751 | DYNAMIC MODIFICATION OF A SUBSCRIBER CONNECTION | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160164749 | Methods and Systems for Establishing a Centralized Analytics Environment - A method of establishing a centralized analytics environment includes receiving a plurality of environmental requirements from a user and, based upon the plurality of environmental requirements, establishing at least one recommended technology stack for a centralized analytics environment. The environmental requirements that define the centralized analytics problem can include data format requirements, data volume requirements, data refresh rate requirements, data source requirements, analytics nature requirements, analytics complexity requirements, analytics application requirements, analytics consumption environment requirements, and analytics consumption frequency requirements. The at least one recommended technology stack typically includes a recommended data loading tool, a recommended data transformation tool, a recommended data storage tool, a recommended analytics tool, and a recommended extended data storage tool. It can also include recommended physical and/or virtual hardware infrastructure. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160164825 | Policy Implementation Based on Data from a Domain Name System Authoritative Source - Methods and systems for implementing network traffic policies. A domain name system (DNS) infrastructure is accessed to obtain metadata associated with a destination address of a traffic flow; the traffic flow is classified by the destination address and the metadata; and a policy is applied to the traffic flow, wherein the policy is determined on the basis of the classification of the traffic flow. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160164826 | Policy Implementation at a Network Element based on Data from an Authoritative Source - In an embodiment, at a network element in a network, a domain name query is intercepted from a client. Metadata associated with a network application or service that is the object of the domain name query is obtained from a domain name system server. A policy is determined to enforce, based on the metadata, and the policy is enforced with respect to the client's access of the network application or service. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160164831 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUSES FOR PROVIDING A SINGLE NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION CONNECTION FOR MULTIPLE DEVICES - Techniques and systems for operating a device as a proxy network address translation device for other devices are provided. For example, a method, computing device, or computer-program product may be provided. In one example, a method may include receiving a communication that includes a performance metric of one or more devices on a local network. The computing device and the one or more devices share a common network service provider. The method may further include determining, based on the performance metric, that the computing device is selected for operating as a proxy network address translation device for the one or more devices that share the common network service provider. The method may further include aggregating network address translation traversal for the one or more devices, including establishing a single network address translation connection with the common network service provider. Communications of the one or more devices can then be communicated over the single network address translation connection. The method may further include causing a transmitter to transmit communications of the one or more devices over the single network address translation connection with the common network service provider. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160164945 | Method Of Service Capability Discovery Based On Subscriptions For Service Notifications - A method of capability discovery notification is provided. The method includes receiving, from a representational state transfer (REST) client, a subscription for service notifications. The service capability of the REST client, which is based on the subscription for service notifications received, is stored in memory. A request for the service capability of the REST client is received from a network and the service capability of the REST client is retrieved from the memory based on the request received. A response to the request for the service capability of the REST client is sent to the network. The response includes the service capability of the REST client retrieved from the memory. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160164962 | Reducing the Impact of Noisy Neighbors via Pro-Active Log Offloading in Shared Storage Environment - Methods and systems may provide for reducing workloads of neighboring virtual machine tenants in a cloud environment with shared storage using pro-active log offloading. Additionally, logging activity may be redirected to reduce input/output resource consumption. Trends in future input/output activities may be determined and preemptive action may be implemented to reduce performance impact of the neighboring tenants. | 06-09-2016 |
| 20160173318 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING GROUP ACTION | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173320 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AN ADAPTIVE SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKING CONTROLLER (aSDNC) | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173338 | COMPILER FOR AND METHOD FOR SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173345 | MANAGEMENT PLANE NETWORK AGGREGATION | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173392 | Service Chain Management | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173583 | MECHANISM FOR FACILITATING SPIN MODE-BASED DYNAMIC UPDATING OF APPLICATION SERVERS IN AN ON-DEMAND SERVICES ENVIRONMENT | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173584 | Combining application and data tiers on different platforms to create workload distribution recommendations | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173585 | NAME SERVICES FOR VIRTUAL CLUSTER SWITCHING | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173658 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR STARTING APPLICATION | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160182282 | Mainframe desktop direct | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182304 | INTEGRATION METHOD AND SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182307 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND NETWORK MANAGING METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182351 | TECHNOLOGIES FOR NETWORK PACKET CACHE MANAGEMENT | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182356 | CONDITIONAL AND UNCONDITIONAL RULE TABLE ACTIONS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182363 | SERVICE PATH PROTECTION METHOD, CONTROLLER, DEVICE AND SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182379 | ADAPTIVE LOAD BALANCING IN PACKET PROCESSING | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182382 | SPECIALIZING VIRTUAL NETWORK DEVICE PROCESSING TO BYPASS FORWARDING ELEMENTS FOR HIGH PACKET RATE APPLICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182625 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING AD-HOC NETWORKS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182628 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF COMPONENTS IN HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182657 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF USER IDENTIFICATION ACROSS MULTIPLE DEVICES | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182674 | ADAPTIVE DNS PRE-RESOLUTION | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160182675 | USER DATA MANAGEMENT | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160191268 | Interchangeable Modular Home Automation System - Interchangeable modular systems for home networking are provided. The systems may contain home energy and appliance monitors controls, and/or home security/surveillance systems. In particular, the systems may use existing electrical gang or junction boxes to house said systems, which may have a high degree of interchangeability or modularity. These systems have useful features in, e.g., the residential home environment and office or industrial buildings. More specifically, modular home automation devices comprising a gang-box microcomputer having a main processor, a communications module, and at least one functional module are provided. Also provided herein are devices for home automation and control comprising a gang-box microcomputer having a form factor fitting inside an existing electrical junction box. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191296 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AN END-TO-END SOLUTION TO DELIVER CONTENT IN A NETWORK - A network infrastructure provisioned according to design information received via a web portal contains one or more nodes and facilitates deployment of services and associated data across physical and virtualized resources for a content delivery path between a content source and a content consumer according to technical and business needs of a content provider. Provisioning is accomplished by storing the design information in one or more repositories, the repositories containing data, packaging information and metadata of the one or more nodes, and one or more map files specifying the respective addresses of the one or more nodes. The network infrastructure is instantiated based on the design information stored in the one or more repositories and the one or more map files by configuring the nodes according to the design information and communicatively coupling the nodes with one another; and registering the instantiated nodes with a global software load balancer. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191297 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ONLINE PURCHASES OF INTEGRATED SERVICES - There is provided a method for component correlation of an integrated service, comprising: receiving, at a central server, a selection of a certain integrated service including hardware and software components, each respective integrated service associated with an offering inventory representation including a description of the hardware and software components; receiving, from the client, a message including the inventory description of the automated home environment; correlating the inventory description of the home inventory with the certain integrated service offering inventory, to identify a subset of hardware and software components already installed within the automated home environment that correspond to hardware and software components of the certain integrated service, wherein the inventory description and the offering inventory are based on a common data format; and presenting, to the client, a modified version of the certain integrated service based on the identified subset. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191298 | MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE ANALYSIS FOR CLOUD MIGRATION - In a source computing system having a source management infrastructure, at least one source infrastructure management component is discovered. A description of a target cloud infrastructure having a target management infrastructure is obtained. The description includes at least one mandatory target infrastructure management component. The at least one source infrastructure management component is analyzed to determine whether at least one conflict exists with the at least one mandatory target infrastructure management component. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191320 | RELOCATING AN EMBEDDED CLOUD FOR FAST CONFIGURATION OF A CLOUD COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - An apparatus and method expedite configuration and deployment of a scalable cloud computing environment. An environment configuration mechanism (ECM) in a cloud manager provides a number of pre-configured virtual servers as embedded cloud environments. The embedded clouds can be quickly utilized by a system administrator with minimal or no configuration to deploy cloud workloads. The embedded clouds use similarly embedded controllers and hosts. As these embedded clouds begin to use additional resources the ECM dynamically relocates embedded cloud elements from the embedded cloud to a more permanent location on dedicated hardware as attached controllers and hosts. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191326 | OPTIMIZED MIGRATION OF VIRTUAL OBJECTS ACROSS ENVIRONMENTS IN A CLOUD COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT - An appliance migration mechanism (AMM) optimizes migration of a live virtual appliance with virtual objects between cloud environments to minimize temporary connections that use significant cloud resources during the migration. The AMM determines a cost of connections of each virtual object in the virtual appliance and produces an order of migration for the virtual objects. The cost of connections of the virtual objects may be determined by the total number of connections and the maximum number of connections. Alternatively the cost of the connections of the virtual objects for migration could be determined by a weighting the costs of the connections where the weighting may consider loading or other factors on the connection. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191328 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD OF MANAGEMENT, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A management system includes a first management unit, a second management unit, and an updating unit. The first management unit manages identification information of a communication terminal classified into a first group. The second management unit manages identification information of a communication terminal classified into a second group. The updating unit updates information managed by the first management unit or the second management unit based on information transmitted from the communication terminals. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191331 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADMINISTRATION OF STORAGE OBJECTS - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a method of generating a representation of a storage network. The method includes generating a tree model representation of a storage network, the tree model comprising a plurality of nodes, wherein each node represents a portion of the storage network currently being displayed on a display device. The method also includes receiving a request from a client system to view contents of a node in the tree model. The method also includes, in response to the request, obtaining tree information for the node in the request, the tree information related to an additional portion of the storage network not being displayed. The method also includes adding an additional node to the tree model based on the tree information and displaying the additional portion of the storage network that is represented by the additional node. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191332 | MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE ANALYSIS FOR CLOUD MIGRATION - In a source computing system having a source management infrastructure, at least one source infrastructure management component is discovered. A description of a target cloud infrastructure having a target management infrastructure is obtained. The description includes at least one mandatory target infrastructure management component. The at least one source infrastructure management component is analyzed to determine whether at least one conflict exists with the at least one mandatory target infrastructure management component. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191340 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR A SUBSCRIPTION-NOTIFICATION SERVICE - A method and Subscription Service Host Server that support a presence service receives multiple subscription requests associated with multiple of subscribers, wherein each subscription request of the multiple subscription requests comprises a request to subscribe to presence information of a status publication source. In response to receiving the multiple subscription requests, a subscription is created for each subscriber of the multiple subscribers. A system condition is monitored and, based on the monitored system condition, a determination is made to suspend a subscription of a subscriber of the multiple subscribers. The subscription of the subscriber is placed into a suspended state to produce a suspended subscription, wherein the Server suspends the subscription without receiving, from the subscriber, a request to suspend the subscription. Subsequent to placing the subscription into a suspended state, a determination is made to one of reactivate and terminate the suspended subscription. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191347 | MANAGING CHANGE IN AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT - In a method for managing change in an information technology (IT) environment, in response to an open change ticket, identifying one or more components of the IT environment that are associated with at least one change operation included in the change ticket. The method further includes identifying information associated with the identified one or more components of the IT environment. The method further includes determining a listing of allowable change operations for the identified one or more components of the IT environment in the change ticket based on the identified information associated with the identified one or more components of the IT environment. The method further includes receiving a user requested change operation. The method further includes determining whether the received user requested change operation is included in the determined listing of allowable change operations. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191363 | System and method for managing VoLTE session continuity information using logical scalable units - Logical scalable units (LSU) can be used within a single network data center to provide stateful scalability. However, LSUs are not suitable for operating across multiple network data centers in order to provide geographical redundancy in active-active scenarios while providing high availability. This is because the latencies associated with replicating full session information are unacceptably slow. An additional component in the LSU (known as an LSU Frontend) can be used to replicate a small subset of session information between LSUs. This subset of session information may be enough to enable LSUs to process requests in an acceptable way rather than outright failing. This may be particularly advantageous in scenarios where the requests relate to Voice over LTE calls, because outright failure is very perceivable to subscribers, and it causes resource leakage within the telecommunications network. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191393 | Self-adjusting tiered caching system to optimize traffic performance and origin offload - A tiered caching system (e.g., in an overlay network such as CDN) wherein SWR at an edge server therein is automatically set (preferably based on request rate), while SWR at a parent server therein has its SWR set at or near 0. Collectively, these SWR settings provide for a self-adjusting tiered caching system that optimizes both end user performance and the origin traffic offload | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160191600 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AN END-TO-END SOLUTION TO DELIVER CONTENT IN A NETWORK - Described herein is an end-to-end solution (i.e., capable of constructing a content delivery network all the way from an origin server to end user devices) which provides a managerial overview to what has been a very disjoint build-out of networks. In the past, networks have evolved to serve particular needs, as opposed to being architected from a strategic view. What this does is to allow someone (e.g., content provider, network operator, etc.) to impose a strategy over those networks. Rather than having to construct solutions that deliver a particular kind of content, a particular security requirement, a particular latency requirement, etc., one can simply provision particular types of nodes as needed when needed. | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160197769 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FILTERING EVENTS AT AN IOT HUB | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197770 | A Network Device Mounting Rail for Connecting Removable Modules | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197789 | APPLICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197793 | NETWORK SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR NETWORK SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197794 | QUALITY OF SERVICE SETTING | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197805 | MONITORING OF COMPUTER NETWORK RESOURCES HAVING SERVICE LEVEL OBJECTIVES | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197834 | ARCHITECTURE AND METHOD FOR TRAFFIC ENGINEERING BETWEEN DIVERSE CLOUD PROVIDERS | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197835 | ARCHITECTURE AND METHOD FOR VIRTUALIZATION OF CLOUD NETWORKING COMPONENTS | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197980 | MODULAR FRAMEWORK TO INTEGRATE SERVICE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND CLOUD ORCHESTRATORS IN A HYBRID CLOUD ENVIRONMENT | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198020 | OPTIMIZING TRANSFER OF FRAGMENTED PACKETIZED DATA | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160204974 | Communications System, Control Apparatus, and Network Management Server | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204981 | DYNAMICALLY MANAGING A SYSTEM OF SERVERS | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204985 | DIAMETER ROUTING AGENT APPLICATION PLUG-IN FRAMEWORK | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204993 | SERVLET API AND METHOD FOR XMPP PROTOCOL | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204994 | METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A SERVICE RELATING TO A CONSUMER PACKAGE | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204995 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK SERVICE QUALITY | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160205199 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DUAL ROLE HANDLING IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160254941 | Apparatus And Method For Managing Network Access Device | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160254957 | FACILITATING AUTONOMOUS COMPUTING WITHIN A CLOUD SERVICE | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160254964 | HOST NETWORK ANALYZER | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160254965 | STITCHING AN APPLICATION MODEL TO AN INFRASTRUCTURE TEMPLATE | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160254968 | DYNAMIC TROUBLESHOOTING WORKSPACES FOR CLOUD AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255136 | EFFICIENT PARALLEL PROCESSING OF A NETWORK WITH CONFLICT CONSTRAINTS BETWEEN NODES | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255141 | SELECTING SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND METHOD OF SELECTION | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160255142 | SCALABLE PEER MATCHING | 09-01-2016 |
| 20160380811 | APPLICATION HIERARCHY SPECIFICATION WITH REAL-TIME FUNCTIONAL SELECTION - A preferred communication application hierarchy that specifies user priorities for application selection for communication sessions and functional communication capabilities of each prioritized application is configured for at least one user of a group of users. A real-time communication request, initiated by a user with a configured preferred communication application hierarchy, is detected that specifies a particular type of communication functionality and that includes an indication of another one of the group of users as a requested communication recipient. Responsive to detecting the real-time communication request that specifies the particular type of communication functionality, a highest-priority application usable to perform the specified particular type of communication functionality with a communication device of the requested communication recipient is selected from the configured preferred communication application hierarchy of the requesting user. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160380825 | METHOD AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS FOR APPLYING DEVICE MANAGEMENT RULES IN ROUTER - A method for applying device management rules in a router and associated apparatus are provided, in which the method includes: providing a user of the router with a drag-and-drop user interface (UI), and outputting display data of a plurality of icons respectively with respect to a plurality of neighboring electronic devices, for displaying the plurality of icons on the drag-and-drop UI to allow the user to drag and drop at least one icon of the plurality of icons; and according to user inputs obtained via the drag-and-drop UI, applying at least one device management rule of the device management rules to at least one neighboring electronic device within the plurality of neighboring electronic devices, in which the icon and the neighboring electronic device correspond to each other. The plurality of neighboring electronic devices can be wirelessly connected to the router. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160380828 | INTELLIGENT ROUTE MANAGEMENT FOR DIVERSE ECOSYSTEMS - An intermediating network is adapted to intermediate between an originating network and a servicing network. A first set of communications addresses in the originating network that can be used to originate communications to the servicing network are identified. A second set of communications addresses in the servicing network that can be used to service communications originating in the originating network are identified. The first set of communications addresses and the second set of communications addresses are analyzed. Based on the analyzing, incompatibilities between the first set of communications addresses and the second set of communications addresses that would prevent a communication from one of the first set of communications addresses from reaching the second set of communications addresses are determined. A processor of a computer is used to adapt the intermediating network so that the communication from the first set of communications addresses can be sent to the second set of communications addresses via the intermediating network. The communication from the originating network is received at the intermediating network and the communication is routed through the intermediating network to the servicing network. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160380833 | SERVER, PHYSICAL SWITCH AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A server, physical switch, and communication system are provided. The server includes one or more virtual machines and a proxy module. The proxy module includes a registering module configured to register the virtual machines to a physical switch, a message receiving confirmation module configured to receive a confirmation message from the physical switch, wherein the confirmation message comprises identification information associated with the virtual machines, and a server end forwarding module configured to communicate with the physical switch based on the identification information associated with the virtual machines. The physical switch includes a virtual port assigning module configured to register a virtual machine to the physical switch, a message sending confirmation module configured to send a confirmation message to a server, and a physical switch end forwarding module configured to communicate with the virtual machine based on the identification information associated with the virtual machine. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160380837 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA MANAGEMENT - A method for the management of data collected from a remote computing device including the steps of: creating a questionnaire; transmitting the questionnaire to a remote computer, executing the questionnaire in the remote computer to prompt a user for responses to questions of the questionnaire; transmitting the responses to a sever via a network; making the responses available on the Web. Preferably, computers used in connection with the inventive method are loosely networked in that network connections between computers are not always available and, when a connection is not available, data is stored at a node of the network and transmitted at the earliest time when a connection is available. In one preferred embodiment, the inventive method is used to collect survey data and to make the responses to the survey available to a client in virtually real time over the Internet. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160380840 | DATA SYNCHRONIZATION USING REDUNDANCY DETECTION - Managing data in a cloud computing environment, including data transfers. File level and block level similarities are identified, including for archive and nested archive files, residing on datacenters and regional repositories. A replication plan is generated based on receiving a replication instruction, and further based on similarity clusters by transferring unique data blocks and files from best available sources including regional repositories. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381087 | NETWORK-BASED DYNAMIC DATA MANAGEMENT - In one embodiment, a router operating in a hierarchically routed computer network may receive collected data from one or more hierarchically lower devices in the network (e.g., hierarchically lower sensors or routers). The collected data may then be converted to aggregated metadata according to a dynamic schema, and the aggregated metadata is stored at the router. The aggregated metadata may also be transmitted to one or more hierarchically higher routers in the network. Queries may then be served by the router based on the aggregated metadata, accordingly. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381125 | LOAD BALANCING USING A CLIENT SWAPPING OPERATION - A management server and method for load balancing a cluster of host computers analyzes load metrics of clients naming on the host computers in the cluster to select a first client that can be migrated from a first host computer in the cluster to a second host computer in the cluster to improve load balance for the cluster and a second client running on the second host computer that can be swapped with the first client running on the first host computer for a client swapping operation. The client swapping operation involves simultaneously migrating the first client from the first host computer to the second host computer and migrating the second client from the second host computer to the first host computer. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381126 | DISTRIBUTED NETWORK SERVICES - Providing a distributed network service includes: receiving network traffic at a first physical device; and executing a service engine to participate in the distributed network service. The distributed network service is provided to at least the first target application instance executing in a first VM on the first physical device, and a second target application instance executing in a second VM on a second physical device; and a shared state of the distributed network service is maintained with respect to the first physical device and the second physical device. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381140 | Method, System, and Computer-Readable Medium for Storing Diagnostic Data Relating to a Vehicle - A method for storing diagnostic data relating to a vehicle includes the steps of: reading one or more messages, the read messages including diagnostic data relating to the vehicle; transmitting the read messages to a buffer memory; transmitting the read messages to an aggregation component; aggregating the read messages by use of the aggregation component to form an aggregated message; transmitting the aggregated message to the buffer memory; checking whether a predefined fault event occurred during aggregation of the messages by the aggregation component; if a predefined fault event occurred: transmitting the predefined fault event to an extraction component, the predefined fault event including at least one predefined rule; executing the at least one predefined rule by the extraction component in order to extract the messages corresponding to the at least one predefined rule from the buffer memory; and storing the extracted messages and the fault event in a data memory, with the result that the extracted messages can be identified using the fault event. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381150 | NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION (NFV) HARDWARE TRUST IN DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A Network Function Virtualization (NFV) Management and Orchestration (MANO) data communication system drives an NFV Infrastructure (NFVI) to support a Network Service (NS). The NFV MANO system exchanges hardware trust data with a hardware-trusted subsystem in the NFVI to maintain hardware trust with the NFVI subsystem. The NFV MANO system exchanges NS data with an operations system and responsively exchanges network data to drive the NFVI to execute a Virtual Network Function (VNF) externally to the hardware-trusted subsystem to support the NS. The NFV MANO system also exchanges trust data for the NS with the operations system and responsively exchanges network data with the hardware-trusted subsystem to drive the subsystem to execute the VNF to support the NS. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381152 | METHOD FOR LOCATING A SERVICE AND METHOD FOR PROPOSING A SERVICE AND CORRESPONDING COMMUNICATION NETWORK DEVICES, SYSTEM, COMPUTER READABLE PROGRAM PRODUCTS AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUMS - The present disclosure relates to a method for locating a service, to be performed in a device belonging to a network of communication devices. According to an embodiment, the method includes checking an availability of the service on the network, when the service is not available on the network, obtaining an installation requirement representative of a capacity required from a candidate device for an installation of the service on the candidate device, sending the obtained installation requirement on the network, receiving an indication of a compliance, of a candidate device of the network, to the installation requirement, sending an order of installation of the service to the candidate device according to the indication of compliance. The present disclosure relates to corresponding proposing method, devices, system, computer readable program products and computer readable storage mediums. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381180 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR UPDATING THE CAPABILITIES OF AN OBJECT CONNECTED TO A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - One embodiment relates to a method performed by a first object connected to a communications network. The method may comprise using the communications network to supply information representative of the capabilities of the first object, these capabilities comprising capabilities associated with an execution environment of the first object. The method may comprise receiving via the communications network information representative of the capabilities of a second object connected to the communications network, the information identifying at least one function performed by the second object. The method may also comprise obtaining a software module adapted to the first object and suitable for executing in the execution environment of the first object while using data exchanged with the second object a function performed by the second object. | 12-29-2016 |
| 20160381187 | APPLICATION PROVIDING SERVER, APPLICATION SETTING TERMINAL, APPLICATION PROVIDING SYSTEM, METHOD OF PROVIDING APPLICATION, AND PROGRAM FOR APPLICATION PROVIDING SERVER - The present invention is to provide an application providing server, an application setting terminal, an application providing system, a method of providing an application, and a program for an application providing server, which easily provide an application in accordance with a policy. The application providing server | 12-29-2016 |
| 20170237601 | Network Management | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237607 | Telecommunications Network Communication Sessions | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237623 | Methods and apparatus for unified integration and processing of a variety of information sensors and systems | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237628 | SERVICE INFORMATION MODEL FOR MANAGING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237806 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FACILITATING INFORMATION AND EXPERTISE DISTRIBUTION VIA A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237816 | Method and electronic device for identifying device | 08-17-2017 |
| 20170237819 | Method and Apparatus for Virtualized Network Function Chaining Management | 08-17-2017 |
| 20180024907 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR GENERATING TERMINAL RESOURCE RECOMMENDATIONS | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026812 | REDUCING DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026829 | DEVICE OR VENDOR INDEPENDENT NETWORK SWITCH MANAGEMENT VIA EMBEDDED MANAGEMENT CONTROLLER STACK | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026830 | NETWORK SWITCH MANAGEMENT VIA EMBEDDED MANAGEMENT CONTROLLER USING MANAGEMENT INFORMATION BASE (MIB) TO JSON PARSER | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026833 | ALARM PROCESSING METHODS AND DEVICES | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026849 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMPOSITE NODE CREATION AND MANAGEMENT THROUGH SDI PARTITIONS | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026850 | CAPACITY PLANNING IN A BACKBONE NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026855 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180026933 | SERVICE AWARE LABEL ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL SWITCHED PATH INSTANTIATION | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027028 | Terminal and Terminal Call Soft Switching Method | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027049 | COMPUTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE COMPUTER SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027050 | ACCESS SERVICES IN HYBRID CLOUD COMPUTING SYSTEMS | 01-25-2018 |
| 20190149399 | DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION OF RESILIENT LOGICAL MODULES IN A SOFTWARE DEFINED SERVER | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEPLOYING SERVICE IN VIRTUALIZED NETWORK | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149433 | ACCESSING GATEWAY MANAGEMENT CONSOLE | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149444 | Automated Load Balancer Discovery | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149509 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING COMMUNICATION DEVICES OF AN INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM, AND CONFIGURATION DATA DISTRIBUTING UNIT | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149588 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTROLLING CONTENT DISTRIBUTION | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149597 | SHARING A DATA MANAGEMENT POLICY WITH A LOAD BALANCER | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149616 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR NETWORK FUNCTION MODIFICATION | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149617 | MIGRATION OF APPLICATIONS TO A COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149620 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149623 | AUTOMATIC GENERATION AND PROVISIONING OF NOTIFICATION DATA TO DYNAMICALLY SELECTED NETWORK-CONNECTED DEVICES | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149632 | APPLICATION ENTITY RESOURCE CREATION AND REGISTRATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION NODE DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
| 20190149992 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING A SERVICE | 05-16-2019 |
| 20220141091 | DIGITAL OWNERSHIP ESCROW FOR NETWORK-CONFIGURABLE DEVICES - A method for an escrow computing service comprises maintaining ownership information for a network-configurable device having a unique digital device identifier, the ownership information indicating ownership of the device by a first online identity of a first owner, the ownership information granting access permission for the network-configurable device. The escrow computing service receives a request to transfer ownership of the network-configurable device to a second online identity of a second owner. The ownership information is updated to indicate ownership of the network-configurable device by the second online identity of the second owner. The escrow computing service receives an indication of a network-accessible device management platform to be used to manage the network-configurable device. Upon activation of the network-configurable device, the escrow computing service receives a configuration request from the network-configurable device, and provides the network-configurable device with access information relating to the network-accessible device management platform. | 05-05-2022 |
| 20220141092 | COMPOSED COMPUTING SYSTEMS WITH CONVERGED AND DISAGGREGATED COMPONENT POOL - Deployment of arrangements of computing components coupled over communication fabrics are presented herein. In one example, a method includes forming a compute unit to include at least a selected disaggregated computing component and at least a selected converged computing element. The selected disaggregated computing component is added to the compute unit from a pool of disaggregated computing components having a granularity comprising the disaggregated computing components arbitrarily and separately coupled to a communication fabric. The selected converged computing element is added to the compute unit from a pool of converged computing elements having a granularity comprising sets of computing components with fixed relationships to associated processors. | 05-05-2022 |
| 20220141096 | PREDICTING NETWORK ANOMALIES BASED ON EVENT COUNTS - An electronic device (such as a controller) is described. During operation, the electronic device receives, from a second electronic devices, information that specifies occurrences of different types of events in a network (which includes the second electronic devices). For example, the information may include counts of the occurrences of the different types of events in the network, which may be collected by the second electronic devices. Then, the electronic device aggregates the information about the different types of events in the network, and stores the aggregated information in memory. Moreover, the electronic device predicts an occurrence of an anomaly or an error in the network based at least in part on the aggregated information and a pretrained machine-learning model (such as a neural network). Next, the electronic device selectively performs a remedial action based at least in part on the prediction. | 05-05-2022 |
| 20220141282 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DEPLOYING APPLICATION - Methods, systems, and computer program products for deploying an application. One method includes acquiring a computational graph corresponding to an application. The computational graph includes a plurality of nodes corresponding to operations performed by the application, the nodes including at least one input node for exchanging data with at least one terminal device and at least one computational node for processing data. The at least one input node is deployed to a first group of edge nodes co-located with a first base station serving the at least one terminal device, and the at least one computational node is deployed to a second group of edge nodes co-located with an area data center. Illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure enable an input node to be as close to a user as possible, thereby achieving low response delays while meeting the requirements of a computational node for storage and computational resources. | 05-05-2022 |
| 20220141291 | CROSS-JURISDICTION WORKLOAD CONTROL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - At design time, cross-jurisdiction workload controls may be presented by a process platform server to a user (e.g., a workload creator or process builder) who is using the process platform to create or update an application having a workload functionality with zero, one, or more applicable regulation controls. If no regulation control is selected, or if there is no exception provided, the process platform server may operate to block the user from proceeding to complete the workload creation process. The application with the workload thus created/updated is delivered to end user(s). Responsive to a user request to open the application on a client device, a server (the process platform server or an application gateway server) may operate to automatically determine whether a target location associated with the user request is permitted in accordance with a cross-jurisdiction workload control associated the workload defined in the application. | 05-05-2022 |
